Happiness! Walkthrough/FAQ

FAQ & Walkthrough by: KratosIrving ([email protected])

For: Windows

Version 1.00 (July 1st, 2008)

==========
WARNING!!!
==========

This game is a bishoujo game, and is intended for adults only!!!
It contains graphic images with sexual content.
As such, this game is NOT for you if you are under the legal age to view adult
content in your country. If you feel that you might be offended by any such
material DO NOT read any further!!!!!


Note: All trademarks and copyrights contained in this document are owned by
their respective trademark and copyright holders.


=================
Table of Contents
=================
0.Main Menu
I.Basic Storyline
II.Characters
III.Walkthrough
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  (A) Prologue - Searching for Happiness!
    (aa) Date: Sunday, February 13th
    (ab) Date: Monday, February 14th (Valentine's Day)
    (ac) Date: Tuesday, February 15th
    (ad) Date: Thursday, April 6th
    (ae) Date: Friday, April 7th
    (af) Date: Saturday, April 8th
    (ag) Date: Sunday, April 9th
    (ah) Date: Monday, April 10th (Before Class Officer Selection)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  (A2) Transition towards Haruhi or Anri
    (ai) Date: Monday, April 10th (After Accepting Class Officer, Haruhi/Anri)
    (aj) Date: Tuesday, April 11th
    (ak) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (Before Going After Haruhi/Go to see Anri)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  (B) Haruhi's Path - Childhood Dreams
    (ba) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (After Following Haruhi into the Woods)
    (bb) Date: Thursday, April 13th
    (bc) Date: Friday, April 14th
    (bd) Date: Saturday, April 15th
    (be) Date: Sunday, April 16th
    (bf) Date: Monday, April 17th
    (bg) Date: Tuesday, April 18th
    (bh) Date: Wednesday, April 19th
    (bi) Date: Thursday, April 20th
    (bj) Date: Friday, April 21st
    (bk) Date: Saturday, April 22nd
      (bl) Epilogue (Haruhi's Bad Ending)
    (bm) Date: Sunday, April 23rd
    (bn) Date: Monday, April 24th
    (bo) Date: Tuesday, April 25th
    (bp) Date: Wednesday, April 26th
    (bq) Date: Sunday, April 30th
      (br) Epilogue (Haruhi's True Ending)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  (C) Anri's Path - Surpassing Your Limits
    (ca) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (After Heading to Oasis)
    (cb) Date: Thursday, April 13th
    (cc) Date: Friday, April 14th
    (cd) Date: Saturday, April 15th
    (ce) Date: Sunday, April 16th
    (cf) Date: Monday, April 17th
    (cg) Date: Tuesday, April 18th
    (ch) Date: Wednesday, April 19th
    (ci) Date: Thursday, April 20th
    (cj) Date: Friday, April 21st
    (ck) Date: Saturday, April 22nd
      (cl) Epilogue (Anri's Bad Ending)
    (cm) Date: Sunday, April 23rd
    (cn) Date: Monday, April 24th
    (co) Date: Tuesday, April 25th
      (cp) Epilogue (Anri's True Ending)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  (A3) Transition towards Koyuki or Sumomo
    (al) Date: Monday, April 10th (After Refusing Class Officer, Koyuki/Sumomo)
    (am) Date: Tuesday, April 11th 
    (an) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (Before Going to Divination Club/Oasis)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  (D) Koyuki's Path - The Lonely Fortune Teller
    (da) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (Choose the Divination Club)
    (db) Date: Thursday, April 13th
    (dc) Date: Friday, April 14th
    (dd) Date: Saturday, April 15th
    (de) Date: Sunday, April 16th
    (df) Date: Monday, April 17th
    (dg) Date: Tuesday, April 18th
    (dh) Date: Wednesday, April 19th
      (di) Epilogue (Koyuki's Bad Ending)
    (dj) Date: Thursday, April 20th
    (dk) Date: Friday, April 21st
    (dl) Date: Saturday, April 22nd
    (dm) Date: Sunday, April 23rd
    (dn) Date: Monday, April 24th
    (do) Date: Tuesday, April 25th
    (dp) Date: Wednesday, April 26th
      (dq) Epilogue (Koyuki's True Ending)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  (E) Sumomo's Path - Love and Friendship: Eternal Bonds
    (ea) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (After Choosing to go to Oasis)
    (eb) Date: Thursday, April 13th
    (ec) Date: Friday, April 14th
    (ed) Date: Saturday, April 15th
    (ee) Date: Sunday, April 16th
    (ef) Date: Monday, April 17th
    (eg) Date: Tuesday, April 18th
    (eh) Date: Wednesday, April 19th
    (ei) Date: Thursday, April 20th
    (ej) Date: Friday, April 21st
    (ek) Date: Saturday, April 22nd
    (el) Date: Sunday, April 23rd
      (em) Epilogue (Sumomo's Bad Ending)
    (en) Date: Monday, April 24th
    (eo) Date: Tuesday, April 25th
    (ep) Date: Wednesday, April 26th
    (eq) Date: Thursday, April 27th
    (er) Date: Friday, April 28th
    (es) Date: Sunday, April 30th (Birthday!)
      (et) Epilogue (Sumomo's True Ending)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
  (F) True Path - It's A Happy and Heartful School Life!
    (fa) Preface: How to Follow this Path.
    (fb) Date: Monday, April 10th
    (fc) Date: Tuesday, April 11th
    (fd) Date: Wednesday, April 12th
    (fe) Date: Thursday, April 13th
    (ff) Date: Friday, April 14th
    (fg) Date: Saturday, April 15th
    (fh) Date: Sunday, April 16th
    (fi) Date: Monday, April 17th
    (fj) Date: Tuesday, April 18th
    (fk) Date: Wednesday, April 19th
    (fl) Date: Thursday, April 20th
    (fm) Date: Friday, April 21st
    (fn) Date: Saturday, April 22nd
    (fo) Date: Sunday, April 23rd
    (fp) Date: Monday, April 24th
    (fq) Date: Tuesday, April 25th
      (fr) Epilogue, Part One: Step to Happy Happy Days
      (fs) Epilogue, Part Two: True Ending
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

IV.Notes
V.Credits
VI.Version History
VII.Contact Information
VIII.Additional Information


Note: The Titles for the individual paths are ones that I made up, they are
not actually refered this way, at least to my knowledge.


  =========
0.Main Menu
  =========

When you start Happiness! The Main Menu is as follows.

   (New Game)

   (Load Game)

   (Exit)

When you complete a girl's True Ending for the first time, (i.e. Haruhi or
Anri, since they are the only two open at the beginning.) when you choose New
Game, the game doesn't automatically start from the events around Valentine's
Day, but rather gives you a choice of where to start.

   (Valentine's Day Arc)

   (Beginning of the New School Term)

Choosing where to start from has no consequences on whichever path you will
choose, and there are no choices to make during the Valentine's Day events.
This means you can start the main portion of the game faster so your benefit.


Also, when you complete a girl's True Ending, you unlock a fourth option on the
Main Menu, Extras, and the Main Menu which will now look like this.

  (New Game)

  (Load Game)

  (Extras)

  (Exit)

The Extras section divided up into four sections as well, and if you want to
get back to the other areas of the Main Menu, just right-click your mouse. The
four sections in the Extras section are as follows.

  (CG Gallery)

  (Dress-up Mode)

  (Scene Gallery)

  (Jukebox)

In the CG Gallery, you can view all of the different CG's that you have viewed
during the different parts of the game. Note, however, that you can only view
the CG's of the path's you have already been on. (For example, you can view
Haruhi's CG's because you've completed her path, but can't view Sumomo's CG's
because you haven't completed her path.) Also, you may note that different
sections of the CG's have a percentage notion by them. This merely notates that
there are multiple positions of the characters involved in the scene, and
that the % of that you have seen of these positions is logged. The H-scenes
are usually the ones who are <90% when players first see them, as there are
many different views that come up depending where you come on the girls. You
can unlock more of those CG's by choosing that particular scene in the Scene
Gallery, and choosing different options. I don't believe that the Jun teaser
picture at the end of the Other section is attained by getting every other part
of the gallery to 100%, I believe you gain it when you complete the True Ending
part of the story for the first time.

In Dress-up Mode, it's almost literally what it says, you pick between the
different characters that are shown throughout the game, what clothes they
wear, (if they have multiple sets of clothes) what kind of pose they are in,
their facial expression, and the background that they are in.

Scene Gallery let's you re-experience any if the H-scenes or endings that you
have unlocked.

Note that you can move between these three sections at anytime by clicking the
different colored buttons near the top right of the screen.

Finally, the Jukebox let's you listen to the game's soundtrack.

  ===============
I.Basic Storyline
  ===============

You play as Kohinata Yuma, a 2nd year student at the Mizuhosaka Academy
General Section. He has lived a normal life with his adopted mother, Otoha,
and her daughter, Sumomo, for ten years.

He lives in a world where magic exists, and magicians go to school along with
the rest of the population, but learn in separate buildings on campus.

   ==========
II.Characters
   ==========

Kamisaka Haruhi
A beautiful 2nd year student at the Mizuhosaka Academy Magic Section, she is
considered to be a prodigy in her magical talents, as she is the only Class B
magician among the 2nd years. She wanted to become a magician after a boy saved
her from being bullied ten years ago by using magic to frighten the bullies 
away. Ever since, she has been practicing magic, and hopes to meet the boy from
that time, as he is her first love. Her magic wand is named Soprano, and was
formed from a trumpet.

Hiragi Anri
Haruhi's best friend, she is also a 2nd year student at Mizuhosaka Academy
Magic Section. She has a strong-willed personality, and tries to influence
events in her favor. Her magic ability is also high, but she lacks
concentration, and as such she is still ranked as a Class C magician.
Regardless, she views Haruhi as her rival, and aims to surpass her. Her magic
wand is named Paella, and was formed from a quill pen given to her by her
parents, who live in another country.

Takamine Koyuki
A 3rd year student at Mizuhosaka Academy Magic Section. She is the president of
the school's Divination Society, and she is quite skilled at it herself, as
none of her readings have been wrong on any accounts. However, because of her
unusual choice in magic, she is actually quite lonely. She appears to have 
chosen this type of magic for a reason, however, and is also ranked as a Class
A magician. Her magic wand is a staff with a living part at the end, normally
in the shape of a green ball, that is originally called a Sphere-Tom, but
Koyuki has named it Tama-chan.

Kohinata Sumomo
A pretty young girl whom Yuma has come to love as his sister. She wears a
pendant around her neck that Yuma gave her shortly after he arrived. A 1st year
student at the Mizuhosaka Academy General Section, she has a personality that
causes everyone around her to like her. She is a great cook, and also very
kind. She has a friendly crush on Ibuki.

Watarase Jun
A 2nd year student at Mizuhosaka Academy General Section, Jun looks like your
average girl. However, don't be fooled! Although he looks and sounds like a
girl, Jun is actually a guy! He claims that the girls uniform has a more
natural fit to him, and wears it without any regard for what others think of
him. As such, he prefers to be treated as a girl, and has befriended many of
the students at school, both guys and girls, and there is even a fan club
dedicated to him by those who are enamored by him. Usually the one who keeps
Hachi's imagination and advances towards female students in check. He also has
a friendly crush on Yuma.

Takamizo Hachisuke
A 2nd year student at Mizuhosaka Academy General Section, 'Hachi' for short,
he is one of Yuma's best friends along with Jun, and Yuma has known him for
almost ten years. His silly nature is usually held in check by Jun, but he
doesn't really seem to mind.

Shikimori Ibuki
A young magician whom arrives at Mizuhosaka Academy shortly after the game
begins as a 1st year in the Magic Section, she is also skilled with magic,
although her rank is unknown. Her personality conflicts with many people, often
causing her to get angry easily and retaliate with magic. When she isn't at
school, she�fs dressed as a rich young lady, complete with a hat that she values
as it was a gift from her older sister. She can't seem to shake off Sumomo's
advances of friendship, and secretly values her as a friend as well. She is
rarely seen without her two attendants, Shinya and Saya. Her magic wand is
named Bisaim, and was formed from an umbrella.

Kamijo Shinya
One of the two Kamijo twins whom attends Ibuki, Shinya has a rigid personality,
always apologizing for mistakes he makes, and talks to everyone with a proper
regard for them. He has no regard with his words when he is referring to his
sister, Saya, and as such Saya usually knocks him out to avoid embarrassment.
A 2nd year student of the Magic Section when he transfers, his magic wand is in
the shape of a wooden sword, which has the powers of wind and lightning, and he
refers to it as Fuujin-Raijinkami, (Japanese for "Wind" (fuu) and "Lightning"
(rai) or, the god of wind and lightning.)

Kamijo Saya
One of the two Kamijo twins whom attends Ibuki, Saya has a very shy personality
and always apologizes for simple matters, such as accidentally interrupting
others. Both she and Shinya defend Ibuki with an unmatched zeal, and she is
usually the defender while Shinya attacks. A 2nd year student of the Magic
Section when she transfers, her magic wand is named Sanbach, and was formed
from a violin bow.

Kohinata Otoha
The woman whom Yuma has lived with for the past ten years, he has to come to
regard her as his mother, and while she thinks of Yuma as her son, she often
teases him and sets him up in embarrassing situations. Her personality
resembles that of a child, but she still acts responsible from time to time.
She runs the school cafeteria, Oasis.

Minagi Suzuri
A teacher in the Magic Section of Mizuhosaka Academy, her star pupil is Haruhi.
She appears to have an unknown relationship with Yuma.

Shikimori Natsumi
The older sister of Ibuki who perished in a tragic accident ten years ago. She
gave Ibuki her hat when she was young, and her magic comes from a flute she
plays.

==============
Author's Notes
==============

This if my first FAQ/Walkthrough, so bear with me as I'm writing it, as I
acknowledge that there will be many holes in it.

This Walkthrough will not be your average bishoujo walkthrough, as I will be
translating the script as best I can so that those who cannot interpret
Japanese can have some sense of the storylines.

I'm not going to try to spoil any events for you readers, but I will leave some
notes on some parts that interested me. If you have prior knowledge of some
events that are upcoming, that's fine too, but the side notes will be as if I
were playing the game for the first time.

Also, every paragraph break will be when the game shifts to another scene,
although the time of day will not necessarily change. For example, a scene
in a classroom followed by a scene in the school hallway will have a paragraph
break, but probably not a time notification. The reasoning for this is because
I there will already be huge walls of text in some areas, and splitting it up
based on scene location makes the best possible sense so that you won't lose
your place too often.



One last important note. Due to the fact that the majority of those who play
this game have to import or download it, I will assume that those who read this
guide possess the mental faculties to understand sexual acts and actions, and
thus, I WILL NOT, I repeat, WILL NOT be translating the H-scenes script, as it
would be A) Too repetitive, and B) Not worth my time. I will, however, have
small sections for each H-scene at its proper place in the walkthrough, and I
will input the various choices (Which for the H-scenes is just a matter of
deciding where to dump your load) that you can choose from.


    ===========
III.Walkthrough
    ===========


(A) Prologue - Searching for Happiness!


(aa) Date: Sunday, February 13th


Time: Before Noon


Yuma wakes up after Jun calls him, and he wants Yuma to go shopping with him
for Valentines Day chocolates (it is custom in Japan for the women to buy
chocolate for the men they value, and as Jun prefers to be treated like a
girl... well, you get the picture) 

After Yuma hangs up agreeing to meet Jun, you learn that Jun does this every
year and I have to wonder why Yuma ALWAYS picks up the phone! (Seems simple to
me, don't answer the phone, heheh) But because the two of them have been
friends for years, he feels the obligated to meet Jun.

Next, Yuma imagines Jun buying chocolate along with the many other girls, and
he wonders if everyone in his class will buy chocolate for Jun, as his unique
personality(?) is popular among both the guys and girls. Yuma wonders if he
should skip out on him today for once, but shrugs it off and get dressed.

As he heads downstairs, Yuma runs into his sister, Sumomo. She is also about
to leave herself, and Yuma asks her if she wants to tag along with him, and
she gets embarrassed. Yuma tells her that he's meeting Jun, and he asks her
again if she wants to come along with him, and she agrees. However, since he's
meeting Jun soon, she panics and hurries to get ready.

The two siblings make small talk as they walk to the shopping district.

As they walk past the school, we learn that it�fs a pretty famous school in the
area, as it is one of the few schools in Japan that also has a Magic Section.
We also learn that magicians are favored, and as such, the Magic Section
usually gets more funding over the General Section. Sumomo will be attending
Yuma's school the following semester, and asks why Yuma is meeting Jun.
Yuma tells her that he's going to buy chocolate with Jun, and she's surprised.
Yuma tells her that he'll be embarrassed as he'll be the only real 'guy' among
the throngs of girls buying chocolate, and probably be mistaken as Jun's
boyfriend, and he doesn't like that picture. Yuma decides that He'll skip out
on meeting Jun, but Sumomo threatens to cry if he doesn't keep his promise
to Jun. Of course, she's only putting on an act, but as the passerby begin to
take notice, Yuma caves and agrees again to meet Jun after all. Of course, as
soon as he says this, she becomes happy again. Sumomo jokes that if he didn't
meet Jun that she will spread a rumor that Yuma is going out with Jun. 
and Yuma says that she'll drive him to skipping school tomorrow. She also says
that if he does back out again, that she will spread that rumor. Yuma thinks
she's joking again, but she's serious, so he resigns himself to meeting Jun.


Time: Noon


Once they reach the shopping mall, Sumomo goes off to do her shopping, while
Yuma goes to look for Jun. When he finds him, Yuma asks Jun again why he
wears women's clothes, and why he isn't embarrassed for doing so. Jun asks why
he should be ashamed for wearing girls clothes, and than he says your afraid to
buy chocolates with him! Damn! Caught! Jun laughs it off, however, and says
that he has a secret plan that involves Yuma so he doesn't have to be
be embarrassed about buying chocolates. 

Unfortunately, Jun calls his 'secret plan' Operation: Cinderella (.....WHY??)
and gives Yuma a bag. After looking in it, Yuma realizes that Jun wants him
to dress up as a girl too to buy chocolates! ARRRRGGHHH! The clothes come
complete with a blouse, skirt, boots, and even a bra! (size: A cup)
Yuma expresses that he'll look like he's going to a ball. (obvious sarcasm)
Jun says he bought it for Yuma so that he wouldn't feel uncomfortable (as if
that was possible @_@) Jun finally reveals that he's buying a chocolate cake
for Yuma for Valentine's Day, and Yuma wonders why he agreed to come again.

However, Jun decided to waste time walking around to spend time with Yuma, and
they waste two hours before they finally make their way to the chocolate shop
(again, WHY did he waste two hours instead of insisting on going to the shop!)
Of course, there�fs only a crowd of women at the shop, and Yuma gets really
embarrassed. As Jun drags Yuma into the shop, Yuma reflects on how the weak
minded are subjugated to the strong, and feels that he's part of the weak area
at the current time. Yuma complains that a guy never had to handle the amount
of chocolate that Jun is buying, and wonders when Jun valued so many people,
as the amount of chocolates he has could easily feed over 50 people! Yuma asks
Jun if he bought enough for the class or something, and Jun replies that he has
to take in the members of his fan club into account too. (...a fan club too?)
Although, he still maintains that he like Yuma the most.

Now, however, a staff comes into Yuma�fs line of vision, and he realizes that
it belongs to Koyuki Takamine, a 3rd year student at the Magic Section of his
school, as such, doesn't know her too well, but knows she is beautiful.
However, at first glance, she seems sad and lonely, but knows she is well known
for her Divination magic skills, that all of her readings have been 100%
accurate. Yuma wonders if seeing her here at an unexpected time with Jun will
spell trouble for him down the road. Yuma decides to get her attention anyway.

Jun asks Koyuki if she also came to buy chocolate, and she says that she has.
However, Koyuki didn't come to buy chocolate for anyone she knows in
particular; her divination magic that morning revealed that her secret item for
today would be chocolate. Unfortunately, she didn't know what kind of chocolate
so she bought as many different kinds as she could afford. Yuma wonders how
she was going to handle all of it, and Koyuki responds by stuffing the vast
amount she has into the 'magic pocket' of the apron she wears. (I guess you
could say that the pocket of her apron has a vast amount of space in it, and
decreases the weight of whatever is put into it, making items even as heavy as
a refrigerator as light as a feather while it is in the pocket) Needless to say
Yuma is shocked at this action, stating the obvious that it defies the laws of
physics. Yuma asks who Koyuki is going to give the extra chocolate to, and
Koyuki replies that she has no one to give it to. (Aw, how sad) Koyuki than
asks Yuma what the purpose of Valentine's Day is for, (...) Yuma asks Koyuki
why she thought every other girl was buying chocolate for, and she says that
she thought that chocolate was "in" right now. (again, ...) Jun quickly
explains the situation, and that it's an important event for women.
Koyuki thanks them again, and bids the two farewell.

Yuma and Jun than exchange how they think they did on their chocolate buying.
While Jun thinks he did alright, Yuma only bought one. Jun teases him, asking
who it is for, and he admits he doesn't even know why he bought it, and says
he'll probably end up giving it to Sumomo. (Note: Not sure on translation here)


Time: Evening


After Yuma and Jun finish shopping, they head back home together (not what you
think!) and as they walk by a park, they see a girl being bullied by a group
of boys, who have taken her Valentine's Day chocolate from her and are teasing
her with it. Jun states the obvious that the boys are being cruel, but both Jun
and Yuma stand their watching the scene. Yuma soon decides to put an end to
the boys mischief, but as he starts to walk towards them, a young woman appears
and tries to get the boys to stop, saying that boys teasing girls like this is
the worst thing they can do. She tells the boys to give the young girl her
chocolate back, but the boys refuse, calling the young woman names. Jun
recognizes the young woman as Haruhi Kamisaka, the magician prodigy of the 2nd
years of their school's Magic Section. As the boys toss the chocolate back and
forth, one of them stumbles and falls on it, crushing it. The boys run off, and
the little girl begins to cry, but Haruhi uses magic to repair the chocolate,
gives it back to the little girl, and sends her on her way. (so kind!)

Jun asks Yuma if he was surprised, stating again that Haruhi is a prodigy
among the magicians, being the only Class B magician among the 2nd years, and
has been one since she was a first year. Jun also states that she is beautiful
as well. (Truthfully, Haruhi has a hell of a rack ^_^) Jun also wonders if
Yuma was curious about Haruhi and her magic, and Yuma admits he is
interested in magic. Jun than pushes him forward to meet Haruhi.

As they are meeting for the first time, all three exchange their names, and
Haruhi keeps staring at Yuma. Jun than explains that he and Yuma witnessed
the events that just took place, and Haruhi explains that she believes that
Valentine's Day is important, more so than the accepted view, and that every
girl should give chocolate to their valued men. When Yuma praises her for her
use of magic, Haruhi gets embarrassed, and admits that she isn't supposed to
use magic outside of school, or she could get in trouble, and asks Jun and
Yuma to stay quiet on the subject. After they assure her that they will stay
silent about the matter, Jun asks Haruhi why she was around, and Haruhi says
that one of her teachers sent her to buy something for her as she was busy
today herself. Jun wants to sit around and talk to Haruhi some more, but she
has to get going herself, as do Jun and Yuma. Before she leaves, she throws
out that she didn't want to interrupt their date. (...come on, you know she
think Jun is a girl...) Yuma denies their "relationship" and than sees Haruhi
off. Jun is pleased that Haruhi thinks Jun is a girl, and Jun thinks that
Yuma is enamored with Haruhi he, although he insists he was only impressed
with her display of magic. Jun is disappointed, and than they leave the park
as well.

Yuma arrives back at his house, and decides to get a snack and lie down. Or at
least, that�fs the plan until his mother, Otoha, stops him from going into the
kitchen, explaining that she is decorating the room for Valentine's Day (...)
Yuma tries to get by her to see what she's done with the room so far, but she 
prevents him from doing so. She says that if he goes to get food she won't give
him his allowance for a month. (ouch!) With that, Yuma goes to his room
starving. (aww, sad. NOT!) He's also sore since he kept getting kicked and
elbowed by all of the women competing for chocolates (seriously, it's that bad)
Yuma than remembers Haruhi and her magic from earlier in the day, and that the
spell she performed reminded him of one he remembers from his early childhood,
as we learn that he was able to cast spells of his own too. But, he can't now,
as he gave it up, although it is not stated why (for now~) Yuma than decides
to take a nap until dinner time.


Time: Night


During his nap, Yuma dreams of a park, and a similar scene to the one earlier
in the afternoon plays out where a group of boys are bullying a young girl.
Yuma, as a young boy, went to stop them with a display of magic. Although
his mother told him not to, he couldn't help it. He recites the spell he
mentioned earlier. He unleashes the spell, and it makes a crater near where the
boys were, and they run off, scared (haha! jerks!) Yuma than makes sure the
young girl is alright, and than feels good about himself for helping her out.
He was too young, however, to realize that the power of his spell could have
seriously hurt someone, and soon in the future he came to experience this, and
swore off magic.

~~End Sunday, February 13th~~


(ab) Date: Monday, February 14th (Valentine's Day)


Time: Morning


The next morning, Yuma wakes up for once without assistance from his alarm
clock, than remembers that Sumomo usually comes to wake him up when he ignores
his alarm clock, and decides to surprise her. Yuma recalls the dream he had
last night (the one in the park) and thinks it's important, but he doesn't know
why.

As Yuma leaves his room, the scent of chocolate fills the house, and
decides to investigate. When he reaches the living room, Sumomo greets him, but
she seems a little... more out of it than usual, and Yuma suspects the strong,
sweet smell of the chocolate to be the culprit. Yuma questions Sumomo, and she
says that she only helped make the chocolate, and had a piece as well. Yuma
looks at the chocolate on the table, and notices that there�fs an empty bottle
of brandy nearby. (Hmm, alcohol-chocolate. Interesting~) After Yuma sternly
tells her to not do unnecessary things like that, Sumomo in her stupor thinks
that�fs Yuma is mad at her and pouts. Yuma tells her that he isn't mad at her,
but wishes she would get some fresh air to clear her head of the alcohol, and
Sumomo insists she's fine, although she is weaving and wobbling all around the
room. Still, Yuma is amazed that she is coherent enough as she is, and remarks
that she's a great drunk. Yuma asks what kind of chocolate Sumomo made, to
which she replies "chocolate bon-bons". When she initially made them, they
weren't thick enough, so she added the liquor to the mix and eventually the
chocolate hardened. (Well, at least that explains the liquor...) Sumomo than
says Happy Valentine's Day, to which Yuma thanks her for. As Yuma is about to
eat one of the chocolates himself, Sumomo says she made them with love, and
moves closer to Yuma, and Yuma shouts loudly before Sumomo is able to (most
likely) kiss him, and wonders if she is playing tricks on him. Yuma changes
his mind and thinks that she's actually the worst kind of drunk. (heheheh)
However, it appears that shouting at her snapped Sumomo out of her stupor, and
she's upset that Yuma thinks she's drunk and begins to cry. Yuma apologizes,
but she's still mad at him. Yuma says that he's glad she made chocolates for
him, and that she misunderstood his thoughts of her efforts.
However, after Yuma is about to eat another one, Sumomo takes it and puts it
in her lips and tells Yuma to take it from her. (rawr~~) As she gets closer to
him, Yuma knows that doing that would be like an indirect kiss (apparently
the Japanese get more embarrassed about such a thing more easily than Americans
like me, meh.) Right before she's at his lips, she spooks her, causing the
chocolate to fall out of her mouth and into Yuma�fs hand, foiling her methods.
Of course, Yuma still eats it, and Sumomo calls him a wuss for not following
her idea. Yuma is sure now that he dislikes Sumomo when she's drunk, but
finally remembers that they still have school. Yuma insists that Sumomo stay
home to recover from her encounter with alcohol, but Sumomo says that she wants
to see Jun give Yuma chocolate. (...) After Yuma doesn't back down, Sumomo
caves and falls asleep immediately afterwards on the couch.


Time: Before Noon


After Yuma gets to school, after homeroom his friend, Hachi, talks him up.
Hachi wonders if Yuma is anxious about Valentine's Day. Yuma recalls that
after he carried Sumomo back up to her room, he had to hurry to get to school
just in time to make it to homeroom. Hachi asks if Sumomo made chocolates for
him and well as Yuma, to which Yuma replies that Hachi is dreaming if he
thinks Sumomo would make any chocolates for him. Yuma than gives a short
back story on Hachi like has all of the other characters introduced so far, and
sums him up in one word: Idiot. Hachi apparently hears this though, and asks
Yuma why, and Yuma than replies that he's an idiot who can't be killed, to
which Hachi replies is even worse. We than learn that Yuma, Hachi and Jun have
all been friends for years, even before coming to Mizuhosaka Academy. Yuma
asks Hachi how many chocolates he's received so far today, to which Hachi sadly
proclaims none, but Hachi insists that he'll have a least one by the end of the
day. (If you can't see that he obviously won't receive one... than you suck :P)
Yuma calls Hachi on his bluff, since Hachi claimed earlier that he would get
one immediately when they got to school. Yuma says that Jun will probably give
him one if he asks, but Hachi says what would be the point of getting chocolate
from a guy? (Thank god, he's somewhat normal...) Jun is introduced again, and
it seems that he's been giving and receiving chocolates all day so far. Yuma
than asks Hachi what he was doing yesterday, since Jun first tried to get Hachi
to go with him before Yuma to shop for chocolates. Hachi replies that his
phone was dead. (...liar) Jun than comes up and gives chocolate to Yuma,
saying that he's the last one in the class to get one from him. Jun says that
he put more effort into wrapping his, and that he's also getting a reward for
going with him yesterday. (!!!) Jun says to expect the reward on White Day.
(which is in short, another Valentine's Day on March 14 that is practiced in
Japan, where the men buy gifts for the girls who gave them chocolates on
Valentine's Day, and usually the gifts are to be more expensive. Man, guys
really get the shaft.) Jun than tells Hachi that he doesn't have to worry,
a chocolate given to him by a guy should still make him happy. (...man he is
weird...) Jun than says that if Hachi already has allot he doesn't have to take
one from him. Than Jun remembers that he hasn't given any chocolates to the
members of his fan club, and Jun walks away. Yuma notices Hachi looks a little
disappointed, and teases him, asking if he did want a chocolate from Jun after
all, which Hachi nervously shakes off, but it's clear he did want one.


Time: Lunch


Jun suggests that they go to the school cafeteria, Oasis, to eat lunch, and
Yuma gets all nervous. When Jun asks if it's because his mother is the owner,
we can tell that's the case, but he goes anyway. Yuma explains that the
cafeteria is popular since it caters students with both lunch and snack items.
When his mom tells him sorry that she wasn't able to make a lunch for him
earlier that morning, she starts crying to apologize, but Yuma sees through it
and calls her on it, as he's used to her childish behavior. When Otoha asks how
Sumomo is, Yuma tells her she's fine, resting at home, and Otoha says that
Yuma is reliable and worthy of trust. (...Well, he's her brother, shouldn't he
be?) Yuma says false flattery will get you nowhere either. Yuma than asks if
she can make something for him, as the events earlier this morning left him
without eating breakfast.

Otoha brings out some food from the specialty menu, and the main dish is
chocolate, (...WHY for main dish?!?) which Otoha says is normal, since its
Valentine's Day. Otoha than seriously thanks Yuma for taking care of Sumomo
earlier in the morning, to which he says is no big deal, and Otoha goes back to
work. We than learn that Yuma came to live with Otoha and Sumomo when his
biological mother left him with her, since she was her best friend. Yuma is
really glad to have been left with them, and feels he fits in with them.

When Yuma returns to the classroom, he asks why Hachi looks like a stone
statue. (literally, crazy art) Jun than jokes around and says that it's just
his body, and Yuma goes along with it, asking if he died in battle (...what?)
than Jun asks if he got any more chocolate, and Yuma says he hasn't. Jun drags
Hachi away soon afterwards.


Time: After School


Now around the back side of the school, and Yuma is complaining about
detention, claiming one of the teachers hates him. Although, in the flashback
that comes about, Yuma was teasing the teacher, asking if he got any chocolate
himself. As Yuma gets back to the school gates, he runs into Koyuki again.
When Koyuki asks Yuma what he's still doing here, he tells her, and asks why
she's still here. Than she calls out to someone named 'Tama-chan' and the green
ball on the end of her staff starts to talk. (!!! Kid voice!!!) At first Yuma
is confused, not understanding that the ball was talking. Than Koyuki sends
Tama-chan to fly towards a tree, and bounce back, and Yuma finally gets it.
Koyuki wanted to demonstrate Tama-chan's abilities, as it actually went through
the tree and came back. (Wow, powerful little ball) Needless to say, Yuma
thinks he'd probably die if Tama-chan had hit him. Tama-chan than apologizes to
Yuma since he almost hit him. Yuma than recalls that every magician has a
magic wand, although he hadn't seen any others excluding Tama-chan and the one
that Haruhi used yesterday. We than learn that the wands are different among
each magician, as they all are shaped according to the magician's thoughts.
Koyuki than says that Tama-chan flies around wildly when it's embarrassed. Yuma
than mentions he thought he heard Koyuki say 'GO' to which she denies it. (Of
course she said it, little tease.) Again, Koyuki asks why he was still here
again, and Yuma says a teacher made him stay to clean. Koyuki says she came
out here because her divination earlier said that the school gates would be
lucky after school today. Yuma asks how, and Koyuki says that she was able to
meet Yuma again, for one. Yuma stares at her, who is speechless. Koyuki
notices this and starts to say "chii~~~" (basically, a sound used to stare back
at people) Than Yuma remembers that her divination hasn't been wrong before,
and when she says that should would meet an unhappy person out here, he becomes
quiet. Although Koyuki says that if he finds a potato soon, he'll stop being
unhappy soon, as it's his lucky item today. (......potato? RANDOM!) Koyuki than
asks Yuma to wait, recites and spell, and pulls some chocolate out of her
magical pocket. (ooo, more chocolate gifts. Wonder if she likes Yuma?)
However, Koyuki says that if he eats the chocolate, he'll be lucky for the rest
of the day. Yuma than wonders if he really did look that unhappy. Yuma than
thanks Koyuki for the chocolate, than she hops on her wand, and flies away. 
(witch's broom anyone?) Yuma than contemplates if the chocolate Koyuki gave
him was for Valentine's Day or for good luck.

However, as he walks off, a loud noise is heard, and Yuma gets him hard by
something. Than he remembers Koyuki saying to eat the chocolate right away,
otherwise he'll have bad luck. Yuma didn't think he'd have bad luck that fast,
though, and blacks out. Yuma comes to when hearing a girl's voiced ask if
he's alright. Yuma opens his eyes and sees a girl standing over him. She
apologizes, saying that she was the one who hit him with her magic that wildly
spun off and hit him. Haruhi walks up and scolds her, saying she attempted
magic that is difficult for a Class C magician to use. The other girl than says
that if Haruhi can pull off that magic, than she can as well, and says she
won't lose to Haruhi. Than, Haruhi mentions the girl's name, Anri, saying that
she didn't know she felt like that. Anri says all that Haruhi does is interfere
with her progress, and Haruhi says that if Anri isn't careful she'd only hurt
more people. Haruhi finally notices that Yuma is there, and greets him. Anri
wants to know why Haruhi knows Yuma, and Haruhi quickly blushes (////) and
Yuma mentions that he just met Haruhi yesterday. Anri jokingly asks what the
two of them were doing alone. Anri suddenly pulls out some chocolate and hands
it to Yuma, saying it's her way of apologizing for hitting him with her magic.
Anri than asks why Haruhi hasn't given Yuma her chocolate yet, as she's been
carrying it around all day. (!!!) Judging by Haruhi's reaction, Anri was just
testing to see if Haruhi had any chocolate, and she succeeded. Anri than
mentions if Haruhi was going to give it to Yuma, to which Yuma is surprised,
and Haruhi gets embarrassed. Anri finally gives her full name, Anri Hiragi,
and Yuma lets her know that me and Haruhi just met, so the chocolate probably
isn't for him. Anri doesn't get it and says that it's first love than. Yuma
insists that they met by chance in the park yesterday and talked for only a few
minutes, and Haruhi mentions that he was already with his girlfriend anyways.
(...HAHAHA) Yuma notices this, and tells Haruhi that she mistook him being
taken. When Haruhi tries to give him his chocolate anyways, he says he can't
take it, because it's too nice. She says to take it out of courtesy, since she
really didn't have anyone to give it to, and than Haruhi and Anri leave. Yuma
thinks to himself, surprised that he got chocolate from the idol of the Magic
Section, and from Anri, who he admits is cute, but that she's a few cards
short of a full deck, and wonders how Hachi will react when he tells him about
this tomorrow. Than he realizes that Haruhi thinks Jun is a girl, and wonders
how many people thought that yesterday (...didn't he already say that himself?)
Yuma than wonders if he's still under the curse of unhappiness since he still
hasn't eaten Koyuki's chocolate either. He decides to eat it before anything
else happens to him, and says it tastes like tears. (Weird) A quick scene is
shown, with Hachi still frozen like a statue in the classroom.


Time: Night


Yuma thanks Sumomo for the chocolate earlier, and she apologizes for her
behaviors earlier in the morning. Yuma tells her not to worry about it, and
asks her if anything had gone wrong while she was making chocolate. Sumomo
insists she didn't mean to do anything out the ordinary, and Yuma thanks her
again, since she worked hard to make him chocolate, and wishes that she'll
ask him for what his favorite kind of chocolate next year. (that�fs how it
works, women usually ask the men's preferred type of chocolate) Sumomo asks
if Yuma got any other chocolate besides the ones she made him. Yuma reveals
that he got chocolates from those women today, and mentions that Koyuki's was
probably charmed to taste like tears, to which Sumomo gets a laugh out of.
Sumomo mentions that she didn't know he was liked by so many girls, and Yuma
mentions that only Jun's was the one that seemed to fit with the Valentine's
Theme of today, bringing up that Anri gave him chocolate since she injured him,
and similar situations with the other girls. Sumomo than jokes around, and says
that at this rate he'll get double the amount of chocolates next year. Yuma
than asks what is for dinner, and Sumomo mentions that she hasn't made anything
yet, as they are out of milk and their mother is going to pick it up on her way
home. Yuma than steps outside.

Yuma notices that it is cold outside, and remembers that the reason Otoha went
to an outlying store to buy the milk is because she went to get the sales adds
for the next week, as they start on Tuesday. Yuma than has a flash, thinking
he just saw Koyuki, and noticing that she looked like she was in her magician's
clothes, and wondered why he thought of that in the middle of the night,
especially since he hadn't seen her in those clothes before. Yuma shrugs it
off and heads back inside.

Now we switch to Koyuki's point of view for a bit, and she mentions that
crystal balls and tarot cards are only tools to help her draw out her magic
more effectively, but a strong intuition prints out a strong image (Ah, so
that's what Yuma saw a flash of Koyuki, intuition took over for a second.)
Koyuki than mentions that with her evening readings, she saw an ill omen for
her, and than we see her in her magic clothes. (!!! cleavage ftw ^_^) We than
learn that she can't do anything to prevent something bad from happening, but
she is going to do all she can to prevent the worst possible outcome. Tama-chan
than mentions that they should hurry.

Back to Yuma now, and Yuma wonders about what he was just thinking of. (Seems
he saw the whole situation with Koyuki now clearly) Yuma than decides to go
take a hot bath, and than...

We switch back to Koyuki again, who has arrived at the school gates, saying
that there�fs are two magician's nearby now. One is her, and the other is
searching the campus for a 'Devil Book' (what I can only assume as a spell book
of terrible power) Tama-chan notices that there�fs someone else here, and Koyuki
says that she'll have to do her best to hold her (the other magician. Cool,
another chick magic user.) Tama-chan tries to reassure Koyuki, saying they
should have some chicken curry when they get back.

Now we switch back to Yuma again, and he's just finished eating the chocolate
he received from Haruhi, and thinks she cooks good, than he recalls that she
mentioned she really didn't have anyone to give it to, and wonders if she's
made chocolate that way for a long time. Yuma doesn't think too hard on it
though, and heads off to sleep.


Time: Midnight


Now we're back to Koyuki, and it appears she's confronted the other wizard.
(who appears to be a short, young girl who is dressed quite fancy.) The girl
mentions that she got lost, as the school is quite big. Koyuki said that she
was destined to get lost, to run into Koyuki. Although Koyuki mentions that
she didn't expect to run into this particular magician. (Which means that
Koyuki already knows her.) The other magician asks if Koyuki uses divination
magic, to which she admits, and says she already saw how this was going to end,
but says she can change that. The other girl wonders if Koyuki can stop her,
and Koyuki admits she might not be able to, but that it won't stop her from
trying. Koyuki than mentions that she only foresaw the destruction of the Magic
Section, but nothing else. (!!!) Now Koyuki and the other magician are about to
fight, and Koyuki charges Tama-chan up, and the other magician is surprised,
wondering why Koyuki would do something so reckless in this building. Koyuki
says that the building will blow up one way or another. Koyuki sends Tama-chan
towards the unknown magician, and it blows up, along with the whole Magic
Section building. (Although I'm sure both Koyuki and the mysterious magician
escaped with no problems.)

~~End Monday, February 14th (Valentine's Day)~~


(ac) Date: Tuesday, February 15th


Time: Morning


We roll back to Yuma, who is woken up out for bed early by Sumomo. Although
Yuma keeps trying to go back to sleep, Sumomo is insistent, and he finally
gets up.

After Yuma heads downstairs, Sumomo tells him to look at the TV, and he sees
that the Magic Section has apparently been bombed. (We know what really
happened, of course) Although, since the building seems to largely be intact,
Yuma wonders if magic played a role in the bombing. (Damn, he's got good
sense.) Yuma asks where their mother was, and Sumomo tells him she left early
for the school. Yuma begins to see that because Oasis is part of the school,
that it would make sense for Otoha to go to make the cafeteria is alright.
Yuma says he'll head in early as well, and when Sumomo says that she hasn't
been able to prepare his lunch yet, Yuma tells her he'll just buy bread or
something before class.

By the time Yuma reaches school, there is already a large amount of students
there, as they heard about the news too. Yuma runs into Jun, and he informs
Yuma that the General Section is off-limits as well for now, and that the
cause of the explosion was unknown. Yuma suggests that it was probably an
experiment gone wrong, but Jun reminds him that the explosion occurred late at
night when no one was in the building. (Or, as we know, should have been)
Hachi runs in and says that he's been looking forward to today, as he heard
a bit of big news that he wants the two of them to know. Yuma and Jun think
he's out of him mind. Suddenly, an announcement from inside the school let's
all of the students know that school will be closed for the day, and to head
straight home. (yeah right, like students would head for home after hearing
school has been cancelled >_>) Well, bad news for Hachi, and his expressions
shortly thereafter are obvious. Jun pities him, but Hachi regains his composure
and is about to tell them the big news when two other male students walk near
them, and Yuma hears them say that since the Magic Section can't be used for a
while by the magicians, that the magicians will be having classes shared with
the General Section. They also say that 80% of the magicians are supposedly
beautiful women. (True, all of the magicians we've seen so far excluding
Yuma�fs admission have been women. This, of course, spoils Hachi's good mood.
Jun and Yuma tease Hachi, asking him what this big news is, and Hachi is
crushed that he couldn't share the news first. Jun and Yuma discuss whether
this news is actually true, and Yuma assumes it is, since it'll take awhile to
repair the Magic Section. Jun says it'll be good to have an opportunity to meet
Haruhi again. Hachi hears this, and demands to know why Yuma knows Haruhi. Jun
informs Hachi that he and Yuma met her while they were shopping. Hachi is
ecstatic, as he knows that she's the #1 2nd year magician. He even claims that
to talk to her you'd have to buy your way in. Yuma wonders where Hachi heard
of such a ridiculous idea, and Hachi says he bought a platinum ticket on the
Internet. (...what a dumbass...) Yuma states the obvious that Hachi has been
scammed. Yuma secretly hopes that she'll be transferred to his class. Jun
voices the same thoughts Yuma was thinking, and Hachi says that even if she
did, Haruhi wouldn't even talk to Yuma again. Than Jun informs Hachi that
Haruhi gave Yuma chocolate yesterday on Valentine's Day. This makes Hachi
crazy, and Yuma wants to know how Jun knew that information, since he didn't
tell Jun, and Jun says it's a secret. As Hachi cries, Jun laughs at him.


Time: Forenoon


Later, as Yuma is walking back to his house with Jun, Yuma wants to know how
Jun knew about Haruhi giving him chocolate, but he stills keeps to his secret.
(I personally think Sumomo called Jun and told him.) As Yuma stares up at the
sky, he gets a feeling that the new semester will be an interesting one with
the magician's now.

We switch to a small park scene, where Cherry Blossom trees go from being
dormant to being in full bloom. (This signifies a time skip from winter to
spring.

~~End Tuesday, February 15th


(ad) Date: Thursday, April 6th (Before First Choice)

Note: Starting with this day, there will be one or more choices in the coming
days that will determine your ultimate path (and choice of girl to end up with)
through the game of Happiness! Because of this, I recommend having multiple
save slots so that you can save when a key choice comes up that splits your
possible girls, and reload those saves to go another direction when you want.
I will all of the options when they come, but I will give extra detail on the
ones that send you onto a certain path and/or continue that path.


Time: Morning


Well, there's been one hell of a time skip, almost 2 months have passed, and
the first thing we see through Yuma�fs eyes when he wakes up is nothing new,
looks just like a normal day, although we learn that Spring Break has just
ended for Yuma, and in 2 months Summer Break will commence as well. Yuma had
done nothing but relax and read manga, watch TV, and let time pass. However, he
admits that doing nothing like that for a long time left him quite tired. Also,
we learn that their Spring Break was extended the entire two months, as the
school was closed to make a full investigation into the explosion at the Magic
Section, which was officially determined to be a gas leak. (...Come on, that
cause has been beat to death, find something new!) Yuma thankfully doesn't
buy it, but he doesn't feel like he should get involved in it either. Yuma
than heads down for breakfast and greets his mother, (who is finally home in
the morning, it seems) Yuma asks Otoha why she's not at Oasis, and she tells
Yuma that she's taking today off so that she can attend Sumomo's entrance
ceremony, as she is finally starting school at Mizuhosaka Academy. Yuma remarks
that Oasis should be in good hands with Otoha's assistant manager, but Otoha
is worried, as Oasis hasn't been doing well lately. It seems that the female
students are losing interest in eating at the cafeteria. Yuma also mentions
that Otoha looks tired, but she says it's just because she woke up early with
Sumomo to get her ready for today. Otoha says Yuma shouldn't be so concerned
with her losing a little sleep. Sumomo walks in wearing her new uniform, and
looks embarrassed. (///) Yuma is speechless, as she looks beautiful. Yuma than
thinks for a minute he saw Sumomo as a woman and not as his sister, and he
feels a little embarrassed himself. Sumomo asks Yuma how he likes her in the
uniform, and since he's still speechless, she's worried she looks a little
funny. Yuma says it suits her, and Sumomo asks if that's true, and Yuma
reassures her that she is, and Sumomo hugs him because is glad Yuma likes how
she looks in the uniform. Yuma gets embarrassed, and Sumomo notices it and
teases him.

Now Yuma and Sumomo are off to school to start the new semester. Sumomo hums
as they walk towards the school, and Yuma remembers how he felt this time last
year when he first started going to Mizuhosaka Academy as well. He says that
studies will probably begin in a week, once the students get used to the school
schedule. Yuma asks why Sumomo is so happy today, and she says why shouldn't
she be, since she passed the entrance exams. Yuma also says he likes the song
she is humming, and he embarrasses Sumomo. Yuma pushes further, asking her if
there�fs something about going to the school that is making her so happy. Sumomo
caves and says that it's because she's going to school with Yuma. After their
talk, Yuma and Sumomo walk to where Jun and Hachi are waiting while talking
about different subjects.

Jun and Hachi are already waiting when Yuma and Sumomo arrive, and Hachi rags
on Yuma being even just a little late, as today is important, being the first
day back. As Hachi continues on, Jun shoves him out of the way and hugs Yuma,
expressing how he missed him. (...GAG!) Yuma says it hasn't even been two days,
and tries to pry Jun off of himself. Jun finally hops off and greets Sumomo,
and comments on how cute Sumomo looks in her school uniform. Sumomo is
thankful, but says Jun looks better in it than she does, and Jun is embarrassed
that Sumomo thinks so. Jun than asks Yuma who looks better, he or Sumomo. Yuma
senses that no matter who he picks, the other will come back to hurt him, so he
decides to try to drag it out, but Hachi saves him by declaring that Sumomo is
without a doubt better looking than Jun, and than Yuma says he can't decide.
Jun gets mad that Yuma won't decide, and Yuma says to think about it, deciding
who is better looking between a girl and a guy is stupid, than asks Hachi if he
thinks he made his decision a bit hastily, and Hachi says he's sure. Yuma than
asks why Hachi is in such of a hurry, and if it's because of homeroom or the
freshmen opening ceremony, and Hachi says Yuma spoils everything, to which
Yuma retorts that he's leaving, and Jun starts to follow Yuma, and Sumomo
follows suit, walking off while Hachi talks nonsense to himself, until Jun
calls out to him, saying he's about to be left behind, and Hachi rushes to
catch up.

We switch our view to the girl magician's dorm at Mizuhosaka Academy, with Anri
and Haruhi. Haruhi notes that Anri seems to be in a hurry today, and Anri
replies that she doesn't want to be late on the first day (sounds familiar...)
Anri is excited that they'll be having mixed classes with the General Section
this semester, and Haruhi agrees, than asks Anri if she'll be able to keep up
with her in these classes as well, to which Anri says of course, since they are
fated rivals. (...I wonder if that's true...)

Back to Yuma, he has arrived at school and is walking to homeroom, having
already separated from Sumomo, and he's walking with Hachi and Jun. Hachi is
disappointed that he's not in a class with any magician's, and Jun gets mad,
asking him if that's more important than being in the same class as Yuma and
him. The three of them earlier decided to let the winner of rock-paper-scissors
decide whose class they will join, and surprisingly, Hachi won, and Yuma
wonders if that will spell trouble for them all. Hachi keeps trying to find a
class with a magician in it (specifically one of the girls) and Yuma tell
Hachi to throw those hopes away, to which Hachi asks Yuma if he's joking. Hachi
than tells them that all three of them are in the same class, and that there
are two girl magician's that will be in their class too. (hmm, I wonder who
those two are? /sarcasm) Jun asks if one of them is Haruhi, an Hachi confirms
it, and Yuma wonders who Haruhi is again. (...DUMBASS!) Jun than walks off to
hurry and meet Haruhi before homeroom begins.

We shift scenes again, and we are outside the gates of Mizuhosaka Academy, and
a man is out here, together with his younger sister. The sister asks her
brother if they made it to the right school. The brother is sure of it, but
than the sister notices that they are actually at the Mizuhosaka Elementary
School (Oh great, the guy can't cut his way out of a paper bag, lmao!) The kids
gather around them, and are surprised at them being there, one even going so
far as to claim they are perverts who have a Lolita complex (LMAO!) The
brother than recovers and tells his sister that he'll get them to the correct
school now, and sets off down the road, with his sister telling him that the
map says to take the street in the opposite direction. (...God damn he sucks..)

The scene no shifts to Koyuki on the top of the school roof, where she appears
to be getting ready to head to class.

Now we're in Yuma's classroom, and we see Haruhi (I figured she and Anri would
be the two magician's in their class, heheh) Although now we're in Hachi's view
and he's babbling on about having a princess in the class ('Hime' is Japanese
for princess) Yuma wonders why Hachi is whispering about Haruhi to him, and
asks if he made a crank call to her or something. Jun than whispers behind for
Hachi to move, and when he doesn't Jun shoves him forward, as Hachi was
blocking the door to head inside, and asks Hachi why he was peeping. Yuma
replies that only Hachi would know, and Jun and Yuma head inside. Haruhi greets
the two, and they respond in kind. Haruhi says she was glad when she saw a
couple of names she knew when her class listing was posted, and was worried for
a little bit. Jun is a little surprised, but Haruhi says even shes still human.
Jun says he and Yuma will help Haruhi adjust to the class. Jun asks why Jun is
helping out, and he says that he'll help by stopping other jealous girls with
his 'lady-killer stare'. (Oh boy...) Jun and Yuma argue on a little bit, and
Haruhi mentions that they act like a good couple. Yuma than asks Haruhi to not
mention that since they aren�ft, and Haruhi says they look good together, but
Yuma doesn't like that association. Jun than speaks up, saying that he's been
waiting for Yuma to recognize them as a couple, and Yuma says he'll
grow old before that happens. Yuma asks Jun to quit joking before it darkens
his future. Jun says if anything he'll dye Yuma's future pink. (!!) Haruhi than
speaks up again and says that even if they aren�ft a couple, they act like one.
Yuma than finally reveals to Haruhi that Jun is actually a guy, and says that
it's always a complete misunderstanding for him when people think the two of
them are a couple. Haruhi, of course, is stunned. Haruhi than laughs it off,
saying that he's lying, saying Yuma is a spiteful person. Saying Jun is a boy
is ludicrous to her. (It would be to me too, under normal circumstances >_>)
Now Yuma gets pissed, and insists on Jun's true gender. Than Jun finally caves
and backs Yuma up, and Yuma says she should have been able to tell if she grabs
Jun's chest, or lack there of. Haruhi gets embarrassed, and Jun asks why Haruhi
should do such a thing. Yuma insists that if he's to be believed that she'll
have to do it. Haruhi than speaks up in a small voice, saying Yuma is a
pervert. Yuma and Jun wonder now if his joke went just a little to far.
Although, Yuma decides to push it, and suggests that Jun get naked to prove his
theory, and than this finally pushes Jun to embarrassment.

Finally, Haruhi believes that Jun is a man, and is still in shock. Yuma isn't
surprised, as at first glance every guy wants to bone Jun, and no one will
believe it until the 'proof' of what he has downstairs is shown. (!! Looks like
Jun went ahead and exposed himself anyways!!) Yuma than brings up that even the
majority of the male population in the General Section think that Jun is still
a woman. Jun apologizes, and Yuma says it should be a crime for Jun to deceive
people like that. Jun asks Haruhi to refer to him as a woman though, as
he's more comfortable like that, and Haruhi uneasingly agrees. Jun than asks
what he and Yuma should refer to Haruhi as, and she says that it doesn't
matter, but says that just plain 'Haruhi' will work. Jun than pushes Yuma to
exchange pleasantries with Haruhi as well, and when he's a little reluctant,
Jun says he's just being shy. Haruhi says it's not a big deal, as it's
embarrassing to call a man by only his name at first as well. (Japanese add
suffixes to the end of a name of people they are acquainted or have a
relationship with. -chan for women, -kun for men, and -san for either if you
prefer to be more polite. Calling a person by only their name suggests that the
two are at least a little more than friends.) Jun continues to push a little
though, saying that the beginning of such friendships only last if you give it
your all at the start. Yuma finally caves, and exchanges pleasantries with
Haruhi, but he suddenly starts to feel the nervousness that most other guys
like Hachi have when in Haruhi's presence, noting that his heart is beating
faster. Jun than feels like they have forgotten something, and finally
remembers Hachi, who is wallowing on the floor in self-pity. When Yuma asks
what he is doing down there, Hachi says it's because he wants to talk to
Haruhi, but is too nervous to do so. Jun introduces Hachi to Haruhi, and he
quickly stands up. Hachi than asks if Jun's going to elaborate anymore on
introducing him, and Jun says that's all that's needed. Hachi says why don't
they associate him as a friend of them. Hachi decides to finally be a man and
introduce himself properly. (...idiot.) Hachi looks like he's died and gone to
heaven. Haruhi asks if Hachi is alright, and Yuma reassures her that he's just
relieved of the tension. Jun than asks where Haruhi is sitting, and she replies
that it appears they will be seated in numerical order when class starts. Yuma
says that he already drew his number, and he got nine. Haruhi is surprised, and
says she drew nine for the girls�f row as well. (So, they are sitting next to
each other. Fate or cheesiness is conspiring here...) They all move to sit
down, and Yuma desperately tries to think of something to talk to about, and
finally settles down on asking about the other girl who was with Haruhi on
Valentine's Day. Haruhi says her name was Anri, and Yuma remembers that there
are supposed to be two women from the Magic Section in their class, and he
wonders if Anri is the other one. Of course she is, and it's confirmed almost
immediately as Anri bursts in. Anri greets Haruhi, who exchange their thoughts
on being in these classes. Anri than finally looks at Yuma, and remembers him
from Valentine's Day. Haruhi than remembers the chocolate she gave Yuma, and
asks if he liked it. Anri teases Haruhi about forgetting about the chocolate,
and says that it was fated that the Haruhi was assigned to the same class as
her boyfriend. Haruhi gets embarrassed, and Hachi comes out of left field when
he hears this. Hachi goes crazy, asking Yuma for an explanation. Hachi says
he's just misunderstanding. Anri says it's a lie, but Haruhi backs up Yuma.
Hachi blindly believes Haruhi, than Anri asks whose chocolate Yuma liked more
between the two, and Hachi goes ballistic again, prodding Yuma on him having
received chocolate from both of them. Yuma has a feeling that Anri will be
trouble for most of the semester, and Hachi starts acting like a zombie, saying
that he'll die betrayed. Yuma tries to asks Hachi if he'd really believe such
a stupid thing, and Hachi at first ignores Yuma, saying that first Haruhi, than
Anri gave him chocolates, and Yuma didn't tell him. Hachi than tells Yuma if he
remembers the Valentine's Day Tragedy. Yuma recalls it, and remembers that
while he got allot of chocolates, Hachi got jack shit. (As I thought. Loser)
Usually Hachi always got at least one, thanks to Jun, but since he turned Jun
down this year for once, he didn't get any others. Yuma says that Hachi would
always be fine as long as he always got at least one chocolate, and says that
the difference between 1 and 0 chocolates is huge for guys, and says that
Hachi's depth of depression for a while afterwards was about as infinite as
space. Yuma than apologizes for being insensitive towards Hachi's pride, and
Hachi recovers quickly. Yuma notices and asks him about it, and Hachi says that
he'll just eat a chocolate from his arm. Yuma shouts at him as Hachi bites him,
and Jun finally shows up too. Haruhi than casts a spell that floods the room in
a soothing green light, making everyone feel happy, including Yuma who was at
the time pissed that Hachi was biting him. Haruhi than asks Hachi to calm down
a little after the spell has passed, and Hachi complies. Haruhi than explains
to Hachi that it was only because of an unfortunate circumstance than Yuma
received chocolate from Anri. Hachi than admits that he thought that was the
case. Hachi than says he'll forgive Yuma for today, but if something like that
happens again in the future... Yuma understands, and resolves to never mention
this again when Hachi is around. Jun than complements Haruhi on the magic she
used, and Haruhi says that it was all thanks to Soprano. (Haruhi's Wand)
Soprano than says that she didn't do anything herself. Jun thinks it's great
that Soprano can talk, and Yuma recalls that magic wands amplify the owner's
magic, and improves the speed in which they can cast their spells, a vital tool
for any magician. Haruhi introduces Soprano, saying that she is like an older
sister to her. Jun greet her with the -san suffix, and Soprano embarrassingly
asks to be called by the -chan suffix. Haruhi than asks if her magic was really
that neat, and Jun speaks up saying that even the General Section students have
been abuzz about Haruhi as the top second-year magician in the Magic Section.
Hachi mentions that everyone heard about her passing her Class B tests on her
first try, and that the news quickly infected the General Section. Haruhi says
that although she is a Class B magician, she hasn't been one for very long, and
isn't too confident in her magic yet, and says that if she holds the magic for
too long it can cause damage to her surroundings. This brings back the painful
memory for Yuma, but he shakes it off. He says she'll be fine. Jun than asks
Anri what kind of magic she can do, and Anri says magic of the finest class.
Haruhi suddenly gets worried, trying to stop Anri from using her magic, saying
that she never uses magic well, but Anri ignores her and pulls out Paella, her
magic wand, to help her as well. Anri starts her spell, but Hachi starts
babbling about how great magic is, and Jun tells him to shut up and just watch
and not commentate. Jun than cheers Anri on, (Note: Nice graphic panty flash
here, heheh ;P) As power builds up into Paella, everyone looks on in
anticipation, when suddenly... the power fades, obviously a failed spell. Anri
is mad and embarrassed, wondering why her spell failed. Haruhi than tells Anri
that she shouldn't try to cast such a spell in this place, and it seems that
Haruhi used her magic to stop Anri's before she cast her spell. (Probably a
good thing.) Anri than tells Haruhi she'll stop, but than immediately begins to
cast another spell, and Haruhi apparently knows what spell she's trying to
cast, and tries to stop Anri from using it, but she still ignores her. Haruhi
mentions that Anri screwed up the incantation, and tells everyone to take
cover. Haruhi stays behind and tries to stop Anri with her magic again, but
was too late. After an explosion of light happens, Yuma wonders if he survived
the spell, and than we come back to the room, and Soprano says she was able to
stop the cast, but two seconds after it had been cast, so everything turned out
alright. Haruhi scolds Anri for using such a high-powered spell, and Anri gets
mad, saying she had to follow up after Haruhi's display of her talents. Jun
comes back as Anri storms off, asking if everything was alright, and Haruhi
says it is since she didn't have to worry about anyone else since they left the
room thanks to Yuma's warning. An announcement for the freshmen opening
ceremony comes on, and everyone heads for the gym. (Finally! Done with this
section!) Or not... After everyone leaves, Hachi finally gets off of the floor,
as his dumbass was the only one who was hit by Anri's spell, and it knocked him
out.

Now we are outside the school gates, where a girl is just now arriving at
Mizuhosaka Academy. She says that the school seems interesting, and that any
events here should keep her entertained for awhile.

*Queue Opening Movie* Interesting look, no? Now the game and story really
begins, so keep up! :) Also, I will take this time to inform you that there
are four (4) main paths in this game, one for each of the girls who gave Yuma
Valentine's Day chocolate earlier: Haruhi, Anri, Koyuki, and Sumomo. There is
also a fifth (5) True storyline that you can access after you have seen all of
girl's True Ending paths. The difference between the True and Normal Endings
for each girl usually are that there are no or just one H scene with that girl,
while the True Ending leads to at least three. I will point out as we get to
them the choices that will affect which girl's path you take, and the choice to
make to follow/continue that path. 

We return shortly after the opening ceremony is over, and Yuma is walking with
Jun back to class. Jun remarks that he thought he would fall asleep during the
principal's long winded introduction speech. Jun than wonders where Hachi was
during the whole time, and Yuma wonders the same thing. Jun wonders if someone
secretly took him to the nurse's office, and Jun remarks that Yuma's cute for
worrying about a friend like that, to which Yuma replies that it's only natural
if your a friend. Yuma glances out a window and sees Koyuki, and Jun asks Yuma
if he's thinking about going outside to meet her real quick before class.


***Note*** SAVE IN A DIFFERENT SLOT HERE!!!


The first choice of the game is here, and it is a potentially important one.

Options:

1) Go outside to see Koyuki.

2) Go to class with Jun.


Important Note: Decide which girl you are going to go for as early as you can,
and make sure to choose the Options that best support her if you want to get
that girls True Ending, otherwise you'll end up with a shitty, going-nowhere
ending. If you want to follow Koyuki's path, you MUST select the first option,
otherwise when you get to her path you'll just end up with her bad ending. If
you are not interested in going on Koyuki's path at this time, than you can
pick the second option if you are interested in any of the other girls. As I
will write this walkthrough choosing girl's in the same order as I did when I
first played this game, I will start with Haruhi's Path, so I recommend to
just choose the first option and continue on. I will cover all Options that
occur, however, in case anyone is interested, as well as the Bad Endings for
each character.

Also, as a side note to inform everyone, you MUST have completed either
Haruhi's or Anri's Paths first in order to unlock the choice that allows you to
choose between Koyuki's and Sumomo's paths later.


Option One: Yuma says he'll go see Koyuki for a minute, and says he'll catch up
to Jun later.

The cherry blossom trees are in full bloom as Yuma runs through the park to see
Koyuki, who is resting beneath them. (Interesting pose. :P) (Note: In case your
interested in finding out what year the girls at school are, look at the ribbon
near their neck: First years have green ribbons, Second years have yellow
ribbons, and Third years have red ribbons.) Koyuki greets Yuma, and asks him
what he is doing out here, and Yuma wonders why she is out here as well. Koyuki
asks if he came to see her or anything, he said he has since he saw her out
here, yet didn't see her at the opening ceremony. Koyuki admits it, and said
she was just relaxing among the cherry blossom trees, losing herself and
letting time fly. Yuma looks around, and notes that the blooming cherry
blossom trees are quite beautiful. Yuma asks if she boycotted the opening
ceremony, and Koyuki replies that is far from the case. Yuma than wonders about
Koyuki, as she's so carefree and rarely shows a serious face. Yuma than voices
his concerns that he doesn't understand Koyuki, and Koyuki asks what he means.
Yuma says he can never figure her out, and Koyuki admits that she must seem
mysterious to others. The two of them sit there for a while as the wind blows
the cherry blossom trees around them, and the pink petals fall off and blow in
their faces. Koyuki than asks Yuma if he wants to sit as well, and Yuma does
so. Yuma asks Koyuki if she wants to talk about anything, and she says not if
he doesn't want to. Yuma asks Koyuki if she likes this place, and she says she
values it more than anything. Yuma notes that time seems to slow here while
he's with Koyuki, and than realizes that Koyuki doesn't usually have a lot of
free time, and thus is able to treasure the time she does have in this place.
Yuma enjoys the calm scene as well, and again brings up how the students of
both the General and Magic Section rarely associate together, although he keeps
running into Koyuki wherever he goes. Yuma goes on to note that he has come to
value his time with Koyuki and that while it may seem selfish at times, he's
still good. Suddenly, the warning bell for class rings, and Yuma heads back
towards class, while Koyuki says she's going to stay out for just a little bit
longer.

As he heads back to the main building, he runs into Jun, who wonders where he
has been. Yuma says he didn't have to come find him, but Jun says it was better
to take a chance to make sure Yuma wasn't late for class. As Jun and Yuma walk
into class, the brother and sister combo from earlier are at the front of the
class, about to introduce themselves, and Yuma notes that the girl has what
seems to be a magic wand, and realizes she must be from the Magic Section. The
teacher yells at Yuma and Jun, saying they are late, and for them to take
their seats. Yuma looks around and sees that Hachi is still missing, and
realizes that he must still be in the nurse's office.


Option Two: Yuma decides that while he wants to go talk to Koyuki, he also
doesn't want to risk being late for homeroom on the first day. Jun seems to
read Yuma's mind, and convinces Yuma to head to class, so that they can meet
everyone, and Jun takes Yuma's arm with his. Yuma remarks that Haruhi really is
popular, as alot of the students are looking at her. Jun remarks that's how
princesses are, and when Yuma presses the question, Jun says that's Haruhi's
nickname. Yuma and Jun look over at Hachi's chair, where Anri is currently at.
Yuma remarks that she's about as popular as Hachi is, (no one is around Anri)
and Anri says it can't be helped, since everyone looks at Haruhi first. Yuma
asks if Hachi is in the nurse's office or something, and Jun says he was
turned down by another girl earlier this morning and is off sulking, but says
he'll recover by the time homeroom starts. Shortly thereafter, the teacher
arrives with a boy and girl. The teacher tells everyone to take their seats,
and the crowds around Haruhi and Anri takes their seats. The teacher than
tells everyone that they have two new students who have just transferred, the
two being the brother and sister combo from earlier.


Both paths join back in now at the same place now. The teacher tells the two
at the front to continue introducing themselves. The brother introduces himself
as Shinya Kamijo. The teacher asks him to say something more, but the brother
calmly says that he doesn't see the need to explain anything more about
himself, and the teacher caves. (pussy!) The sister introduces herself next as
Saya Kamijo, and states that the guy is indeed her brother. (Although we
already knew that) Yuma thinks that Hachi would have raised a fuss had he been
here, and Yuma notes that the Magic Section seems to have many beautiful women
attending it. The teacher explains that the Shinya and Saya have transferred to
Mizuhosaka Academy for this term, and says that since they aren�ft familiar with
the place yet, to help them get comfortable, than asks the two to take their
seats. Saya looks embarrassed as she sits, and than the teacher begins class.

When the scene cuts back in, Hachi finally makes his return. Yuma and Jun ask
where he's been, and that he missed homeroom already. Hachi is disappointed,
yet he says he'll be alright tomorrow, and says he's a man who always thinks
positive (...with your constant failings, YEAH RIGHT!) After Yuma and Jun
casually dismiss him, Hachi complains, saying they should treat him better, to
which Jun remarks about his weak heart, and Yuma agrees, causing Hachi to yell
in frustration.


Time: Forenoon


Hachi heard that there was someone else from the Magic Section besides Haruhi
and Anri, and is disappointed that he missed them. Jun says he's touched by
Hachi's reaction, while Yuma thinks that it was probably a good thing that
Hachi hadn't meet Saya yet. Hachi, however, notices Saya standing off to the
side by herself, looking shy, and asks Yuma who she is. Yuma says no matter
what HE says Hachi will ignore him and hit on her anyways, to which Jun agrees.
Hachi asks if her name is Saya, since Hachi heard her name while he was in the
nurse's office, and thinks she's very cute. Yuma notes that she has her elder
brother nearby, and Jun mentions Shinya. Hachi says that he doesn't care, and
runs over to Saya. Hachi introduces himself, trying to look suave, and Yuma
thinks he looks more stupid than cool. Hachi than asks if Saya is waiting for
someone, and offers to escort her back to class. Saya finally notices Hachi,
surprised, and Hachi continues to push, saying she'll be safe with him. (Damn,
he's got to be coming off as creepy...) Yuma senses something, and looks at Jun
who is annoyed, and launches at Hachi with a jump kick, knocking him away.
(LMFAO!!!) Saya runs off, and Yuma hurries to catch up with her.

Yuma tries to apologize for Hachi, but Saya keeps trying to apologize herself.
Yuma realizes Saya was probably scared of Hachi. Yuma remarks that Hachi isn't
really as bad as he just was, he just acts really stupid around beautiful
women. Saya understands, but still seems a little embarrassed. Saya than asks
if Yuma feels uncomfortable when talking to Hachi. Yuma says no since he's used
to Hachi's antics, and thinks to himself that he's not surprised at her
reaction after her introduction to the class, and is a little happy that Saya
worried about him a little. Yuma than introduces himself to her, as he didn't
get the chance to during homeroom. Yuma says she doesn't have to use the -san
suffix, but Saya insists on it. Saya than introduces herself, than Hachi bursts
in again, asking Yuma what he thinks he's doing, getting friendly with Saya
without his permission. Saya gets scared and runs over and hides behind Yuma,
Hachi goes on to say that he envies Yuma, able to win people over with a warm
smile and a few simple words. (...Like it's really that hard to do...) Yuma
tells Hachi to quit acting stupid, than Jun pops up, wondering if Yuma is just
trying to work on Saya as well. Saya finally realizes that she is a little too
close to Yuma, and moves away, apologizing. Hachi cries some more, and Yuma
yells that he shouldn't throw fire on the flames. Jun than says that Hachi is
anxious because he missed his opportunity to greet Saya before homeroom, but
notes that the atmosphere finally seems right. Hachi cries, blabbering on that
he's not worthy of introducing himself now after the way he acted. Yuma yells
at Hachi again to man up, and Jun warns Yuma that all the yelling is upsetting
Saya again, and Yuma apologizes. Saya says it's alright, as she's starting to
feel a bit better, and feels like she's starting to get used to the school now.
Jun introduces Hachi again, and says that what Yuma said earlier about Hachi is
true, that he's not really bad, just stupid around women. Hachi complains that
he's only gets explained as such, and finally introduces himself fully again.
Saya greets him, and says not to worry if she bothers him, but Hachi shouts
that she won't, and Jun smacks him in the back of the head, telling him he's
acting stupid again. Saya looks happy, and Yuma remarks that while he was
worried in the beginning, it looks like this was a good experience for Saya.
Yuma than asks Saya why she was waiting alone, and she replies that she was
waiting for her elder brother. Hachi asks about him, and Jun confirms her
story. Yuma remarks that he doesn't really look like an older brother since
they are both in the same year, and Saya says that he's her twin brother. Yuma
is surprised, since they don't look or act alike at all. Jun voices Yuma's
thoughts, than suddenly Shinya shouts at the group. Jun tells Hachi that he's
Saya's brother. Shinya yells at the three to get away from Saya, obviously
thinking they are bothering her, and comes running at them at a high speed.
Saya tries to get Shinya to stop, but he's in a blind rage now, and says she
has no other choice, and raises her wand and hits him in the stomach with it.
Shinya doubles over, saying that Saya has gotten stronger before collapsing.
Yuma asks if he's alright, and Saya says he will be, although Yuma wonders
since he has one hell of a nosebleed. Saya yelps, and says that she may have
gone a little far this time. (...I guess this happens alot...) Jun and Hachi
laugh nervously.

Some time later, Shinya finally wakes up, and Saya asks if he's alright. Shinya
jumps up, and wants to know if she's safe, and demands to know what the three
did to Saya. Saya says nothing happened, but Shinya says they must have done
something to her, and says that it's up to him. Saya pleads with Shinya to
stop, and to hear what they have to say before attacking them. Shinya ignores
her, and says he won't allow anyone to harm Saya, and tells the three to choose
how they die. (Jeez, too serious samurai...) Saya sighs, and smacks Shinya in
the back of the head, and Shinya falls over again, but gets back up, asking
Saya what's going on. (It seems he loses control of himself if he believes Saya
is in trouble. What a good, if not idiot, brother.) Saya is finally able to
explain that the three are their classmates, and that they called to her since
she was alone waiting for Shinya. Shinya thought she was being surrounded, and
Saya gets embarrassed, saying that she'll be alright. Shinya that apologizes to
Saya, but she tells him to apologize to Yuma and the others, not to her. Shinya
apologizes to the three, confirming that he loses his head when he thinks Saya
is in trouble. Yuma says it's alright, but tells Shinya not to make Saya worry
by making her wait too long. Shinya is relieved, and says to Saya that he's
sorry for making her wait, and that he's relived that they such reliable
classmates. Shinya than introduces himself formally to the group, and Yuma
introduces himself, as well as Hachi, saying he's a useless friend (which Hachi
takes immediate offense to, but it's all in good fun.) Jun than says he feels
like Yuma and Shinya are the same, because they are both older brothers whose
younger sisters love and value them. Shinya mistakes what Jun says just a
little, and Yuma tries to correct him, but Shinya wonders if Yuma is loved or
hated by his sister now. Shinya gets a little aggressive, asking if Yuma's
sister is important to him or not, and demands an answer. As Yuma tries to
think out a solution, you may notice that Sumomo has appeared in the background
between Jun and Hachi. Yuma than thinks about what Sumomo really does for him,
and notes that she is polite, is a good cook, and has a pretty face; all around
a sister anyone would love to have. However, Yuma wonders that if he answers
everyone will think he has some incestuous tendencies. Shinya again
demands an answer, and Yuma finally loses his cool and confesses that he does
love his sister (although not along the lines of "Love" love.) Than Yuma
finally notices Sumomo is there, and she freezes, looking embarrassed. (She
obviously doesn't understand the situation, but heard that Yuma loves her, so
it's natural to be a little shocked.) Yuma than faints.

When Yuma comes to, Jun wonders if the situation was a little intense for Yuma,
considering that Sumomo just heard that Yuma declared his love for her. Shinya
is confused however, wondering why it would be so bad that Yuma loved his
sister, and Jun replies that Yuma is just a shy person. Saya than says that she
and Shinya have to go, and they all say good-bye until tomorrow, as today is
only a half day for school, so that the new students can make friends and get
used to the school.


Time: Evening


After school, Yuma, Jun and Hachi go shopping until late in the evening, and
Jun wishes his best to Sumomo (man this is going to be awkward later tonight,
heheh) and than Yuma separates from them and heads off for home. Yuma wonders
how he's going to talk to Sumomo after what happened earlier, as it sounds like
it's something that would only happen to Hachi. Yuma resolves to try to tell
Sumomo that it she misunderstood what he said, and while he's still mulling it
over in his head, Sumomo shakes him out of his thoughts, and he jumps. Yuma
realizes that he has to tell Sumomo now, and gets ready to tell her, when his
mother's voice also calls out to him, and Yuma instead asks if they went
shopping today as well. Otoha replies that they went to get food for dinner, as
today was a special day. They both stress the fact they went and bought high
quality meat, along with other ingredients to bring out the flavor. Yuma notes
that Sumomo is acting normal, and wonders if she didn't hear what he said
earlier, but thinks that she had to have heard. Sumomo than drags Yuma off to
the side, assumingly to talk about earlier. Sumomo says she heard earlier, and
understands what he really meant, but that it was really embarrassing. Yuma
says he's sorry, and Sumomo asks him to say it quieter next time, and not
around other people. Yuma than really notices how pretty Sumomo looks, and is
glad that she is his sister. (Note: Need better translation for this section.)
Sumomo says that Yuma is acting weird today, than they both start laughing,
until Otoha comes over, wondering what they're talking about, and why they are
leaving her out of it. Sumomo says that she was secretly talking to Yuma about
something, and Otoha says that the first thing children secretly keep to
themselves from their parents are confessions. (Damn she's sharp on some
matters!)


Time: Night


As the family of three eats, Yuma wonders what he should try first, as
everything looks great. Otoha asks how Sumomo liked her first day at school,
and she says she likes it, and says she doesn't have to worry about anything
since Yuma and Otoha are both there all the time. Sumomo remarks about a new
transfer student from the Magic Section who is in her class, named Ibuki
Shikimori, and says she's very cute. (Note: lesbian tendencies? You be the
judge, heheh.) Sumomo says she's really glad, and that she hopes to be friends
with Ibuki someday soon. Otoha congratulates Sumomo, than asks Yuma how his
first day went. Yuma says that it was basically a normal day, except for the
fact that some students from the Magic Section were put into his class. Otoha
teases Yuma, asking if he likes one of the girls who were put into his class,
and Yuma says she's making things up. Yuma tries change the topic by going back
to eating his dinner, but than Otoha mentions that she knows that Haruhi is in
his class. Yuma is startled, and begins to choke on his food. After Yuma
recovers, Yuma asks how she knew that bit of information, and Otoha replies
that Jun told her. Sumomo asks who Haruhi is, and Otoha tells her that she is
the resident celebrity of the Magic Section, Princess Haruhi. (The "Princess"
term is a play on Haruhi's name, as 'hime' means 'Princess' and sometimes
Haruhi is referred to as Haru'hime'.) Otoha says she has a perfect figure, a
great sense of direction, and she loves her food. Yuma wants to know why Otoha
values someone who loves their food, and Otoha asks how many people out of the
hundreds of thousands really love tuna. Sumomo is a little surprised and in awe
that someone like that is in Yuma's class, Yuma says that it's really no big
deal, but Sumomo wonders about it since Yuma apparently kept it a secret. Yuma
than says that if they don't stop talking about Haruhi that he won't eat
another bite. The girls finally stop and continue eating, until Sumomo brings
up Haruhi again. Before Yuma can do anything though, Sumomo explains that she
feels that she knows that name from somewhere, but can't put her finger on it
right now.

Yuma turns off the light and goes to bed, reflecting on all that happened
today: About Haruhi being one of his new classmates, and meeting Shinya and
Saya with their extreme difference in personalities, talking with Koyuki under
the cherry blossom trees, than he rolls over and goes to sleep.


~~End Thursday, April 6th


(ae) Date: Friday, April 7th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up to Sumomo running in the hall, and falling down, making a loud
noise. Yuma quickly gets up and goes downstairs. Sumomo greets him good
morning, than promptly screams in surprise. When Yuma asks what is wrong,
Sumomo asks why he came down like he is. Yuma is dumbfounded until he looks
down at himself and realizes that he's not fully dressed. (Damn, I thought it
was going to be the morning wood joke. Maybe later :P) Yuma asks Sumomo why she
should scream about him not being fully dressed, and Sumomo says that they are
probably going to be late for school, and that he has to get dressed quickly!
Yuma is confused, and Sumomo says she lost track of time while she was doing
her morning chores. Yuma tells Sumomo to get a hold of herself, and it appears
that she has, at least until she breaks and says that they will be late. Yuma
tells her to wait again, and asks her to remember what time they left for
school yesterday. Sumomo recalls that it was 8 am. Yuma asks what time it is
now, and Sumomo says 7 am. Yuma says she should realize the time before
claiming such a thing as lateness, although he does realize that time can seem
to fly by when you have a lot to do. Yuma goes on to say that with Sumomo's
work ethic, they would get to school on time even if they left at 8:30 am.
Sumomo asks if that's true, and Yuma says so, since he left that late once last
year and just barely made it to class on time. Sumomo laughs at the joke,
saying that she'll be Yuma's alarm clock from now on starting tomorrow.

As the two of them eat breakfast, Sumomo keeps checking her appearance in the
mirror, tying and retying the ribbon on her chest. Yuma asks what's wrong, and
Sumomo says she's nervous trying to look her best. Yuma says she's worrying
over nothing, and Sumomo says that a rude brother doesn't understand her. She
says her uniform is a little wrinkled. Yuma says it's because she got up so
early to put it on and get ready for school. Sumomo says that Yuma is the type
of guy who surprisingly holds a grudge, and says that girls don't like that
type of guy. Yuma says that may be, but he still cares more than the other
guys. Sumomo is happy, and asks him to tie her ribbon up again. Yuma asks why,
and if she wouldn't be embarrassed if he did such a thing. Sumomo is confused,
asking why it would be embarrassing. As Yuma contemplates his decision... we
officially come to the second choice of the game!


Options:

1) I happily tie the ribbon.

2) I reluctantly tie the ribbon.


There aren't any major consequences toward Sumomo's path, but as the scene is
funnier with the first option, I suggest taking that one.


Option One: Yuma says he'll tie her ribbon back on, and Sumomo happily jumps up
to him, boosting her chest directly up to eye level. Yuma tries to ignore the
great view as he ties her ribbon back on, and as he's finishing, Otoha comes
in, and than Sumomo thanks Yuma for helping her. An uncomfortable silence
follows, than Yuma asks what their mom thought he was doing. Otoha teasingly
says she thought Yuma was trying to strip Sumomo, and when Yuma asks why she
would say such a thing this early in the morning, Otoha says she jokes to
lighten the mood. Yuma gets pissed, and Otoha says he looks cute when he's
angry.


Option Two: Yuma embarrassingly ties Sumomo's ribbon back on, and Sumomo thanks
him, while Yuma asks her to get used to tying the ribbon on herself from now
on, to avoid anymore uncomfortable moments. Sumomo pouts, and we head onto the
next scene.


After either route is seen, both drop you back to this point, where Yuma and
Sumomo are about to leave for school. Otoha calls at them both before they
leave, and asks them to stop in at Oasis later in the day, to say hi and
because the rest of the staff wants to meet them together.

As they set off for school, Yuma notices that walking with Sumomo seems a
little awkward today, although they walk like this all the time to go
shopping or out to eat. Yuma guesses that since she's in a school uniform this
time, first time viewers might not think Sumomo is his younger sister at a
glance, but they might assume that they are a couple. Yuma cracks the silence
by asking if Sumomo is cold. While she admits that she is, Sumomo says she'll
be alright. Sumomo than asks why Yuma thought it was cold, and Yuma quickly
replies that he thought it seemed cold compared to yesterday. Sumomo says she
understands, and says that she'll give Yuma a "magic item" to warm him up, than
digs around in her pocket and hands Yuma a... heating pad. (WTF) Sumomo says
that should warm Yuma up quickly. Yuma says wouldn't she get cold soon without
the pad, and Sumomo replies that she doesn't get cold easily, and even when she
does, it's only on her hands or feet. Yuma understands, than says he thanks her
for the pad. Sumomo than reveals she had another pad anyway. Yuma asks why she
had a second pad, and Sumomo says she thinks happy thoughts a lot when she's
warm. Yuma doesn't understand the way Sumomo's mind works. Sumomo says that by
giving Yuma one of the pads, she is sharing her happiness with him. Yuma
awkwardly thanks Sumomo, and uses the pad to warm him hands. As they continue
to walk, Yuma notices the humming of the heating pad and Sumomo, as she sings
a goofy tune to herself. Yuma asks Sumomo what kind of weird song she's
singing, and Sumomo takes offense, saying she composed them herself. Yuma says
she has no sense of rhythm, and Sumomo gets angrier. Yuma tells her to settle
down, and Sumomo asks if her pretty face looks bad, to which Yuma gives a
start, and as Sumomo pushes him further, Yuma is sure she's back to normal now.
Yuma than tries to give Sumomo back the heating pad, but she says not to,
making Yuma recall that Sumomo recently heard a story about a robot that failed
when he replaced his circuits. (Note: Need better translation here.) Sumomo
than tells Yuma to keep the pad, and says not to put on his cheek. When Yuma
asks why, she says that since she touched it with her lips earlier, it would be
an indirect kiss. When Yuma says she's just being dumb, Sumomo begins to pout,
saying that Yuma is being cruel to her. Yuma shouts at her, saying she's the
one bringing attention to them from all of the passerby. Yuma clamps his hand
over Sumomo's mouth, because although there isn't much traffic on the roads
right now, Yuma doesn't want a rumor to get started claiming that he's mean to
his sister, because than everyone at school would act cold to him. After taking
a quick look around, Yuma takes his hand away from Sumomo.

They arrive at school, and Yuma sees Sumomo off.

As Yuma heads up the stairs to class, Yuma thinks that he'll probably be the
first person in, since he and Sumomo left early this morning. However, when he
opens the door, Haruhi is already inside. Yuma is a little confused, and unsure
of what to do in this situation, but Haruhi breaks the ice, saying that Yuma is
also early today. Yuma struggles to get his good morning out, and Haruhi asks
if is really that surprised that she was already here. Yuma says yes, because
he didn't expect anyone else to be here since he left so early. Yuma than goes
ahead and sits down in his seat next to Haruhi, noting that it will still be a
while before the other students show up. Yuma than notices that it'll be just
him and a girl, making for an uncomfortable situation, and hopes he doesn't
act like an idiot in front of Haruhi. Yuma asks her if she's always this early,
and Haruhi says no, saying today is special. Haruhi than opens a huge book on
his desk, and Yuma asks Haruhi if it's a magic book. Haruhi confirms it, saying
she came in early to get it and have a head start on studying it. Haruhi says
she had to ask a teacher yesterday to get it since she couldn't find it. Yuma
asks if this teacher is part of the Magic Section too, and Haruhi confirms that
too. Yuma than casually closes it, hurting Haruhi, who asks if he's not
interested in magic. Yuma says that's not the case, and thinks to himself how
the hell he could understand it since the book is in Dutch, and he doesn't have
a clue what any of the words mean. Yuma than notes that all wizards have to be
able to understand the spell books, and he admits that he used to read them for
a short time, at least before he swore off magic himself. Yuma than speaks
again, saying he just can't seriously think about magicians. Haruhi asks if he
thought differently before, and what changed his mind about them, and Yuma asks
that isn't it hard to study magic. Haruhi says that she doesn't know, as she
doesn't worry about studying magic that much. Haruhi says that she's the one
who decided to be a magician, and Yuma is a little taken back, noticing how
serious Haruhi wants to be a talented magician, and that there are no tears in
her eyes, nor any hesitation in her words. Yuma than recalls his doubts about
being a magician, and wonders why he feels that Haruhi has similar doubts.
Yuma than asks Haruhi why she chose to become a magician. This startles Haruhi,
and Yuma regrets asking such a personal question, as Haruhi looks a little
unnerved. Haruhi apologizes, saying that topic has to remain a secret. (Damn!)
Yuma asks if he made an error in asking that question, but Haruhi says no, and
that the reason she became a magician is a little thing anyways. But than
admits that while it is a little thing, she feels like she is running away when
she says it. Yuma reiterates her answer, and she says not literally. Haruhi
than asks if it is similar for Yuma, asking if he feels smaller when talking to
a magician. Yuma admits as much, and Haruhi says that is why she must keep her
reasons for becoming a magician a secret. Haruhi than changes the subject,
saying that Yuma is great for getting to class so early, to which he replies
that today is a special case for him as well. Yuma explains that his younger
sister woke him up early inadvertently. Yuma notices that she changed the topic
on purpose, and goes along with it to respect Haruhi's wishes, but notes that
her reason for becoming a magician can't be such a 'little thing', at least not
to her. He also realizes how conversation go after an uncomfortable one is
brought up and passed. Yuma than notes that there was a reason for him going to
school early after all, feeling that he was going to feel like crap today.

However, now Yuma's thoughts are interrupted because Jun walks in, and stops
dead in his tracks, seeing Yuma here so early. Jun thought Yuma was sleeping in
or skipping school today since he didn't show up to meet him and Hachi. Jun
than asks if Sumomo had something to do with it, to which Yuma admits. Jun
than asks why Sumomo got him up so early, and asks if he did something to her.
Before Yuma can answer, Hachi walks in, and freaks out as well when he sees
Yuma here so early, and wonders if he's died or something, saying he still has
a lot to do in life. He admits he wants to date one of the girls from the Magic
Section before he dies (...IDIOT! Admitting such a thing publicly!) Yuma than
asks if Hachi would really die from him coming to school early, and Hachi says
that it's possible, even Nostradamus prophesied the end of the world. (Random
input here, jeez.) Yuma wonders what the hell is going on, but... it's time for
class.


Time: Forenoon


After class, Jun asks Shinya and Saya if they would like to join Yuma and him
in welcoming them to the class. Shinya and Saya both accept. Yuma and Hachi are
talking together, and Hachi brings up that Jun received alot of chocolates on
White Day from all of the people he gave chocolates to, and Hachi is sad since
he didn't even get one, and Yuma says he has no one to blame but himself. Hachi
than wonders how Jun acts at home, and both Yuma and Hachi get the same image,
with Jun's father apparently going on with the girl act, and is really
uncomfortable in all shapes and forms (at least from normal points of view,
such as mine...) Hachi is frozen like a statue again, (Yuma probably is as
well, but we can't see his face.) Yuma mentions that he REALLY didn't need to
picture such a scene, and Hachi tries to shake it off, trying to imagine the
photo Jun's fan club would take of him. Another VERY uncomfortable scene
follows, and when we come back, Hachi is stoned again and looks ready to fall
over and faint. Yuma asks if he thought of an even worse scene than he did, and
Hachi says Yuma hit it right on the head. Jun than comes over, asking what the
two of them are talking about. Hachi than asks what the commemoration is about,
about Jun replies that everything has already been done for their party. Yuma
and Hachi are stunned, and Jun says not to be surprised, as the fan club's
photo session was already done. Hachi faints dead away, and looks really...
weird... even by his standards as he sleeps. Jun wonders if Hachi was shocked
because he'll look like a fashion model in the pictures, and Yuma asks about
Jun being a fashion model. Jun says he's been compared to one, than asks Yuma
what kind of strange thoughts he's having. Yuma says it's nothing like that,
and asks Jun what magazine he'll be in. Jun than says it's called "Flower
MinMin". Yuma says that's a women's magazine, and wonders if the magazine made
a mistake. (Sounds normal for Jun to me.)


Time: Lunch


Hachi asks where they should go to eat for lunch today. Yuma says their going
to Oasis, and Jun wants to know why Yuma is strongly pushing for Oasis today.
Jun guesses that it's because Yuma wants one of Otoha's box lunches. Hachi
gets excited and wants to share Jun's if he gets one too. Jun flatly states no,
and he cries. Yuma tells Jun not to be like that, and to give Hachi some food
too if he asks for it. Jun caves, and runs off, and Hachi is close behind him.
Suddenly, a classmate says someone is outside the room to see him. Yuma wonders
for a second who it is, than remembers Sumomo, and runs out, unfortunately into
her. Sumomo asks why Yuma is so upset. Yuma says he's upset because he didn't
expect Sumomo to come to Yuma's classroom to wait for him. Sumomo than asks if
he forgot that he promised to guide her to Oasis today. Yuma asks Sumomo if
that's the reason why she came to his class. She asks what the problem is, and
than... the other male students from Yuma's class realize the Sumomo is his
younger sister, and start ragging on him. Yuma quickly gets Sumomo's attention
and they leave for Oasis.

Yuma remarks that he's now the man of the moment, and Sumomo is looking around
the cafeteria. Otoha comes and greets both of them, and asks Sumomo what she
thinks of her first look at Oasis. Sumomo says it's much bigger than she
thought it would be, and that she loves the uniforms the staff wears. Otoha is
glad, and says that if she'll help the place, than Sumomo can have a uniform as
well. But than Otoha realizes that people might come to Oasis to see Sumomo and
instead end up seeing Yuma, and they could lose business. (...what?) Yuma
than realizes why his eating habits are irregular now. Although, Otoha tells
Yuma that she has good news. She says that she has a spot open for a student
assistant, since the one who worked at Oasis last year graduated. When Yuma
asks why she would want him to work at Oasis, Otoha says he would look cute
waiting tables. Otoha says she'll introduce Yuma to the rest of the staff now,
but Yuma shakes her off, saying that if she shouldn't assume that Yuma would
want a job at Oasis every time an opening came up. Otoha pouts, saying that it
sounds like Yuma doesn't like Oasis. Sumomo than gets a little mad, telling
Yuma to stop acting mean to their mom. Otoha than asks Sumomo if she's jealous
of Yuma. Sumomo jumps, and says that's not the case, but... (You can tell she
is...) Otoha tells Sumomo to settle down and drink some water. While Sumomo and
Otoha grumble about, Yuma asks if he can order, and Otoha says the seaweed is a
little bad today, and says she'll bring out anything else he orders.

Sumomo and Yuma eat sit down to wait for their food, and since Sumomo didn't
know what to order, she ordered the same thing as Yuma. When the food arrives,
she says the food looks really good, and as Yuma starts to eat, Sumomo notices
a crowd of students in a corner of Oasis, and when she asks Yuma what the crowd
is, he replies that it's Koyuki's Fortune Telling table, and that she always
gives readings to students during lunch. Sumomo than asks if Koyuki is the
magician that Yuma is rumored to like. Yuma than tells us that Koyuki's
fortune telling is famous, and because she's always so accurate, some people
fear her since her fortune for them might be an unhappy one. Otoha allows it to
be inside of Oasis during lunch since it also draws in customers. Sumomo seems
to love fortune telling, as she watches the daily horoscopes on TV every
morning. Sumomo than asks Yuma if both of them can have their fortunes told by
Koyuki. Yuma says he doesn't know about it, and Sumomo insists, saying she
wants Koyuki to read her fortune at least once. Yuma notes that Sumomo doesn't
know that Koyuki is different from the fortune tellers she sees on TV or reads
in the magazines, and when Yuma glances back over at the table, he sees a girl
who is having her fortune read scared. Koyuki ignores her and continues to flip
over the last tarot card, but the girl screams and plugs her ears. Sumomo asks
what could be wrong, and Yuma says that she may not have wanted to hear how
unhappy her future will be. Yuma than asks Sumomo again if she's sure she wants
Koyuki to read her fortune, and warns her about how accurate she is. (You can
tell that Yuma is trying to influence her to not have her fortune read.) Sumomo
however is even more amazed, and more resolved to have her fortune read. Yuma
wonders if Sumomo even heard a word he said, and tells her that they can have
their fortunes read after they finish eating, and Sumomo is happy.

Koyuki greets Yuma when he walks over to her table. (Note: Remember this,
whenever Koyuki has this particular grin, bad/interesting thing are sure to
follow.) Sumomo says hello to Koyuki too, and Koyuki asks if he already has a
girlfriend from among the new students, and notes that he doesn't seem to care
about appearances. Yuma corrects Koyuki, telling her that Sumomo is his younger
sister, and not his girlfriend. Koyuki apologizes and introduces herself to
Sumomo. Yuma notes that both he and Sumomo seems nervous. Yuma than asks Koyuki
if she can tell Sumomo's fortune. Koyuki says that since Yuma requested it,
she'll do it for free. Koyuki than asks Sumomo to sit down, and she'll start
the reading. (Note: Spooky and mysterious music imo.) Koyuki takes out a small
chart, sets a candle in the middle of a design on the chart, and spreads seven
rune stones out along the design. As Koyuki ignites the candle, Yuma asks if
it's really alright to light one, and Koyuki says to think of it as a birthday
candle, and even sings a little of 'Happy Birthday' before Yuma asks her not
to lie by singing. Sumomo tells Yuma to be quiet, or he'll ruin the fortune
telling mood. Koyuki than takes a bag out of her (magic) apron pocket. Yuma
asks what she has in there, and Koyuki says more rune stones, and she takes one
out and puts it in on the design. She than asks Sumomo to close her eyes and
put her thoughts towards the future that she would like to have happen. Sumomo
thinks deeply, and Koyuki asks if she has her ideal future embedded in her
mind. Sumomo says yes, and Koyuki begins to cast the spell for divination
magic. Sumomo is a little started when the last rune stone Koyuki put on the
design begins to glow, and the stone glows brighter as Koyuki continues to cast
her spell. Koyuki finishes, and asks Sumomo to open her eyes. She begins by
telling Sumomo what has happened in her past. She says she has depended on
someone, and that other person has depended on her, and they share a good
support relationship towards each other. Yuma wonders if the other person that
Koyuki is referring to in Sumomo's past is him. Koyuki continues with her
reading of the present, saying that Sumomo desires something that is beyond her
reach, but hints that she can change the situation if she acts quickly. Koyuki
continues to say that the person she wants to obtain has feelings, but that
right now that person does not share the same feelings as she does. She
continues, saying that Sumomo's feelings are being hidden away, but are
currently diminishing as she does not possess the courage to move forward with
her feelings. Sumomo jumps, and is obviously disturbed, showing once again that
Koyuki is accurately reading Sumomo's fortune, and Sumomo is visibly shaken.
Koyuki again continues, and moves onto the future. Koyuki sees that Sumomo will
soon break the barrier holding her back, and push forward to express her
feelings, but notes that it will cause a substantial change to her surroundings
once she does. Sumomo asks what she means, and Koyuki replies that it is
difficult to say, as Sumomo may have already met this person, and that he may
have already expressed his feelings. Sumomo is silent, but Yuma states that her
fortune seems to be confusing, but not necessarily bad, as Koyuki told him
before that he has a face that seems unhappy. Koyuki than tells Sumomo that the
rune stone that is reflected in the light of the candle is called Ken Ken, and
that it symbolizes fire, and that fire will guide her with hope through the
dark feelings she has. Koyuki also says she doesn't see her fortune as ending
badly. Sumomo asks if that's true, and after Koyuki replies yes, Sumomo
breathes a sigh of relief. (Well, if you haven't been able to figure out that
Sumomo is secretly in love with Yuma by now, I either need to translate better,
or you need a more comprehensive brain.) Yuma asks Sumomo what she thinks her
reading means, and Sumomo is a little startled and embarrassed, and Koyuki says
that the reading is meant to be understood by Sumomo alone. Koyuki than says
that she'll do Yuma's reading next. Yuma is surprised, but Sumomo pushes him to
do it. Before Koyuki begins, you have another choice to make now.


Options:

1) Agree to have your fortune read.

2) Refuse to have your fortune read.


Option One: Yuma is still a little reluctant to have his fortune read, but
decides that it's ok, if Koyuki is the one doing the reading. Koyuki laughs,
saying it was as easy as drawing a moth to a flame.


Option Two: When Koyuki asks Yuma to sit down, Yuma attempts to turn Koyuki's
offer down, but she won't let him leave, and Tama-chan hypnotizes Yuma into
sitting down.


Both paths meet up here. (Both paths are short) As Yuma waits for Koyuki to
begin, he feels like a prisoner awaiting his execution (ouch, that's a bit
morbid, don't you think?) Koyuki than begins casting her divination spell
again, and Yuma begins to feel light-headed, and says that it's feeling a
little painful to endure, and soon Yuma can't even hear the clamoring of the
other students in Oasis, and can only hear Koyuki casting her spell. As
Koyuki finishes, Yuma loses his strength suddenly, and Sumomo asks if he's
alright, and Yuma says he felt a little pain, Sumomo is surprised, since she
didn't feel any discomfort when Koyuki did her reading. Koyuki explains that
Yuma must have been a little sensitive to her magic, and therefore it drained
him a little. Yuma says a little is an understatement, but asks what the result
turned out to be. Koyuki says... to take care. (WHAT?!?) Yuma is surprised, and
asks if he reading didn't work or something, and asks Koyuki to at least tell
him what Rune he got, but Koyuki says it's pointless to ask again. Yuma pushes
further, and Koyuki says that it's a secret.


Afterwards, Koyuki apologizes, and bids Yuma and Sumomo good day. Yuma says
Koyuki took advantage of them, and Koyuki says that he must be thinking of
someone else, and takes off, leaving Yuma pissed, while Sumomo tries to calm
him down.


Time: Afternoon


The scene cuts to Koyuki, and we seem to learn the reason why Koyuki didn't
share Yuma's fortune with him. It seems that his fortune pointed out that his
fate lied with Koyuki herself! The rune stone that symbolizes misfortune and
danger had alerted her, but Koyuki says that it just confirmed her insight,
that Yuma would be an important figure in the days to come. (Of course! This
game is told from him point of view!) Koyuki than lets us know that someone
seems to be moving about the school, searching for something. Tama-chan
comforts Koyuki, who looks tired, and she notes that the situation is not
hopeless yet. (I remember those words... she said the same thing on Valentine's
Day when she had to blow up the Magic Section...) Koyuki notes that the with
the more time she buys by interfering with the mysterious person's plans,
(probably that young magician we saw that same night.) the more easier it is
for others to take their own measures against her, as Koyuki is not the only
one aware of her presence.

Back to Yuma and Sumomo, Sumomo asks Yuma what he'll do, and Yuma replies he's
not sure, but feels that there is certain to be bad luck in his future if he's
not careful. Sumomo looks worried, but Yuma tries to console her saying he'll
be alright. Both are silent as Yuma escorts Sumomo back to her class, and Yuma
apologizes if he seems out of it, and Sumomo agrees that Yuma looks quite
pitiful. Yuma asks her not to look at him, otherwise he'll get more depressed.
Sumomo says that he'll be alright soon though, since she will help him, and
therefore asks Yuma to pick himself up too. Yuma thanks her for her caring
words, but Yuma can't stop thinking about Sumomo's fortune either, thinking
that she was helpless to change her future. Sumomo than says she'll take the
responsibility of escorting Yuma back to his class instead. Yuma asks her not
to, and when Sumomo asks why not, Yuma says that he doesn't want to make a
bigger commotion than what has already happened. Sumomo understands, and let's
Yuma go on his way.

As he makes his way up the stairs, Yuma starts getting scared of going back to
class for now, but decides that if he already caused a commotion, he may as
well confront it now rather than later. Yuma can imagine the teasing faces of
his classmates, egging him on about having such a pretty younger sister. Than
he hears a weird voice, and when he enters the classroom, Yuma freaks, as Hachi
has wrote Yuma loves Sumomo all over the blackboard, and Hachi is teasing him
the moment he walks in the door. Hachi begins to act out what he thinks Yuma
will do, running away, and Sumomo coming to accept him. Than Yuma would come
back and defend Sumomo, but Hachi would beat up Yuma. Just as he reaches this
point in his fantasy, Yuma decks him flat, as Hachi pushed Yuma just a little
too far. (...A little? I'd go bat-shit crazy myself as well!) Hachi continues
to push things, calling Yuma a devil, and Yuma begins to crack, gaining a look
in his eyes that shows he's going to cause Hachi some pain. Hachi finally
realizes he went too far, and tries to beg forgiveness, but Yuma will hear none
of it, and pounds Hachi, knocking him out the window. (LMFAO! I DIED!) Yuma
than settles down, saying he took out the trash. Yuma than wipes the writing on
the blackboard off and sits down. Yuma notices that the rest of the class is
looking very nervously at him, and he gives them a look that let's them know
that the next person to do or say anything similar to what Hachi did, they
would have a worse fate. (OWNED!)


Time: After School


Jun asks Yuma and Haruhi to wait up once class ends, and when they ask what's
up, Jun asks them if they want to spend a coming day with a picnic in the park,
watching the cherry blossom trees while they are still blooming, and get to
know each other better. Yuma asks if Hachi is coming, and Jun says yes. He than
asks Haruhi if she'll go, and she says she shall. Jun asks the two to see if
anyone else would be interested in coming as well.

Haruhi brings Anri over and says that she's interested as well, while Anri
claims that Haruhi can't do anything without her supervision. (...Dunce.) Yuma
asks what day they should have this picnic, and Jun suggests Sunday. When Yuma
mentions that it's kind of sudden, Haruhi mentions that a strong wind should be
blowing Sunday, and that it would be a shame to miss such a spectacle. Yuma
mentions that windy days blow lots of petals around, making for a beautiful
atmosphere. Yuma agrees, and says that they should get there early than. Jun
than asks Hachi to make sure that he remembers Sunday, and when Hachi asks why
he says such a thing, Yuma interjects, saying he always forgets things like
this. Hachi is crushed, (falsely) and floats over to ask Haruhi and Anri for
help. They ignore him, and Jun says that he knows a perfect place to hold it.
Yuma remembers that Koyuki likes to watch cherry blossoms, and while he's in
thought, Jun notices and ask Yuma what's up. Yuma replies that he knows of a
good place, the cherry blossom grove behind the school, and says that not many
people should be there since it's on school grounds. Hachi jumps back in and
congratulates Yuma on noticing such a place. Jun asks where exactly, and Yuma
struggles to remember exactly where, giving everyone a vague description, but
Yuma mentions that an easy route to the park is written in their notebooks.
Haruhi and Anri mention they remember the place, as it's close to where the
Magic Section building stands. Jun says that they need to choose someone to go
early and make sure that no one will be near the spot, and Hachi elects Yuma.
When he asks why he has to be the one to do it, Hachi takes him aside, and
tells him that neither he nor Jun know the place very well, and that it would
be rude to make one of the girls wait. Yuma understands, and concedes. Hachi
goes on to say that Yuma has another important mission for this too, that he
has to convince Sumomo to come along too. Yuma flat out refuses, and Hachi
falls over crying. (Wuss!) Yuma says he still hasn't learned his lesson. Haruhi
than interjects, asking Yuma if Sumomo is his little sister. When Yuma asks how
she knew such a thing, Haruhi says she's interested in knowing what kind of
person she is. Yuma thinks to himself for a moment, noting that she's a great
cook, and that she usually cooks dinner when she gets home first, and that
she's great with money and doesn't spend it on wasteful items. Never could he
have a more trustworthy sister even if he tried to improve on her. Yuma than
thinks that someone might mistake Sumomo for his girlfriend, and than finally
explains that she's basically a normal girl compared to a weird guy like
himself. Yuma also says not to believe anything Hachi has to say about her.
Haruhi than mentions that she's interested in meeting Sumomo now. Yuma wonders
if he said something about Sumomo to spark Haruhi's interest in her, but can't
figure it out. Yuma than tells Haruhi he will invite Sumomo, and Haruhi is
happy. Yuma thinks she's looking a little bit too forward to meeting Sumomo,
but remembers that since they aren�ft blood related, that Haruhi might think
something else is going on. Yuma insists to himself that no matter what, he
thinks of their relationship as nothing more than brother and sister. (Although
I can tell that's not what Sumomo really wants. ;)

Jun asks Yuma what he's going to do after school is over, and Yuma is reminded
of what happened during lunch with Koyuki and her fortune telling, and that he
needs to see her after school to ask her about it in private. Of course, Jun is
disappointed. Hachi is disappointed as well, as he was looking forward to the
three of them messing around later. Yuma apologizes and leaves the room.

Yuma heads towards the part of the school where all the clubs are, but is only
looking for where the Divination Society is at. Yuma reaches the door, and
wonders what he'll find behind it. After shaking off ridiculous mental images,
Yuma knocks, but there is no answer, and Yuma wonders if Koyuki isn't in. But
than Koyuki answers, and Yuma announces that it's him. Koyuki comes out and
welcomes him to her club, and bids him to come inside. Koyuki assumes he came
to join the club, but Yuma says that's not why he came. Koyuki says that if he
joins now, he'll get special privileges. Yuma asks if she heard him or not, and
Koyuki starts to explain the benefits, the first being a daily reading e-mailed
to him in the morning. Yuma wonders if he'd really get such bad news reading
every morning, and really hopes he doesn't. Koyuki continues with the second
privilege, he ability to train Tama-chan to shoot at each other until he
eventually breaks every bone in their bodies. Tama-chan pops up, telling Koyuki
that Yuma is feeling uncomfortable. Tama-chan says that if Yuma can survive for
one month, he'll be alright. Yuma shouts out that�fs great! He can look like an
old person who sends people running away when he goes to the beach. Koyuki says
that it's a shame that Yuma doesn't want to try that out, as she claims it will
strengthen Yuma in ways he never imagined, saying that he could compete in a
national athletic event with Tama-chan within half a year under her guidance.
(...Wait a second, there�fs athletic events that involve beating the shit out of
each other with the assistance of Tama-chans? WTF!) Yuma than asks if the
Divination Society has ever been to one of these athletic events, and Yuma
finally knocks Koyuki out of her comfort zone, noticing that when she gets
quiet like this, Koyuki is embarrassed. Koyuki than admits that in order to do
divination, she can't avoid exercising or physical training. Yuma than says
that's just fine, and Koyuki and Yuma didn't come here in the first place to
join a club anyhow. Koyuki still presses for Yuma to join, saying there are
other benefits. Yuma asks Koyuki if she tries to recruit everyone who walks in
the door, regardless of their qualifications. Koyuki replies that she's only
treating Yuma like this, and says that there actually aren�ft any benefits to
joining the Divination Society anyways. (Shock! Just kidding. ;) Yuma than asks
if Koyuki was only teasing him, but than notes that it was probably just
Koyuki's way of talking to him. At least, he hopes so.

After talking, Yuma says good-bye to Koyuki, and she hopes to see him back here
soon, with an application to join the Divination Society as well. (Sigh, she
never quits, does she?) Yuma notes that he was a little surprised when he was
in the club room, as there didn't seem to be any unlucky objects, nor was there
a dark atmosphere. Yuma wonders if it was just him, than shakes it off.


Time: Night


After Yuma finishes dinner, Yuma goes to wash the plates, as it is his turn
tonight to wash the dishes. Yuma than recalls a stupid TV show, and Yuma yells
out to Sumomo that he's finished washing the dishes, and she sighs, exhausted.
Yuma than realizes that Sumomo is watching the show he was just thinking about,
and notices that it's almost at it's climax scene, and a tall man is embracing
the heroine closely. Than the credits roll and the ending song comes on. Yuma
asks if Sumomo had been watching that show for awhile, and she says she has for
the entire time it had been on, which is ten minutes. Yuma exclaims that it's a
very short timeframe, and wonders if all of these good dramas are a victim of a
time crunch. Yuma than asks Sumomo if she truly is interested in these types of
shows, and Sumomo powerfully exclaims that she is. Than she explains exactly
what happened on the show, and the story was that woman got jealous when she
saw her lover walking with another woman. The first girl runs away in her
grief, yet there is no where she can really run to. Her lover finds her at the
train station before she leaves, and they make up over the misunderstanding,
and they both return to town. Yuma asks if that all happened in just ten
minutes, and Sumomo confirms it. Yuma wonders how the hell the writers managed
to pull that off. Sumomo than asks if Yuma would like to watch one of the
episodes she has on tape. Yuma asks how long the series is, and Sumomo says she
has all of the episodes from the first to the 248th season!!! (I don't believe
that's possible...) Yuma states that he would die of old age before he finished
watching all of the episodes, and Sumomo gets mad at him, saying that she
really loves this series. Yuma asks her if she's going to waste all of her
childhood years watching this, and Sumomo retorts that she won't listen to an
older brother who doesn't understand good drama. Yuma says that Sumomo should
spend her time watching the news instead, and changes the channel to the news,
despite Sumomo's protests. Yuma than recalls that he's supposed to ask Sumomo
if she wants to come with him Sunday to the picnic to watch the cherry blossom
trees, and Sumomo notices him acting weird, and asks him about to, to which
Yuma tells her about the plan, and invites her. Sumomo asks why she's invited,
and Yuma tells her that Jun and Hachi are both coming, and would love to see
her there. Sumomo agrees to go than, and than Yuma remembers that Haruhi was
also interested in meeting Sumomo. Sumomo than asks Yuma if he thinks Ibuki
will be there as well to enjoy the view. Yuma asks who Ibuki is again, and
Sumomo tells him again about the girl she is trying to befriend. Yuma tells
Sumomo to invite her along as well if she wants, and Sumomo is happy. Yuma
thinks to himself that Hachi won't mind as long as Ibuki is a girl. Yuma warns
Sumomo to not push the invitation if she refuses, and although Sumomo says she
won't, Yuma is worried, and wonders if Sumomo will push Ibuki into coming on
Sunday.


~~End Friday, April 7th


(af) Date: Saturday, April 8th


Time: Morning


Yuma greets his mother in the morning, and asks where Sumomo is. Otoha says
that she is in the bathroom, and Yuma wonders why Otoha never gives him a
straight answer. Otoha than asks if Yuma's is fascinated by the fact that
Sumomo is in the bathroom, and when Yuma tries to say he isn't, Otoha hugs him
close, and says it's only natural to lie, since he's going through puberty.
(WTF, mom!) Yuma tells her that's sexual harassment, and think that Sumomo is
usually more well behaved than her mother. Yuma than asks Otoha what she will
do when he asks if he wasn't interested in the fact that Sumomo is in the
bathroom, and Otoha responds that isn't the case, as he has a perverted look on
his face. Otoha continues to tease him, using her imagination to imagine the
two of them in love. (Quite possible later, but that's for another path.)
Otoha continues to egg Yuma on, and Sumomo finally comes out of the bathroom,
asking what all the commotion is about. Yuma is shocked to see that Sumomo
actually WAS in the bathroom. Sumomo freaks, asking why he wanted to know that
she was in the bathroom, explaining that she was washing her hair, than accuses
Yuma of thinking dirty thoughts. While Yuma tries to explain the situation,
Sumomo runs off, and Yuma runs after her, trying to explain.

When they get to where Jun and Hachi are waiting, Jun notices that something is
different between the two, and asks what happened. Yuma asks Hachi to be
serious for once this morning, while Sumomo says that Yuma is acting weird
today. Yuma tries to quietly tell Sumomo exactly what happened this morning,
but Sumomo jumps and shoves him away. Hachi asks Yuma if he's going to accept
defeat that easily. (oddly enough, he's not totally retarded for once) Than
Hachi says that he'll dirty his Sumomo. (Ok, I take that back. He's STILL being
stupid.) Yuma proclaims his innocence, and when Hachi pushes him on the matter,
Jun punches Hachi in the side, saying that Yuma obviously wants to avoid the
subject for now. Jun says that he's just hesitating because he's not alone
with Sumomo. Jun than asks Sumomo what�fs going on. Sumomo tells him, than Jun
comes back and calmly asks Yuma to explain his side of the story. (Uh oh, when
people usually should get mad at something like this, and stay calm, they are
very scary when they ARE angry.) Yuma shouts out that there's a difference
between asking if she was in the restroom, and wondering what she was doing in
the restroom. Jun asks than if it was all just a misunderstanding, and Yuma is
relieved that this seems to be over. Jun than says that Sumomo had been 
confused all morning, and continues to say that Yuma can't be gentle anymore.
(AGH! Backstabbed!) Jun continues to tell Sumomo to lock the door when she goes
to the bathroom now, to deny Yuma the temptation. Yuma can't believe Jun turned
on him, than desperately asks Hachi if he's still on his side. Hachi says that
he understands Yuma's feelings on wondering what girls do in the restroom.
(...Not exactly what Yuma had in mind...) All three of them back away slowly
from Hachi, and when he asks why they are running away from him, Jun says to
not come near them, and Yuma says that if he wants to walk with them, he has to
stay ten meters away. When Hachi demands to know why, Yuma shouts for him to
let go of him.

A little while later, Hachi asks Yuma if he told Sumomo about their planned
trip to have the picnic tomorrow. Yuma had forgotten all about it for now, but
Sumomo saves him by thanking Jun and Hachi for the invitation, but asks if it's
really alright if she comes. Jun says that she's welcome, and Hachi agrees.
Sumomo is glad, and thanks them again. Sumomo than asks if she can bring a
friend along, and when Hachi says that he didn't know she had a friend already,
Yuma says it's a girl, and Hachi immediately says it's ok. (Jeez, he's so easy
to read.) Jun says he doesn't care, and the more the merrier. Yuma brings up
that Sumomo still has to ask her friend, so don't count on her being there.
Sumomo yells at him, but Jun ignores it, happy to hear that Sumomo already made
a friend at school. Yuma tells her to keep it short when she talks about her,
as she bored people fast, and Sumomo gets mad, saying she doesn't bore people.
Yuma wonders where she got all of her self-confidence from recently. Yuma than
notes that she DID make a friend quickly, and wonders if she has some great
natural talent.


Time: Forenoon


As Yuma walks in, he hopes today will be a good day, and that no one will bring
up any events that happened yesterday. Yuma's thoughts than wander to Haruhi,
and the book that she had yesterday. Yuma wonders if he should say that it's
distracting him during class, even though it doesn't make any noise. Yuma
greets Haruhi, and when she says that he's late today, Yuma says that yesterday
truly was a rare case for him to arrive early. They talk for a little bit, and
than Haruhi puts a bookmark in the book and closes it. Haruhi asks if Yuma is a
little warm, and that she'll open the window for fresh air if so. Yuma says
sure, and after Haruhi opens the window, Yuma glances outside, and his mind
wanders towards the subject of tomorrow�fs picnic. As Haruhi stretches next to
him, Yuma asks if her studies are going alright, and Haruhi says yes, stating
that a teacher stayed after school to help her with her magic. Yuma asks if
it's the same teacher who got her the magic book, to which Haruhi replies yes.
Yuma than notices that whenever he's talking to Haruhi, she keeps bringing up
this teacher. Yuma asks Haruhi what kind of person this teacher is, and she
asks Yuma if he knows teacher Minagi. Haruhi says that he is very respectable,
knows allot of different kinds of magic, and how to use them. She continues,
saying that he is very popular with the Magic Section students, and while he'll
never admit it, many famous magicians acknowledge his informed views on
magical theory and technology. Yuma states that he sounds like a great person,
and Haruhi says that's he's very kind, and says that if she hadn't meet him,
she wouldn't be who she was today. (ooo, sounds like Haruhi has a bit of a
crush on her teacher. ;) Yuma, of course, picks up on this, and wonders if the
chocolate that Haruhi gave him for Valentine's Day was really meant for this
teacher. Yuma wonders if they have a relationship between them, but Yuma
brushes it off. As he heads back to his seat, someone shouts for him to look
out, and Yuma looks back, swearing that he heard the voice from OUTSIDE the
window. When Yuma looks out, Anri crashes into him as she flies through the
window, just in time for class, as the final bell rings. (LMFAO!!! AWESOME
IMAGE!) Haruhi scolds Anri, saying that she shouldn't enter by flying through
the window. Anri says she had no choice, as she was running late. Jun says
that since she's a girl, she should be a little more... graceful... next time.
Anri says she tried to land better, but that some idiot popped up in the open
window right before she flew through it. (Obviously, Yuma, who she is still
sitting on.) Yuma asks if she could kindly get off of him, and Anri finally
notices that he's there, and asks what he was doing on the ground. Yuma states
that she flew into him, knocking him down, and Anri playfully apologizes. Yuma
says not to laugh it off so easily, but thinks that the pain is worth it a
little, as he got to learn a little bit about Haruhi, and he shares sympathy
for her, since she has to deal with Anri on a daily basis. Yuma exaggerates,
saying that she broke his spine. Anri tells him to quit messing around and get
up, and Yuma says it's her fault, flying into him, than sitting on him when
she's so heavy. (Uh oh, bad move. Never insult a girl's weight) Anri yells at
him for this, but Yuma keeps it up, asking if she weighs thirty kilograms.
Anri says he wouldn't dare ask such a question, and Yuma states that he just
did, by his own power. Anri than pounds him in the head, and demands an
apology. Yuma asks why shouldn't she apologize for crashing into him first, and
before things can escalate further, Hachi tries to get his attention, Yuma
ignores him and Anri says Yuma has to pay for dishonoring her. Haruhi and Hachi
both say they are going to be in trouble, since their teacher has been in the
room for awhile now. (ROFL!) Jun looks forward to the punishment, and by the
time Anri and Yuma notice, the teacher smacks them both on the head, and tells
them to sit down and shut up. Yuma wonders why all of these bad things keep
happening to him.

Yuma goes to grab a cold drink from the vending machine between classes, and
grabs an apple juice can. As he turns around, Yuma runs into Sumomo and another
girl who is with her. (Hey... wait a second. That girl looks a little
familiar...) Yuma says hi, while Sumomo says that it's bad manners to drink
juice while walking. (...what? That's a stupid mannerism imo) Yuma says he
hates it when Sumomo is critical with him. Sumomo answers by pushing him,
causing him to swallow the juice down his trachea instead, and Yuma chokes for
a second, than ask Sumomo why she did that. Sumomo says it's because Yuma
apparently didn't hear her. Yuma says that she didn't have to cause a problem
like that, and Sumomo says she did nothing wrong. The other girl speaks up now,
and she tells Sumomo that she's heading back to class. Sumomo asks her to wait,
because she wants the girl to meet Yuma. Yuma notes that the girl seems unable
to resist Sumomo, and turns back to look at Yuma, although she looks annoyed.
Yuma wonders if this girl is the Ibuki Sumomo has been mentioning at home.
Sumomo introduces the two to each other, saying the girl's full name is Ibuki
Shikimori. Ibuki asks when she became Sumomo's friend. (Heh, I thought Sumomo
would be influencing her. :P) Sumomo hugs Ibuki, saying they were friends when
they first met, but Ibuki moves away, saying not to cling so close. (Aww, how
cute.) Yuma asks if she wanted to come along on their picnic tomorrow, and
Sumomo answers yes for her. (Damn, Sumomo is really pushy with Ibuki.) Ibuki
however says that she has denied every time Sumomo has asked her to go. Sumomo
asks why she would pass up such an opportunity, and Ibuki says she doesn't want
to go. Yuma wonders if their friendship, at least the way it is now, is only
perceived one way, and that Sumomo doesn't listen to Ibuki's protests. Yuma
apologizes to Ibuki for Sumomo being a pain, and says that asking her to come
along on the picnic may have been a little much, especially if she doesn't
want to go. Sumomo finally snaps out of her little love phase, asking Ibuki if
she is annoying her. Ibuki struggles to confirm this, and Yuma is reminded that
his mother told him that girls often try to get their way by throwing their
guilt on people. Yuma is worried that Sumomo knows such a thing already, Ibuki
caves, saying that Sumomo isn't being a bother, and Sumomo than hugs her again,
saying she's looking forward to seeing her tomorrow. Yuma sees that this
argument will go on for a while, and he asks them to reach a decision later
today before school is out. When Ibuki asks if Yuma is abandoning her to
Sumomo, Yuma says that's not the case, (LIES!) and states again for her to
decide later. Ibuki shouts at Yuma as he leaves, saying he's not being a
responsible older brother. As Ibuki's screams echo after him, Yuma can't help
but feel a little sympathy for her, but believes that she'll get over it.

As Yuma gets back to class, he's greeted with the scene of Hachi frozen in
statue form next to Saya, who is apologizing to him. (Looks like she shot him
down, heheh.) Yuma asks if Hachi died proudly, and Hachi recovers and says he's
not dead, he just invited Saya to the picnic tomorrow. Saya says that she can't
as she's busy tomorrow. Shinya comes over, and asks if Saya is done, and Yuma
asks him if he can't come either, to which Shinya confirms as well. Hachi than
acts stupid again, jokingly saying that Saya called him 'Darling'. Shinya the
responds by beating Hachi with some quick wit of his own, and than apologizes
again to Yuma, saying that he knows that tomorrow is the best time for a picnic
to watch the cherry blossom trees, but they can't put off their business. Yuma
says that he doesn't have to apologize for being busy already, and than he and
Saya leave. Hachi tells Yuma that he thinks Saya is really cute. (Really? I
hadn't noticed...) Hachi continues to blabber on about Saya.


Time: Lunch


Hachi mentions that he's looking forward to seeing the cherry blossoms
tomorrow, and Yuma asks why they are drawing straws, when Jun and Haruhi join
them. Yuma asks where Anri is, and Jun says she's busy with something right
now. Haruhi says she'll relay anything said here to Anri later today or
tomorrow. Jun than passes out a map to everyone that shows them the location
of the park they are meeting at tomorrow. Jun asks if there are any questions,
and Hachi asks what he should do if the map confuses him. Haruhi says that
she'll make a separate map for Anri tomorrow, and Hachi is discouraged, having
been ignored. Yuma asks what they will eat for lunch, and Jun says they can
grab something from Oasis, since they'll be near it. Haruhi asks what Oasis is,
and Jun is surprised that she's never been to it. Haruhi admits that she
usually brings her own lunch. Jun relays the delicious food they serve there,
and Haruhi says she's looking forward to it.

Otoha greets them when they arrive, and Otoha drags a surprised Haruhi to a
table. Otoha ignores her protests and seats her. Hachi notes that Otoha is in
a good, mood, and she replies that Yuma finally brought Haruhi to see her. (Oh
my, here comes another silly scene, I guarantee it.) Otoha says she looks as
cute as rumored, and Haruhi awkwardly thanks her. Otoha than asks Yuma when the
wedding will be. Yuma asks what the hell she's talking about, and Haruhi
finally makes the connection that Otoha is Yuma's mother, and they introduce
themselves to each other. Otoha says that she mistook Yuma as being too stupid,
saying that she's impressed that he brought the idol of the school to her. Yuma
insists that they only came it eat lunch, and Hachi claims that he's already
Haruhi's boyfriend. (LMFAO!!!!) Otoha sees through it right away, saying that
Hachi always lies, and Hachi, while admitting he lied, cries that Otoha didn't
believe him. (...Would you?) When Haruhi begins to ask Otoha something, she
interrupts Haruhi, and tells her to call her Mom. Yuma yells at her, than
thinks to himself that it's his fault for being so careless, as he KNEW that
Otoha would tease them if he brought Haruhi to Oasis with him. Jun than laughs,
and Yuma thinks he planned this from the start. When Yuma presses him, Jun
plays innocent, saying that he just wanted to eat here, and Yuma agreed. Yuma
realizes that he's stuck, and resigns himself to enduring the embarrassment.
Otoha than asks Haruhi what she thinks of Yuma, and Yuma shouts at her again,
but is than smacked on the back of the head, and a familiar voice tells him to
be quiet to not disturb the other students. When Yuma turns around to see who
hit him, he's surprised to see it's Anri. (She's also in one hell of a maid's
costume. ;) Anri is surprised to see that the person she hit is Yuma, and Jun
shouts out that Anri looks really cute in that outfit. Hachi is amazed too,
although in his usual stupidity. Yuma asks why Anri is working at Oasis, and
Otoha mentions that she told Yuma yesterday that she hired a new waitress, and
that person is Anri. Otoha says she was going to introduce Yuma to her, but
didn't know they already acquainted as classmates. Otoha than goes on to say
Haruhi, Anri, and Jun's names, saying that Yuma has many girlfriends. Jun says
that he has alot of competition, and Otoha eggs her on. Yuma shouts for them to
stop, and Otoha drags Yuma off to the side, and asks him which girl he likes
best. This leads us to another choice, and this time there are three choices.


Options:

1) I like Haruhi the most.

2) I like Anri the most.

3) I like Jun the most.


Now, while there are no true "consequences" for picking any of the paths here,
(Other than possible psychological damage if you pick Jun) You should probably
pick the path of the girl you are aiming for on your current playthrough; In
this case, Haruhi. However, since as I've said there are no consequences if you
pick the other two paths, I will cover all three here. If you are trying for
Koyuki or Sumomo's paths later, choose Jun and Option Three to stay unbiased.


Option One: When Yuma says Haruhi, Otoha says she thought so, but than Yuma
says he meant to say that Haruhi looked uncomfortable with this discussion.
Otoha ignores Yuma, saying the two are madly in love, and Yuma apologizes to
Haruhi, saying his mother is always like this. Haruhi understands, and says
she's a very happy mother, and Yuma says she's kind to put it in those terms.


Option Two: When Yuma says Anri, Otoha moves over next to Anri and tells her
to take care of Yuma, since he's useless. While Anri panics, Yuma tries to
explain that Anri was having trouble with her work. Otoha says it's useless to
try to explain it away, and Yuma tells Anri that she always does this, and to
be a little forceful when dealing with her. Anri says she already figured that
out, and Yuma feels uneasy when she says that.


Option Three: Jun immediately squeals, and says he's happy Yuma chose him. Yuma
tells Jun to get off of him, and asks why Jun was included in the choices,
since he's a guy. Otoha says she suspected that Yuma liked Jun for a while, and
Hachi jumps in, saying that Yuma finally said the forbidden words. Even Anri
jumps in, saying today can be their anniversary. Jun thanks all of them, and
Yuma yells at them not to take it the wrong way. Haruhi is lost, and asks if it
really is such a happy occasion, and Yuma jumps in, telling her not to jump on
their bandwagon. Jun asks Yuma if he really chose him, and Yuma flat out
denies it. Otoha than comes in again, and says she thinks she can leave Yuma to
Jun's care without having to worry. Yuma asks that wouldn't she be worried if
he became gay because of such a situation, and Otoha says she thinks it would
be interesting. (...WTF!!!)


After you chose a path, they all branch back to here.


Yuma than asks Otoha why Anri's clothes look so different from the ones the
rest of the staff wears, and Otoha says she allowed Anri to bring her own
because it was so cute, and the Oasis uniform didn't fit her. Anri says she
made it by stitching together pieces from her old magic uniforms. Jun is amazed
that Anri is so skilled in sewing, although Anri admits that Haruhi did most of
the work. Yuma notes that he thought that was the case. Haruhi says that it's
Anri whom it looks best on, though. Anri gets embarrassed, and Haruhi says she
looks cute. Anri than says that flattery won't get them discounts. Yuma does
admit that Anri looks great in that uniform though. (I agree ;) Yuma wonders if
she'll become as popular as Haruhi soon. Anri changes the subject soon, asking
about the planned cherry blossom viewing tomorrow. Yuma says they came to talk
about it while they ate, Anri says that she'll take their orders than. (About
damn time!) Anri takes a pen and pad out, and Yuma wonders where the hell she
kept it. Jun orders toast and coffee, and butter with his toast; Haruhi orders
cinnamon toast, green salad, and tea with a lemon slice. Anri writes down the
toast and salad, but flubs the tea, saying she ordered a lemon squash. (...How
the hell do you mess an order up that quickly!!!) Haruhi tries to correct Anri,
saying she ordered lemon tea instead of lemon squash, and Anri says that's
what she meant to say, and corrects herself. Anri asks Hachi what he would
like, and he says a photo angled up her skirt, and she clocks him. (...Nice try
though, Hachi. ;) When Yuma says what did she expect with such a provocative
uniform, Anri gets mad, and asks him if he wants anything besides issuing a
complaint. Yuma says Anri shouldn't threaten customers. Anri says that as long
as she works hard, her ability will be seen even if she acts mean. Anri than
walks off to take another students order, and Yuma shouts at her, saying that
he didn't even order yet. (Sigh, you snooze, you lose, dumbass...) Yuma asks
Otoha if she will work out her, and Otoha is sure she will.

As time passes, Oasis gets really crowded, and the group notice that Anri has
gotten rather busy. Yuma notices how crowded it is, even though it's Saturday.
Anri is being run ragged fulfilling orders and such, and Yuma notices that many
of the students who have arrived are guys. Jun states that they probably heard
about Anri and her uniform, and they came running. Jun states that he feels
sorry for Anri. When Yuma asks why Jun didn't accept the position, he states
that he couldn't deal with having anymore fans, since he already has his fan
club. Haruhi states that Jun sure is popular. Jun says that Haruhi is so
popular, all she has to do is bring out Soprano, and the guys will do anything
for her. (Which is probably true) When Anri finally gets back to their table,
she's exhausted, but still keeps her smile on. She says she has their order...
but she has no food with her. She notices, and says she forgot it. Anri says
she'll hurry back with it, when another student calls for her. Anri says she's
going to be exhausted later. Yuma notes that she has has plenty of spirit, but
that her eyes are bloodshot. Haruhi says that Anri is the kind of person who
will persevere no matter what. We than hear Anri pumping herself up, and Yuma
wonders if they are holding up the line. The group than says bye to Anri.


Time: After School


Yuma and the others leave Oasis and head for the shopping district. Yuma states
that while they normally would have walked, they took a bus since Haruhi was
with them. Hachi says they will need to get food for tomorrow, and Yuma says
he'll take care of the preparations. Hachi than says he shouldn't do all of the
work, otherwise he'll be too tired to enjoy the scenery tomorrow, and suggests
that they split up into teams of two to gather the things needed. (Wow, how
thoughtful of the idiot.) Yuma sees this as an opportunity to get to know
Haruhi better, but than thinks that would be rude, and says he can do it by
himself. Jun supports Hachi's idea though, and Hachi that he and Yuma will
take one of the other two and get their things. Jun pulls Yuma aside and say's
he'll go with Hachi if he really wants to be with Haruhi. Yuma wonders how Jun
knew he wanted to take Haruhi, than notes that since Jun is a guy and acts like
a girl, that he knew on some subconscious level. Another choice here.


Options:

1) Cheat to win at Rock, Paper, Scissors and go with Haruhi.

2) Cheat to tie at Rock, Paper, Scissors and go with Hachi.


Choose Option One if your planning on going for Haruhi, Option Two if you are
not.


Option One: Jun tells Yuma to be good to Haruhi. Yuma asks what he would do to
her, and Jun plays it off. (Dirty boy~)

Haruhi is worried about Hachi, as he looked so down after he lost. Yuma tells
her not to worry, as he'll recover just fine. Yuma says that the groups
probably turned out for the best, as Hachi is useless when shopping, while Jun
is great at finding bargains. Haruhi asks if the first thing they should do is
reserve lunches for tomorrow, and says they should arrange what food they want
reserved. Yuma agrees that it'll probably be cheaper to reserve lunches rather
than buying the different ingredients and preparing them at home, and they head
off to reserve the lunches.

As Yuma shops with Haruhi, he wonders if she�fll perfect with everything she
does, as she's great at shopping as well. He notes that unlike most honor
students, she has a quick wit, and is able to change her view on things
quickly too, and now knows another reason why she is so popular. Yuma than
notes that while he doesn't usually go along with Hachi's stupid tactics toward
getting girls, he admits he wouldn't mind being associated with Haruhi. Yuma's
phone than rings, and he answers, with Jun on the other line. Jun asks how
their work is going, and Yuma says they just finished. Jun tells them to hurry,
as he and Hachi finished a while back, and are currently waiting for the two
of them. Yuma retells Haruhi what he and Jun talked about, and they hurry back
to the meeting point.


Option Two: Jun asks if Yuma is sure, and he says he is, believing that Haruhi
will probably be relieved if she's with Jun, since he acts more like a girl.
Although Yuma wonders if he'll get anything done since he'll be with Hachi.

Hachi asks Yuma if he forgot which sign to make, and Yuma says he thought Hachi
told him to show Rock. Hachi says he set it up so that he'd be alone with
Haruhi. (I knew he was being too kind when he suggested to split up to help
gather the supplies...) While Hachi sulks, both of them are spotted by Sumomo,
who is also here to buy stuff for tomorrow, since she's going. Hachi spouts
that they were fated to meet here, saying that he and Yuma are here for the
same reason. Sumomo says she'll join them than.

Sumomo asks Yuma what she should contribute to the project, and Yuma tells her
that Jun is taking care of the small necessities, and Sumomo says that she'll
gather the food for lunch. Yuma tells her that they already reserved lunches
from Oasis for tomorrow, and Sumomo asks what's wrong with her making lunch.
Hachi didn't know she planned to make lunch, and Sumomo asks if it would still
be ok for her to do so, and Hachi says yes, giving Yuma's approval too. Yuma
caves, saying she can bring lunch if she wants. Hachi says Yuma is lucky to
have Sumomo as a sister.

Yuma, Hachi and Sumomo continue shopping, at least until she has to leave, and
with a large bag of food to prepare for tomorrow. Hachi wonders if she'll be
alright, caring such a large bag, and Yuma says he's just relieved that he
doesn't have to carry it. Yuma remarked that Sumomo checked the price and
quality of the food she bought with expertise, and noted that she didn't get
screwed on any prices either. Yuma continues to say that she almost bought out
the stock of a couple of fish and vegetable stands, and says that Sumomo is a
real go-getter. Hachi wishes that he was Sumomo's brother and still not
blood-related. Yuma than teases Hachi, saying that he was going to leave the
family soon, and take back his true name, and when Hachi pushes him, Yuma tells
him he lied, causing Hachi to get pissed. Yuma continues the silly stories,
saying that he meet Sumomo floating down a river in a cardboard box while he
was washing his clothes in the river. (WTF? Although it's a cute scene.) Yuma
says that he rescued Sumomo from the river, and that he helped bring her up.
Hachi asks Yuma where this river was. (God! IDIOT!) Yuma tells him that the
practice of girls floating in the river ended yesterday, and Hachi stamps his
feet, saying he missed out on such an opportunity. Yuma than goes on to say
that he had been cutting wood up in the mountains, and one day he lost his
grip, and the axe flew into the nearby lake. A river god appeared with two
copies of Sumomo, one of silver, and the other of gold. The god asked him which
of the two he would like to have, and Yuma asked for his axe back, which was
stuck in the gods head. The god gave him back his axe, and combined the two
Sumomo's together to make the one we have today. (...These little tales are
RIDICULOUSLY DUMB!) Hachi asks where this lake is, and Yuma says that it was
already used in land development. Hachi cries that he missed out again. Sumomo
pops back up, and asks what they seem to be so lively about. Yuma tells her he
told Hachi the secret of her coming into the world. Sumomo sadly asks what that
secret is, and Yuma teases her too, saying he found her at a festival. Hachi
recovers again, and asks where this festival is held. Sumomo tells Yuma to quit
making up such stupid stories. Yuma apologizes, but says that it's so easy to
mess with Hachi that he had to do it. Hachi is stoned, saying he's just been
the butt of Yuma's jokes. (...I'm not going to say anything else for the rest
of this section...) Sumomo tells them that they have to leave soon and meet up
with Jun and Haruhi again. Yuma thinks that while he and Hachi were in charge
of gathering the materials, Sumomo did all the work.

Jun calls Yuma, saying that he and Haruhi got all of their things, and that
they are heading back to their meeting place. Yuma informs them that Jun is
done, and Sumomo says that she'll be heading back than. Yuma asks if she's sure
that she doesn't want to come back with them, and Sumomo declines, saying she
still has to do a little more personal shopping as well. Yuma worries about
her, as she bought so more stuff for tomorrow that it's got to be weighing her
down. Yuma takes some of her things, and than they bid each other farewell.


Both paths meet up here, back at the meeting spot after you gather all the
supplies your team was responsible for tomorrow.

Yuma tells Jun that he's looking forward to tomorrow, after all of the
preparations that they did today. Hachi says he's looking forward to cooked
food tomorrow. When Haruhi asks what he means, Jun says Hachi saw a spectacular
stove on sale. Yuma asks if they bought it, which Jun admits, and Yuma is
surprised that Jun would buy such a thing. Haruhi tries to say that maybe this
stove has a great range to still be able to heat so far from electricity, but
Yuma doubts this theory. Hachi says that this stove may not be interesting to
Yuma, but he is. Yuma asks if they are all finished with their preparations for
tomorrow, and Jun says that they should go do karaoke to celebrate. Hachi
voices his approval, but when the two of them push Haruhi to join in, she says
that she can't sing. Jun bets that Haruhi is a great singer, however, and
Haruhi gets embarrassed, unsure of what to say. Hachi expresses that he'd love
to hear Haruhi sing, and than Yuma says they can do karaoke if they don't take
too long, and the group moves to a karaoke bar. Jun sang allot, while Haruhi
didn't partake too often herself, although Yuma thinks that the day will come
soon when Haruhi comes out of her little shell.


Time: Night


When Yuma arrives back home, Otoha is exhausted. Yuma learns that apparently
Oasis had seen it's busiest day in a long time, and the lure of Anri and her
great looking outfit pulled in a lot more customers than expected. Otoha says
that she miscalculated, and says she was so happy when the last order left the
kitchen. She's even more amazed since Anri's position is only for a part-time
job too. Otoha than asks Yuma what Sumomo is doing. We hear her humming away,
and chopping food up. Yuma asks if she's making dinner, and Otoha says she
believes so, but also adds that since Sumomo threw her out of the kitchen,
she's not sure. Yuma notes that Sumomo seems to have really wanted to make
something. Yuma walks in and says hi, and asks what she is doing. Sumomo says
she's making food for everyone tomorrow, since she says she has to do her part.
Yuma is shocked by the sheer amount of food that is being prepared, but Sumomo
says she had to contribute something for tomorrow, and decided that this would
be the best use of her resources. Otoha than learns that the two of them will
be watching the cherry blossoms tomorrow with their classmates, and Otoha is
jealous. Yuma says that if she really wants to that she can come to. Otoha
gladly accepts, or at least she would, but today took allot out of her, and
she's going to spend tomorrow resting. Otoha remarks that Sumomo sure is
cheerful, as she has gone back to making food. Yuma yells into the kitchen,
asking if Sumomo's friend is coming tomorrow too. Sumomo stops cutting food.
Yuma goes back into the kitchen, asking Sumomo if she was too forceful with
trying to convince Ibuki to come. Sumomo says that she can't have, and goes
back to chopping food. (Note: GOD DAMN THAT CHOPPING SOUND IS ANNOYING!!!) Yuma
notes that Sumomo is burning this latest batch of food, and wonders if her mind
is now preoccupied on her friend. Yuma than tells Sumomo that he's heading to
bed early so that he can leave early and get a good spot for tomorrow.


~~End Saturday, April 8th


(ag) Date: Sunday, April 9th


Time: Morning


Before Yuma leaves, Sumomo gives him his lunch so he'll have something to eat
while he waits for everyone to show up. Yuma notes that the box seems heavier
today than usual, and Sumomo confirms that she made a 13-course meal for him
today. (HOLY SHIT! I hope the portions are small, eheheh.) Yuma than tells
Sumomo good-bye, and tells her if she gets lost to look at Jun's map. Sumomo
tells Yuma to be careful, as she's heard rumors of a pair of bullying brothers
have been terrorizing the neighborhood. Yuma says that's nonsense, and no one
would bug him once he's on the school's grounds. Yuma than tells Sumomo to go
ahead and change into her uniform, and that he'll see her later.

Yuma remarks how clear the sky is, and that the wind hasn't picked up yet, and
above all else, that he's not going to school today for classes, as he takes
the familiar road to the school.

Yuma arrives at the park, and wonders how many other people will be coming here
later, and sets off in search of the highest hill in the park. As Yuma walks
through the park, he has trouble finding one, until he finds what he believes
to be the perfect him, having a good view, and in close vicinity to a nearby
restroom. Yuma takes out a blanket and sets it down, and puts markers on the
corners of the blanket so that the wind won't cause it to whip up. Yuma than
has to wait for everyone to show up, and decides to take a nap. When he gets
up to remove his shoes however, a familiar voice calls out to him. It's Haruhi,
and she came early to keep him company so that he wouldn't have to wait alone.
(Aww, how cute.) Yuma is surprised, and Haruhi apologizes for coming so early.
Yuma plays off that he wasn't surprised, but thinks to himself that he is
surprised, not that someone got here early, but that the person was Haruhi.
Yuma asks if Haruhi came here early because the Magic Section dormitory was
nearby. Haruhi than goes on to say that she came because she felt like it, and
say's she left Anri an e-mail telling her she came early. Haruhi says that
Anri will find everyone and let them know where they are at. Haruhi than sits
down next to Yuma, and Yuma gets embarrassed and looks away. Haruhi mentions
that she was worried that it might have been storming today, as there was a
really strong wind last night, but says that everything turned out alright in
the end. Yuma than gets embarrassed, looking a Haruhi. She asks if he's
alright, and he says he is, that he's just embarrassed. An awkward silence
follows, and Yuma knows that he has to break the ice somehow. Yuma asks Haruhi
if she likes cake, (WTF? RANDOM!) and Haruhi says she does. Yuma than asks if
she wants some of his from the lunch that Sumomo packed. Haruhi is surprised,
and Yuma says Sumomo makes his lunch for him allot. Haruhi's eyes light up when
she sees the strawberry cake that Sumomo packed, and asks if she can have it.
Haruhi continues to ramble on about strawberries. (I guess it's her favorite
kind of snack, heheh.) Haruhi asks if Sumomo picked out the cake especially
for her, but Yuma says that's it's probably just a coincidence. Yuma notes that
Haruhi became really happy because of the cake, and was surprised by this fact.
Yuma begins to tease Haruhi, saying that if she eats too many sweets she'll get
fat. Haruhi pouts, telling Yuma to quit picking on her. Yuma apologizes, and
Haruhi happily eats the cake.

While the two of them lie there, Haruhi leans on Yuma's shoulder, and Yuma
feels his heart beginning to quicken it's pace. Yuma remarks that Haruhi is
warm, and a good smell is tickling his nose. Yuma wonder for a second why
Haruhi would do such a thing, and than voices his concerns, asking if Haruhi
likes him. When she doesn't answer, wonders if she fell in love with him with
only this little chat. As Yuma keep bumbling through possible love ideas, he
wonders why Haruhi still hasn't said anything. Yuma looks over, and notices
that Haruhi has fallen asleep on his shoulder. (Aww! CUTE!) Yuma wonders if he
should move, so that she can lie down on the blanket alone, but notes that she
looks peaceful, and decides not to move her. Yuma than stretches his hand out
to put it around her shoulder, but stops, wondering if he should push things
this far without her consent, and stops, setting his hands at his sides. Yuma
than says to himself that she's his friend, and that he shouldn't do anything
without her saying so. Yuma looks back at her again, and wonders if Haruhi
trusts him that much to suddenly fall asleep while leaning on him. Yuma decides
to not betray her trust, and watches over her as she sleeps.


Time: Afternoon


A short time afterwards, the group begins arriving, with Hachi in the lead,
looking like he's seen a ghost, since he sees Haruhi still leaning on Yuma's
shoulder, sleeping. Hachi what he thinks he's doing, and Yuma greets him as if
nothing is different. Hachi says that he was suspicious as to why the meeting
time and place were changed, and than he finds Yuma and Haruhi like this. Yuma
tells Hachi to get his mind out of the gutter, and tries to say that it was
only by chance that Haruhi got here first. Haruhi wakes up finally, asking
what's going on, looking embarrassed. Hachi notices this, and Haruhi quickly
says that she's just embarrassed that Hachi saw her sleeping. Yuma wonders if
Hachi thought that he would flip Haruhi's skirt or something perverted like it,
and Yuma than thinks he'd never understand Hachi, even if he had a million
years to do so. As Hachi starts to talk about the subject again, Yuma kicks
him, telling him not to imagine such stupid things. Haruhi than asks Yuma to
not tell anyone that she fell asleep on his shoulder. Yuma promises, but
wonders if she can get Hachi to stay quiet. Haruhi thanks Yuma, and Yuma gets
all embarrassed. Three other people arrive now, being Jun, Anri and Sumomo.
Anri greets Yuma and Haruhi, and asks what they were talking about. Yuma says
it's done of her business, and Anri says she understands. Sumomo thanks Yuma
for getting such a good spot, as Anri and Jun settle in. Yuma asks Sumomo if
she's tired from carrying everyone�fs lunches, and she says no, because she gave
Yuma the heaviest one earlier. Anri comes back over, saying that someone is in
the seat she wants. Yuma says it's her fault that she didn't arrive earlier.
Anri gets pissed, and tells him that he can get her the seat she wants, or
suffer. Yuma says he doesn't give in to threats that easily, and Anri wonders
if he'll still be saying that later. Sumomo than intervenes, asking Yuma to
help her set up. As Anri and Yuma continue to argue, they both hear a camera
click, and both turn around to see Jun smiling. Yuma asks what he did. (It's
painfully obvious, though.) Jun says he just wants to save some fun memories.
Jun says he thinks he'll call the picture "The beginning of their relationship"
(ROFL) Anri gets mad, asking Jun why he would joke about such a thing. Jun
takes another picture, and Anri gets pissed, and chases after Jun, trying to
get the camera away from him. Yuma decides to sit back and watch the fun, than
asks Sumomo if she's introduced herself to Anri yet. Sumomo says she did so
when they all met at the front of the school. Yuma says that the only person
she hasn't met now is Haruhi, and Yuma brings Sumomo over to her. As they greet
each other, both develop surprised looks on their faces, and Sumomo calls
Haruhi "Hime" Haruhi answers in kind, and it appears that they were friends
a few years back. Sumomo is pleasantly surprised that they could meet again,
and Haruhi says she was thinking of Sumomo whenever Yuma mentioned her, and
says that seeing her brings back good memories. Yuma is confused as hell, and
asks when the two of them met. Sumomo apologizes to Yuma, saying that they were
friends when they were little. They last saw each other a little before Sumomo
entered elementary school. Yuma says that he doesn't remember Haruhi when he
was little, but Sumomo says she does, as she remembers all of her good
memories, including the times that Yuma helped her. Yuma asks when that was,
and she reminds him that she kept being bullied in the park, and Yuma came and
helped her out. Haruhi jumps, apparently surprised at this bit of information.
(Well, it does bring back the circumstances of that dream, and what Haruhi did
at the beginning of the game for that other little girl.) Yuma and Sumomo ask
what's wrong, and Haruhi says it's nothing, and that she's sorry for worrying
them. Haruhi than asks Yuma if he lived in the area when he was younger. Yuma
says he grew up in another town, and had a bad childhood, but he moved to
Mizuho to live with Sumomo and Otoha. Haruhi seems a little disappointed, and
the two siblings notice. Yuma wonders if Haruhi is feeling alright. Sumomo says
that when she first saw Haruhi, she thought she was a different person at
first. Haruhi asks Sumomo if she'll be able to have more of her delicious food
today, and Sumomo says of course, and that they should enjoy today as best as
they can. Haruhi is glad, because she's starving. Sumomo says not to worry, as
she made allot of food today. While Haruhi gets so food, Jun and Anri come back
finally, and while Jun heads to get food too, Anri still yells at him to delete
those pictures he took earlier of Yuma and her.

Hachi tells them to bow their heads. Anri wonders if a prayer for good health
would do any good, as there's only six people here. Hachi coughs, and continues
his prayer, offering it to the cherry blossoms. Everyone drinks up before Hachi
can finish, however. (Heheh, no respect at all.) Jun says they should get a
picture of all of them in front of one of the trees. When Yuma says that
memorable photos are usually taken at the end of events such as these, Jun
says it'll be alright to take one now as well. When Yuma asks how they should
line up, Hachi tells Yuma that someone has to take the picture. Yuma's jaw
drops when he realizes Hachi means him. Yuma tells Hachi not to touch Sumomo,
or he'll kill him. Hachi says he won't. Jun yells at them to hurry up, Jun sets
the camera up, and Yuma begins to adjust it. As the scene shifts to show a
picture of all six of the people there... wait a minute. (There were only six
people here to begins with, and since one of them is holding the camera, how
can there be six still in the frame? The answer is off to the right side, where
Koyuki has shown up, heheh.) While Yuma adjusts the camera to fit everyone in
the shot, he notices Koyuki, and looks up from the camera, but Koyuki has
disappeared from the shot. Jun asks Yuma whether everyone was in the frame or
not, and after Yuma says they'll need to scoot closer together, Hachi pulls
Haruhi and Anri closer to him. Anri punches him, and sends him off to the side
to stand next to Jun. (Owned!) Yuma pops down to adjust the camera again
before the shot, and notices Koyuki again. Yuma looks up, and again Koyuki
isn't there, and wonders if he's just imagining things. Yuma, however, has a
hunch, and begins to go back and forth from looking through the camera, and
looking up to see if Koyuki is there. Eventually, Koyuki screws up her little
trick, and Yuma sees her for real, and calls out to her. Everyone is surprised
when Yuma calls out to Koyuki, and turn around. Koyuki looks a little annoyed
that she's been found out, but asks everyone if they're here to see the cherry
blossoms as well. Everyone can tell she's putting on an act, and knew they were
already here, though.

Hachi begins the prayer again, and Anri says he sure is being persistent. Hachi
says he has to do it again, since a new person joined them. However, Koyuki
immediately starts drinking, which triggers everyone else to do so, and Hachi's
plans are foiled again. As everyone begins eating, Yuma feels that his lunch
that Sumomo made is better than everyone else's whose was store bought. Anri
notices this, and asks Sumomo if she really made it, and Sumomo confirms that
she did, but that she may have actually spent too much time on it. Jun comes
over and says Yuma and Hachi have to eat more since they are growing boys.
Yuma asks Jun why he didn't include himself, since he's a boy too, and Jun says
that overeating would make him fat, and that Yuma wouldn't want to date a fat
Jun. (Ugh... he's still got those tendencies...) Yuma says he wouldn't date Jun
regardless of weight. Koyuki notices everyone�fs packed lunch, and says that she
also brought her own. Yuma asks if Koyuki made it herself, and she says that
Tama-chan made it. Yuma wonders how, and Koyuki moves close and tells him to
keep it a secret. Yuma asks Koyuki where her lunch is, and she pulls the lunch
out of her magic "pocket", than follows up by bringing out a rice cooker.
Haruhi wonders how Koyuki will get it to work when there�fs no sockets out here,
but Koyuki says she has a power plant in her "pocket", so everything will be
alright. (...WTF?!?) Yuma remarks that he's lost his appetite, saying that his
crab is too cold now. Koyuki says she'll fix that, and pulls a fresh crab out
of her "pocket" now. (SERIOUSLY WTF?!? RANDOM!) Yuma is stunned that she had a
crab in there. Hachi's even more amazed that it's alive. Yuma begins to wonder
how deep that damn "pocket" goes. Yuma than remembers he came here to look at
the cherry blossoms, not gawk at the amazing abilities of Koyuki. Haruhi snaps
everyone out of their stunned stupor, and they all begin to eat. Jun asks if he
can have a bite of Koyuki's food, and he says it's delicious. Koyuki is glad,
and encourages him to eat more if he likes. Anri asks if she can join in.
Yuma than settles down, knowing they'll enjoy watching the cherry blossoms soon
enough. His gaze drifts over to Haruhi, who was looking at him too. Yuma's
worried thoughts scatter with her smile, and wonders why he was worried in the
first place. Sumomo than asks how Yuma is liking her food. Yuma says it's
great, and Sumomo gets up and goes to inspect Koyuki's food, wondering if it
really does taste as good as everyone else is saying. Yuma notes that it
really doesn't matter, as long as they are all getting along. Hachi motions to
Yuma, and they go off to the side to talk. Hachi asks Yuma what he was doing
earlier, and Yuma asks him why he's still thinking about that. Hachi says it's
because he already decided he wants to try to become Haruhi's boyfriend. (As if
that will ever happen.) Hachi declares that Yuma is being more like a rival
than a friend, and Hachi sets himself to be ready. Hachi makes a beeline for
Haruhi, but Jun intercepts him, and pulls him away, asking Hachi to eat with
him. Hachi says that it's too late, but Jun pulls him away anyhow, saying he
looks ill. Hachi than doubles over in pain, and Jun wonders if he said too
much. As Yuma chuckles at Hachi's foolishness, something catches his eye, and
when he looks back at Koyuki, she has apparently pulled an entire refrigerator
out from inside her "pocket". (Ok... Lunches, Rice cookers, LIVE crabs, and now
a refrigerator... This is too damn much... eheheh...) Koyuki says she was still
thirsty, and wanted a cold drink, and pulled it out. Yuma asks how the hell
she managed to fit that in the "pocket", and Koyuki says not to worry about
little details. (Little my ass!) Koyuki than gives Sumomo some tea as well,
and Yuma is suspicious, wondering if the tea is really supposed to look that
color, and even more suspicious that Koyuki poured it from a bottle. Yuma
begins to realize that Koyuki actually took out alcohol, and tries to say
something, but Koyuki just busts out that evil looking grin again. Yuma tries
to warn Sumomo to not drink it, but Jun jumps on his back, and asks him where
he's going in a drunken voice. (Oh great, he's already drunk as well...) Yuma
notices, and tries to call out to Anri and Haruhi, so that they won't drink
what Koyuki gave them either. However.... Too late! Anri is already drunk as a
skunk, and Yuma hopes Haruhi isn't hasn't succumbed yet either. However...
again, too late! Haruhi has just downed her cup. Yuma feels bad now that
everyone got drunk around him. Yuma than resolves to snap everyone out of their
stupor, but before he can, Sumomo jumps on him back, drunk by now as well.
(Jeez, Koyuki must have had some magic sake, or none of them can handle their
alcohol that well at all.) Yuma is crushed again, and resigns himself to
getting drunk as well.

An hour later... Yuma is basically stuck between heaven and hell, as all four
girls are crowding around him, (heaven) but are all clinging too close for
comfort, and acting stupid. (hell) Usually you'd be happy being surrounded by
four beautiful women, but with all four around him so closely he can't do
anything. Haruhi spills the sake bottle all over Yuma, and in her stupor she
tells him to drink it up before it anymore spills. Yuma chugs the whole bottle,
and Anri says Yuma's her rival in drinking. Yuma asks when that happened, and
Anri says that since Haruhi is her rival, and she's going after Yuma, that
she'll have to go after him too. Yuma jumps, and Haruhi asks if he wants
another drink. Yuma says he's alright, but Anri jumps in immediately and yells
that she wants another drink. Yuma she shouldn't drink anymore, that she's
drunk enough. Anri says that if Yuma wants to stop her from drinking, he'll
have to close her mouth with his. Yuma asks why he'd have to kiss her to stop
her from drinking. Sumomo jumps in, saying drinking isn't good for them, and
Yuma asks her to stop screaming in his ear, since she's still leaning on his
back. Sumomo than adds in that she'd rather Yuma kiss her than Anri. Yuma hopes
she's joking, but Anri gets into it, and eggs Sumomo on, while Haruhi continues
to overfill Yuma's cup, getting more liquor on him. Yuma than has to lean over
and stop Haruhi, who is drinking the liquor off of the ground. Haruhi asks if
he's going to drink it instead. Yuma stops short, since he was going to, but he
can feel Anri and Sumomo's glares on the back of his head. Both ask him if he's
drinking again in a threatening tone, and Yuma insists he's not, quickly
chugging his full glass again. Koyuki finally jumps in, saying that Yuma is in
a tight spot, and wonders if Yuma will come out of it happy. Yuma asks whether
she's telling fortunes again, and Koyuki tells him to shut up, and we can tell
that she's starting to get angry. She blows her top, and claims that he'll be
happy soon. (Weird way to tell a fortune there, girl.) Koyuki laughs it off,
and we hear a camera click again. Yuma yells at Jun to stop taking pictures,
but Jun says he needs to preserve their youthful memories while he can. Jun
says he has to get a picture of Yuma and four of the most beautiful women in
the school together. (When did Jun make a list?!?) Jun than hints that he may
spread the picture around school, and Yuma yells at him, asking why he would do
that. Jun says it would be so that he can have Yuma all to himself eventually.
Yuma shoves off Jun's attempt at flirting again, and Jun yells out that he was
rejected again. Yuma gets up to take the camera away from Jun, and Anri yells
at him, demanding Yuma to stay and drink with her. Yuma tries to explain that
he's going to take the camera away, but Anri says he's just making excuses,
and Yuma trips over Anri's outstretched foot and falls over. All of the girls
give one-lines on him falling. (By the way, did you notice Hachi in the
background running around in only his underwear? HAHAHA!)

Jun than snaps off like 10 photos of Yuma on the ground, Yuma gets pissed,
realizing that's what Jun and Koyuki were waiting for.


Time: Evening


As evening approaches, the cherry blossoms look great under a reddening sky,
and Yuma seems to have recovered a little, and say's its quite beautiful.
Haruhi joins him, and he asks if she wants to watch the trees together. Haruhi
says she does, but that they have other problems right now. Yuma sees what she
means, as the group has left allot of trash on the ground, and Yuma notes that
if it wasn't for Haruhi he would have forgotten all about it. As he looks at
her, she asks what's wrong. Yuma asks if she remembers pouring sake for and on
everyone. Haruhi gets embarrassed, asking if she really did that, and
apologizes, saying she can't seem to recall. Yuma doesn't blame her though,
since he still had allot of fun. Haruhi asks if he really did have fun, and
Yuma insists that he's not lying. Haruhi is glad, and Yuma feels a little
embarrassed. Haruhi asks him why his face is flushed red still, and Yuma plays
it off, saying he's still a little drunk. Haruhi asks if he needs to rest some
more, but Yuma says that he'll rest after he gets home. Haruhi than says that
they still have to wake everyone else up. As Jun and Koyuki didn't drink as
heavily, they were the only ones who woke up quickly, while Sumomo, Hachi and
Anri were still out of it. Hachi wouldn't get up even after Yuma kicked him
around a bit. Haruhi say's she'll support Anri back to their dormitory, saying
that Soprano can carry the two of them. Yuma than wonders what he's going to do
about Hachi and Sumomo. Jun says he can't carry Hachi, as he's too heavy, while
Sumomo insists that she can walk. (I doubt it.) Sumomo goes off on trying to
explain how to stand upright. Haruhi than tells everyone she had allot of fun,
and wishes them well. Anri is REALLY out of it. Koyuki says she must be off as
well, and Yuma asks if she'll be alright. She says she will, since she's got
Tama-chan to support her if the need arises. Yuma and the gang than move out as
well.

After they see Hachi and Jun off, Yuma walks back with Sumomo to their house.
Or at least, that would have been the case, as Yuma is carrying Sumomo on his
back, and she apologizes that she's still so drunk. Yuma than explains that
Sumomo was able to walk to Hachi's house at least while Yuma carried him, but
couldn't go any further, and Yuma had to carry her now. Yuma says she did well
for hanging on as long as she did, but Sumomo's mad at herself for giving up so
easily. Yuma tells her not to worry about it, and that everyone was happy that
she came along today. Sumomo asks Yuma not to leave her alone, and to stay with
her forever, than she finally passes out again. (Well, I'd say that definitely
confirms Sumomo's feelings for Yuma, wouldn't you say?) Yuma continues walking
back to their house like nothing happened.

~~End Sunday, April 9th.


(ah) Date: Monday, April 10th


Time: Morning


Yuma's head is heavy when he wakes up, as he still has a slight hangover from
yesterday's activities, and decides that he doesn't need any cold medicine to
help relieve him of the effects. Yuma than thinks about Sumomo, and wonder if
she has a hangover too, and how bad it is if she does have one, since she drank
more than Yuma yesterday. Yuma changes clothes and goes and knocks on her door,
but Sumomo doesn't answer. Yuma checks to see if she's still sleeping, but
Sumomo isn't there. Yuma goes and washes his face, but when he heads downstairs
he finds Sumomo weaving as she sits in a chair, obviously suffering from a
massive hangover. Yuma calls to Sumomo, who jumps, and asks him not to talk so
loud, as her head is throbbing. Yuma tells her softly that he'll be careful,
but the volume is still too loud for Sumomo to handle, and she jumps again.
Yuma notes this, and finds it funny, and begins calling to her repeatedly, and
Sumomo keeps jumping, and Sumomo says he's being mean this morning.

Yuma and Sumomo meet Jun and Hachi at their usual meeting spot, and Yuma tells
them hi. Hachi says that they're running late today, and Yuma motions to
Sumomo, who looks half dead, but tells them good morning still. Jun is worried,
and Yuma tells him that Sumomo has a hell of a hangover due to yesterday. Jun
asks Sumomo if she'll be ok soon, and Sumomo says she's starting to recover
after Yuma gave her some cold medicine. Sumomo asks them if they remember what
happened yesterday, as she can't remember a thing after she started drinking.
Yuma remembers, however, that Sumomo was clinging to his back the whole time,
and makes a mental note to stop Sumomo from drinking alcohol, even if someone
she knows well gives it to her. Sumomo notes the silence, and asks if she did
something bad. Yuma and Jun say that nothing of the sort happened, and Hachi
admits that he doesn't remember much either. (We do! The idiot was dancing
around in his underwear.) Sumomo doesn't buy what Yuma and Jun are selling, and
asks them to tell her the truth. Yuma and Jun give up, saying they can't lie to
her. Jun says Sumomo stopped Yuma from drinking too heavily, and Yuma recalls
that Anri kept trying to make him drink more and more, but Sumomo kept
distracting him since she was clinging to his back. Sumomo asks if she really
did that, and Jun says of course, and asks what she thought she did. Sumomo
looks away embarrassed, and pouts, saying that it's nothing. Sumomo asks why
both of them are teasing her so much this morning, and that they're being mean.
Jun apologizes, and Hachi grabs their attention again, saying they have to get
to school. Hachi says he was happy yesterday, saying Haruhi and Anri were all
over him. (...clueless idiot.) Sumomo and Jun stay silent, along with Yuma, who
feels sorry for Hachi having such delusions, although Yum notes that Hachi was
probably feeling pretty good, since he was the first one to drink, and
distracted Jun for some time while Yuma talked it up with the four drunk girls.
Hachi goes on, saying that true love happened yesterday, while Yuma recalls
all that Hachi did while drunk yesterday was dance near naked under a cherry
blossom tree. Hachi continues the delusion, telling Yuma that he doesn't have
to be jealous just because he was hanging out with the girls. Hachi goes and
asks Sumomo if she'd go out with him when he becomes famous. Sumomo thanks him
for the compliment, but says she prefers someone more... normal. Jun comes in
close to talk to Yuma, saying that was an unusual thing for Sumomo to say,
almost like she's teasing Hachi, but being mean to him at the same time. Yuma
than goes on to say that Hachi's just being a playboy. Hachi asks him what's
so bad about being a playboy, and tells him not to be angry or jealous of him.
Yuma asks Hachi if he really thought he had the hearts of two people, or if
just imagined he did. Hachi finally gets it, and Hachi starts apologizing while
neither girl is there. Yuma says she's bad saying such a thing out loud in
public, and Hachi says he doesn't care, he has to atone for his sins. Hachi
feels like crap, thinking he hurt Haruhi and Anri's feelings, but Jun comes
over and tells him they were actually quite happy yesterday, but says they will
be sad if Hachi continues to feel sorry for himself. Hachi finally gets back to
his old self, and he runs off, yelling for Haruhi to wait for him. (Although...
she isn't there...)

As they arrive at school, Hachi stops Yuma and Jun before they enter the class,
saying that he has to go to the bathroom first. Yuma and Jun than continue on
to class. Yuma than yawns, saying he's really tired today for some reason. Jun
remarks that it's because Yuma is Yuma, and Yuma is jealous of Jun for being a
morning person.

When they reach class, Yuma sees that Haruhi is already studying from her magic
book, but gets up to greet them. Yuma notices that Haruhi doesn't seem to have
a hangover at all, even though she drank allot yesterday. Yuma asks her about
it, and she replies that she's fine, and asks Yuma if he had a hangover. Yuma
says he had a slight one earlier this morning, but that's he's fine now.
Haruhi bet's Sumomo had a fantastic hangover, and Yuma agrees, noting that
Haruhi noticed how much Sumomo drank. Haruhi confirms it, but says her memory
of yesterday isn't that good either. Haruhi asks if she did something strange,
and Yuma says she kept refilling everyone's glass, even if they asked her to
stop. Haruhi apologizes for it, and Yuma says it's ok, that he didn't really
mind. Haruhi asks if she did anything else, and Yuma says no, but looks
embarrassed. Yuma than says sure she didn't do anything else, and says that
they should probably ask everyone what they DO remember so they can get an
accurate picture. Haruhi is glad. Yuma, however, does say that he was surprised
to find out that Haruhi is that kind of drunk, and suggests that she avoid
drinking heavily next time. Haruhi says she won't, as long as she's with Yuma.
Yuma gets embarrassed. Yuma realizes that there's a hidden meaning in her words
but doesn't get it. (IDIOT!) Haruhi teases Yuma, asking if he's still a little
drunk. Yuma asks Haruhi if she enjoys making fun of him, and Haruhi apologizes,
saying that she's teasing him because when Jun does it, he seems to enjoy it.
Yuma asks her not to act like Jun, saying the world would be much worse off.
Haruhi says she understands, and that she'll leave the teasing to Sumomo, and
she that she hopes he enjoys it. Yuma feels he lost a game, and feels down. The
door opens again, and Anri walks in, looking worse than Sumomo did earlier this
morning, and she slowly walks to her seat, groaning. Yuma asks what happened to
her, and Haruhi simply states that Anri has a hangover. Yuma understands, and
says he'll give Anri some cold medicine. As Yuma is about to head over to her,
Hachi comes back in, and yells good morning to her. (After what happened with
Sumomo this morning, this can't end well...) Anri quietly begins casting a
spell, and Hachi is blown away. Anri apologizes, but asks him to keep quiet, to
which Hachi agrees. Yuma notes that not only does Anri have a hangover, but
she's in a bad mood too, and wonders if he should help or avoid Anri, after
what she did to Hachi.


Options:

1) Avoid Anri

2) Give Anri the cold medicine.


Choose Option Two if you are going for Anri, choose Option One if you aren�ft.


Option One: Yuma decides that it's best not to mess with Anri right now, as it
seems that anything could set her off right now, and Yuma doesn't want to die
now.


Option Two: Yuma decides to take a chance to help Anri, and decides to be as
calm and quiet as possible. Yuma asks her if she's still drunk. Anri asks if
it's that obvious, and Yuma says that's not the problem, that the problem is
that she drank so much more than anyone else yesterday. Anri silently looks
over at Haruhi, who confirms it as she says good morning to Anri. Anri than
straightens up and declares she's not hung over, when Yuma says nothing, Anri
shouts at Yuma, insisting that she's not hung over, than squeals in pain, and
Yuma tells her not to overexert herself. Yuma tells Anri that she'll feel alot
better if she has some of the cold medicine he has, but Anri says she doesn't
need it. Yuma insists that she take it now, and Anri caves, saying she'll
reluctantly take it if he says so. Yuma says so, and notes that by the looks
of her hangover, she'd probably have to chug about two day's worth of medicine
for it to have an immediate effect, if it doesn't kill her. After Yuma gives
Anri the bottle, she heads off to the bathroom to take it, and walks out like
a zombie.


Both paths meet up here. Both Shinya and Saya arrive, and greet Yuma, who
says good morning to both of them as well. Saya apologizes again that she
couldn't make yesterday, and Yuma says that's it's alright, but that they
should join them next time. Shinya says he'll look forward to it, and Saya
voices the same words. The first bell rings now, and everyone takes their
seats.


Time: Lunch


Yuma remarks that he lost a game with Hachi, and now has to buy drinks for
Hachi and himself, and as he's walking, sees Koyuki further down the hall
walking towards him. Yuma grabs her attention, and they greet each other.
Koyuki says she had alot of fun yesterday, and wants to do it again. Yuma tells
her Hachi will be glad to hear it. Koyuki than assumes that Yuma wasn't happy
about her bringing out the alcohol, and Yuma says she misunderstood, and that
he was happy about yesterday as well. Koyuki is relieved, and laughs it off.
Yuma asks Koyuki if she had a hangover this morning too, and she says that she
did. When Yuma remarks that she doesn't seem to have one, Koyuki explains that
she used magic to get rid of it. Yuma asked if there really is such magic, and
notes that it would be really convenient, but wonders if it would mess with his
life if he had access to such magic. Koyuki says her mother used it on her, and
Yuma asks what kind of person Koyuki's mother is. Koyuki says she WAS a great
fortune teller. (Wait a second...) Yuma notices that he made an error in asking
such a question, and tries to apologize for being insensitive. Koyuki, however,
is rambling on, saying that her mother left for Britian to drink. Koyuki asks
how Yuma is, as his face looks like he just broke one of his father's most
valuable possessions. Yuma says it's nothing, than she asks what Yuma is doing
here. Yuma relates his story of losing to Hachi, and having to go buy drinks
for them both. Koyuki says that by coincidence, she was also thirsty. Koyuki
shudders than for a second, and pulls out a couple of dowsing rods, and tells
Yuma she has to leave. The two rods point down the hall, and she walks off,
and Yuma wonders where they will take her.


Time: Afternoon


Afternoon homeroom is about to end, and Yuma tells us that the class had just
spent the period electing this semesters class officers, having one guy and one
girl each. Yuma states their responsibilities, and that they have to balance
out their classmates requests. No one really wanted to try out for the 
positions, at least for the first ten minutes, when one girl broke the silence.
That girl was, of course, Haruhi. (Honors student in the Magic Section, I'd
say she's responsible enough.) The rest of the class jumps on the bandwagon,
and Haruhi is elected by an enormous majority. As a result, almost every guys
hand jumps up, since they would be working with Haruhi. All of the guys are
arguing, trying to display their credentials, and Hachi is the loudest of all,
claiming that love will win him the title, but the other guys hit and shut him
up real fast. Jun and Shinya are the only names not on the blackboard.
This has no effect on the crowd of boys however, and Jun comes over and says
that his plan didn't work. Yuma says that's just as well, as he doesn't want to
be class officer anyways. Jun tells him that he'd be working with Haruhi, but
Yuma insists that he doesn't care. Jun than tells him that he's going to shout
his candidacy to the class, and before Yuma and stop him, Jun does just that.
Yuma yells at him to stop, but Jun says it's for Haruhi. Jun explains that
ir would probably be more beneficial to Haruhi and the rest of the class if
she worked with someone in the class she was already familiar with. Yuma asks
Jun why he doesn't back Shinya as well, and says that he'd have to run with
Saya, and no one will elect her over Haruhi now. Yuma tells him that shouldn't
matter, but Shinya comes over, saying there's another reason, that since he's
a transfer student, he couldn't do his job properly, since he doesn't know
anyone else in the class. Jun pushes Yuma again, and asks him if he'll do the
job.

Note: This is the "hidden" choice that only shows up once you have completed
Haruhi's or Anri's paths once already. If you have not completed either of
their paths, you don't have a choice here, and you end up with Option Two's
route. Choosing Option One here steers you away from Haruhi and Anri's paths
completely, and you'll have to choose from Koyuki or Sumomo later. Choosing
Option Two does the opposite, shutting you off from Koyuki and Sumomo, and
steering you towards Haruhi and Anri later. As a result of this, I will split
the walkthrough now, and cover Haruhi and Anri's paths, than come back to this
point later to cover Koyuki and Sumomo.


Key Options:

1) Aren�ft there more qualified people? (Refuse) (Head down to Section (al))

2) I don't want to do this, but... (Accept)



~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Walkthrough Split~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


(A2) Transition towards Haruhi or Anri


(ai) Date: Monday, April 10th (After Accepting Class Officer, Haruhi/Anri)


Time: Afternoon


Option Two: Yuma caves, and tells Jun to go ahead. Before he can, however,
Hachi comes barreling in, asking what Yuma is talking about. Every other guy in
the class notices, and begins to shout at Yuma too. Jun asks Hachi if he can
honestly think of anyone better, and it's obvious that he can't. Hachi asks
Yuma if he's sure that he wants the join, going over the number of
responsibilities that the class officers have to be aware of again. Yuma
punches Hachi for putting his face so close to him, and Jun asks Haruhi's
opinion. Haruhi says it would make things easier to do their work, since they
sit next to each other. Jun says that settles it, since Haruhi supports him
too. Hachi looks crushed as usual, and Yuma is elected as the male class
officer. Haruhi says that she looks forward to working with him.


Time: After School


Yuma is in Oasis, and notes that it is really crowded today, and that it'll
probably be that way for awhile. Otoha sees Yuma as she's making her rounds,
and Yuma tells her how busy it is. Yuma teases her, saying not to work so hard
that her hips would fall off. Yuma asks if she's found someone to work in place
of the graduate, but Otoha says says she really needs to get on that right away
and Yuma says that sounds serious. Than an announcement comes over
the loudspeaker for Otoha, and the two of them wonder what they are calling
her for. Otoha is worried, because if she leaves, they will be seriously
understaffed, and looks at Yuma, as if pleading. Otoha of course asks Yuma to
help out for now until she gets back, and Yuma says he can't, saying he has no
experience, and that he'd only get in the way of getting things down. Otoha
says he'll work out just fine, and says she's glad that she can rely on him.
Yuma caves and says he'll help, and Otoha is happy. She says that his meal will
be free later. Yuma asks if there's a spare uniform that he can wear, and Otoha
says there should be one in the locker. Yuma says he'll go get changed, and
Otoha says to ask Anri for help if he needs it. Yuma chokes, and asks Otoha to
wait, but she's already run off by that point. Yuma feels really uncomfortable
now.

Anri teases Yuma, saying it's fun watching him come and go so often, and Yuma
shoots back that she'll probably lose some weight coming and going herself.
Anri tells him to watch it, because even though they are equals as classmates,
she outranks him here at work, and says she controls how hard he'll be working.
(Damn, now that's a threat right there.) Yuma claims that Anri is a sadist, and
she bonks him with her serving tray for that crack. When Yuma asks why
she did it, she says that he didn't refer to her as his senior. When Yuma says
that he doesn't see the need for it, Anri resumes bonking him until Yuma does
as she asks. (Damn, she is a sadist.) Anri says that Yuma must follow the
rules, and says they better get back to work. Yuma makes one more crack, and
gets kicked in the nuts for it. (...Ow.) Anri asks him why she didn't think
she'd hear that, and he asks why she's like this in Oasis, and Anri says not to
think of it as a job, but to think of it as a battlefield, saying that you
could die from a lapse in judgment. Yuma says he understands a little, and
Anri says at least he's making progress. Her last piece of advice for now is to
always remember to smile. A customer calls for Anri, and Anri tells Yuma to
follow her and pick up on her moves.

Yuma can't believe how tough the job is. He's almost ready to faint, and it's
only been an hour since he started working. Koyuki now walks in, and asks Yuma
if he's started working here now. Yuma greets her, and says he had to step in
for his mother, since she was called away by the school. Koyuki is proud that
Yuma is helping out his mom, but notes that the cafeteria is really busy today.
Yuma agrees, saying he could use cat's paws, and Koyuki teasingly begins
to meow. When Yuma asks her about it, Koyuki offers to help him out. Yuma says
she can, but she won't get a discount off her food if she does. Koyuki says
that's fine, and when Yuma asks if she's sure, Koyuki says she is. Although
Koyuki adds on at the last minute that Yuma will owe her a favor, and when she
comes to collect, he better pay up. (Damn her!) Yuma understands, and thanks
her again. Yuma wonders if they have another uniform, however, and knows he
can't ask Anri, as she's too busy herself. As Yuma ponders the problem, Koyuki
dashes to the kitchen, saying she'll be right back. Yuma wonder's what she's
going to do, and people keep flooding into the cafeteria. Yuma says he'll hold
out until she returns, and gets back to work.

Yuma is being run ragged, taking orders left and right, seating customers,
clearing and cleaning the tables, and rinse and repeat. Yuma finally trips over
his feet, and falls while he's carrying someone's order. However, before he
hits the ground, Anri casts a spell on him that slows his fall, and Yuma
quickly sets the order on a nearby table, than crashes. Yuma wonders if the
food is alright, and while it is, he broke the serving tray. Anri comes over
and smacks him on the head again for doing so, but forgives him since that's
all that happened. Yuma than recalls what happened, and asks Anri if she helped
him with magic. Anri says she always carries Paella with her in case of such
emergencies, and Yuma thanks her, adding on the -senpai. (senior suffix) Anri
is shocked that Yuma finally called her that seriously, and when Yuma asks her
what's wrong, Anri runs off, embarrassed. (////) Yuma than realizes that Anri
is actually quite shy, and thinks she's dumb for not showing it. Yuma slowly
gets up, and gets back to work.

Yuma delivers another order, this one to Koyuki, and Yuma asks her why hers is
the last order he is delivering, and asks her what she did after she agreed to
help him. Koyuki pulls out a sign, saying she had it up earlier, that reads
"Lucky Good Fortune." Koyuki directed everyone to Oasis with her fortune
telling, overcrowding the place, and sealed Yuma to owe her a favor sometime in
the future. (Damn. She's good.) Koyuki also points at a sign that Yuma didn't
notice before that reads "To celebrate the opening of our new menu, have your
fortune told for free!" Koyuki says all she did was help out in her own way.
Yuma asks her if she meant by attracting more people to Oasis, and Koyuki
confirms it. Yuma tells her that he didn't mean for her to send even MORE
people here, but Koyuki says it did boost Oasis' sales numbers, which Yuma
can't argue, and Yuma can't continue the argument. Koyuki than asks him to take
her plate, and Yuma is surprised to find that she's already finished eating.
Anri yells at him from the background, asking him to hurry up. Koyuki says the
last piece of the puzzle has slipped into place. Yuma says he won't forget what
Koyuki did today, and Koyuki tells him to fight on, and leaves.

After another hour, Anri notices that Yuma looks exhausted, and teases him for
it, saying he's getting sloppy. When Yuma asks what she means, she points out
that tables 3 and 14 haven't been cleared, and that table 7 is still waiting
for him to take their order. (It seems they aren�ft done yet, jeez.) Yuma knows
he can't complain though, since Anri has been doing alot more work than he has,
and hurries to keep working. Yuma relays an order back to Anri, and she says
that he's getting better. When Yuma explains that he's just picking up on
everything, Anri giggles, saying she was the same way when she first started.
Yuma says she's horrible, teasing him like this, but notes that their
conversations have become a lot less hostile as of late, and that he doesn't
mind it being so busy anymore either. Otoha finally arrives, saying she was
held up. Otoha says she'll take over for him again, but Yuma says he'd like to
finish today up, as it's almost closing time. Otoha is surprised, but says he
can finish up. Yuma jokes that help came at the last minute, and Otoha is
happy, saying she loves him for helping out. Yuma asks her not to hug him so
much out in public, and when Otoha asks what she means, Yuma starts to explain,
until Anri calls for him again. Otoha wonders if a golden combo has been born,
and Yuma asks her if she set this up to begin with. Yuma says they had better
get back to work, and they all do so.


Time: Evening


Exhaustion set in for Yuma as the last customer leaves, and Anri brings him a
cold drink. (Wow, she really is kind sometimes.) Anri states that it's pathetic
to see a man look like Yuma does, and Yuma retorts back, asking Anri how she
can have so much energy. Anri simply states it's the difference between her and
Yuma. Anri says that he worked hard though, and Yuma shies away. Anri gets a
little peeved, asking Yuma why he doesn't appreciate praise. Yuma says he's
glad, but Anri says he doesn't look happy at all, and says that he probably
won't be able to work again tomorrow. Yuma protests that he was just helping
out because of special circumstances, and Anri is surprised, unaware of the
conditions. Yuma thought Anri knew, and Anri gets embarrassed, saying she just
misunderstood Yuma's intentions. (////) Yuma wonders if Anri thought of him as
being a rival at doing their jobs, and Anri retorts by saying Yuma had better
be joking with his skills. Yuma says that he doesn't regret what he did today,
as he'll hard work and praise is all he needs for a reward. Anri calls him an
idiot, and says that's not all the job is about. Anri than finishes her drink,
and says she has to get going. Yuma tells her to slow things down a bit, but
Anri says that's not her pace. Yuma thanks Anri again, and she says bye. Yuma
notes that while Anri did have to work a little harder to cover up for his
mistakes, she seemed happier by the end of the day. Yuma than says that the
cafeteria will probably be short for awhile longer, and resolves to continue to
support the place. Yuma thinks to himself while he finishes his juice, and
Otoha calls out to him, asking where Anri has gone. Yuma tells her Anri left a
minute ago, and she seems disappointed, saying she needed to give Anri her
schedule for next week. Yuma tells her to call and tell Anri the schedule over
the phone, but Otoha says she can never reach Anri on her phone, as Anri told
her that she's always in a place out of reach of a cell tower. Otoha asks Yuma
if he can run after Anri and give her the schedule, and Yuma asks her if she
can just give Anri the schedule tomorrow. Otoha pouts, saying she has stuff to
do tomorrow. Yuma finally caves under her whining, and sets out after Anri,
noting that since she only left a little while ago, he should be able to catch
up to her before she reaches the dormitory if he runs full out.

Unfortunately, Yuma doesn't catch up with Anri by the time he reaches the dorms,
and stops to catch his breath in front of it. Yuma wonders if there really
wasn't any other way to get the schedule to Anri, but than Haruhi calls out to
him, surprised that he's in front of the dorms. Yuma asks if she's just now
getting back, and she confirms it, saying she had to do some class officer
work, and she had to help her teacher from the Magic Section. Yuma recalls that
he should have done some of the work since he was elected class officer as
well, and apologizes to Haruhi. She says it's alright, and that there wasn't
that much to work on today. Yuma tells Haruhi to call him the next time there's
class officer work to do so he can be there. Haruhi agrees, and asks Yuma what
he's doing at the dormitories so late. Yuma tells Haruhi that he was helping
out at Oasis today, and Anri forgot to pick up her work schedule for the
coming week before leaving, and that his mother sent him out to give Anri the
schedule. Yuma says that he didn't see Anri though, and wonders where she went
if it wasn't straight back to the dorms. Haruhi mentions that Anri might be in
the thick forest behind the Magic Section building. Yuma says he'll head over
there and try to find Anri, and Haruhi says that if he can't find Anri he
should give Haruhi a call, and give her the schedule, and she'll give it to
Anri later tonight. Yuma thanks Haruhi, and sets off in search of Anri again.

Yuma arrives back of the Magic Section where the forest is, and walks in, but
the forest is so thick, he knows he's going to have a hard time finding Anri
here. Yuma says that because the General Section students don't usually have a
reason to go near the Magic Section building that most of them, including
himself, had no idea that the woods were so deep. Yuma has heard stories about
it, however, that it doesn't look too deep when your on the outside looking in,
but once you are inside it, it's hard to find your way back out again. Yuma
begins to imagine him getting lost and starving to death, and a large billboard
in town advertising his disappearance. Yuma chuckles to himself about the joke,
but hears a small earthquake deep in the woods. Yuma has a quick imagine of a
T-Rex stomping the ground, but shakes it off. Yuma walks in the direction of
the noise, with it getting louder the nearer he goes to it. When the next quake
goes off, Yuma sees a flash of light in it's direction slightly before he hears
the quake. Yuma deduces that Anri is probably there, and keeps moving toward
the lightened area.

Anri is practicing her spell casting here, trying to develop more control over
it by keeping it contained within an intricate device. Yuma wonders if he
should say something, but remembers that practicing magic requires intense
concentration on the part of the caster, and keeps quiet, but notes that Anri
must be exhausted, and thus, can't concentrate to the best of her abilities.
Yuma notes how tired she is, and realizes it would be dangerous for her to
continue as she is, and steps out, surprising Anri, who loses control of her
spell immediately. Yuma steps backward because of the blinding light
projected by the object, and falls over a tree root. Anri demands to know why
Yuma is here, and Yuma apologizes for interrupting her. Anri admits that she
has alot of problems concentrating, and thus, controlling her magic. Anri looks
back at the intricate device, and starts setting it back to it's normal
position.

Yuma picks up a piece that is lying to the side and hands it to Anri. Anri
asks Yuma why he is here again, and Yuma finally remembers, and pulls out her
work schedule for the coming week. Anri says that he could have given it to her
tomorrow, and Yuma says his mother insisted. Anri says he did well to figure
out that she was in the woods, and Yuma admits he ran into Haruhi at the dorms,
and she pointed him towards the woods. Anri is surprised that Haruhi knew about
her secret practice, and Yuma says asks why she's all the way out here. Anri
says it's to help here develop her concentration because there�fs little to no
distractions out here. Yuma notes that even the tiniest distraction causes
Anri to mess up, but notes that this environment really isn't the best for Anri
after all. As Anri puts the device back together, Yuma asks what it is, and
Anri says that it's a lattice cube. Anri asks Yuma if he knows how magician's
are ranked by Class. Yuma admits he doesn't know, and Anri tell him that to
move up from Class C to Class B the magician has to have complete control over
his/her concentration and magical abilities, and therefore, she has to work on
it alot. Yuma nods his head, and asks if all magicians train like this. Anri
says that Haruhi is the only one who actually worked on it as hard as she has.
Yuma jokes around, saying she's not fooling anyone, but after Anri threatens to
burn him to a crisp, he apologizes. Anri asks Yuma to leave so she can continue
to practice, since he's done with his business here now. Yuma asks Anri is
she's going to continue to practice her magic in her condition, and Anri says
she does this everyday after work. Yuma tries to convince her to take the rest
of the day off the rest and recover, and Anri says he doesn't understand, and
asks him who her rival is again. Yuma remembers Anri mentioning Haruhi as her
rival, and because of that, Anri says she can't rest on days like this, or
she'll never catch up to Haruhi. Yuma is impressed, as he didn't think Anri was
so serious when it came to regarding Haruhi as her rival. She'll practice
everyday until the day comes when she surpasses Haruhi. Yuma says he'll stay,
and carry her back to the dorms when she collapses from exhaustion. Anri slowly
says that's fine, as long as he doesn't interfere while she practices. Anri
than sets the cube and Paella in position again, and begins again. Anri is
managing to hold her magic in, but she's starting to sweat, and Yuma knows that
she can't last much longer. Yuma wonders if magic consumes more of your
physical than your magic power when your tired like Anri is now. Five minutes
have passed, and Anri is still holding the magic together, although she looks
like a wreck. Yuma can't take being quiet anymore, and interrupts her again,
and asks her why she's doing this while still in her Oasis uniform, and why she
doesn't use her current magic clothes to do this in. Anri asks why there is
such a problem with using her Oasis uniform, and Yuma admits that it pains him
to see her in the pain that she's wearing the uniform, because she always looks
great in it. THIS causes Anri to finally jump and lose her concentration, and
the magic breaks. Yuma senses that she's getting mad, and she yells at him to
leave, otherwise she'll never get any work done, and hurls Paella at Yuma, who
catches it, telling her not to throw it, since it could hurt people. Anri says
he's annoying as hell, and Yuma leaves shortly thereafter.


Time: Night


When Yuma returns home he informs Otoha had he was able to give Anri her
schedule, and Otoha teases him that he certainly took his time. Yuma says he
was held up since Anri was practicing her magic. Otoha asks about it, and Yuma
fills her in on the forest behind the Magic Section, and that Anri's been going
there everyday after work at Oasis. Otoha says Anri is a harder worker than
she thought, and Yuma agrees, wondering where the hell Anri gets all that
stamina from. Ototha continues that she's not only a hard worker, but that
she's smart and beautiful too. Otoha says she wouldn't mind the her going out
with Yuma, and when Yuma asks her about it, she says young boys first. Yuma
tells her she's imagining things again, stating that with her attitude, he can
only like her as a friend. Otoha says that Like can change to Love at anytime,
and Yuma says there's a fat chance of that happening. Yuma asks about dinner,
and she says Sumomo already made and ate herself, saying Yuma missed out
because he wasn't back in time. Yuma begs him mom to reconsider, since she's
the one who sent him out, and she says to take it up with Sumomo.


~~End Monday, April 11 (After Accepting Class Officer, Haruhi/Anri)


(aj) Date: Tuesday, April 11th


Time: Morning


Otoha hears that Yuma was elected class officer, and is happy. Yuma says he
didn't even run, but accepted the nomination for a reason. Otoha says she
doesn't care, and is proud of Yuma. Yuma says that it's all Jun's fault. Sumomo
comes in and agrees that Jun was the one who nominated him, and asks which girl
was elected class officer. Yuma tells them that it's Haruhi, and Sumomo says
she had a feeling she would end up as an officer. Yuma says he doesn't expect
himself to help much, and that he really doesn't fit the role of a class
officer. Yuma says he's not looking forward to later, and when Sumomo asks him
about it, he tells her that he has to help Haruhi after school today with the
committee work. Otoha is disappointed, hoping that Yuma would be helping out at
Oasis again. Yuma apologizes to her, but he already promised Haruhi. Otoha
tells him not to worry about Oasis, and than Yuma and Sumomo leave for school.

Sumomo tells Yuma as they walk that she didn't think she'd ever see Haruhi
again after they parted when she was younger. Yuma says he was more surprised
that they knew each other before, and asks her when the first met. Sumomo
relays that she drove off a few boys who were bullying Haruhi when she was
young. Yuma is surprised that she got into fights with those boys, and asks
Sumomo why she seems so much weaker now. Sumomo pouts, saying that while she
admits she is a little weaker, she wishes that Yuma would still see her as
strong. Sumomo than asks Yuma if he remembers all the times he helped her out
as a kid. Yuma says he honestly doesn't remember much, but Sumomo relates that
she draws her strength from him. Yuma asks about it, and Sumomo says that's
why she works so hard. Sumomo said that while she was scared to stand up to
those boys, the courage she borrowed from Yuma helped her stand her ground.
However, she says it wasn't enough, and Haruhi had to help her out as well
after the boys turned to Sumomo, and that the two of them together beat the
boys. Yuma hopes that they didn't hurt the boy too terribly, and Sumomo says
they just gave him a little bruise, and ran off. Sumomo says that her and
Haruhi stayed friends and played together for many months after the incident,
until the park was reclaimed by the city for development. Yuma says he can't
picture fighting anyone. Sumomo agrees that you wouldn't think so if you saw
her today. Sumomo says that the Haruhi that she sees now looks alot more lonely
than the Haruhi she remembers. Yuma asks if she's really that different, and
Sumomo assures it. Sumomo says that Yuma acts like Haruhi too, stating that
they both stop bullying whenever they can. Yuma says he only did that as a kid,
and Sumomo says that she knows he's still help her if she was ever bullied.
Yuma knows that she's telling the truth, but tries not to let her see it.
Sumomo says she yearns to be like Yuma, with his sense of justice. Sumomo
brings up the fact that Yuma still used magic those many years ago, and Yuma
tries to avoid the subject, Sumomo asks why he quit, and wonders if he regrets
it, since he loved magic. Yuma plays it off, saying that he doesn't regret it,
and that there was no big reason for him quitting. (Obviously, Yuma is lying,
but doesn't want to say anything, not even to Sumomo.) Yuma says he wonders
what Sumomo would think of him if she knew what he did when he was younger.
(Hmm? Did he cripple someone?) Sumomo goes on to say that Yuma would probably
have been in the Magic Section of the school. Yuma asks her whether she thought
that he might not be any good at magic, and continues to say that he's not
interested in Haruhi's reason for becoming a magician, saying that strong
memories should just stay memories. Sumomo giggles, wondering what story Yuma
is referring to in specific. They both continue on to school, while Sumomo tells
Yuma about the Haruhi she knew as a kid. The images stick in his mind because
she was quite different compared to how she is now, and he feels like he knows
her history.

As Yuma walks into class and Haruhi greets him, he keeps staring at her. Haruhi
asks if there's something on her face, but Yuma said no, and that he was just
thinking of something else, and greets her too. Yuma nervously laughs it off,
and Haruhi says he's acting strange today.


Time: Lunch


Anri sets off for Oasis, and when Hachi asks if Yuma has a boxed lunch today,
he says he does. Jun asks about Haruhi's, and she says it's with Yuma's today,
as they have committee work to do. Jun teases them, wondering if that's what
they'll really be doing today. Haruhi asks Yuma is he found Anri last night.
Yuma says she was in the place that Haruhi told him about, and thanks her for
the help. Jun asks what happened, and Yuma explains that he had to help out at
Oasis yesterday. Jun is surprised that Yuma was working as a waiter, and he
pushes him on the subject. Yuma says that he doesn't know if he was a proper
waiter, but he did wear the uniform. Jun is angry, saying he wished he had seen
Yuma in it. Yuma says not to expect him to be wearing it too many times. Hachi
asks what happened next, and Yuma says that when Anri left she forgot her
schedule for the next week, so Otoha sent him after Anri to give her the
schedule. Yuma says he first ran to the dormitory, and that Anri wasn't there,
but that he ran into Haruhi, and she told him that Anri was practicing her
magic so that she could compete with Haruhi, and told Yuma where he could
probably find her. Hachi apparently knows about this though. Yuma asks Haruhi
if that place was supposed to be secret, and she says that while it is, almost
every Magic Section student knows about the secluded location. Jun says no one
leaves that forest once they enter anyways. Yuma insists that he was there and
that he came out alive. Jun and Hachi are surprised that Yuma shouted it out,
and Yuma apologizes, saying that he just remembered that he missed out on the
class officer work yesterday, and apologizes to Haruhi for leaving her to do
it alone. Haruhi tells Yuma now to worry about it, and that it's all taken care
of. Yuma tells her that he still has to apologize anyways. Haruhi asks if Yuma
is only apologizing because she's the one he left alone, and Hachi butts in,
saying that Haruhi can't trust Yuma, and that the class officer work doesn't
suit him, and says he can do it. Jun says that if the two of them worked
together, there would be trouble. Haruhi nervously laughs it off. Yuma says
that to make up for it, he'll buy Haruhi dessert from Oasis today. Haruhi says
that he doesn't have to do that, but Jun brings up that it would be great to
get dessert from Oasis today, because he might have a chance to see Yuma put
on the cafeteria's uniform again.


Time: Afternoon


After lunch, Yuma tells Haruhi he'll see her after she finishes with magic
practice, and Haruhi puts Soprano on her back. Yuma notes that Soprano looks
great today as well, and Soprano notes that Haruhi seems enthusiastic today.
Haruhi says she is, considering that today is the first practice of the
semester. Soprano tells her to work hard. Yuma thinks about the practice, and
wonders if it'll be like practicing cooking by experimenting with ingredients.
Yuma nervously says that he hopes she does well, and Haruhi asks what' wrong
with his eyes. Anri comes over, saying that today is the day she beats Haruhi,
as they are rivals. Yuma notes to us, saying did we expect Anri not to show?
(I'll tell you now, I DID!) Anri says that the pain and suffering that she's
been enduring will pay off finally. Yuma says he hopes her magic doesn't falter
and hurt someone, and Anri yells at him for bringing that up. Yuma notes that
Anri really is fired up today, and wonders who will win today.


Options:

1) Support Anri

2) Support Haruhi


Note: As you are heading towards the Options which set you on Haruhi or Anri's
Paths now, (No, this isn't it, but you are close. ^_^) support the girl you are
going for on this playthrough.


Option One: Yuma wishes Anri the best, and Haruhi is surprised that Yuma is
behind Anri. Yuma wonders about it for a second, than says it's only natural,
as it pained him to watch Anri practice while he could do nothing be stay
silent and watch. Anri hurriedly says he didn't have to do that since they are
not going out, but Yuma says that her expressions yesterday made him want to
help her in any way that he could. Haruhi is silent for a moment than says that
Yuma is kind. Yuma gets embarrassed, saying that it should be expected that
he act like that. Anri asks Haruhi what she's doing, trying to steal her ally
with pretty smiles. Yuma says Anri was acting badly too, working hard alone the
way she is. Anri gets mad, saying it's none of his business, than calls out to
Paella, saying that they are leaving. After they leave, Yuma is disappointed,
saying he wanted to tease Anri a bit more. Haruhi says that Yuma really wants
to help Anri though. Yuma agrees, but wonders how he can, since Anri always
seems to want to be alone. Haruhi says that's a clever answer, and Yuma says he
didn't mean for it to be. Yuma than notices the time, and tells Haruhi that she
better be going too. Haruhi thanks Yuma again, than leaves as well.


Option Two: Yuma says that Haruhi is serious too about the coming battle, and
that Anri won't be able to catch Haruhi even with all of her hard work. Haruhi
thanks Yuma, while Anri gets mad, saying Yuma betrayed her. Yuma says he can't
help it, he's just being honest, even if Anri thinks he's betraying her. Anri
says he stayed behind yesterday to watch her, so that puts Yuma on her side.
Yuma, however, says he stayed because he was impressed by her magic, and the
fact that it was so much more different than Haruhi's. Yuma goes on to add that
he can't deny his feelings towards who will win, even if he was to say Anri
would win. Anri tries to argue, but can't, and Yuma says that she's calming
down in the face of the truth. Haruhi tells Anri to not think that Yuma is
supporting her, and Anri understands, and resolves to show Haruhi how far she
has progressed. Haruhi says she's looking forward to it, and Anri tells Paella
that they're leaving. After they leave, Yuma asks Haruhi how she's feeling.
Haruhi says she was surprised, but glad that Yuma thinks so highly of her.
Yuma says it's only natural, because Haruhi told him that she wants to use her
magic to make people happy, and that's a great cause. Yuma than catches
himself, and says that he's saying unnecessary things, but Haruhi interrupts,
saying she thinks it's important, and glad Yuma thinks so too. Yuma asks
Haruhi what she means, and Haruhi embarrassingly corrects herself. The two
laugh about it, and than Yuma notices the time, and tells Haruhi to work hard,
and Haruhi thanks Yuma again, than leaves as well.

Both paths meet up here. As the door opens, Yuma wonders if the two of them are
back, and sure enough, Anri comes in first, looking like she's about to die.
(Well, I think it's obvious now who won between the two. Not that I expected
a different result, but...) Yuma asks Anri is that's what happened, and Anri
confirms it, but says she only messed up once, although it was at the end.
Yuma says it's probably because she faced off against Haruhi. Haruhi now walks
in as well, with a couple of new groupies praising her. Anri hears all this and
gets up. (Uh oh.) Yuma senses the danger, and tries to calm Anri down, but Anri
declares that even though she was beaten, she won't give up. Anri than begins
to cast a spell. (Note: Panty flash again, heheh. ;) Yuma tells Anri to stop,
and Haruhi tells Yuma to hurry away from her. Yuma startles, and Haruhi tells
him to hurry. Anri continues her spell, and Yuma runs as fast as he can towards
Haruhi, but seems to be slowed down. Yuma than notices that he's running in
mid-air, and is than thrown into a collection of desks and chairs.

Yuma wakes up in pain in the infirmary, with Haruhi standing over him about to
apply another bandage. (Cute little hospital armband, hehe.) Haruhi asks if
he's alright, and Yuma says he will be. Yuma explains that he was taken here
after Anri's spell knocked him out, and Haruhi felt responsible, so she stayed
with Yuma to take care of him, even though he wasn't seriously hurt. (Heheh,
nice.) Yuma remarks that Anri has gotten better with magic, even if she can't
control it. Haruhi asks what he means, and Yuma says that when he first met
her, Anri kept screwing up her spells and such, and says she changed once she
started calling Haruhi her rival and aiming for her. Haruhi says he's a lucky
guy, able to see how Anri has evolved, even though she ended up injuring him
again. Haruhi says that Anri doesn't seem to fail so much when Yuma's around.
Yuma takes this the wrong way, thinking all the way back to Koyuki's fortune on
Valentine's Day, and wonders if it was about Anri, but shakes it off, saying
that he just has bad luck standing in Anri's way when she's reckless. Yuma says
he might have been killed by now, but Hachi is usually the one whom bad luck
finds, and he's thankful for it. Yuma notes that Hachi would probably take
great pleasure if Haruhi was treating him though. Haruhi asks Yuma to not be
angry with Anri, and Yuma says he won't, noting that even Anri is lonely, as
she insisted to help treat Yuma up until the minute she had to go work at
Oasis. Yuma doesn't think Anri understands her feelings too well, and Yuma
would have already forgiven Anri even without Haruhi asking him to. Haruhi says
Yuma is kind. Yuma asks Haruhi why she really volunteered to treat Yuma, and
Haruhi nervously says that she was worried about Yuma being hurt, and looks
away, embarrassed. Yuma senses that she's lying, and thinks that Haruhi is
really here because she likes him. (...NO SHIT, SHERLOCK!) Haruhi notices Yuma
staring at her, and she asks him if she has something on her face again. Yuma
says no and looks away, but he keeps looking back at Haruhi. Yuma thinks he
sees the Haruhi that Sumomo had been seeing those many years ago, even though
it was only for a second. Haruhi notices Yuma looking at her again, and Yuma
apologizes, saying that he was thinking something, and says he'll say it later.
Haruhi asks him to tell her, and Yuma says that while he's in pain, he feels
good with Haruhi here. Haruhi giggles, saying that's why he was acting nervous.
Yuma thinks to himself, however, that Haruhi really has a pretty face. Yuma
says that it's still hard to imagine Haruhi acting like this, and Haruhi asks
what he means. Yuma than says she's acting like she used to. Haruhi jumps,
(Oh? Yuma never met her, so why would she jump? Fufufufu ;) Yuma asks her
what's wrong. Yuma notices that Haruhi is standing back, looking at him in
shock, and Yuma notices that her sudden action accidentally reopened his wound.
Haruhi apologizes, and Yuma asks Haruhi what that was all about. Haruhi
nervously asks Yuma what he was talking about. Yuma says she's acting very
strong-minded, like she was when she was younger. Haruhi is startled again, and
Yuma brings up the time she fought the boy that was bullying her. Haruhi gasps
again, and Yuma continues, bringing up that with Sumomo she drive him off.
Haruhi is surprised that Sumomo told Yuma about that, and Yuma wonders if he
should have brought that topic up. Haruhi says it's alright, and Yuma says he
was surprised to hear that story as well. Haruhi is annoyed that Sumomo told
him that story, but Yuma asks Haruhi why she doesn't want anyone at school to
know about that, and Haruhi explains that she likes to keep quiet on such
matters. Yuma says it sounds fun. Haruhi questions him, and Yuma says that
while he doesn't know what others would think, he would like Haruhi to show
that side of her more often, especially around bullies, as she'd scare them off
quickly. Haruhi argues that she shouldn't since she's a girl. Yuma asks about
it, but Haruhi says it's nothing. Yuma says other students would be surprised
to hear that their idol did such a thing as beating up bullies when she was
young. Haruhi agrees, and says that's the reason she wants to keep quiet about
it. Yuma swears he won't tell anyone, but says that keeping Sumomo quiet about
this will be a different story, and Haruhi thanks Yuma.


Time: Evening


After Haruhi finishes treating Yuma, they leave the infirmary and start walking
through the school towards the exit. Yuma asks Haruhi what she would like to do
in the future, and Haruhi says would like to teach magic herself at the Magic
Section like her teacher does. Yuma says she probably could, and that her
position as an honors student would help. Haruhi sighs, and when Yuma asks if
he said something wrong, Haruhi says she wishes she wasn't always seen as an
honors student, as people expect too much of her sometimes. Yuma wonder why,
since honors students usually get treated well, and asks Haruhi about it. She
says that people see her a certain way before they get to know her, and she
dislikes that, although she says that she's used to that by now. Yuma says he
understands, and tells Haruhi he won't treat her specially from now on if she
wishes. Haruhi is startled, and Yuma continues, saying that Haruhi should be
less formal with him as well. Haruhi asks Yuma if that would be alright with
him, and Yuma says she should still act the way she does, but just to relax
around him. Yuma than says he'll see Haruhi tomorrow, and Yuma adds that it
doesn't matter if Haruhi is from the Magic Section or not, tomorrow he'll treat
her as an equal, and as a friend. Haruhi thanks him, and tells him good-bye.
As they part, Yuma thinks that Sumomo will be surprised to hear these events.
Yuma than thinks back, wondering if Haruhi had to put up with sneers and jeers
from other students when they first met her. Yuma wonders how much that
experience changed her.


Time: Night


Yuma arrives at home, and Sumomo greets him at the door. Sumomo asks Yuma what
happened to him today as she points at Yuma's bandaged knee. Yuma says he hurt
himself earlier. Sumomo asks if he's alright, and Yuma says he is, although he
was surprised by the kick of Anri's magic. Yuma tells Sumomo what happened, and
that Haruhi was the one who took care of him in the infirmary, adding that he
shouldn't need to wear the bandages tomorrow. Sumomo asks about Haruhi, and
Sumomo said she say Haruhi in the nurse's office earlier, but didn't know she
was treating him. Yuma tells Sumomo that Haruhi really didn't have to treat
him, and Sumomo smiles sadly. Yuma asks about dinner, saying he's starved.
Sumomo says that it's almost done, and tells him to wait a couple more minutes.

~~End Tuesday, April 11th


(ak) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (Before Going After Haruhi/Go to see Anri)


Time: Morning


For once, we don't start in Yuma's house, and skip right ahead to school. A
random student asks Haruhi for help with her math, and Haruhi hurries over to
her. Everyone has been asking Haruhi for help since everyone knows who she is,
although many of the boys just like looking at her. The girl thanks Haruhi for
helping her, and Yuma thinks that Haruhi is great at everything, including this
complicated math. Yuma calls to Haruhi, asking if she can help him with his
math too. Haruhi comes over, and asks to see Yuma's notes. Haruhi than notes
that Yuma miscopied the notes from the board, and Yuma admits that he kind of
slept through part of math class this morning. Haruhi sighs, and pulls out her
notes, and helps Yuma understand the math. Yuma says it'll be alright and that
he can do it later, but Haruhi strongly tells him no, and Yuma shrinks back,
agreeing to do the problems. Haruhi shies away, embarrassed, and goes on to say
that now she can't study since she's had to help everyone herself. Yuma goes on
to add that Yuma suggests that the class spend their free time before lunch in
a study group, and while they agreed, Haruhi had to help many other people with
their work, and couldn't get anything done. Yuma thinks that Haruhi doesn't
complain out of respect for Yuma's wishes, since he was the one who suggested
the group in the first place.


Time: Lunch


As Yuma is walking around, he sees the figure of a familiar girl. Yuma calls
out to Ibuki, and she turns around, looking to see who it is. Ibuki says that
he should learn some better manners. Yuma asks if she remembered who he was,
saying they met at least once before. Ibuki says she doesn't remember,
and Yuma tells her that he's Sumomo's older brother. Ibuki backs away.
(I think Sumomo's been hounding her, heheh.) Ibuki asks Yuma what he wants with
her, and Yuma stays quiet, since he really didn't have anything to talk about,
and called out to her out of reflex because he had seen her. Ibuki says he
shouldn't call out to her if he has nothing to discuss with her, and Yuma is
stung, surprised that she's acting so cold to him. Ibuki than turns around to
leave, but stops after a step. Yuma looks down the hall, and notices Sumomo
walking towards them. (Ahahaha, I was right.) Yuma calls out to Sumomo, and
Ibuki panics, telling him not to call her. Sumomo notices Yuma and Ibuki
talking, and comes over to them. Ibuki starts to run off, but Sumomo catches
her and drags her back by the arm. (Wow, hahah.) Sumomo says she's been looking
for her, wanting to give Ibuki her lunch. (Wow, Sumomo made her a lunch too?)
Ibuki asks Sumomo how many times must she refuse her lunch before she gives up.
Sumomo asks Ibuki why she'd say something like that, and Yuma interrupts,
telling Sumomo she should invite Ibuki to eat lunch before thrusting one at her
all of a sudden. Yuma asks Ibuki if she would eat lunch with them, and Ibuki
says no. Yuma asks Ibuki if she dislikes them or something, and Ibuki says
that's not it, but because she's a Shikimori, she shouldn't be seen around
more... common... folk. (I guess her family is powerful or something.) Ibuki
tells them not to worry about such things, and Sumomo says that the lunch she
made for Ibuki is cute, and Ibuki retorts back that she doesn't need to be seen
as cute. Yuma than teases her, saying she should act more like her age. Ibuki
tells them to stop calling her by the -chan suffix. Yuma asks if they should
just call her Ibuki without any suffixes, and Ibuki has finally had enough,
telling Sumomo that she's leaving. Sumomo hears her, and Ibuki tells Sumomo to
stop calling her -chan again, than runs off. Sumomo is sad that Ibuki ran off.
Yuma says it doesn't seem hard to catch up to her, but notes that it will
probably be impossible to find her now that she ran into the crowd, making the
most use out of her small body to weave in and out. Sumomo blames Yuma for
Ibuki running off. Yuma asks if he can have the lunch she was going to give to
Ibuki. Sumomo asks why, and Yuma admits that his got stolen today.
Sumomo tells him no, and that he can starve for running Ibuki off. Yuma says
that's cold, and Sumomo asks if he's worked on his manners. Yuma lies and says
that he has, but Sumomo can tell he's lying. Sumomo says she'll forgive him
only today, and says they should go to Oasis to eat. As they turn to go to
Oasis, they spot Koyuki, and say hi to her. Koyuki stays quiet, and Yuma asks
if she just came from Oasis. Koyuki asks Sumomo if she lost her friend. Sumomo
is confused, and Koyuki says she saw a girl with long hair run away. Sumomo
says that sounds like Ibuki. Koyuki asks if that's true, and Sumomo says yes.
Koyuki than asks her if she's going to be with Yuma for a while. Sumomo
nervously answer yes, and Koyuki tells her to work hard. (...WTF?) Sumomo says
yes, but Yuma asks Koyuki what she means. Koyuki stays silent and walks off.
(Obviously, she doesn't want to say that Sumomo likes Yuma, and he's too dense
to notice, apparently.) Yuma asks Sumomo what Koyuki meant, and Sumomo makes up
an excuse that she will be cleaning her classroom later.


Time: After School


Haruhi tells Yuma she has to leave. Yuma asks if she's going to the Magic
Section, and she says she has to meet with her teacher again. Yuma wishes her
well, and that she'll work hard. Haruhi says she will, than leaves. Hachi than
knocks into Yuma, innocently asking why the atmosphere around him seems so...
calm. Yuma says it's nothing, but Jun comes by and says he's just glad that he
won the class officer title. Yuma says it's due to Jun. Hachi says that Yuma's
moving too slow, and to let him be the class officer instead. Jun says that
would be stupid, that not even during the Warring States era (Japanese history,
basically all of the samurai fighting until Tokugawa Ieyasu settled everything
down and modern Japan up until World War II formed.) did a general pass
leadership to an idiot. Hachi goes off to sulk, and Jun asks Yuma how it's
going. Yuma asks what he means, and Jun asks if his relationship with Haruhi
has deepened any. Yuma insists that nothings changed, but Jun teasingly tells
Yuma that he wasn't the only one who heard Yuma and Haruhi call each other by
their first names instead of their last names, which usually only happens when
people like each other. Yuma knows this, and stays silent, than says they are
only referring to each other by their first names due to a personal talk they
had between each other. Jun asks what it was about. Yuma says he can't tell
him. Jun pushes further, and Yuma insists that he can't tell him and betray
Haruhi's trust. Jun wonders if calling each other by their first names is the
only thing that has changed. Yuma insists nothing else has happened, and when
Jun pushes again, Yuma says it's the truth. Jun says he doesn't believe Yuma,
but he is coming up with some great excuses. Yuma says he was sworn to secrecy,
and Jun is about to continue grilling Yuma, but notes the time, and says he has
to leave. Yuma asks if it's about his fan club, and Jun asks if Yuma would like
to come along with him as a special guest, which Yuma refuses. Jun laughs, and
says bye, than leaves. As Yuma thinks to himself about what Jun said, a guy
comes in looking for Haruhi. When Yuma tells him she already left, he's
disappointed, as he wanted her to help him with his schoolwork. (...Liar.)
Yuma gets pissed because this keeps happening, and the other guy laughs, and
asks Yuma if he wants to help him. Yuma makes an excuse that his stomach is
starting to ache, but the student calls him on it.

Afterwards, Yuma wonders why he accepted the position of class officer again,
but knows that Hachi wouldn't last an hour under that kind of stress either.
Yuma wonders what the other students are thinking about the relationship that
he and Haruhi share, but than his stomach growls, and Yuma realizes that he's
starving, and since Oasis is nearby, starts to head in the direction of it.
Yuma hears someone behind him though, and turns around to see Haruhi in her
magic clothes disappearing into the woods. Yuma wonders what she's up to.


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Note: KEY CHOICE!!!!!~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

This choice is the point of no return; One choice sends you down Haruhi's Path,
the other down Anri's Path.

Options:

1) Follow Haruhi into the Woods. (Haruhi's Path)

2) Worry about Haruhi, but head to Oasis. (Anri's Path)


As I will do this walkthrough by choosing the same paths I did the first time I
played, I shall cover Haruhi's Path first, than Anri's after that. (As you may
have guessed, Haruhi is probably the most logical route to go anyways, at least
with the way the game has been progressing thus far.) If you want to take
Anri's Path, however, skip down to the appropriate section.

Note: MAKE A SEPERATE SAVE FOR LATER SO YOU CAN RELOAD AND TAKE ANRI'S PATH!


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Walkthrough Split~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


(B) Haruhi's Path - Childhood Dreams


(ba) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (After Following Haruhi into the Woods)


Time: After School


Option One:


As Yuma makes his way through the woods after Haruhi, he wonders why she's come
here. Yuma lost track of her shortly after he went in himself, but hopes to
find her if he just follows the trail of disturbed leaves she has left in her
wake. Yuma wonders why she came here, as she said she was supposed to meet her
teacher to study. Yuma doesn't call out to Haruhi, however, and stays quiet,
following her. Before long, Yuma catches sight of Haruhi again, who has stopped
near a huge tree, with her hand on the trunk, enchanting it. Yuma wonders why
she is using magic on the tree, and for what purpose. When she is finished,
Haruhi leaves the tree and continues on into the woods. Yuma hesitates for a
second, wondering if he should follow her further, but shakes it off, and
continues after Haruhi. Yuma notes that the tree doesn't look any different
after Haruhi used magic on it, and puts his hand on the tree where Haruhi had.
Yuma realizes he looks stupid, expecting something to happen just because he
put his hand in the same spot as Haruhi did. Yuma wonders what Haruhi was doing
here again, and decides to ask her about it tomorrow. However, as he turns
around to leave, Haruhi is standing in front of him. (Shock!) However, she is
pointing her wand at him. (The hell?) Yuma shouts for her to wait, asking why
she is pointing her wand at him. Haruhi makes a bad joke about a cash register
being broke, and Yuma is confused. Haruhi than casts a spell on Yuma, and the
flash that follows blinds him, than paralyzes him, and he falls over. When he
comes to, Yuma is surprised to see Haruhi looking at him, but quickly recalls
what happened. Yuma tries to move, but he's still paralyzed. Haruhi says he
won't be able to move for a while, but that she will hear what he has to say
about why he's here. Yuma asks what she's talking about, and tries to get his
body to move, but Haruhi's magic does it's job well, preventing him from moving
even a finger. Haruhi asks Yuma why he's here, and Yuma answers honestly,
saying that he saw her go into the woods, and the he followed her. Yuma begins
to get frustrated with Haruhi, and wonders why she is doing this, because he
thought that she knew the kind of person he was. Haruhi says she knows the Yuma
that's in school, but not the Yuma that is here now. (...what?) Yuma tells
Haruhi he doesn't have a clue what she's talking about. Haruhi asks if he's
pretending not to know anything, and Yuma insists he doesn't, and that he's
bewildered about this whole situation. Haruhi watches him seriously for a
minute, than says that Yuma has a great poker face. (In other words, a face to
hide your truth self behind.) Yuma says she's wrong, as he always loses to
Hachi in card games. Yuma than asks Haruhi if she's mad at him for following
her or something. Haruhi is reluctant, but finally seems to realize that Yuma
isn't lying about not knowing whatever Haruhi is concerned about. Yuma asks
why he would lie to Haruhi, and Haruhi says to fool her. Yuma calmly says he
can't fool her on a subject he has no knowledge of, and Haruhi asks Yuma why
he's in the forest again. Yuma tells her again that he saw her duck into the
forest, and he decided to follow her. Haruhi sees the validity in his words,
but asks why Yuma tried to remove the spell she had cast on the tree. Yuma says
he wasn't trying to remove it, he was just curious as to what she did to change
the tree. Haruhi thinks hard, than wonders if all of this was just a
misunderstanding. (Uh, you think?) Haruhi's shoulders droop and she sighs, and
says that it's true that the detection magic she placed on the tree didn't
alert her that someone was here. Yuma than asks Haruhi why she's here, and
placing magic on trees, and Haruhi goes on the defensive, and Yuma pushes
further, that she said she was going to study with her teacher at the Magic
Section, but came to the forest instead. Haruhi replies with No Comment. (ARG!
I HATE that answer!) Yuma than says it's probably nothing anyways, but takes a
stab to guess the reason. Yuma guesses that Haruhi is defending something out
here, since she had to place detection magic around it, and that it's only set
up to detect other magicians, since the magic didn't react to him. Yuma asks
how was his guess, and Haruhi stays silent, and her silence confirms Yuma's
guess. Haruhi says she can't trust Yuma completely, since he might be found by
those who are hunting what she is protecting and tell them about this place.
Yuma is startled by the mention of an enemy, and Haruhi knows she's made an
error, and shuts up really quickly. Yuma asks what she's talking about, but
Haruhi says it's none of his concern, and that she doesn't want him getting
mixed up in this affair. Just than, Haruhi's phone begins to ring. Yuma tells
her to answer it, saying that he can't go anywhere since Haruhi's spell still
has him paralyzed. Apparently, the person on the phone is her teacher, and Yuma
notes that Haruhi is being too...polite over the phone, and doesn't like the
matter. Haruhi talks quietly so that Yuma can't hear, but she doesn't take her
eyes off of Yuma. Haruhi tells her teacher over the phone that she understands,
but than Yuma hears his named mentioned as Haruhi looks surprised. (Hmm?)
Haruhi asks her teacher to think the matter through again, but it seems that
the teacher has made up their mind, because Anri just keeps saying yes, than
hangs up, and sighs. Yuma mentions that they seemed to be talking about him,
and Haruhi says that her teacher wants to meet Yuma. (Hmm??) Yuma asks why, and
Haruhi says she doesn't know why. Yuma notes that Haruhi is treating her
teacher politely, and that she obviously respects her teacher as well. Yuma
wonders what kind of person he is. Haruhi asks what Yuma what he wants to do.
Yuma thinks to himself for a minute, wanting to both meet this teacher, and not
meet him. Yuma asks if it would be inconvenient if he went to see her teacher,
and Haruhi says it won't, since there's probably a good reason. Yuma than says
he'll go to meet him, and Haruhi asks if he can move again. Yuma slowly gets
up, and both of them leave for the Magic Section building.


Time: Evening


Yuma notes that while he could walk, he didn't fully recover his movement
faculties until after they had left the forest. AS they enter the building,
Yuma notices how different the it is from the General Section's building, and
that the atmosphere seems more...mystical...as well. Haruhi stops at a door
before long, and Yuma guesses that the teacher's office lies beyond. Haruhi
knocks, introducing herself, and SHE replies back (Hmm? The teachers a woman?
Heh, Yuma's an idiot.) for them to come in. The woman asks if he's Yuma, and he
says he is after a long pause. She apologizes for asking him to come all this
way, and he says that it's alright. The woman than introduces herself as Minagi
Suzuri, Haruhi's teacher. Yuma stares at her, and Suzuri asks if she has
something on her face. Yuma says it's nothing. Yuma than finally catches up to
the situation in his mind, and Yuma whispers to Haruhi, asking if Suzuri is her
teacher. Haruhi says she is, and Yuma asks if she's a woman. (IDIOT!) Haruhi
replies she is. Yuma is surprised that she's so... young. Haruhi asks what he
means, and tells him not to be rude. Yuma had thought for sure that the
chocolate she had bought for Valentine's Day was meant for her teacher, whom he
assumed was a man because of it, but realizes now that was stupid of him to
think so, but now Yuma wonders who that chocolate was meant for now, if it
wasn't meant for this teacher. Yuma than gets pissed, wondering why he feels so
relieved. (Hmm, maybe because you like Haruhi, dumbass?) Suzuri asks if Yuma is
feeling ill, and Haruhi remarks that he's only staring at Suzuri. Yuma says he
wasn't, but Haruhi calls him on it, saying that his face is telling a different
story. Suzuri laughs it off, saying it's alright, but Haruhi says that
shouldn't be the case, and looks away, embarrassed. Haruhi than asks Suruzi why
she wanted to meet with Yuma. Suzuri than goes to her desk and takes a pen out
from a drawer. Yuma asks what it is, and remarks that he feels he's seen it
before. Haruhi says he should, since it's a pen that Jun gives to every new
student that joins their class. Suruzi explains that the pen was found inside
the Magic Section building. Haruhi says that the building was supposed to be
empty at the time though, since it was after school hours, and Suzuri confirms
that no one was supposed to be in the building. Yuma says that it's not his
pen, since when school ends he's made a habit of locking his inside his desk
before he leaves. Yuma says he'll bring his tomorrow if they doubt him, but
Suzuri says that she doesn't suspect him, but she believes that Yuma knows who
the pen belongs to. Haruhi tries to defend Yuma, saying that he's just a
student from the General Section, but Suzuri insists that Yuma isn't in any
trouble. Yuma asks what is going on than, and Suzuri says that there are many
important items of magical value kept at the school, and because of this, the
school is equipped with a very high-value security system, and the items are
not present within the Magic Section either. Suruzi says that they are hidden
at a specific point on the grounds, and that it is connected by a magical
gateway. Suruzi continues to say that someone has been sneaking around the
school trying to locate this location. Yuma than remembers that the school is
a very famous one, and while it would be hard for normal people to break into
it, but for magicians, it wouldn't be that difficult to bypass any security
system. Yuma knows that this is very serious news. Suzuri says that matters
were complicated last February when the Magic Section was bombed, and that the
restoration of the building was complicated, but they have managed to make the
building presentable again. As for the suspicious person, they didn't act
during that time as everyone was on the watch for them. Yuma understands now
that Haruhi was putting detection magic around the Magic Section building, to
alert her when someone might be coming back to the building to search it again.
Yuma says he understands the situation now, but he still doesn't know why
Suzuri wants to speak to him regarding these matters. Suzuri simply says that
she thought it was a good time to tell him. (Does she know Yuma or something?)
When Yuma asks what she means, Suruzi states that he did follow Haruhi to find
out what she was doing. Yuma apologizes for that, but Suzuri says it's alright,
and knows that she can trust him not to tell anyone else. Yuma thinks to
himself that she sees through him, and sees his true self. Suzuri says that he
couldn't have picked a better person to follow than Haruhi, whose magic is
first class. Haruhi protests to Suzuri, but she continues on, saying she is
best with defensive magic. Yuma says he doesn't expect that he'll need to be
defended. Suzuri giggles, saying that the boy still wants to protect the girl.
Yuma wonders what she's talking about, but than he gets that he owes Haruhi a
favor after she let him go today, and especially now that he knows what's going
on. Suzuri than says that's all she wanted to say for now, and asks them to
relax. Yuma and Haruhi protest, saying they should leave, but Suruzi says it'll
be alright, as she's the one on duty tonight to watch over the building. Both
of them cave, and Suzuri prepares tea for the two of them.

Yuma thinks about the stories that Suzuri has been telling them, as Yuma was
interested in finding out what she did. The three of them talk for a while, and
then nervous tension that Yuma had when he first came in has dissipated, and
time has flown by. However, Yuma's stomach growls again, and Yuma remembers
that because he followed Haruhi into the woods, he didn't go and eat at Oasis.
Suzuri asks if he's hungry, and Yuma admits that he's been a little rushed
today. Suruzi asks if she should prepare something to eat, and Yuma says that
she doesn't have to, and that he can wait until he gets home. Haruhi asks if
he's talking about Sumomo, and Yuma says so. Suzuri asks if Sumomo is his
younger sister, and Yuma says she is. Yuma apologizes for his upset
stomach, and Suzuri says it's alright, and says she had fun today. Suzuri than
moves close to Yuma, (Umm!) close enough so that he can smell her hair, and
Yuma recalls that it's a smell he remembers, but can't recall why it seems so
familiar. Suzuri than asks if he's happy with his current life. Yuma nervously
replies that he is, and she's glad. Suzuri moves away, and thanks him for
coming by. Yuma thanks her, and says he must be going. She bids him good-bye,
and Haruhi leaves as well. Yuma tells Haruhi that he was surprised that her
teacher was a woman. Haruhi is surprised, asking Yuma if she thought her
teacher was a man. Yuma says he thought her teacher was a man with a beard.
Haruhi laughs at Yuma for his jokes. Yuma says that he was even more surprised
that Suzuri was so young and beautiful, and remarks that Hachi would have a fit
if he was here. Haruhi agrees, and says that most guys act like that when they
first meet Suzuri. Yuma stays silent for a bit, and Haruhi asks him what he
thinks of Suzuri.


Options

1) She is beautiful, but...

2) I feel like I'm in love...


Note: Neither option here is a consequence towards Haruhi's True or Bad Ending,
so pick whichever option you feel like, although Option One is more suited for
Haruhi.


Option One: Yuma agrees that she is beautiful, but she seems so familiar to him
that he can't think of her like most guys do. Haruhi says she gets that feeling
from Suzuri as well. Yuma is surprised that Haruhi shares his opinion, and
Haruhi says that when she first saw Suruzi, she felt like they had already met
before. Yuma than racks him memory, trying to picture Suzuri, to see if he had
met her somewhere before, but has no luck.


Option Two: Yuma agrees that Suzuri is beautiful, and continues to say he feels
something on a deeper level for her. Haruhi asks if Yuma has fallen for Suzuri,
but Yuma insists on nothing of the sort has happened to him. Yuma thinks on a
fact that if he fell for every beautiful woman that he saw, they'd be lost in
a crowd among him. Yuma thinks back on other women, but can't picture Suzuri
among them.


Both paths meet up here, outside the Magic Section building. (Which looks quite
nice, in my opinion.) The sun is already setting as Yuma and Haruhi leave, and
Yuma notes that it will be completely dark by the time he gets back home. Yuma
remarks that he had no clue something so serious was going on, and looks up at
the building, remembering how wrecked it looked on TV a couple of months ago,
and says he can't believe they restored it to this state in only two months.
Yuma wonders if the person Haruhi and Suzuri are searching for is the same
person who blew up the building back than. Haruhi says she thinks so, and Yuma
agrees with her. Yuma notes that the timing was too convenient to be anything
but a bomb, and not a gas leak. Yuma notes that many people seem to have been
fooled into thinking it was a gas leak though, since the suspect is a magician.
Yuma asks Haruhi if she understands all of what has happened as well, and
Haruhi says she doesn't get it at all. All she knows is that the suspect is
after something that is being stored at the school. Yuma points out that
doesn't exactly narrow down the suspects goals, such as why they are after
whatever they are after. Haruhi says she's glad that at least no one has found
out where the hidden storage is for the magic items. Haruhi than brings up that
she thought the person who triggered her detection magic back than was a
magician, but decided she must have messed up, since he isn't a magician. Yuma
asks how often the detection magic malfunctions, and Haruhi says not that
often, and that it probably won't happen again. (Heh, we already know that Yuma
WAS a magician before, so that's probably why the magic detected him.) Yuma
asks Haruhi to forgive him for following her than. Haruhi agrees. Yuma says
that paralysis spell really hurt, and Haruhi laughs. Yuma than wonders who
the thief could be. Haruhi says she doesn't know, but they do have a clue in
the pen that was found. Haruhi brings out the pen, saying that she will try to
return it to the owner tomorrow, and that whomever accepts the pen is probably
the one who has been sneaking in. Yuma hopes that no one that they know is
behind this thieving business, and Haruhi agrees with him, but says she will do
what she must to help the school.


Time: Night


The two of them arrive back at the girl's dorms, and Haruhi thanks Yuma for
walking her back. Yuma says that Suzuri didn't tell him to, but he felt like
it anyways. Haruhi asks if he'll help her if she gets in trouble, and Yuma says
he will. (Heh, lover boy ;) Haruhi is glad she can rely on Yuma, and Yuma
thanks her again. Haruhi reminds Yuma not to tell anyone of what he learned
today, which he understands, and she says to be especially careful around Anri.
Yuma agrees that Anri will be troublesome to deal with, since she's always so
inquisitive. Yuma says he understands, and tells Haruhi not to overwork
herself. She says she won't, and bids him good night. As Yuma walks back, he's
talking to himself about all that has happened today, and takes a moment to
gather his thoughts. Yuma notes that someone is after something in the school,
and that the person is desperate enough to get it that they would blow up the
Magic Section to get it. Haruhi and Suzuri have organized to defend this item,
which Yuma still doesn't know what it is or does, and Yuma starts to think on
what he can do to help them, since he's one of the few that know the situation
now. Yuma than stops, and think that Haruhi probably doesn't need help. Even
though she's still only a magician in training, she's doing all she can to
help out Suzuri, and wonders if she can handle whomever is attacking the
school. Yuma just learned everything today, but than he recalls his talk with
Haruhi a few minutes ago, and remembers that he already promised to help out
Haruhi when she's in trouble. Yuma wonders why he agreed to that, but shakes it
off, saying that Haruhi will probably be fine anyways. Yuma looks back at the
quiet school building again, and sets off for home.

When he returns home, Ototha scolds him for being late. Yuma apologizes, saying
that he lost track of time. Yuma walks into the dining room, and sees that food
is still on the table, and asks Sumomo why they hadn't ate yet. Sumomo says
that she waited for him since he didn't call. Otoha says she ate though. Yuma
than feels guilty since he ate something while he was talking with Suzuri, and
he's not even hungry now. Yuma tries to explain, and Otoha senses something,
and asks Yuma what happened. Yuma says that he went with Haruhi to see her
teacher from the Magic Section. Both women are surprised, and Otoha asks
what impression did the teacher leave on him. Yuma wonders why she's so
interested, but says that she was very beautiful, and that she could charm any
man she wanted. Otoha says that's rude, and Sumomo is surprised to hear that
the teacher is a woman. Yuma says he was surprised too, and thought that he
would be meeting a man. Sumomo backs off, saying that he should be careful
around her. Yuma asks what she means, and says that her dinner is probably
getting cold. Sumomo jumps up and says she's going to warm it up again. Otoha
leaves as well, leaving Yuma to his thoughts, and they fall back on the bombing
of the Magic Section building. Yuma wonders if Otoha knows it was criminal and
not accidental, and notes that Suzuri is heading up the security of the Magic
Section tonight.

~~End of Date: Wednesday, April 12th (After Following Haruhi into the Woods)


(bb) Date: Thursday, April 13th


Time: Morning


Yuma arrives to class, and says good morning it Haruhi, who is talking to Anri,
who is sitting in Yuma's seat, and is showing Anri the pen, showing that Haruhi
is asking everyone she can if they are missing their pen. Yuma tells Anri to
get out of his seat, and she whines back, saying he's being too stingy. Yuma
tells her to move anyways. Anri asks Yuma if the pen is question is his, (We
already know it isn't) and Yuma says it's not. Because of Anri's reaction, it
doesn't seem that the pen belongs to Anri either. Anri than asks Haruhi where
she found it, and Haruhi says she found it in the Magic Section building. Anri
asks why it was found there, since there are no classes in that building this
semester. Haruhi agrees, and Anri continues on to say that the General Section
students know this as well, and suggests that maybe a transfer student is the
one responsible. Yuma notes that Shinya and Saya, who are usually at school
early and before Yuma gets there, still haven't arrived yet today. As he's
thinking it, both of them enter, Shinya saying that he can't find it anywhere.
Saya says that they can look for it at lunchtime. Yuma is a little surprised to
find Shinya so depressed. Yuma goes up to them and says they're later than
usual today, and ask what happened. Saya greets Yuma, and than Shinya says that
he lost the pen that Jun gave him. (...Hmm? Is the person sneaking about the
Magic Section building Shinya?) Yuma notes this and instantly looks back at
Haruhi, who heard what Shinya said as well, and comes over. Shinya says he
can't show his face to Jun, no, to the rest of the public until he finds the
pen. Haruhi than shows Shinya the pen, and asks if it's his. Shinya looks up,
and let's out a joyful cry, (Note: CREEPY!) and says that it is. (Well, that
seems to set things in stone, that Shinya WAS in the Magic Section and dropped
his pen while he was there.) Shinya hugs Haruhi and asks what he can do to
thank her. Haruhi uneasingly asks Shinya to calm down, and Shinya back away,
thanking her again, because he thought he would never find the pen. (crybaby..)
Yuma is surprised, after all, he didn't think that the criminal who had broke
into the Magic Section building could have possibly been Shinya, and has no
idea what to think of him now. Haruhi says she found it in the Magic Section
building, not with an inquisitive tone, but a casual one, trying to trip Shinya
up. Shinya isn't phased however, and Haruhi asks if he had business there or
something. Shinya says he didn't, but says he was interested in the place. Yuma
notes that it's natural, since no one's been allowed inside the building since
the bombing incident. Haruhi than tells him that the Magic Section is still off
limits until it's finally restored. Shinya thanks her for the advice, and says
he won't enter it again. (Hmm, wonder if he really is the criminal, or if he's
dumb. Hachi's the dumb one though, so I think Shinya is just feigning his
ignorance.) Yuma knows it would be pointless to press any more questions, and
believes Haruhi has arrived at the same conclusion. The bell rings, and Shinya
casually notes that it's that time already. Says is glad for Shinya that he
found his pen, and Shinya bows and thanks Haruhi again. Haruhi tells him he's
welcome, and Shinya and Saya head for their seats. Yuma whispers to Haruhi,
asking her what she thinks of Shinya's story. Haruhi says that she's not sure,
but he is defensive about something. Yuma notes that it's basically a standoff
now, since Haruhi has no solid proof to say that Shinya is the criminal that
she is searching for, and Shinya now can't carelessly wander about the school
if he is. Yuma prays that everything will work out, and heads back to his seat.


Time: Lunch


Haruhi and Yuma report back to Suzuri, and Haruhi tells her Shinya's story,
that he explored the Magic Section building out of curiosity, and dropped the
pen while he was here. Suzuri understands, and Haruhi asks her if she thinks
that Shinya is the criminal. Suzuri says it's still possible, that Shinya
might have thought of the perfect excuse in case he was caught. Yuma makes an
analogy about a dog biting people, but is fooled by a scarecrow, and Suzuri
says that could be it. Haruhi scolds Yuma, telling him to give a more serious
story. Yuma apologizes, and Suzuri tells Haruhi to keep observing Shinya when
she can. Suzuri than says they should eat their lunches, and when Suzuri sees
Yuma's, she asks who made it for him, and Haruhi says it was probably Sumomo,
since the wrapping on it today is pink. Haruhi says that Sumomo makes a great
lunch, and Suzuri asks if she can have some of the meat that Yuma has. Yuma
says she can have some, if he can have some of her hamburger meat in exchange.
Suzuri agrees, and the two swap some of their meat. (Note: Sounds dirty, but I
don't really care ;) Suruzi says his meat takes delicious (Ok, I take that
back, THIS sounds dirty!) Yuma says her hamburger meat tastes great too. (Good
grief, too many perverted translations!) Haruhi is quiet, and Yuma notices it.
He asks Haruhi what's wrong, and she shakes her head, saying that Yuma and
Suzuri look really happy. Yuma notes that he really is enjoying talking to
Suzuri, and that it feels natural to him. Haruhi says they look like old
friends talking together for the first time in years. Suzuri says it's more
like lovers talking to each other, to which Haruhi is embarrassed by this
comparison. Yuma says that he wouldn't go that far, and Suzuri asks if he still
wants to keep going. Yuma says he doesn't mind talking to beautiful women like
her. Suzuri laughs at Yuma's joke, and says Haruhi must be glad that she's not
stealing Yuma. Haruhi says that they aren�ft dating or anything, and asks Suzuri
to not mention it for a while. Yuma is confused, asking why Haruhi is getting
all flustered.

Yuma arrives back at class, and Jun is waiting for him at the door, asking
where he went for lunch with Haruhi. Anri comes along and says that they
probably did what two people usually do at lunch together, and leaves it at
that. (Damn her!) Jun says that he spent yesterday and the day before with
Haruhi at lunch too, and that Sumomo told him. Anri giggles, saying that he
can't explain that away. Hachi comes along too, demanding an answer as well.
Haruhi saves him, saying that her teacher needed to see the both of them. Hachi
accepts her explanation, saying he was concerned over nothing, that it wasn't
like they ate lunch together or anything. Yuma corrects Hachi on that last
point, and Hachi turns to stone again. Yuma goes on to say they ate with
Suzuri. Anri asks what Suzuri needed to see Yuma for, and Yuma says that she
didn't, but that he wanted to meet her. Anri is disappointed, but Jun says that
Yuma's story doesn't add up. Haruhi apologizes for disappointing their
expectations. Anri says that the two of them have been spending alot of time
together recently, and asks if they aren�ft hiding their relationship or
anything. Yuma says that they aren�ft. Jun doesn't buy it and tells Yuma to work
hard. Anri apparently doesn't buy it either, and says she supports Haruhi. Both
Haruhi and Yuma protest, telling them not to spread any rumors. Hachi pops back
up, saying he supports Yuma. Anri and Jun say that Yuma wouldn't want that, and
Hachi does his best "Why me?!?" gimmick again.


Time: After School


Yuma joins Haruhi in the forest after school again, to keep her company while
she completes the task she wasn't able to finish yesterday; Setting up
detection magic around the forest, in case the criminal starts exploring the
forest. Yuma notes that was one hell of a misunderstanding earlier after they
got back from lunch, and Haruhi agrees, but says that Anri means well. Yuma
says that Jun means well as well, but that he didn't listen to them at all.
Haruhi says it must be tough dealing with Jun, and Yum says that's the way that
Jun is, that he always disregards what Yuma says, and doesn't accept it unless
someone else tells him the same thing. Haruhi understands, but says that she
doesn't believe they have to worry about the two of them starting rumors. Yuma
asks if she's sure, and Haruhi believes so. Haruhi asks Yuma if he would be
interested in Jun if he wasn't a guy, and Yuma says he never really thought
about it until she asked. Haruhi asks if Yuma who he would like to go out with.
Yuma says his ideal girl would be an interesting, yet normal girl, and that
she can't go crazy at parties or anything. Yuma remarks that until this past
Valentine's Day, he only got 3 chocolates every year prior, one each from Jun,
Otoha and Sumomo. Haruhi says she understands, and that she misunderstood
Yuma's interests in women. Yuma asks what she means, than remembers that he
made his own mistake of assuming that Haruhi was going to give chocolate to her
teacher, but since her teacher was a woman, Suzuri can't have been her intended
party. Yuma is perplexed, and asks Haruhi who she likes. Haruhi gets really
flustered, (Note: Haruhi's eyes with this look are hilarious!) and Yuma
apologizes, not knowing that it would upset her this much. Haruhi says that she
doesn't like anyone, but Yuma calls her on it, since her shaking so much gave
it away. Haruhi says that's true, and Yuma says that she had chocolate for a
reason. Haruhi is still hesitant to say who, than says she's had that piece of
chocolate for a long time. Yuma asks why she gave it to him than, and she asks
Yuma to drop it, and that she promises to tell him later when she's ready. Yuma
understands, and agrees to stay silent on the matter until than. Yuma wonders
who Haruhi likes again. (God damn he's thick!)

Haruhi finishes her work shortly thereafter, and Yuma says he's tired. Haruhi
says she wasn't worried, and thanks Yuma for being with her, saying that it
wasn't a boring task because of him. Haruhi does feel a little sad though, and
asks him about Oasis, since he was supposed to be working there. Yuma says
it'll be alright, and when Haruhi presses further, he says he really didn't
care too much about working there, since Anri would probably just keep yelling
at him. Yuma suggests that they both go there for dinner, and Haruhi agrees to
join him. Yuma is still thinking about who Haruhi could like, and hopes that
it's him, noting that she really is beautiful. Yuma notes that while they met
by chance, they really have become good friends, and that they share many
secrets together, and that he enjoys their time together, and says that while
he hopes they will develop into something more, he can live with the two of
them remaining as friends.

~~End of Date: Thursday, April 13th.


(bc) Date: Friday, April 14th


Time: Morning


Sumomo and Yuma meet up with Jun and Hachi at their usual meeting spot on the
road to school. Hachi please Yuma to tell him his secret of how Yuma got to
Haruhi. Yuma asks what the hell he's talking about, and Jun says that he saw
Yuma and Haruhi together after school again. Hachi says that they can't be
doing class officer work every day after school. Yuma says that Haruhi is more
like a teacher when you compare the two of them like that. Sumomo didn't know
that Yuma was with Haruhi yesterday, and asks him what happened. Yuma asks if
she was wondering why he didn't come back until later yesterday. Sumomo jumps a
little, and nervously says that's partly it. Yuma says that Haruhi had business
yesterday, and that he only helped her with it. Sumomo says she understands,
but than moves close to him and says she doesn't believe him. Hachi follows
suit. Yuma is stunned, than Sumomo moves closer saying she does believe him,
followed again by Hachi. Sumomo and Hachi move closer and say they don't
believe him again, and Yuma has finally had enough, yelling at them not to move
so close and say stupid things. Sumomo than says she believes him one more
time, than Jun says that Sumomo really does love her older brother. Yuma says
that Jun's not helping matters at all, and Jun wonders if he should join in on
the fun, than moves closer, saying acting like Sumomo and Hachi did earlier.
Yuma slaps him, and Jun moves back crying. (HAHAHA!) Yuma says not to do stupid
things like that either, and runs off. Sumomo yells for him to wait up but
Yuma's pissed and keeps running.

Yuma arrives at school, exhausted from the sprint he did to get here to avoid
Sumomo and the others. Yuma walks in and greets Haruhi and Anri, and Haruhi
says that Yuma looks tired today. Yuma says she has no idea. Anri tells Haruhi
thanks, and gets up out of Yuma's seat. (Well, she's being nice today.) Yuma
thanks Anri for it, but than Anri clears her throat, and asks them where they
are going Sunday, to an amusement park, or somewhere else? (...HAHAHA!) Haruhi
is shocked, and asks Anri what she's talking about. Anri ignores Haruhi, going
on to say they should visit the haunted house at the park, because it's on the
highest hill. Haruhi says she doesn't like scary places, but Anri comes back
saying there aren�ft any real ghosts there or anything, than says that Haruhi
doesn't have to be afraid of the ghost with the umbrella. (...wtf?) Yuma and
Haruhi are thinking the same thing, but Yuma puts it into words, asking Anri
if she made up a ghost just for fun. Anri shakingly says that Yuma shouldn't
change the subject. Anri continues on to say that Yuma should know what a
haunted house is for. Yuma says he doesn't like haunted houses either, since
they scare him too. (...chicken shit...) Anri cracks, but than mentions the
Ferris Wheel, saying that the mood is set when two people are on it and it
peaks. Yuma breaks her bubble saying that only two people are at a time are
allowed on each cart. Anri cracks, mentioning the umbrella ghost again. Yuma
than asks why would there be a mood on a Ferris Wheel if s ghost showed up as
well? Anri argues that the Ferris Wheel is the highest attraction though, and
Yuma counters right back that it sometimes shakes back and forth violently.
Anri cracks again, and Haruhi finally speaks up, asking Anri if she wants to go
to the amusement park herself. Anri says she feels sick, and Yuma asks what the
hell she was talking about anyways. (...JEEZ HE'S TOO THICK!!!) Anri clears her
throat again, and tells Haruhi to stop by Oasis later, and Haruhi agrees,
saying that she's looking forward to her cookies. Anri tells the two that she's
setting up a small sweet stand near the information center of the school.
Haruhi is happy, and says they should go there together. Anri starts to say no,
but changes her mind and says that if she's with Yuma, Haruhi can buy all the
snacks she wants. Yuma (Who is REALLY dense here) says they should invite Jun
too, since he likes snacks too. Anri squeals out no, and when Yuma asks her
why, Anri says that he can't pass on a favor she's giving him to someone else.
Yuma asks why Anri has become so angry. Anri says she can't believe that Yuma
can be this slow, and tells Haruhi that she shouldn't be with Yuma. (I knew
she'd finally say it!) Haruhi asks Anri if her story about the amusement park
from a few minutes ago has something to do with this. Yuma asks Anri about it
too, and she finally snaps, saying she was trying to do something nice for the
two of them since they were going out. Yuma says that they are not going
out, however. Anri asks about the chocolate that Haruhi gave Yuma for
Valentine's Day, and Yuma says that Haruhi gave it to him since she was tired
that day. Anri says he's lying, and Yuma shouts out that he isn't. Haruhi than
tells Anri to calm down, and that she and Yuma aren�ft dating, although she did
give Yuma chocolate on Valentine's Day, and tells her that she doesn't have to
do anything for them. Anri tries to protest, but Haruhi and Yuma continue,
saying that circumstances such as this do happen. Anri caves, but complains
that she went through a lot of trouble to set everything up. Yuma notes that he
wouldn't have been able to give Anri an answer earlier, and silently thanks
Haruhi for the save. Although, in the back of his mind, Yuma wonders why he
feels sad to agree with Haruhi's explanation.


Time: Lunch


For once, Anri isn't working at Oasis during lunch, and she'll join everyone
today. Hachi insists that they continue their discussion from this morning, and
Jun says he can't wait to hear Yuma's excuses. The three of them hovered over
Yuma and Haruhi as soon as the bell rang so that they couldn't get away, and
Yuma hopes that the two of them can make it through lunch. Haruhi looks
embarrassed as well. Yuma says he won't say anymore on the subject, no matter
how hard they push. Anri says that they should ignite the flames of passion
now though, since everyone can tell that the sparks are there. Jun agrees,
saying that such an action would be really romantic. Yuma says he's not
listening to them. Jun asks if he's not, and Yuma says he isn't. Yuma thinks to
himself, saying that Haruhi already likes someone else anyways. (Jesus I'm
beginning to hate Yuma for his 50-inch thick skull.) But he notes that he was
relieved to hear that she didn't like her teacher. Than he wonders why his
feelings are hurting. Yuma says there's no reason for him to talk about the
subject, and than he hears Sumomo calling him. Yuma asks what she's doing here,
and she said she'll eat with Yuma and the gang today. (Ok, first Anri, and now
Sumomo. If Koyuki shows up soon, things are going to be REALLY bad today.)
Yuma says she didn't have to come up here to eat, and Hachi gets pissed,
saying that she came all the way up here for him! Anri tells Sumomo not to
worry about anything Yuma says, and that she's welcome to eat with them. Sumomo
says she'll ignore Yuma's rudeness, and thanks Anri. Just than, Haruhi asks
Sumomo if she can ask a favor of her. Sumomo asks Haruhi what she wants, and
Haruhi asks if she can follow her. Sumomo says she will, but worries about her
lunch. Haruhi says she has something important to tell her, and Sumomo says she
understands, and that it'll be no big trouble. Haruhi thanks her, and than the
two of them leave the room. Yuma and the others are stunned by their quick
getaway. Yuma is amazed, thinking that Haruhi made a quick excuse to dodge
Anri and Jun's questions about the two of them. Anri wonders what Haruhi needs
to tell Sumomo, and Jun says that he's curious too. Yuma begins to sense that
trouble is about to happen, and Jun than says they should follow the two. Anri
immediately agrees, but Yuma says that they'll be back soon, and they should
just continue with their lunch. Hachi is clueless, but Anri asks Yuma if he
isn't worried about Haruhi. Hachi wakes up, and says that he's curious now as
well. Jun tells Hachi that he's staying, and Hachi asks Jun why he has to stay,
and not Yuma. Jun says it's because he's too excited. Hachi says he'll follow
anyways even if they don't approve. Yuma tells Anri and Jun to take Hachi
instead of him, since he seems more eager than Yuma does. Anri says Yuma has no
choice in the matter, and is going whether he wants to or not. Anri bribes
Hachi into staying with a mechanical pencil. (Seriously, WTF?!?) Yuma doesn't
get how she's going to accomplish this, but Anri says that Hachi can borrow it
for awhile, but that he has to give it back to Haruhi before the end of the
day. (Ah, that's how. Hachi simply goes gaga I bet.) Hachi asks if it's really
Haruhi's pencil, and Anri describes it in a manner which I believe would be
better used as phone sex. (saying Haruhi's long slender fingers encase it, for
example) Hachi gives a...predictable...response, and than agrees to stay in the
classroom. With Hachi out of the way, Anri and Jun return to talking about what
Haruhi might be telling Sumomo, and says they better catch up to them quickly.
Although Yuma doesn't want to go, both Anri and Jun drag him from the room,
while Hachi waits like the...dog...that he is.

It appears that Haruhi and Sumomo went to Oasis to talk, and it seems that we
are in Haruhi's point of view at the moment. Sumomo asks what she wanted to
talk about, but Haruhi stumbles for a second, gathering her thoughts. She
wonders if she can really go through with this, as she's terribly embarrassed,
and Yuma isn't beside her to help her with her embarrassment. She notes that
while she has felt this way for a while now, she hasn't acted on her feelings
until now. Sumomo asks Haruhi what's wrong, since she still hasn't spoken
anything out loud. Haruhi apologizes, and says she wants to talk about Yuma.
Sumomo asks what's up with her brother, and asks if he did something bad to
her. Haruhi quickly insists that nothing as such happened, and apologizes if
she gave off that impression, saying that Yuma has helped her alot, actually.
Haruhi asks Sumomo if Yuma was her brother when they were younger. Sumomo
says that Yuma was her brother when she was younger, but not until shortly
after Sumomo and Haruhi parted ways those years ago, and says that's why Yuma
and Haruhi never met each other when Haruhi came over to Sumomo's house to
play. Sumomo goes on to say shortly thereafter, Yuma became her brother. Sumomo
says that at first he didn't like to be called her older brother, but Haruhi
isn't listening, as she's lost in thought. She's noticed that Sumomo speaks of
Yuma like she's enthralled by him. Haruhi states that Sumomo loves Yuma.
Sumomo, not realizing the gravity of Haruhi's statement, says she does. Haruhi
than clarifies herself, that Sumomo doesn't just love Yuma as a younger sister.
Sumomo sadly says that even though Haruhi is right, she is still Yuma's younger
sister. Haruhi says she doesn't have to be, and Sumomo asks if that's true.
Haruhi gets a little flustered by Sumomo's sudden change in mood, and says that
it's possible, since the two of them aren�ft blood related. Haruhi wonders what
she's saying now, and Sumomo agrees, saying that they aren�ft blood related, but
that Yuma only looks at Sumomo as a sister, and not a woman. (That'll be fixed
in your story, little girl. :) Sumomo asks Haruhi what she thinks about Sumomo
and Yuma being together, and Haruhi admits that she can't see it happening.
Sumomo is sad, and Haruhi tells her not to be sad for long, saying that she is
very beautiful, even if Yuma is too dim to notice. Sumomo is happy to hear
Haruhi say that. Haruhi is becoming more embarrassed as the conversation moves
away from her intended story.

We finally switch back to Yuma, and he, Jun and Anri have finally found Haruhi
and Sumomo in Oasis, after they asked other students if they had seen Haruhi.
Jun wonders how they are going to get close to hear, since Haruhi will probably
run if she sees them. Anri says it can't be too difficult to find a place to
hide. Suddenly, Koyuki pops up from behind them, asking what they are doing in
such a place. Yuma greets Koyuki, and says that they aren�ft doing anything
suspicious. (...Everyone who says something like that IS suspicious...) Anri
says that they are going to listen in on a story that Haruhi is telling Sumomo
about, since it's probably about Yuma. Jun adds that Haruhi ran away earlier,
because she's shy. Koyuki admit that the pairing of Yuma and Haruhi is
interesting, and Koyuki points out Haruhi at a far table. Anri says they
already spotted Haruhi, but if they came over, she'd probably run off again.
Jun wonders what they are talking about though, as it seems that Sumomo is
doing all of the talking. Koyuki asks if they want to hear it. Jun asks if
Koyuki can do such a thing, and Koyuki says she can, and calls Tama-chan,
telling it to get close and eavesdrop on Haruhi and Sumomo. Koyuki shoots
Tama-chan through Oasis, and Yuma remarks that Koyuki, while gentle sometimes,
treats Tama-chan quite badly. Koyuki takes out a radio from her magic pocket so
that the others can hear the conversation. We hear the end of the conversation
that we've heard so far, about Haruhi saying Yuma is too dumb to notice Sumomo,
but no one gets the clear message, as Koyuki is fine tuning the frequency. Anri
and Jun are amazed at this feat, while Yuma is shocked and sad.

Back to Haruhi's point of view (Although now the rest of the gang excluding
Hachi can hear this too) and Sumomo says that Yuma is the kind of person who
wants the best for both Sumomo and Haruhi. Haruhi asks Sumomo if she's sure
about that, and Sumomo says she's sure of it, saying that Yuma always helped
her when she was little and in trouble. She says because of him, she's always
happy. Haruhi quietly says that Yuma helped her out when he was a kid too.
(Aha! I was wondering when that old dream sequence was going to come together!)
Haruhi asks if Sumomo remembers the time where she was enjoying the cherry
blossom trees in the park, but than was getting bullied by boys. Sumomo says
she remembers, and Haruhi asks if it's alright if Sumomo filled in the rest of
the story. Sumomo says that she didn't actually frighten the boys off, but that
Yuma did. Sumomo says that she never understood why that boy always picked on
her, and Haruhi jokes that maybe he thought Sumomo was lovely, and tried to put
his moves on her. (HAHAHA!) Sumomo asks if something similar happened to
Haruhi, and she says it's a long story. Sumomo is surprised to hear about this,
but Haruhi says she doesn't want to talk about it, saying she doesn't want Yuma
to hear about it. (Too late, heheh.) Their talk returns to the park where they
played at as children, and remarks that a boy took her favorite toy while she
was playing in the sand pit one day. She cried for awhile because he wouldn't
give it back to her, even when she asked nicely. Yuma than stopped doing his
homework on a nearby bench and came over and helped her. Haruhi is confused,
because Sumomo said that Yuma wasn't her brother when she was that young.
Sumomo says that's true, but they knew each other for a while before they
became siblings since both Otoha and Yuma's biological mother had been friends
since they were in school. Haruhi goes quiet, and Sumomo asks her what's wrong.
Haruhi looks up, and Sumomo asks her if she's alright. Haruhi says it's
nothing to worry about, that she was just thinking about something. Sumomo asks
if she's sure, since Haruhi had a pained face on. Haruhi says she's fine, just
that Sumomo's story brought to her mind the guy she likes. Sumomo is intrigued,
wondering who Haruhi likes. (The rest of us HOPEFULLY know who that is by now,
and if your still clueless, go kill yourself. Or at least quit now, you have
the thought processes of a goldfish.) Haruhi starts fumbling with her words,
but Sumomo slowly realizes that Haruhi is talking about Yuma. Haruhi says he
is, and that's why she didn't want Yuma to hear this. Sumomo embarrassingly
looks down, as she didn't know that was why Haruhi dragged her out so
suddenly. However, Haruhi struggles to proceed, since she now knows that Sumomo
likes Yuma as well. Sumomo asks who Haruhi likes. Haruhi asks Sumomo not to
laugh, which Sumomo promises, and Haruhi says that she's only seen him for sure
once before, but he left a lasting impression on her. Sumomo is a little taken
aback that Haruhi has similar memories of her youth. Haruhi embarrassingly
admits that boy was her first love. Sumomo gets excited, saying she wants to
hear this story. Haruhi says that Sumomo she hasn't told anyone else her story,
but that she will share it with Sumomo, since Sumomo told Haruhi her secrets.
Haruhi nervously stops first though, and says that she's thirsty and needs a
drink. Sumomo agrees.

Back at the other group, Yuma stands up. Jun asks what's up. Yuma says they
should head back to the classroom. Anri asks why, as the story is about to get
really interesting. Yuma says they have no right to eavesdrop on someone's
private memories without their consent. Anri complains, saying that they
haven't heard anything yet though. (I think that's the point, dumbass. >_>)
Yuma recovers though, saying that he feels bad for listening to Sumomo's
memories earlier. Jun remarks that he was just embarrassed since most of them
were about him. Yuma says it was annoying, and says that at least he is going
back. Jun sighs, and says that while he would like to stay here and listen in
some more, he says that Yuma's right, and asks if the others if they should
leave as well. Anri and Koyuki agree, and Koyuki calls Tama-chan back.
Tama-chan reports to Yuma that the mission was a success, and Koyuki thanks
Tama-chan for his hard work, who in return is happy for Koyuki's praise.
Koyuki says that they must leave though. When Yuma asks why, Koyuki says that
something serious is about to happen. When Yuma pushes further, Koyuki says
that Yuma flipped Tama-chan's self-destruct switch. (...OH SHIT!!!) Yuma asks
where the hell the switch was at, but Tama-chan interrupts, glowing like a red
and green ornament, saying he can only hold the explosion for another two
seconds. Yuma says they better get away quick and yells to Koyuki, who is
already running away, and tells Yuma that Tama-chan might blow early. Too late,
and Koyuki comes back, saying that he's died. (Good grief...) Yuma says he's
not dead, and Haruhi and Sumomo (who of course heard AND saw the explosion)
come over, and Haruhi asks why Yuma is here. Sumomo adds that she saw Jun and
Anri a second ago too. Haruhi begins to get the picture, and starts to get
pissed, and Yuma tries to say that Jun and Anri dragged him here. Haruhi
apologizes to Sumomo, saying she'll have to tell Sumomo the matter they were
going to talk about some other time. Sumomo understands, and Yuma asks Haruhi
if she's angry. Haruhi says she's not. (Uh oh... I don't like her tone and
look...She's REALLY pissed...) Haruhi says she'll hear why Yuma came here now,
however. (Yup, she's pissed as hell) Yuma prays that he'll make it out of this
hell alive. Yuma spent the rest of the lunch period apologizing to Haruhi,
until Sumomo finally saved him at the end.


Time: After School


Jun comes up to Yuma, but he ignores Jun. Jun asks if Yuma's still mad at him,
and says that he's sorry for his decisions earlier. Yuma retorts that Jun
already did enough damage with his mouth today. Jun runs to Haruhi crying that
Yuma hates him now. Haruhi tells Yuma to forgive Jun, and Yuma remarks that
she's being nice to Jun, considering what happened earlier. Yuma says that Jun
won't learn from this, but Jun says he will, and that eavesdropping is bad.
Yuma asks if Jun is telling the truth, and Jun insists that he is, and
therefore... moves closer to Haruhi, and asks her out front who she likes.
Haruhi goes all red from embarrassment, and Jun continues to poke and prod.
Haruhi struggles to answer, and Jun says they can talk about it over something
at Oasis, his treat. Yuma asks what exactly does Jun think he's doing, and Jun
says he's asking upfront since he can't listen in anymore. Haruhi quickly makes
up an excuse, saying she has an appointment with her teacher Suzuri. Jun than
asks if Haruhi will tell him tomorrow, and Haruhi struggles, than apologizes,
and runs off. Jun is disappointed that she got away, but Yuma is pissed. Jun
asks why he's all flustered, since he's the one that Haruhi likes. Yuma pauses,
than passes it off as a lie since Jun didn't seem nervous or anything. Yuma
says that he overworked his deception, and Jun says that's what he does best.
Yuma remarks that Jun can't get past his nature so quickly... Yuma wonders who
Haruhi really likes, and what kind of person he is... (IDIOT!!!!!!!!!!!)


Time: Night


Otoha confronts Yuma what happened in Oasis earlier today, and Yuma apologizes,
saying that it wasn't his fault. Otoha will hear none of it, and Yuma remarks
that she is seriously angry for once in a long time. Yuma wonders for a second,
than realizes that Oasis very important to Otoha, and figures that he'd
probably get pissed if his nest egg almost went up in smoke too. Yuma
apologizes again, saying that nothing of the sort will happen again. Otoha
interrupts that Yuma left her out of such fun, and Yuma is shocked to hear that
Otoha was more concerned about who Haruhi likes than her cafeteria almost
burning down.

Sumomo is fixing dinner, and Otoha asks Sumomo how she's feeling. Sumomo says
she's been feeling great ever since she talked to Haruhi at lunch today, that
it was full of nostalgic memories and girl talk. Yuma asks if he spoiled
everything earlier, and Sumomo says he didn't, just that Haruhi was opening
up more and more until that incident happened. Yuma cringes, and Otoha asks
Sumomo what Haruhi was talking about. Sumomo says it was about the person that
Haruhi likes, and Otoha really wants to know now as well, and asks Yuma if he
knows who it is. Yuma cringes again, feeling that he doesn't want to talk
about the subject because of a guy instinct. Otoha tells Sumomo to invite
Haruhi to Oasis soon so that Haruhi can finish her story, and so that Sumomo
can tell her the juicy details afterwards. (Really, Otoha has no shame...)
Yuma says that information should be private though, and Otoha pouts. Yuma says
that rumors spread quickly throughout the town since it's about Haruhi, and
Otoha is sad, saying she really wants to know, though. (Stop that squeaking of
the chair woman!) Yuma says that she's acting like a child, and Otoha says
she's a married woman, not a child. Yuma says no stranger would say that based
on how she's acting.

~~End Friday, April 14th.


(bd) Date: Saturday, April 15th


Time: Morning


Once again we start with Yuma and Sumomo meeting up with Jun and Hachi at their
usual meeting spot on the way to school. Jun says that he's glad that they got
here on time today. Yuma notes that he woke up on time for once, and Jun says
that he's glad he can see Yuma every morning. (Ugh, not this pseudo-crush
again...) Sumomo says she has a hard time to waking Yuma up every morning. Jun
says that Sumomo has to do is ask, and he'll do it instead. Hachi asks Sumomo
what she has to do to wake Yuma up. Sumomo goes into her routine, standing
right in front of Yuma and shaking him, than takes a pillow and beats him with
it. Hachi wishes Sumomo would wake him up that way. Yuma asks if they're done,
and Hachi says to wait a second, and asks Sumomo if she'd wake him up if he was
out. Sumomo nervously agrees, and Hachi is happy. (So pathetic...) Yuma quietly
gets Sumomo's attentions, and when she asks what's wrong, Yuma asks that Hachi
isn't being serious, so don't mind him. Sumomo understands, and Hachi does a
fake faint. Yuma says they should get moving, and Sumomo goes over and shakes
Hachi violently back and forth, (Wow!) until Hachi can't take it, and really
DOES faint. Yuma notes that Hachi probably enjoyed it though. Sumomo says she
did it, and Jun congratulates her. Sumomo wonders if she should start doing the
same to Yuma tomorrow morning, since he's been hard to wake up lately. Jun says
she'll teach Sumomo other tactics, and Sumomo eagerly accepts. Jun says that
she can wake Yuma up with a kiss, and Yuma bonks Jun on the head for it. Jun
whines, saying he didn't have to do that, and Yuma tells Jun not to teach
Sumomo weird tactics. Hachi finally wakes up, and says that Sumomo played a
dirty trick on him. Yuma actually agrees with Hachi for once, than Hachi says
that Sumomo can plant one on him tomorrow morning. (I knew it!) Yuma punches
him too, and Hachi collapses again. Sumomo asks Jun about this tactic, and Yuma
tells her to forget about it, but Sumomo insists that she wants to know in case
she has to resort to using it to wake him up. Yuma says that it would be really
uncomfortable for the both of them, and tells her to forget about it. Sumomo
reluctantly caves, and Yuma notes that he doesn't want to take the chance. If
Sumomo knew for sure what to do, she WOULD do it. Yuma wonders what else Jun
would try to teach Sumomo if he wasn't here. Jun notices Yuma looking at him,
and slyly giggles. Yuma's face turns red, and Sumomo notices it and asks him
what's wrong. Jun says he imagined something perverted, and Yuma says that Jun
is being annoying again.

The group arrives at school, and they see Sumomo off before they head up the
stairs. Hachi says they should go too, but Jun says she needs to talk to Yuma
about something before class, and tells Hachi to go on ahead. Hachi asks why
can't he hear what Jun has to say, and Jun says it's private. Hachi is sad,
but understands, and heads for class. Yuma says Jun better not say anything
stupid, and Jun quietly apologizes to Yuma, before he knocks him out cold.
Hachi wonders what that noise he heard was (obviously it was Yuma hitting the
floor) Jun asks Hachi what he's talking about, (Jun has since joined Hachi) and
Hachi says he has a feeling that it involves Yuma. Jun says he's imagining
things, and Hachi agrees, and says he's going. Yuma prays that Hachi comes
back, and finally Yuma can get up, and asks Jun what the hell his problem is.
Jun apologizes, saying that he must have had the setting on his stun gun too
high. (WTF DOES HE HAVE A STUN GUN FOR?!?!?) Yuma asks if Jun's trying to kill
him, and asks him about the stun gun. Jun says it's natural for girls to have
one to defend themselves from perverts. Yuma says that doesn't make sense for
Jun, but than Jun hits him with the stun gun again. Jun says it is pretty
convenient. Yuma says he's being stupid, and asks Jun where he's taking him.
Jun asks Yuma what he's doing tomorrow. (Sunday, their day off from school.)
Yuma says he doesn't have anything planned, and Jun asks if he wants to hang
out. Yuma asks if it would be just the two of them, and Jun asks if he has a
problem with it. Yuma says he doesn't, but he senses that Jun has something up
his sleeve, and wants to know what it is. Jun says he can't tell Yuma,
otherwise he'll jut tell others to bring them along and get out of it. Yuma
asks him why doesn't he invite Hachi to go instead of him, and Jun says he's
keeping this a secret from Hachi. Yuma says something bad will happen if Jun is
keeping it hidden from Hachi. Jun asks if Yuma will come, and Yuma agrees,
asking if they should meet at their usual place in the shopping area. Jun says
that will do, and says he'll see Yuma there tomorrow. Yuma asks Jun if he
should bring someone along, and Jun slyly asks if there is someone he'd like to
invite. Yuma chokes and says no one, but notes to himself we was going to say
Haruhi. Jun guesses the correct person, and Yuma thinks to himself that trying
to fool Jun was a stupid idea. Yuma insists that nothing is going on between
them. Jun says he should tell the truth, and Yuma gets angry, saying that
Haruhi has already been to karaoke and watched the cherry blossom trees with
them. Jun says he understands that Yuma doesn't have anything else in mind
about Haruhi, and tells him to invite her if he gets a chance. Yuma is
surprised that Jun gave in so easily, and knows that something is up, and
wonders if yesterday has something to do with it.

Yuma and Jun finally get to class, and Haruhi greets Yuma when he walks in.
Haruhi notices that Yuma looks preoccupied, and asks him what's up. Yuma says
that Jun was bugging him again, nothing unusual. Yuma notes that Jun is talking
with Anri over on the other side of the room though. Haruhi asked if they had a
fight or something, and Yuma tells Haruhi to quit teasing him, as it doesn't
suit her, saying that's what he likes about her. Haruhi apologizes for the bad
joke, and says that they'll be fine. Yuma than recalls that he can invite
Haruhi to join him tomorrow, and asks her if she'd like to join him and Jun,
and that they might do karaoke again. Haruhi regretfully says that she already
promised to hang out with Anri tomorrow. Yuma asks where, and Haruhi says they
are going shopping. Yuma asks Haruhi if she can blow off Anri tomorrow, and
Haruhi says that they have been friends for a while, and it would be difficult
to explain things to Anri. (True that.) Yuma says she can make up a lie and
insist on it, but Haruhi says that they were going to see a movie as well as
shop. Yuma apologizes for trying to insist his idea on Haruhi, and hopes that
they will meet in the shopping district by chance. (I bet they will. :) Yuma
now looks forward to tomorrow, noting that talking with Haruhi brightens his
day.


Time: Lunch


Yuma notes that this is funny, that he was so looking forward to tomorrow, but
now, he isn't. Yuma feels that something is amiss, and asks Haruhi if she feels
the same. Haruhi says she does, and brings up the fact that Jun and Anri were
talking to themselves this morning, and are again right now. Yuma notes that
the two people who constantly tease them today are trying to be helpful, too
helpful. Yuma thinks it could be a coincidence, but notes that if the two of
them are planning something, it can only result in a disaster. Yuma tells
Haruhi that the two of them have to be up to something, and Haruhi says that
since class is over, they should worry about it tomorrow. Haruhi asks Yuma if
Anri and Jun are talking about what happened in Oasis yesterday, and Yuma bets
that's probably the case. Yuma asks Haruhi what she's going to do for the rest
of the day, and Haruhi says she has to help out at the Magic Section. Yuma asks
if it involves Suzuri, and Haruhi confirms it, and Yuma tells Haruhi to be
well. Haruhi wishes him the same, and Haruhi leaves. Jun comes up to Yuma now,
looking like he had been waiting for this opportunity. Jun says that Anri is
busy tomorrow with Haruhi, and looks disappointed that he could convince Anri
to join them. Yuma wonders if all of this really is a coincidence after all,
since it seems that Anri and Jun aren�ft on the same page. Yuma asks if they
should changes their plans for tomorrow, and Jun says they may have to adjust
a little. Yuma suggests going to the arcade instead of karaoke, but Jun says
that doesn't sound like a plan at all. Yuma asks Jun what place he has in mind,
and Jun says that he wants to go to the church on the sea walk. Yuma says Jun
can go there without him, and Jun says it's no fun to go by himself. Yuma says
that's his only option, and Jun says that Yuma being an idiot. Yuma than asks
if Jun still wants to keep this from Hachi, and Yuma asks him what he's really
planning for tomorrow. Jun tells him to wait and see, and that he will call him
tomorrow when he can head out there. Yuma asks him about it, and Jun says he
has something to do tomorrow before they meet up, and Yuma says he'll wait for
his call than. Yuma tells Jun not to take too long though, and Jun says he
understands, than tells Yuma bye as well. However... Yuma sees Anri waiting for
Jun at the door. Yuma wonders what Jun has to talk to Anri about, but shrugs it
off.


Time: Night


Yuma is back at home, washing the dishes after dinner. Otoha asks Yuma if he
has anything planned for tomorrow, and Yuma says that he's supposed to hang out
with Jun tomorrow. Otoha asks if Anri is joining them, and Yuma says that she's
doing something different with Haruhi tomorrow. Sumomo asks what time Yuma will
be heading out, so that she can know what time to have his breakfast ready.
Yuma says he doesn't know yet, and that Jun will call later to tell him when.
Sumomo says that's unusual for Jun, but Yuma says that stuff comes up every now
and than. Yuma finishes washing the dishes, and Yuma says he's heading for the
bath.

Yuma wakes up thanks to the phone ringing, and answers it. Jun says he took his
time answering, and Yuma explains that he drifted off in the bathtub. Jun says
that gave him a good picture of Yuma in the bath now. (Jeez...) Yuma yells at
him, but Jun says he's kidding. Yuma asks Jun if he knows what time they should
meet up tomorrow, and Jun says 10:30 should be good. Yuma understands, and Jun
says he better not oversleep. Jun says he'll put three alarm clocks up, and
they say good night. Yuma sets his alarm for 9:00, and drifts off to sleep.

~~End Saturday, April 15th.


(be) Date: Sunday, April 16th


Time: Forenoon


Yuma notes that it's already 10:30, but Jun hasn't shown up yet. Yuma takes a
quick look around again, but still doesn't see Jun, and Yuma begins to be a
little worried. Yuma decides that he'll call Jun if he doesn't show in the next
ten minutes, and wonders if Jun slept in. Yuma leans back on the post and
continues to wait. The screen grays a little, than (Oh god) We see Jun's
silhouette pop up, and it sounds like he's speaking in code, saying he's "J",
and that he's confirmed that target "U" (probably meaning Yuma) has arrived.
Anri's silhouette than pops up, calling herself "A" saying that target "H"
(probably meaning Haruhi) is on her way. (Jesus, I knew they were up to
something, but I didn't think they would go to all this trouble! They REALLY
want to see something develop between Yuma and Haruhi, don't they? Heheheh.)
Anri says Haruhi should reach Yuma at around 10:43. Jun tells Anri to begin the
countdown, and after it's up, Jun calls Yuma. Yuma picks up his phone, asking
Jun where he's at. A girl picks up on the other line and is a little surprised,
but and Yuma demands to know where Jun is. The girl on the line says that she
found the phone on the ground, and just called the last number that was on the
phone, to see if she could find who it belongs to. (I bet it's just Jun
sounding more girly than usual.) Yuma says that she can meet him at the
shopping district, and that she can give the phone to him so that Yuma can give
it back to Jun. Yuma tells her his name, than asks what the girls name is. The
girl says her name is Jun, and Yuma laughs, saying that's the name of his
friend, and that's a heck of a coincidence. (NOT! IDIOT!) Jun than pops back to
his normal voice, and Yuma gets pissed. Yuma asks where he is, and Jun says
he's still at home. Yuma shouts why he's still there, and Jun says that he
can't come after all now, that something really important just came up, and
apologizes. Yuma asks if he'll wait half an hour longer, but really thinks that
he'll just leave anyhow. Jun calls him on it, and Yuma asks why Jun thinks so.
Jun says because Yuma is Yuma, and Yuma shouts that he wouldn't do that, but
thinks to himself that Jun hit the bulls-eye, and wonders if Jun already has
his tells down, saying that Jun scares him. Yuma asks if Hachi is available,
but Jun says that Hachi's grandmother is ill, and he went to visit her today.
Yuma asks when she fell ill, and Jun says this morning, than quietly whispers
low that he's lying, but Yuma can't hear him. Yuma asks if he's just going to
waste his Sunday than. Jun says he'll be alright, and that he can take this
opportunity to do stuff he wants for once. Yuma asks what he means, and Jun
says that she should be arriving soon. Yuma asks what Jun means again, and Jun
says that target H has arrived, and hangs up. Yuma wonders what the hell Jun
was talking about that the end there, and wonders if Jun set him up to meet a
friend of his. Haruhi's voice calls out to him now, however, and Yuma turns
around quickly to see her. Yuma asks where Anri is, since they were supposed to
be together today. Haruhi says that Anri couldn't come because something
important came up. (PLEASE put two and two together!!!) Yuma laughs, thinking
that Haruhi had given Anri the slip. Haruhi notices that Jun isn't here either,
and asks if Yuma ditched Jun. Yuma explains that Jun had something come up as
well, and that he has nothing to do now. Haruhi sympathizes with him, and Yuma
says that he can't plan around important stuff popping up at the last minute.
Haruhi asks Yuma if she'd like to join her until Anri gets here, but Yuma says
that he should probably wait for Jun. Yuma is really thinking about tomorrow,
because if Anri or any other student came along and saw the two of them
together on a Sunday than a rumor wildfire would start about them, and that it
would be impossible for him to go out even if there was no moon at night. Yuma
says he already tried to reach Hachi, but that he was unavailable as well.
Haruhi says that it's unusual for both Jun and Hachi to be preoccupied. Yuma
apologizes again, saying he shouldn't just cut and run in case Jun gets here
earlier than expected. Haruhi understands, and Yuma says he's tired, and asks
Haruhi what time she was supposed to meet Anri. Haruhi says 1:00, but her
phone begins to ring now, and when she picks up, it appears that Anri can't
make it today, and apologizes for it. Than Haruhi says something unusual
(due to Anri, probably pulling that same crap Jun did, saying she can spend
time with Yuma today, and saying target "U" or whatever.) Yuma yells out over
the phone at Anri, but Anri already hung up. (Jeez, Jun and Anri are something
else.) Yuma knows now that Jun and Anri set the him and Haruhi up so that they
would meet, and hopefully spend time with each other, and when Yuma thinks back
to yesterday, the plan was obvious. Haruhi sighs, saying the same thing that
Yuma is thinking, saying she was looking forward to going to see a movie, than
eat lunch, and window shop for awhile before heading back. Yuma notes that
Haruhi looks really disappointed, than Yuma decides what the hell, he'll do
what Jun and Anri set them up for, and says he'll go with Haruhi if she still
wants to do all the things she just mentioned. Yuma goes red in the face and
looks away, and Haruhi asks if he's asking her out today. Yuma shouts out that
it's a little different than what he had in mind since Jun and Anri set all of
this up, and says that if Haruhi doesn't like it, she can think of him as
substituting for Anri, so that Haruhi doesn't have to walk about alone. Haruhi
says that Yuma regretfully can't replace Anri, but drags him off, saying the
second screening of the movie she wants to see is about to start. (Heh, so she
accepted the notion of a date than. :) Yuma asks about Jun, and Haruhi says
she can tell Jun what happened tomorrow. (Heh, she's being aggressive for once.
I like it. :) The screen goes dark, and Jun relays to Anri that the first part
of the mission was a success at 10:58, and that he will continue to follow
them. Anri says roger, and both giggle over the phones.

Yuma and Haruhi head for the movie theater, and Yuma asks Haruhi what she wants
to see. Haruhi says that Catherine in the Shipboard is supposed to be good, at
least according to Anri. (Probably a love story, and Anri set it up too, hehe.)
Yuma mentions that it is a love story, and is surprised that Anri liked it.
Haruhi says that Anri is full of surprises, and Haruhi admits that she wants to
see it too. Yuma notes to himself that if they see it together, they would
definitely be seen as a genuine couple. Yuma doesn't say anything though, as
it would be too embarrassing. Haruhi asks if he doesn't want to see it, but
Yuma says he'll watch see whatever Haruhi wants to see. Yuma says that the
movie will last a while though, and Haruhi asks if he's worried about Jun. Yuma
says that he won't call though, since Jun would chew his ear off about seeing
the movie with Haruhi. Yuma mentions that he hopes that the screen is big.
Haruhi asks him about it, since she doesn't really care about the screen size,
and Yuma mentions that he never goes to a movie theater if the screen isn't at
least 21 inches tall, because than it's too small. Haruhi says she didn't know
that Yuma cared about something so trivial. Haruhi laughs, than catches herself
and apologizes for her comments, and says they should head inside. Haruhi asks
where exactly the movie theater is, since Anri gave her a shitty homemade map,
and she's confused. Yuma says he knows where it is, and that they'll get there
in time. Haruhi thanks Yuma, and says she'll follow his lead. The screen fades,
and Yuma remarks that this will be the first romantic movie he's seen, and he's
there with Haruhi.... However, when they get out, Haruhi teases Yuma, saying
that she didn't think Yuma would cry so easily. (HAHAHAH! GIRLY MAN! Meh, what
am I saying, I cry during other visual novels myself.) Yuma says he cries when
it's appropriate, and notes to himself to not see another romantic movie for a
long time. Yuma tried to wipe his tears during the climatic scene, but Haruhi
caught him. Yuma tried to pass it off as a yawn, but Haruhi saw through it
immediately. Haruhi says that the movie was good though, especially the climax
scene. Haruhi than asks Yuma if he wants to finish crying over lunch, and Yuma
says he'll stop before than. Yuma wonders what kind of man he is since he cried
at a romantic movie, since women are the ones to do that sort of thing. Yuma
convinces himself that he'll be teased badly at school tomorrow over this, and
hopes that no one besides Haruhi saw it. (I bet at least Jun and Anri saw it,
they've been tailing the two since the start of all this, I guarantee it. Just
than, Haruhi's stomach growls, and she turns red. Yuma sees this as a chance to
recover, and that he should make the best of this situation. Yuma teases Haruhi
about her stomach growling, and Haruhi stares at Yuma while looking really
embarrassed. (Haha, one embarrassing moment deserved another.) Yuma notes that
face looks really cute, and Haruhi says he looks like he's drowning in tears.
Yuma shoots back for her to hold on until they can get something to eat.

After lunch at a ramen stand, Yuma asks where they should go next. Haruhi says
that she wants to shop. (ARG! The bane of all men! Well...most men.) Haruhi
says it is, but she mainly wants to window shop, but asks Haruhi if he finds it
troublesome to shop with women. Yuma says he's used to it a little, since Jun
probably shops like women since he acts like one in every other way. Haruhi
says she's a little relieved than, and Yuma recalls that if Jun didn't like the
sale, he'd go to another store. Haruhi nervously laughs (THAT'S WHAT WOMEN DO!)
Haruhi asks what kind of stores Jun shops at, and Yuma says stores from
boutiques to thrift stores, and says that he probably couldn't show them all to
Haruhi. Haruhi is amazed that Jun shops at so many places, and Yuma wonders why
Haruhi is so surprised, hasn't she shopped before? Haruhi says they should get
moving.

Some time later, Yuma asks Haruhi if she still wants to shop some more. Haruhi
says of course, since she's only been to about half of the places she has in
mind. Yuma says he's going to faint, and Haruhi says he's out of shape, getting
tired this early. Yuma asks Haruhi if she's in a hurry today or something, and
Haruhi asks Yuma if he jogs every morning. Yuma says he doesn't, and asks
Haruhi if she's worried about his health. Haruhi says she does, although
whispers the last part to herself. (about Yuma's health) Yuma asks her to
repeat that last part since he didn't hear, and Haruhi nervously pulls Yuma
ahead to another store. Yuma says he wants to know, however, and Haruhi turns
around angrily tells him not to worry about it. Yuma cringes, and says he
understands, but is surprised that she got so angry all of a sudden. Yuma
wonders what he did to deserve this. Haruhi than moves close and tells Yuma to
look up ahead. Yuma asks what's up, and Haruhi asks him to be quiet for a
moment. Yuma stays quiet and walks with Haruhi right in front of him, wondering
if something is wrong. Haruhi suddenly grabs Yuma's arm before he can realize
it, and stops. Yuma runs into and hugs Haruhi, and feels embarrassed. Yuma
tries to get Haruhi's attention, and she says she thought so. (Huh?) Yuma asks
what's going on, and Haruhi tells him to run, quickly. Haruhi pulls him along
quickly, while Yuma asks Haruhi what's wrong. Haruhi points out a coffee shop,
and they duck in there quickly.

(Well, interesting scene here... hehe. :) Yuma wonders how he got into
this mess, with Haruhi sitting close to him while they are in a booth meant to
seat four people. All Yuma can think about is how soft Haruhi's breasts feel on
him, than quickly comes to his senses. Yuma tries to asks Haruhi what's going
on again, and Haruhi tells him to endure this embarrassing position for a
little while longer. Yuma wonders why he has to hold out, and Haruhi asks if
he's alright, since his face is all red. Yuma says he's alright, but Yuma notes
that anyone would get embarrassed being so close to a girl, and it's even more
mysterious than usual since Haruhi won't tell him why they are like this to
begin with. The bell that rings when someone comes in rings, and Haruhi tells
Yuma to be quiet. They both duck down a little low so that no one from the
entrance area can see them, and Haruhi asks Yuma if he noticed yet. Yuma is
clueless, but asks if she's talking about his feelings. Haruhi says not that,
and asks if he noticed that they were being followed. Yuma asks who is
following them, and Haruhi says she saw Anri's pigtails and Paella poking out
from behind a street lamp. Yuma reasons that Jun is probably with her too, and
Haruhi says that's why she told him to run and duck in here, and hopes that
they didn't see them enter here. Haruhi continues to stay close for a little
bit more to hide, and when Yuma asks her about it, she says she doesn't want
Anri to see her like this, and ducks even closer. Haruhi asks Yuma to check and
see if Anri or Jun are at the front. Yuma says he can't, because Jun will
probably be looking for him to do such a thing. Haruhi notes that Yuma seems a
little restless, and asks him if he's alright. Yuma says he's a little
uncomfortable since Haruhi's so close to him, it's making him feel really
embarrassed. Haruhi is confused, and Yuma mentions that her breasts are pushing
up against him. Haruhi finally notices this, and her face goes DEEP crimson,
and apologizes for it. (Hell, I'd be happy. :) She moves away a little, than
moves closer again. Yuma asks her about it, and she says to hold out for a
little more while looking away. Yuma notes that his heart is beating so fast
that it might explode, and Yuma mentions that he thinks Jun and Anri would have
left by now. Haruhi agrees, and asks Yuma to check again. Yuma wonders what
will happen tomorrow if someone saw them like this. Yuma asks Haruhi what they
should do now, and Haruhi says that if she continues her plans, they will
continue to be followed. Yuma asks what she suggests, and Haruhi says they
should leave the area. Haruhi asks Yuma if he has a problem with running off
with her, and he says he'll come along, although he's embarrassed. Haruhi says
they only have to run until they ditch Anri. As they get up, Yuma asks Haruhi
why she got so close to Yuma. Haruhi flushes even redder, and says that Anri
probably would have seen her if she hadn't. Yuma says he understands, and Yuma
asks Haruhi if she's ready to run. She says she is, and asks Yuma the same
question, to which he says he's ready. Yuma says he'll leave first, than signal
for Haruhi if the coast is clear. As he leaves, the waitress comes around,
saying she's ready to take their order, but Yuma says they're just leaving.
As Yuma runs out, Jun and Anri hear the commotion from shortly up the street,
and turn around. Yuma signals for Haruhi, and they begin running off, trying
to lose Anri and Jun in the crowd.

They both run for awhile, but have to stop and catch their breath eventually,
and Yuma says they sure are persistent. Haruhi jumps, and drags Yuma to an
alley, since she just spotted Jun and Anri again. However, the alley is small,
and they are pressed up against each other again. Yuma can feel how warm Haruhi
is under her clothes, and her breath is tickling the nape of his neck. Yuma
says he can't take too much more, and Haruhi tells him to hold on a little
more. Haruhi than says she can feel Yuma's heart pounding. Yuma says it's from
all of the running, but looks away, embarrassed. A silence soon develops, but
before Yuma can say anything, Haruhi says they are coming this way. As soon as
she says it, Yuma hears a couple of people running, than their footsteps pass.
Haruhi breaths a sigh of relief, and says they should get back to the street.
As they separate, Yuma feels like he didn't want the moment to end.

Yuma sees Anri and Jun up ahead at an intersection, and Yuma and Haruhi hide
at an angle they can't see. Yuma thinks they are wondering which way they went,
and Jun voices his words. Anri says she doesn't understand. Jun tells Anri to
wait, although he admits he doesn't understand how Yuma and Haruhi outran them.
Haruhi tells Yuma to turn his phone off quickly, and Yuma hurriedly yanks the
battery out of the phone. (Haruhi has a hunch that Jun is about to call him to
check his position.) However, Yuma was a little late, as one ring got off
before the battery came out. Anri hears it, and Yuma and Haruhi hurry away
before Anri can see them. Jun spots them running however, and they give chase
again.


Time: Evening


Yuma and Haruhi stop to catch their breath where they first met this morning,
and they both begin laughing, even though it's not really that funny. Haruhi
asks what on earth are they doing, and Yuma says that he thinks they were
running away from someone, but can't remember why. Haruhi says that they were
probably running because they angered someone. (Jeez, they ran so hard and long
they forgot WHY they were running in the first place?!?) They both pause and
look at each other, and laugh again. Haruhi says it'll be dark soon, and that
they should probably get going. Yuma agrees, and Haruhi thanks him for the fun
time they had today, but than turns red in the face. Yuma looks down and
notices that had been holding hands for a long time, and had been walking side
by side down the street. (Aww! CUTE!) Both of them slowly hesitate, than
separate, looking embarrassed.

They both go over the days events as they walk back, and Haruhi says she didn't
imagine things would happened the way they did. Haruhi says she wants to thank
Yuma for what he did today. Yuma asks why, and Haruhi says she was really
happy today. Yuma feels guilty, knowing that nothing like this would have
happened today if it wasn't for Anri and Jun, and because of that, he can't
be mad at them, even though he knows he should, and he's glad Anri and Jun set
things up for the two of them today, and that he should thank them when he gets
the chance...But only briefly. Yuma says they shouldn't thank Jun and Anri more
than once tomorrow, and Haruhi agrees.

Yuma and Haruhi walk back to the girl's dorms at school, and Haruhi thanks Yuma
again for the time they spent together today. Yuma says she should really
thank Anri for putting them in such a tight spot, and Haruhi says she will, but
thanks him anyways. Yuma says he's embarrassed though, and Haruhi asks him if
he doesn't like being seen with her. Yuma is stunned, and Haruhi says that
she's embarrassed too, because she feels the same way. Yuma says that's not the
case, and Haruhi is startled. Yuma says he was happy today too, and Haruhi asks
him if that's the truth, to which Yuma replies yes. Haruhi is happy again, and
laughs. Yuma than tells Haruhi wait a second before she heads inside, and digs
around in his bag, and pulls out a small box and hands it to Haruhi. (Oooo!)
Yuma says he feels guilty for not giving her something on White Day since she
gave him chocolate on Valentine's Day, and say he got her something, even
though it's a month late. Haruhi asks if she can really open it, and Yuma says
of course. Haruhi than opens it, and hugs the gift, a small white owl doll,
closely. Yuma says he picked a white owl since it seemed to fit Haruhi. (An
owl symbolizes wisdom, and Haruhi does seem to have plenty of it, even though
she's young.) Haruhi says she loves it. Yuma asks if she's really happy, and
Haruhi says she is. Yuma says he didn't think she'd be so happy. Haruhi thanks
Yuma again for the gift, and Yuma smiles inwardly, knowing that he made
Haruhi's day even brighter with his gift. Haruhi asks when he bought it though,
since she didn't see him buy it while they were shopping today. Yuma says he
bought it when he went to buy their lunch, and saw it in a small store, and he
remembered the events of Valentine's Day, and that he didn't get her anything
in return. Yuma asks if she was surprised, and she admits as such, although
it makes her even happier to know. Yuma says that he should be going than, and
Haruhi thanks him one more time. Haruhi says she'll see him tomorrow, and waves
good-bye to her as he leaves. (MORON! YOU DIDN'T GO FOR THE KISS!)

~~End Sunday, April 16th.


(bf) Date: Monday, April 17th


Time: Morning


Jun greets Yuma and Sumomo when they arrive at their usual meeting point before
school. Yuma than drags Jun off to the side to talk. Hachi asks Sumomo if she
knows what Yuma has to talk to Jun about, and Sumomo says she doesn't know.
Jun teases Yuma, saying he's being rough this morning. Yuma tells Jun to cut
the crap, and asks him why he set him and Haruhi up yesterday, although he has
to keep things quiet, since he doesn't want Hachi or Sumomo to know. Jun asks
why he's angry, since he enjoyed himself yesterday. Yuma tells Jun to be quiet
as well, since he doesn't want them to find out. Jun says he understands, and
Yuma asks Jun again why he set everything up yesterday. Jun asks if he enjoyed
it yesterday, and Yuma insists that he didn't. (Come on, even a stranger would
say he's lying at this point, he sucks at lying.) Jun says he'll just have to
ask Haruhi later than. Jun than asks again if Yuma enjoyed himself, and says he
has ten seconds to respond, than begins a countdown. Yuma shouts out that he
enjoyed himself, and asks if Jun's happy now. Jun says he doesn't have to shout
so loudly. Yuma says it's his fault. Jun plays dumb, and Yuma blurts out that
he set him up on a date with Haruhi. Jun that strikes, saying that he went on
a date, and Yuma knows he's screwed. He asks Jun to stay quiet on the matter a
little more, and Jun says he understands. Hachi than comes up and asks what
they were talking about. Jun is about to tell Hachi, but Yuma covers his mouth
quickly, as Yuma doesn't EVER want Hachi to know about yesterday. Hachi is
confused, and accuses them of having an interesting story yesterday, and he
wants to hear it, since he had nothing to do yesterday. Yuma asks him about it,
and Hachi says someone gave him a crank call to meet Haruhi out at the beach.
Yuma nervously laughs, and they all have to hear Hachi grumble about it until
they reach school.

They reach class, and Haruhi greets Yuma, saying he looks more tired than
usual. Yuma says he had to deal with Jun about what happened yesterday. Yuma
than lies down and puts his head on his desk. Soprano speaks up now, and wants
to ask Yuma about something. Yuma asks what's up, since Soprano usually doesn't
have much to say. Haruhi is surprised too, and Soprano tells them she has a
grudge to bear with Yuma, and asks him to hear her out. Yuma is surprised that
Soprano has a grudge to bear with him, since he doesn't think he did anything
to upset her. Soprano asks if he remembers the present he gave to Haruhi last
night. Yuma says he remembers it, but asks what it has to do with a grudge.
Soprano pouts that while Haruhi cleans and maintains her every day, she didn't
do a thing to her yesterday, saying that all Haruhi could talk about was Yuma
and the present that he gave her. (OWNED!) Haruhi shouts at Soprano, saying
that she already apologizes for that this morning. Soprano says she didn't
accept Haruhi's apology, however. Haruhi asks why Soprano is being so mean.
Yuma however, has noticed that Haruhi isn't exactly being quiet, and tries to
get her attention, as everyone in the class has turned her way now. Haruhi
insists that the gift doesn't mean anything to her. (Oops, that was still out
loud as well...) Yuma mentions that everyone looking at her...well...both of
them now. Haruhi jumps and looks up, than looks down in embarrassment. Haruhi
quietly insists that it doesn't mean anything to her, and Yuma asks if she was
just surprised that he gave her a gift than. (Uh oh, looks like his feelings
are getting hurt.) Yuma than nods, saying he understands, and that he was glad
he made Haruhi so happy yesterday. (Ah! So he's not THAT dim! Thank god!)
Haruhi flushes crimson again, and Yuma says they'll talk later. Haruhi agrees,
but Soprano says she's not done yet.


Time: Lunch


Anri has to work at Oasis, but everyone else sits in the class to eat lunch.
Haruhi pulls out hers, and Yuma notes it, and asks if he can have some. Haruhi
lets him, and he notes that it tastes great. Haruhi thanks Yuma for thinking
so, and laughs. Anri and Jun come by than, smiling. Yuma asks them what they
want, and Jun giggles, and says love-love, (Meaning are they in love) and
Anri confirms it to both of them. Yuma cracks, telling them not to say such
stupid things. Jun says it's obvious though, since they are sharing their
lunches with each other. Anri than impersonates Yuma, and Jun impersonates
Haruhi. Yuma shouts at them to drop the embarrassing acts, and not to
impersonate them without their permission. Anri asks if they are happy though,
and Haruhi says she doesn't think that much has changed. Jun says that most
people already think so, and wouldn't listen to what anyone else said, even if
it was Haruhi. Haruhi asks if that's true, and Jun says so, adding that Haruhi
must take charge since Yuma doesn't know how to express himself. Haruhi
embarrassingly looks down, saying she doesn't know what Jun's talking about.
Anri says they don't need permission though, and Anri asks what the two of them
did after they ditched her and Jun. Haruhi insists that nothing happened, and
that Yuma saw her back to the dorm shortly thereafter. Both Jun and Anri move
close however, obviously wanting more juicy news. Haruhi nervously backs away,
and Anri says Haruhi is bewildered now, and Jun says he thinks she is. Haruhi
says she's not though. Yuma thinks that Haruhi is probably confused as hell now
too, but she insists that she's thinking clearly. Jun than asks again is
anything happened on their way back. Haruhi insists that nothing happened
though. It's obvious that neither of them believe her, and Yuma feelings that
he has to help Haruhi out. Yuma goes over his thoughts before he says them,
thinking he should say that he finally gave her a gift back when she gave him
chocolate on Valentine's Day. Anri notices Yuma is fidgeting, and asks him if
anything happened, and Jun eggs him on too. Yuma than knows that saying what
really happened would only be a huge mistake, and decides not to say anything
either. Hachi comes running in screaming Nooo! now, and asks Yuma what the hell
is going on, and thrusts out his cell phone, which has a picture of Yuma and
Haruhi in their embarrassing predicament at the coffee shop yesterday. (...Oh
Shit! OWNED!) Yuma asked where he got that, and Hachi said someone gave him the
picture while he was in line for lunch. Yuma says Hachi doesn't understand what
happened yesterday, and Hachi tells him to explain. Yuma than says Anri and Jun
set him and Haruhi up to hang out, but Jun and Anri play dumb, saying this is
the first time they heard of such a story. Hachi tells Yuma not to tell such
bad lies, and Hachi insists that it's the truth. Hachi says Yuma deserves to
die, but Haruhi saves him and says that Yuma's telling the truth. Hachi jumps
at Haruhi's voice, and she says she'll explain everything to him if he'll calm
down. Hachi settles down, and Haruhi explains that she was supposed to meet
Anri to go see a movie, but that Anri had to "cancel" for something important.
Shortly after, she met Yuma by chance in the shopping district, and because she
didn't want to waste the money for the tickets she bought, she asked Yuma if he
would see the movie with her. Haruhi says that's it, and Hachi seems to buy it.
Anri interrupts though, saying that they were all lovey-dovey and out on a
date. Haruhi pleads with Hachi for him to believe her, and he does. Jun says
that they lost, and Anri says she can't imagine anything more embarrassing.
Hachi says that Yuma sure was lucky though, meeting Haruhi by chance out there
yesterday. Yuma says that Hachi sounds envious, which Hachi admits is true.
Even if Hachi is simple, at least he can be fooled into believing things.


Time: After School


Anri asks them again what really happened after they split, and Yuma says she
sure is persistent. Anri says she's just curious. Haruhi says they took a rest
in the park because they were tired from all the running, and than Yuma walked
her back to the dorm, saying it was a fun day all around. Because of Haruhi's
carefree answer, it looks like Anri can't push the question any further.
Haruhi suggests that they all get together next time to have fun though. Jun
asks if they wouldn't want to spend time together though, and Anri reluctantly
yields to Haruhi's suggestion, and she's happy. Haruhi suddenly stands up and
gives a shout though, and Jun asks what's wrong. Haruhi explains that she
forgot that she has to do committee work for Suzuri. Anri remarks that it's
unusual for Haruhi to forget such things, and Haruhi apologizes. Hachi says
he'll help out, and Haruhi thanks him for the consideration, but says she'll be
alright, and runs out quickly with Soprano. Jun remarks that's the first time
he's ever seen Haruhi in such a panic. Yuma than makes up an excuse too, saying
he thinks he's being called. Hachi is shocked, but Jun and Anri understand that
he's worried about Haruhi, and tell him to be careful. Yuma runs out after
Haruhi, and catches up to her near the entrance. Yuma yells for her to wait up,
and asks what is really going on, since Haruhi doesn't forget such important
things. Haruhi admits that her detection magic in the forest was triggered.
(Oh yeah, I forgot about this stuff with all the drama that happened yesterday.
) Haruhi apologizes, but says she has to go. Yuma tells for her to wait up, and
chases after her, heading for the forest behind the Magic Section building.
Everyone who saw them turns in their direction, surprised, but they don't pay
them any mind. Yuma than wonders what everyone will think of him, since he was
chasing the idol of the school into the woods. Haruhi stops point blank before
she reaches the woods however, and Yuma barely stops in time himself before he
runs into her. Yuma tells her not to stop so suddenly, but Haruhi ignores him
saying that the presence she detected isn't in the forest anymore, but inside
the school. Yuma asks how that can be possible, and Haruhi says that it's in a
restricted area. Yuma asks about it, and Haruhi says that no one can enter
without permission, and while she's not entirely sure of the situation, she
knows that someone is there now who shouldn't be. Yuma notes that he had no
idea that there was such a place on the school grounds, but than remembers that
as a student of the General Section, he shouldn't know much about the on goings
of the Magic Section. Haruhi says he's right, and that they'd better hurry.


Time: Afternoon


Haruhi stops suddenly, and when Yuma asks what�fs wrong, he looks and is shocked
to see a tree sliced right down the middle, apparently done by a sword, since
the cut is clean and smooth with no rough edges. Yuma than hears a sound off in
the distance, and Haruhi says that the criminal is still further up ahead. Yuma
asks if they should go warn Suzuri, but Haruhi says they don't have the time to
do so. Haruhi than says that while Yuma may not believe it, this is the work of
magic, and says that the criminal has only been cutting the trees she placed
her detection magic on. Haruhi says that the barrier protecting the sealed off
section is further up ahead, and that the detection magic was set in place to
warn her of anyone heading for it. Haruhi says that as long as the barrier is
in place they can still stop the criminal, and therefore, they have to hurry.
Yuma asks if the criminal can use magic, since he knew which trees to cut, and
Haruhi says that's probably the case, and they'll have to proceed cautiously.
The sound of another tree being cut down echoes further ahead, and Yuma asks if
Haruhi set this much magic in place. Haruhi admits she only added another layer
on, and that there are many marked trees in this forest to protect the sealed
area. Yuma says that something really important must lie in the sealed area,
and Haruhi, now that Yuma understands, says they should go.

They move deeper in, and Haruhi stops Yuma before she goes any further, showing
Yuma the criminals footprints on the ground, and that it's just one man further
ahead. Yuma asks how she knows, but Haruhi isn't listening, and takes Soprano
from her back, and Yuma understands that running ahead to catch the criminal
isn't the best idea, since they still don't know his intentions for being here,
but it doesn't hurt to be cautious. Haruhi tells Yuma to keep moving, and they
head inside.


They head down a short stairwell into a tunnel. Haruhi is surprised that such a
place exists, and sees a room up ahead. Haruhi advances slowly, and Yuma asks
if there is a shrine or something in the back. Haruhi says they probably is,
and they rush ahead.

As they enter, Shinya is muttering something under his breath, holding a wooden
sword (So, it's obvious now that Shinya was the person who broke into the Magic
Section building a few days ago and left his pen behind. Still, WHY is he doing
this?) Yuma is surprised to see Shinya, and Shinya notices them here now. Yuma
recalls the incident with the dropped pen in the Magic Section a few days ago,
and Yuma remarks that it was Shinya after all. Yuma notes Shinya's wooden
sword, but dismisses it, thinking that it can't have possibly made the cuts he
saw in the trees outside. (...Idiot, the sword has to have magic capabilities.)
Yuma asks Shinya what he's doing here, but Haruhi cuts him off, telling him to
stay back. Haruhi tells him Shinya is dangerous right now, but Yuma says he
can't be, and wants to talk things over with him. Yuma tells Haruhi about
Shinya's sword, and Haruhi says that's what made the cuts. Yuma asks about it,
and Shinya asks what they are talking about. Yuma asks Shinya if he made the
cuts on the trees outside, and he confirms it. Yuma asks why he did it, and
Shinya says he can't afford to have things stand in his way. Haruhi asks Shinya
what he planned to do, since this is a restricted area, and can't have come
down here by mistake. Shinya says he can't lie anymore, and points out the
magic circle that he is standing in. Shinya asks Yuma if he knows what it is.
Yuma says he doesn't know, and Shinya asks Haruhi if she knows, saying it would
funny if Suzuri didn't inform her of this. Haruhi's silence confirms that she
doesn't know anything about the circle, and Shinya is surprised that Haruhi
knows nothing either. Shinya than says that he'll inform them of the situation.
Yuma says he knows enough, that Shinya broke into the school, sliced open the
forest, and now broke in here on his own, and wonders how such a guy, whom he
regarded as a friend, could do something like this. Haruhi shouts out to Yuma,
but Yuma ignores her, demanding an answer from Shinya, saying he owes him that
much after all the lying he has done. Shinya says that Yuma has a point, but
that he cannot tell him why. Yuma presses the question, but Shinya than grasps
his sword, saying his master commanded him not to. (Oh? So he's just a minion?)
Shinya than disappears, but Haruhi shouts for him to watch out, and shoves Yuma
to the side, which saves him, as a massive gust of wind blows past where he was
previously. As Haruhi falls on him they get up shortly thereafter, and Haruhi
tells him that it was Shinya, and he just ran past them, heading for the exit.
They both chase after him (Note: The cool music is back, yay!) Haruhi calls
out for Soprano, and she casts a spell, aiming at Shinya's back, and let's
loose a stream of fire as they exit the tunnel. However, Shinya turns around
quickly and slices through the fire, surprising both Yuma and Haruhi. Shinya
apologizes for forcing Haruhi to use her magic in such an enclosed space, and
says that the next time they fight it will be out in the open, than he
disappears again. Yuma shouts out for Shinya, but only his voice comes back.
Shinya says that his master called for them, and that's the only reason they
are still breathing, saying that next time they won't be so lucky. (Jeez, he's
a bastard.) Haruhi notes that he got away, and Yuma asks Haruhi what that
magic circle Shinya was referring to is. Haruhi says she doesn't know, as this
was the first time she was it too. Yuma notes that Shinya is just a small
player in these events now though, and wonders what terrible secret lies with
that magic circle. Haruhi mentions that Shinya said he was under someone's
command. Yuma says it sounds like he was telling the truth, and Haruhi wonders
who Shinya is following. Haruhi says she's still shocked that Shinya was the
one moving around the school. Yuma agrees, remembering the pen incident, and
that Shinya so easily lied about it, and now it seems obvious. Suzuri comes up
behind them and asks why they look so glum. Haruhi is startled that she's
there, and Suzuri thanks that both of them were here. Haruhi says that Suruzi
noticed and came as well. Suzuri confirms it, but says it seems she got here
too late. Haruhi sadly relays that the criminal escaped. Suzuri says that's
alright, since they now know what exactly the other party is after. Suzuri than
sighs, saying that it will take some time to reconstruct the barrier that the
criminal destroyed. She asks if Haruhi and Yuma will go on home, while she
assesses the immediate area. Haruhi asks her what about the details of what
happened, and Suzuri says they can tell her tomorrow. Yuma asks if she'll be
alright, and Suzuri says she will, than takes a stance, and recites a spell,
and all of the trees in the area that were cut down return to normal. (Nice!)
Yuma is amazed, but Suzuri says she only made the trees look like they
returned to normal, and that the barrier that was in place will still take even
more time to restore, and until than, this place is still very vulnerable.
Haruhi understands, and says they will leave than. Yuma tells Suzuri not to
exhaust herself, and she thanks Yuma, than Haruhi again, and they both leave.


Time: Evening


As they arrive back at the girl's dorm, Yuma asks Haruhi why it will take some
time before the barrier is back in place. Haruhi takes out a small card as an
example, and bends it in half, saying to imagine the full barrier as the card
before it was bent, and when it is bent, it is destroyed. She than shows the
card again, back in it's original shape, but with the obvious crease in it,
showing that it's not the same as it used to be, and you can bend it more
easily now. Yuma understands, and Haruhi says that it will be difficult for
Suzuri to mend the barrier to a state to where Shinya doesn't destroy it again.
Yuma is surprised that Shinya will come back, and Haruhi says that he probably
will, and that it will be even easier for him this time, and if they or Suzuri
aren�ft there when it happens, they will fail. Haruhi than wonders what the hell
is secretly in that magic circle, and wonders if she should ask Suzuri
tomorrow. Yuma says he wants to hear Shinya's explanation too. Haruhi says that
Suzuri probably won't care, and Yuma mentions that they still need to know this
other parties reasons for committing these crimes, and that he at least wants
to know for certain why. Haruhi says she'll ask Suzuri tomorrow, because she
feels that Suzuri already knows that the criminal is Shinya.


Time: Night


Yuma drags himself home after he sees Haruhi off at the dorms, and Sumomo asks
what he did for him to get back so late. When he doesn't answer at first, she
asks again, saying he looks strange. Yuma says he has a lot of things on his
mind, and Sumomo says she'll won't ask about it anymore than. Yuma says thanks,
but says that talking about it with someone wouldn't help either. Sumomo asks
if it's something that serious that he can't tell her, and Yuma apologizes and
says that it is. Yuma runs through all that happened today, and sighs, knowing
that he can't tell Sumomo, as it would only confuse her and cause her to worry.
Sumomo says she's already worried enough, and that sigh is only making her
worry more. Yuma says she doesn't have to be angry, and Sumomo says sorry, but
that she really does want to help Yuma. Yuma thanks her for looking out for
him, but heads to his room shortly thereafter, and falls asleep thinking over
the days events again.

~~End Monday, April 17th.


(bg) Date: Tuesday, April 18th


Time: Morning


Jun notes that Yuma looks tired as hell, and has no energy. Sumomo says that
he's been like that since yesterday. Yuma asks if it's been that long, and
Sumomo says he has, and asks what's wrong. Yuma says it's nothing, and even
Hachi is disturbed by Yuma's lack of enthusiasm. Sumomo asks if something
happened to him yesterday, and Yuma tells her not to worry. Yuma doesn't even
understand himself, thinking that it's some conspiracy playing out in his head.
Jun and Sumomo are worried anyhow, along with Hachi.

When they arrive at school, Yuma looks around, but doesn't see Shinya anywhere.
Yuma wonders if he'll ever be coming, now that Haruhi and Yuma know why he's
really attending the school. However, Saya came, but she looks depressed,
although she's waiting for the bell to ring like most of the other students.
Yuma decides to ask her about Shinya, because he's hoping that there�fs a sliver
of a chance that Saya doesn't know what Shinya has been up to. Before he can
walk over to Saya, however, Haruhi stops and greets him. Yuma mentions if she
was looking for Shinya too, and sadly says yes. Yuma asks her if she asked Saya
yet. Haruhi says she really doesn't want to, but suppose that they must. Yuma
takes it that Haruhi doesn't want to talk to Saya now, because if she knows why
Shinya isn't coming, she might have Haruhi. Yuma understands, and goes over to
talk to her. Yuma greets Saya, and asks if she's by herself today. Saya looks
away. (I assume this means she knows about Shinya for sure.) Saya says she
actually hasn't seen Shinya since last night. Yuma is shocked, and Saya
continues, saying that he left a letter for her, telling her he's staying away
for a little while. Yuma notes that's why Saya looks so down, and it seems that
she doesn't know the reason why Shinya is staying away. Yuma is a little
relieved to hear it. Yuma asks if she might know where Shinya is. Saya is
silent, and Yuma says he'll find Shinya and bring him back. Saya thanks Yuma
for his concern, and Yuma notes that an older brother shouldn't cause a younger
sister to worry like this. Yuma heads back and reports to Haruhi. Yuma says
that at least Shinya didn't get what he went after yesterday, but Yuma wonders
how long they can keep this charade up while Saya is worried about Shinya.
Haruhi says she was thinking the same thing. Yuma says they should probably ask
Suzuri for advice later at lunch, and Haruhi agrees. Yuma's thoughts flash back
to that magic circle again, and Yuma wonders again that secret it holds, and
that he wants to know Shinya's reasons for doing all of this. Yuma notes that
even if Suzuri knows these answers, she probably won't tell him.


Time: Forenoon


Yuma asks Haruhi if she already talked to Suzuri, and Haruhi says she called
her during the break from last period, and that she told her that Shinya didn't
show up today. Haruhi tells him that they will be late if they don't hurry
though.

The two head back to the Magic Section and make for Suzuri's office. Haruhi
apologizes if Suzuri was busy when they entered, and Suzuri says it's alright,
as she needed to talk to them about yesterday anyways. Haruhi goes over all
that happened yesterday, that it was Shinya who had been breaking into the
Magic Section, and that he's doing all of this for someone else. Yuma gets lost
when Haruhi starts talking about the short fight she had with Shinya, but Yuma
manages to note that Shinya's magic wasn't able to be measured. Finally, Haruhi
adds that Shinya left a letter for his sister last night, than disappeared.
Haruhi asks what they should do now. Suzuri says she understands, and turns to
Yuma, saying she finally has to tell him this story. (Eh?) Suzuri asks for the
two of them to start staying out of this situation now. When Haruhi asks why,
Suzuri explains that with Shinya being as strong as he is, and he's that he's
just a pawn, who knows how strong the one pulling the strings is. Suzuri asks
them to leave the matter to her and other adults. Haruhi understands the
danger, but says she still wants to help in whatever way she can. Suzuri says
she can't allow them to get involved any further than they already are. Haruhi
pleads with Suzuri, and Yuma begins to analyze the situation. Although he
doesn't know why Haruhi is pleading her heart out, he hopes she'll convince
Suzuri. Suzuri than sighs, and asks Yuma if he agrees with Haruhi here.


Options

1) I don't want Haruhi to be in danger.

2) I agree with Haruhi's dangerous idea.


Note: Well, it's been awhile since we've had some choices to make, and trust
me, when your finally on a girl's path, there aren�ft that many choices from
than on. As always, it's in your best interest to take the point of view that
best supports the girl you are going for, so choose Option Two.


Option One: Yuma says he doesn't want Haruhi to be put in danger. Haruhi is
shocked that Yuma isn't with her on this, but Yuma says he understands Haruhi's
feelings on the subject, but he asks her if she could reconsider, because he
has the same feelings, but doesn't want her to get hurt.


Option Two: Yuma agrees with Haruhi, and both Suzuri and Haruhi are surprised
that he agrees with Haruhi. Yuma says that even if Suzuri commanded them, he
couldn't go along with her wishes, and that while he may not be able to do
much, he will support Haruhi's wishes.


Both paths meet here. Suzuri sighs, and Yuma continues to say that he also
wants to try to persuade Shinya to stop if he can. Suzuri asks if he's sure
about this, and Yuma says he is. Suzuri than forbids them to get involved.
Both Yuma and Haruhi look down. Than Yuma asks what Shinya is really after.
Yuma says that Shinya must have a reason for going after this object, whatever
it is, so badly. Yuma continues, asking about the magic circle in the tunnel.
Suzuri sighs, saying he pushed her out of her comfort zone. Suzuri smiles
wryly, and says that, regretfully, she can't tell them. Yuma says he
understands, and says that they'll try to track down Shinya than. Suzuri says
they shouldn't do something so dangerous, Yuma says that while it may not make
sense to her, Shinya is their classmate, and he's stopped going to school
because of them. Suzuri finally caves and tells them to be careful. Yuma thanks
her, and tells Haruhi they should be going. Haruhi apologizes to Suzuri again
for this, than they leave together. Haruhi asks what they should do now. Yuma
says that while he's not sure, they do know that Shinya will come back sooner
or later, and says they must be there waiting for him. Haruhi is worried about
class though, and the warning bell for afternoon classes sounds. Yuma says
they'll have to run to make it in time. Haruhi stands still though, and Yuma
wonders if she's still thinking about what Suzuri said. Yuma grabs her hand and
pulls her in the direction of the General Section building.


Time: Afternoon


Yuma tries to remember the route they took in the forest yesterday, and is
doodling a map to try and help him remember. Yuma finishes what he can 
remember, but admits that it looks like shit. Yuma thinks to himself that if
he cannot persuade Shinya to stop, Haruhi will have to fight him, and that
he'll be useless if that happens. Yuma thinks hard on what he could do, but
can't think of anything, and yells out asking for help. The teacher tells him
not to yell out in class, but than the last bell rings, signaling the end of
school. Yuma tells him of the bell, and the teacher pauses for a second, than
smacks him, and says class is over. (HAHA!) Hachi asks what that was all about,
and Haruhi sighs.


Time: After School


Yuma hasn't come up with a plan, and tells Haruhi they should be going. Haruhi
stands there however, and Yuma asks if anything is wrong. Haruhi says she's
glad that Yuma supported her when they were talking with Suzuri, but says that
Suzuri is right, and says she must go alone. (Noo!) Yuma starts to shout, but
quickly catches himself, and asks her to follow him out so they can talk in
private. Yuma takes her to the stairwell, and asks her why she's saying this
all of a sudden. Haruhi says she's been thinking about it for awhile actually,
but she didn't know how to say it. Haruhi tells him to remember what happened
yesterday, and Yuma stops, remembering that Shinya knocked Haruhi's magic away
like it was nothing. Haruhi than says that Shinya's power can't even be
to hers or Anri's. Yuma asks if she's really been thinking of such a thing
since yesterday. Haruhi nods, saying that Anri at least has no chance, and she
has little chance herself. Yuma asks if she's sure Anri can't help, because
they are both in the same year, after all, and Haruhi says she's sure. Haruhi
says that while she doesn't know how powerful Shinya is, she knows that he's
more powerful than she is, and that up until now, all Shinya has been doing was
sneaking around the school, and that it seems that he won't be sneaking
anymore now that people are on to him. Haruhi continues to say that she can
probably defend herself with her magic, but she can't guarantee Yuma's safety.
Yuma shouts that he understands, but that he still wants to be useful. He
continues, saying that now that Haruhi is going to do such a dangerous thing,
he should have convinced her to stop instead. Haruhi tries to argue, but Yuma
ignores her, saying he doesn't want her to have to fight and possibly get hurt.
Haruhi says that's always a possibility, and Yuma says that even if she tells
him not to come, he will anyway, that maybe he can help in a pinch in ways that
neither of them can see right now. Yuma says they are class officers, and they
should do things together, especially when it concerns fellow classmates. Yuma
says that even if others start to tease them and they start to become
embarrassed, he'd still help her any way he can. Haruhi tries to talk again,
and Yuma asks if she remembers Valentine's Day, when she helped repair that
little girl's chocolate, and says that this situation is similar, and that
because it's more personal, they should both help Shinya. Haruhi says she can't
not go though, even if they are on opposite ends on the matter, saying that
Yuma would be useless if he came. Yuma can tell that Haruhi has given up on the
matter, however, and says they should go. Haruhi tells him to wait, and that if
she does have to fight Shinya, that he should retreat to a safe distance,
because she won't have the ability to defend both of them at the same time,
adding that she would defend herself over him if he attacked both of them.
(Liar) Yuma says he understands, and Haruhi asks if he really understands, and
Yuma says he knows the gravity of the situation. Haruhi sighs, saying she
didn't think they would change so much after they met when Anri knocked him
out with her magic. Yuma laughs, and Haruhi says it's really not something to
laugh at. Yuma notices that Haruhi isn't clinching her fist anymore, and that
she appears to have accepted Yuma's help. Yuma notes that even HE understands
what Haruhi is saying, that if push comes to shove, she will defend Yuma at
the expense of her own defenses. Yuma swears to himself not to be a burden to
Haruhi, and hopes that she can avoid fighting Shinya. They both set out for the
forest now.


Time: Evening


Both of them have waited for Shinya, but now the sun is setting, and he hasn't
shown up yet. Haruhi passed the time by strengthening the detection magic on
the trees, so that she can detect it from even further away. Haruhi says she
knows, saying Suzuri would probably like that. Yuma wonders how powerful
Suzuri really is, and hopes that she'll be the one to fight Shinya if it comes
to it, so that Haruhi doesn't have to fight.


Time: Night


Yuma escorts Haruhi back to the dorms, and tells Haruhi to call him if she
senses the wards going off. Haruhi says that maybe it could happen as Yuma is
running back home, but Yuma says he'd come running back anyway. Haruhi tells
him to worry Sumomo, and Yuma understands, and tells her not to call unless
it's extremely important than. They bid each other farewell than, and Yuma
heads for home.

As Yuma is lying awake in bed, his memories of the past come flooding back, to
the time when he could still cast spells. Yuma recalls that he stopped using
magic because he believed that it could while it's purpose was to help people,
he could only seem to hurt others. Yuma wonders if he could help protect Haruhi
if he could still use magic. Yuma than shakes his head, doubting he could match
Haruhi's strength even if he could, as she's not knows as the genius of
Mizuhosaka Academy for nothing. That she is also aiming to be a teacher of
magic like Suzuri is a big push for her as well, and Yuma doubts he could
defend her with magic, since his feelings are confused as they are. Still, Yuma
says that there must be a way he can be useful, but decides to think on it
tomorrow, and drifts off to sleep.

~~End Tuesday, April 18th.


(bh) Date: Wednesday, April 19th


Time: Morning


Yuma shouts a greeting at Haruhi as he enters the room, but notices that she's
not here. (That's not good.) Yuma asks Jun if he knows why Haruhi hasn't
arrived yet. Jun asks if Yuma is worried, and that he's jealous. Yuma asks if
it's wrong to worry about someone, but than Haruhi makes her entrance, and
greets Yuma and Jun. Jun says this will make a juicy rumor, and Haruhi asks him
what he means. Jun explains that Yuma was asking where Haruhi was, and that he
was worried about her. Haruhi asks if Jun's telling the truth, and Yuma admits
that he would have been very lonely today if she wasn't here. Jun makes another
crack about Yuma needing a nurse, and Yuma shouts at him not to say such
things. Haruhi laughs, than apologizes that she worried Yuma. Yuma asks if she
had something to do, and Haruhi nods, saying she set everything up for after
school. Haruhi asks if Yuma will join her later, and Yuma says he'll come. Jun
says that it doesn't sound like class officer work, and Yuma says that Jun
will never understand. Jun says that people will think they are together if
they continue to cling to each other every day like this. Haruhi says that
Yuma makes a good impression on people, and Jun asks her if she's gotten enough
sleep recently. Haruhi says she has, but Yuma has heard enough, and tells Jun
that they are doing class officer work after school, end of story. Yuma knows
that he has to stop Jun now, or he'll just add on more details to his rumor,
and embarrass Haruhi even more. Yuma hopes that Haruhi will understand what he
is about to say, and tells Haruhi to keep away from him. When she looks
shocked, he continues, saying that he can't be with her every moment of the
day, otherwise people will ask questions. Jun asks what he should do, and
Yuma tells him he doesn't care, and says he doesn't worry about Haruhi at all.
Jun apologizes to Haruhi, saying Yuma was a little more resourceful than he
thought, and Haruhi nervously laughs. Yuma tells Jun not to say anything,
because nothing is going on at all. Yuma knows Jun doesn't buy it, but that it
can't be helped.


Time: Lunch


Yuma and Haruhi leave to go eat lunch, and head for the stairs when no one is
watching. Yuma asks Haruhi what she did this morning, and she says that she
strengthened the detection wards again saying that they need to be as strong as
possible to detect Shinya before he gets to the shattered barrier again. Yuma
understands, and hopes Haruhi won't work too hard. Haruhi says it was no
trouble. Yuma says he wishes he was good at something, so that he wouldn't be
so much of a nuisance. Haruhi agrees, since after all, he is useless in a
magician's fight, but tells him not to worry about it right now. Haruhi tells
him again that she will save herself before Yuma if push comes to shove, and
Yuma says he understands again. Haruhi than asks Yuma if they should skip class
to watch over the forest. Yuma asks if that would be alright, than thinks what
else Haruhi could mean, and wonders if she wants to make out. (HAHA!) Yuma
says that if they both missed class, rumors would spread like wildfire, and
Haruhi realizes this, and says that would be bad, because she values Yuma's
friendship, but hopes that a stupid rumor like that wouldn't destroy their
friendship. Yuma says he's honored, and Haruhi says she'll see him there than.
Yuma is glad that Haruhi likes him, but he's also embarrassed because of the
situation. Yuma says that if they both leave, Anri and Jun will rag on them
for days, and says they should head back. Everyone looked at them as they came
back, but Yuma was able to concentrate on his work for the rest of the day.


Time: After School


Yuma heads into the forest to meet up with Haruhi like he previously agreed,
and hopes he doesn't mess up and get lost, and is relieved when he finally
spots Haruhi. Haruhi greets him, and says that there's still no sign of Shinya.
Yuma says that it looks like her efforts have been wasted today, and Haruhi
says that seems to be the case. Yuma notes that he wants to avoid fighting if
possible, and hopes that if they do have to fight that Shinya won't try to
seriously injure Haruhi, and hopes Haruhi will try to be as civil as she can
when fighting Shinya. Yuma suddenly senses something, as does Haruhi, and they
stands up. Yuma asks if the detection wards just senses someone, and Haruhi
nods, saying that regretfully, it seems Shinya is returning. Haruhi quietly
takes Soprano from her back, and Haruhi tells Yuma to stand close to her, and
Shinya steps out of the forest slowly. Yuma tells him they have been waiting
for him. Shinya asks if Yuma has something to say to him, and when Yuma says he
does, Shinya asks if it can wait until later, as his matter is more important.
Yuma says this isn't like Shinya, and asks Shinya if he can tell him why he is
doing all of this. Shinya is surprised, and Yuma asks if he knows nothing of
why his master is making him do all of this. Yuma asks him to tell him why
again, and that he might be able to help him if he does. Shinya asks if he's
throwing his life away, and Yuma says he'll try to negotiate with Suzuri and
the other teachers if he can. Shinya remarks that Yuma doesn't seem to
understand the gravity of the situation, saying that his attempts to stop him
are pointless. Yuma is shocked, as Shinya says that if he's done, he's ready to
get down to business. Haruhi stops him, saying he can't get by so easily.
Shinya says that if she stands in his way, he'll cut her down. Yuma tries to
tell both of them to wait, but Shinya tells him not to get involved in their
fight. Yuma is pissed that all of his efforts have been for naught, and Haruhi
reminds Yuma that he promised to stay out of their fight if it came down to it.
Yuma knows, and he starts back for the tree line, and Haruhi begins to cast her
spells. Shinya says he's looking forward to seeing Haruhi, the pride of
Mizuhosaka Academy, and her power. As Haruhi casts her spell, Shinya stands
still, waiting. Yuma remarks that a wooden sword can't possibly beat this, and
thinks that Haruhi has won. As Haruhi finishes her spell and a stream of fire
shoots forth at Shinya again, Shinya repeats his feat from the other day,
cutting it off and deflecting it. Yuma is shocked that a sword, a wooden one no
less, could deflect fire like that. Yuma now understands when Haruhi said that
Shinya is powerful. Shinya than says that no matters how many times she tries,
his sword, Fuujin-Raijinkami, (meaning Wind and Thunder God) will cut it.
Haruhi casts the same spell again, but this time two blasts of fire come out.
However, Shinya knocks both of them away again. Shinya says that Haruhi can't
really be this weak, but says that if she won't fight seriously, he'll end this
contest now. Shinya that focuses, and Yuma shouts for Haruhi to watch out, and
Shinya rushes at her a breakneck speed. Haruhi is ready however, and casts a
barrier magic to defend herself. The barrier develops right before Shinya cuts
Haruhi, and it deflects the blow. The backlash of power knocks both magician's
off their feet, and Yuma starts to run out, asking if she's alright. Yuma tells
him to stay where he is, saying that she's finally figuring out Shinya's power.
Yuma asks what she means, and Haruhi says that his sword isn't a sword at all,
but a magic wand. Yuma is surprised, and Haruhi explains that he strong magic
formed it to look like a normal wooden sword to fool others, and says it won't
work if Shinya doesn't put any magic power behind it. Shinya congratulates her
on figuring it out. Yuma than notes that Shinya cut some areas, yet left no
marks on them, which confirms Haruhi's story, but than becomes concerned,
because Haruhi is clearly at a disadvantage, having to cast her spells at long
range while Shinya can simply rush in and channel his power into his sword to
cut. Even if she could move to avoid it, Shinya moves too fast, and it's hard
for her to fight either way. Haruhi begins to cast again, and Shinya says it's
useless, and gets ready to cut the spell again. However, this time, the fire
splits and snakes around for Shinya's blind spots, surprising both Yuma and
Shinya. Shinya hurriedly attempts to block the all before they hit him, but
Yuma notices that Haruhi can only control the path of two fire streams at a
time. Shinya has noticed this too, and he's ready, and begin to deflect all of
the fire streams that come at him, and stops them all. Yuma notices that Haruhi
is struggling considerably, (constant use of magic and complex spells take a
toll on your stamina.) and Yuma knows that it's because she's trying to do more
than she can do. As soon as Shinya blocks the last fire spell, Haruhi falls to
on one knee, exhausted. Shinya asks if she's finished, and admits that while
she surprised him, all she could do was delay him, and says he'll finish it.
Yuma instinctively jumps out in between them as Shinya thrusts forward, but
Haruhi casts one last spell, and vines snakes towards Shinya, trying to trap
him. Shinya laughs at such a petty trick, and begins to cut down the vines
before they can reach him. Shinya asks if she thought those would stop him.
Haruhi says she didn't expect them too, but she did expect them to force him to
stay in one spot. Just than, light forms from the surrounding trees and traps
Shinya in a cage of light, sealing his movements. Shinya asks how she did that,
and Haruhi explains that she was able to pull magic from the circle that hid
under the soil earlier that morning. (Ah! Smart girl!) Shinya struggles to
move, and Haruhi says she set the vine trap to distract Shinya long enough for
the trap to activate, and says that it's over, Shinya laughs, and asks her if
it is. (Uh oh.) Shinya that yells out, struggling with all his might, and the
light cage breaks. Yuma and Haruhi can't believe it, that Shinya is this
powerful. Shinya however looks exhausted as well, and Yuma notes that he
probably used all of his strength to break free, and he can barely stand.
Haruhi asks if he's done now, and asks again if he'll tell them why he's doing
all of this. Yuma brings up the letter that he left for Saya, and that she's
really worried about him. Shinya apologizes, but has he has an obligation to
keep, and that if he can't, he doesn't deserve to live. Haruhi demands to know
why Shinya is going so far for whomever he is following, and than someone
from behind says they'll answer that question. (!!!) Yuma recognizes the voice,
and turns around to see Sumomo's friend, Ibuki. She tells Shinya that he's
worked hard. Yuma demands to know what the hell is going on (Idiot, isn't it
obvious now? Who is commanding Shinya? If you remember, Koyuki fought Ibuki in
the same clothes she has on right now at the beginning when the Magic Section
was destroyed!) Haruhi is bewildered that he knows who she is, and Yuma relays
that she's Sumomo's friend and classmate. Haruhi is surprised to hear her
last name, and Yuma asks about it. Haruhi says anyone who practices magic knows
that name, as the Shikimori family is one of the three magic families who
helped fund Mizuhosaka Academy. (Oh shit!) Yuma is surprised to hear this, and
Ibuki confirms it. Yuma asks why she's so interested in this situation, and
Ibuki sighs, asking Yuma if he hasn't figured it out yet. Haruhi tells Yuma to
stay there, and walks forward. Ibuki asks if she's Haruhi, and she confirms it.
Ibuki asks why Haruhi is preventing her from achieving her goal, and Haruhi
says that she doesn't want to see the school destroyed by her actions, and
can't be silent and just watch things go by. Ibuki asks if that was it, and
says that she has no intention of destroying the school. Haruhi asks about the
Magic Section, and Ibuki says that was an accident, as she had no plans to
destroy it. Haruhi asks who did it than. Ibuki says that it was someone else
(Koyuki) who stood in her way, and she's getting sick and tired of it.
Haruhi asks Ibuki what her goal is, and Ibuki says she doesn't need to tell
her, but than retracts her statement, and says she's after the Shikimori
Treasure. Yuma asks if such a thing is at the school, and Ibuki says it is.
Yuma asks if that's why she transferred here, and Ibuki says it is, that it's
such a trivial thing to transfer. Ibuki says it's essential that she get the
Shikimori Treasure back, which Haruhi's mother took from her. (...WHAT?!?)
Haruhi is surprised at this news, along with Yuma. Ibuki asks if she really
didn't know her mother stole the Treasure, and says it was probably for the
best, for now she can beat her daughter to get it back. Ibuki than says she'll
take Shinya's place, and everyone can see the sheer power of Ibuki surrounding
her in an aura. Haruhi tells her to wait for a second, but Ibuki says she's
disappointed, as she didn't think Haruhi would get scared so easily. Haruhi
asks if they can do she can wait until the other party leaves, and Yuma knows
that she instantly means him. Yuma knows that Haruhi is no match for Ibuki
right now exhausted as she is, and the fact that Ibuki is obviously many times
more powerful than Shinya is... Well, let's just say Yuma can't see a good
outcome. Yuma calls out to Haruhi, and says she knows, but tells Yuma to get to
a safe distance regardless. Yuma says he understands, and Haruhi turns back to
Ibuki, and begins casting a spell, although she looks strained. Haruhi let's
loose another fire stream, but Ibuki quickly says a small spell, and the fire
stream disappears almost instantly. Ibuki asks if that's all she can do, and
says that if Haruhi won't attack, than she will. Ibuki begins to cast, and her
power heads to the sky. When she's finished a magic circle forms in the sky,
and crimson lightning rains down towards Haruhi. Haruhi quickly casts her
defensive magic, but it barely absorbs the power of the spell. Ibuki
congratulates her for surviving the first attack, but taunts Haruhi again.
Haruhi begins casting another spell, and multiple fire streams head towards
Ibuki, but once again, she dispels them with a quick spell. Ibuki is
disappointed that Haruhi couldn't even trickle her interest, and the magic
circle in the sky grows and begins to glow again as Ibuki recites another
spell. Yuma yells for Haruhi to watch out, and Ibuki stares coldly at Haruhi
as she begins to cast her defensive spell again. The lightning rains down onto
Haruhi, but she got the spell off in time. However, the sheer number of
lightning bolts has a larger blast radius, and this time, Haruhi can't even try
to counterattack. Haruhi cries out in pain, and Ibuki taunts her again. Yuma
yells at Ibuki to stop, since it's obvious she's won. Ibuki tells him to leave
before she hurts him too. Suddenly, Ibuki looks up, and someone calls out to
her, and Suzuri appears behind Haruhi. She asks if Haruhi and Yuma are alright,
and Ibuki says that the mother finally came out to help her daughter. (WTF?!?)
Haruhi and Yuma are both surprised, but Haruhi says that Suzuri isn't her
mother, and asks Ibuki why she thinks so. Ibuki says that a child's magic has
the same characteristics of their parents, and Haruhi's is almost identical to
Suzuri's, whom Ibuki has witnessed. Yuma says that their family name is
different though. Suzuri says that Ibuki had made a mistake, that Haruhi's
magic looks similar to hers only by chance. Yuma thought it was impossible for
the two to be mother-daughter, and is glad Suzuri is denying it. Suzuri than
says her child is here, and it's Yuma! (WTF?!?!?) Now everyone stares in shock,
and Yuma wonders if he heard wrong. Haruhi asks what's going on, and Yuma says
that he's just as confused. Suzuri says that it's the truth. Ibuki says Suzuri
is lying, that a man such a Yuma who can't use magic can't be her son. Suzuri
says that a magician's child doesn't have to use magic, that it's not a rule.
Ibuki says that if that's true, than she'll just have to kill Yuma instead of
Haruhi. (Eh?) Suzuri says that she can't have that though, and Ibuki asks if
she's giving up. Suzuri says that she has no intention of doing so, but she's
done talking to Ibuki. Ibuki says she'll stop for today, and that they can
live, but she'll be back. Ibuki than teleports Shinya and herself away. Suzuri
tells them both to get close to her, quickly. Ibuki throws one final spell out
towards them, and Suzuri quickly casts one hell of a defensive light spell to
stop it. Haruhi asks where they went, and Suzuri says they ran off. Suzuri asks
if she should explain while smiling at Yuma. Yuma wonders if he really is the
son of this beautiful woman, but recalls that she did seem faintly familiar to
him when Haruhi first introduced him to her. Yuma says he doesn't believe her,
and Suzuri says he's in shock, and should take a moment to compose himself.
Yuma honestly doesn't get a maternal feeling from her though when he thinks of
her as mother, and asks her again if she's telling the truth. Suzuri asks why
she would lie about something so serious. Yuma apologizes, saying that it's
alot to take in, and says he'd like some proof that Suzuri is his mother.
Suzuri asks if he remembers the first spell he ever learned. Haruhi jumps at
this news, and Yuma thinks back, than slowly recites the incantation for it.
Haruhi is shaken, and Yuma asks if she's alright. Haruhi says that was the
first spell that Suzuri taught her as well. Suzuri says that Ibuki was right,
that children's magic takes after their parents. Haruhi says that this is alot
to take in, that Suzuri's magic looks complex, and that it took her awhile to
match it, than she learns that Yuma can also do it. Suzuri says that since Yuma
knows the spells that she uses and the looks of them, would that be considered
as sufficient evidence for her to be his mother. Yuma is still unsure, and
Suzuri says he can ask Otoha about it as soon as he gets the opportunity.
Suzuri says things are more difficult now that she knows that Ibuki is the
puppet master behind these recent events. Suzuri takes out a small ring and
gives it to Yuma. Yuma asks what it is, and she says that it'll help him do
some defensive magic, and puts it on his middle finger. Yuma asks her about it,
and Suzuri says it's for him to help protect those he loves. Suzuri tells him
to remember it, and walks away, leaving him alone with Haruhi, who looks
half-dead. Haruhi than angrily asks him about him using magic, and Yuma admits
he was able to in the past. Haruhi asks him why he kept it secret until now,
and Yuma asks her to not shout so loud. Haruhi apologizes, repeating that
Yuma and Suzuri's spells are similar. Yuma says he's sorry for keeping it from
her, and that he's still confused as well. Yuma asks if she wants to talk about
it tomorrow, after they've had a night to clear their heads. Haruhi says that
would be nice, and Yuma offers to walk her back to the dorm.


Time: Night


After Yuma gets home, he thanks Otoha for dinner, and sits back onto the couch.
Yuma stares at the ring on his finger, thinking back to earlier, and wonders if
he should go live with Suzuri, but that he likes living with Otoha and Sumomo.
Otoha comes in and notices the ring on his finger, and asks where he got it
from. Otoha asks if a girl gave it to him, and Yuma decides to ask, and says
that Suzuri gave it to him. Otoha immediately quiets down, and Yuma asks Otoha
if Suruzi is his mother. Otoha is silent for a little bit, than says she is.
Yuma asks her why she never told him, and Otoha says that Suzuri gave Yuma to
her so that she should study magic as best she could. (Shitty reason, Suzuri
basically abandoned Yuma?) Otoha hopes that he won't hold a grudge against
her for such a thing, but Yuma says he won't, as he likes it here, and can't
imagine a life if he hadn't, and says it's impossible to think of Suzuri as his
mother now, that Otoha will always be his mother to him. Otoha thanks him for
his words, and apologizes again for keeping it secret from him. Otoha says that
Suzuri would be happy for him, and decides to call her later. Yuma asks her
why, and she says that she hasn't seen Suzuri since she opened Oasis. Yuma
reflects on all he's learned today, and knows that Suzuri wouldn't have
entrusted him to Otoha without a reason, and Yuma now knows why. While she may
be silly, she really does love him, and will always be there for him.

~~End of Wednesday, April 19th.


(bi) Date: Thursday, April 20th


Time: Morning


Yuma is dreaming, remembering the moments before Suzuri turned him over to
Otoha, and remembers her saying to meet again when he grows up. Now that event
has come full circle, but she isn't his mother now, she's only a teacher. Yuma
wakes up, noting that his mother is a teacher but he's not embarrassed by that
fact. Yuma says he feels alot better after a good night's sleep, and heads
downstairs, greeting Sumomo, who is happy that he got up on his own today. Yuma
says he can't be indebted to her forever. Sumomo says that's true, but she's
disappointed that she wasn't able to wake Yuma up, but consoles herself by
saying that if Yuma gets any lazier, she'll be able to wake him up again. Yuma
says that will be the day, and Otoha comes in, saying Yuma looks lively today.
Yuma says he got plenty of sleep last night. Otoha says that's good, but that
Yuma should always be himself. Yuma notices that Otoha seems a little...off
this morning, and he asks her if something is wrong, but Otoha hugs him hard
and says she'll always be his mother. Yuma and Sumomo are surprised, and Yuma
asks Sumomo for help, but she takes it the wrong way, asking them when they
developed such a relationship. Yuma tells her to stop thinking foolish things,
and Otoha doesn't help matters by saying they�fve always been like this. Sumomo
gets upset with Otoha, and Yuma is helpless while Otoha hugs him.

As they walk to school, Yuma explains to Sumomo what happened yesterday, and
Sumomo is relieved, and also surprised at his story. Yuma says he's surprised
himself. Sumomo says she's glad though, because she can eventually meet Yuma's
true mother. Yuma says that�fs true, but Sumomo notices he's not that energetic,
and asks Yuma if he doesn't want her to meet his mother. Yuma says that's not
it, but says that because they don't see each other that much at school, it
makes it hard to get them together to see her. Sumomo sighs, and says that she
will  always support him as his younger sister, no matter what happens.
(Sigh, she's given up finally by now...at least on this story, heheh.) Sumomo
shyly says she wishes that wasn't the case, and when Yuma asks her to speak up,
Sumomo nervously laughs, saying it's nothing. Yuma pushes further, but Sumomo
blushes and insists that everything is fine.


Time: Forenoon


Haruhi greets Yuma rather lackadaisically, and Yuma asks if she's still tired
from yesterday. Haruhi says that's not it, and looks away, surprising Yuma, who
is confused. Yuma tries to ask what's going on, but Haruhi says she has to go,
as she's being called. Haruhi apologizes again, and says they can talk about
yesterday later. Yuma concedes, and Haruhi dashes out of the room. Yuma notes
that Haruhi seems kind of awkward today, and Jun comes over, asking what's up
with Haruhi, since she left in what seemed to be a panic. Yuma says she has
something to do, and Jun says it seemed like she was more stressed that
hurried. Yuma thinks over all that happened yesterday, and wonders why he isn't
more stressed himself. Yuma tries to get Haruhi's attention again after the
next class ends, but Haruhi says she has to hurry, saying she forgot about
something, and runs off again. The same thing happens during the next break,
with the excuse this time being that she has to return a book to the library.
As they sit through the next class, Yuma steals a glance at Haruhi. He notes
that while she looks like she's paying attention to the class lesson today,
he's noticed her looking at him repeatedly the entire day. Yuma notes that it
could be because she's so tired she can't concentrate, but that he recalls that
she's been avoiding him during the class breaks as well. Haruhi drops her
pencil, and it rolls over towards Yuma, and they both duck down to pick it up,
and touch hands, and Haruhi flushes deep scarlet. Yuma hands her back her
pencil, and she ducks down into her book, trying to continue copying her notes.


Time: Lunch


Jun suggests that he, Yuma and Haruhi all eat together for lunch today, and
Yuma contemplates his answer, as he doesn't want to make Haruhi feel more
uncomfortable around him that she already is today, and Hachi comes over,
asking him why he's hesitating. Yuma tells him to shut up, and they all walk
over to Anri, and settle down to eat. Hachi remarks that Haruhi's lunch looks
delicious, and Anri agrees, saying she always has a great looking lunch. Yuma
says that's a strange thing for a rival to say to another, and Anri tells that
he's being annoying. Haruhi tells them not to worry, and begins to ask Anri a
question, but stops and when she puts the egg in her lunch in her mouth, and
starts shaking. As her shakes, Yuma wonders what�fs wrong, and Haruhi closes her
lunch, sighing. Jun asks Haruhi what's wrong, and she says she just lost her
appetite. Anri asks her if she's not going to eat, and Haruhi nods yes. Hachi
than asks if he can have it than, so that it won't go to waste. Haruhi
nervously laughs, and Yuma hopes that Haruhi will be ok, but Anri says Hachi
already can't have her lunch, and he slumps over in defeat. Haruhi says she's
sorry that she failed, and they all wonder what she means, than they all get
it, that Haruhi screwed up her lunch today, and that it tastes bad. Haruhi
nervously says she did. Hachi says she can't have failed that badly, and says
he'll taste something to prove she did well. Haruhi insists that nothing else
in there should be eaten, and Anri says she pities Hachi, that the one time he
has an opportunity to eat her lunch, he can't. Hachi tells Anri not to take
pity on him. Jun offers part of his lunch to Haruhi than, and Anri says that
Haruhi can take part of Hachi's and hers as well. Hachi is all happy, and when
Yuma tells him he's being stupid, Hachi says love transcends time. Yuma retorts
that he'll be flying the space-time continuum forever. Hachi says that Yuma is
just jealous, and Yuma says he'd just be embarrassed. Hachi than takes a bite
of Haruhi's lunch, and Hachi looks like he's going to hurl. (HAHAHA!) Jun and
Anri asks if he's alright, but all Hachi can do is slowly shake his head no.
Jun and Anri wonder if it could really be that bad, but both of them look bad.
Jun asks Yuma for a drink, saying that the curry was REALLY spicy. Yuma
quickly pours some of his tea for him, and gulps it down in a second. Anri asks
if he can spare anymore, and Yuma says he'll try some too, to share the pain,
but Haruhi shouts no, and quickly closes her lunch box again. Yuma says he
feels obligated to, but Haruhi says absolutely not, and holds it firmly to her
chest. Yuma notes that Haruhi's eyes look like those of a mother hen protecting
her chicks, and Yuma is sad that he can't share the pain. Jun remarks that it
truly is unusual for Haruhi screw up her lunch.


KEY OPTION:

1) What will she do for lunch now?

2) Is Haruhi sick?

You must choose Option Two here if you want to head towards Haruhi's Good
Ending. If you choose Option One, even if you helped Haruhi out with every
other choice you will get her Bad Ending.

Side Note: This is the last non-H-Scene choice for Haruhi's Route. If, for most
of the choices, you helped Haruhi out, you will achieve her True Ending. I will
note later when the game breaks to send you to the Bad Ending if you weren't
all for Haruhi. (Also, remember, I WILL NOT be translating the H Scene script,
as most can figure it out from the groans, moans, pants, and screams.)


Option One: Yuma asks what Haruhi will do for lunch now, and she says she'll go
buy some bread or something.


Option Two: Yuma asks Haruhi if she's feeling sick, and Yuma recalls earlier
when she dropped her pencil. Hachi pops up immediately, concerned that Haruhi
might be sick. Anri says that Hachi's annoying antics revived her. Hachi says
he'll travel the country to find Haruhi a remedy, and Haruhi thanks Hachi, but
says she's not sick. Hachi asks if she's sure, and she says she's not, and for
him not to worry.


Both paths meet here. Yuma asks if he can go with her, at least to help her
settle down from this whole boxed lunch fiasco. Haruhi says she can buy bread
by herself, but Yuma says the lines will be really busy by now. Haruhi says she
knows, and runs out. Yuma things that Haruhi is actually sick, but let's her
go. Jun asks Yuma if something is wrong with Haruhi, and Yuma asks Jun when he
noticed. Jun says ever since this morning. Yuma notes that girl's hardly miss
these things, and apparently neither does Jun. Yuma than asks Jun whether he
thinks Haruhi is avoiding him. Jun asks why she would, and Yuma says he just
has a feeling. Jun says that while she's not necessarily avoiding Yuma, she
does feel awkward around him right now, and wonders if something happened
yesterday that really upset her. Yuma knows what it is, and while he knows
that it will take a while, Haruhi will be back to normal soon, but tells Jun
that he'll talk to her when he can. Jun asks if Yuma wants his help, but Yuma
says he'll probably only complicate things. Yuma resolves to talk to her after
school, and spends the rest of the day focusing on school. Yuma asks Haruhi to
come with him to the forest to talk, and while other students stare at him,
Yuma doesn't care.


Time: After School


Yuma tries to start up a conversation, but can't seem to keep one going with
Haruhi right now, and notices the thick atmosphere hanging around them. Yuma
wonders if he's being nothing but a hindrance to Haruhi now, since her attitude
towards him changed this morning, and that she had kind of been distant since
the fight yesterday. Yuma wonders if he made Haruhi too angry about keeping his
previous use of magic a secret, and realizes that's probably it, that he didn't
tell her, but knows he didn't tell her because he didn't think it was necessary
to tell her. Yuma knows that his magic could probably never match Haruhi's
anyway, but the news greatly surprised her, and notes that her view of him
probably changed, because he can't just be a student from the General Section
anymore, and therefore, doesn't know what to think of Yuma. Yuma decides he
should apologize, but explain that he has no intention to be seen as a magician
anymore. Yuma calls out to her, and Haruhi is taken aback, by Yuma calling her.
Yuma tries to talk about yesterday, and Haruhi lowers her eyes. Yuma asks her
why she's being so quiet, and Haruhi says it's because she was so surprised to
find out that he was Suzuri's son. Yuma says he was surprised too, and asked
Otoha when he got home, and she confirmed it. Haruhi asks why Suzuri left him
in Otoha and Sumomo's care, and repeats what Otoha said about Suzuri wanting
to be the best magician she could be, and that raising a child would be
counter effective. Yuma says he doesn't know the details into it, but thats the
basic reasons. Yuma says he's done, and Haruhi apologizes for asking such a
personal question. Yuma says he doesn't really care. He begins to ask Haruhi
something, but stops. Haruhi tells him not to push himself, and silence follows
again, and both look away. Yuma knows he can't quit, and turns back. Yuma calls
for Haruhi again, and this time, he notices that she doesn't even look remotely
angry, just scared. Yuma asks Haruhi what's been going on with her, that she
had been avoiding him when she could this morning. Yuma asks her if it's
because she found out he was a magician as well. Yuma apologizes again for not
telling her, and says that he probably wouldn't have been as good of a
magician as she is anyways, saying he stopped using magic many years ago.
Haruhi says she's heading back. Yuma stares dumbfounded at her as she walk off,
with Soprano on her back. Yuma asks her if that's it, and Haruhi says she still
has to talk with Suzuri. Yuma says she's lying, and Haruhi apologizes, saying
she has alot on her mind. Yuma says he doesn't want Haruhi to be angry with him
over this matter, and Haruhi says she's not angry, but rather, and stops. Yuma
tries to push further, but Haruhi says it's nothing. Yuma moves closer, but
Haruhi screams in surprise, and moves away from Yuma as he tried to take her
arm and hand in hand. Haruhi tries to explain, but than says she has to go, and
runs off. Yuma watches her run off, and although he wants to call out to her to
wait up, he knows he shouldn't. Yuma wonders if betrayed her trust or such that
badly, and hopes she doesn't hate him, than heads for home himself.


Time: Night


Yuma sighs, and than notices Sumomo matching his movements. Yuma wonders if
she's worried about him, and asks what's wrong. Sumomo says that Ibuki was
absent from school today. Yuma cries out startled, realizing that he forgot
about Ibuki, since she was in Sumomo's grade. Sumomo continues, saying that not
even the teacher knew where she was. Yuma says she probably was sick or
something when she woke up, but Sumomo is worried that she didn't call the
school to say that. Yuma knows that true story, but knows that if he told
Sumomo the truth, that Ibuki is out to kill him now, that it would terribly
upset her. Yuma tells her to cheer up, as this isn't like her, and Sumomo
suggests that they pay Ibuki a visit, to wish her well. (Uh oh!) Yuma
instinctively shouts no, and Sumomo asks him why he'd say such a thing so
suddenly. Yuma plays it off, saying he doesn't want Sumomo to possibly get
sick, and Sumomo says she'd gladly become sick if she could be there for Ibuki,
and win her heart. (Oh?) Yuma asks if she's thinking straight, and Yuma tells
her she can go over after they hear for sure if she's sick or not. Yuma tells
Sumomo that he hopes Ibuki is at school tomorrow, as now he's worried too.
Sumomo is happy that Yuma cares as well, but Yuma wonders if he's said the
right thing, because he doesn't want to potentially put Sumomo in danger
either, wondering what he will have to do if Ibuki comes after him while he's
with Sumomo, and notes that he can probably be sure that he won't come to
harm if Ibuki if out from school, and now he can focus on his problems with
Haruhi.

~~End Thursday, April 20th.





(bj) Date: Friday, April 21st


Time: Morning


As Yuma brushes his teeth, he only has one thing on his mind, the same thing as
last night: Haruhi. Yuma wonders what exactly made Haruhi avoid him so much,
and can't figure out what. Sumomo tells Yuma to mind his manners and brush his
teeth in the bathroom. Yuma says he understands as best as he cans, and heads
back towards the bathroom. Yuma wonders what made Haruhi so emotional at the
end of yesterday, and hopes that she'll be back to normal by this evening, and
wonders if he feels this way because of love. (About time you moron!)

When Yuma enters the classroom, Haruhi isn't there. Yuma asks Hachi where
Haruhi is, and Hachi says she left the room shortly before Yuma came in. Yuma
is surprised, but she's her lunch on her desk, and knows she'll be back soon.
Hachi remarks that Haruhi looks strange today, however. Yuma asks him what he
means, and Hachi says she seems absent-minded, even when people are asking her
about something that they just talked about. Yuma asks if he's sure, and Hachi
says he's been watching Haruhi a long time, and that of course he'd know. Hachi
is about to leave to go look for her, but sees Jun, than turns around, and Anri
is blocking his way. Hachi starts becoming frustrated, and Anri comes over,
saying that she understands. Jun comes over and says that truth is that Haruhi
looks more serious than usual. Hachi says that describes Haruhi perfectly, and
says everything about her screams the word Princess, but than all of his
efforts usually fall through the table. Hachi says he wishes that he could talk
to Haruhi without sounding like a total idiot. Anri laughs at Hachi, saying
he'll always be an idiot, and says that he can leave his troubles to her, that
she'll pull Haruhi out of her stupor. Hachi asks how, when Anri acts more like
a guy in situations like this. (Uh oh. Bad move, I can tell.) Anri tells Hachi
to come with her, and Hachi yells at Yuma to save him. Shortly they are off
screen, an explosion is heard, and Yuma feels a little sorry for Hachi. Jun
accuses Yuma of causing Haruhi's unusual behavior. Yuma asks why, and Jun says
that Haruhi's watching him from the doorway. Yuma quickly turns around, but Jun
says she already left again. Yuma sighs, and Jun asks Yuma how he's going to
handle this. Yuma says he doesn't know, since Haruhi is going out of her way to
avoid him like this. Jun sighs and says that Yuma still doesn't understand.
Yuma asks Jun what he means, and Jun tells him to not think of himself for
once, and think about Haruhi's feelings. Yuma is stunned, but sits down,
knowing he can do nothing for now. The door opens again, and Yuma turns around.
Haruhi sees him, and opens her mouth in shock. Haruhi shakes visibly, than runs
out again.


Time: Lunch


By now everyone in the class has noticed that Haruhi isn't her normal self, and
that everyone is aware that Yuma seems to be the cause. Anri and Jun grill
him, asking if he did something to her. Yuma insists that he doesn't know, but
he knows they'll keep asking, since Haruhi ran out for lunch as soon as the
bell rang. Anri asks if he can remember anything he might have said. Yuma
thinks hard, and thinks that it may be because he told Haruhi that he used to
be a magician. But, because she keeps avoiding him now, he can't talk to her,
and with everyone in the school knowing that something is up, they won't let
him get close to her either. Yuma says he doesn't understand what's going on.
Jun asks him if he really has no idea. Yuma says he doesn't, and asks them to
stop leading him on and tell him already. Jun stares at him and says that he
hurt Haruhi's feelings. Jun says that's the only solution when a girl won't
even talk to her best friend about what's been going on. Jun asks if he knows
exactly what's going on, and he says he doesn't, and that Yuma has to find out
from Haruhi himself. Yuma says that's easier said than done, but Jun says he
better talk to Haruhi as soon as possible, and asks if he understands. Yuma
says he does, and Jun says that the three of them will stay out of his business
for a while. Anri and Hachi are reluctant, but agree to follow Jun's lead. Jun
tells Yuma to work hard, and than heads back to his seat.


Time: Afternoon


As he's waiting for the bell for sixth period to start, Haruhi still hasn't
come back from lunch. Yuma asks if Haruhi called Anri or Jun. Hachi asks why
she couldn't have called him, and Yuma says she'd never give him her number.
Anri tells Yuma to call her, but he asks if she's in the nurse's office or
something. Jun asks if he's really that worried about Haruhi. Yuma catches
himself and says he's not, and calls Haruhi's phone, but she doesn't pick up.
Jun tells him to go search, but the teacher walks in, and tells them to sit
down. Than the teacher asks if anyone knows where Haruhi is. Now Yuma is really
worried, because no matter what the reason, Haruhi would tell the teacher at
least that she would be missing class first. Yuma wonders if Ibuki lied when
she said she wouldn't go after Haruhi anymore, and Yuma jumps up, telling the
teacher he has a stomach ache. The teacher doesn't believe him though, and
tells him to sit down. Jun stands up, and says that Yuma will probably throw
up on the floor if he can't go, and says he's witnessed it before. The teacher
uneasily tells Yuma to head on to the nurse's office, and Yuma silently thanks
Jun for the help.

Yuma runs to the nurse's office and pulls open the door, but Haruhi isn't
there. Yuma than wonders if she's in the forest, near the magic circle tunnel,
and runs out of the school.

Haruhi isn't here either, and now Yuma panics, wondering where she is. Yuma
calls her phone again, but she still doesn't answer. Yuma shouts out to no one
in particular, demanding to know where Haruhi is.

Yuma next tries the park where they all sat, watching the cherry blossom trees.
Yuma hears a the school bell off in the distance, and knows that schools out
now and he'll be in trouble, but he doesn't care right now. Yuma calls Jun, and
asks if Haruhi has returned to the school, but Jun says she still hasn't come
back. Yuma says he'll keep searching, and hangs up. Yuma than has a spark, and
head's for Suzuri's office at the Magic Section building, thinking that she
at least might have a clue to where Haruhi is.

Yuma arrived for the first time alone, and notices a teacher smoking in the
building. Yuma wonders if he should really be doing so, since the building was
just recently restored after a bombing, but than Suzuri sees him, and greets
him, saying it's unusual for him to come alone. Yuma asks if she's seen Haruhi
anywhere but Suzuri says she hasn't. Suzuri asks if something�fs wrong, and Yuma
tells her what's going on, that Haruhi is apparently upset with him, and that
she even missed class without informing their teacher, and that now he's out
running everywhere looking for her. Suzuri says that Haruhi may hate him for
keeping that kind of secret inside. Yuma asks if Haruhi has contacted her at
all. Suzuri asks if he means by magic, and Yuma says by any means. Suzuri asks
if he'll stop searching if she tells him, than smiles. Yuma apologizes for
asking such a foolish request, but Suzuri says it's alright, and that Haruhi
is probably waiting for him. Yuma thanks her, and asks why she's helping him.
Suzuri asks if it's too much for a mother to help her son, and Yuma says he
understands. Suzuri laughs, and tells him not too overwork himself.

Yuma tries the last place he can think of, and heads for the girl's dormitory,
but she isn't there either. Yuma feels bad, that he's been to everywhere he
thinks Haruhi could be, and still couldn't find her. Yuma decides to head back
to the forest, and from there the front of the school, to see if she's there,
but than his phone rings. Yuma looks at the caller ID, and it's Haruhi. Yuma
takes a deep breath and answers the phone. Yuma asks where she's at, and Haruhi
says she's on the roof of the General Section building, and asks if he could
meet her. Yuma says he's already on the way, and hangs up.

Yuma runs flat out and doesn't stop until he open the door at the top of the
stairs, and Haruhi is waiting for him. Haruhi thanks Yuma for coming, and Yuma
says he was surprised, since she had gone missing. Haruhi apologizes for
worrying Yuma, and he asks if she called him up here for something important.
Haruhi says yes, that she has something she wants to show him. Haruhi takes
Soprano, and begins reciting a spell, one that Yuma knows well (the one he
recited in the woods the other day) Yuma remembers back to the time he first
used it to protect a little girl who was being bullied, but he wasn't able to
control it. Yuma, however, notes that Haruhi is controlling it completely, and
that the light coming from the globe is very beautiful. The light swells almost
to the point of blinding, than fades. Yuma asks about that spell, and Haruhi
says that it was the first kind of magic she ever saw, and that it's what made
her want to become a magician. Haruhi asks if she can sit down, and Yuma says
it's alright.

Haruhi says she apologizes, but she can't speak straight while looking at Yuma
right now. Yuma says he understands, as he can't look her straight either.
Haruhi thanks him, than says she has been waiting for the guy she likes for a
long time. (Note: The music here is enchanting.) Haruhi continues, saying he
was her first love. Haruhi didn't know if they would ever meet again, and even
if they did, if they would remember each other. Haruhi takes a deep breath, and
continues. Haruhi says there was a park she used to play at when she was
younger, although it's gone now, and says that's how she came to know Sumomo.
Yuma says he remembers that park. Haruhi nods, saying that most of the boys
who played at the park during that time were cruel to her, and that she would
always be weak-kneed and cry every time they bullied her, at least, until he
appeared. She at first thought he was like her, but he yelled for the boys to
stop bullying her. The other boys pushed and teased him for trying to help a
girl, but he didn't care and continued to defend Haruhi. Haruhi sensed that he
had been living a hard life as well, than she saw the boys charge the one boy,
and she screamed and closed her eyes, and heard him recite a spell. She opened
her eyes, and her world became bright because of the spell. Haruhi says it's
the one thing in her life she could never forget. As she finishes, she looks
down at the ground. Yuma now clearly remembers that day. Haruhi states that
Yuma was the boy who defended her. Yuma thinks to himself that he had already
convinced himself that he had defended Sumomo, but now that confidence begins
to break, and Yuma wonders if that little girl was Haruhi after all. Haruhi
calls Yuma again, but Yuma apologizes, saying he can't remember for sure,
although he does remember a situation like that, where he helped a little girl,
like Haruhi says, although he can't remember if it was Haruhi or not. Haruhi
smiles behind his back, and calls him again, saying that it's not a coincidence
that her spells look like Suzuri's, and thus Yuma's, as she modeled hers after
the spell that he used to help her. Haruhi says it was hard to remember that
spell, and felt like giving up many times, but she thought that if she could
cast that spell the way he did, she would be able to meet him again. That's why
Haruhi was so surprised when she learned that Yuma was a magician before, and
could recite that spell perfectly, and knew instantly that he was that boy from
before. Haruhi says she was frightened, however, of how to tell him, scared to
death that Yuma would reject her once he found out the entire truth, because
she had been wanting to go out with him for a long time. Because Yuma kept it
hidden for so long, she thought her worst fears had come true, and that the
Yuma of today was so much more different than the boy she knew, in more ways
than just not being able to cast spells. Haruhi thought for the longest time on
how to overcome her feelings, but couldn't find an answer. Than, when she tried
to imagine the two of them together, she couldn't, no matter how hard she
tried. Even she didn't understand it, she only knew she wanted to be by Yuma's
side. Yuma asks if that's why Haruhi kept avoiding him, and Haruhi says yes,
that her feelings were at the breaking point, and she couldn't give an answer.
Haruhi asks Yuma to be the boy that helped her those many years ago. Yuma is
silent for a time, than says he actually remembered everything a little while
ago. Haruhi says she still wants an answer. Yuma says the answer won't change
no matter how many times she asks. Haruhi tells him not to sound so serious,
and Yuma says he'll tell her after he thinks on it hard. Haruhi says the answer
doesn't have to be anything but yes or no, nothing else matters. Yuma asks her
what she'll think of him, and asks if she's ready to hear his answer. Yuma says
he isn't the boy that defended her anymore, and asks Haruhi if that's ok with
her. Haruhi is silent, than says it is. Yuma is shocked, and Haruhi says she
doesn't know what else to say, because the fact remains that Yuma at least WAS
her first love. Haruhi asks him to say so, because otherwise her heart will
burst. Haruhi is on the verge of breaking down, and says it's funny, because
he's already helped her many times before as well. Yuma's not mad at what
Haruhi has said, and Yuma says that being with Haruhi might not answer all of
her questions, and Yuma says it would take time to get to know each other.
Haruhi says she doesn't care, and that she just wants Yuma to act like that boy
of yesteryear sometimes on occasion. Yuma is silent, and Haruhi begins to cry.
Yuma than remembers what Jun said, that Haruhi would try to tell him something,
and that he'll have to accept it if he wants to be with Haruhi. Yuma finally
realizes what he has to do. Yuma calls Haruhi, and she apologizes, saying it
was foolish to wish such a thing of Yuma, and Yuma says he understands. Yuma
says he'll try to be the boy she wants, because he doesn't want to lose her.
Haruhi thanks him quietly. (*Sniff* Um! I'm not crying! I'm not! ;( )

Yuma asks if her feelings were that hard to confess, and Haruhi says she'd be
lying if she said they weren't. Yuma says it didn't suit Haruhi at all to seem
so helpless. Yuma watches her with a smile, and calls her, but than someone
interrupts, saying they are sick of watching this riddle go back and forth. (A
familiar someone, at that.) Yuma and Haruhi turn around to see Ibuki. The
atmosphere significantly changes from one of romance to thick suspense, and
Yuma notes that it's almost twilight, which seems like a fitting way to put the
situation right now. Ibuki asks if they will still block her way. Yuma asks
Ibuki again what she has against them. Ibuki says they are in here way, and
it's annoying her. Yuma tells her to piss off, and Ibuki brings up her
umbrella. Yuma notes that it has to be her magic wand. Ibuki says she has a
question for Yuma. She asks if he really is Suzuri's son. Yuma says it's true,
and that he's surprised that Ibuki finally caught on. Ibuki ignores him, and
says she'll use her true power today, and not do them a dishonor by bringing
anything less. Yuma asks if she's thinking clearly, because she clearly doesn't
understand the situation. Ibuki laughs, saying her right to reclaim the
Shikimori Treasure allows her to do anything necessary to get it back, but says
she's looking forward to burning the skin off his bones. Ibuki admits that they
won't give her any trouble once she obtains that Treasure. Yuma says he doesn't
recall doing anything to her, so why is she threatening them now. Ibuki says
she has to take any advantage that is presented to her to blow a hole in
Suzuri's armor. Yuma says that it won't matter what she does, and Ibuki wonders
what she's hiding, saying Haruhi should be disgusted to be associated with a
man like him. (Ok, that's it. Now I'M pissed.) Haruhi shouts that she had no
right to talk to Yuma like that, and Yuma agrees with Haruhi. Yuma understands
what is about to happen, and Haruhi steps forward with Soprano in hand. Haruhi
tells him to stay back so he doesn't get hurt while she defeats Ibuki. Ibuki
asks if Haruhi really thinks she can beat her, than proceeds to say she won't
even make her fall to one knee. Haruhi says that last time she was exhausted
because she had to fight Shinya, and lost easily, but says that this time, with
her at full power, it'll be a different story. Haruhi than states again that
she will defeat Ibuki to defend Yuma. (That's love right there everyone. :) She
continues to say she can't be beaten by anyone who fights for no one else.
Ibuki laughs at Haruhi, than begins casting her spells, but Haruhi was slightly
faster in finishing her defensive barrier. The lightning from before falls from
the sky and batters Haruhi. Haruhi tells Yuma to run quickly. Ibuki asks if
this is all Haruhi will do to defend one she loves, and Haruhi quickly renews
her barrier to full strength. Ibuki's lightning continues to batter away at the
barrier, and Ibuki congratulates Haruhi for holding out this long. Yuma notes
that while it looks bad, Haruhi is actually in control, but wonders how long
she can keep this up. Haruhi quickly releases a fire stream, but Ibuki
teleports in front of it, asking Haruhi where she's aiming. Haruhi redirects
the fire stream to reflect off of a piece of her barrier, and it flies back
towards Ibuki! Ibuki barely catches it in time with a barrier of her own, but
is left wide open, and Haruhi doesn't miss the chance. Vines creep towards
Ibuki, and trap her legs, slowing her movement, than follows up with another
fire stream. Ibuki deflects it easily, however, and Haruhi is shocked, hoping
that blow would have ended the fight. Yuma remarks that Ibuki is a truly gifted
magician. Ibuki than laughs, saying that Haruhi has proven to be more
interesting than she first thought. Haruhi says she better concentrate on the
fight, and begins to cast another spell. Ibuki counters with the gigantic
lightning arrow she fired the other day, and both magic�fs meet and explode with
raw power. Yuma remarks that this display is magnificent, but wishes it were on
more friendly terms. Ibuki says she'll end this now, and Haruhi, who is
struggling, asks what she means. Ibuki continues, saying that someone whom she
has battled twice before would like to repay for the favor he owes her. (Oh
shit, that's low...) Yuma wonders what she's talking about, but than suddenly
a gust of wind tears by at Yuma's face, and Yuma knows that it's Shinya. The
blow catches him off guard, and Yuma can't move. Shinya rushes at Yuma, and
Haruhi, seeing this, desperately fires a fire stream at Shinya to throw him
off balance. Haruhi hits Shinya, and he crumples, but Ibuki doesn't miss the
opening, and tells her not to look away, as she casts another spell at Haruhi.
Yuma yells for her to watch out, and the magic that is fired snakes between
Haruhi's defensive barrier and connects. Yuma yells for Haruhi, but it seems
that Haruhi was able to construct another barrier at the last nanosecond to
prevent serious injury. Yuma apologizes for dropping his guard. Ibuki says it
won't end like this, and says Shinya still has something to give them. Haruhi
begins to cast a spell in defense, but Yuma yells for Haruhi to watch out, and
shoves her out of the way, just in time to avoid Ibuki's magic wand, which flew
through the air in the space Haruhi had just occupied. Haruhi continues her
spell, and points it towards Ibuki's magic wand. Yuma hopes that it connects in
time, but the wand than casts a spell itself, and blinds Haruhi. Soprano
cries out in concern, and Haruhi is shocked to know that Ibuki's wand can cast
magic independently. Yuma is surprised as well. Ibuki says her family
originated such a wand, and says that it can perform many different magic�fs.
Haruhi shouts in a panic that she can't see, and Ibuki says Haruhi won't be
able to see for as long as Ibuki wishes it. (Bitch!) Soprano tells Haruhi to
calm down, and Haruhi blindly asks Soprano where she is, as she's feeling
around for her. Ibuki than turns her attention to Yuma, who is now defenseless.
Haruhi tells her to wait, and Ibuki turns back to Haruhi in surprise, seeing
that she has regained her footing. Yuma sees that she still can't see, and that
she still doesn't have Soprano, but she still stands. Ibuki says she's
finished, but Haruhi says she will still defend Yuma regardless. Yuma notes
that Haruhi has become quite desperate, and that she'll do anything now that
she's been pushed this far. Yuma wishes frantically for there to be something
he can do. Ibuki says this time she will take away Haruhi's movement than, but
Yuma tells her to wait. Ibuki turns back to Yuma, and he says that it's time he
showed her his magic. Yuma knows he's bluffing, and he hasn't used it in years,
and that even if he succeeds, it probably wont hit Ibuki, but Yuma knows he has
to do something to take Ibuki's attention away from Haruhi for the moment, as
she's already at her limit. Yuma can't bear to stand by and watch Haruhi be
hurt, and Ibuki laughs, saying that it's about time he stood up for himself.
Haruhi calls out to Yuma, and Ibuki says she's ready for his pathetic display
of magic, since he doesn't have Haruhi to shield him from her anymore. Yuma
says he'll make her cry like a baby, and Ibuki gets pissed, and Yuma tells
Haruhi he will defend the both of them now. Ibuki than composes herself, saying
that Yuma almost caused her to lose her composure and start flinging
profanities at him, but her noble upbringing is holding her back. Yuma stands
still, and slowly begins to recite the only spell he knows. The screen floods
black for a second, and Ibuki notices the spike in magical power, and asks what
he expects such a childish spell will do to her, that it's even easier to
counter than Haruhi's vines from earlier. Haruhi shouts out that Yuma doesn't
know any other spell, and Haruhi says that Yuma's lived most of his life with
Sumomo away from magic, and this is the only one he remembers, that he's never
studied under a teacher for magic, that he's just like a normal student.
Ibuki can't believe Suzuri would allow for such a thing to happen, but Yuma
continues on, ignoring both women. Ibuki than notices that Yuma is looking
quite serious. Yuma is struggling to control the rage he is feeling towards
Ibuki, so that his spell doesn't go out of control. Yuma knows that if he loses
to his rage, his spell will be of enormous destructive power, but that it
could hurt Haruhi in the process, and struggles desperately to keep it under
control. Ibuki is getting a little nervous now, asking what the hell he's up
to. Yuma tells her to shut up and prepare herself. Ibuki notices that he's 
sweating madly, and tells him so, but this only infuriates Yuma more, and the
sweat falls into his eyes, blurring his vision even more. Than Yuma loses
control, and is about to let go, when Haruhi grabs his hand.

Haruhi tries to help him control his magic, telling him to remember the time he
used it to help her. Yuma steals a glance at Haruhi, and notices that she's
still blinded by Ibuki's wand, but she's trying hard to help him. Haruhi says
he'll be alright, and she believes in his ability to keep his magic under
control, and says she's been waiting for this moment, to see the magic of the
boy who defended her those many years ago. Haruhi admits she didn't have this
ability at the beginning of the school term, saying she only developed it
recently, that she's different now. Haruhi says she'll lend her remaining
strength to Yuma, to increase his power. She says she's been running for such a
long time, and that, at last, she was able to finally catch up to him, to the
boy she wants to love the most. Yuma realizes that's what Haruhi has been doing
all this time, running after him, trying to help him, as he helped her.
Haruhi tells him not to give up as long as she's here. Yuma thanks her, and
says everything will turn out alright, saying there�fs no one else he'd rather
have next to him right now. Yuma asks if she's ready, and they concentrate on
the spell together. Yuma feels the warmth enter his body, and form towards his
outreached hand. The ring on his finger suddenly begins to glow, and Yuma's
previous reckless and out of control magic ebbs under the light, and Haruhi
says that she can see the whirlpool of light, as she remembers it from that
day. Haruhi says this light can cut through any darkness, and Yuma nods,
pointing the ring towards Ibuki, as power collects in it. Yuma knows that if
either of them tried this alone they would only fail, but together, they may
have a chance to reach Ibuki. They both nod, and finish reciting the spell, and
it rockets towards Ibuki. Ibuki is engulfed in the light, and is temporarily
paralyzed. Yuma wonders if it was only for a fleeting moment, but Yuma only
feels the warmth of Haruhi's hand. When his vision returns, he sees Haruhi
smiling at him gently. Yuma calls out to Ibuki, and Shinya moves to her side.
Ibuki tells him not to worry, and says that Yuma, being Suzuri's son, was able
to surprise her a little. (Uh oh, did it not work?) Yuma notes that while he
did his best, Ibuki still seems as cold as usual. Haruhi and Yuma are both
exhausted, barely able to keep each other standing by mutual support, but Yuma
slowly walks forward as Haruhi stays quiet. Ibuki says she feels guilty for
some reason, and when Yuma asks what she means, she says she's disappointed
that Yuma's power devolved to such a pitiful state, but also acknowledges that
he and Haruhi have incredible strength when they are together. Yuma admits that
he's dry though. Ibuki than says that they performed one hell of a bluff with
that kind of spell. Yuma is shocked that his spell had such little effect on
Ibuki, since he powered all of his being into it, and has nothing left to
defend himself, but resolves to still defend Haruhi however he can. Ibuki
begins to laugh again, and Yuma asks bitterly if she's laughing in victory.
Ibuki tells that she's not, rather that she's laughing at the events that took
place. Yuma asks what she means, and Ibuki says that even if he knocked her
down with that spell, she would have still finished them off, and says she'll
beat them the next time, with Suruzi begging her to spare Yuma. Yuma says she
has no right to say such things, and Ibuki says that they will meet again, and
that next time, she will finish them, and that she will say whatever she
pleases. Yuma tells her to wait, but Ibuki tells Shinya they are leaving, and
Ibuki teleports them away. (Well, seems his feelings reached Ibuki, at least a
little, so that she would spare them now.)

Yuma and Haruhi wonder what exactly just happened, and Haruhi is about to say
something, but closes her mouth and stays silent, than falls over, exhausted.
Yuma asks if she's alright, and holds her, noticing that Haruhi has feels very
warm, and probably has a fever. Haruhi apologizes, saying she's feeling light-
headed. Yuma says he'll take her somewhere that she can rest, and asks if she
can walk a little. Haruhi nods yes, and Yuma notes that's probably stressed to
the breaking point after enduring Ibuki's onslaught. Yuma thinks on where to
take Haruhi, than decides on the nurse's office, saying it'll be empty there.
Haruhi doesn't understand what he means, but says let's go anyhow. Yuma says
he understands, and tells Haruhi to get on his back. Haruhi looks confused,
seeing Yuma crouching down in front of her. Yuma says he'll carry her a little
bit to the nurse's office. Haruhi says that Yuma can't possibly walk straight
either, but Yuma says he's fine compared to Haruhi's condition, and says that
he has enough strength to carry her there. Haruhi asks if it's really ok, and
Yuma nods. Haruhi thanks him, and blushes, than wraps both her arms around his
neck and climbs on his back. Yuma cries out, and Haruhi asks if she's heavy.
Yuma says he's fine, and that he's going to move.

Yuma places her on a bed, and Haruhi says she was finally able to meet him
again. Haruhi admits that she had started to give up hope on ever meeting the
one she loved again, and that's why she became an honors student and began
dedicating what little hope she had left towards magic, hoping he would hear of
her and seek her out. Haruhi says she's tired of such a life, however, and
wants to be a regular girl again. However, than she met Yuma on Valentine's
Day, and when she heard Sumomo's stories about Yuma the day they watched the
cherry blossoms, she knew deep down that he was the one she was searching for,
since Yuma helped Sumomo in a similar way to when he helped her. That was when
she began thinking about Yuma, and while he was in the General Section, her
feelings for him were similar to those for the boy, and that's why she
hesitated for so long. Yuma says he never noticed, and Haruhi says he did seem
reluctant. Haruhi says it's a story that seems so long ago, but she was always
running to catch up to that boy. Yuma says she already caught up to him, and
smiles at Haruhi. Haruhi says she had, and asks Yuma to come closer. Yuma
kneels in front of Haruhi, bringing his face next to hers, and she tears up and
blushes a little further. Yuma can feel his pulse racing, and he feels like
Haruhi is staring into his soul. Haruhi brings her hand up, and asks Yuma to
hold it. Haruhi says she wants to share her feelings with him, with the boy
she loved before she was even aware of it. Haruhi smiles brightly, and says
that she never wants them to part ever again, now that they have found each
other, no matter what happens, she doesn't want to part, saying the pain in
her heart would probably kill her. Haruhi finally breaks down and starts
sobbing with joy, and Yuma grasps her hand strongly. Yuma says he won't leave
her, and that he still has some catching up to do, and therefore she doesn't
have to worry. The two embrace finally, and they admit that they love each
other, than they kiss, forgetting about the time, enjoying each other
thoroughly.


Note: First H-scene with Haruhi starts here with the music change. Also,
choices for H-scenes are purely for the players interests, and the scenes after
the first options look different depending on where you dump your load.


Haruhi's Path, Scene 1

A. First Penetration

1) Pull Out.

2) Come Inside.


B. Haruhi on Top

1) Pull Out.

2) Come Inside.


~~End of H-Scene


~~End Friday, April 21st


(bk) Date: Saturday, April 22nd


Time: Morning


Yuma is dreaming, and Haruhi is trying to wake him up, saying he'll be late for
school. Yuma says he wants to sleep since yesterday was so tiring. Haruhi says
no, since his breakfast is already made as well. Yuma still doesn't get up,
and Haruhi says she'll have to resort to kissing him to get him to wake up.
Yuma notes for a moment that would be embarrassing, and Haruhi agrees, but says
she'll do it if that's what it takes. Yuma gulps, and Haruhi moves closer.
Than, Haruhi looks like she's shocked. Yuma is surprised, and finally opens his
eyes to see Sumomo in place of Haruhi! (Oh shit! HAHAHA!) Sumomo asks what he's
doing all of a sudden. (Uh, I hope he didn't kiss HER, heheh.) Yuma is
confused, asking where Haruhi disappeared to. Sumomo says she didn't know Yuma
felt this way about her, but that she's glad, but says that they are brother
and sister after all. (Uh, whoops, looks like he tried to deep kiss her too,
heheh.) Sumomo blushes, and the events finally sink in for Yuma. Yuma says that
it's just a misunderstanding, and Sumomo says it's alright, since they aren�ft
related by blood. Sumomo says that Yuma finally feels the way she does. (Sigh,
she's off in her own dream world again, isn't she?) Sumomo catches herself
quickly, that it happened real suddenly, but says she hopes Yuma would do such
a thing someday. Yuma asks Sumomo to hear his explanation, since he's still
half asleep. Sumomo says she understands, and she won't tell anyone for awhile,
except for maybe Otoha. (Oh great, she'll tell EVERYONE!) Yuma tells her not to
mention this to anyone. Sumomo nods, and says she'll talk to Otoha right away.
Yuma yells for her to wait, and gets up and follows her.

When everyone is downstairs, both Yuma and Sumomo are silent, and Otoha asks if
something�fs wrong. Yuma says nothings wrong, but Sumomo says Yuma likes to toy
with women's hearts. Yuma says he was still half asleep and didn't know any
better, and that it's her fault for coming into his room uninvited. Sumomo says
she knocked and he didn't answer, so she came in to wake him, and adds that
she's in the right while Yuma is wrong. Yuma says that if she hadn't come in,
nothing would have happened. Otoha tells them to stop their bickering, and
says they're going to be late if they don't hurry. Sumomo notices the time, and
pulls him out the door.

Yuma remarks that the way to school looks different than usual, than Yuma
remembers that he skipped his afternoon classes yesterday to look for Haruhi,
and wonders what the teacher will say when he gets to school, than he remembers
Ibuki's parting words from the rooftop, but notes that Ibuki's eyes weren't
filled with hate when she said it. Yuma wonders if she'll stop going after him
now, but shrugs it off, saying he can't be careless, and will have to keep his
guard up. Yuma sighs, and Sumomo asks if something is wrong. Yuma says he's
worried about a few things.

As they arrive at school, Sumomo notices Haruhi standing at the gates, as if
waiting for someone. (Obviously Yuma. :) Haruhi is readying her magic book like
she usually does, but looks up when they get close. Sumomo tells her good
morning, and Haruhi greets both of them. Sumomo asks if Haruhi is waiting for
someone. Haruhi jumps, than says she is. Yuma wonders if she means him, but
Sumomo thinks she's waiting for Anri. Haruhi says she's not, as Anri had some
business and is already inside. Sumomo than wonders who it could be, than says
it's her boyfriend. (Ack!) Haruhi blushes, and Sumomo is surprised that she
guessed right, and she's happy that Haruhi finally has a boyfriend, and wishes
that she had one. Sumomo than says they should leave before he gets here, to
give them privacy. (Sigh...so sad it's funny.) Yuma tells Sumomo to calm down,
but Sumomo won't, asking if he wants to be kicked by a horse. (Is that a term
for bringing down the wrath of a boyfriend or something? Don't know.) Yuma
yells for her to settle down, because she's making a scene. Yuma drags Sumomo
inside, and tells Haruhi sorry, and she giggles to herself.

After Yuma sees Sumomo off inside, he comes back out to see Haruhi. Haruhi
remarks that he hasn't told Sumomo yet about them, and Yuma nods, saying he's
afraid of what Sumomo might say. Haruhi asks if Sumomo would take it badly, but
Yuma says he will have to tell her sooner or later. Haruhi suggests that he
tell her when he can, and Yuma says he'll take his time. Haruhi says that will
be best, because she wants Sumomo to be happy in the future as well, and she
smiles. Yuma notes that he wants to be with Haruhi for a long time, and hopes
that Sumomo will understand.

As they head to class, both of them blush as they walk by the nurse's office,
remembering what they did yesterday evening. (Heheh, jackpot!) Haruhi mentions
that they did...it there, and Yuma shouts out not to say something like that
out loud. Haruhi giggles, saying that it is embarrassing to say such things.
Haruhi asks if any rumors have spread, and Yuma says that some might have,
after he ran skipped afternoon classes yesterday. Haruhi than says to show
everyone that some of them will be true, and grabs his hand, entwining their
fingers together. Both blush, and Haruhi says her heart is beating so fast it
might burst, and Yuma says his is too, and he giggles. Yuma feels a little
embarrassed, but than notes that he really is going out with Haruhi after all,
and Yuma feels happy, and hopes his feelings will continue to rise towards the
heavens.

When they enter class, they are attacked by a string of flashbulbs by cameras
courtesy of their classmates, and Yuma is blinded. Jun than shouts out that
they were all waiting for them. Yuma asks what's going on, and Jun says it's
only to be expected, and Anri says they're going to hold a press conference.
(WAHAHA!) Yuma asks what the hell they are talking about, but than Hachi comes
up, acting professional, and asks Yuma to answer his question, and asks whether
he really likes Haruhi or not, saying that they met at the school gate and
walked to class and entered it together. Yuma struggles to answer, and Hachi
pushes him to do so. Yuma tells him to shut up, than Jun finally notices the
ring that Suzuri gave him. Anri says she didn't notice it was there yesterday.
(Uh oh, now everyone going to think that Haruhi gave it to him, and are
getting married. >_>) Hachi cries, saying he bet Haruhi gave it to him. Yuma
tells him to shut up, and that Haruhi didn't give him the ring. Hachi says that
probably was a bit quick in thinking so, saying that it's impossible for Haruhi
and Yuma to be in love. (...This will be good. }:D) Haruhi admits that she
didn't give Yuma the ring, but that... and Yuma cries out, and Haruhi says she
is going out with Yuma. (Here it comes...) Hachi begs Yuma to tell him she's
lying, and Yuma tells him he's sorry. Hachi turns to stone, than disappears
into the wind. Anri says that the fruits of their labor finally bloomed. Jun
congratulates Yuma, and Yuma tells them to not speak of it, as it embarrassed
him, than takes Haruhi's hand and elbows his way through the crowd, and knows
that they will be the center of attention for the school for awhile. Yuma gets
up to go get a drink, but stops and sees a crowd of people outside, staring at
him and Haruhi. Haruhi than calls Yuma, and Yuma freezes, as she points out
Shinya, who is sitting in his seat, and is staring at Haruhi. Haruhi says that
he's acting strange, and says they should go talk to him. Yuma knows that all
of the classes attention will be on him and Haruhi, and that no one will care
that Shinya finally returned. Before Yuma reaches him, Saya comes up to him,
asks if he and Haruhi will meet them on the roof later after class. Yuma notes
that Saya already knows all about what Shinya has been doing as of late, and
Haruhi asks what happened. Yuma relays that Saya wants them to meet her and
Shinya on the roof after class, to talk about yesterday's events. Haruhi asks
if it could be a trap, but Yuma says he doesn't think so, because Shinya would
have no reason to come back to school. Yuma than says that they've made a mess
of things, with everyone knowing that they are going out now. Haruhi mentions
the ring again, and Yuma says that it'll probably be nothing but trouble now,
but Haruhi says that she doesn't like it, because Yuma got it from another
woman. Yuma understands, and quickly takes it off and puts it in his pocket.
Yuma remarks that Haruhi is surprisingly jealous, and Haruhi jumps, blushing,
and says she's not, and Yuma asks if she wouldn't get mad if other girls came
up to him, asking him to hang out with them. Haruhi says that while it would
depend on who the girl was, she admits she probably would get angry. Yuma than
asks if she wants to eat at Oasis later. Haruhi asks if he's angry, and Yuma
says for her to call him. Haruhi says she can do that, than asks if he can
borrow her dictionary, because he forgot his today. Haruhi says yes, and adds
that he can only borrow things from her now. (Ouch, possessive!) Yuma says
she's acting jealous again, and Haruhi asks if that's natural. Yuma says it's
ok, because he kind of likes it. Haruhi asks if he's sure, and Yuma says
she can be jealous all she wants. Haruhi smiles, and Yuma notes that he'll
listen to her demand anything, if he can see her smile in return.


Time: Forenoon


After class ends, Saya gets Shinya's attention, and glance back at Haruhi and
Yuma before they leave the room. Haruhi say's she'll wait for him in the
stairwell, than leaves as well. If they left together now, everyone would
assume they would be making out, so they decided to leave the room separately,
and meet up later. Yuma leaves shortly thereafter, and Haruhi warns him to be
careful in case this is a trap, however unlikely it is. Yuma says he knows, and
they head for the room, where Saya and Shinya are waiting for them, and no one
else. Yuma notes that Shinya doesn't have his magic wand either, and hopes that
this means he has no intention to start a fight. Saya apologizes for calling
them out. Yuma says he doesn't mind, and asks what's on their minds. Shinya
says he told Saya everything that's happened in the past few days. Yuma asks
Saya if he has, and she nods. Yuma feels a little intimidated questioning them
like this, but Saya says she's not nervous, and tells him to go on. Shinya says
that they both must have questions they want to ask him, and he says he won't
deny them the answers they seek anymore. Yuma admits he has plenty of things to
ask of Shinya, but with the current atmosphere, Yuma decides to keep things
simple. Yuma than asks what exactly this Treasure he and Ibuki are seeking is,
and why they are seeking it. Shinya says the Shikimori Treasure is a family
heirloom that can only be possessed by the current leader of the Shikimori
family, and that it also proof that person is the leader of the clan. Shinya
continues to say that Suzuri stole it away from the clan while she was working
for them. Yuma asks if he heard right, that Suzuri stole the Treasure. Shinya
says it's a little different, that the Treasure was entrusted to Suzuri by the
previous head of the family about ten years ago. Yuma says that's good, but
Shinya continues to say that Suzuri than proceeded to attempt to seal the
Treasure away forever, although it was to be passed to Ibuki soon, and that's
why he and Ibuki attempted to steal back the Treasure, before it was completely
sealed away. Yuma thinks hard, knowing that while he doesn't understand
everything, that he would probably do the same thing to get back the family
heirloom that would prove she would be the next leader of his family. Yuma says
that Suzuri must have had a good reason to seal the Treasure away, because he
knows that Suzuri isn't the type of person to seal a loaned item away for no
good reason other than to spite the Shikimori family. Shinya bites his lip, and
Yuma can tell Shinya sees the truth in his words. Yuma asks why he wanted to
meet with them now, and Shinya says that the situation has changed, and that
the current head of the Shikimori family has heard what has happened as of
late, and has shunned Ibuki's actions, and that while he argues on behalf of
Ibuki, a letter arrived last night, saying that the current head of the family
has allowed Suzuri to finish sealing the Treasure away. Shinya says he is torn
between assisting Ibuki, and following the command from the head of the family,
and says that Ibuki withdrew from the school today, and has returned to the
family's main house. (Well, that's good, but also sad.) Yuma asks if she's
given up going after the Treasure than, and Shinya says she has. Yuma can't
trust Shinya however, after all of the lies he spun, but feels that he's
honestly telling the truth, and breaths a sigh of relief. Yuma wonders if this
is the truth, and if it is, than he can finally get back to a normal life.
Haruhi asks Shinya and Saya what they will do now, and Yuma knows that with
Ibuki having left, there is no reason for Shinya or Saya to stay at the school
either. Yuma asks if they will be withdrawing as well, and Shinya says that
normally they would follow Ibuki back, but Saya likes it here, and thus, he has
decided to stay at the school with Saya. (Well, that's good than at least!)
Yuma asks if that's true, and Shinya says he hopes to hear a favorable response
from the head of the Shikimori family soon. Saya apologizes for Shinya causing
the two of them trouble, and asks them to forgive Shinya. Yuma knows that
Shinya isn't really a bad person, and with Saya begging him to, he can't not
forgive Shinya. Yuma says that since Ibuki left and won't pursue the Treasure
anymore, there�fs no reason for them to be enemies any longer. Saya grabs Yuma's
hand, and thanks him. Yuma blushes while staring at Saya, and Haruhi clears
her throat, pulling Yuma back to reality, and she looks annoyed. Saya
apologizes, forgetting that Yuma is with Haruhi now. Shinya asks if this is
true. (...What? He didn't notice at all what happened this morning? Idiot.)
Yuma tells him the class was in an uproar this morning. Shinya says he didn't
notice because he was thinking about this talk. Yuma notes that Shinya hasn't
changed at all, and doesn't hate him, and if he's told the truth, he'll back
him up anytime. Yuma hopes that nothing will happen to Shinya because of this
event, and they all head back to class.


Time: After School


Yuma remarks that it's always great because school ends early on Saturday's,
and that it makes it easier for him to get away from everyone who wants to talk
about him and Haruhi. Yuma asks Haruhi what she's going to do now that school
is over, and Haruhi says she'll report to Suzuri, and tell her Shinya's story.
Yuma understands, and mentions that he hoped they could have gone somewhere.
Haruhi apologizes, saying she has to take a make-up lesson afterwards as well,
for missing classes yesterday. Yuma says he'll join her than, and Haruhi tells
him to come with her to see Suzuri. Yuma asks if it's alright, and Haruhi says
Suzuri likes it when Yuma visits as well. She adds that it would probably help
Shinya's case if he spoke on his behalf as well.

When they arrive, Suzuri invites them in, asking if the rumor she's heard is
true. Haruhi blushes, and Yuma starts feeling nervous. Suzuri tells them to
confess, and tell her how far they've gone. Yuma apologizes, and asks if she'll
understand that he wouldn't even tell his best friend that information. Suzuri
says that she gets along with Otoha quite well, and Yuma turns around, saying
he has to leave. Suzuri pulls him back, saying he has to tell her about their
love affair. Yuma sighs, feeling the same thing he does when Otoha teases him
and nudges him to tell her embarrassing things. Yuma looks at Haruhi for help,
and Haruhi says she has something else to talk about first. Suzuri asks if
Haruhi means the situation involving Ibuki. Haruhi's serious tone of voice
saves them the embarrassing talk for awhile, and Yuma is glad he can rely on
Haruhi for situations such as these. Haruhi relates that Shinya said that Ibuki
was called back to the main family's house, and Suzuri confirms that Ibuki has
withdrew from the school this morning. Haruhi asks if she's really given up.
Suzuri says that while she hopes so, she can't be sure, as Ibuki really wanted
to get the Treasure back, and now everyone else has turned against her, and
hopes her desire to get the Treasure back won't destroy her. Yuma remembers
what Ibuki told him before she parted yesterday, that she would see him again,
and Yuma wonders if Ibuki will really allow others to stop her from continuing
after the Treasure. Yuma than remembers the ring, and hopes that if he can
master it, he can protect Haruhi from any more dangers, because even though he
had little to no control over it, he made Ibuki flinch with his magic. Suzuri
says that if he can master the ring, his power can temporarily match Haruhi's,
but only if he can control it, and asks him if he thinks he can. Yuma knows the
danger of what can happen if magic is not controlled, and while his practice of
magic may be flawed, he can't deny the power of magic that is used to protect
someone he loves from harm. Yuma says that he swore never to use magic again.
Suzuri tells him he doesn't have to decide now, and that whatever his decision
is, she's sure it will be for the best, but says that he will feel empty if he
doesn't give it his all, whichever way he decides. Suzuri asks if he's made his
decision, and Yuma says that if he can keep his emotions in check, he can
surely master his power, although he admits he doesn't have the confidence in
himself that Suzuri has, but he can't sit back anymore and allow Haruhi to be
placed in dangerous situations while he can do nothing. Haruhi blushes, and
Suzuri asks if he's sure, and Yuma nods. Suzuri understands, and says she'll
help him when she can, and asks if he can wait until Monday. (two days away)
Yuma says that will be fine, and Haruhi says she'll also help, and that they
can work hard together. Yuma thanks her, but tells her not to count on him yet.
Suzuri smiles, and asks Haruhi if she's glad she was able to attend regular
classes. Haruhi blushes, and Suzuri giggles again. Haruhi asks Suzuri not to
tease her, and they all spend the rest of the day talking.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Note: If you are headed for Haruhi's Bad Ending, the preceding conversation
does not take place, and is replaced by this one, after Suzuri confirms that
Ibuki has withdrawn from the school.

Suzuri sighs, saying she wished that Ibuki would notice the truth. Yuma doesn't
understand what kind of connection Ibuki and Suzuri have, but Yuma has noticed
that Ibuki thinks too much of the Shikimori Treasure, and that because she's
so obsessed with it, she's probably lost sight of her true values, or at least,
that's what Yuma deduces from Suzuri's words.

After this conversation, the day ends, and heads straight to the Epilogue for
Haruhi's Bad Ending, which is covered after the rest of the day's events.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


Time: Night


Although they came only to tell Suzuri about the situation involving Shinya and
Ibuki, time flew by, and it was dark out by the time they noticed. Haruhi says
Suzuri teased them badly today, but Yuma notes that he's not really that angry.
Yuma says he didn't mind, and Haruhi asks him why he isn't embarrassed. Yuma
says he just didn't think about it much. Haruhi says she didn't want to talk
about that thing though. Yuma asks what she means, and Haruhi blushes,
struggling to mention the nurse's office. Haruhi says she gets embarrassed
every time she thinks about it. Yuma notes that she doesn't look that
embarrassed, however, and wonders what she really thinks of it.

Yuma walks Haruhi back to the dorms, and Yuma says he's sorry she missed her
make-up class, but Haruhi says it's alright, because she had alot of fun. Yuma
remarks that she didn't really seem happy, and Haruhi asks him why he stopped
being a magician, because she gathered that Suzuri knew why, but didn't share
the information. Yuma is quiet, and Haruhi asks if he doesn't want to talk
about it. Yuma says he hated talking about it, but now that he is again, he
really doesn't understand why he stopped, now that he knows that he couldn't
control his feelings, and that's why his magic was messed up and it hurt
people. Yuma says he couldn't bear the burden at the time, and just ran away
from magic. Haruhi is silent, than says that his magic helped her, however.
Yuma is thankful, but Haruhi frowns. Yuma asks her what's up. Haruhi asks if he
could master the ring, if he would want to try to become a full magician again.
Yuma says that might be impossible, and Haruhi apologizes for asking such a
thing. Yuma says she can be enough of a magician for the both of them, and
Haruhi laughs. Yuma says he'll see her tomorrow, but Haruhi doesn't head inside
yet. Yuma wonders what's up, and asks Haruhi if he's forgetting something.
Haruhi sighs, and asks if he thinks of nothing, and that she wants a good-night
kiss. Yuma jumps, than realizes how stupid he is for not thinking of that, than
pulls her closer and kisses her. Yuma looks away afterwards, embarrassed, and
says he'll see her tomorrow, and they part.

When he gets home, Sumomo angrily calls him. Yuma asks what's wrong, and
Sumomo says nothing, and wants Yuma to talk to her, and tells him to stay
there. (Uh oh.) Sumomo tells him to apologize for messing with feelings this
morning, and Yuma apologizes for it, and notes she's really angry, unusually
angry, even for Sumomo. Sumomo than asks if he and Haruhi are going out, and
Yuma struggles, but says yes. Sumomo asks since when, and Yuma admits only
since yesterday. Sumomo pouts, saying he didn't tell her. Yuma says he was
going to, but he thought that it was still too soon to say anything to her.
She asks if he told others, and he asks what she means. Sumomo says she's heard
all of the rumors from school, than Haruhi called her, apologizing. Yuma than
recalls what Haruhi said earlier that morning, and says she doesn't appreciate
being left in the dark while everyone else knew already that he and Haruhi were
going out. Yuma says he was going to tell her when he got back in today, but
after what she did this morning, he wasn't sure. Sumomo says she wasn't
reckless, (Although she was) and Yuma asks her to be quiet, and he'll tell her
the truth than. Sumomo says he's persistent, and Yuma asks if she's heard
everything in detail. Sumomo says she won't be fooled twice by Yuma, and runs
off. Yuma notes that didn't go so well, and that the days troubles apparently
aren�ft over. Yuma wonders what he will be like a year from now, and how Haruhi
will be, since she is the idol of the school, after all, and hopes everyone
won't see him as having any kind of superiority complex. Sumomo comments that
Yuma's face is messy, and when he asks what she's talking about, Sumomo says
tells him to ask Haruhi to clean it for him. Yuma says she's still angry, and
Sumomo says she's not, (than sets his meal down hard on the table) and tells
him to eat. Yuma complains that his meal looks smaller than usual, and Sumomo
asks if there�fs something wrong. (Note: Never mess with anything having that
kind of tone.) Otoha comes in, and laughs, telling Sumomo not to become
perverted like Yuma. Sumomo says she's not and will never be as bad as Yuma.
Yuma complains that Sumomo is withholding his usual portion, and Otoha sings
out that Sumomo is jealous. (...WTF? BAD SINGER!) Sumomo retorts back with
angry sounds. Yuma asks Otoha not to throw oil on the flames, and gets back to
his meal.

As Yuma heads upstairs, he hears his phone ringing, and picks it up. Haruhi
asks if it's alright to call this late, and Yuma says it is, and asks what's
up. Haruhi says she's relieved, because she didn't know if it was alright to
call. Yuma says he just got back to his room from eating dinner, and Haruhi
says she was studying, but adds that she couldn't really concentrate. Yuma
laughs, saying even Haruhi skimps on her studies sometimes. Haruhi continues to
say that even a hot bath didn't help on the matter, neither did a small nap,
and that all she could think about was Yuma. Yuma is quiet on the line, and
Haruhi quickly apologizes, saying that's unusual for her. Haruhi say she was
about to go to sleep, but couldn't resist calling him. Yuma says that he'll
pick up anytime she calls, so she doesn't have to worry. Haruhi thanks him,
and Yuma says she can't baby him too much. Haruhi tells him not to say such
embarrassing things, and Yuma notes that Haruhi is shy even over the phone
where no one else can hear her. Yuma wishes he could see her face now, and than
asks Haruhi if she's busy tomorrow. Haruhi asks what's up, and Yuma says he
wants to spend more time with her tomorrow, and that maybe they could have a
proper date. Haruhi says that would be nice, and agrees to it. Yuma tells her
not to invite Anri, because she'll just annoy both of them. Haruhi says she
understands, and Anri will never know. Yuma says they should meet at the
shopping area they met at last week at around 1:00, and Haruhi says she'll be
there, and than says good-night. Yuma now is looking forward to tomorrow, and
is glad that he's the only one that Haruhi is thinking about, and notes that
it will probably be hard for him to get to sleep.

~~End of Saturday, April 22nd.


(bl) Epilogue (Haruhi's Bad Ending)


Date: October 2nd


Time: Afternoon


Time quickly passes, and summer has turned to fall before anyone even realizes
it. Ibuki never appeared at the school after that day, Yuma wonders what she is
doing now. Yuma wonders if he should asks Shinya, because he might know, but
he's never asked, and thinks he probably never will.

Jun says that Yuma looks lonely, and Yuma nods. We than learn that the Magic
Section building will begin welcoming back students full time in October, (now)
and that because of it, the joint classes between General and Magic Section
students will end with it. Hachi is crying because Haruhi, Anri and Saya aren�ft
there anymore. Jun tells Hachi to be quiet, and that's he's annoying. Hachi
says he can't help but be sad. Yuma says that the girls are probably thinking
the same thing over at the Magic Section, and says he's always thinking on when
he can see them again. Hachi says it's because he's still with Haruhi, and
Hachi says the hole in his heart will never be filled. (Idiot, but it is kind
of sad.) Yuma asks Jun to step in, and he giggles, but Hachi says not to tease
him like that. Yuma notes that he understands Hachi's feelings of loneliness
quite well. Yuma pretends that the days are the same, but they aren�ft, not
without Haruhi to laugh by his side. However, all three girls open the door,
and Anri says that the room is still as lively as usual. Saya greets everyone,
and Haruhi says they came to see everyone. Jun is happy they came, and Hachi
cries. Yuma says that's it's possible to meet anytime they want, and that life
can only be what they make of it.

~~Haruhi's Bad Ending (Note: Right-click at the credits scene if you want back
                       to the Main Menu.)


(bm) Date: Sunday, April 23rd


Time: Morning


Yuma is fumbling through his room, looking for decent clothes to wear, as today
is his first official date with Haruhi. Yum thinks he should make a bit more of
an effort with personal grooming, and finally picks out his clothes.

Yuma heads downstairs, and runs into Sumomo, who asks where Yuma is going. Yuma
says he's headed to the station. Otoha notices he's more dressed up than usual,
and asks if he's going on a date. Yuma says he might. Sumomo asks if it's with
Haruhi, and Otoha, who is finding out for the first time, tells Yuma that's
great news. Yuma tells them he's not sure when he'll be back, and Otoha says
she understands. Sumomo asks if he has no idea, and Yuma says they'll figure it
out as they go along. Sumomo hopes he'll be back in time for dinner, as she's
making a great meal tonight. Yuma says he'll try, and Sumomo says she's happy
for him. Yuma thanks her, and Otoha says that even if Yuma doesn't show up,
she'll still be eating with Sumomo, saying that she'll be there for Sumomo when
she asks. Sumomo is happy, and asks if sushi would be ok tonight. Otoha says
that will be good, and tells her to get it from a fancy restaurant. Sumomo says
she knows of a place like that around here since she saw it on TV. Yuma laughs,
saying that she really didn't have dinner planned. Otoha says those clothes
look good on Yuma. He asks if she really thinks so, and Sumomo says she agrees.
Yuma says it took him awhile to decide on these clothes, and hopes Haruhi
thinks so too. Sumomo tells him to have a good time today, and Yuma gets ready
to leave. Before he leaves, Sumomo asks him if he's got his spare key, and Yuma
says does, than says good bye and leaves.


Time: Forenoon


Yuma bets that Haruhi is already waiting for him, since she likes to get to
school so early, but notes that he still has a little time until 1:00. When he
gets there, his guess was correct, and Haruhi is standing there waiting for
him. Yuma asks how long she's been here, and Haruhi says about ten minutes.
Yuma asks her not to get here so early, or she'll make him cry. Haruhi asks if
it means that much to him, and Yuma says yes, because all kinds of strange men
like the one who she apologizes to right before he walked up might take
advantage of her if he's not there. Haruhi asks if he's that worried about her,
and Yuma says yes, that's it doesn't suit her to be by herself. Haruhi says
she's glad, but she won't go anywhere if she has to wait for him. Yuma says
she's embarrassing him, and Haruhi than offers Yuma her arm while blushing.
Yuma blushes as well, and takes her arm. Haruhi asks where they will go today,
perhaps to another movie. Yuma notes that Haruhi probably wants to see him cry
again, but hopes she's forgotten. Yuma says they can do her shopping first, and
than they can eat lunch afterwards.

Yuma takes in the sights while they walk along the street, and notices that
Haruhi looks really happy. Yuma notes that he doesn't feel confused today like
he did last week he was out with her. Haruhi than says she needs a need pair of
everyday clothes for going out. Yuma says he'll try to look better as well.
Haruhi laughs, and says they should enjoy today. Yuma says he hopes to, and
comments that Haruhi looks beautiful in those clothes, and notes that it looks
like she chose her clothes today in an effort to impress him, just like he
chose his clothes to try to impress her, and notes that she must have been
worried about their date as well. Yuma doesn't look forward to the shopping
later though, because everything Haruhi tries on she buys, which means HE buys
them. Haruhi asks if he's still alright on money, and hopes she hasn't bought
too much. Yuma says that Haruhi has expensive tastes, but Haruhi says she
doesn't think so. Yuma notes that it while it hurt his wallet, he got payed
back in spades since Haruhi modeled everything for him. (Heheh. :) Haruhi says
it's this late already, and asks Yuma where he wants to eat. Yuma says he knows
of a place, and sets off in search of it.

Yuma appears to be a little lost, as he can't find the place he's looking for,
and Haruhi asks what kind of shop it is. Yuma says it's a shop that specializes
in cakes and treats. Haruhi says she knows of the place, and it should be just
another block ahead. Yuma is surprised she knew of the place, and Haruhi says
she goes there often for dessert, and that it tastes great. Yuma says he
prefers the cheesecake, and Yuma asks how they should pay for it. Haruhi says
by check, and Yuma is surprised, asking if she's out of money as well. Haruhi
says it's alright, that she probably has enough for the cheesecake. Yuma
says he can taste it now, and Haruhi says her mouth is watering as well. Most
of the people in the shop knew Haruhi, and figured out quickly that he was her
boyfriend, since she had alot of new clothes, and they came in together for a
dessert. Yuma remarks that Jun really is an authority on what girls like after
all. Haruhi says she's relaxed, and Yuma says he accidentally lowered his guard.
Yuma notes that Haruhi exudes a peculiar aura, but thinks that�fs to be expected
of Haruhi, the idol of Mizuhosaka Academy. Yuma says that when she's a teacher
she'll be very strict with her students. Haruhi laughs, and says of course.
Yuma asks what places she still wants to visit, and Haruhi there�fs still a few
bookstores and one more boutique she wants to visit, and says that the shop
that specializes in lingerie is close. Yuma mentions that they could still go
do karaoke or go to an arcade as well, but Haruhi says she isn't a fan of such
things. Yuma than remembers that Haruhi wasn't that into karaoke when they, Jun
and Hachi did it a couple weeks ago, but that he didn't think much of it at the
time. Haruhi than blushes, and mentions that there�fs a hotel nearby as well.
(Oh? Naughty girl. :) Yuma blushes too, and says they don't really need to go
there. Haruhi says she knows, but just felt like mentioning that it was there.
Yuma says they'll head back to the pastry shop too. Haruhi asks what they
should do next, and Yuma says the bookstore. Haruhi agrees, and Yuma breaths a
sigh of relief. Yuma than thinks back to when Haruhi mentioned the hotel, and
wonders if they should go there too but than shakes his head, saying that�fs not
what a gentleman would do, and pushes the idea to the back of his mind.
However, Yuma keeps finding himself staring at Haruhi's chest for the remainder
of their date, and hopes she didn't notice.

They make their way back to where they started from, and there�fs a show going
on. Haruhi says she wants to go see, and Yuma obliges, dragging her forward,
trying to secure a spot to where she can see it well. Yuma says he thinks it's
a kind of puppet show, and he remembers that he saw it advertised in one of the
newspapers earlier in the week. Music begins, and the puppet master begins to
move the dolls (Or whatever those...things are.) The dolls move about in time
to the music, and the crowd cheers. The children cheer loudly whenever the
dolls jump into the air. Yuma asks if magic is moving them about like that, and
Haruhi says that's the case. Haruhi is also absorbed in watching the display,
and he man goes into a flourish, and the dolls movements become more erratic as
the song nears it's end, and Haruhi cheered when it ended too.

Haruhi says it was great. (I found it kind of fruity myself >_>) Yuma remarks
that the magic used had to be of a high level, and Haruhi agrees, saying that
it's not magic you can learn easily. Haruhi says that's the kind of magic she
likes, the kind that makes everyone happy. Yuma thinks about it for a minute,
than agrees that everyone did like the display. Yuma asks if that's true, that
Haruhi likes that magic, and she nods. Haruhi than quietly hooks their arms
together, and says she doesn't completely understand how to do magic like that,
but she wants to learn, so she can continue to make people happy with her
magic. Yuma is happy, that Haruhi wants to learn magic to help people, not hurt
them. Yuma know that if you mess up with magic, is can only become a deadly
weapon, and with Haruhi's abilities, Yuma knows she can fulfill her wish and
make others happy, and says she'll could be a fine magician. Haruhi gasps, but
Yuma retracts that statement, and says he KNOWS she'll be a great magician.
Haruhi giggles and thanks Yuma, and says she thinks Yuma can be a great
magician too. Haruhi says of course, because he makes her as happy as she can
possibly be, and smile broadly, and Yuma sees that she's really happy.

They leave the shopping area and head for a nearby park, and sit down to watch
the sunset. Yuma remarks that this was the park he first met Haruhi at, than
corrects himself, saying he met her again here. (The beginning of the game.)
Haruhi says it feels like old times, and Yuma agrees. Haruhi asks whether he
thinks that little girl was able to give that chocolate to the boy she likes.
Yuma says he's sure she did, because she looked so happy thanks to Haruhi. They
sit on a bench, and watch as the sunset deepens red, and Haruhi asks Yuma how
he first thought of her when they met again. Yuma admits that he was in awe of
her magic, and that he felt it was a gentle, kind magic. Haruhi says she's glad
he said such a thing, and blushes, saying she never expected anyone to be
impressed like that. Yuma said he thought it was lovely, and was glad when they
met again the next day, on Valentine's Day, but didn't think things would end
up this way. Haruhi asks if that's when he first started thinking about her,
and Yuma nods. Yuma notes that it's actually hard to figure out for certain
when his feelings started focusing on Haruhi, and hopes that Haruhi can help
him figure it out. Yuma asks if Haruhi was thinking about the boy at that time,
and when Haruhi asks him what he means, Yuma asks Haruhi if the time she was
talking with Sumomo when he, Jun and Anri were listening was about that boy.
Haruhi recalls the incident, and says Yuma should know, since he eavesdropped.
Yuma says he already apologizes for that incident, and Haruhi laughs, and says
she didn't expect him to do such a thing. Yuma asks why, and Haruhi says she
had already thought so a long time before than, and asks him if he noticed that
she was always a little shy around him. Yuma asks if that was the case, and
Haruhi says it was, especially when they were alone in the classroom, or when
they were the only ones not out because of the alcohol a couple weeks ago when
they were watching the cherry blossom trees. Haruhi says she thought Yuma
looked handsome during those times. Yuma than notes that while he had dressed
up more than usual for today, it seems that Haruhi likes him for who he is
anyways. Yuma says he avoided Haruhi for a bit, and when she asks why, he tells
her again that he thought she liked her teacher, before he learned that her
teacher was Suzuri. Haruhi asks why he thought that, and Yuma says he thought
she wanted to give chocolate to her teacher when she gave it to him, and didn't
think even for a second that she had seriously given it to him for any other
reason. Haruhi laughs, and Yuma says he was relieved when he found out the
truth of who Suzuri was, than he heard that Haruhi liked someone, and was at a
loss trying to figure out who it was. But he says that's all in the past now,
as he has Haruhi, and she has him. Haruhi agrees, and says that although it
was a coincidence, she was able to give chocolate to the boy she loves that
day. Haruhi than leans on Yuma, and he watches the sky as he holds her. Haruhi
says the day is almost over, and says time really flies when you're having fun.
Haruhi says that they should get back than, and says that she had a great time,
but it's lonely by herself. Yuma asks Haruhi if she'd like to come back to his
house with him. (Go for it! :) Yuma admits he wants to spend a little more time
with Haruhi. Haruhi asks if that would be alright with Sumomo and his mother,
and Yuma says it will, since they probably are still out eating sushi. Yuma
asks her again if she still wants to come, and Haruhi nods while blushing.


Time: Evening


As they arrive back at home, Yuma calls out to see if Sumomo or Otoha are still
there, but they aren�ft back yet, and Yuma invites Haruhi inside. Yuma than sees
a note on the table, and reads it. Otoha says that she wants Yuma to enjoy
today as fully as he can, and hopes he had fun today, with a P.S. saying hi
to Haruhi. (Well, seems her sixth sense told her he might bring Haruhi home
today, and she's giving them some alone time, awesome!) Yuma chokes after
reading the last section, because it seems like Otoha knew he'd bring Haruhi
back with him. Yuma looks on the back, and there�fs another P.S, this one from
Sumomo, which simply says he's an idiot. Yuma looks down and sighs, and Haruhi
notices the note, and asks if Sumomo left it for him. Yuma jumps, and says they
were going to be out for later than he first thought, and Haruhi says she's
relieved, thinking she had lost points. Yuma asks what she means, and Haruhi
says she only met Otoha that one time at Oasis a couple weeks ago. Yuma is
surprised to hear this, and thought they would have met a few times since that
time, but Haruhi explains that Otoha was never there when she went to Oasis.
Haruhi says she wanted to meet her again now that she and Yuma are going out,
because she thinks it's important to meet the parents of the one she's dating.
Yuma notes to himself that makes sense, and Yuma says it'll be alright, and
that she can talk to Otoha when she gets back. Yuma than asks her what she
thinks of the place, and to try to picture Oasis too. Haruhi says it does seem
familiar to Oasis. Haruhi bets that Sumomo works hard and laughs while
blushing. Yuma feels slightly uneasy, but the moment quickly passes.

(Note: While the music has changed, the H-Scene hasn't started yet, so I'll
continue the walkthrough until than.) Yuma brings Haruhi up to his room, than
brings tea and cake as well. Yuma is embarrassed, since it's the first time
Haruhi has seen his room, and Haruhi said it looked great. Yuma said it doesn't
look that good, and asks if it seems like a normal room. Haruhi says it is
great, because it's his room. Haruhi is all excited since this is the first
time she's been in a guy's room. They eat and drink while having a small
conversation to pass the time, but it quickly becomes boring. Haruhi is sitting
a few feet away from him, but doesn't reach for her, because she hasn't said
anything yet. Yuma notices the tension in the room, and wonders if Haruhi is as
restless as he is. Haruhi looks up, than blushes and looks away, and Yuma knows
she's feeling the same as he is. Yuma remarks that it's an awkward moment, and
wonders how much longer Haruhi wants to wait. Haruhi than asks when Yuma thinks
Sumomo and Otoha will come back. Yuma says that by the note they left him, he
says they won't be back for awhile. Haruhi than laughs it off and says of
course, than goes back to being silent. Yuma decides to break the silence and
moves closer to Haruhi, and grabs her hand, than moves closer to kiss her, but 
his foot catches on the bookshelf and he stumbles forward onto the floor.
(...HAHAHA! IDIOT!) Haruhi asks if he's alright, and Yuma says he will be, than
jumps as a second wave of pain hits him. Haruhi starts to say she's relieved,
than cries out. When Yuma sees where she's looking, his heart sinks, as he
notices that when the bookshelf fell over, all of his porn magazines had fallen
out onto the floor. (AHAHAHAHAH! I hate it when that happens to me.) Yuma
notes that most of them are actually Hachi's, but that he hadn't gotten around
to returning them to him. Yuma notes that while they are in such an easily
accessible place, he's only had to explain them away once before when Jun found
them one time and he had forgotten all about them. Yuma hurriedly picks them up
and hides them away again, and hopes Haruhi doesn't hate him for having such
things. Haruhi asks if he really likes such things, and picks one up and opens
it to see what it contains. Yuma says he's really embarrassed, but it spikes
up a notch when he notices what that magazine is about: women with large
breasts. (If you remember the first H-Scene, you know Haruhi has a nice set on
her. :) Haruhi asks if he likes it again, and Yuma feels trapped, knowing that
whichever way he answers Haruhi will be mad at him. While Yuma contemplates his
answer, his eyes move towards and stop at Haruhi's chest. (IDIOT!) Yuma panics
and quickly looks away, but not before Haruhi notices. Haruhi asks if he was
staring at her chest, and Yuma hesitates before admitting it. Haruhi asks if
he likes her chest, and Yuma says that he, like any man, does. Haruhi says
she wants to make him happy with her chest now, and while embarrassing, wants
to make him happy, and tells him to lie down.


Second H-scene with Haruhi starts here with the music changing again.


Haruhi's Path, Scene 2

A. Titjob/69 (No options :)

Automatically come on Haruhi's face and chest.


B. On Yuma's Bed

1) Come on Haruhi.

2) Come inside Haruhi.


~~End of H-Scene


Time: Night


After their passionate love-making, Yuma notices that it has gotten dark
outside, and they clean themselves up, get dressed, and Yuma escorts Haruhi
back to the dorms. Haruhi thanks Yuma for coming with her, and Yuma says it was
no trouble at all. Yuma turns to leave, but Haruhi calls him back, and moves in
close and kisses him. Yuma notes that while it only lasted maybe two or three
seconds, it felt like time had stopped. Haruhi quietly says she loves Yuma,
and Yuma is silent. Haruhi says he better not leave next time without kissing
her again, and tells him good night, than runs inside. Yuma just stares back,
savoring the feeling of Haruhi's lips on his.

Yuma arrives back home, and Sumomo welcomes him back. Yuma notices that Sumomo
seems to be in a good mood compared to earlier today when he called him an
idiot in the note she left. Yuma heads to the kitchen, and Otoha greets him to,
and gives him some leftover sushi that she brought home for him. Yuma thanks
her, and Sumomo brings in some tea. Otoha asks where he was, since there was no
one here when they came back home. Yuma apologizes for not being here, and
asks when they got home. Otoha says it can't have been more than 20-30 minutes
ago, and Yuma begins to break out into a cold sweat while he forces a smile,
because 20-30 minutes ago he had just left with Haruhi to walk her home, and is
thankful that they didn't walk in on him and Haruhi when they were...occupied.
Otoha than asks if anyone else was here. Yuma chokes on his tea and drops his
cup in surprise, and Sumomo asks if he's alright. Otoha laughs, and asks if
Haruhi stopped in. Yuma admits that she came over for a little bit. Otoha
says she thought so, and begins laughing. Yuma notices that Sumomo is hiding a
smile as well, and believes that they both see through his little act. Sumomo
asks if Haruhi really came by, and Yuma says yes, but only for a little bit.
Sumomo wonders if that's really the case, and Sumomo looks sad, saying she
wishes they had gotten home a little earlier so that Haruhi could have ate with
them. Yuma is glad they didn't, although extra sushi sounds good right about
now. Otoha says she's disappointed too. Otoha jumps up, and says she wants to
clean Yuma's room right now. (ACK!) Yuma jumps up, literally screaming that
wouldn't be a good idea at all right now. Otoha says she understands, and is
disappointed, than laughs again. Sumomo (thankfully) is clueless to the fact
that Otoha has figured out exactly what Yuma and Haruhi are doing, and Yuma
remarks that Otoha isn't an angel, she's a devil.

~~End Sunday, April 23rd.


(bn) Date: Monday, April 24th


Time: Morning


Yuma heads downstairs and tells Sumomo good morning, who greets him as well.
Yuma remarks that Sumomo has changed into her school uniform earlier than usual
today and she says that she's leaving early today. Yuma is surprised, and when
Sumomo asks why he is, Yuma that it's surprising for her to leave early, and
that it might throw off her sense of timing if she does this every day. Sumomo
says she has important business this morning. Yuma says he understands, and
asks if his lunch is ready than. Sumomo says she can't fix him lunch today, and
says she only has enough time to make hers this morning. Yuma asks if she's
still angry with him, and Sumomo says that she's not, but she has to get going,
and leaves. Yuma remarks that she really left, and wonders if she is still
upset that he's dating Haruhi. Yuma remarks that he'll probably never
understand Sumomo's feelings, but that it seems they've taken a negative turn
today, because no matter her foul mood, she always makes him a lunch. Yuma
wonders if he understands Sumomo at all, and worries for Sumomo's potential
boyfriends. He than imagines Hachi dating Sumomo, (PLEASE GOD NO!!!) and she
confirms it. Hachi says Yuma can call him his brother from now on, and Yuma
drops his glass, yelling out he can't let it happen, and than finally realizes
what's going on. With him spending more time with Haruhi, he's been neglecting
Sumomo, and thus she's become lonelier. Yuma knows that it was bound to
happen sooner or later, but he really needs to act more like an older brother
around her, and hopes everything will work out, and says that Sumomo will have
difficult developing years.

Yuma walks to school alone, wondering if he should stop in at Oasis to grab
some food for lunch later, but notes that he doesn't have the time, and decides
he'll go at lunch. Yuma sees Haruhi waiting at the gates again for him, and
hurries over to see her. Haruhi asks where Sumomo is, since she usually walks
with him to school. Yuma says she was in a sour mood this morning, saying she
had important business this morning and left early without making him a lunch.
Yuma says it'll probably take two or three more days for her to settle down,
and Haruhi pities Yuma. Yuma tells her not to worry about it, and that
everything will work out.

They head to class and their three friends surround Yuma, and Jun says it seems
that Yuma really is winning Haruhi's heart. Hachi calls him the betrayer.
(Sorry Hachi, that title's for Illidan from Warcraft, heheh.) Yuma asks him if
Hachi's feelings are real anyways, and Anri says he apparently doesn't
understand. When Yuma asks her what she means, she says they want to express
their gratitude a little. Yuma says they can on one condition: That they get
everyone to stop ambushing them in the halls and such. Jun asks Haruhi what she
thinks of Yuma. Haruhi jumps at the question, and Hachi is so stunned he can
only repeat the question. Anri giggles saying Haruhi has really changed. Haruhi
nods, saying that she is dating now. Hachi cracks, and says he hates Yuma. Jun
says Hachi is just jealous, and Anri repeats Jun's question. Haruhi says she
really likes Yuma. Haruhi says that it doesn't matter if they go out, as long
as they spend time with each other. Haruhi realizes what she just said, and
blushes. Jun asks Yuma if he wants him to pinch him, to wake him up from this
dream. Anri says it's not like him to wait so long, and Hachi asks Haruhi if
she'll date him while they wait for Yuma's answer. Haruhi giggles and tells
Hachi she's sorry, but she'll only be thinking of Yuma. Yuma blushes, along
with Anri, and Jun giggles, while Hachi laughs. Haruhi finishes out the round
by giggling and blushing too. Yuma thinks hard on what Haruhi just said, than
blushes again as he finally gets it. Anri yells out for everyone to look at
Yuma's face, and this pulls him back to reality, telling her not to say
something like that to everyone. Jun says it was enough that he saw Yuma look
that embarrassed, and all Yuma can do it cry out in frustration.


Time: Lunch


Haruhi asks where Yuma is going to go for lunch, and Yuma says he's heading for
Oasis, in hopes that Sumomo reserved him a lunch because she wasn't able to
this morning. Haruhi asks if that's what Sumomo would do, and Yuma asks Haruhi
what she means, and Haruhi says it's nothing. Haruhi says that she brought two
lunches with her though, and was going to ask if Yuma could eat with her today,
since it's too much for one person to eat, and she thought she could feed him
today. Yuma asks that would be nice, and Haruhi is glad, than moves close to
him, blushing. Haruhi whispers that people would make a fuss if they saw them,
and suggests the roof, where no one should be at. Yuma says that would be
ideal. Anri comes over laughing, and Yuma turns around in surprise. Anri says
she heard what they were just talking about, and Yuma, who is shaking, asks
what exactly she heard. Anri repeats that that she heard Haruhi says they
should go somewhere where they can be alone, and that Yuma agreed. Both Yuma
and Haruhi plead with Anri not to say or do anything, and Anri says that Haruhi
is being bold today to suggest such an idea. Yuma asks if she heard about
Haruhi having an extra lunch, and Hachi pops up from out of nowhere and says he
heard it, and that Yuma doesn't seem to understand exactly what Haruhi is
trying to do. Yuma asks where the hell he came from, than says that his eyes
are bloodshot, and it's scaring him. Hachi tells him to shut up, and that he
wouldn't betray his friend�fs personal business by telling everyone what they're
up to. The screen begins to shake, and Yuma says something�fs in the atmosphere.
Haruhi suggests that they quickly run away, and Yuma tells her to run when he
counts to three. Yuma grabs her hand and they quickly run out. Hachi tells
people to catch them, and that he'll pay whomever catches Yuma. Yuma hears lots
of footsteps behind them now, but keeps running. Yuma yells out to Hachi that
he'll remember this, and Hachi says he can't hear his small voice. Yuma says
he's the small fry, and Hachi stumbles, saying Yuma doesn't have to say that,
and that it's not as if this is a case of life and death, than he yells out for
people to grab Yuma at any cost. As they reach the stairwell around a corner,
Haruhi drags him into the stairwell, and they dash for the roof. Haruhi asks if
she should lock the door with magic, but Yuma says that would be nice, but
because he saw a few students from the Magic Section chasing them, they would
probably be able to open the door eventually, even though Haruhi's lock would
probably take them awhile to break. Yuma is glad that he can now enjoy his
lunch, than Haruhi comes back, saying she put enough magic into the lock that
they could stay up here for the rest of the day if they wanted to. Yuma
mentions that everyone must have figured out where they are by now, but Haruhi
says they should be safe up here. Yuma says they'll worry about everyone later,
and says they should eat lunch, and Haruhi nods.

Haruhi sits down on a bench and opens her lunch, and Yuma's mouth begins to
water at the sight of the delicious looking food. Haruhi says that it's rude of
him to do so, but says not to worry about it for now. Yuma says that
anything she makes has to be delicious. Haruhi thanks him for saying so, and
that's she's very happy he thinks so, but asks him to be honest with her
cooking, so that next time she can tweak it to be perfect. Yuma says he'll be
honest with her, but if it tastes great he won't say anything bad about it.
Haruhi wonders what he would like first, and asks if he would like the
croquette first. Yuma asks how he knew his favorite dish, and Haruhi says she
did a small background check to see what his preferences were. (That's a little
creepy...) Yuma gets nervous at the mention of a background check, but ignores
it, since Haruhi did it to please him, and says he'll eat the croquette first.
Haruhi says she wants some of it too, and divides it in half with the
chopsticks she has. Haruhi holds out a piece, and tells him to open his mouth.
Yuma blushes and says it's embarrassing. Haruhi says it'll be alright because
no one else will see them. Yuma caves than, and asks Haruhi to feed him. He
eats the croquette, and says it's delicious. Haruhi asks if it really was, and
Yuma says he promised to be honest, and that it is delicious, and Haruhi is
happy. Yuma notes that Haruhi's cooking could rival Sumomo's, although it might
be because they both prepare their own lunches every day, and Yuma looks
forward to the coming lunches when he can eat Haruhi's homemade cooking. Haruhi
than says he should follow the croquette up with some sushi, and holds it out
for him. Yuma notes that it's a perfectly normal ingredient, but Haruhi's looks
really appealing for some reason. Yuma opens his mouth to eat it, and Haruhi
places it in his mouth, and remarks that she's happy to be feeding someone.
Yuma says he should make a lunch for her in return, but Haruhi says it's
embarrassing. (Oh? This isn't?) Haruhi than picks up the croquette piece that
he had divided earlier and eats it herself, and says sorry, but she's hungry
too. Yuma complains saying he thought this lunch was only for him. Haruhi says
not, and that it's a privilege to eat her food. Haruhi than searches for the
next item to feed him, and Yuma hopes Haruhi will continue to do this for
as long as she is able to, and Yuma quits pouting with the large assortment of
food that she still has. Yuma remarks that it is very good, and that no one
else in their class should ever see this.

Haruhi finally holds out the last piece of the lunch, and Yuma cries that it's
the last piece. Haruhi pulls out a tissue for him, and Yuma thanks her, and
remarks that she anticipated everything today. Yuma thanks Haruhi for her
delicious lunch, and Haruhi says your welcome, than asks if he really liked
her homemade lunch that much, and Yuma says he was glad to eat it. Haruhi
blushes a little, and Yuma says that it was very delicious, and that he
wouldn't mind being able to eat food like this every day. Haruhi says she's
glad, and that she'll make a lunch for him from now on that. (Uh oh, NOW what
will Sumomo have to say?) Yuma is happy, and hopes that he's not dreaming.
Haruhi than says that the reason Sumomo didn't make him a lunch this morning is
because she called Sumomo last night and asked her not to, since she wanted to
make his lunch today, and Sumomo told her his favorite foods so she could make
it. Yuma had no idea that's why Sumomo left early this morning without making
his lunch, and Haruhi continues, that Sumomo said Haruhi can make Yuma's lunch
from now on if she likes. Yuma asks if that's true, and Haruhi nods. Yuma bows
and thanks Haruhi for caring for him so much. Haruhi giggles, and says that
Sumomo prides herself on her cooking, and hopes hers was comparable. Yuma asks
Haruhi what she means, but Haruhi shrugs it off, saying it's nothing. Yuma
says he'll have to thank Sumomo later, and Haruhi says he better.

The first bell for afternoon class�fs rings, surprising the two, disappointed
that time passed so quickly. Haruhi asks if they should skip classes for the
rest of the day, but Yuma convinces her not to, that they have time after
school. Haruhi laughs, saying she's surprised that she wants to take that bad
route. Yuma says it's because she's finally being herself, than Haruhi asks if
he'll still prepare a lunch for her tomorrow, even though she's being a bad
girl. (Oh? Heheheh. :) Yuma apologizes for teasing her, and Haruhi says they
should head back. Yuma wonders if everyone that was looking for them has given
up and gone back to class themselves, or if they had left once they realized
that the lock to the roof was made of magic, and Yuma decides to keep up his
guard until he walks into class, because people might rush him as soon as they
open the roof door. Haruhi says she'll disenchant the door lock now, and they
open the door and start heading down the stairs. When they round the first
landing, however, he is surprised to see students lying on the landing, as if
they were some huge brawl. Yuma sees Anri on the ground, and asks if she's
alright, but she only moans. Yuma shakes Hachi next, trying to get him to wake
up. Hachi says the door was electrocuted. (Oh Jesus!) Yuma thinks for a moment,
than turns to Haruhi, asking if she made the magic on the door too strong.
Haruhi says she did, and that next time she'll leave a warning to those who
try to open the door, and giggles. (HAHAHA!) Yuma tells her not to laugh at
things like this, and Haruhi apologizes, saying she just wanted to make sure
the two of them had alone time. Yuma says that's good and all, and that it'll
probably be alright, as this lesson will make many students not want to look
for them during lunch now. Haruhi nods. Haruhi than adds that no one appeared
to guess that the door was locked by magic, and points at Anri. Anri struggles
out that she didn't think of it before she tried to open the door, and paid
the price. Yuma suddenly gets very scared for the guys that try to hit on
Haruhi in a rude manner in the future, and wonders what exactly she will do to
them, and notes to never make her too angry in the future, than heads back to
class.


Time: After School


Yuma remembers he's supposed to see Suzuri today about starting to learn some
magic again, and is nervous thinking about it. Yuma shouts out that he's
worried, and Haruhi says he shouldn't be so tense, otherwise he might pop his
shoulder. Yuma knows that Haruhi means well, but he can't calm down, knowing
that he's trying to learn to control his magic well enough so that next time he
can protect Haruhi whenever she's in danger. Haruhi says they should leave,
because Suzuri is probably waiting for them. As they are leaving, Haruhi's
phone rings, and she says it's probably Suzuri. After talking with her, Haruhi
hangs up and sighs. Yuma asks what�fs wrong, and Haruhi explains that Suzuri was
just called out for urgent business, and won't be back for a little while, and
says that Suzuri entrusted her to take over teaching Yuma magic until she gets
back. Yuma asks if she doesn't mind, and Haruhi says it can't be helped, since
Suzuri is a busy person, after all. Haruhi hopes she'll be able to do as well
as she does, and Yuma admits that it does sound very complicated.

They arrive at Suzuri's office, and Haruhi unlocks the door with Soprano, and
they move inside. Yuma is surprised, and Haruhi says that most doors in the
Magic Section are locked by magic, and that he'll have to learn that part of
magic soon, and says if you forget the words that open certain doors you
could be stuck for a long time. Yuma remarks that it's like a password than.
Haruhi says that Suzuri should have left some things for her to teach Yuma,
but when they reach her desk, there is only one sheet of paper. Haruhi is
shocked, and Yuma notices that she looks very nervous, and says it'll be
alright, that she'll be a fine teacher, and admits that it probably is a little
scary doing it for the first time. Yuma notes that Suzuri probably did this on
purpose to give Haruhi an idea of how it is to teach other, since that's what
she wants to do in the future. Yuma than asks her what is on the paper, and
Haruhi hands it to him, which has only one line of words left by Suzuri:
"I think you're ready." Yuma knows that he's right now, and that Suzuri isn't
going to teach him, and has left it up to Haruhi to do so. Haruhi sighs, and
tells Yuma that she hopes she'll do a good job. Yuma says that he's now
uncomfortable, and his thoughts drift off, knowing that the two of them will be
alone for awhile, and wonders if Suzuri now set this up so that they would be
alone, and Yuma reaches out for Haruhi's arm without thinking. Haruhi tells
him to focus, and Yuma jumps, saying he will, and shakes off his perverted
thoughts. Yuma says he's ready, and Haruhi says she's ready too, and says that
they should start with basic magical theory. Yuma is shocked that he'll have
to study, but Haruhi says he needs to know everything, including the basics, if
he wants to be able to control magic effectively. Yuma says that makes sense,
and Haruhi says that Suzuri says it all the time, so it must be true. Yuma
feels a cold vibe now, and that Haruhi really looks like a teacher, and he's
scared now.

Some time later, Yuma and Haruhi are still going at it, and Yuma recaps that
he read a book on magic that Haruhi picked out, but now Yuma's thoughts are
drifting back to Haruhi's face, and notes that he really wants to kiss her
right now. He than focuses his mind on her chest, and notes the various curves
of her body. Yuma remarks that a normal guy would lose their mind by just
looking at her. (Er, you seem to be doing that yourself, idiot.) Haruhi finally
notices that he's not concentrating on his work, and pulls his ear. Yuma snaps
out of his fantasy world, and apologizes for falling asleep. Haruhi asks if he
was thinking perverted thought about her, and Yuma tells her not to say such a
thing out loud. Haruhi says she's sorry, than says she'll raise the reward for
him if he studies harder. (Heheh, now THAT'S incentive to study. :) Yuma hopes
that he understands Haruhi correctly, than finally realizes it, and when
Haruhi asks him if he'll study hard now, Yuma shouts that he will. Haruhi says
good, and Yuma goes back to studying.

More time passes, until eventually Haruhi says she thinks they are done for
today. Yuma says his brain is going to melt, and Haruhi says that while he did
well, they've only just begun. Yuma says it'll be alright, because he has her
to look forward to afterwards. Haruhi says that he should really focus on his
studies and not her, but Yuma says he can't without the proper incentive.
Haruhi than nervously says that she did promise to reward him if he studies
hard, and since he did... Haruhi tells him to move closer to her. Yuma moves
in front of her, and Haruhi grabs his shoulders, and tells him to close his
eyes. Yuma does, and Haruhi leans in and kisses him. After she breaks it off,
he opens his eyes, and Haruhi moves away and sits down, blushing. Yuma asks if
that's it, and Haruhi nods. Yuma asks if she'll increase the reward for next
time, but Haruhi says it would be embarrassing. Yuma says that a kiss alone
won't always work. Yuma pulls her closer, and Haruhi, alarmed, tells him to
stop, but he pulls her in close and kisses her again. Haruhi asks what he's
doing, but Yuma tells her to stay there, just for a moment. Yuma eventually
lets her go, and she breaths a sigh of relief. Haruhi says she was surprised
by his aggressive behavior, and that she thought he was going to hurt her for
a second. Yuma says he doesn't like to use force too much, that he'd rather use
love and care. Haruhi says she's happy to hear that, than Haruhi moves closer
again, and she embraces him. Yuma blushes, and Haruhi tells him to endure it
for a little as well. Suzuri than walks in, asking what they are doing. (OH
SHIT!) They both move away from each other quickly, flushing crimson. Suzuri
asks what they did in her office while she was gone. Yuma accuses Suzuri of
leaving the note behind on purpose, that she knew what might happen. Suzuri
plays dumb, and Yuma remembers the words on the paper, and Suzuri explains that
she thought that Haruhi was ready to find out what it was like to be a teacher.
Yuma asks if that's the whole truth, and Suzuri says it is. Yuma remarks that
she was probably here for awhile, but didn't make a sound, and wonders if
Suzuri was waiting for the chance that he and Haruhi would attempt to be
indecent, and than surprise them. Yuma wonders if he chose the right person to
teach him magic, and Suzuri notices, and asks him what he's thinking, and Yuma
quickly says that it's nothing.


Time: Night


Yuma escorts Haruhi back to the dorm, and says that Suzuri showing up was
certainly a surprise. Haruhi says she can still barely believe that they almost
got caught. Yuma says that Haruhi makes a good teacher, and Haruhi blushes,
saying that Yuma gives her too much credit. Yuma notes that Haruhi thinks he's
just being nice, but he's serious, than remembers that Haruhi promised to
advance on his reward, but forgot about it because of Suzuri. Haruhi says
she'll see him tomorrow, and Yuma tells her good-night, than Haruhi asks him to
wait up. When Yuma asks what's wrong, Haruhi asks if he forgot already. Yuma
apologizes, and moves in closer and kisses her. Haruhi says that Yuma should
really start to remember this part, and Yuma says he understands, and watches
her walk into the building while savoring the feeling of her lips.

~~End Monday, April 24th.


(bo) Date: Tuesday, April 25th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up twenty minutes earlier than usual, and notes that he feels more
rested because of yesterday's activities. Yuma than contemplates going back to
sleep, but that pushes himself out of bed, smiling, quoting Benjamin Franklins
old proverb, early to bed, early to rise. Yuma opens his door and runs into
Sumomo, who is surprised, and asks why he's up so early. Yuma says that the
early bird catches the worm, and Sumomo asks why he's suddenly started to quote
old phrases, especially when he didn't believe in waking up early before. Yuma
says he's been reborn, and that he'll make up for lost time today. Sumomo asks
if Haruhi has been influencing him, and Yuma says yes, because it would be
distasteful if he made Haruhi wait at the school gate every morning for a long
time. Sumomo says she understands, and than goes to get ready for school
herself. Yuma calls her back real fast, and Yuma says that there's another
reason why he's going to get up so early, and says he's going to help her get
up and go to school, and says she better not shrug him off when he goes to
wake her up. Sumomo says he doesn't have to do that, and Yuma admits that he's
nervous, but that he's got to act more like an older brother, and help her when
he can. Sumomo smiles and says that Yuma really is helpless. Yuma asks what of
it, and Sumomo says that she didn't mean anything, and says they should get
going to school than. Yuma moves in close and pinches Sumomo on the cheek, and
she moves back, asking Yuma why he did that. Yuma says that Sumomo was getting
too full of herself, and Sumomo pouts.

They arrive at school, and meet Haruhi, who is happy to see Sumomo with Yuma
again. Haruhi than thanks Sumomo allowing her to make Yuma's lunch yesterday,
and that Yuma thought it was delicious. Sumomo says all the credit belongs to
Haruhi, because Yuma wouldn't think of anyone else's cooking if he could eat
Haruhi's food. Yuma nods, saying he hopes that he'll be able to eat her lunch
for a long time to come. Haruhi says that she still has to thank Sumomo
regardless, and Sumomo is quiet, and apologizes that she can't say much when
Haruhi praises her so, and says that it doesn't suit Haruhi, that she should
focus on taking care of Yuma. Yuma says he can't just walk up to Haruhi's
father and ask him for Haruhi, because than her father would likely kill him.
Sumomo says that he'll have to ask eventually, and wishes for Yuma to be happy.
Yuma says that Sumomo is thinking too far ahead right now, that they don't plan
to get married anytime soon, but Sumomo is off in her own little world right
now, and says good-bye to them, walking off happily. Yuma asks Haruhi if they
should head to class too, and Haruhi nods. Yuma asks if she brought a lunch for
him again, and Haruhi nods, asking if they should eat it together on the roof
again. Yuma nods, and says he can't wait for lunch.


Time: Lunch


Lunch finally arrives, and recaps that he couldn't focus at all this morning,
because he was anticipating being able to eat Haruhi's lunch. Yuma goes up to
Haruhi right after the bell rings, and asks if they can go. Haruhi scolds him,
asking if he was paying attention today, and Yuma says he couldn't help it,
since he was waiting for lunch. Haruhi says she won't bring lunch tomorrow if
he doesn't focus on class for the rest of today, and Yuma says he understands.
Haruhi giggles, and asks if they should go, and Yuma nods.

As they leave, Yuma notes that the little door electrocution lock seems to have
worked, as no one is following them up to the roof today. Haruhi talks about
the fact that both times Yuma has used magic in front of her, she couldn't see,
and hopes that she'll be able to see it next time he uses magic. Yuma nods,
and Haruhi continues, saying that wanted to learn as much as she could about
magic after Yuma defended her the first time. Yuma asks if her family tree had
many magicians in the past, as her magic is exceptional. Haruhi says that her
parents had a hard time accepting the fact that Haruhi wanted to use magic, and
tried to stop her for a long time. Yuma says that she must have persevered a
long road than, and Haruhi giggles and says that it was worth it. Yuma agrees,
and than Haruhi admits that she might have given up, but than she met Suzuri
here at the school, and she reinspired Haruhi, and that she owes most of her
success to Suzuri. Haruhi admits she never would have guessed that they were
mother and son, and Yuma admits he never would have thought so either. Yuma
asks for a cherry, and Haruhi feeds it to him, and giggles again. They continue
to make small talk until they finish their lunch, and Yuma remembers all of the
important events in Haruhi's life that she told him about: Finally succeeding
in using magic, meeting Anri for the first time, going to the Magic Section.
Yuma than notices that time has flown by again, but feels that he's getting to
know Haruhi even better.

After the bell rings, Yuma says they should get back to class, and Haruhi nods.
Koyuki pops up again, and asks if they've already finished making out. Haruhi
jumps at Koyuki's voice, and Yuma wonder's how long she's been there. Yuma asks
how she got up her, and Koyuki says that's a secret. Yuma knows that Haruhi
enchanted the door again, and sighs, that it seems to have no effect on Koyuki.
Koyuki asks why they would shut themselves up here on a dull and gloomy
afternoon such as today, and Yuma tells her not to get any perverted ideas,
that they were just eating lunch. Koyuki says she's disappointed, and wanted to
see it. Yuma notices that she has curry, and asks her where she got it. Koyuki
says she got it from Oasis not too long ago, and Yuma asks if she had got it
for him and Haruhi. Koyuki says that wasn't what she originally planned to do,
and than takes a deep breath, and does a little trumpet fanfare. When Yuma asks
what it is for, Koyuki congratulates them, and tells them that he and Haruhi
were chosen by the Fortune Telling Society as their couple of the month. Haruhi
blushes, and Koyuki continues, saying that she sees love and honesty in their
future. Yuma shouts out that she should have told them sooner. Koyuki cowers
in front of Yuma's shouts, and apologizes. Haruhi than thanks Koyuki, and tells
Yuma not to worry, that everything will be alright. Koyuki smiles, glad that
they accepted her tidings, and jumps on her magic wand, and flies off the roof.
(Ah, that's how she got up here.) Yuma notes that she appears and disappears
so suddenly. Yuma says he's glad Koyuki left, because he didn't to hear a bad
fortune telling from her like she gave him on Valentine's Day. (Idiot, I'd say
it was a good one, you just remember getting knocked out by Anri.) Haruhi says
he should always allow Koyuki to tell his fortune when she offers, and when
Yuma asks why, Haruhi says that Koyuki's fortunes usually tell of what can
happen to people, not what will happen, and thus, they can change their future.
Yuma asks if that's true, and Haruhi asks if he hadn't noticed it before. Yuma
shakes his head no, says he always felt uncomfortable around Koyuki. Haruhi
admits that it can be a challenge to deal with her, but that she is a good
person once you get to know her. Yuma looks up at the sky again, and notes that
interesting things seem to happen when Koyuki is around.


Time: After School


Haruhi and Yuma head for Suzuri's office again, and Suzuri welcomes them
inside. Haruhi has to leave for today, however, and Suzuri asks Yuma if he's
disappointed that Haruhi won't be teaching him today. Yuma says he is a little,
and wonders how Suzuri will teach him today. Suzuri says that after yesterday,
she has to make sure that they won't just spend their time in here with each
other, and help Yuma concentrate on his work. Yuma tries to explain that they
were just finishing up yesterday when she walked in on them, and Suzuri says
she knows, and wishes she had walked in earlier. Haruhi tells Yuma to stop
talking before he digs his grave even deeper, and Yuma is confused. Haruhi says
that Suzuri is teasing him, and than Yuma understands that if he doesn't work
hard he won't be able to protect Haruhi, because a test for him might come up
sooner than he expects.

Suzuri says that since they still have to cover more of the basics, they had
best get started. Yuma admits that he doesn't remember much of what he and
Haruhi covered yesterday, and Suzuri sighs, saying he must understand the
basics if he is to have a chance. Yuma apologizes again for his fuzzy memory,
but Suzuri says it's alright, and begins. Yuma begins working, and some time
later Suzuri asks Yuma to say an incantation. When Yuma asks why, she explains
that the ring won't work if the spell is not uttered. Yuma says he feels
uncomfortable, noting that he'll feel strained if he says the spell again, that
or be embarrassed. Suzuri tells him to relax, that it's easy magic, than
corrects herself, and says that it's great magic, unless someone messed it up.
Yuma asks her what she means by that, and Haruhi tells Yuma to calm down. Yuma
notes that he was able to do more complicated magic than this when he was
younger, and calms down and attempts the spell again. However...nothing
happens, and Yuma sighs while looking depressed. Suzuri tells him to try again.
Yuma asks if he can recover for a minute, than suddenly is shook back and
forth. Suzuri says it probably didn't work, and Yuma tells her that it may have
worked. Yuma laughs inwardly, because now he feels like he can do anything.
Suzuri says that he will continue now, and Haruhi tells him to work hard. Yuma
says he'll do it this time, and shouts out, and Suzuri tells him to be quiet
and not make any weird noises. Suzuri tells Haruhi to do it, so Yuma can see an
example, and Haruhi makes the stick on the table levitate. Yuma is amazed that
the stick is floating, and Suzuri asks how he feels, and Yuma says he thinks
he can do it this time, and begins reciting the spell again. Haruhi says that
the stick moved a little bit, but Yuma says he didn't notice, and asks if it
really did. Haruhi says he's doing great, and Yuma focuses again, and this time
notices that the stick is moving a little. Yuma yells out louder, and the stick
flies up and hits him in the face. (...HA!) Yuma collapses, and Haruhi comes
over to him, asking if he's alright. Suzuri frowns, saying that the future is
full of trouble.

Yuma finishes up for the day, and tells Suzuri goodbye after thanking her
again. Haruhi remarks that Yuma seemed really into it today. Yuma recaps that
the day was an overall success, and that he finally got the basics down. Haruhi
says he'll be alright, because he's Suzuri's son. Yuma asks if she would have
confidence in him if he wasn't, and Haruhi says that he exhausted himself in
the fight with Ibuki, so it would make sense that it would take his magic power
time to recover. Yuma says she was just as exhausted as he was, but notes that
her power returned faster, since she was able to easily lift the stick earlier
while he struggled just to make it twitch. Haruhi says that she didn't do much
better when she first started learning magic, and Yuma says he sucks. Haruhi
says he's really making progress though, and that he can't give up. Yuma says
he understands, and hopes that a good nights sleep will rejuvenate him for
tomorrow. Haruhi says she'll work hard to assist him as well, and Yuma feels
renewed, thanks to Haruhi's encouraging words.


Time: Evening


Yuma escorts Haruhi back to the dorms, and Yuma tells her to stay safe, and
finally kisses her without her having to remind him to do so. Haruhi grabs his
clothes and looks up at him, blushing, and asks him if he wants to see her
room. (Nice!) Haruhi says that they can review the things he learned today,
(Yeah right!) and she blushes. Yuma asks if she's sure, and she nods. Haruhi
explains to the dorm leader why Yuma is here, and he's allowed inside. Haruhi
leads him up the stairs, and enters her room. Haruhi says it's nothing special,
just a regular dorm room. Yuma says that it suits her well, and grabs her from
behind, causing her to cry out in surprise. Yuma than asks if she still has his
present. Haruhi struggles for a bit, and Yuma asks if she threw it away when
she was sick, and Haruhi says she'd never throw away something so important.
Yuma says he's glad, and says she has it put away in a safe place. Yuma asks
her to get it, and Haruhi struggles for a second, than says she'll get it. Yuma
asks if it would be alright for him to sit down, but sees that the only soft
place to sit is Haruhi's bed, and tells her he'll sit on it while she looks for
her notebook. Haruhi stutters, saying that studying on the bed will be good,
and they don't have to do anything. (Jeez, she's really nervous.) Haruhi
blushes, and Yuma notes that he was feeling the same way the other night when
Haruhi visited his house. Yuma sits down on the soft bed, and wonders if she
sleeps on it every night. (Idiot! Of course she does!) Haruhi quietly comes
over and sits next to him on the bed. They stare at each other for a second,
than Yuma asks where her notebook is. Haruhi jumps and apologizes, and goes
back to look for it. Yuma grabs her hand and pulls her back to him, saying
she's lying, and says he wants her to show him her notebook now. Haruhi blushes
and Yuma tells her to sit back down, and she does, and he moves in and kisses
her again. They kiss for a minute, than Yuma lays her down on the bed and moves
his hand to her shoulder.


Haruhi's Path, Scene 3

A. Suck on Haruhi's Chest (No options :)


B. Tit/Blowjob

1) Come in Haruhi's mouth.

2) Come on Haruhi's face.


C. Haruhi On Top (No options :)

Automatically come inside Haruhi.


D. Doggy Style (No options :)

Automatically come inside Haruhi.


~~End of H-Scene


Both of them collapse on the bed after the last round, and they drift off to
sleep while embracing one another.

Both of them wake up later and take a quick shower to clean themselves up, than
lie back down in the bed, Haruhi with her head on Yuma's chest. Yuma comments
that she smells good, and Haruhi says it's probably the shampoo she used. Yuma
runs his fingers through her wet hair, and again takes in her smell. Yuma asks
if she feels good with him running his fingers through her hair, and Haruhi
says she likes it. Yuma says he's glad, and continues to stroke her hair.
Haruhi asks Yuma to hold her, and he does so, and kisses her forehead. Yuma
says he likes her smell, and not just her shampoo, and Haruhi blushes. Yuma
reflects that his feelings for Haruhi have grown exponentially in only the past
several days, but Yuma doesn't feel strange at all, that Haruhi's place in his
heart is irreplaceable. Haruhi asks why he's being so quiet, and that it's
embarrassing, Yuma says he was thinking about her. Yuma remarks that his
feelings for Haruhi have overlapped most things he cared about before. Yuma
wonders how else he can describe how he feels, and holds Haruhi close, wanting
to hold onto her forever, and doesn't want to part even for a moment, because
doing so would make his heart ache. Yuma admits that he doesn't want to leave
her, and Haruhi asks if he would like to stay the night. Yuma asks if he could,
and Haruhi says of course, but that they'll have to stay quiet. Yuma says that
she's surprisingly bold, but Haruhi says that Yuma's the only one she would
allow to stay, because she admits that she would be lonely otherwise. Haruhi
raises her head and looks into Yuma's eyes, and Yuma tells her not to worry,
that he'll stay with her. Haruhi smiles shyly, and Yuma says that she can count
on him. Haruhi says she's glad that they can stay together tonight for a long
time. Yuma hopes that they can continue to stay together for a long time after
tonight, and Haruhi says she's glad, and tells Yuma she loves him, and they
start to drift off to sleep.

Haruhi gives a start however. Yuma asks what's wrong, and Haruhi says that she
just felt the detection magic she placed in the forest disappear. (What? You
thought the game and I were going to bore you with four consecutive days of
nothing but Haruhi and Yuma being all lovey-dovey? I don't think so!) Yuma
notices that the room is illuminated in a ruby light, and immediately jumps out
of bed and throws open the curtains. There he sees a gigantic dark magic circle
in the sky, and Haruhi says they have to go, and they quickly get dressed and
leave the dorm.

Inside the Magic Section building, Suzuri has noticed the magic circle as well,
and wonders what Ibuki is thinking. (I knew she wouldn't give up on the
Treasure!)

Yuma and Haruhi run across the school grounds towards the General Section
building, which the magic circle is currently over. Yuma knows that while he
doesn't know the purpose of the magic circle, he knows that one of that
magnitude must be powering a vast amount of magic. Yuma notes that if that
amount of magic is let loose, it could have double the destructive potential of
the blast that destroyed the Magic Section building. Haruhi remarks that this
is the first time she's seen such magic, and Yuma says he knows who is
responsible, and notes that no one other than Ibuki could cast such a spell.
Haruhi wonders what they are going to do, and Yuma says he doesn't understand,
but they have to keep moving.

They reach the school and fly up the stairwell, and when he opens the door,
Yuma is met with an incredible force of wind, and Haruhi says she can't believe
the power of such magic. Yuma asks if Ibuki is up here after all, than they
both see Ibuki in the middle of the roof, standing in the center of a magic
circle, watching them with a steely glance. Ibuki remarks that they were the
first ones to arrive, and Ibuki asks why she is here. Haruhi remarks that the
use of such a powerful magic could destroy the school, and pleads with her to
stop. Ibuki says that she has little time, and says if they leave now she will
spare them. Yuma asks her how they could turn back after that kind of talk, but
Ibuki ignores him, and Yuma realizes he can't reach Ibuki this way. Yuma asks
Haruhi what will happen if things continue on as they are, and Haruhi says
she's not sure, but believes that Ibuki won't be swayed as easily as she was
last time. (Jeez, it took all their strength last time to get her to back down,
what the hell are they going to do?) Yuma agrees, but says they can't leave
things as they are, and Haruhi nods in agreement. Yuma wishes he could summon
help from anyone, hopefully Suzuri, but knows that if he leaves Ibuki's magic
could trigger at anytime, and even Suzuri might not be able to stop it at that
point, and knows they have to hold out until Suzuri gets here herself. Ibuki
calls them fools for staying, and suddenly a magic circle appears above her
head, even though she didn't recite a spell, and the crimson lightning falls
towards them. Both Haruhi and Yuma cry out in surprise, and it takes all that
Haruhi has to hastily throw up her defensive magic before it hits them. Ibuki
says that their barrier will not last, and Yuma knows that she's not bluffing,
as that spell was a lot more powerful than any other one she had hit them with
before. Yuma asks if it's because of that magic circle she is standing in, and
Haruhi nods, saying that it most likely is. Yuma remarks that the circle adds
that much power to Ibuki, and is stunned. Than, another wave of lightning falls
downward, and Haruhi resummons her protective field. Yuma wonders how they are
going to hold out, than he hears a voice cry out in shock, and turns around to
see Saya. Haruhi utters her name in surprise, and Ibuki turns to her, saying
she told her to stay away, and notices that she looks different.

Yuma guesses that Saya came here because she noticed the magic circle in the
sky as well, than Saya talks to Ibuki with a sad but brave voice, and asks her
what she has done. Ibuki tells her not to get in her way, and that she won't
show Saya mercy if she does. Saya stares Ibuki down, and Ibuki gets the message
that Saya plans to oppose her, and tells her she had better be ready. Yuma
senses what is coming next, and shouts out a warning to Saya, and a wave of
lightning soon follows, headed for Saya, but also for Haruhi's barrier, and
Yuma knows that this fight will be very tough, and Yuma can sense that Ibuki is
still more powerful than Saya and Haruhi. Saya protects herself with a
different kind of defensive magic, but Yuma know that it won't last forever.
Saya cries for Ibuki to stop, but Ibuki sneers at Saya, and let's loose another
stream of lightning bolts. Saya cries out, and Yuma calls for her, asking if
she's alright. Saya says she's fine, but says that if Ibuki isn't stopped soon,
the school will be destroyed. Yuma asks Saya to help them, and Saya is
startled, and look back to Ibuki. Saya than turns back and says she
understands, and that she will use her magic to weaken the magic circle Ibuki
is in, to in turn weaken Ibuki as much as she can. Saya raises her violin magic
wand, and begins to play it, casting a spell at the same time, and the magic
circle vibrates every time she pulls on the bow. Haruhi takes advantage of the
situation and let's loose a stream of fire towards Ibuki. Ibuki is surprised,
but quickly let's loose a lightning arrow to intercept and nullify Haruhi's
attack, than to tell Saya that she was surprised that she has gone against her,
and asks her if she thinks her pitiful magic can stop her. Power begins to
gather around Ibuki, the magic formation regains it's former power. Yuma is
shocked that the combined talents of Saya and Haruhi are no match for Ibuki,
and wonders what they are going to do. Yuma says he'll enter the fight, but a
voice tells Tama-chan to charge, and we hear Tama-chan saying he's going.
Another wave of lightning falls towards Haruhi, Yuma and Saya, than a load of
Tama-chans launch upwards to intercept them and explode. One Tama-chan than
flies down and asks if Yuma is hurt.

Yuma remarks that Tama-chan is here, and asks if Koyuki is here. Koyuki makes
her entrance, apologizing for keeping them waiting. (All right!) Ibuki remarks
that she was slow, and thought that she's surprised to see her again after the
last time they fought. (Back on Valentine's Day, when the Magic Section
building was destroyed.) Koyuki says that she didn't expect Ibuki to be so
powerful, and Ibuki laughs, saying Koyuki can't compare to her. Koyuki says
she'll begin attacking now, and starts reciting her spell. Ibuki says she won't
let her, and let's loose another wave of lightning towards Koyuki. Haruhi
defends Koyuki with another barrier, which allows Koyuki to finish casting her
spell, and teleports away. Yuma looks back at Ibuki, and notices that she's
beginning to struggle, and notes that with three-one odds, even she must be
feeling the strain by now. Yuma wonders how much longer she'll last, and Ibuki
laughs, saying that with Koyuki, this battle has become very interesting.
Haruhi says the fight is over, and pleads for Ibuki to concede. Ibuki says
Haruhi is gravely mistaken if she thinks this battle is over, and Haruhi is
surprised, but Koyuki says she thought as much. Yuma looks back at Koyuki, and
sees that Koyuki is waiting for Ibuki to do something. Ibuki is surprised that
Koyuki has noticed, and Haruhi asks Koyuki what's going to happen. Yuma than
takes another look around, and finally realizes what's going on, that although
Saya, and even Koyuki are here, Shinya is still missing, even though he's also
Ibuki's servant like Saya. Yuma than recalls what Suzuri said a week ago after
Shinya destroyed the barrier in the forest that it will break again very
easily, than recalls what Haruhi said as well, that if Shinya returned he could
quite easily breach the magic circle and obtain the Treasure. (OH SHIT!!!) Yuma
than remembers that Haruhi was initially alerted to the scene because she felt
all of her detection wards vanish, and Yuma realizes that Ibuki has done all of
this only as a distraction. Saya asks Ibuki if she's giving up, but than Shinya
finally appears. Saya and Haruhi are surprised, and ask why he is here, but
than Haruhi finally realizes the truth of the night's events, and Ibuki says he
finally returned, and Shinya apologizes for taking so long. Saya is shocked, 
and Shinya asks Saya to forgive him. Yuma notices that Shinya has a very old
book in his hand, and Shinya wonders if it's the Shikimori Treasure that Ibuki
is after, and that Suzuri wanted to seal away. Koyuki asks if that's what she
has been aiming for, and Ibuki confirms it, and says that she read her fortune
this time, and says that she foretold her victory this time. Haruhi remarks
that Ibuki's magic was just a decoy, and Ibuki laughs, saying that it's too
late to stop her now, and the magic formation swells with even more power.
Yuma notices the danger, and yells for Ibuki to stop. Ibuki tells him to be
quiet, than says she will show them all the true power of the Shikimori clan.
Ibuki laughs, and the magic formation continues to swell with power, almost to
the point of overflowing. Yuma recalls that while the book is still sealed, it
is incomplete, and as Ibuki is the successor to the Shikimori clan, everything
has come full circle, and knows that none of them can stop her now. Suddenly,
the magic formation breaks, and everyone, including Ibuki, is shocked. Yuma
wonders what happened, than pinches his arm, and knows that he's still alive,
and neither Haruhi or Koyuki are injured, and notices that the only thing
different from a few seconds ago it that Ibuki has gone very pale, staring at
the magic book in her hands. Yuma wonders what happened, and Haruhi says she
doesn't know. Saya asks Shinya if he knows, and Shinya simply calls out to
Ibuki in disbelief. Ibuki panics, saying she didn't make a mistake, and wonders
why her magic formation disappeared. Yuma notices the book in her hand, and
feels that all of her magic from earlier is now stored inside the book, and
wonders what caused Ibuki's magic to dissipate. Ibuki frantically looks around
in disbelief, and Suzuri finally steps out, asking Ibuki if she wants to know
why. Everyone is surprised, than Suzuri begins to explain.

Suzuri says that Ibuki's power wasn't enough to undo the seal on the Treasure.
Ibuki asks what she means. Everyone stares in anticipation at Suzuri, hanging
on her every word, because her answer might unlock the puzzle that is Ibuki.
Suzuri says her power was not enough, because she is not the true heir to the
Shikimori clan. (Wow that was unexpected.) Ibuki frantically says that she's
lying, but Suzuri continues, saying that only the true heir to the Shikimori
clan can undo her seal, no matter how powerful they are, and since she failed
to undo the seal, that is proof that she is not the true heir. Suzuri explains
that there is no true successor to the Shikimori clan anymore, that it was
a defense set up by the current head of the family, and that the Treasure will
now be sealed forever. Everyone takes in what Suzuri has just relayed, and
notes that it is ironic, that Ibuki was in search of the Treasure to confirm
that she was the true heir to the Shikimori clan, and now she knows that she
isn't. Ibuki doesn't take it well, and begins to cry, and the magic circle in
the sky begins to erratically fluctuate, and says she'll never accept such a
story, and let's loose a wave of gigantic lightning bolts. Suzuri quickly
forms her defensive barrier of light, and Yuma notes that if it wasn't Suzuri,
not all of the vast amount of bolts would have been absorbed that Ibuki shot
out in her rage. Suzuri struggles, than says that Yuma and Haruhi have to
disrupt the magic circle. Yuma asks what she means, and Suzuri says that it's
the only way to stop Ibuki peacefully. Yuma nods, and Haruhi says that their
combined powers are probably the only way to stop Ibuki, and Yuma says he
understands. Haruhi takes Yuma's hand, and he points the ring to the sky and
the magic circle. Yuma tells Ibuki that this is for her, and Haruhi casts her
magic transfer spell, and the ring begins to glow brightly with power. Yuma
feels his body begin to burn, but holds on, as Haruhi continues to transfer
power. As Haruhi finishes, Yuma quickly holds his aim towards the magic circle,
than fires the power out towards it. The magic shatters the circle, and Ibuki
cries out in pain and collapses. Haruhi says they stopped it, and Koyuki says
he did great. Suzuri agrees, and smiles. Saya and Shinya rush to Ibuki's aid,
and Ibuki asks Shinya for his shoulder, which he obliges, and Ibuki stands up
with his aid. Ibuki calls for Yuma, and praises his magic, saying it was the
greatest she's ever witnessed. (Well, seems he's reached her with his magic
more than once now, heheh.) Ibuki says a promise is a promise, and she'll allow
him to talk badly to her. Yuma says that won't be necessary, and Ibuki laughs.
Yuma continues, saying that the fight is over. Yuma asks if she will give up
on the Treasure now, since she can't achieve her goal, and says she can live a
normal life again, and asks if she will apply her power to help others. Yuma
says that he at least stopped her from destroying the school. Yuma says that
her power as the next heir to the Shikimori clan was clearly shown, and that
she impressed him. Ibuki laughs, and says she'll never understand Yuma, but
says his words have a point. Ibuki says she has lost all rights to the
Treasure, and that it's probably for the best. Ibuki than hands Yuma the magic
book, and turns to Suzuri. Ibuki says that while her son has made a huge
impact on her, she has made an even bigger impact upon her. Suzuri says she is
honored to receive such praise. Ibuki says that she has brought shame upon the
Shikimori name tonight, and Suzuri says that Ibuki is mistaken. Ibuki questions
her, and Suzuri says that that while she may not be a true heir to the
Shikimori clan, she is still a significant figure in it, and says that she
shouldn't change who she is when she does take over as head of the clan. Suzuri
says that's what her older sister would have wanted, and asks if she believes
so too. Ibuki remembers her older sister, (Wonder who Ibuki's older sister is?
This is the first time she's been mentioned.) and agrees with Suzuri. Ibuki
says that she will find her calling eventually, and Suzuri is glad that she
remembers. Ibuki than says she's headed back to her house, and asks if they
would still follow her. Both say of course, and Ibuki is glad, and says she'll
hang around this place for a little while longer. Shinya is glad, and Ibuki
says her quest ends today as well. Ibuki tells Yuma they will meet again, and
hopes that until they do that he will continue to grow stronger with magic.
Yuma says that he only intended to use magic this time, but Ibuki ignores him
as says she will expect him to be stronger, and disappears. Yuma remarks that
she got the last word, and Yuma gets mad, saying who she thinks she is,
telling him what to do. Suddenly, Yuma feels his magic power fail, and Haruhi
stops him from collapsing, and asks if he's alright. Yuma says he's not, and
that he must have exhausted his magic reserves again. Suzuri says that's the
case, and apologizes to Haruhi for Yuma, since he's causing her trouble.
Suzuri asks she to take her to the nurse's office or back to her room. Haruhi
blushes from the suggestion, and Yuma asks which one she wants. Haruhi tells
him to not say such things, and Yuma says he's sorry that he can't move on his
own, and says he trusts her. Haruhi asks Yuma to stop embarrassing her, and
blushes deeper. Suzuri giggles, and says she's leaving, and Haruhi nods. After
Yuma gives her the magic book, Suzuri leaves. Koyuki adds that she'll leave as
well, and Tama-chan tells them good bye, leaving Haruhi and Yuma alone on the
roof. Yuma asks what they will do now, and Haruhi says she doesn't know. Yuma
asks if he can stay with her for a little while longer, and Haruhi blushes,
and tries to argue, saying he has to get home. Yuma says he'll just have to
dream of her than. Haruhi calls him a fool and blushes even further.

~~End of Tuesday, April 25th.


(bp) Date: Wednesday, April 26th


Time: Afternoon


Yuma and Haruhi are in Suzuri's office, and Yuma apologizes to Suzuri, saying
that he didn't work hard enough, and that yesterday's events proved
his failures to himself. Suzuri says she understands, and apologizes for making
making him work so hard the past couple of days. Yuma says that it's alright,
and that he may not have succeeded last night if not for her lessons. Haruhi
says she glad that the Treasure is still sealed, and Yuma agrees, saying that
if Ibuki had managed to unseal the book, they probably would not have survived.
Suzuri wonders if that would be true, and when Haruhi asks Suzuri what she
means, Suzuri admits that Ibuki truly is the heir to the Shikimori family. Yuma
questions her about what she said last night, and Suzuri says that she grew up
to be that powerful of a magician already, and when Haruhi questions her
further, she says that Ibuki bought he fake quite nicely. (...Wait, what?!?)
Suzuri continues to say that the real Treasure wasn't hidden in the forest,
but rather somewhere else. (Bah! We need the real Treasure!) Haruhi and Yuma
both scream WHAT?!? Suzuri says she knew that she would need a better hiding
spot than the forest, and set the book in it's place to fool anyone who came in
search of it. Haruhi asks Suzuri if her story about Ibuki not being the heir to
the Shikimori family is true, but Suzuri says that is true. Suzuri says that
the current head of the family was the one who gave her the Treasure in the
first place, so that she could seal it away. Yuma asks if it's still safe and
in her possession, and Suzuri says it is, and for them not to worry about it.
Yuma asks her what she will do with the Treasure now, and Suzuri says she will
finish sealing it, and hopes that, with time, it will fade from everyone's
memories. Yuma asks if that will be ok, and Suzuri says it is, that it will
help to protect Japan, saying that the Treasure has been a source of conflict
for far too long in it's history, and adds that history will be thankful that
it will cause no more bloodshed. Suzuri says that it will be protected forever
once the seal is complete so that no one else will have to die because of it.
Yuma notes a sense of sadness in her voice, and wonders if she witnessed
someone die because of the Treasure, than Yuma recalls that more might have
perished yesterday if he had messed up his spell. Suzuri says that's enough
about the Treasure, and asks Yuma what he will do in the future. Yuma wonders
what to say, and Haruhi says she doesn't think that Yuma understood the
question. Suzuri sighs, and asks if that's the case. Yuma asks what she means,
and Suzuri asks about his desire to relearn magic. Yuma thinks hard on the
matter, since Ibuki isn't a threat anymore, there is no real reason for him to
continue with learning magic, and wonders if he should return the ring to
Suzuri. Yuma wonders what else Suzuri is thinking of, and she says that if he
wants to study magic, he can transfer to the Magic Section next semester when
the building will reopen. Yuma asks if he really could transfer, but Suzuri
says she won't allow him to if he isn't sure that he wants to learn magic, and
says she will leave the decision to him. Yuma thinks hard, and knows that his
reason for wanting to learn magic again was to protect Haruhi, and while he
still doesn't have total confidence in his abilities, he knows that route isn't
closed, and that he hasn't advanced past his previous level of magic since he
was younger. Suzuri notices him thinking, and says he doesn't have to decide
now, and Yuma apologizes. Suzuri says he can give her back the ring until he
comes to his decision, and he nods. Suzuri takes the ring back, and adds
that only he will be able to best use it. Suzuri adds that Yuma still seems to
be thinking about the good and bad uses of magic, and Yuma nods, and Suzuri
says that is a difficult problem, and one that may never find a permanent
solution, and says that people assume magic is either good or bad, but do they
stop and think about the person who actually controls such magic. Suzuri than
says that no matter his answer when he gives it, she is sure it will be the
right decision, because she wants him to decide his own fate. Yuma says he
understands, and Suzuri smiles and says she'll be awaiting his decision.

Yuma and Haruhi leave Suzuri's office, and he's thinking hard about which way
he will answer. Haruhi calls him, and Yuma tells her it's alright, that he'll
have his answer tomorrow, and Haruhi nods.


Time: Night


Yuma arrives back at home, and takes off his shoes and heads straight for bed
and lies down, thinking hard about what Suzuri said today, and says up until
now his life had nothing to do with magicians, nor did he have any desire to
work among them. He loved his school life, and loved telling Hachi and Jun
stupid stories, and knows that if he transfers he won't have the opportunity to
see them as much, since General Section students aren�ft supposed to associate
with Magic Section students normally. However, over the past couple of months,
he's become extremely fascinated with magic, and wonders what he should do,
and falls asleep thinking.

~~End Wednesday, April 26th.


(be) Date: Sunday, April 30th


Time: Morning


Yuma is staring at the sky, and Haruhi asks him if something is troubling him
while they are on their date. Yuma asks what she means, and Haruhi says he
looks out of it today. Yuma admits he is, and apologizes. Haruhi asks if he's
still thinking about what Suzuri said, and Yuma says he is, that he wants to
be sure about his decision. Haruhi says she would like it if Yuma transferred,
because otherwise they would be separated when the Magic Section reopens. Yuma
says they could still see each other, but Haruhi says she doesn't want to be
separated from him, even for a few hours. Yuma is silent, than kisses Haruhi.
Haruhi says if she's the reason he wants to transfer, she's happy. Yuma says
it might not be the right decision than, but Haruhi says that it wouldn't be
right for her, the honor student representing Mizuhosaka Academy, to tell a
lie. Yuma wishes that he could meet himself as he was ten years ago when he
first met Haruhi, and still used magic. Haruhi says she'll help Yuma study
magic when she can, and says he'll become a great magician. Haruhi's eyes than
light up, and points a distance away, and Yuma sees the little girl that
Haruhi first helped on Valentine's Day, and she's walking happily with a boy
her age. Haruhi asks if Yuma thinks he's the boy she wanted to give her
chocolate to, and Yuma says he probably is. Haruhi says she's happy that the
girl got her wish, and smiles as she watches them walking hand in hand. Yuma
recalls when Haruhi repaired the girl's chocolate, and that Haruhi's kind words
and gentle magic had given him all the reason he needs to continue to study
magic. Yuma tells Haruhi that he's made up his mind that he will continue to
study magic with her, and says he'll go and tell Suzuri tomorrow. Haruhi says
she's happy, and that she'll support him from here on. Yuma nods, and firmly
grabs Haruhi's hand, and they both laugh.

~~End Sunday, April 30th.


~~Cue Credits and Haruhi's Theme. Enjoy both!


(br) Epilogue (Haruhi's True Ending)


Date: October 2nd


Time: Morning


Yuma is with Jun, Hachi and Sumomo, seeing them one last time before he heads
for the Magic Section building, which has finally reopened. Jun tells him to
tell Haruhi and Anri he wishes them well. Hachi says Yuma is betraying him
again, going to where he can't follow. Sumomo says that Hachi's seriously
crying for once, and Yuma says he's jealous of Hachi, being able to cry so
carefree. Hachi tells him not to be stupid, and says he's jealous that Yuma
will be surrounded by beautiful women from now on, and prays to God to give him
the ability to use magic too. Hachi adds that if he could use magic, girls
would be all over him. Yuma says he wishes magic were that easy, and that Hachi
would be in for a rude awakening if he could use magic. Jun says that God made
a good choice in not giving Hachi the ability to use magic, and Hachi cries,
saying anything is possible. Jun says that while it's embarrassing for Hachi to
be crying like this, he says that they will all miss Yuma. Hachi says that's
not it at, but bursts into tears again. Jun moves close, and tells him that
although he doesn't look like it, he'll be lonely too without Yuma there. Yuma 
looks at Jun, than Jun jumps at him, asking him to kiss him once before he
leaves. (ACK!) Yuma bonks him on the head one more time for doing such a stupid
thing, and Yuma says that Jun was acting cool, wanting to say good bye to his
best friend, but than with that last little act Yuma says he thought wrong.
Jun remarks that Yuma is as cold as always. Sumomo giggles, and wishes Yuma
well, and tells him to come back to the General Section every now and than to
hang out with all of them, and Yuma says that while it will be difficult, he
can't deny a request from his cute little sister, and says he'll try when he
can. Sumomo giggles, and tells him to work hard. Jun and Hachi say similar
things, and Yuma walks to the Magic Section building feeling happy.

Yuma walks through the forest, and comes out in front of the building, and sees
Haruhi waiting for him at the entrance. Haruhi welcomes him to the Magic
Section, and hopes he'll do well. Yuma notes that his new life starts now, and
that he'll learn new things as a student of the Magic Section today, with
Haruhi by his side. Haruhi asks Yuma how he's feeling, and they stop walking
and look at each other. Yuma notes that he can't find the right words to say,
and Haruhi giggles, and says she feels the same way. Yuma asks her what she
means, and Haruhi explains that she feels many different things, but that all
feel satisfied. Haruhi than leans on Yuma, and leans forward to kiss him.
Haruhi asks if Yuma feels her feelings, and Yuma says he does, but that they
should hurry and get inside before they overrun him, and Haruhi nods, and they
lean in and kiss again. Haruhi says that whenever they kiss, she feels really
happy and excited, and laughs. Yuma looks at her smiling again, and realizes
that is all he needs to answer his feelings of confusion. Yuma tells Haruhi
that he loves her, and she nods, and says she also loves Yuma, and they close
their eyes and kiss again for a long time, their longest kiss to date, and
their most gentle one.

~~End Haruhi's True Ending.


~~End Haruhi's Path. Congratulations! See the Extras area now!


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Walkthrough Split~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


(C) Anri's Path - Surpassing Your Limits


Option Two:


Note: In order to head down Anri's path, choose the same options that lead
towards Haruhi, (except you should support Anri when you can.) but choose not
to follow Haruhi into the woods when Yuma sees her after school on April 12th.

Extra Note: Because a player's first play through can end with either Haruhi or
Anri, I will not be spoiling any events on Anri's Path, even if they are very
similar to those that happens on Haruhi's Path. However, when it comes to the
remaining paths, I will NOT hold back, and players will have had a play through
under their belts, and thus, know the truth behind certain events.


(ca) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (After Heading to Oasis)


Yuma wants to chase Haruhi, but he's too hungry. Yuma thinks about it for a
bit, and decides that Haruhi probably isn't in trouble, and says he hears a
special at Oasis calling him, and heads there.

Anri is surprised to see Yuma at such a late hour, and Yuma explains that he
and Haruhi were very busy today. Anri giggles, and says that other guys would
kill to have the privilege to spend time alone with Haruhi. Yuma tells her he's
not like that, and asks for a drink. Anri says she can't deny his request, even
if he is being very rude. Anri asks where Haruhi is, since she should be as
hungry as Yuma is if they worked together for that long. Yuma chokes and Anri
pokes him, saying that if he fell in love he should say something. Yuma screams
out for his food, and Anri asks for extra money to keep quiet. Yuma says that's
against the rules, but pays up anyways, and Anri runs off to give his order,
and Yuma sighs.

Anri comes back with his order, and asks when did Yuma and Haruhi finish their
class officer work, and Yuma relates that Haruhi had to leave a little early,
and says he struggled hard with the remaining work. Anri says he shouldn't
complain, and Yuma mutters a curse under his breath. Anri asks what he will do
later, and Yuma recalls what he saw earlier when he observed Haruhi running
towards the forest, and wonders if she was going there to practice her magic,
but disregards the idea, remembering that the look on Haruhi's face was one of
urgency. Anri notes the look of concern on his face, and she asks if he's
worried about something. Yuma asks what would worry him, and asks Anri about
the forest that is behind the Magic Section. Anri asks what he wants to know,
and Yuma asks what anyone would be doing there if they weren't going to
practice magic. Anri thinks hard, and asks why he wants to know all of a
sudden. Yuma relays that he saw Haruhi run into the forest shortly before he
arrived here. Anri wonders what Haruhi could be up to, and Yuma says he
doesn't know. Yuma notes that he'll have to ask Haruhi tomorrow about it,
although she probably won't give him a straight answer. Yuma than remembers
that Haruhi said she was supposed to meet her teacher when she excused herself
earlier, yet she ran off to the forest, and Yuma is curious as to why. Anri
asks Yuma if he'll ask Haruhi about it tomorrow, but Yuma says he doesn't want
to pry into her personal business, but admits to himself that he is still very
curious.

~~End Wednesday, April 12th. (After Heading to Oasis)


(cb) Date: Thursday, April 13th


Time: Morning


Yuma walks into class and says good morning to everyone, and Haruhi comes up to
him and asks if she can talk to him for a moment. Yuma asks what's up, and
Haruhi says she found a pen yesterday, and asks if he lost his. Yuma remarks
that the pen looks similar to the ones that Jun handed out to everyone in the
class and Haruhi nods. Yuma notes that he had completely forgotten about his
pen, and that he will take it home today. Haruhi asks again if the pen is his,
but Yuma says no, and Haruhi wonders who it might belong to than. Yuma asks her
where she found it and Haruhi says she found it after school. Yuma remembers
what he saw yesterday afternoon, and wonders if that's why she had such a
serious look on her face. Yuma is about to ask Haruhi about yesterday when Anri
enters, shouting good morning, and Yuma says to himself that he'll ask Haruhi
about yesterday some other time, and mentions to Anri that she has arrived as
usual right before the final bell. Anri says what's so great about getting here
five minutes earlier anyway, and says that it's not by chance that she gets to
school on time, she always times it just right. Haruhi than asks Anri if the
pen she found is hers. Anri looks at it, and recognizes it as well, but says it
isn't hers, as she has hers. Yuma tells Haruhi that it may still be too early
to ask about it, as not everyone has arrived, and Haruhi says he might be
right. Anri asks Haruhi where she found it at, and Haruhi says she found it
inside the Magic Section building. Anri asks if she went to visit her teacher
yesterday, and Haruhi nods. Anri is about to say something when the door opens
again, and Shinya and Saya enter the classroom, and Shinya says he wasn't able
to find it after all. Saya tells him they can look for it at lunch, and for him
not to worry. Yuma is surprised that they came in this late, as they are
usually right on time, and notes Shinya's depressed attitude. Yuma goes up to
them and says they were almost late, and asks Shinya if anything is wrong. Saya
tells him good morning, and Yuma asks if something happened this morning. Saya
admits as much, and Shinya says that he can't find the pen that Jun gave him,
and that he must have dropped it somewhere. (Oh? Maybe it's the one that Haruhi
has.) Shinya continues on, saying that he can't show his face in public until
he finds that pen. Saya says they looked for it in every place that they could
think of this morning, but still haven't found it yet. Yuma than says he'll
help them search, but than Haruhi comes over, as she overheard their
conversation. Haruhi holds out the pen she found, and asks if it's the one he's
looking for. Shinya stares at it for a second, than let's out a joyful squeal.
(...Should men really make that kind of sound?) Shinya remarks that it is the
pen he was looking for, and asks Haruhi what he can do to thank her. Haruhi
tells him to calm down, than Hachi pops up and tells Shinya to let go of
Haruhi. Yuma gives a start, and asks Hachi where the hell he came from. Shinya
quickly backs away, apologizing for his actions, and says that he was just so
happy his body just started moving on it's own. Hachi's eyes light up, and says
that Shinya has a good technique there, and tries it out on Haruhi. Jun flies
over and slaps Hachi, and he falls over. Jun apologizes for Hachi's foolish
actions, and asks everyone what's going on. Shinya relates his story of how he
lost the pen that Jun gave him, but was able to recover it. Shinya tells him to
punish him, that he will endure any punishment. Yuma is surprised that Shinya
would say such a thing, and hopes that Jun won't tease him too harshly. Jun
giggles and tells Shinya not to worry about it. Shinya asks if he's sure, and
Jun says he's glad that Shinya thinks so much of the pen he gave him. Shinya
asks if Jun will really let this slide, and he says of course. Shinya hugs
Jun in gratitude. Yuma feels really bad for Shinya, and hopes that he knows
the...truth about Jun. Anri than pulls them back to reality, asking if Shinya
had business at the Magic Section. Shinya fumbles with his words, and Anri asks
if he was curious about the place. Yuma wonders why Anri is grilling Shinya
about his actions, and than remembers that Shinya is only a recent transfer to
the school, and relates this to everyone again, adding that because of this it
wouldn't be strange if he wanted to explore the place, especially since he
would normally be learning there instead if the building wasn't destroyed.
Haruhi than says that no one is to enter the Magic Section building without
permission. Yuma asks if they are still in the process of restoring the
building, and Haruhi nods. Saya than speaks up, and says that Shinya has a
horrible sense of direction, and adds that he probably got lost. Anri asks
about it, and Saya says that she usually has to show him where to go, and that
he's helpless without her. Shinya says he never gets lost, and Saya tells him
to be aware of what he says more often, and reminds him that on the first day
that they were almost late since he guided her to the elementary school instead
of this one. Shinya's words catch in his throat, and stops talking, knowing
that he has lost. Jun says it's probably just a mental sickness. Yuma remarks
that he is a strange guy after all. The bell for class rings, bringing everyone
back to their senses. Haruhi tells Shinya to be mindful of his surroundings in
the future, and Shinya says he will, and thanks her for finding his pen again.
Anri stares after Shinya for a second, than heads for her seat as well.
(Wonder what she's thinking...)


Time: Lunch


Class ends, and Hachi tells Yuma that he and Jun are heading to Oasis to eat,
and Yuma says he'll join them. Jun asks if Haruhi might want to come as well,
but she says that she already promised to meet someone during lunch. Hachi
cries and says he's disappointed. Haruhi says she'll come next time.

As they head for Oasis, Jun asks if Anri is working again today, and Yuma says
he thinks so, as she quickly left class after the bell rang. Hachi says it's
worth it to go to Oasis just to see Anri in her waitress uniform. (I admit, I
do too. Yuma asks Hachi if he knows that he's a constant embarrassment.

They reach Oasis and sit down, and Anri comes over to greet them. Jun asks if
she's working hard, and she says not really, than shifts her attention to Yuma,
asking why he brought his lunch with him instead of coming to order. Yuma
says that Sumomo always goes to great lengths to prepare his lunch, and
therefore he shouldn't waste it. Anri tells him to at least order a drink. Yuma
says he will, and Haruhi asks him if he wants to fight. Otoha comes over and
tells her to settle down. Everyone greets Otoha, and asks Hachi if he wants
his usual order. Hachi says that would be great, and comments that she looks
beautiful as always. Otoha says he shouldn't say things like that, since he
should see her as an aunt. Hachi asks her not to tease him so, and asks for a
large order today. Otoha says she'll make it, and Yuma notes that she's really
happy today, and says that's good, especially since she's paying attention to
Hachi. Otoha than says she feels tired, and Jun than says he tried to learn how
to cook the other day but failed miserable, and remarks that she's amazing,
doing it for a living. Otoha asks if he really thinks so, and Jun says as much.
Yuma wonders how the hell the conversation turned to this. Otoha than says that
since everyone took time to come here today, she'll treat them all today. Jun
asks if it's alright, and Otoha says they can eat whatever they want. Anri
tells her not to spoil them because they all know each other, and Yuma agrees,
saying business is business after all. Otoha says it'll be ok, because the
cost will come out of Yuma's allowance. (ACK!) Yuma says that will be alright,
than notices what she said, and asks what the hell she is thinking. Anri tells
him to keep his voice down, especially since he's not ordering anything. Hachi
says he'll have the extra special lunch today, and Jun orders a ton of
different sweets, and Yuma yells at them to stop. Anri says she got it all,
and Yuma demands that she not send the order, because than he won't have
allowance for the next month, and knows that would suck horribly.

Some time later, everyone finishes eating, and Jun says it was delicious. Hachi
says that Oasis really does have the best food. Anri thanks them for ordering.
Jun wishes that Haruhi could have been here, and Anri asks where she is. Jun
relates that she said she was meeting someone today during lunch, and Anri asks
if they know who. Yuma recalls one person who it probably is, and relates that
she probably met with her teacher again today. Koyuki than appears next to the
table, and asks if she can join them. Hachi says of course, and offers her his
seat. Koyuki thanks him and Hachi says that not only was he able to eat great
food, but now that he's able to offer his seat to a beautiful woman such as
Koyuki, he's had a good day. Yuma remarks his had been a nightmare, and Koyuki
asks if something happened. Jun says that Yuma is buying everyone's lunch, and
Koyuki asks if she can have some curry. Anri takes the order, and Koyuki thanks
Yuma. (...Arg...) Yuma asks why did Koyuki have to throw an additional blow to
his wallet. Koyuki says he doesn't seem to be suffering too badly, and Yuma
wonders who the hell opened the floodgates of pain today. Koyuki says it's his
fate to suffer. Yuma notes that the events of today's lunch will be carved into
his memory for years to come.


Time: After School


As school ends for the day, Anri comes up and stares Yuma in the face. Yuma
asks her why she's staring at him, and Anri says he needs to work today. Yuma
asks if Oasis is short of people again today, and Anri says that they'll be
short for a while, and grabs Yuma and drags him out the door while he protests.
Yuma remarks that she seems a little anxious to get there today, and asks
what's really going on. Anri shushes him, and drags him to an empty classroom,
and they see Haruhi. Yuma says he'll come back when she�fs not busy. Anri asks 
if he's noticed, and when Yuma asks what she means, Anri indicates Haruhi. Yuma
states that Anri has known her for a while, so of course she would notice when
Haruhi is acting different, and asks her if she thinks something is up. Anri
nods, saying it's unusual for Anri to hide things from her, yet that is exactly
what she's doing. Yuma shrugs, and Anri asks what's with his indifferent
reaction. Yuma says that Anri really doesn't need to know all of Haruhi's
secrets, and it's probably one very personal, and that's why she's keeping it
hidden from her. Anri says that's possible, and Yuma asks her what she would
think of people spying on her, trying to learn her secrets. Anri concedes, but
says that it's still unusual for Haruhi. Yuma asks what she means, and Anri
says that it's strange, yet not strange. Yuma notes that doesn't make any sense
at all, but than he recalls yesterday, when he saw Haruhi run off into the
forest with a very serious look on her face, and Yuma asks if it has something
to do with yesterday, but Anri says she doesn't know. Anri says she's going to
follow Haruhi, and Yuma says he'll have to follow her than. Yuma thinks that
they'll probably end up in trouble, and Anri notes the look on his face, and
asks what he's worried about. Yuma asks if she can forget about this crazy
idea, but Anri says it's good to be curious, and says it's their responsibility
to stop Haruhi if she begins to show signs like she's neglecting her duties.
Yuma says he doesn't think Haruhi is capable of such a thing. Anri says he
doesn't understand, that Haruhi lives a dangerous life-style. Yuma notes that
it's more like Anri causes constant danger, but keeps it to himself, than
reminds her that she's supposed to be working at Oasis, and Anri giggles, and
says she's going to miss today, and that Yuma will join her. Yuma says she
can't surely mean to have him spy on Haruhi with her, but Anri says that's
exactly what she means. Yuma says no, and Anri says he can't say no. Yuma still
refuses, and Anri asks if he remembers that he's supposed to respect the wishes
of his senpais. Yuma tells her not to bring their work relationship to their
daily lives, but Anri says she'll get permission from Otoha for Yuma to miss,
and says that since she likes him so much, she'll work him into the ground when
he shows up. Yuma says he'll ignore that remark, and Anri calls him a hardass.
Yuma asks why she called him that, and Anri asks if he isn't worried at all
about Haruhi. Yuma says she should calm down, but Anri says he's only going
to spy on Haruhi to make sure that's she's not doing anything dangerous, and
says that it's ok to skip work for such a reason. Yuma admits to himself that
he is interested in finding out what Haruhi was up to yesterday, and says that
if all they are going to do is keep an eye on Haruhi, he'll go. Anri is
glad that Yuma understands, and says that they should exchange phone numbers
so that he can call her later with news. Yuma bets that she'll call and
keep him on the line, talking his ear off. Yuma asks if she's really ok with
it, and Anri nods, saying his phone is giving off good vibes. Anri than sees
Haruhi come out of the classroom, and says they should get moving. Anri tells
him to report in. Yuma notes that he's got himself into quite a mess now, and
Anri leaves.

Yuma recaps what happened afterwards, that Haruhi left the classroom and he
followed her, and that nothing seemed out of the ordinary, but than she made
for the forest again like she did yesterday, and Yuma entered it as well in
search of Haruhi. Yuma wonders where she could be as he wanders aimlessly
through the forest. Yuma wonders why she's here in the first place, and knows
that while he doesn't know, there must be a reason she is out here. Yuma
finally catches sight of her with her hand on a tree, while muttering something
under her breath. Yuma notes that he might figure out what she's doing if he
can get a little closer, but notes that Haruhi would probably notice him if he
came any closer, and decides to hold his ground until she moves on. Yuma notes
that this work is unexpectedly tiring, and knows that Anri is covering for him,
and is likely very tired herself. Haruhi than moves on into the forest, and
Yuma heads to the tree and examines it, to see if he can discover what Haruhi
did to it, but can't find anything different about it. Yuma wonders if it has
something to do with magic, than notes that he shouldn't lose track of Haruhi
again, and begins to set off after her again, than notices that she's gone!
Yuma than senses that he's been found out, and wonders if he should run in
the direction she went to try and find her, but dismisses the idea quickly,
noting that it will be next to impossible to find her if he panics like that.
Yuma decides to turn back and return with Anri, and wonders what Anri will say
when he says he lost Haruhi. A voice than tells him not to move, and asks if he
thought that invading the Magic Section was impossible, and decided to change
his target. (What?) Yuma notes that it's a familiar voice, and calls out,
asking if it's Haruhi. She says he must surely be the criminal, and Yuma turns
around at the mention of that word. However, he sees Haruhi pointing Soprano at
him, along with a steely look in her eyes. Haruhi says she told him not to
move, and Yuma tries to say he's not a criminal. Haruhi asks him why else would
he be out here, and Yuma shuts up, knowing that if he told her he was spying on
her it would only look bad for him, but notes that she's pretty quick to label
him a criminal. Yuma wonders if someone else is stalking Haruhi, and she just
mistook him for the other person. Yuma than speaks up, saying he's not a bad
guy, and Haruhi tells him to explain. Yuma asks if she'll listen, and Haruhi
says he better not lie, and tells him to answer everything she asks truthfully,
and asks who he really is. Yuma asks if she's seen everything, and decides that
he better come out of hiding, that hiding in the first place would be seen as a
hit to his character in the beginning, and notes that he can speak without
being nervous that way. Yuma says that Anri asks him to watch her, to make sure
she wasn't involved in anything dangerous. Yuma says he doubted she would be in
much trouble anyways, but Anri convinced him to come out. Yuma mentions that he
saw her enter the forest yesterday and was intrigued himself. Haruhi asks if
that's all, and Yuma asks if there should be anything else to say. Haruhi says
she's out her looking for someone who had broken into the Magic Section
building, but didn't expect to find Yuma out here. Yuma asks her what she
means, and Haruhi asks if he really doesn't know. Yuma asks how would he know,
and Haruhi says he doesn't sound like he's lying. Yuma asks her what on earth
is going on. Haruhi jumps, and Yuma continues, asking what she was talking
about, that someone broke into the Magic Section building, saying that it's not
something that Haruhi would normally be involved in. Haruhi is quiet for a
moment, and Yuma repeats his question. Haruhi says she cannot say any more.
Yuma asks if doing so would embarrass her, but Haruhi says that she can't tell
him unless she is allowed to. Yuma says he understands. Haruhi says he can go
ahead and guess, but she doesn't want Yuma to get involved. Yuma remarks that
it's probably because he can't use magic, but this is the first time he's seen
Haruhi be so blunt. Haruhi asks if Anri is really worried about her, and Yuma
says of course. Haruhi notes that even Anri noticed that she was up to
something, and that she's failed to keep it quiet. Yuma reassures her that Anri
was just concerned for her, but Haruhi asks Yuma not to tell Anri of anything
he learned today. Yuma asks if it's something so personal that she can't tell
even Anri about, and asks if she thinks that he or Anri really can't do a thing
to help, and Haruhi nods. Yuma says she should reconsider, because although
Anri is reckless, she isn't the magician right behind Haruhi in their class for
no reason, and relates that she can use magic, while he can't, and can help out
if trouble comes. Haruhi says he might be right, if the circumstances weren't
the way they were. Yuma asks what she means, and Haruhi says that it's too
dangerous to involved Anri in. (Eh?) Yuma thinks hard, knowing how hard Anri
has been practicing after work at Oasis just to catch up to Haruhi, her rival,
that he had inadvertently seen the strength of her resolve, but Haruhi is only
biting her lip and turning her back on Anri. Just than Haruhi's phone rings,
and apparently it's her teacher. Haruhi says she's in the forest, and says
she's alright, and glances back at Yuma. Haruhi says she'll come at once, than
hangs up and sighs. Haruhi says that her teacher needs to see her now, and Yuma
says he never answered her question. Haruhi says she doesn't need to, because
she needs to concentrate on the real criminal now. Yuma says he's going with
her than, that maybe her teacher will give him the answers she won't. Haruhi
jumps at this, and Yuma continues to say that he also wants to meet her teacher
at least once, because she respects him so. Haruhi says no, and when Yuma asks
why, Haruhi says that her teacher is a busy person. Yuma says if that's the
truth he should meet him now, because who knows when he'll be able to meet him
again? Haruhi says he's being persistent, and asks why he's poking around so
much. Yuma simply says that he doesn't like being labeled a criminal, and feels
he has a right to know who it is since he was accused of being him. Haruhi
sighs and picks up her phone again and calls her teacher. Haruhi explains that
she's with a General Section student who wants her to introduce him to him.
Haruhi continues, saying that his name is Yuma Kohinata, and that he's in her
class. Haruhi repeats the name when her teacher asks it, than says she
understands, and that she'll tell him, than hangs up. Yuma notes that it didn't
sound like her teacher is turning him away, and Haruhi tells him that her
teacher wants to meet him, and says they should get moving, and tells him not
to be rude in front of her teacher. Yuma says he understands, and asks her if
he really comes off as rude, and she nods. Yuma notes that he can't read
Haruhi's face, and wonders if this teacher is really just a teacher, or if he
likes Haruhi. Yuma says he'll take care to mind his manners around Haruhi in
the future than, but Haruhi says it's too late for that, and they leave the
forest.


Time: Afternoon


Yuma notes that the building looks great, even though it was bombed from the
inside out only a couple months ago. Haruhi stops in front of a door, and Yuma
guesses that it's her teacher's office. Haruhi knocks, and says it's her. A
feminine voice from inside tells her to come inside, and Haruhi tells him to go
ahead. Yuma walks in, but only sees a woman. She greets Yuma, and says she
heard his story from Haruhi. Yuma is stunned, and Haruhi nudges him, telling
him to greet her back. Yuma comes back to reality and introduces himself, and
the teacher says her name is Suzuri Minagi, and asks if Haruhi told him about
her. Yuma continues to stare at Suzuri, and she asks if she had something on
her face. Yuma says no, than finally wakes up his brain, and Yuma asks Haruhi
quietly if Suzuri is her teacher. Haruhi says yes. Yuma than asks if she's a
woman. Haruhi says yes again. Yuma says she's really young. Haruhi asks if he
really didn't know, and Yuma thinks hard to himself that he didn't expect
Haruhi's teacher to be a beautiful young woman, and that he's really surprised.
Yuma remarks that he was probably too worried about Haruhi's teacher. Suzuri
says she's glad that Yuma likes her face, and Haruhi says that this always
happens when a guy first meets her, and mutters that they always stare at her.
Yuma asks if that's what he was doing, and Haruhi says yes. Suzuri giggles, and
says that she's used to it. Haruhi says she shouldn't laugh at such things, and
Yuma apologizes. Suzuri than asks if Yuma wanted to talk to her about
something, and Yuma jumps, having nearly forgotten why he had come up here in
the first place. Yuma says he wants to hear what's going on, since Haruhi won't
tell him anything. Suzuri asks Haruhi if she told him it was too dangerous, and
she says she did, but he was persistent, and hopes that Suzuri could persuade
him to give it up. Suzuri says that it would be too much of a burden to put on
his shoulders, but...that it might be useful to have an extra pair of eyes that
no one would be looking for. Yuma says he thinks he understands, saying that he
can probably watch out for whomever this criminal is. Suzuri explains that
Haruhi is helping her, because she can practice magic, and therefore, if any
danger comes about, she can still defend herself from most attacks. But because
Yuma is from the General Section, he can't help. Unless he's really a magician
in disguise. (WHAT?!? HOW DOES SHE KNOW ABOUT HIS PAST?!?) Yuma is shaken by
this information, and Suzuri notes that he looks uncomfortable, and asks if
they should come back to this discussion later. Yuma recovers, and Suzuri asks
if he really wants to know what is going on. Yuma says yes, saying that it's
not good enough to know only that Haruhi is involved. Suzuri says she thought
that would be his answer, and says she will tell him. (Alright!) Haruhi asks if
she's sure, and Suzuri says that he's in the same class as her, and therefore
would only keep badgering Haruhi until she finally caved. Besides, she believes
that Yuma won't tell anyone else, just like no one would believe Haruhi. Yuma
argues that since she's an honors student, some might believe her, and Haruhi
blushes. Suzuri says he must keep whatever she tells him a secret, and says
that it'll be safer for him if he knows all of the facts. Haruhi says she
understands, and Suzuri says that if Yuma gets into trouble, Haruhi will have
to save him, and she nods again. Suzuri than says once she tells him the truth,
only three people will know what is going on: Haruhi, Yuma, and herself. Yuma
thinks hard for a moment, knowing that Hachi will badger him if he hears
anything related to the matter, than Suzuri says she'll tell him now. Suzuri
says that many powerful magical items reside at the school, and says that,
naturally, a state of the art security system was installed at the
building, and that as an added precaution, nothing is actually kept in the
Magic Section itself, but in a secret location on campus, that is connected by
a magical gateway. Suzuri continues her tale, saying that someone has been
sneaking around the school this year, and Yuma notes that while the new
security system would surely have caught a normal thief, a magician wouldn't
be captured so easily. Yuma now knows how serious the matter is, and Suzuri
continues, saying that this person was also probably responsible for blowing up
the Magic Section on Valentine's Day, and says that the restoration of the
building is taking longer than planned. Yuma says he understands, and Suzuri
says that Haruhi is helping her in watching for gaps that someone could slip
through, now that attention is focused on repairing the building. Yuma asks if
that was what Haruhi was doing, and she says that the thief might be using the
forest to get around. Yuma agrees that it's a path that doesn't present too
much attention, and laughs. Haruhi says he shouldn't laugh, but Suzuri says
that so far, nothing has happened out in the forest. Suzuri continues, saying
that because they don't know what the thief is after, they have to proceed with
caution. Yuma says he understands, and notes that there would be no danger if
the security system was working, and Yuma wonders who the person is that is
sneaking into the Magic Section building. Suzuri asks him what he thinks. Yuma
thinks for a moment, and asks if Haruhi is likely to encounter danger. Suzuri
says that it's a possibility since they don't know who they are dealing with,
and admits that not even she would want to confront whomever it is without
knowing a little more about them. Yuma is surprised that even she gets scared
in such situations, and she says of course. Yuma says he's relieved to hear
that. Suzuri says that's the story, and asks both of them to relax for a while.
Yuma says he doesn't have anything planned, so he'll stay. Haruhi says they
should be out of the building though, since it's after hours, but Suzuri says
it's ok, as she's the one on duty tonight to watch over the building. Haruhi
says she'll stay for a bit than, and Suzuri smiles, and tells them to wait a
minute while she fixes them all tea.

Yuma thinks about the stories that Suzuri has been telling them, as Yuma was
interested in finding out what she did in her spare time. Yuma notes that he
didn't expect the topic to be so exhausting, and that Jun and Hachi would have
fallen asleep by now. Haruhi asks to Yuma to not tell Anri anything. Suzuri
asks Haruhi what she thinks Anri would do, and Yuma figures that he's forgotten
something very important. Haruhi says that Anri would tell them all to leave
everything up to her, and sighs. Suzuri laughs, and says that would fit Anri in
a nutshell. Haruhi mentions that she and Anri gave Yuma chocolate on
Valentine's Day, than she notices Yuma is sleeping, and asks him what's wrong.
Yuma quickly wakes up, startling Haruhi, who shouts out in surprise. Yuma than
remembers that he was supposed to talk to Anri later, but forgot after the
story that Suzuri shared with him. Yuma quickly looks at his watch, and notes
that Oasis has already closed for the day. Yuma says he let time slip by, and
forgot that he had important business earlier, and says he should be going.
Haruhi asks if it's really that late, and says she'll probably be leaving too.
Suzuri is sad, and asks Yuma if he can escort Haruhi back to the dorms. Yuma
says he will, noting that Anri has probably already returned to the dorms too,
making it convenient. Yuma says they had best be on their way, and Suzuri tells
him good-bye, and that he's welcome to stop by whenever he feels like it. Yuma
thanks her, and Haruhi also says her good-byes, and they leave.


Time: Night


Yuma walks with Haruhi back to the dorms, and when they reach them, Haruhi
thanks Yuma for escorting her back. Yuma says it wasn't any trouble. Haruhi
asks if he won't tell Anri anything. Yuma says he still doesn't know what she
was doing exactly in the forest anyways, and says he'll tell Anri that he lost
her in the woods, and decided to turn back, and says he'll do it because she
and Suzuri are trying to help with the rebuilding of the Magic Section in their
own way. Yuma asks if that would be alright, and Haruhi nods, adding that she
hopes it won't take too much longer. Haruhi says his new role will be to keep
Anri away from the Magic Section and the forest as much as possible, and tells
him to work hard. Yuma says he'll try, and Haruhi giggles and tells him
good-night, than hurries inside. Yuma notes that it will be difficult to
distract Anri, and he's not looking forward to it, but he did promise Suzuri
that he wouldn't tell anyone else. Yuma than takes out his phone and calls the
number that Anri gave him earlier. Anri picks up, and says he certainly took
his time. Yuma apologizes, and says that Oasis had closed. Anri says of course,
and she went back to her room after work. Yuma apologizes again, and says that
he's currently out front of the dorms. Anri says she'll be down in a minute
than. Yuma says she doesn't have to come outside, but Anri says it's necessary,
and repeats that she's on her way down, than hangs up. Yuma wonders what kind
of lie he'll have to spin to hide the truth from Anri. Yuma than sees Anri's
pigtails coming from around the corner of the dorms, and she comes around the
corner panting. Anri says she's here, and Yuma tells her again hat she didn't
have to run down here so fast. Anri asks how else she was going to let him in,
and Yuma asks where they would go. Anri says where else but her room, and Yuma
asks if she's serious. Anri tells him to shush, and that he's really loud. Yuma
asks why it is necessary for him to go to her room. Anri asks if he wants
everyone to hear him, than tells him to shut up again. Yuma asks what would
happen if someone saw him going into her room, and Anri says he can look
embarrassed and lost like any other guy does. (...Wait, what?!?) Yuma asks if
she won't complain about him going to her room. Anri asks what he means by
that, and Yuma sighs. Anri tells him to follow her quickly so that he can tell
her what happened today. Yuma says that he's really hungry now though. Anri
sighs, and says she'll fix him something than. Yuma, surprised, thanks her for
the offer.

Anri brings him up to her room, and tells him to quickly go in. Yuma is really
excited, and can't help but look around Anri's room. Anri notices, and says
he's acting very suspicious. Yuma tells her not to say such things, than thinks
about the situation for a moment: He's a guy, inside a girl�fs room, at a girls
dorm. Most people would think his behavior is suspicious. Yuma wonders that if
he's seen, will his character be damaged. Anri pulls him back to reality,
saying he can sit down. Yuma thinks he should jump on her bed, but than
remembers that he's on the second floor, and decides not to, as the sound would
carry to the room below. Yuma says he can't stay long, and tells her to hurry
up with the food. (You ungrateful bastard!) Anri asks if that's so, and says
she made something earlier, and he can have that. Yuma jumps, because it's not
something that Anri would say, and hopes that she's just getting something from
the refrigerator, and that she didn't have anything planned for him to eat.
Yuma tells himself not to be rude when he's in her room, and that he's not
supposed to know everything about everyone. Although, Yuma can't help but hope
that she made something just for him. Anri asks what he's thinking of, and says
she brought what she had. Yuma jerks out of his daydream, surprised that she
had food already. Anri nods, and says more should be ready in a couple of
minutes. Yuma chokes, and when Anri asks what's wrong, Yuma says that if she
says it like that, it sounds like she made a homecooked meal for him. Anri says
she has a lot of trouble this year because of him. Yuma notices that her trash
can is full of instant ramen cups and convenience store lunches, and says he
really shouldn't impose by eating this food, which must seem like heaven. Anri
tells him not to complain, and Yuma says he'll eat. Anri says she'll eat some
ramen than, and opens a cup. Yuma sighs, and wonders if she'll ever reach the
same plateau as Haruhi, and says he'll cry if that ever happens. Anri notices
that he seems preoccupied, and asks him if anything�fs wrong. Yuma tells her she
shouldn't talk with her mouth full.

After they finish eating, Anri asks Yuma to tell her what happened with Haruhi
today. Yuma asks if she had to finish working for him, and Anri nods. Yuma
feels a little guilty, but due to finding out the circumstances of what Haruhi
has been doing, he knows he has to lie to Anri about some things. Yuma tells
Anri that something happened at the Magic Section, and that Haruhi was helping
with it. Anri says it doesn't sounds like magic is involved, and Yuma nods.
Anri says she understands, and says they should help tomorrow. Yuma asks what
she's talking about. Anri says they should find out exactly what�fs going on,
the whole story, than help out. (...Oh boy...) Yuma asks why she wants to go,
and Anri says that Haruhi's magic is fun to watch. Anri asks why he's
complaining anyways, since she'll be able to get him in free. Yuma struggles
for a moment, than says he understands, but tells her to leave him out of her
future plans, as it's an annoyance. Anri says she understands, and says she'll
see him tomorrow. Yuma knows that she'll drag him back into one of her little
schemes anyways, and thinks it would be useful if he talked to Haruhi before
tomorrow. Yuma says he should go, but Anri tells him to wait since she took the
time to bring him up here, saying that it's the first time she's invited a guy
into her room, and she's excited. (Not THAT kind of excited...damn.) Yuma
mutters that it isn't normal to be excited in such a situation, and Anri asks
him to repeat what he said. Yuma says he's nervous about being found her, and
asks her to understand. Anri says he sure seems to be in a hurry, and his
story isn't adding up, but sees him out anyhow.

Yuma finally gets back home, and Sumomo greets him, asking where he's been.
Yuma apologizes for being so late, and Sumomo tells him to wait a minute while
she heats his food up. Yuma begins to say he already ate, but stops, since he
doesn't want her to know where he's been. However, Otoha runs in, and asks if
Anri didn't give him something to eat while he was there. (WHAT? HOW DOES SHE
KNOW?!?) Yuma shouts out in surprise, and asks how she knew that he was there.
Otoha says that Anri waited out front of Oasis for a long time after closing
time, so she added two and two together. Sumomo asks if this is true, and Yuma
admits that he may have stopped in to see her for a moment. Sumomo asks what he
did, and Yuma asks what she means by that. Otoha asks if they were up to
indecent things, and Sumomo says he can eat his dinner cold. Yuma shouts out
that it's just a misunderstanding.

~~End Thursday, April 13th.


(cc) Date: Friday, April 14th


Time: Morning


Yuma walks in and sees Jun and Hachi surrounding Haruhi, and Jun remarks that
it's lighter than it looks. Hachi asks if he can see it, but Jun says she
shouldn't, because he'll just run off and smell it. Soprano shudders, and Hachi
says he wouldn't do that. (Yes you would, liar.) Soprano calls out for Haruhi,
and she tells Hachi sorry, but he's scaring Soprano. Hachi cries, saying he
really wanted to hold it. Yuma asks what's going on, and Jun explains they were
looking at Soprano, and says that every magician's wand looks different.
Haruhi nods, and says that each wand is self-aware. Hachi says Soprano looks
like a trumpet. Haruhi nods, but asks Hachi not to refer to Soprano as that,
since that word makes Soprano sad. Hachi apologizes, and Jun asks Haruhi if she
could play the trumpet when she was younger. Haruhi nods, saying she learned to
play when she was a kid. Hachi says she knows a lot of things. Yuma remarks
that Saya's wand is also formed from a musical instrument. Saya hears him and
goes over to them. Jun remarks that Yuma's right, and asks Saya what she used
to make her wand. Saya says she used her violin, and Yuma notes that most
people would have guessed that. Yuma remarks that Saya played the violin, and
Haruhi played the trumpet, and Jun says asks everyone if they would be
interested in hearing them play sometime. Yuma says he would be interested, but
Saya says she's not that good. Shinya comes over and says she would play
beautifully, and recalls that her junior high school performance was
spectacular. Hachi ooo's, while Saya blushes, saying Shinya is embarrassing
her. Shinya says that's why he'll never go to one of her concerts again. Jun
and Haruhi nervously laugh, and Anri finally enters the classroom. She sees
everyone gathered together and asks what they are doing. Jun says they were
sharing their stories on the origins of their magic wands. (At least the ones
from the Magic Section.) Jun asks Anri what Paella was formed from, and she
says he was formed from a quill pen her mother gave her. Everyone stares in
amazement at Anri, and she asks them what's wrong. Yuma asks if Anri said
mother just now, and Anri asks if he has something to say. Yuma notes that he
doesn't, it's just Anri mentioning the word mother...seems unnatural. Anri
explains that she often writes to her family back home, and while her parents
right back, her older brother tends to be very busy, and says that around that
time was when formed Paella from her pen. Yuma wonders about Anri's home life,
and thinks that surely something else could have been more important than a
quill pen. Yuma than shakes his head, knowing that it's not his business, and
that only Anri would use something as ridiculous as a quill pen, as she does
everything you would expect her NOT to do, and therefore, he can never put
anything past her. Anri notices that he's being quiet, and asks him what he's
thinking about. Yuma says it's nothing, and Anri looks at him with a curious
face. Yuma than begins to think what Koyuki's Tama-chan was formed from, and
assumes that it's from some sort of green crystal.


Time: Lunch


Jun says today is the day that Yuma grabs his lunch from Otoha, and Yuma asks
him why he knows the schedule on who makes his lunch. Jun says not to make too
much noise because of it, and Yuma notes that most people would be worried if
such a thing happened to them. Yuma than says that in actuality he didn't
bring his lunch today. Jun asks if that's so, and Yuma nods, than pulls out a
meal voucher for Oasis. Yuma tells Jun that when he came down for breakfast
this morning there were two lunches and a meal voucher on the table. Hachi
comes over, and says he should buy bread than, and says that today Saya and
Haruhi would like to come with them. Saya asks if she'd be any trouble, and
Haruhi says that she'll be fine. Shinya than says he assumes that he can come
to, and sits down next to Haruhi. Hachi flips, saying he's the one sitting
together with them. Shinya asks if that's so, and than says he'll move, than
sits down in between Saya and Haruhi. (Heh, sneaky bastard :) Hachi asks what
he thinks he's doing, sitting in between both of the ladies. Yuma notes that it
seems like it's going to be a lively lunch, and Jun agrees.


Options:

1) Hang out with everyone.

2) Use the meal ticket at Oasis.


Note: While the "correct" choice here to continue with Anri would be to go with
Option Two, Option One is fun as well, so try it out once on another save slot
or play through.


Option One: Yuma asks if it would be alright if he ate with them today, and
Hachi says that would be great. Yuma says he'll be right back after he buys
some bread. Jun tells him to hurry back.

After he buys bread from Oasis, Yuma hurries back, and runs into Sumomo on the
way. Sumomo says it's good timing, since she was about to head to Oasis as
well. Yuma tells her that he just came from there, and that he's eating with
Hachi and the others in his classroom. Sumomo says she's disappointed, and Yuma
feels a little guilty, as if he's betraying Sumomo, especially since she's
giving him puppy eyes. Yuma than asks if she would like to come back with him
and eat lunch with everyone, but Sumomo says that while that would be great,
she's headed to Oasis to look for Ibuki, than runs off. Yuma shouts out good
luck for her, and notes that she seems to have a good strategy, because even
Ibuki has to eat lunch, and that's when Sumomo will trap her. Yuma thinks for
a moment, and than feels sorry for Ibuki.


Option Two: Yuma says sorry, but he's going to use the meal ticket. Hachi says
he'll be disappointed, but Yuma says that the ticket expires today, and it
would be a waste not to use it. Jun agrees, and Yuma says that because of
yesterday's splurge he has very little money. Jun apologizes to Yuma for it
again, and says he'll share his lunch with Yuma for a little while. Yuma says
he'll only do that when he's starving. Jun says that Yuma's being cold as
usual, but Yuma says he'll be alright, since lunch for one at Oasis isn't that
much anyways. Saya and Haruhi say that they regret he can't join them, and
Haruhi tells him that if he sees Sumomo to tell her hi. Hachi than says if he
has no further business to get the hell out, and Yuma slaps Hachi's hand,
causing him to drop his sandwich. Yuma than explains what his "technique" is
used for. Jun tells him bye, and Hachi cries over his now dirty sandwich.

Yuma looks around Oasis for a little bit, but doesn't see Sumomo anywhere, than
finally spots her talking with Anri at a table near the counter. Yuma notes
that nothing looks out of the ordinary, and watches them until Anri spots him,
and waves him over. They greet one another, and Yuma asks what's going on. Anri
says that some important business came up for Otoha, and that she's gathering
the orders of two people. Anri than asks if he's going to eat, and says he'll
have his usual, and Anri notes down the order, than walks off to send it to
the cook. Sumomo remarks that he has good taste, and Yuma says he doesn't find
it that unusual. Sumomo than says that he always gets it, and Yuma says there's
not much better than the basic combo, that he's a simple man without a care.
Sumomo says he's great, and Anri comes back, saying he's great, as long as you
don't mind waiting on him. Yuma asks if she shouldn't be busy working, and Anri
says that they aren�ft that busy right now, and asks if he came to talk to the
two of them. Yuma says so. Anri than remarks that he only likes to order the
basic combo, and Yuma repeats his explanation from a minutes ago. Anri says
that there are allot of other delicious meals on the menu too, and asks if he
doesn't pick them every once in a while. Sumomo agrees, and Yuma says that he
did try something a couple of days ago, than asks what they were talking about
before Anri waved him over. Sumomo asks why he wants to know, and Anri says
he's nosy. Yuma shouts out what, and Sumomo says that Anri has been saying that
he's lazy and sleeps in class. Yuma asks her not to believe such lies, and
Sumomo says she's only looking out for Yuma. Anri says she is too, but Yuma
interrupts, asking if they are getting along. Sumomo says she thinks so, and
Anri tells her happy times, and Sumomo tells her the same. Yuma remarks that
they were both probably bothersome babies.

Sumomo than asks if they should continue with what they were talking about
before. Anri says sure, and Sumomo asks her what she and Yuma were doing
together late last night. Yuma asks why she had to bring that up, and Anri
smiles and says this and that. Another customer calls out to Anri, asking where
her order is. Anri apologizes, and says she'll be right there. Yuma tells her
to take her time. Sumomo looks at Yuma in an accusing fashion, and Yuma says he
should be getting back to class soon. Sumomo asks Yuma if he likes Anri. Yuma
says he can't stand someone like her, and Sumomo asks why. Yuma explains that
Anri always makes a mess of things around him, and Sumomo asks if that's true.
Yuma nods, adding that she's like a devil. Sumomo says she understands, but
mutters under her breath that Anri is probably just too embarrassed. Yuma asks
her what she means, and Sumomo jumps and says it's nothing. Yuma is interested
now, since Sumomo jumped so, and wonders why, than thinks it's probably about
Anri.


Time: After School


Both paths meet up here. After the final class is over, Yuma remarks that Anri
actually got to school on time today. She angrily asks if he forgot what they
are doing today. Yuma thinks for a moment, but can't remember. Anri shouts that
he's supposed to take her into the forest to where Haruhi was yesterday. Yuma
says he may have remembered something like that, but Haruhi calls bullshit on
him, and says that he's lucky she remembered. Yuma says he understands, and
Anri settles down, saying he's lucky he can even read. Yuma retorts that he
doesn't need to read well, and than thinks to himself, knowing that the only
way this day is going to end well is if he works hard and escorts her to
wherever she wants to go. Yuma asks if they should leave right away, but Anri
tells him no, but he can take her there after Oasis closes. Yuma asks what
about the rumors that would surely start spreading, but she ignores him, and
starts dragging him off towards Oasis.

Yuma and Anri arrive, and when Anri asks what a customer order, Yuma spits out
water. She says he can't complain, and he does anyway, saying that she
basically kidnapped him and forced him to work, and tells her to at least pay
for a drink later. Anri says no, and says she just thought of a good idea. Yuma
says he doesn't want to hear anymore of her crazy ideas, at least not here.
Anri says he should help out more often, as she enjoys talking with him, and it
allows her to burn some time when the place isn't very busy. Yuma says no, but
Otoha comes out of left field and says she likes the idea. Yuma asks where the
hell she came from, and Otoha starts playing the pitiful card by saying that
they were very busy, and only survived because he helped out. Than she adds
that if he doesn't help, she'll only give him a very marginal allowance. She
adds that if he officially works she can pay him even more money, and asks if 
he doesn't need extra cash. Yuma says she's playing dirty, but she just repeats
the question of will he or will he not work. Yuma caves, knowing that he's
screwed regardless, and wishes he were a cartoon character who could make up
silly excuses and leave, but knows he has to deal with it, and decides to begin
working at Oasis officially tomorrow.


Time: Evening


As they approach closing time, Otoha says she's tired, and Yuma agrees, while
Anri happily says she's ready for another shift. Yuma remarks that he's scared
at Anri's insane amount of energy, and she tells him to hurry and take her to
the forest. Yuma asks for a little more rest, and Anri sighs, and says she'll
go change clothes than while he rests, but than they leave. Yuma asks why, and
she says she needs to be in her magic clothes, because there's no telling when
she may have to use magic. Yuma notes that magic is very complicated and he
doesn't understand a damn thing, yet Anri can say it without thinking hard at
all, and hopes that nothing happens today. Anri than says she'll be right back
after changing, and Yuma says he understands. Anri says they'll have to hurry
though, as it'll be dark very soon.

Yuma starts through the forest, leading with Anri behind him, as he tries to
remember the exact route he took through it yesterday when he was following
Haruhi. Anri remarks that it's hard to walk through the place, and Yuma says
he knows, especially after all the work they did in Oasis earlier. Anri says
she caught his sarcasm, and Yuma says it's only natural in this situation. Yuma
than asks Anri why she has to practice magic everyday, and if something went
wrong because of it. Anri says she'll practice later before night completely
falls, and says that's why she's decided to get up early from now on. Yuma
remarks that she's almost always late though, and Anri says she always falls
back asleep because she's so tired from the previous day's efforts. Yuma agrees
that falling back to sleep for a little while is great, and Anri says it feels
like heaven. Yuma notes that he could never imagine Haruhi doing such a thing,
but that it probably doesn't affect Anri that much, and notes that he probably
likes Anri more since she's more like him than he cares to admit.

Anri tells Yuma to stop for a moment, and when Yuma does and asks what's wrong,
Anri remarks that magic has been put on a nearby tree, than she goes over to it
and touches it while muttering a spell under her breath. Anri remarks that it's
detection magic, and says that if someone passes through it that has magic, the
detection magic alerts the caster who set it. Yuma says it's hard to imagine
a tree telling someone that another person has passed by it, and Anri says that
it's actually quite interesting, and says she'll explain it in more detail if
he wants to learn more. Yuma says no though, and Anri confirms that Haruhi is
the one who set this magic. Yuma says he understands now, and Anri says that's
good, and puffs out her chest proudly. Yuma remarks that he probably shouldn't
stare, and Anri states that it only serves as an alarm, nothing else. Yuma asks
if it would be useful in finding a thief, and Anri says it should. Yuma breaths
a sigh of relief, as he believes that Anri thinks this magic is set up only to
alert Haruhi that someone may be sneaking through the forest to steal
something. Yuma says they should probably be going than, but Anri says why, and
says she wants to investigate further. Yuma asks why, and Anri says they may
find other interesting discoveries. Yuma sighs, noting that she is incredibly
tenacious, and knows that he's in for the long haul with Anri.


Time: Night


Yuma asks Anri if she's ready to leave yet, and Anri says she is getting tired,
and that all they keep finding are different trees with detection magic placed
by Haruhi. Yuma notes that it's grown so dark he can't even see his own feet,
and that Anri is finally agreeing with him. Yuma says that the encroaching
darkness will eventually make them fall over soon, and Anri says he might, and
that she'll never fall victim to such a thing. (...Famous last words.) No
sooner does she say those words than she falls forward. Yuma tells her to be
careful, and jumps backward to catch her before she hits the ground. Anri
breaths a sigh of relief, saying she surprised herself. Yuma says he told her
so, and she tells him to shut up, as the danger has passed. Yuma tells her to
watch her step from now on, and mentions that she can probably conjure up a
light with her magic. Anri struggles, and says that he's right, and Yuma is
shocked she didn't think of it herself. Anri than begins to cast a spell to
light up the area, but stops and shouts an alarm and turns around. When Yuma
asks what's wrong, Anri says she thought she had seen someone. Yuma says they
should stay there, but Anri runs off in pursuit. Yuma hurries to catch up with
her, and suddenly begins to have a bad feeling, and the hair starts to stand up
on the back of his neck, wondering if this person is the one that has been
breaking into the Magic Section as of late, and that they were probably
responsible for blowing up the Magic Section as well. Yuma hopes that it's
just his imagination playing tricks on him, and he finally catches up to Anri,
who has stopped running. Anri says he got away, and Yuma says they should leave
before it gets any darker. Anri nods, but she doesn't look happy that she lost
whom she was chasing, but Yuma notes that it's probably impossibe for even Anri
to continue the chase now, and they begin to walk out of the forest, using
light created by Anri's magic to enlighten the ground in front of them.

Yuma sits at the table poking his dinner, thinking on the events that happened
earlier today. Sumomo remarks that he seems preoccupied. Otoha says that he
worked really hard today at Oasis, and therefore he must be very hungry.
Sumomo asks if that's it, and says that he did get back rather late today. Yuma
remarks that it's true, and Otoha says that business has actually gone up
recently, so it's a good sign. Yuma mutters again, and Otoha asks where he
and Anri went to after work, since they left together. Yuma says they didn't go
anywhere. Sumomo asks what his story is, but Yuma says it's difficult, and he
doesn't want to talk about it. Otoha remarks that it was a date after all. Yuma
tells at her saying that's not the case, and said they just went to the same
place out of sheer coincidence. Sumomo stares at Yuma, and Otoha asks if it
wasn't a date, and Yuma says why does she always assume these kinds of things.
Yuma knows that he has to lie, as he can't tell them what really happened, or
what's been going on, as it would only embarrass him. Yuma notes that while he
and Anri did spend time together, it wasn't a date at all, but it doesn't seem
like he'll be able to convince Otoha or Sumomo for a while.

~~End of Friday, April 14th.


(cd) Date: Saturday, April 15th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up in the morning refreshed, and Sumomo says he looks energetic this
morning. Yuma asks if she thinks so, and she nods. Yuma says it's because he's
glad he's not around Anri anymore, that he feels as energetic as a little kid.
Sumomo says he won't be late today than, and Yuma reminds her that today is
Saturday, and that they only go to school for half a day, and he plans to hang
out with Jun and Hachi later, but he should be back in time for dinner. Sumomo
says she'll make his favorite food, croquettes, than. Yuma shouts out that he's
looking forward to dinner now, and Sumomo laughs and smiles.

Yuma gets to school, and tells Haruhi good morning when he walks into the room.
She greets him back, and he pulls her aside, saying he has to tell her
something. Haruhi says it sounds important, and she leans down. Yuma than asks
her if she detected someone in the forest yesterday evening. Haruhi asks why,
and Yuma struggles for a second before revealing that he was there yesterday,
and he felt that someone was there watching him the entire time, and decided to
ask her if she noticed if anyone was there with her detection magic. Haruhi
says she didn't notice, if he's not going to tell her everything. When Yuma
asks what she means, Haruhi adds that she detected Anri there as well, and
asks if he brought her along yesterday. Yuma smiles wryly, and Haruhi knows
that she did. Haruhi says she kind of expected Anri to worm her way into the
forest, and asks Yuma to tell her to stop poking around if she starts getting
in too deep. Yuma says he'll do what he can to throw Anri off of what's really
going on, and Haruhi wishes him luck, and Yuma thanks her for it. Yuma notes
that she doesn't really seem concerned that someone was in the forest, however.

Anri enters and tells Yuma good morning. Yuma asks her why she came to talk to
him so early in the morning, and Anri says he's being selfish. Yuma says that
wandering around the forest like wild animals can have that effect on people.
Anri says she was content with what she found out yesterday, but asks if he
remembers the promise they made last night. Yuma says he knows, that he'll do
what he can to keep her safe, and Yuma notes Haruhi's expression of relief on
her face. Yuma asks Anri what she wants, and Anri admits she already picked it
up. Yuma asks what she's talking about, and she says she has his wallet, since
he dropped it in her room the other night. (OH SHIT!) Yuma begs her to give it
back quickly, even offering to pay her to keep quiet about it, but she
announces out loud the description on his ID, and other students look their
way, wondering what all the noise is. Yuma demands that she give it to him, and
Anri asks if that's anyway to talk to the person who picked his ID up. Yuma
than rechecks himself and thanks Anri for picking it up, and she's satisfied
now, and gives him his wallet back. Yuma is relieved, than checks the pockets
of his wallet, and notices stuff is missing, and shouts at Anri, demanding to
know what she did with his stuff. Anri holds them up, asking if he's talking
about them. They include a CD store card, a discount card for a clothing store,
and a card for a ramen shop that has his next ramen bowl as free. Anri says he
has a variety of things, and Yuma says that's natural. Anri says he acts more
like an adult than he likes to admit, and when Yuma asks what she's going to do
with them, she says that there's a great wind blowing today. (Wait...no way...
SHE'S NOT GOING TO DO THIS!!!) Anri says she lost some of his things on the way
here because of it. Yuma tells her not to joke around, but other students look
their way again, and Yuma shuts up quickly. Yuma asks himself why he was saving
up so many free ramen bowls, and Anri says she's always wanted to eat at that
shop. Yuma says she can come, but only because he doesn't want everyone else to
look at him. Anri says all right, and she gives him his stuff back, all except
the ramen meal card, which she says he can have back after he listens to her
request after school. Yuma startles for a second, and she asks if he has any
complaints. Yuma nervously laughs, saying he doesn't, and Anri says that's a
good answer, than she cheerfully heads for her seat. Yuma notes that his hands
are clenched so hard he could probably draw blood from a stone.


Time: After School


After the last bell rings, Anri says it's time,  but he stays quiet. Anri asks
him why he looks all sour, and asks if he forgot about his "Reward Card of
Love." Yuma says he didn't forgot, he's just wondering what the hell she wants
him to do this time. Anri says that he doesn't have to worry about it, he just
has to hang out with her today. Yuma asks if that's all, and...

Anri brings Yuma back up to her room, and she tells him to sit on the pillow he
used when he was here the other day. Yuma asks her what she wants him to see,
and she brings a book over to him and opens it. Yuma reads the open page on a
type of grass, and what the particulars are to make it grow, where it is found,
and how tall it becomes. He continues to read, and notes that it's an herb used
as a magical medicine, and it's highly useful in case one is constipated...
Yuma asks Anri if she's not feeling well, and she slaps him, calling him an
ass. Yuma cries out from the pain, and Anri says it's because he said something
like that and pissed her off, and Anri says he was looking at the wrong thing
anyways, and points out another thing, a cake and "the plutonium of legend."
(WTF?!?) Yuma reads that it's a cake the looks like it could explode at any
time, and looks up at Anri, about to say something, but she tells him to keep
reading. Yuma continues, and reads that it's supposed to be the cream of all
sweets, that anyone who eats it is instantly addicted to it, and that it
deserves it's moniker as the ultimate sweet. Yuma notes that the explanation
for it was highly unnecessarily long, and asks Anri why she is showing him such
a sweet. Anri says Oasis is introducing a new menu starting tomorrow. Yuma says
he wasn't aware of such a thing, and Anri says she doesn't know how to make a
cake. Yuma asks if hasn't even made one cake, and she nods. Yuma says he'll
help her than, and Anri points out that's why she showed him the cake. Yuma
notes that it would make a huge impact on the new menu if it's put on there,
and says that the Reward Card is no longer important, but asks if she could try
to make a different sweet, one that doesn't sound dangerous, but she insists on
making this one, saying that the ingredients to make it aren�ft really that hard
to come by, and that she's already been preparing the plutonium. (...WTF?!?
THAT STUFF IS RADIOACTIVE!!!) Anri says it's her ideal cake, and says they'll
have to go through many hardships to get all of the ingredients to make the
ultimate cake. (BUT YOU JUST SAID IT WASN'T HARD TO MAKE!!!) Anri says she
wants Yuma to go out with her and hunt for the ingredients together. Yuma asks
if they have to go far, but Anri says they don't. Yuma says he'll go if she can
beat him in an arm wrestling contest. Anri calls him an idiot, saying that
she's never lost a match, and is confident in her arm. Yuma says she really is
confident, than Anri gets a hold of herself and tells him to stop complaining,
as they need to leave immediately. Yuma says he's already upheld his end of the
bargain to hang out with her today, but Anri says she'll write void on his
ramen card in red if he leaves, making it invalid. (Damn she's evil.) Yuma
sighs, and Anri asks what his answer is now. Yuma shouts alright already, and
says he'll go.


Time: Afternoon


First they go to the shopping area in town, and Yuma asks if one of the 
materials for this "ultimate cake" would really be in such an area. Anri looks
at him and says you never know what you'll find in this shopping district, and
says that if he knew exactly what they were looking for, than he'd think twice
about what he just said. Anri says that while the front streets look decent,
the black market that is in the slums has all kinds of exotic goods. (Oh?) Yuma
freaks, saying he didn't know they had a black market in their town. Anri asks
if he really was surprised, and Yuma asks Anri if they shouldn't turn back.
She goes on to laugh, saying they can't go back now that they've already come
this far, and that if Yuma is a man he'll buck up and quit acting yellow.
Paella than apologizes to Yuma, since he has to guard Anri. Yuma remarks that
Paella doesn't have to tell him that, and Anri says it's time to venture into
the depths of hell. (<_<)

Yuma remarks that it really is pitch black. Anri tells him to endure it for a
little while, since he's not supposed to see anyone�fs face. Yuma slowly walks
towards Anri's voice, than stops when he steps on her foot. Anri greets a woman
named Melissa, and Melissa says she hasn't seen Christine in a long time. (Wait
a minute, who the hell?) Yuma asks Anri why this woman called her Christine,
and Anri tells him not to call her by her real name, no one uses their real
name here. Yuma asks if she's supposed to be Christine, and Anri says yes, and
asks if he has a problem with it. Yuma says he doesn't, he just doesn't think
the name suits her. Anri slaps him, and says his name will be Josefine than.
Yuma asks why he has to have that name, and Anri says she already decided on
it. The woman than asks what Anri would like today, and Anri asks if she has
08 of A. (Apparently code for an item...) Melissa asks if she came all this way
just for that, and Anri nods. Melissa says it will be expensive, and Anri tells
her she wants to see it first. Meanwhile, Yuma keeps his mouth shut so that he
doesn't screw up whatever Anri is doing, but wonders how Anri will be able to
see what she wants when it's pitch black. Anri says she likes it, and Yuma
assumes that she can see whatever it is. Melissa says payment is to be paid to
her usual Swiss bank account, (Jesus Christ! How much is it?!?) and Anri says
she was right to come here. Yuma wonders what the hell is going on, but than
Anri leads him out.

Anri says they've obtained the first item on the list, essence of vanilla.
(..................SO EASY TO OBTAIN!) Yuma asks if it's some cheap name to
hide how rare and expensive it is. Anri says it's not a brand name or anything,
and Yuma asks her why she has to be called Christine again. Anri says she
already told him, and drags him off to look for the other items.

Next they head into the mountains near school, and Anri tells Yuma to get down
and shoves him to the dirt. Yuma asks her to please not hold his he d down,
since he's eating dirt. Yuma notes that they are apparently crawling in order
to reach their target, although he doesn't know why they have to crawl, and
notes that he feels like a soldier in a war movie. Anri suddenly says she saw
it. Yuma looks, and asks Anri if she means the strawberry up ahead. (Ok,
seriously. WTF!!!) Anri says it's no ordinary strawberry, it's the Hermit's
Strawberry, so named because it grows in solitude, and takes two years to grow.
Yuma says she's going to have to explain that, and wonders who the hell takes
the time to grow a strawberry for two years. Yuma says she can't be stealing
it, and Anri says she's not like that, she's just going to convince the
strawberry to come along with her. (.....I'm not even going to go there
anymore...) Yuma asks why they are hiding than, and Anri explains that because
it's taste is incomparable among those who love strawberries, there's always
traps about them, (Oh! GREAT!) and says they need to crawl and avoid the traps
until they get to the strawberry itself. Yuma asks what sets off these traps,
and Anri tells him to think of his hometown. Suddenly, a woman laughs, and
comments that she's not the only one after this strawberry. She says that
they'll pass if she permits them, and says Anri did a good job saying how to
avoid the traps. Anri says she doesn't want to hear that from her, and Yuma
asks if it's someone else from the Magic Section. Anri what he wants, and that
she's busy. Yuma says he's just trying to be friendly, but Anri slaps him and
stands up, saying that a trap has been triggered, and an explosion happens
around them. Yuma thought she was joking, and Anri shoves him forward, telling
him to sacrifice himself and be her shield for the remaining traps. (OH FUCK!)
Yuma shouts her for to wait, and Paella apologizes to Yuma, and Yuma shouts out
that he doesn't want to die yet, and an explosion heads for him. Yuma and Anri
barely escape into the depths of the forest.

Yuma remarks that they've been walking for nearly two hours now, and needs a
rest. Anri tells him to hold on, they still need to get the last material,
Honey-O. Yuma is silent for a minute, and Anri asks what's wrong now.
Yuma says that the bear is sure to come out and attack them, and Anri agrees.
Yuma asks what about the big footprint she's standing in. Anri asks what he
means and looks down, and gets a scared look on her face, before nervously
saying everything will be alright, because she knows what to do in case of a
bear attack. Yuma asks how, and Anri says she heard that when a bears show up,
play dead, and try not to breath, than hold it until the bear loses interest
and leaves. Yuma says that sounds really dangerous, and Anri says of course
(IT'S A FUCKING BEAR!) Yuma says he heard you should leave your lunch on the
ground for it, and leave it alone while it eats it so you don't anger the bear.
Anri says it'll be ok since she has Paella, and Paella asks what he has to do
with this. Yuma says she can't expect Paella to be the food bait, and Anri says
Paella is edible, because that's how she made him. Yuma says that's a very
unusual trait, but than two pounding earthquakes happen, followed by someone
saying they are very hungry...(Please god don't tell me THIS is supposed to be
the bear...) Yuma asks what the hell was that, and Anri says it's the bear.
Yuma asks if that's true in a panicked voice, and Anri mentions that it's not
a regular bear, it's the guardian of the Honey-O. Yuma asks what's so different
about this bear, and Paella tells him to turn around. Yuma turns around and
hears the bears cry again. Anri tells him to run away fast, and Yuma asks if
Anri can distract it with magic for a second, so that he can run. Anri says
it's impossible right now. Yuma asks what the hell he is supposed to do than,
and Anri struggles to find the right words. Paella says she can't be thinking
of actually feeding him to the bear, and she hurls Paella away, as Paella cries
out, asking what she's doing. (Poor Paella...:( ) The bear crunches on Paella,
and Anri says now is her chance, and dashes into the bear's cave to retrieve a
Honey-O. Yuma tells her to hurry, before the bear eats them along with Paella.
Anri says it'll be alright because the bear will get tired soon, and says
she's got the Honey-O, and runs out, than runs out, saying she'll come back
for Paella later. Yuma remarks that's cruel, and Paella cries out in pain. Yuma
remarks they were able to get the Honey-O thanks to the sacrifice of Paella,
and Paella floats up, saying don't count him out yet, than floats back down and
disappears.


Time: Evening


Yuma remarks that they finally ended up at the park after everything was said
and done, and he and Anri have been sitting by the pond, letting time pass.
Yuma asks if she can hurry up, but Anri says that the Sponge of Gold is the
last necessary piece to make the ultimate cake. Yuma asks what she means, and
Anri says that the cake is one of four legendary items, and the legend goes
that if you scoop water out of the pond at midnight, it becomes a soft, creamy
sponge that can melt even moonlight. Yuma says he'll be going than, and Anri
asks why. Yuma asks if she really wants him to hang around until midnight,
and Anri begins to sing a lonely took to herself as he walks away, and says
that the Ramen Card is about to take it's long journey out to sea. Yuma shouts
for her to give him back the card, and Anri tells him to stay with her a little
longer. Yuma sighs, than calls Otoha and says he won't be back until midnight.
Otoha says that's really late, and Yuma explains that he's helping Anri make
a cake for tomorrow at Oasis. Otoha asks if it's for the tasting party, and
Yuma says yes. Otoha says she understands, and tells him to tell Anri to work
hard. Yuma says he understands, and Otoha says tells him to wait for a second,
than says that Sumomo said to tell him he can't come back to the house anymore.
(OH SHIT! SHE'S SUPPOSED TO BE MAKING HIS FAVORITE FOOD TONIGHT!!!) Otoha than
hangs up, and Yuma is crying inside, and yells at Anri that he's staying with
her than, and she's happy. (Jeez, heartless bitch sometimes. <_<)


Time: Midnight


Both of them are back in Anri's room, and she sneezes. Yuma says it's her fault
for jumping into the pond like that, and Anri says there was no other way for
her to get the Golden Sponge, than sneezes again. She says that at least she
got all the ingredients to make the Plutonium Cake, than sneezes again. Yuma
asks if she should really make the cake now, and Anri asks what he means. Yuma
says she should probably change clothes first. Anri says she'll tell him when
she's done changing than. Yuma says he wouldn't peep, not even if she asked him
to. (If your a man, your a liar than.) Anri smacks him, and Yuma cries out in
pain, asking what that was for. Anri apologizes that she doesn't have big 
breasts like Haruhi, and that he's an idiot. Yuma says this isn't fair, since
she's already made him hang out with her today until midnight, and now she
threw her glass at him, and says he's going to cry. Paella apologizes to Yuma
again, and Yuma says that he doesn't need to apologize for Anri.

Anri says she's going to make the cake than, and Yuma asks if he can leave yet
than. Anri asks why, and Yuma says she doesn't need him to hang around until
it's done. Anri says she knows, but that having him around would ease her until
it's finished. (Aha! She does like him! Obvious since this IS her path, but
still...) Anri says he should stay than. Yuma yells out why, not caring who
hears him below now, than wonders if he should have been a little more quiet.
Yuma says he better go before the manager arrives up here soon, that he's sure
the cake will turn out just fine. Anri sadly says she understands, and wants
Yuma to try out the cake tomorrow. Yuma tells her to stay focused. Anri says
he'll think differently of today after he tries her cake, and says she's
looking forward to tomorrow, and begins giggling. Yuma tells her to get some
rest, than opens the door. Anri tells him bye, and thanks Yuma for being with
her today. Yuma says bye again, than closes the door, and remarks that she
seemed strangely polite there at the end, and she looked brighter because of
it.

Anri shouts out that she's already worked so hard today, and says she'll finish
it tonight. The game than cuts to right outside the dorm, and a huge explosion
goes off. (I can only assume she fucked up the mix and it blew up in her face.)

~~End Saturday, April 15th.


(ce) Date: Sunday, April 16th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up, and notes that it looks like a good day today, and is looking
forward to trying out the cake Anri fixed last night.

Yuma heads downstairs and says good morning to Otoha and Sumomo, and they
return the greeting. Yuma asks Sumomo if she burnt his toast, and Sumomo says
no, that it's for the tasting party at Oasis today. Yuma says that may be, but
his toast still looks funny. Sumomo tells him not to complain and eat it
anyway. (I guess she's still a little pissed about missing dinner, since she
took the time to make his favorite food.) Yuma says that she's smiling, but
she's really angry. Sumomo says that isn't so, (Liar. >_>) and Yuma says she
is, and asks how he's supposed to eat toast burnt beyond recognition. Otoha
sings out that he can wait to try another girl's dessert. (Probably meaning
Anri's cake, heheh.) Sumomo says he'll have to take it. Yuma says he'll listen
to Sumomo, but that she's become quite cruel very quickly.

The tasting party is supposed to begin at 10:00, and Yuma recaps that he's
arrived about twenty minutes ago.


Time: Forenoon


Otoha greets Yuma, and almost no one is there, since Oasis rarely opens on
holidays, (Sundays in this case.) but the CLOSED sign is still up in the
window. Yuma looks around and sees most of the staff gathered as well, except
for Anri, and Yuma wonders where she is. (It might have something to do with
the face that we witnessed that big explosion last night, heheh.) Yuma checks
to see if she's at the counter, and she isn't, and wonders if she's running
late. Otoha says they still have some time, so they'll wait for Anri. Yuma than
notes that he was probably expecting too much of Anri, as she always arrived
just in the nick of time. Otoha says that Yuma was helping Anri make her cake
for a long time yesterday, and Yuma nods. Otoha asks what kind of cake they
made, and Yuma thinks for a moment, since he didn't see what the cake was
supposed to look like in the book Anri showed him, just that it was known as
the Plutonium Cake. Yuma believes that something with the moniker of ultimate
cake will probably look fabulous though. Otoha tells Yuma to say it, and Yuma
says he really doesn't know what kind of cake it is or what it will look like
either. Otoha asks if that's true, but Yuma goes on to say that it had a
special name for the cake and the ingredients, however, he can't guarantee what
it will taste like. Otoha says she's sure she'll enjoy it, and Yuma asks if
she won't mind him being skeptical.

Some time later, Anri still hasn't showed up. Otoha says she's not coming, and
Yuma says he doesn't know what�fs up, since she never misses class, even though
she's almost always late. Yuma says he'll call her phone to see if she's
still sleeping by chance, because he's worried that she was extremely
exhausted after all they did yesterday gathering the materials to make the
cake. Yuma calls, but Anri doesn't pick up, so he assumes she really must be
sleeping. Yuma says he'll go wake her up. Otoha looks at him slyly, and Yuma
defends himself, saying it would be a waste for her and the cake to not show up
since he helped make it too. Otoha says she'll call ahead to the dorm and let
them know he's coming, and tells Yuma to work hard.

Yuma rushes over to the dorms, and tells the manager he came to get Anri. The
manager recognizes him from yesterday, and says she heard the story from Otoha,
and Yuma apologizes for the trouble. She tells him to quit stalling and go get
Anri. Yuma is confused for a moment, and the woman says that Anri really is a
sweet girl underneath her (very) rough exterior, and says she surely had hard
times in the past. Yuma asks if she knows anything, and she regains her
composure, saying it's not her place to tell him, and tells him to hurry and go
get Anri. Yuma can't help but think the woman was about to tell him something
important about Anri, but heads up.

However, she doesn't even answer when he rings her doorbell. Yuma yells out
that he's coming in, since the woman at the front gave him the spare key. Yuma
opens the door, but the woman tells him to wait a second, and they both stare
at what USED to be the kitchen, as it looks like something blew up in there,
(We know in fact that something did, heheh.) and Anri is lying on the floor.
Yuma opens the curtains while the woman carries Anri to her bed, and Yuma
shakes her to wake her up, than pulls her cheek, but she doesn't move. Yuma
she's persistent, than yells into her ears, and Anri jumps up immediately. Anri
is startled for a minute, than asks Yuma what he's doing here, than asks what
happened to her cake. Yuma points to the kitchen, and Anri screams, seeing that
the kitchen is a huge mess. Anri asks what the hell Yuma did to her cake, and
Yuma says he didn't do anything, that it was already like this when he came in.
She says he must have done something to the cake, and asks why he's in her
room, because he left last night. Yuma says he came because she never showed up
at Oasis, and everyone was worried that she had overslept. Yuma says it looks
like the cake exploded when she finished making it. Anri slowly accepts that
her precious cake blew up, and Yuma tells her to settle down. Anri says how can
she, because now she can't bring it to Oasis for the tasting, saying all of the
ingredients they collected yesterday were used up. They are both quiet for a
moment, than Yuma says he thinks that there's a difference in making the best
cake in the world, and making the best cake you are able to. Anri asks what he
means, and Yuma says that while she made a mistake, she can still make another
cake, and if she pours her heart into it, he's sure that it will still taste
just as good, if not better, than the Plutonium Cake. Anri gawks at him, and
Yuma says maybe he shouldn't have said that, and says that any cake can be
good as look as you feel it is the best cake you can make. Anri says she
understands, saying that if she does her best, she'll make a good cake, and
says she'll work hard to make a normal cake, and says he can help her, and he
shouts out of course, than says they had better get back to Oasis, because
everyone is waiting for them. Anri nods, and they are about to leave when the
manager woman reminds her that today is laundry day, but Anri apologizes to
her, saying she doesn't have her clothes ready. The manager says she
understands, and Yuma says she's still the same as always, than they walk out.
Yuma tells Anri to hurry, before they get too impatient, and Anri nods. They
arrive back, and Yuma shouts that he brought Anri, and Otoha says she was
waiting for her and thanks Yuma, than says that they can now begin the tasting
party. Yuma tells her to wait, and when Otoha asks why, Yuma says that Anri
wasn't able to bring the cake. Otoha asks what happened, and Yuma says an
accident happened in the kitchen, but says Anri wants to use Oasis' kitchen to
make another cake, and asks if she can try it later. Anri asks Otoha to give
her a chance, and Otoha giggles, saying it sounds interesting, and she likes
their eagerness, and tells them to make a cake that will wow them all, and they
both shout yes, than they head for the kitchen.

Yuma remarks that everyone is staring at them inside the kitchen, and says they
can't back out now. Anri says she had no intention of doing so, and Yuma says
that it's up to them now. Yuma than begins to remember something, and when
Otoha tells them to start making the cake, Yuma finally realizes what he
forgot, and tells everyone that he doesn't know how to make a cake. (.........)
Anri asks what was with his confident attitude than, and Yuma says he really
doesn't know. (Oh great, Anri's ineptitude is rubbing off on Yuma. >_>) Anri
tries to say she wants to withdraw, but Yuma tells her to settle down, and
grabs a recipe from the kitchen, and says they if they just follow it, nothing
can go wrong. (Bets on it going wrong? Don't all raise your hands at once!)
Anri nods, and says they'll somehow manage. (Note: cool scene here with them
cooking.)
Yuma says the first step is to build the base of the cake, and Anri
says she'll make it spongy. Yuma repeats that the foundation has to be firm,
and Anri says she knows, than asks him if he thinks it looks good enough. Yuma
says it looks similar to how it should in the book, and Anri says that now they
can begin. Yuma than says the next step is to put in the eggs and the sugar,
than asks Anri what�fs next, and she says they need to mix the flour and
cornstarch. Yuma remarks that she really knows what she's doing, and Anri says
she'll go ahead and mix it. Yuma looks at it, and notices that it doesn't look
anything like it should in the book, and tells Anri that he'll mix everything.
Anri says it looks great, and Yuma asks how it could be good, than calms
down, and hopes everything will work out, but he mixes it up in such a
flourish that it looks like a tornado is forming in the center of the mix.
(Ok, weird, but nice graphic, heheh.) Anri panics, saying that he's mixing too
hard and fast, and Yuma tells her to stop, but she says she can't, and
slaps Yuma. She tells him to calm down and not get too hyper about this. Yuma
apologizes, and says he doesn't know how to mix. Anri says it's alright, than
says the next step is to put it in the oven. Yuma says that making a cake sure
is easy, and Anri says that there's nothing they can't do. Anri than recalls
a tip that Otoha told her, saying that after you mix everything up you have
to beat it with egg beaters, because otherwise the foundation won't swell in
the oven, and the cake will be very small. Anri and Yuma wake up from their
victory pause, and note that they've already screwed up the first step. (Which
is shown by the "X-ing" of the cake batter graphic.) Yuma remarks that the
master chef would have complaints coming every day if they served this, and
asks Anri if she can remember any other hints from Otoha, but she says she
can't. Yuma says the next thing is to add the sugar, and Anri says she
understands, than dumps an entire box into the bowl. (Yeah...this isn't going
well...) Yuma tells her to wait a moment, than recalls a tip he remembered,
and recalls Otoha saying that they only need about thirty grams of sugar for
every 350 calories, and that you should never use an entire box or bag to make
a cake. (Well, too late for that...) The Sugar graphic is X'ed now and Anri
asks Yuma if they are really going to have people eat this. Yuma says the next
thing is to add the curry powder, and tells her to wait before adding it in,
since he can't find how many they are supposed to use. Anri says that books
don't hold all of the answers, and says they should just use a different type
of seasoning. Yuma says they should stick with the book, but Anri isn't
listening, and says they need to put something in to hide the bad taste that
is surely already forming. Yuma tells her not to deviate from the recipe any
further, because it can only be worse if they do so, but Anri says never mind,
and dumps a whole packet of curry powder in the mix. Another lesson from Otoha
comes up, saying never to mix in an unusual ingredient, as only children mess
with a good recipe. Yuma remarks that this was an obvious mistake, while Anri
says it's still sure to taste good. Yuma asks how the hell that can be, but
than hears the other staff members cheering them on, and wonder if they want
them to fail, than notices that he was an idiot to fall for this, and the third
graphic is X'ed.

Yuma recaps that they failed miserably, but that he learned his lesson, and
won't ever do something like this again, but they finally finish the cake(?)
and bring it out. Otoha says they look tired, and says she'll taste it right
now. (Wonder if it'll kill her, heheh.) Yuma tells her to eat fast, and than
he cuts the cake into eight sections. Otoha says here goes, and starts to eat
the first piece. Yuma asks if it tastes good, but Otoha slowly turns a
sickening shade of green, and starts trembling. Yuma asks if something is
wrong, and Otoha slowly pants, than says she'll continue eating. (Damn, it must
taste HORRIBLE!) Yuma asks her opinion, and Otoha is hesitant to tell them the
truth, but Yuma understands. Anri tells the rest of the staff to eat up, but
they look away, and the silence is understood that they don't want to try it
if even Otoha can't stomach it. Yuma says they should also eat it, and Anri
hesitates before trying a piece, but she immediately gags, shouting out what
the hell. By this time Yuma already has the cake at his mouth, and wonders if
he should really taste it, and begins to fear it. Yuma puts the fork down, and
Anri shouts out that no one can eat this, and Yuma agrees. Anri begins laughing
uncontrollable, saying that the situation is really funny. Yuma says it must be
good after all if she can laugh at it, and she starts cracking up, than Yuma
starts laughing since she is, and everyone else in Oasis begins laughing along
with them, and Yuma notes that the horrible cake may have failed with it's
taste, but it was still worth making.

Afterwards, the head chef's sherbet ice cream was chosen as the new menu item,
with the slogan that it represents the taste of summer, while Yuma and Anri's
joint cake got a special award for being the most unique taste. Yuma notes that
while he's not a kid anymore, he can't help but feel happy that he got a prize
for such a horrible cake, and notes that he is happy. Otoha thanks the two of
them, saying that the tasting party was a real success thanks to them. Yuma
says that they really did work hard on the cake, even if the result was total
crap. Anri says they were happy to help, and Otoha giggles and says she's
looking forward to next time. Yuma is surprised to hear that she'll hold
another one, and Otoha says it gets boring if you don't change up the menu
every now and than. Yuma says he feels strangely embarrassed. Otoha says they
must be tired, but says they still have to work their shifts today.


Time: Afternoon


Anri asks Yuma if they should try making a cheesecake next time, and Yuma asks
her why she wants to make something else. Anri moves close to him and says it
made her happy, and asks him if it didn't make him happy too. Yuma replies that
it did make him happy, but looks away in embarrassment since Anri is still
staring at him while she's so close to him. Yuma feels his heart pounding and
wonders why, (Obvious here.) and he must be very tired, because Anri looked
beautiful to him for a moment. Yuma than says she's really enthusiastic, but
says that he really isn't that good at cooking, and neither is she, apparently.
Anri says they can shoulder on their failures and just get better. Yuma asks
if she has that much confidence that they will eventually succeed, and Anri
nods and giggles. Yuma wonders if her smile isn't too carefree, and notes that
she's probably as popular as Haruhi at the school, and that while she is
beautiful as well, she is completely different from Anri. Anri asks what he's
thinking about, and Yuma says he finally figured out why she's so popular.
Anri says she didn't know she was popular, but Yuma says she really is. Anri
says that Haruhi is the most popular girl though, but Yuma corrects her again,
saying that everyone talks about to two beautiful women of the school, the two
being Haruhi and Anri. Anri laughs and asks if that's true, than asks Yuma
which of them he finds more beautiful. Yuma is startled by the sudden question,
and Anri says she was just joking, that he surely finds Haruhi more attractive.


Options:

1) Ask her who she likes.

2) I can't decide.

3) I like you, Anri.


Note: It's been a long time since there were three choices, but here's another
one. The obvious choice is Option Three, of course, but feel free to try the
other two if you want.


Option One: Anri asks why Yuma is interested in knowing, and Yuma says she's
the one who changed the topic from their horrible cake. Anri says he's annoying
and doesn't understand a woman's charm. Yuma asks what that has to do with
anything, and Anri fumbles around until she asks if they should cut and run,
and Yuma asks why. Anri nervously laughs. and Yuma notes that he can't ever
imagine Haruhi acting this way, and that he'll never fall victim to Anri's
charms. (Well, I doubt that since it's HER path after all, heheh.)


Option Two: Anri says he's avoiding the question, and if he's a man he'll give
her a straight answer. Yuma states that he can't answer such a question, and
Anri asks if she could tell him he would support more.


Options:


1) Anri

2) Haruhi


Note: Wow, an option that leads straight to more choices. Basically this is
a recover chance if you chose not to pick Option Three from the previous
selection.


Option One: Anri sighs, saying that's a relief, but Yuma says he still thinks
that Haruhi would beat her in a fight. Anri says that life isn't guaranteed,
and Yuma agrees, saying life is dangerous, and Yuma notes that he can't ever
imagine Haruhi acting this way, and that he'll never fall victim to Anri's
charms. (Well, I doubt that since it's HER path after all, heheh.)


Option Two: Anri looks mad, and says she expected Yuma to say her, but it seems
she was wrong about him. Yuma sees her holding the tray suspiciously, and asks
her what she's going to do. (Oh man, this is going to hurt.) Anri says nothing,
and that she's just kidding around. Anri than says that Haruhi is more likely
than her to get a boyfriend before she does, but says that she won't give up
even if she wasn't who she was today, and says guys think she acts more like a
guy. Yuma agrees, but this upsets Anri, and THAN she smacks him with the
serving tray. Yuma notes he shouldn't joke with Anri on subjects concerning
Haruhi and Anri's personal lives, and Yuma notes that he can't ever imagine
Haruhi acting this way, and that he'll never fall victim to Anri's charms.
(Well, I doubt that since it's HER path after all, heheh.)


Option Three: Yuma says he likes Anri, and she blushes and looks confused, and
tells him not to joke around. Yuma says he naturally thinks she's fun, and that
he's telling the truth. Anri tells him it's not good to lie, and Yuma assures
her again he's being honest. Anri says she can't believe him and that he has to
be making fun of her, and swings the serving tray at Yuma. However, Yuma was
expecting it, and intercepts the tray, and Yuma notes that he can't ever
imagine Haruhi acting this way, and that he'll never fall victim to Anri's
charms. (Well, I doubt that since it's HER path after all, heheh.)


Time: Night


All paths meet up here. Yuma notices that it's gotten dark outside, and that
he's in a good mood. Yuma remarks to Otoha that he thinks he's slowly getting
better at working, and Otoha says he's learning pretty quickly. Yuma hopes that
Sumomo is in a better mood when they get home, so that she doesn't serve him
burnt food again. Otoha laughs and hopes so too. Anri comes up to them and says
that's it. Yuma asks her what she means, and Anri says that his younger sister
is throwing a temper tantrum. Yuma says he has to go, and tells Anri that he'll
see her tomorrow. Anri says she's about to leave as well, and asks Yuma if he
wants to walk together with her. Yuma asks if she planned as such all along,
and Otoha asks what they are going to do when they get back to the dorms. Anri
asks what Otoha means, and Yuma says he doesn't want to. Otoha says a bodyguard
can't complain, and Yuma says she doesn't need a bodyguard, because no one
would attack Anri. Anri asks what he means by that, and he explains that she's
from the Magic Section, and that her attack magic is nothing to sneer at.
Anri looks confused, than says she understands, that she didn't know what he
was getting to at first. Otoha says that while she is a great magician, Anri is
still a girl, and he WILL escort her back to the dorms. Anri plays along,
saying she is a weak girl after all. Yuma knows he's screwed, but continues to
argue for the sake of the argument, but caves, and Anri says they should leave,
and she grabs his arm. Yuma blushes, and Anri asks what's up. Yuma starts to
say he's uncomfortable, but than says it's nothing. Yuma notes that when she
jumped at him to grab his arm, she breasts touched his arm for a second, and
notes that he really shouldn't be too surprised; After all, Anri is a girl, so
she should have breasts. (...IDIOT!)

As they walk under the stars, Anri remarks that today was really fun. Yuma says
that at first he thought the day was shot when he saw what had happened to the
whatever cake, and Anri reminds him that it was the Plutonium cake, and says he
forgets things like this so easily. Yuma asks if that's true, and Anri says
that if they were together he wouldn't forget things like this. Yuma remarks
that Anri is always so confident, and Anri laughs and says that she had to rely
on Yuma as well to make that cake today, and Yuma remarks that he wouldn't
exactly call it a great cake, but she's right.

They arrive back at the dorm, and Anri thanks Yuma for being her bodyguard.
Yuma says your welcome, and thanks him again for all he did today, and that
she'll return the favor someday. Yuma remarks that she's being unusually
polite, and Anri admits she does on occasion. Yuma says he's waiting for the
other shoe to drop, and says he'll see her tomorrow. Anri asks him to wait up
for a second. When he turns back and asks her what's up, she says that he's
still calling her by her last name first, while she's been using his first
name this whole time. Yuma asks what's so unusual about that, and Anri says he
never calls her by "Anri" and asks if he hates that name or something. Yuma
says it's not like that, and that he calls her Anri from time to time, but
Anri says they shouldn't be so formal, and says he should stop calling her
Hiragi, and just use Anri from now on. (Oh?) Yuma asks if he's her lover, and
Anri asks if he wants to be. Yuma says it would make him uncomfortable to say
it, and they are both silent for a moment before Anri breaks it, telling him
to say something to break up the uneasy atmosphere. Yuma apologizes, saying
he's not used to saying it yet. Anri says he'll have to learn quickly, and
tells him good night. He returns the favor, this time saying Anri's name, and
she smiles, and heads inside. Yuma watches her enter the building, and notes
that it didn't feel as uncomfortable as he thought, calling her by her name,
and he feels better because of it, and that he'll probably get used to calling
her by her name from now on, than decides to head back himself.

~~End Sunday, April 16th.


(cf) Date: Monday, April 17th


Time: Morning


Yuma shuts his alarm clock off and falls back into bed, until Sumomo knocks and
tells him to get up, that it's morning. Yuma tells her he's tired, and that
he's not going to school today. Sumomo asks if he's half asleep or something,
and Yuma says that yesterday was Sunday, and Sumomo says that makes today
Monday, the day you happily go to school. (...Who goes to school happy on
Monday morning of all days?) Yuma says he wasn't able to relax yesterday, so
why should he go to school today, than closes his eyes again. Sumomo says he
can't sleep and shakes him again, saying it's his fault he didn't rest
yesterday, and that the world keeps turning regardless of his actions. Yuma
says she doesn't understand, and closes his eyes again. Sumomo shakes him
again, telling him to get up.

Shortly thereafter Yuma is up and downstairs, and Sumomo remarks that it was
difficult to get him up this morning. Yuma recaps that they just finished
breakfast, and Sumomo looks like a soldier who has just succeeded in doing her
duty. Yuma notes that he's so tired because of all the stuff he did with Anri
last week, and prays this week won't be like last week.

As he enters the class, Anri greets him happily. (WTF?!? SHE'S NOT ALMOST LATE
TODAY?!?) Jun remarks that Anri seems to be in a good mood today, and Anri asks
if he could tell. Jun nods, and asks if something good happened yesterday.
Anri says she spent a happy day with Yuma. Yuma confirms it was yesterday, and
Jun jumps up and down, saying he wants to hear what happened. Anri says they
were actually at Oasis, and Anri gives her version on what happened at
yesterday's tasting party. Yuma remarks that it's probably her charm, but he
can't help but wish that her version had actually happened yesterday. Anri
finishes her tale, saying they made a really good tasting cake. (LIAR!) Yuma
yells at her to wait a moment. Anri asks what's wrong, and Yuma she should let
the dramatic moment pass. Anri pauses, than says no, and that the cake was
delicious. Yuma notes that obviously Anri twisted what happened yesterday
around a little bit to suit her more, and she says it's a shame there isn't
anymore left, because she wanted everyone in class to try it. (Oh no.) Jun
nods, saying he wished he was there yesterday to try it. Yuma says it was
actually inedible, but Jun says he's exaggerating, and asks Anri if she can
make a cake for him next time. Anri says she will, and Yuma tells Jun not to
come crying to him when he tries it.

Time passes, and Jun asks Yuma to talk to him. Yuma asks what's up, and Jun
asks if getting to know Anri better, because Anri surely likes him. Yuma says
he doesn't feel that way, and that he's just trying to develop their
friendship. Jun looks at him slyly, than offers him a tip like Otoha's
yesterday. (Those were pretty accurate, I'm sure Jun's will be too.) Jun says
it is difficult for girls to approach the ones they like with their feelings,
so it's the guy�fs responsibility to take the bold approach and share his
feelings with the girl first in most situations. (That's pretty sound.) Yuma
shouts out that he already knows.


Time: Lunch


Yuma notes that Anri has to work during lunch again today, as she left class
enthusiastically again, but that she looked a little different. Hachi asks him
if he brought his lunch today, and says they should head to Oasis. Yuma says he
doesn't want to go today, and Hachi asks what's wrong with him, as he never
turns down Oasis. Yuma says he doesn't want to talk about it. Hachi says he'll
buy Yuma's lunch if he goes with him today, and Yuma asks if he wants to die.
Jun comes over and asks if he heard right, that Yuma is buying them lunch
again. Yuma shouts out for him not to jump to conclusions, and Jun asks if he's
buying lunch for them today. Yuma says no, and Jun says he believes in Yuma.
Hachi turns to Haruhi and asks her to join them as well, and that Yuma is
buying. Haruhi regretfully says she already has plans today about buying a dog
from a guy later, and bows apologetically. Yuma tells Hachi he's being selfish,
and that he's going on ahead. Jun hugs Yuma, saying he'll wait until he gets
back, and Yuma yells at him not to cling so close to him.

Yuma heads to work at Oasis, and brings out Koyuki's lunch plate, giving her an
extra helping of spiced curry. Yuma says it's nothing, and that friends should
be treated every now and than. Koyuki asks if he can treat her today, but Yuma
says he can't. Koyuki sighs sadly, and Yuma is already exasperated with Koyuki.
Anri comes by, saying they look cute, and Yuma says he already feels bad enough
without her bearing more insults. Hachi comes up and says he's really not
buying anyone lunch today, and he's disappointed. Jun boos Yuma, than Koyuki
joins in with him, followed by Anri. Yuma says they don't have to boo in
unison, and since she works here, he asks Anri why she joined in. Anri laughs
and said she wanted to have fun since the rest of them were. Yuma asks Hachi
and Jun what they want, and they give him their orders. Anri takes it from him
and says she'll do the legwork for him here, and runs off with the pitter
patter of little feet, and remarks that he's getting used to working here as
well. Koyuki than asks Hachi if her fortune telling for him came true. Hachi
turns to stone at this, and Yuma assumes that whatever doom Koyuki foresaw for
him happened. Koyuki asks if it really did, and says she grieves for him.
Koyuki than asks Jun if he his fortune came true, but Jun says he still doesn't
understand it. Koyuki asks if he wants her to tell him his compatibility with
Yuma, (ACK!) but he says he already knows he is. (ACK ACK!) Koyuki looks down,
saying no one wants their fortune told today. Yuma consoles her, saying she
can tell him his fortune, and Koyuki says she foretells that he will become
happy sometime soon in the future. Yuma asks how can that be since he's been
suffering and been unhappy for awhile now. Koyuki laughs and says that
fortune telling doesn't work like that. However, keeps asking her to read their
fortune concerning events around Yuma. Yuma asks what she means, and Anri shows
up with a plate of hot curry. Koyuki thanks Anri, and Yuma wonders if Koyuki
was going to mention Anri. Koyuki than asks Anri if she wants her to tell Anri
her fortune again, but Anri panics, and says maybe later after work. Koyuki
asks if that true, and Anri gives Jun and Hachi their orders as well, than
notices Hachi's condition, and asks what's wrong with him. Yuma says that his 
bad fortune apparently came true, and Anri asks if he'll be alright. Yuma says
he will, and she says she'll be back than, and walks off to other customers.
Yuma wonders who would want their fortune to be read in regards to himself, and
asks Koyuki if Anri is the one who keeps asking to have their fortune read when
it concerns him. Koyuki says that Anri asked her to keep that information
private. (Aha!) Yuma says if it's nothing special, she can tell him, because
now he's curious. Koyuki than asks if she should foretell the action he should
take in case he's hoping, and says it might hurt again, but Yuma says never
mind if that's the case. Koyuki sighs again, wishing she could tell him
fortune. Koyuki than tells Yuma that he seems really interested in what Anri's
fortune is, and he nods. Koyuki says she say anything than, and now Yuma is
really curious.

After Yuma finishes eating himself he heads back to class with Jun and Hachi.
Jun spots something out the window, and Hachi asks what's so interesting. Jun
says it's something worth seeing, and points out the window. Yuma looks, and
sees Shinya and Haruhi together, apparently discussing something. Hachi freaks,
and Yuma says nothing looks out of place, although they are walking side by
side. Hachi gets pissed, saying Shinya has only been pretending not to have an
interest in girls. (What? Did he tell Hachi he was gay or something? o.0) Yuma
tells him to calm down, that Shinya is much more reserved than he is, and that
he wouldn't do something as stupid as that. (Ah, much better.) Jun wonders
where the two of them are going though, as they aren�ft walking towards the door
to return to class. Hachi says they're headed for the back of the school, and
that only unspeakable things go on there, and that he can't permit Shinya to
do such things to Haruhi, and says he's going to stop him. Yuma tells him to
calm down and shut up, but Hachi says he's still running after Shinya and
Haruhi, saying that if Shinya bears his poison fangs, he'll defend Haruhi with
his burning fist, and rushes off. Jun asks Yuma if they should follow, and Yuma
says of course, that they need to stop Hachi before he does something stupid.

They make their way outside, catch up the Hachi and subdue him, and gag him,
and watch Shinya and Haruhi from far away. Jun wonders if Shinya came out here
to confess his feelings to Haruhi, and Hachi struggles against the gag. (While
you can't "tell" what he's saying there�fs a translation under it that reads
"Untie me Yuma!") Yuma tell him to keep quiet so that they can watch. Hachi
tries to cry out for Haruhi, but of course, she can't hear him. Yuma says that
Shinya is probably just asking her something about school since he's still new
here as a transfer student, and he doesn't seem like the kind of person who
would do something so dishonest. Jun says Hachi won't understand that, and
Hachi struggles, apparently not understanding at all. Jun admits that the
atmosphere doesn't seem like the two are together or anything, and Yuma agrees.
Jun asks if they should move closer so that they can tell what they are saying,
but Yuma says if they move any closer they will see them. Yuma notes that he
can't especially after he spied on Haruhi the last time and he got caught, and
that if he were to get caught again, she would only think badly of him. Jun
says they seem to have finished their talk, and says they should leave before
they see them. Jun and Yuma walk off, and Hachi yells through the gag for them
not to leave him. (HAHAH!)


Time: Afternoon


Hachi is pissed, but Yuma tells him to shut up. Hachi asks how can he settle
down, saying he can't believe cute little Saya's twin brother is after Haruhi.
(IDIOT!) Yuma says that Saya won't believe Hachi, but Hachi says enough, and
says he's going to grill Shinya when he gets back and make him confess. Jun
says they're back, and the door opens. Hachi runs up to Shinya, demanding to
know why he was talking to Haruhi earlier. Yuma tells Hachi to lower his
voice, and Shinya asks Yuma and Hachi why they are so excited. Yuma relates
that they saw him and Haruhi talking a little while ago, and Shinya says he had
to speak to Haruhi in private about something. Jun asks if he can share
anything, but Shinya says he can't tell them anything. Yuma says he
understands, but Hachi tells him to confess, and says he can at least give him
a yes or no answer. Shinya says he doesn't understand Hachi's question, but
says the answer is a definite NO. Hachi asks if that's so, and Shinya says yes,
he won't tell him that easily. Hachi gets pissed, and asks him how many plans
of attack he has. Shinya says he'll never know. Hachi cries out in victory,
saying even Shinya knows when to give up. Yuma says that this talk is going
nowhere, and Jun says only one person can tell them the truth, and they turn
to Haruhi, and she enters the room as they say it. Hachi rushes over to Haruhi,
and Haruhi, surprised, asks what�fs wrong. Hachi says he'll defend her if Shinya
continues to be persistent. Haruhi asks what's going on, and Yuma says Hachi
seems to be a little confused. Jun relates that they all saw her and Shinya
talking a little while ago, and Hachi seems to think that Shinya tried to ask
her out on a date. Haruhi blushes, saying she didn't know that anyone had
seen them, and thanks them for worrying about her, but tells Hachi he's
confused, saying that Shinya wanted to ask her about the Magic Sections magical
goods, since he just transferred and all and hasn't even seen any yet.
Shinya confirms it by nodding, and Jun says that Yuma was right. Hachi says
he's surprised, and says Shinya should have just said that was the case. Shinya
says he didn't think it was so important, and than the door opens again, this
time revealing Anri, who is finally back from Oasis. She sees everyone gathered
together and asks if she missed anything. Yuma tells her they saw Shinya and
Haruhi walking together while they were on their way back from Oasis, and that
Hachi jumped to conclusions and assumed the stupidest idea. Anri asks if
everything�fs alright, and Yuma says that Shinya just wanted to ask Haruhi where
the Magic Section kept it's magical goods. Anri is quiet, and Yuma asks what's
wrong. Anri says it's nothing, and than asks Yuma if he's busy after school.
Yuma says he has nothing planned, and asks if she needs him for something.
Anri says she just needs to talk to him about something later, and Yuma agrees
to meet her after school than. Anri tells him to promise her, and he does, than
wonders what she wants to talk to him about this time.


Time: After School


When they arrive at Oasis after school, Otoha says they can take the day off
today. Anri asks what about work, and Otoha says that Yuma promised to talk to
her, so it's ok, and says she shouldn't hold back for one second. Yuma says he
tried to tell her it's nothing like that, and Anri blushes. Otoha teases her
for being embarrassed, saying she looks cute. Yuma asks if she just wants to
make fun of Anri, and Otoha apologizes. Yuma tells Anri she can change clothes
again than. Otoha pouts, saying that they don't have to ignore her like this,
and Anri says she'll be right back than, and tells Otoha she's going on ahead.
Otoha tells her not to overwork herself.


Time: Night


As Yuma and Anri are in the forest, Anri asks if Otoha was misunderstanding
something earlier. Yuma asks what she means, and Anri asks if Otoha thinks that
they are going out. Yuma tells her not to worry about it, because Otoha always
jumps to these kinds of conclusions. Anri asks if that's it, and Yuma nods,
saying that whenever a new girl starts to work there, Otoha always tries to set
her up with him, and that it always embarrasses him. Anri asks if he's
embarrassed now, and Yuma says no, and asks if he should be. Anri sighs in
anger and says he's slow. Yuma asks her what she wanted to talk about, and
Anri asks when Shinya and Haruhi met earlier, what was the atmosphere around
them. Yuma thinks for a moment, than says that Haruhi seemed to have a fairly
serious face, along with Shinya. Anri asks him if he thinks that seems a little
odd, and he thinks for a moment, before Anri tells him to stop walking. Yuma
asks what's wrong, and Anri says she just sensed someone using magic nearby.
Yuma is surprised, and Anri points off into the forest that it's coming from
that direction, and heads off. Yuma yells for her to wait and chases after her.

Yuma runs along a path that not many people take apparently, but it is easy to
run on it, although his foot does catch on tree roots from time to time. Anri
says that they are close, and they hear an explosion off in the distance. Yuma
says she can't be thinking of getting involved, and she says of course not,
she's just going to watch from behind a tree, and says he should do the same,
than points ahead.

Yuma see the familiar shadows of Haruhi and Shinya, and is surprised that they
of all people are the ones fighting, and wonders why. Yuma calls out to them,
and Haruhi asks why he's here. Yuma says that Anri said that someone was out
here using magic, and they came to find out. Haruhi is surprised to hear that
Anri is here too, and Yuma looks back to see that Anri has vanished. Yuma
wonders if she ran away, but we here her laughing, and she makes a dramatic
entrance,(?) saying she's come to help Haruhi. The other three are surprised,
and Yuma wonders when the hell she got all the way on the other side of them.
Shinya asks why she is here, and Anri says this is her turf after all, and says
she felt him here before. Yuma shouts out in alarm, than recalls the incident
from a few days ago when Anri said she thought she saw someone and chased them,
and that Anri must have seen Shinya's face before he ran off. Anri than says
that since she's her rival, she's the only one who can beat Haruhi first, and
tells Haruhi to leave everything to her. (Oh shit...I hope she does alright.)
Haruhi yells for her to wait, but Anri tells her to just watch. Shinya says
her efforts will be futile. Anri says he's really confident, and he says it's
not confidence, he just knows the difference in their abilities. Anri asks what
the hell he means by that, and Yuma notes that he's pushed her buttons, and
that she's always so quick to anger. Anri says that since he's a transfer
student he doesn't know about her abilities. Shinya says he heard that she was
still a Class C magician. Anri says she was, but that she's already up to
Class B. Shinya says that even if that's so, her abilities will still not match
up to his. Anri lets out a shrill scream, and Yuma notes that Shinya keeping
adding fire to the flames. Anri says she'll just have to demonstrate her power
than, and Shinya says it won't matter. Haruhi tries to tell Anri to calm down,
but Anri says she can't stop now, and takes Paella out and begins to cast her
spells. Anri finishes her incantation, and balls of light shoot towards Shinya,
and he laughs, and cuts it down. Yuma notes that he can't believe it, that
the balls just flew off in a different direction when Shinya cut them with his
sword, and notes that everyone can see him smiling. Yuma remarks that the
sword is surely magical, and wonders if you an really concentrate magic into
that thing. Haruhi says there's a difference, that the sword is Shinya's magic
wand. Yuma asks if that's true, and Shinya tells him not to think too hard
about it. Anri says it doesn't matter, since she was just testing him, and that
the next one will be with her full power, and begins to cast it again. Haruhi
tells her that it's pointless, because Shinya will just deflect them again.
Anri ignores Haruhi, and let's loose the balls of light again towards Shinya.
However, just as Haruhi said, Shinya easily bats them away, and Yuma finally
understands, that the sword must have a extremely potent magic resistant
coating on it to allow it to deflect magic like that, and that any offensive
magic will be easily repelled if it's cast at him, so that while the assailant
uses up allot of their energy, Shinya will have barely used any. Shinya asks
Anri if she understands now, and Anri says she's not done yet. Shinya doesn't
move, noting that Anri must be nothing but a fly to him, as he doesn't look
like he's even paying Anri any attention. Yuma than recalls Haruhi's warning
from last week that she didn't want Anri to get involved, and now he
understands why, because Anri can't handle opponents of this caliber. Anri
hasn't given up though, and let's loose more balls towards Shinya, but even
Yuma can tell that the balls are erratic, and that Anri has obviously lost her
concentration, but Shinya strikes them all down again anyways. Shinya repeats
his question from earlier if she understands the difference in their abilities
now, and why he thinks that, just because he has a superior wand. Shinya states
that it's not an ordinary wand, and calls out it's name, Fuujin-Raijinkami.
(God of Wind and Thunder.) Anri says she doesn't care what it's called, and
weakly begins to cast more spells at Shinya. Shinya asks if there's nothing he
can do to make her understand, and takes his stance again to deflect the magic,
and Yuma yells out for Anri to stop. Shinya blows Anri's magic away again, but
this time he rushes at her, and Haruhi takes action finally, and lets loose a
stream of fire towards Shinya. Shinya caught off guard, and Haruhi tells Anri
that now�fs her chance. Anri tells Haruhi not to interfere, and Haruhi tells her
they need to work together. Anri caves and says she understands that there's
no other way, and they both let loose they magic towards Shinya, and Yuma
remarks that even Shinya can't deflect the sheer amount of magic coming at him
at that close of a range, and notes that Haruhi timed the strategy perfectly.
Shinya sneers at Haruhi for having to resort to a trick like this, but Haruhi
says this was the only way she could think to beat him, and had to do it.
Shinya remarks that she's already exhausted from their fight earlier though.
Haruhi admits that the longer the fight goes on the more Shinya has the
advantage, but she'd be a poor student if she quit this easily. Shinya is
surprised to her the name of Haruhi's teacher, and Haruhi says she won't allow
him to destroy the school. (!!!) Shinya asks Anri if she knows who she is
dealing with, and Anri asks what he's talking about. Haruhi tells her to calm
down and not to fall for any more provocation, and Anri says she knows. Yuma
remarks that Haruhi's strategy seems to be working, as the two's continuous
stream of magic is slowly pushing Shinya back and he's breathing hard. Yuma
thinks they can win, but than someone recites a spell, while Anri let's loose
a final blast of magic. However, it is absorbed by a crystal that spawns
between Shinya and Anri, than disappears. Both women are surprised, and Shinya
takes the time to counterattack, and let's loose a stream of lightning towards
the two. Haruhi yells for Anri to move, and an explosion of light happens.
Yuma asks if they are alright. Haruhi says she is, but Anri...apparently took
a direct hit and is on the ground clutching her foot. Shinya has taken the time
to run away, and Haruhi confirms it when Yuma asks about it. Yuma asks what
that spell that absorbed Anri's spell was, and Haruhi tells him to worry about
it later, as he needs to take Anri to the nurse's office right away. Yuma says
he understands, and tells Haruhi not to take unnecessary risks. Haruhi nods,
than runs off after Shinya. Anri tells her to wait, that she's going to, but
falls over again immediately due to her injured foot. Yuma tells her to quit
being stupid, or she'll injure it further. Anri says she only let her guard
down, but she can only look in the direction Haruhi ran off to. Yuma says it
was just bad luck, her having to fight Shinya, and that he seems to have fought
many times before, and is a seasoned warrior. Anri says that's not the reason
she failed so miserably, and says it's because she was too weak. (!) Yuma is
shocked that Anri is so discouraged, because she's always so optimistic after
failures, and that she's behaving like she normally does either. Yuma asks if
she can walk. Anri says she can, and Yuma asks if she think she can get magic
past Shinya's defense again. Anri asks why he is saying such a thing. Yuma says
she must have some kind of plan, but she says who needs them. Yuma says that
she'll do better next time, and Anri says it's because she's been slacking in
her daily practice of magic. (Which is true.) Yuma asks if that's all that was
having her down, and she says of course, but now she has to recover, although
after she does, she'll be right back to training. She says she can't work at
Oasis for a little while now, and Yuma remarks that she really is serious, and
she says of course. Yuma says he's glad that she told him, and that he'll tell
Otoha, but Anri says she wants to tell Otoha herself. Yuma notes that she'll be
training harder than ever now, and she shouts out in determination, but Yuma
notes that it's only in anger, but she is serious about this after all, it
seems, but wonders if he can do anything to persuade her not to.

Yuma finishes his dinner, and begins to wash the dishes because tonight is his
turn to do so. Yuma tells Otoha to wait up a second, because he needs to talk
to her about Anri. Yuma knows that Anri is an important part of Oasis, and
that's why Yuma knows that he needs to tell Otoha now. Yuma tells her that
Anri needs some time off from Oasis for a bit, and Otoha asks what happened.
Yuma explains that Anri feels that she's become careless towards her practicing
of magic, and feels that she needs to get back into it a little more. Otoha
asks if that's it, but she feels that studies are more important than work.
Otoha says she understands, and says she'll see if Sumomo can help out in the
meantime. Yuma says Sumomo would make a better cook than a waitress, and Otoha
agrees, and asks Yuma if he thinks he can take over Anri's job for a while
than. Yuma says that he has been getting better, but Otoha says that Yuma still
makes mistakes from time to time, and asks what's really going on. Yuma
says he can't say, and Otoha asks if their relationship has advanced further
than she thought. Yuma says they're just friends, and Otoha says ok. Yuma
says he's going to his room, and says that Anri wanted to tell Otoha herself,
but Yuma felt that she needed to know now so she could be prepared, and asks
Otoha to keep her knowledge of this a secret. Otoha says she understands, and
she'll keep this quiet from Anri. Yuma thanks her and tells her good-night.

~~End of Monday, April 17th.


(cg) Date: Tuesday, April 18th


Time: Morning


As Yuma arrived, he notes that Shinya isn't in class, and notes that he should
have expected as much, after what happened yesterday. Yuma sees Saya in her
seat, however, and note that she might know where Shinya is, since she's his
sister. However, he hopes that she doesn't know exactly why Shinya is gone.
Yuma goes over to her and tells her good morning, and she tells him the same.
Yuma asks where Shinya is today, and she looks away sadly, saying he
disappeared last night. Yuma asks if that's true, and Saya nods, saying he left
a letter behind saying he would be staying away for a while. Yuma notes that's
why Saya looks so preoccupied, and he can tell she wants to go look for him,
and is very worried. Yuma tells her that if he finds Shinya he'll bring him
right back to her. Saya tells Yuma thank you, but Yuma notes that may be
impossible for him alone. Saya than tells Yuma not to tell anyone, and to say
that he's just sick if anyone asks. Yuma says he understands, and he heads back
to his seat, noting that he'll tell Haruhi and Anri the story later. Speaking
of Anri... we hear her cry out "Morning Chop!" and she smacks Yuma across the
head. Needless to say he's shocked, and Anri tells him good morning. Yuma
remarks that she sure is noisy today, but says she actually came at a good
time, and relays the story he heard about Shinya from Saya, but tells Anri to
keep the cover and pretend that Shinya is out with a sore throat. Anri says she
understands, and Yuma asks if she's told Otoha about taking off from Oasis for
a while yet. Anri says she'll tell her when she shows up for work today, than
notices that she forgot her English dictionary. Yuma tells her not to count on
him to know English words, and Anri says she didn't expect him to know the
words from the beginning, and heads off to her seat, with Yuma yelling that
she's being rude again. Haruhi than comes over and tells him good morning, and
he tells her the same. Haruhi asks what he talked to Anri about, and Yuma tells
her that Anri is taking some time off from Oasis in order to improve her magic
more. Haruhi than says that Anri wants to face Shinya again after all, and
says she should have expected as much. Yuma says he's worried about her though,
and Haruhi sighs in agreement, and Yuma remembers that this is why Haruhi
didn't want Anri to get involved in the first place. Yuma than asks if she's
alright, since she spent ten minutes searching for Shinya, but Haruhi says
she'll be fine. Yuma asks what was Suzuri's opinion on the whole deal, and when
she doesn't say anything, he says she did tell her what happened, right? Haruhi
says that Yuma doesn't seem finished, and Yuma moves close and explains what
Saya told him about Shinya up and leaving, and that Saya asked him to tell
those that ask about Shinya to say that he's sick so that they don't worry
about him. Haruhi says she understands, and Yuma asks if she could help him
with his math homework for a minute, as he didn't quite get it. Haruhi tells
him no, that he has to do his own homework, and Yuma sighs in disappointment.


Time: Lunch


After the bell rings, Haruhi asks Anri if she's headed to work again. Anri says
that she has to talk to Otoha about something, and tells them bye. Jun remarks
that Anri seems to be in a hurry today, but Hachi says she's always in a rush
to get to work. Jun says his ineptitude towards women increases every day he
says something stupid and insensitive like that, and asks Yuma if he knows what
she wants to talk to Otoha about. Yuma tells them that Anri wants a rest from
Oasis for a little bit so that she can concentrate on improving her magic, and
Hachi thinks Anri is quitting. Yuma corrects him, saying she just wants a few
days off. Hachi says he's glad, because Oasis wouldn't be the same without her.
Jun wonders if less people will come while she's off, and Yuma says probably,
because allot of their new customers come just to see Anri. Jun asks if Yuma is
working today, and Yuma admits that he actually has to get going, and Jun tells
Yuma they'll see him later.

Yuma remarks that Oasis is really crowded today, and he sits down, and Anri
comes over and takes his usual order. Yuma asks if she's told Otoha yet, and
Anri says she has. She says she was a little worried at first, but Otoha seemed
to be fine with it. Yuma notes that he laid the groundwork for Otoha not to be
upset, and Anri continues, saying Otoha told her to come back as soon as she
can. Yuma says it's because Otoha knows that Anri is important to Oasis, and
that the number of customers will surely fall while she's gone. Anri asks if
such a thing will happen, and Yuma says her ability to bring in new customers
is really astonishing, and it will be sorely missed. Anri says he looked pretty
cool there for a moment. Yuma than says that a woman telling customers welcome
and thank you and everything is vastly superior to a man telling them the same
thing, and Anri agrees. Yuma continues, saying that the energy she always puts
behind her welcoming is like a secret weapon, and is one of the reasons she's
so popular. Anri asks what he's talking about, and not to praise her so much.
Yuma says he just wanted to tell her what he thought, and Anri asks if he meant
what he said. Yuma continues to say that while she sometimes fights with the
customers and overcharges them, or brings out the wrong order, everyone forgets
about it because of her warm smile. Anri looks at him, and says that he's
hiding something. Yuma asks what's wrong, and Anri says it's him, and he makes
her angry. Yuma says she must be lonely, and tells her not to hesitate to say
what she really wants to him. Anri shouts out that she won't listen to his
lies. Yuma tells her to learn from her experience with Shinya and to come back
quickly. Anri is quiet for a moment, than a customer calls out, saying she
wants to order something. Yuma tells her someone is calling, and Anri jumps and
blushes, than says she's going, but turns back to Yuma real fast, and tells him
to work hard in her place. Yuma says he will, and tells her to do her best as
well.


Time: After School


After class ends, Anri heads straight to Yuma, and asks if he's starting work
right now. Yuma says he is, and asks where she's going to practice today. Anri
asks if he remembers her practicing with the lattice cube a few days ago, and
says she'll be doing it more. Anri asks Haruhi if she wants to join her, but
says that she doesn't need the practice, and Haruhi sighs.

Yuma joins Anri after work, and notes that she has made a vast improvement in
her control of her magic, as the cube rarely shakes now, and she's able to make
it last for much longer, but notes that she still has a long way to go.
However, she is no able to slowly take the cube apart before it explodes in a
show of power. Yuma holds his breath as he watches the spectacle before him,
and that even he's sweating because of the tension. Anri continues her spell,
and the light expands, and the cube breaks gently, a success! Yuma tells her
good work, and hands her a towel to wipe her sweat off. Anri thanks him and
asks what he thinks of her work, saying it took allot of time and hard work to
get this far. Yuma says he thinks she did great, and she's happy, and says
she'll try again. Yuma asks if she's sure she shouldn't take a small rest, but
Anri says she's alright, and wants to try again before she forgets how to do
it. Anri unites the cube again, and begins casting her magic again. Yuma
however feels a little uneasy, and notes that Anri has taken a big step forward
in her mission to improve herself, but wonders if she'll be ready in time to
oppose Shinya, since his magic wand/sword has a magic resistant coating and can
deflect a majority of offensive magic used against him, and than there's
Shinya's unique combat style to deal with as well, and wonders if Anri will
really have her confidence back when she fights him again. Yuma than sees
Haruhi across the way watching as well, and knows that Haruhi wants to help
Anri, but since she's so stubborn, she wouldn't want Haruhi's help, and won't
listen to any advice she would give, and Yuma remarks that it's a damn shame.
However, Yuma remembers that Anri did cooperate with Haruhi there at the end of
the fight, and remarks that they can probably pierce Shinya's guard together if
they cooperate again. Yuma than notices that Anri is looking a bit reckless,
than Yuma says it's hopeless, because Haruhi didn't want Anri involved in the
first place, Anri wouldn't accept her help anymore. Anri finally loses her
concentration, and the cube explodes in a show of power. Yuma notes that this
explosion took time for the dust to clear, and Yuma says that was dangerous.
Anri apologizes, and says she got distracted by Yuma's moaning and groaning.
Yuma said he was just trying to come up with a plan for next time, and says
Anri can't get distracted so easily, otherwise she'll have no chance. Anri says
she knows, and Yuma is silent for a moment, than tells her not to be so
reckless, and to work hard. Anri asks what's with him, and Yuma says an honest
guy is the strongest guy. Anri says she'll work harder for him, and Yuma asks
what's with her all of a sudden, and Anri blushes in embarrassment. Yuma says
he hopes she'll tell him that another time, but Anri says she won't say it
again, and says she needs to continue practicing. Off to the side, Haruhi
sighs. Time passes, and Yuma recaps that although she practiced for the rest of
the day, Anri wasn't able to replicate her earlier success.


Time: Night


Yuma arrives home, and Sumomo greets him. Yuma says he came back late today,
but Sumomo says she's used to it by now. Sumomo asks if she should make his
dinner, but asks if he's already ate. Yuma says she can make him something, but
he's going to take a shower first since he's all sweaty. Sumomo asks if he
wants anything extra, and Yuma finally catches on and tells her to stop acting.
Sumomo pouts, and Otoha comes in, asking if he helped Anri practice magic
today. Yuma nods, and Otoha says he sure is passionate. Yuma says he'll show
just as much passion in working at Oasis as well, and says she can count on him
to do well until Anri gets back. Otoha says asks if he's helping Anri out for
other reasons. Yuma asks what she means, and explains that he's only helping
her to improve herself, because he can't help her with anything else, and says
that it's natural that he help out anyway that he can. Otoha sighs, and says
that she's getting irritated. Yuma tells her to quit assuming the wrong thing,
and that he and Anri are just friends, than says he's headed for the shower.
Sumomo tells him to wait up and grab a towel.

Otoha wonders if Yuma hasn't noticed at all, that the fires of love have begun
to burn, but he keeps hesitating.

~~End of Tuesday, April 18th.


(ch) Date: Wednesday, April 19th


Time: Morning


Yuma arrives to class, and Jun says that Shinya is absent again today. Hachi
asks Saya if Shinya isn't feeling any better, and she says he isn't. Jun tells
Hachi not to ask Saya such a thing so suddenly, because he scares her. Hachi
says he only wanted to know how Shinya was, but Jun says his true feelings are
flowing from his tears now. Hachi asks what he means by that, and than wipes
his tears away, than says he'll talk to Saya with a straight face, but Saya
squeaks, and hides behind Jun. Jun tells her it's alright, and Hachi cries
again, saying he's sad. Hachi than asks Yuma if he knows, and Yuma asks why
would he know. Jun than asks if the food is bad at Oasis or something, and Yuma
says that's not it, that he was just wondering what he was going to do for
lunch. Jun says it's a little early to worry about lunch, but Yuma says he is
anyways. Anri interrupts Jun's train of thought and saves Yuma when she enters,
as loud as ever, and notes that she doesn't seem worried in the slightest.
Yuma notices Haruhi quietly watching Anri, and knows that she's wondering where
Shinya is too, since he hasn't shown himself, and she doesn't know what his
intentions are. Yuma makes a note to ask Haruhi about it later.


Time: Forenoon


Yuma calls Haruhi out to the stairwell, and apologizes for doing so. Haruhi
says she doesn't mind, and Yuma asks if she knows anything more about Shinya,
and he wants to hear it. Haruhi asks what he means, and Yuma asks if she knows
what Shinya is after. Haruhi says she knows. Yuma asks if Suzuri told her, and
she nods. Haruhi says that Shinya is apparently looking for a "Treasure" that
is being kept at the school. Yuma asks what this Treasure is, but Haruhi says
even she doesn't know exactly, because Suzuri wouldn't tell her that, but that
this Treasure must be important. Yuma asks if when she figured all of this out,
and Haruhi says Monday, when she talked with Shinya behind the school. Yuma
wishes he been able to hear what they were saying that day now, and Haruhi says
that Shinya seems to believe that the Treasure is being kept somewhere in the
forest. Haruhi continues, saying that the Treasure is apparently kept hidden
and protected by many different magical defenses, and says they defenses cannot
be easily penetrated. Yuma asks if she thinks she can take Shinya alone, and
Haruhi stays silent. Yuma asks if she think she can if she cooperates with Anri
again, and Haruhi says she wants him to understand something. Yuma silently
waits, and Haruhi says that she believes that is impossible, because Anri is
rushing to get better, and therefore she knows how different Anri's level is
from Shinya's, and says that Anri would only expose herself to further injury
is she fought Shinya again. Yuma asks if she'll really be alright than, and
Haruhi says she'll be fine, and therefore, wants Yuma to persuade Anri to give
it up. Yuma notes that it's impossible to ask that of Anri, at least, it's
impossible for him. The bell than rings to start class, and Haruhi says they
should be getting back to class. When they get back, Anri runs right to him and
says she needs to talk to him for a moment. Yuma asks what she wants, and Jun
asks where�fs she's going. Anri says that she thought that he could help her
practice her magic during lunch. Jun asks how Yuma is supposed to help, and
Anri admits that he really doesn't do anything. Yuma says he's getting angry,
and Anri apologizes, and says she just likes having him around. (Aw, touching.)
Yuma asks if that's it, and Anri says that he helps by handing her towels to
dry herself off, and he can even be a moving target when the time comes for her
to practice on moving targets. (Uh...) Hachi cries from a few desks away that
he's envious of Yuma. Yuma asks if Hachi understands, and he says of course.
Anri says that Hachi can't come, and begins to pull Yuma away, and he tells
her to let him go. Hachi says he wishes he had a girl who bossed him around
like that.

Anri and Yuma go to their usual spot in the forest, and she gets right to
practice, while he watches over her, while contemplating how he's going to tell
Anri that Haruhi wants her to stop, and that Anri only practiced to further her
rivalry with Haruhi before, and therefore, she won't listen if she knows that
is Haruhi's wish. Anri asks what he's thinking about, and Yuma says it's
nothing. Anri says he doesn't have to think too hard, and says that a big
victory party will follow when she succeeds again. Yuma sighs, than asks Anri
if she would consider cooperating with Haruhi again, and she looks down, and
Yuma asks if it's not a good idea. Anri says she'll be able to beat Shinya by
herself next time. Yuma tells her to calm down, and says that if Shinya still
proves to be too much, she should at least consider teaming with Haruhi to
fight him. Anri angrily says that if she does this, all of this effort will
have been for nothing. Anri says he can't understand since he's not a magician,
and says she doesn't need Haruhi's help, and says that Shinya won't be able to
ignore her next time. Yuma almost tells her that there was a reason Shinya did
so, but he shrugs it off, knowing that it will only offend Anri even more. Yuma
hopes Shinya's power isn't all that's stuck on Anri's mind, but than remembers
that while Shinya treated Haruhi as a serious threat, he barely paid any
attention to Anri once he saw what she was capable, or lack thereof, and
understands why Anri wants to get better. Yuma than hopes that she won't fall
for his taunts so easily next time as well.


Time: After School


After class is over, Haruhi asks Anri if she's going to practice again. Anri
says of course, and Haruhi sighs again. Yuma notes that Haruhi's eyes beg him
to talk to Anri and convince her to stop, but Yuma doesn't know what to do.


Time: Evening 


Haruhi comes by to watch again, sitting on the same stone she did yesterday.
Anri begins to practice her magic again, and after an hour has passed, Haruhi
suddenly stands up and stares off into the forest. Haruhi says he's here, and
when Yuma asks who, Anri says it's obvious, and Haruhi says it's Shinya. Yuma
thought that Shinya was actually sick, and Anri says he can't fall for that
kind of story, and both women take their wands and point it to a section of
forest, and Shinya steps out shortly thereafter. Anri tells him they will
finish what they started the other day, and that he can't run away this time.
Shinya says she's right, that they won't be able to run away today. Yuma asks
if he's alone today, and Shinya says no, and Saya steps out as well. Yuma is
speechless for a moment, and wonders why. Saya apologizes and says they have
their reasons, and Shinya says that with Saya, Haruhi and Anri can't defeat
them, and he asks them to leave before they get hurt. Anri says they haven�ft
even started fighting yet. Saya asks Anri to do as he says, because she already
has an injured foot because of what happened the other day when she let her
guard down. Shinya says they can't underestimate Haruhi, however, since she's
Suzuri's best student. Anri says they are bold to not even pay any attention
to her, and Shinya says of course, since her magic is inferior to Haruhi's,
they don't even have to bother with her. Anri says he's annoying, and says
she'll prove her worth, saying she'll use a spell she's never used before
today, and begins casting. However, Shinya does not move, and isn't even
looking at Anri, and instead focuses on Haruhi. Haruhi has noticed, and gets
into position as well, but she has to keep shifting her focus back and forth
between Saya and Shinya. Yuma notes that they can't possibly be thinking of
allowing Anri to complete her spell, unless... and Yuma falls silent, and Yuma
than knows that while he knows everyone's abilities from before, he still has
no idea of what Saya can do, and he notices that Saya is in position as well,
and is muttering her own incantations. Anri completes her spell, and fiery
streams of light fly towards Shinya. However, Saya recites her spell, and
prisms form, and they trap and absorb Anri's magic. Anri says that can't be,
and Anri's magic is than reflected back towards her. Haruhi jumps in front of
Anri and lets loose her own fiery magic, and it counteracts Anri's reflected
magic. Shinya says well done, but she's left herself open, and says she
can't dodge this attack. Shinya swings his weapon at Haruhi, and they are
engulfed in light, and Yuma screams out in alarm. However, when the light
clears, Shinya's sword has been stopped by a defense barrier. Shinya is
surprised, but says that won't be enough, and concentrates, and begins to build
power in his sword, and Haruhi screams out in shock. Shinya releases his
sword from the barrier, and Haruhi flies backward into Anri from the shockwave.
Haruhi tells Anri she's sorry, and Anri tells her to watch out, than both of
them quickly stand up. (Aha! Cooperation after all!) Shinya says this is
amusing, that Haruhi still can't do anything on her own after all. Anri shouts
out that she won't be denied, and Shinya asks if her statement means that he
can attack her now. Anri asks what he means by that, and Shinya sighs and says
that Anri still doesn't know how to properly use magic, and says that he'll
only block Haruhi's attacks even if both of them attack him at the same time.
Anri flushes crimson in anger, and says she's going to make him eat those
words, and sets up Paella again. Anri lets loose her magic, and asks how he
likes that, but Haruhi shouts for her to watch out, and than Anri sees that
Shinya deflected her spell right back at her. Yuma instantly begins running
out, and Haruhi says the attack is coming, and Saya lets loose an arrow of
light from the sky at the same time. Yuma notes that what happens next not even
he understands, but he runs towards Anri, who is frozen in surprise and
disbelief. Yuma hopes he'll make it in time, and Yuma barely makes it in time,
tackling Anri out of the way and to the side just before the arrow pierces
where she was standing. Anri cries out in alarm for Yuma, and he says he's
alright, that the arrow only grazed him. Haruhi tells her to leave and get
Yuma to safety. Anri says that she can't take both Shinya and Saya alone, and
Haruhi tells her to please leave. Anri understands, and lifts Yuma up, giving
him her shoulder for support. Shinya says that it's about time, and he's going
to defeat Haruhi now. Haruhi tries to jump back, but Shinya chases after her,
not allowing her any time to cast more spells. Haruhi says he's very
aggressive today, and Shinya says he doesn't have to worry about being attacked
with Saya here, since she'll defend both of them from any attack with her
variety of defensive magic. Haruhi asks if that's all she can do, and Shinya
says that's all she needs to do. Haruhi lets loose a fiery stream, but this
time Shinya has to block it himself, and Shinya curses himself for running too
far ahead of Saya and loosing his surroundings. Yuma yells out to Haruhi that
Saya is about to attack again, as he can see the arrow of light forming in the
sky, but notes that this time Haruhi won't be able to dodge it. Shinya says
she can't escape, since the arrow will home in on her, and the arrow is
released from the sky while Shinya dashes towards Haruhi at the same time.
Shinya says it's over, and Haruhi asks if it's really ok to leave Saya alone
like that. Shinya says she can take care of herself, and Haruhi begins casting
a spell, but this time pointing it towards Saya instead of Shinya. Shinya
notices this, albeit a little late, and reverses direction to attempt to cover
Saya. However, he can't make it in time, and Haruhi's magic flies towards
Saya. An explosion happens, and Yuma doesn't think that Saya was able to dodge.
Anri than opens her mouth, but nothing comes out, knowing that Haruhi is
fighting just so that Yuma and Anri can get away. Shinya begins to concentrate
power into his sword again, and Haruhi carefully watches his movements, and
Yuma notes that Shinya has lost his temper and is beginning to attack Haruhi
blindly, just like when he did the same to Anri. Haruhi than asks who Shinya
is working for, and Shinya ignores her, saying how dare she attack Saya. Saya
calls out to Shinya, causing him to stop, and tells him to not attack, that
he's just falling into Haruhi's trap. Haruhi asks how she survived, and Saya
says that Haruhi didn't make a mistake, that her timing to attack was perfect.
Yuma asks Anri what Saya means, and Anri says that Saya must have used her
arrow of light as a defensive shield as a last resort, because she didn't have
enough time to throw up a barrier spell, but says that you can tweak the spell
that summons the arrow of light a little to use it as a shield if it's already
been summoned, and says that Haruhi's magic was good, but not good enough to
overcome Saya. Saya says that Haruhi's skill are too good to be at her level,
and Shinya says she deserved her title as the genius of Mizuhosaka Academy.
Yuma thinks it's all over now, and notes that Haruhi looks psychologically
destroyed since all of her plans were beaten as well. Shinya says it's over,
and rushes at Haruhi. Haruhi tries to fend off his attacks as best she can, but
she is eventually cornered. Yuma tries to tell Anri that she's got to go back
and help Haruhi, but Anri only looks away, and Yuma notes that Anri has been
struggling this whole time. Not whether to go help out or not, but rather if
can do anything to help. Yuma tells her to worry about it later, but she
apologizes and says she can't do it. Yuma asks what's wrong with her, that
she's always so confident. Anri screams out that it doesn't matter, than she'll
only get in the way if she tries to help. (Shit!) Yuma asks if she's going to
cry over something as trivial as that. Anri says she won't, but Yuma sees the
tears in her eyes, and notes that they aren�ft tears of anger or sadness, but
rather tears of hopelessness. Yuma notes that Haruhi is in danger, but he can't
leave Anri as she is now, and asks if he can't do anything. Haruhi gives a
shout, and falls down, and Yuma knows that he has to do something, anything, to
stop the fight, and stands up on his good foot. Anri asks what he's doing, and
Yuma says he's going to help Haruhi. Anri tells him it's pointless, but Yuma
says that even if that's true, he's going anyways. Anri yells out his name,
than a voice says that Anri is right, that he shouldn't do it. Yuma turns
around in surprise to see Koyuki standing there, and she says to leave
everything to her.

Koyuki steps forward, and says that she hasn't seen them in a long time. Shinya
notices Koyuki, and stops attacking and looks at her. Yuma is surprised to see
that they apparently know each other, and Koyuki asks them to withdraw. Shinya
says it was unfortunate Koyuki had to meet them again like this, and Koyuki
asks them if they intend to defy the head of houses wishes. (Eh?) Shinya says
that the situation is complex and that he can't explain it, and says that the
only way he's leaving here is with what he came for, or if he's dead. Koyuki
says she's sorry for embarrassing him, but that she will fight them if they
persist. The atmosphere grows with tension, and Saya finally breaks the silence
and tells Shinya they should leave for now, saying that they shouldn't fight
Koyuki, and that they can always come back. Koyuki says Saya is wise, but
Shinya says he can't tell for certain whether Saya is right or not. Shinya,
however, loses his sword, and tells Haruhi that next time they meet they will
finish this, and both Shinya and Saya run off into the forest.

Koyuki says she barely made it, and Haruhi thanks her for the help, but asks
why she's here. Yuma says he would also like to know why, and she says that
she had a bad feeling, and read Yuma's fortune, saw doom in his immediate
future, and came looking for him before it was too late. Yuma asks if that was
what she saw, and asks how she knows Shinya and Saya. Koyuki says they are with
the person she is pursuing. Yuma asks who that is, and Koyuki says that person
is the real one attempting to obtain the Treasure, that Shinya and Saya are
only pawns. Haruhi asks about what happened on Valentine's Day, and Koyuki says
that was only an unfortunate accident, and said she had to do that to prevent
the person from finding the Treasure earlier. Haruhi asks Koyuki if she knows
what exactly the Treasure is, and Koyuki apologizes and says that it's not her
place to tell them. Haruhi asks if she'll help them prevent Shinya from
obtaining the Treasure, and she nods, than asks Yuma to show her his wound.
Koyuki looks at it, and says that he'll be alright if it gets treated soon, but
it shouldn't cause serious trouble. Koyuki calls Anri's name, and she finally
comes out of her stupor and walks over to them. Koyuki asks Anri to take Yuma
to the nurse's office, but Yuma says he doesn't need to go there, and Koyuki
said herself that the would will heal. Anri tells him to go anyways, and
Yuma tries to tell her he's alright, but she insists on it.

Anri helps him to the nurse's office, and notes that they made it just in time,
that the nurse was about to lock up the place for the night. Anri goes to look
for the antiseptic and bandages, and Yuma says that the would isn't that bad.
Anri says that it's her fault he got injured, and tells him to show her the
wound, and cuts up his pants leg, and the wound is swelling and blood is
seeping through. Yuma remarks that he's more worried about having to buy new
pants than being worried about his wound. Anri is silent, and Yuma asks if she
can hang his pants up and that he'll be alright. Anri says he was too reckless.
(Note: Change of music.) Yuma asks what she means, and Anri says she was
surprised that he ran out to push her aside, and asks why he did it. Yuma says
he did it because she couldn't have avoided it at that time, says while that
may be true, he still didn't have to risk himself. Yuma tells her not to worry,
and that they both came out alright in the end. Anri says she understands, that
before, she was dumb and clumsy, and that everyone hated her. Than she
discovered magic, and changed, that the harder she worked, the stronger her
magic got. Anri remembers the happy times when everyone saw her magic and
thought that it was amazing, and that after enough people told her so, she was
able to build her confidence. Anri says that she was only able to keep it up
because no one had ever beaten her in magic before, than remarks that she was
useless in the end after all, that she'll always be clumsy, and that no matter
how hard she tries she'll never be as good as Haruhi. Yuma tries to tell her
not to act so depressed, and asks if she really believes that. Anri slowly says
yes, and she finishes dressing Yuma's wound. Anri asks if he's alright now,
but the bandage peels off, and she quickly says she'll redo it in a minute.
Yuma tells her to do it slowly, but she messes up again, and cries out that
she can't do anything right, and Yuma looks down and sees Anri in tears. Anri
says it's her fault that Yuma got hurt, because she was so clumsy, and she
breaks down and cries in his lap. Yuma tries to tell her not to worry about it,
that the wound isn't that bad, and tells her not to cry. Yuma notes that Anri
is different now, that Anri wants him to do something, but he can't figure out
what to do.

After a while, Anri apologizes for again. Yuma says she doesn't have to
apologize, but Anri doesn't say anything, but quickly gathers her things and
runs out of the nurse's office. Yuma says nothing at first, than says they he's
the clumsy idiot here. The bandage falls off again, and Yuma redresses it
again, and says it's funny, he's as useless as Anri too.

~~End Wednesday, April 19th.


(ci) Date: Thursday, April 20th


Time: Morning


When Yuma reaches class, Hachi says that Saya is also absent today. Jun wonders
if Saya caught Shinya's cold, and Hachi gets upset at the possibility of
Shinya doing that to Saya, (Well, it's not like he would have done it on
purpose, moron...) and says it's inexcusable. Jun tells Hachi to stop spouting
such foolishness, and Hachi continues, saying he'll pay her a visit and hopes
that her cold can be transferred if he gives her mouth to mouth. (Sigh...)
Yuma says that no girl in her right mind would let Hachi in their room,
especially Saya. Hachi asks what he means by that, and Yuma says that Hachi
would be the last person she would want to see while sick. Jun agrees, and
Hachi says he's coming down with a cold and begins coughing. Yuma says it's
probably for the best, and Jun says that Hachi's keeping his shenanigans going
longer than usual. Hachi asks what is he, a clown? (In fact, your worse than a
clown.) Yuma notes that he's knows the real reason Saya is absent, and Anri
enters the class. Jun and Hachi greet her, and Hachi is glad to see that she's
as energetic as always. Anri asks if Hachi is worried about something. Hachi
relates that he's worried since Saya is apparently out sick, and that he's at
his wits end. Anri says he better think of something, before he tears his brain
out, and Hachi screams. Yuma notes that Anri is more energetic than he thought,
and thought that after yesterday she'd be more depressed, and wonders if she's
really alright. Yuma calls out to Anri, and she uneasily turns to Yuma, and
apologizes to him for yesterday again, and asks if he needs to talk to her.
Yuma tells her to stop worrying about it, and yes, he needs to talk to her in
private, and hopes that he can see the side of Anri that no one expects to see.
Anri asks if he forgot what happened yesterday due to embarrassment, and Yuma
says no. Anri says even if she asks, and Yuma says she'd be quiet if everyone
knew. Anri says she'd survive somehow, and she walks to her desk. Yuma feels
relieved to talk to Anri while she's her normal self, and thought that she
would still have been in shock. Haruhi asks if Anri is alright, and Yuma says
she doesn't seem to be in shock, but he's not entirely sure yet. Haruhi asks if
he noticed too, and when Yuma asks what, Haruhi says she thinks Anri is
pushing herself. Yuma than recalls Anri's weak look yesterday in the nurse's
office, and knows that Anri is much more delicate than everyone thinks. Yuma
says she still seems fine, and doesn't think she could be feeling that down and
act so cheerful, and says he'll watch over her, to make sure she recovers.
Haruhi says she'll leave it to him than.


Time: Lunch


Hachi asks Yuma what they should do for lunch, and Yuma says he's going to be
with Anri. Anri is surprised, and Yuma says she's going to practice magic
today. Anri looks confused at first than says she doesn't feel like it today,
and looks away awkwardly. Yuma says he understands, although he was expecting
the answer, knowing that if she was fine that they would leave immediately for
their secluded spot in the forest. Hachi asks if Anri wants to have lunch with
them than, and says that if you work too hard you'll have to rest every now and
than, and that every guy should know that. Jun says even Hachi knows when to
say something good every now and than. Hachi asks what he means by every now
and than, and Yuma says he can understand if Anri wants a break, but that
she'll have to keep working at it eventually. Jun says they should forget about
it today, and go to enjoy lunch. Anri thanks them all, and Yuma notes that
Haruhi was right, that Anri hasn't recovered from the shock of what happened
yesterday. Yuma sees Haruhi watching Anri anxiously, wondering if she'll be
alright.

Jun calls Yuma over to talk, and Jun asks if something is wrong with Anri
today, because he can tell she's not her usual self. Yuma says probably, and
Jun asks if that's so, and says it's up to Yuma than to bring Anri around back
to her usual self. Yuma says he understands, and thanks Jun for his advice.


Time: After School


Yuma looks over at Anri's seat, and remarks that usually after school is over
she would always come right over to him. Yuma says that if she idles like this
Haruhi will pass her by again. Anri says probably, and Yuma asks if they should
go, and Anri nods. Yuma says she seems different, and Anri says she only
regrets being useless baggage. Yuma tells her she's not, and Anri asks if he
really thinks so, even after seeing Haruhi and Shinya fight, and says that
Shinya is right, that she is useless. Yuma says everything will be fine, and
Anri asks how can he be feeling relieved, and says Yuma can't understand how
she feels, and says that if he wants to watch magic he can go with Haruhi, and
says to leave her alone, and she runs out of the room. (So sad... :( ) Yuma
remarks that she looks so small running away, but knows that she's right, he
doesn't understand her feelings, but knows that he's seen that small of a back
before, and hopes that she's really not quitting magic.

Haruhi catches Yuma on his way out, and says she wants to talk to him for a
minute. Yuma says that Anri ran off, and that she wants to be alone. Haruhi
thanks him.

Haruhi takes Yuma to the forest, and Haruhi shares that Anri declared her as
Anri's rival when they first met. Yuma says she must have been surprised, and
Haruhi says she was more than surprised, she was dumbstruck, because she had
never anyone consider her a rival before, but when Anri challenged her, she
knew she was glad to have a rival, and says that was how they became close
friends. Haruhi than says that she didn't want Yuma to get injured, and that
she knew Anri would dive into this situation head first if she knew, that she
would stick her neck out too far, and Yuma recalls that has happened, and now
Anri doesn't know what to do, but Yuma knows that Anri was the one who didn't
want Yuma to be hurt more, and Haruhi shares that was the real reason she
didn't want Yuma involved either, because of Anri, but they got involved
anyways, and her worst fears came to pass. Yuma says he's the one who got Anri
involved, since he saw Haruhi and Shinya meeting, and didn't think it was too
important, but when Anri heard about it, she knew that something was up.
Haruhi says he can't blame himself for something he didn't know, and says it
was her fault for not being careful enough, and that he biggest failure is that
she forgot about Anri's true feelings, that Anri was so obsessed in sticking
with her strongest trait, her magic, and now it's been all messed up. Haruhi
continues, saying she didn't want to hurt Anri, but now she's managed to hurt
her in the worst way possible. Yuma is silent for a moment, than tells Haruhi
not to worry about it. Haruhi is startled, but Yuma says that if she was to be
a true magician she needed to hit this wall sooner or later, and because of
that, it's not Haruhi's fault. Yuma says he believes that Anri will come out of
her funk sooner or later, but adds that it's not normal for her to have reacted
so badly, and that most people with similar problems eventually overcome their
negative feelings, and Yuma silently hopes the same will be true for Anri,
because he doesn't think her will to practice magic can really be broken that
easily, and notes that Anri is his hope. Haruhi voices this aloud, saying that
he likes Anri. Yuma is silent, and Haruhi adds that he should tell Anri so,
and Yuma begins to argue, but than realizes that Anri does like him, and knows
that he liked her all along, he just never realized it. Haruhi tells Yuma to
become Anri's pillar of support, and says that Anri needs someone to support
her now, and says that she's sure to recover if that person is him. Yuma than
knows that magic has been supporting Anri all along, and it turned her into the
cheerful, energetic person with great confidence that she is. However, the
second she lost her link to that support... Yuma notes that he doesn't want her
to give up magic and become lifeless, because it would darken his world.


Time: Night


Yuma lies in his bed, trying to think of what he can do to support Anri, but
can't think of anything, and notes that right now all he can do is encourage
Anri, but she said she doesn't care anymore, and wonders if the future will be
dark for them both. Yuma than notes that can't happen, that he has to lead the
way for them both, than it hits him, and he wonders if he already knows what to
do, since he already did it, and says he'll begin right away tomorrow.

~~End Thursday, April 20th.


(cj) Date: Friday, April 21st


Time: Morning


Yuma tells Sumomo good morning, and she gasps. Yuma asks is she had a spare
apron, and Sumomo asks if he's feeling alright. Yuma says he doesn't have time
to watch her reaction, and says he needs to make a lunch, but needs help doing
it. Sumomo says she understands, and Yuma asks her to help him make it.
Sumomo tells him she'll do it, and Yuma asks if he sucks at making lunch.
Sumomo reluctantly says so, but Yuma thanks her for her honesty.

Yuma walks with Sumomo to school, and remarks that his bag is heavier than
usual with two lunches in it, and since he got up early to make it, he's tired
as well. Yuma yawns, and Sumomo says that was a big one. Yuma says it's
because he's not used to getting up so early. Sumomo asks why he wanted two
lunches today, and Yuma nervously says that one lunch hasn't been enough
recently. (We all know the real reason, heheh.) Yuma hopes that was enough to
sate Sumomo's curiosity, and Sumomo says it's obvious that he's avoiding the
question. Yuma asks why she would say that, and Sumomo says he's never woken
up this early to prepare his own lunch, and says that something has to be up
today for him to do both. Yuma struggles to explain it, but Sumomo says she
knows what's going on, that he wants to eat lunch with someone today. Yuma
says she's kind of right, than blushes. Sumomo asks who the other person is and
Yuma tells her to be quiet. Sumomo asks if he can't even tell her, and Yuma
starts running on ahead, and Sumomo yells for him to wait up.

When Anri enters the room she�fs so depressed it seems like a rain cloud is
following her, and Yuma hopes his plan won't be spoiled because of this. Yuma
yells out, and Hachi asks why he's yelling. Jun says that he's been waiting,
and now�fs his chance. Hachi asks what's going on, than asks who Yuma is waiting
for. (Damn he's dense.) Jun giggles, than tells Yuma to enjoy himself. Yuma
laughs as well, and Hachi gasps. Jun tells Yuma to smile with confidence, and
Yuma says he knows, and that he has no intention of playing the fool today.
Jun says he better tell him what happened later, and Yuma nods.


Time: Lunch


Yuma walks over to Anri, and she looks up at him in surprise. Yuma tells her to
eat with him, and Anri is surprised, but agrees to, and Yuma says they should
go to the roof. Anri is surprised to hear that it will be just the two of them,
and asks why don't they eat with everyone else. Yuma says he doesn't want to
eat with them today, and Anri says that's so. Yuma tell her to give it up, and
begins dragging her out the door, while she tells him to hold on a minute.
(Heh, we've seen this before, but it reverse. :)

Yuma notes that the weather is nice when they get up to the roof, and tells
Anri to eat without holding back. Anri asks if Sumomo made the lunch, and Yuma
says he helped make it too. Anri is surprised to hear that Yuma can make a
lunch box, and Yuma says he got up early this morning to prepare it. Anri asks
if his feelings are in there, and Yuma says he tried to make the lunch, but
Sumomo kicked him out of the kitchen and refused his aid. Anri says she can
knew Sumomo made the lunch, but Yuma points out that he tried to help. Anri
says she'll try it than. Anri than takes the lunch box and puts it on her
knees, and Yuma notes that she looks confused, than picks up some food and eats
it, and says it's delicious. Yuma asks if she can taste his sincerity in it,
and Anri says she can taste Sumomo's cooking more than Yuma's sincerity. Yuma
says his feelings are still good though. Anri tells him that it's delicious,
and that she wishes she could eat it every day. Yuma asks if she envies him,
and she nods. Yuma tells her to eat fast, and when Anri asks why, Yuma says
she shouldn't waste the food. She continues to eat than, and says everything
tastes great. Yuma says if she thinks so, he should invite her to have dinner
with his family later. Anri is quiet for a moment, and Yuma asks Anri what her
answer is. Anri asks if Yuma wants to tell her something, and if that's the
real reason he brought her up here. Yuma says she's right, and Anri asks what
he wants to tell her. Yuma says he's been hesitating because he always gets so
embarrassed. Anri is silent, and Yuma continues, saying this is the first time
he was able to do what he really wanted. Anri asks what he's trying to say,
and Yuma says that she isn't behaving like she normally does, and Anri stays
silent, than stands up and thanks him for the lunch. Yuma asks if she's done
already, and Anri nods, although Yuma sees that most of the lunch is still in
the box. Yuma notes that if she was alright, she wouldn't have such a small
appetite, and knows he has to say something now.


KEY OPTION:

1) Please finish eating lunch, Anri.

2) I won't be too persistent.

Note: You must choose Option One if you want to head towards Anri's Good
Ending. If you choose Option Two, even if you supported Anri in every other
choice, you will end up with her Bad Ending.


Option One: Yuma tells Anri that he's sorry if he's bothering her, but says it
pains him to see Anri so hurt, and felt that making lunch for her might cheer
her up a bit, and asks if she'll keep eating his special lunch. Anri apologizes
and says she's full. Yuma says he understands.


Option Two: Yuma asks if the food was bad, and Anri is silent. Yuma says he
won't force her to eat, but tells her to look forward to tomorrows lunch and
the day after too, because eventually he'll find what she likes.


Both paths meet up here. Anri quietly thanks Yuma for worrying about her, and
says she's only worrying him more, than says she's leaving, and walks to the
door, opens it, and closes it behind her. Yuma wonders if he failed, and
wonders if he should quit while he's behind, and decides to eat as much of the
lunch as he can.


Time: After School


Yuma quickly gathers his stuff together and wonders if he should stop by the
dorms and talk to Anri, but notes that no one will admit him if he doesn't
call ahead and make up a story. Haruhi comes up to him, and Yuma asks if she
has something to tell him, and Yuma notices that she looks nervous. Yuma than
explains that he doesn't think he reached Anri, and says it'll take a lot of
time and patience for Anri to recover. Haruhi nods, and apologizes again, than
falls silent. Yuma notes that the atmosphere is very uneasy, and Yuma says he's
free today, and asks Haruhi if she is as well. Haruhi is silent, but walks out
with Yuma.

They head into the forest to talk, and Haruhi says she knows it's embarrassing,
but apologizes again. Yuma asks if she means Anri, and Haruhi says she wants to
do something, but she doesn't know WHAT to do. Yuma says she'll think of
something, and tells her to believe in him, that he'll bring Anri around.
Haruhi nods, and Yuma asks if she feels a little better, and asks if she had a
plan to take on Shinya and Saya next time. Haruhi says she thinks so, and says
that the least she can do is try. Yuma is silent, and notes that the situation
is very serious, and wonders why Haruhi isn't with Suzuri than, and as long as
Haruhi is preoccupied with Anri's problems, she can't fight to the best of her
abilities. Yuma is about to tell Haruhi, but she stands up and grasps Soprano.
Yuma asks what's going on, and Haruhi says that Shinya is back again. Yuma asks
if she's going, and she says of course, that she can't overlook this. Yuma
starts to argue, but Haruhi says she has a request of him. Yuma asks what, and
Haruhi tells him to call Anri, and says she'll hold them off until Anri gets
here. Yuma asks if she'll be alright, and Haruhi says he doesn't understand,
she can't do anything else. Yuma is silent, than tells her he understands, and
tells her to wait for them. Before Yuma runs off, Haruhi tells him to wait for
a moment, than gives him a small, shining gem. Yuma asks what it is, and Haruhi
says it's so that he can find her after he gets Anri, because she won't be able
to answer her phone in the heat of battle, and that talking would be pointless
anyways. Yuma says he understands, and Haruhi tells him good luck, than sprints
into the woods, as Yuma tells her to leave it to him. Yuma runs through the
woods, breathing heavily, an stops shortly after and looks through his call
memory for Anri's number. Yuma hopes that she'll come, than notes that she
probably won't, and wonders what he can do to persuade her to come. Yuma knows
that she won't want to use magic, since Shinya can so easily deflect it away,
but Yuma knows he has to do something. Yuma shakes his head, wondering why he's
thinking of such things now, and pushes the call button. Anri picks up, and
Yuma shouts out where she's at. Anri asks why he's shouting, and he says never
mind, and asks her where she's at. Anri says she's at the park where they all
watched the cherry blossom trees about a week ago. Yuma says Haruhi needs help,
and asks if she'll come. Anri stutters on the other end of the line, and Yuma
says that two other people seem to be with Shinya, and that Haruhi won't be
able to take them alone, and that Haruhi asked Yuma to ask Anri for help. Anri
argues that even if she goes she'll be useless, that she can't do anything to
help. Yuma says Haruhi wouldn't ask for her help if she believed her to be
useless, and Anri gives a start that Haruhi would want her help. Yuma tells her
not to leave, and that he'll be right over. Anri says he doesn't have to come,
but Yuma tells her to quit complaining, and that she better wait until he gets
there. Anri tells him to wait, but Yuma hangs up on her. Yuma starts running,
and hopes she'll wait.


Time: Evening


Yuma arrives breathing heavily, and begins looking around for Anri, and notes
that there's very few people left in the park, and Yuma begins running through
the park, hoping that Anri is still here. Yuma finally has to stop and breath,
and begins choking from not breathing well, almost to the point of vomiting,
and Yuma notes to himself that he can't give up, that he has to find Anri, and
that she's not the kind of person who would run away from bad situations, and
knows that she HAS to be somewhere, than he spots a girl on a nearby bench
looking at her feet with two long blonde pigtails. Yuma calls out to Anri, and
Anri looks up at him. Yuma says he almost missed her, and says she has to come
with him, because they can't call Haruhi now, since she's too deep in the
forest. Anri is quiet, and Yuma asks what's wrong. Anri apologizes, but says
she can't do it. Yuma asks why she waited for him than, and Anri says she tried
to tell him over the phone, but he hung up. Yuma says so what, and tells her
to calm down. Anri shouts out that it doesn't matter how many times he asks,
she won't go because she won't be useful, and says Yuma knows the truth, that
her power can't compare to Shinya's. Yuma says that's true, but he didn't
expect Anri to become this pathetic, and says this isn't about her, it's about
Haruhi, and says that if the two of them work together, they can do anything.
Anri says that's impossible and that she'll only serve to destroy Haruhi's
plans. Yuma says she's deciding things before they happen, and asks if even
Anri has no pride. Anri shouts out that he's annoying and that he doesn't
understand her feelings. Yuma stares at her dumbstruck, and Anri apologizes for
saying such harsh words. Yuma sees that she's obviously discouraged and hurt,
than asks if she'll ignore Haruhi's request than. Anri nods and says she can't
go, and Yuma says he'll tell Haruhi that everything is too much for her than,
and Anri gives a start. Yuma remarks that Shinya actually watched Anri last
time, therefore noticing that her power had risen. Anri says that's not true,
and Yuma says there was a difference. Anri says nothing changed though, and
Yuma says it was significant, and that now Haruhi is asking for her help, even
though she never has before, and says that Haruhi still believes in her power,
and is sure that she can help, otherwise she wouldn't have asked Yuma to find
her. Anri looks up, and Yuma asks if she understands, that Haruhi is worried
that she'll never overcome this wall that is now in front of her. Anri is
quiet, and Yuma says that Haruhi really understands her, because they are
rivals, and that if they work together this time, no one, not even Shinya and
Saya together, can stop them, and says that Haruhi shielded Anri from this
conflict for a reason, and that was what she talked to Shinya about a few days
ago, that she didn't want to get anyone else involved. Anri nods and asks if
that's true, and says that up until now, Haruhi has been protecting her from
Shinya and others. Yuma says that she had to hit the wall sometime, but Haruhi
is worried that she may not overcome it in this situation. Anri nods and drops
her shoulders, and Yuma knows that Anri understands Haruhi as well as Haruhi
understands Anri. Anri says she'll still be useless, because Shinya still
overpowers her, and says that the situation will still be hopeless. Yuma shouts
at her to not say such things, and asks why she's stalling when Haruhi needs
her right now, saying that there's a reason she wants her help, because she
knows that Anri wants to defeat Shinya, that she needs to, in order to overcome
her fear and tear down her wall. Anri still tries to argue, and Yuma asks if
she wants to stay pathetic like she is, or go back to being the old Anri
everyone knows and loves. Anri is quiet for a second, and Yuma asks if she's
ready to go now. Anri trembles while standing, and Yuma finally says he wants
her to overcome her fear too, that he believes in her too, and that he doesn't
want to see her so depressed. Anri stares at him in wonder, and Yuma continues,
saying he wants to see her face full of energy again, than says even he breaks
down in these situation too, and mutters to himself that her being depressed
makes him sad too. Yuma holds him feelings in his throat while looking at Anri,
and tells her one last time to recover. Anri looks at Yuma, than they both jump
when the stone that Haruhi gave him begins to shine. Anri asks what it is,
and Yuma explains that Haruhi gave it to him, and that it must mean that she's
in trouble, and Yuma tells Anri again that Haruhi needs her help. Anri says
she can't, but than the gem cracks, signifying that something bad is happening.
Yuma says they don't have any more time, but Anri asks him to wait for a
minute, and she doesn't move. Yuma says she has to go, because Haruhi might be
in danger, and that if she doesn't go, she could get hurt, or worse. Anri's
lips quiver, and Yuma shouts out that's fine than, that he'll go alone. Anri
tells him to wait, because even if he goes he can't do anything either. Yuma
asks if she thinks it's alright to leave Haruhi alone, and says he's still
going. Anri calls out to him as he runs off.

Yuma arrives back at the forest and begins to frantically search for Haruhi.
Yuma finally finds her a little tired, but not injured, and finally feels
relieved. A voice calls out, asking if he came to help Haruhi, and Yuma
recognizes the voice and turns around to see Ibuki, Sumomo's classmate, and
Shinya and Saya are at her side, and Yuma finally begins to piece everything
together. Yuma asks if Ibuki is the one behind everything, and Koyuki steps out
as well and confirms that Ibuki has been behind everything since the beginning.
Koyuki tells Yuma to step back, and Yuma sees Ibuki raising her umbrella,
smiling confidently. Yuma asks if Ibuki is the one who blew up the Magic
Section building, and Ibuki says that while his accusation was crude, he's
correct, but says that Haruhi apparently made a mistake in choosing her help,
since Yuma won't be able to do anything to assist her. Koyuki admits that this
isn't turning out the way she foresaw, and Ibuki laughs, saying even Koyuki can
screw up too. Koyuki says she'll teach her just how good she is, and Ibuki
laughs again, asking what can she do with the help of one small fish (meaning
Yuma.) Koyuki asks if she want to find out, and Ibuki says she's looking
forward to it, than orders Shinya and Saya to get ready, and they move apart
from Ibuki, and Koyuki asks Yuma to step back a bit. Ibuki begins to cast a
spell, and Yuma tell it's powerful, since he can feel the power gathering,
and notes that it's allot different from Anri's. Koyuki says it's pointless,
and utters her own spell, and Iuka�fs power disappears, obviously nullifying
her ability to cast spells. Ibuki congratulates her, but asks how many times
she thinks she can do that. Koyuki admits that it will be difficult for her to
overwhelm her with magic, but if she can keep nullifying her magic before she
can cast it, she'll eventually drop in power enough to be fought on even
ground. Ibuki says nonsense, and says she's coming.

Off to the side, Haruhi battles Shinya and Saya, and she lets loose her magic
towards Shinya. However, he easily deflects it as usual. Haruhi says it's not
over, and lets loose another blast immediately, catching Shinya off guard,
although Saya is ready for it, and deflects Haruhi's spells away from Shinya.
Yuma notes that Haruhi seems to barely be holding her own, but knows that Saya
and Shinya are the ones with the advantage.

The scene shifts back to Koyuki and Ibuki, and Ibuki tries to cast another
spell, but Koyuki nullifies it again, causing Ibuki to become more annoyed,
asking how Koyuki thinks she can win. Koyuki laughs and asks if she's done
already, and Ibuki laughs and says she's overconfident, and sets up her
umbrella, and Ibuki sends it flying towards Haruhi. Yuma asks if that's Iuka�fs
magic wand, and Koyuki confirms it. Koyuki says she's ready for it though, and
calls for Tama-chan, and he pops up and charges to intercept Misaim, and
crashes into it, causing Misaim to be thrown off course. Koyuki apologizes for
Iuka�fs plan not working, and Ibuki asks if she's a demon or something. Koyuki
asks if she shouldn't be the one asking that question, than giggles. Ibuki says
that it's only a matter of time before Shinya and Saya take Haruhi down, and
than it'll be a three on one advantage against Koyuki. Koyuki agrees that it's
only a matter of time, and Ibuki is surprised to hear so from Koyuki. Yuma
notes that Koyuki is right, but Haruhi is fiercely fending off both twins, and
that Koyuki can't help her, otherwise Ibuki will be free to attack, and that
Koyuki is right, but Yuma knows that Koyuki must have her reasons to let Haruhi
fight by herself like this.

Haruhi lets loose another stream of fire towards the twins, but it is deflected
once again. Yuma than remembers something, and runs off, hiding behind the
trees so that no one sees him, and makes his way around towards Haruhi, and
says that he'll make himself useful, no matter what, and that surely Koyuki
already knows what he plans to do, and he hurries to make sure that he'll go
there. Haruhi and Shinya square off again, and Saya begins to set up her magic
to defend Shinya, and Yuma sees his chance and rushes out, aiming for Saya.
Saya sees him coming too late, and cries out in alarm. Yuma knows that he's not
fighting fair, but knows that he has to even the odds, even if only for a
moment. Yuma almost reaches Saya, but Ibuki explodes the ground underneath him
with a quick spell, saying that there are some spells that don't need to fully
recited, and says Koyuki can't stop thus spells in time. Ibuki asks Yuma if
he really thought that she hadn't noticed that he had disappeared, and Yuma
gets upset that he didn't manage to fool Ibuki after all, and Yuma looks over
at Koyuki, surprised that she hasn't taken advantage and attacked Ibuki since
she's distracted. Yuma stands still, paralyzed from Iuka�fs spell, but notices
Koyuki muttering something under her breath, and realizes that she's still in
the fight, and she lets loose her spell towards Ibuki. Ibuki says it's useless,
and disperses it as easily as Koyuki did earlier to her. Yuma is shocked that
Ibuki didn't even say any words, and Yuma knows that Ibuki is very powerful
indeed, and wonders how Koyuki and Haruhi can win, than notes that Koyuki would
have said at the beginning if they would win, than looks over at Haruhi and
notes that she's starting to tire, and when it comes to physical strength,
Shinya is clearly supreme, and than Saya says she'll watch him from now on,
but Yuma notes that Koyuki is still looking at him, and Yuma starts to watch
for his timing to rush at Saya again, however Shinya says he won't get another
chance to attack Saya, and Yuma understands that they won't ignore him anymore.

Ibuki looks back at Koyuki and asks what she plans to do now. Koyuki says it
doesn't matter, that the outcome will be the same. Ibuki asks what she has up
her sleeve.

Shinya tells Haruhi that he's coming, and charges at her. Haruhi says she's not
done yet, and begins to cast her spell, while Shinya fires his lightning wave
towards Haruhi. Haruhi barely manages to block it with a quick barrier spell,
and counterattacks immediately, but Shinya blocks it as well. Saya cries out in
alarm, and Yuma sees his chance, that Saya is preoccupied, and therefore, can't
cast any spells. Saya senses it, however, and turns back to Yuma, and tells him
she's sorry, but she can't allow him to interfere, and turns to him and raises
her wand. Yuma says she can't surely mean to attack him, and she apologizes
again and says she must, and the arrow of light begins to form in the sky.
Yuma notes that it's coming, and Yuma braces himself, knowing that he can't
dodge it. However...spears of light come out of nowhere and knocks the arrow
off course. The dust settles and silence falls, and Yuma shouts out, happy that
Anri came after all. Haruhi calls out to her too, and Anri they really are
stupid. Ibuki asks if the small fish came out to play again, and Anri says not
to mistake her for a small fish, that she's had her power sealed for a long
time. Shinya tells Anri that if she attacks the same thing as always will
happen, and asks her to stand down. Anri says she can't spend the rest of her
life running away, otherwise she'll always regret it. Shinya says that it's
useless, and tells Anri, Haruhi, and Ibuki to leave. Ibuki says alright, and
says she'll settle up with Koyuki. Shinya says he'll begin, and Anri breaths
deep. Haruhi tells her that it's alright, that she's here too, and Anri nods.
Shinya shouts that he's coming, and begins to build power in his sword. Anri
and Haruhi begin to cast their spells, but Yuma notes that they are leaving
Saya free to counter their magic, and that Shinya will follow up with an
attack. Yuma hopes that Haruhi will focus on Saya, forcing her to concentrate
on her, leaving Anri to battle Shinya. Yuma notes that it's the same combo as
the other day, and that they are still at a huge disadvantage. Haruhi sees
Yuma's concern, and nods, and fires her magic directly at Saya, surprising both
twins. Saya is surprised, and throws up her wand to defend just in time, ready
to deflect it back at her, but the magic disappears before it is fired back,
surprising Saya, and Haruhi tells Anri that now is the time. Anri completes her
spell with her full concentration, and lets it loose towards Saya. Shinya cries
for Saya to move, and Anri's magic crashes into both of them. Yuma notes that
attack should have beaten both twins, but Haruhi tells Anri to watch out, but
Anri can't move. Yuma asks if it didn't work, but than sees the shadow of
Shinya charging out of the dust. Haruhi puts up a barrier around Anri just in
time, and Shinya dodges back. Shinya says that Haruhi did a good job there, but
asks Anri if she really thinks she can beat him. Anri apologizes to Haruhi, and
Haruhi tells her now is not the time to quit. Anri nods, and Haruhi continues
to hold the barrier while Shinya hacks away at it. Yuma notes that she can't
hold it for much longer though, and Anri starts to cast her spell again, but
Yuma notes that she's lost her concentration, and when she fires it, Shinya
easily deflects it. Shinya says that there is no force behind her magic, and
says she'll never get it right. Anri cries out in surprise, than Saya let's
loose a new spell, distorting the air around Anri, and she falls on her butt.
Yuma calls out to her, and Anri says she can't control her body. Saya tells her
that's her magic, and tells her to not try to fight anymore. Yuma knows that
all will be lost if Anri doesn't break out of it soon, and Yuma says he's
coming to help. Saya tells him that interfering will prove to be pointless,
and Yuma shouts at her. Shinya tells Saya not to worry about it though, as Anri
has already lost the will to fight, and that she won't try to break out of
her spell. Yuma says that's a load of crap, and charges into the distorted area
himself, and almost immediately falls forward as well, as the gravity is a lot
heavier in here. Haruhi calls out to him in surprise. Shinya tells Haruhi that
it's time they continued, and Haruhi says she'll find a way to beat both of
them, and Shinya charges at Haruhi.

Yuma crawls up to Anri, telling her everything�fs alright. Anri asks what he's
doing here, and Yuma says he charged in after her, but whispers it out, as the
air is so heavy it's hard to breath as well. Yuma asks if she's hurt anywhere,
and Anri says she's fine, but says that she was useless after all, that it was
impossible for her to help out. Anri asks if he sees now, saying that her hand
is trembling, and that she can't even hold Paella now, and she crumples to the
ground, and Yuma holds her close, noting that she's the same as he was all
those years ago when he gave up magic, and wonders what he can do for Anri,
than gathers her up and hugs her from behind, causing Anri to look at him in
amazement, and tells her she'll be alright. Anri asks what he's doing, and
Yuma tells her not to say anything for a moment. Anri apologizes to him,
crying out that he fully believed in her, but she wasn't able to do anything.
Yuma says that's not true, and Anri says it's impossible, that he's
overestimating her abilities. Yuma than says he's been thinking about it for a
while now, and he finally found the words he's been wanting to say. Anri
quiets down, and Yuma says he can't do anything else, so he'll take away her
uneasiness, tells her again that she's alright, and that she's safe, and
embraces her closer. Anri trembles and barely manages to say Yuma's name, and
Yuma remembers how it feels himself, since his mother healed his shattered
heart the same way when he gave up magic, so he should be able to heal Anri as
well, that all he has to do is say she'll be ok. Anri calls for him again, and
Yuma notices that she's stopped shaking, and asks if she's calmed down now.
Anri says she has, and says that she didn't know she could feel so at ease just
by someone holding her. Yuma asks if she's surprised, and Anri thanks him, and
says she's already better, and says she'll try her best. (There we go!) Yuma
tells her to do her best.

As Shinya and Haruhi continue fighting, Shinya looks up, and notices Anri
again. Shinya asks if she's still going to fight, and Anri says she's no longer
confused. Shinya says that nothing will change, and Anri says she'll never know
if she doesn't try.

Koyuki laughs, and Ibuki asks her what she finds funny. Koyuki says that
there is a real fight now, and Ibuki asks what she means. Koyuki tells her to
watch and see.

Anri begins to cast her spell, and Shinya asks if she still doesn't understand.
However, Anri's spell changes shape and color, and Shinya notices and is
caught off guard. Haruhi notices as well, and Yuma notes that it looks exactly
like when Anri practices, and Shinya asks what's with this magic, and Anri
let's loose a humongous wave of light and energy towards Shinya. (HOLY SHIT!!!)
Shinya asks what the hell is going on, that this wave of magic surpasses even
Class A! (!!!) Saya yells for him to watch out, but Haruhi says she won't allow
Saya to interfere. Saya tells her to stand back and sets up her wand, however
she's too late, and Haruhi has her trapped in a barrier. Haruhi says she's
vulnerable to more direct magic like this without Shinya to watch her back,
and Saya yells for Shinya to move. Shinya, however, continues to be pushed
back by Anri's sheer wall of magic, and he is swept away. Shinya says it's
impossible, but even Fuujin-Raijinkami can't take it, and Anri thrusts another
force of magic at Shinya, and finally, Shinya's sword breaks in two, (Alright!)
and he collapses to the ground. Saya cries out to him, and says that his sword
can't possibly have been defeated. Ibuki is shocked as well, and Koyuki says
she turned out to be right after all, and asks Ibuki what she'll do now. Ibuki
says it's not over yet, and that she won't stand for this. Koyuki cries out in
alarm, and tells Yuma to run away, quickly. Yuma cries out in surprise, and
Ibuki continues her spell, and Yuma knows he�fs in deep trouble even without
having to ask Koyuki what she means, and sees the power rising in Iuka�fs hand,
and than the whole world goes white, and Yuma wonders what happened, and tries
to move, and notes that since he can, he wasn't hit with that magic. His vision
returns, and Yuma can barely make out Anri's shadow. Anri quietly asks if he's
alright, than collapses. Yuma cries out to her, and Anri says she'll be
alright, she just overused her magic a bit there. Ibuki says she did well to
stop her spell, than tells Shinya and Saya that they are leaving, and they all
disappear.

Haruhi comes running over, asking if Yuma is ok, and Yuma says he's fine, and
says he's fine thanks to Anri, than asks where Koyuki is. She appears next to
him and tells him she's fine, and says he should be concerned about Anri,
because she used a lot of magic in succession, and therefore should take a few
days off to recover. Yuma says he understands, and Haruhi says Anri's magic was
amazing. Anri says she doesn't think so, but that she was crazy to do that.
Yuma says she really did it though, and Anri says she has a favor to ask of
him, and says it was really impossible for her, but she smiles weakly with a
heroic pose, and Yuma says she did well. Haruhi thanks Anri, and says she felt
she was going to cry when she didn't show up. Anri says she had to come,
because she knew that Haruhi needed her. Koyuki says that's not true, and
Koyuki says that they weren't the only ones who stopped Ibuki, and says it was
due to Anri's powerful display. Anri smiles, and Koyuki says she knew from the
start, and says that she was just waiting on Anri and Yuma to realize it, and
laughs. Yuma asks what she's smiling for, and tells Anri they shouldn't talk
to her for a bit. Both of them blush, and Haruhi says they can leave the
rest to her and Koyuki, and tells Anri and Yuma to head on home. Yuma asks what
she means, and Haruhi says it's pointless to say otherwise. Yuma shouts that
he'll leave it to them than, and Haruhi laughs, and tells Koyuki they should
leave them alone. Koyuki nods, and says she'll leave the happy couple alone,
and walks away as well. Yuma asks Anri if they should go as well, and Anri
nods.


Time: Night


Anri huffs and puffs as they reach the dorms, and Yuma asks if she's alright.
Anri nods and says she's fine, and Yuma recaps that they headed for Oasis first
so that Anri could change clothes than he escorted her back to the dorms,
saying that the tension surrounding Anri for the past couple of days seems to
have vanished as well. Yuma says he'll walk Anri to her room, and Yuma calls
the dorm manager and gets permission to enter as well. Yuma tells her to bear
the pain just a little longer, and she says she's fine. Yuma tells her to save
the arguing for later, and Anri blushes again.

Yuma unlocks the door and turns on the light, leaning Paella against the wall,
and Anri heads straight for her bed and collapses on it. Yuma tells her not to
wrinkle her uniform, and Anri says she doesn't even have the energy to change
into her pajamas. Yuma remarks that she's finally at her limit, as she kept
her composure all the way to Oasis and than back to the dorms, but now she's
on the verge of total collapse again. Yuma says she worked really hard today,
and taps her head, and tells her to get some rest, as she's earned it. Anri
nods, and Yuma says he'll get going than. Anri calls him back with a weak
voice, and Yuma turns back, asking what's wrong. Anri says she wants him to
stay with her a little longer, that she wants him nearby, and she grabs his
sleeve with the tip of a finger. Yuma looks at her, and Anri apologizes, but
she says that she doesn't feel satisfied, since he tried to make her lunch,
and says that she he's gone she feels uneasy, and continues, saying that he's
the one who keeps her energetic, and says she still wasn't ready today, and
says that if he stays with her for a little more, she hopes she'll be ready.
Yuma leans down and supports Anri's shoulder, and they look deep into each
other's eyes, and Anri says she wants him to stay. Yuma sees an expression he's
never seen from her, and Yuma begins to feel week because of her serious look.
As she watches his face, Yuma feels his heart begin to beat faster, and Yuma
is confused, not able to understand exactly why. Anri than slowly tells Yuma
she likes him, and Yuma's heart finally clears the last hurdle. Yuma asks if
she's serious, and she quietly nods. Yuma slowly admits that he likes her too,
and Yuma finally admits his true feelings, while trying to keep himself
composed. Anri says she's happy, but still doesn't feel fulfilled, and says
that she still doesn't fully understand her feelings for him, but she wants to,
and therefore, she wants him to stay. Yuma knows he's entirely serious, and
that she wants to work hard to advance herself with him, that Anri needs him,
and he should help her, and Yuma notes that he also wants to embrace Anri, and
since Anri needs him, that seals it. Yuma pulls Anri close, and embracers her
quietly. Anri quietly calls out his name, but when he tries to break the
embrace, he beings his face down to Anri's, and they kiss.


Note: First H-scene with Anri starts here with the music change. Also, choices
for H-scenes are purely for the players interests, and the scenes after the
first options look different depending on where you dump your load.

Anri's Path, Scene 1

A. Choose Your Lighting.

1) Light Off.

2) Lights On.


B. Doggy Style on the Bed.

1) Pull Out.

2) Come Inside.

~~End of H-Scene.

After they finish, Anri says she feels relieved, and says that it feels
strange, being with Yuma this way. Yuma remarks that they can't call themselves
friends anymore, and Anri agrees, and asks how does lovers sound. Yuma is
stunned for a moment, and Anri says they don't have to use that term if he
doesn't want to. Yuma tells her to calm down, and says lovers will be just
fine, as it is what they are. Anri laughs, and Yuma says laughter sounds bad
right now. Anri asks Yuma to say he loves her again, since they are lovers now.
Yuma says if that's the case, he'll have to refuse. Anri pleads with him to,
and Yuma complies.

After a short while, Anri falls asleep, and Yuma quietly gets up, gets dressed,
and tells her good night, and thanks her for today, than kisses her on the
cheek and quietly leaves the room.

~~End of Friday, April 21st.


(ck) Date: Saturday, April 22nd


Time: Morning


Yuma yawns and wakes up, embarrassed as he recalls what happened yesterday, and
wonders what everyone would think if they knew, than wonders how Anri is,
because she was the one more affected by yesterdays events, and that she acted
very unexpectedly. Yuma says aloud if he should go to school, than shakes it
off and says of course, and says she'll probably show up almost late to class,
says hi to him, than talk to him between class. Sumomo knocks on the door and
asks if he's up, and Yuma says so, but he wants to sleep some more and get to
class right before the bell rings like Anri does. Sumomo tells him to hurry
downstairs, and Yuma says he's not and he'll be down later. Sumomo asks if she
heard right, and Yuma says she did, and says he already has his morning
planned out. Sumomo asks what he means, and says she's coming in. Yuma shouts
out that he plans to be late today, and Sumomo says she won't allow him to be
late, and begins shaking him, trying to get him to get up, and finally pulls
his bed out from under him.

Yuma is downstairs, and Sumomo says she always gets up early to wake him up,
so he should get up when she comes to wake him up. Yuma asks if she has a
grudge against him today, and Sumomo says no, but that they are expected not to
be late.

Yuma enters class and immediately looks around for Anri, and finds her sitting
in his seat like she usually is. Yuma walks over to her and tells her good
morning, and she nervously blushes and starts to stutter. Yuma shakes her a
little and tells her to quiet down a little, and she apologizes, and Yuma notes
that Anri still can't be called a regular woman yet. Jun comes over and tells
Yuma good morning, and asks if he and Anri have started going out yet. Yuma
asks how he knew, and Jun says Anri told him. Yuma looks over at Anri, and she
apologizes and says everyone knows by now. Yuma asks why, and Anri apologizes
again. Yuma sighs and says it was bound to come out sooner or later, but he
wanted to keep it quiet for as long as he could. Hachi comes over and Yuma
tells him good morning, and he asks how did Anri look. (PERVERT!) Yuma asks
what he means by that, and Hachi tells him he can't pretend not to know, that
he already knows that he and Anri are involved. Yuma sighs and says this is
why he wanted to keep things quiet, and Anri apologizes and says Hachi knows
too. Yuma demands to know how many people she told, and that everyone will find
out quickly at this rate. Anri says that now everyone knows since he just
announced it to the class... Jun says Anri's reaction is cute, and says he
understands, and Yuma asks Jun not to bother Anri, that it wouldn't be fair.
Haruhi comes over and calls Yuma, and Yuma tells her good morning. Haruhi asks
if she could talk to him and Anri for a minute, and Yuma and Anri look at each
other for a second, and they say they'll go. Hachi wonders if a love triangle
has just occurred, (Would be nice, heheh.) and Yuma states no. Hachi breaths a
sigh of relief, and Jun asks why he's so relieved.

Haruhi leads Yuma and Anri to the stairwell where they can talk in private, and
Yuma asks if this is about yesterday's business. Haruhi says they can talk
about it later, and she says that the Magic Section has been cleared to reopen
next semester. Yuma asks if that's so, and Haruhi says they had to tear down
the parts that had been damaged the worst, but the building will be as good as
new come October, and says it'll be hard for Ibuki to act when it's been
restored. Anri asks if this is true too, and Haruhi nods, saying Suzuri told
her yesterday, and says she took strong measures to seal the Treasure, so that
any efforts by others, even Ibuki, would prove useless. Yuma asks if everything
will be fine now, and Haruhi says things should settle down. Anri asks why
things are moving along so well, and Haruhi says that Koyuki's mother is
helping Suzuri with it. Anri is shocked, and Yuma asks why she is, if Koyuki's
mother is famous or something. Anri says of course, that Koyuki's mother is one
of the top magicians in the world. (ACK!) Yuma is shocked now as well, and
wonders if Koyuki gets her foresight because of her mother. Yuma says things
will calm down if such a person helps Suzuri, but Haruhi says they still can't
afford to be careless yet.

On their way back to class, Anri stops and thinks aloud, and says she's decided
on it. Yuma asks her what she's thought of all of a sudden, and Anri says she's
decided to go back to work at Oasis. Yuma is silent for a moment, and Anri asks
if Otoha will be at Oasis today. Yuma says she probably is since she wasn't at
home this morning, and Anri says she has to strike while the iron is hot, and
says she'll be back after she tells Otoha. Yuma yells for her to wait up since
class is about to begin, and Anri yells back that she'll worry about it later.
Yuma remarks that she's as cheerful as ever, and Haruhi agrees, and says she's
glad, and Yuma nods.

(Note: If you are headed for Anri's Bad Ending you will not receive this next
section.)

Haruhi asks Yuma if he wants to continue discussing what they began earlier.
When Yuma asks what she means, Haruhi says that Anri sounded a little sad when
she found out that the Magic Section would reopen again, and says she's still
worried about what Ibuki will do before the Section reopens, and that next time
she will go full out because she'll be desperate. Yuma asks if she's sure, and
Haruhi nods, saying that's what Suzuri believes too. Yuma notes that he still
doesn't know why Ibuki is so eager to have this Treasure, but knows that he
experienced some of her power yesterday, and that she'll be a powerful
opponent, and knows that they'll have to stand in her way again. Yuma hopes
that he won't be a nuisance next time, and Haruhi asks why he wants a more
important role than the one he already has. Yuma asks her what she means, and
Haruhi says his role is to stand by Anri's side, because she's sure that Anri
hasn't fully recovered yet. Yuma says he also thinks so, and knows that while
yesterday will have boosted her confidence back up, she has by no means fully
recovered. Haruhi states again that his role is to support Anri and make sure
she stays energetic. Yuma says he understands, and Haruhi tells him to keep
helping Anri, and Yuma nods.


Time: After School


Anri asks if anyone else wants to come to Oasis to welcome her back, and Yuma
says he'll come, and notes that Otoha apparently is happy that she wants to
come back and is letting her work right away. Yuma notes that she only took a
total of four days off, but it must have been long enough. Anri says he
doesn't have to be right behind her, but Yuma says he wants to be the first
order she takes. Anri jumps, and blushes when she says his name, and Yuma asks
her if she thought he was referring to something else. (HAHA!) Anri nervously
says of course not, but blushes again. Yuma says she shouldn't think dirty
thought like that, and she says she'd never think like that, and this time
Yuma notices that she's red with anger now. Yuma hopes he doesn't turn out like
Jun and keep teasing her everyday like this.

At Oasis, Koyuki orders an extra helping of spicy curry, and Yuma asks why she
always orders it, and Koyuki stares at him while giving him the "Chiii~" sound
again. Yuma asks why she's staring at him, and she says nothing, and thanks him
for taking her order. Anri nods, and Yuma remarks that she doesn't have a clue
what's going on. Koyuki congratulates Anri on coming back to Oasis, and Anri
thanks her for her concern. Koyuki says Otoha is most likely glad too, and
imitates her, saying that Oasis wasn't the same without her being gone. Yuma
tells her to stop adding food into the imitations, and after Anri leaves
Koyuki whispers that Yuma's become more questionable of her. Yuma asks her if
she has something to tell him, and she says she does, and moves closer to him
and says he's becoming perverted. (That was random...) Yuma chokes on his
drink, and wonders if she knows about last night, but says that there's no way
she could possibly know. Anri comes back and asks why he's so red, and Koyuki
says it's a sign that he's going through puberty. Anri laughs and says Yuma's
acting strange. Yuma notes that she wouldn't be laughing if she heard what
Koyuki had said a moment ago, and than Anri asks Koyuki if the Magic Section
really will be ready soon. Koyuki is surprised that they already heard the
news, and Yuma says that Haruhi told them. Anri asks if everything is alright,
and Koyuki says everything should be in order, that they shouldn't need to
defend the Treasure anymore. 

(Note: The following section happens if you are headed for Anri's Bad Ending.
The True Ending section will follow afterwards.)

Yuma says he's glad, and Anri lets out a small chuckle. Yuma asks what about
Ibuki, and Koyuki says they shouldn't have to worry about her, as she most
likely gave up when she found out what's happening as well, that the magic that
will be involved is too strong, even for her. Yuma smiles in relief, and Anri
says that he doesn't have to be worried, because she'd also be there to help if
they asked. Yuma asks if that's true and Koyuki nods in agreement. Anri says
she'll be getting back to work than, and she runs off towards the kitchen. Yuma
asks Koyuki if she's relieved too, and she says yes, and says she's glad that
her fortune-telling didn't predict a harsh fate, and is glad she doesn't have
to worry about it anymore. Yuma notes that he forgot about Koyuki's fortune
telling talents, and Koyuki tells him to take care of Anri. Yuma jumps at this,
and Koyuki tells him again to cherish Anri. Yuma says he understands, and notes
that he does value her, and that he will support Anri, just so that he can hear
her cheerful laughter. Koyuki says he better, for the new life growing inside
Anri, and Yuma chokes again, nervously asking Koyuki if she's joking, but she
only giggles.

(Note: The True Ending section starts here.

Anri lets out a small chuckle, but Yuma frowns, because Anri doesn't know that
the building isn't finished yet, and Ibuki will surely try for hardest to
achieve the Treasure before it's completed. Anri notices his look and asks why
he looks so negative. Yuma says it's nothing, he just feels worried. Anri says
she'd better get back to work, and she runs off towards the kitchen. Koyuki
says Yuma still wanted to say something, and Yuma says that he'll tell her
later, and Koyuki nods, but says he doesn't have to worry anymore. Yuma asks if
that's so, and Koyuki nods, saying she's taking precautions to protect Yuma and
Anri from further danger. Yuma asks if that's alright, and she says it is and
not to worry, because she hasn't had a bad reading in her fortune-telling
today. Yuma asks if that's true, and notes that he would like to prevent Anri
from being in danger anymore if it was possible, and Yuma decides to trust in
Koyuki's fortune telling ability, and leave it up to the magic teachers as
Koyuki says, because Yuma doesn't think he and Anri would be ready in time.
Otoha comes up from behind and hugs Yuma in a death grip, and he tells her not
to do that so suddenly. Otoha lies and says she didn't think he'd be that
surprised. Yuma says it's only natural, and Otoha laughs and says he's should
have called and said he was coming, and Yuma says he decided right after class
ended. Otoha says she has his usual plate ready, and Yuma asks what's going
on, because she's talking strangely. Otoha tells him not to worry about it and
to eat up. Yuma says he won't eat a bite until she tells him what's going on,
and Otoha asks if that's so, and Yuma stands firm and says he won't eat. Otoha
asks if he would really let the delicious food go to waste, and Yuma asks if
she didn't hear him, and again states he's not hungry. Otoha pouts and says
he's being mean, than says she'll get him something else, and grabs someone
else's food, and Yuma tells her not to do that. Anri comes back and hands
Koyuki her order, and Koyuki thanks her. Anri notices Otoha and asks if
anything is wrong. Otoha says she's thinking of having Yuma help out later.
Anri says she likes the idea, but Koyuki says he doesn't seem opposed to the
idea. (ACK! ALL THREE!!!) Otoha says that when the word spreads that Anri is
back a lot of people will surely come, and remarks that she'll need the extra
help. Koyuki agrees, and says that Anri alone won't be able to handle it. Yuma
says Koyuki isn't helping his situation, and Anri says he'll help than, and
Yuma bites his tongue. Anri asks what's wrong, and Anri pleads with him to
help, and he finally caves. (Bah! Just like a woman to do that! XD) Anri gives
a happy squeal, and Otoha says she's glad Anri convinced Yuma. When Yuma
chokes, Otoha says that it finally happened. When Yuma asks what she means,
Otoha says she finally succeeded in setting him up with a cute waitress, and
now he'll work without having to be asked from now on. (WHAT?!? THAT WAS HER
PLAN ALL ALONG? ARGH!!!) Yuma says he wishes he didn't know any of them right
now.

Some time later, the crowd of customers continues to grow after everyone hears
that Anri has returned to Oasis. Yuma remarks that they are so busy he can't
talk to her at all, even as they pass each other on the floor, and Yuma is
worried that she's still a little exhausted from yesterday, and everyone he
serves looks disappointed that Anri isn't the one taking their orders, and
afterwards Anri is the one who takes out the dishes to their tables, and Yuma
doesn't like Anri being stared at by all of the guys. Yuma says it sucks to be
so busy, than wonders why he's getting so irritated. Yuma notes that it never
bothered him before, but now... (Moron, he's jealous and he doesn't even
realize it!) Otoha beings him back to reality by saying he's overfilling the
water jug. Yuma hurriedly says he'll wipe it up, and Otoha says she likes the
look on his face, that he's worried because Anri is so popular. Yuma says
there's a difference, and Otoha says a lot of children look up to Anri. Yuma
asks what she's talking about, and Otoha says she's waiting for Yuma to defend
Anri and smack someone for talking to her. (Heh.) Yuma says he won't do that,
and that Anri would be more likely to hit someone like that with her serving
tray anyhow. Otoha asks if Yuma is really willing to let that happen, and after
his silence, she asks if he's becoming more worried. Yuma says that she's being
annoying, and Otoha says he has doubts now. Yuma looks over at Anri, who looks
worried, and Otoha says now is his chance to defend her with a strong attack.
Anri looks fine shortly thereafter, and Otoha says the round goes to the random
guy she was talking to. Yuma screams out how can that guy casually grab Anri's
hand like that, and Otoha tells him to settle down. Yuma is seething, but
eventually controls himself, and Anri seems to have rejected the random guy
anyways, and Otoha tells him everything worked out alright. Yuma says he's
losing track of the orders with her distracting him, and Otoha says of course.
Yuma wonders why he puts up with this stuff.

Oasis gets even busier, and while Yuma notes that Anri is still going strong,
he's nearly spent. Anri comes over and tells him to come with her for a second.
Yuma asks what's wrong, and she says that he's not greeting everyone with an
energetic smile and attitude. Yuma says he understands, but says he can't be
as good as she is, especially when the customers want to see her. Anri asks if
Yuma's jealous, and as he struggles for words, it's obvious that he is. Anri
laughs and says he looks cute when he struggles, and tells him to work on his
endurance, and Yuma is silent for a moment and wishes he were just a regular
customer right now, but says he'll tough it out for her sake. Anri nods, and
Yuma says she needs a rest. Anri blushes and says she understands, and will
take a break only Yuma asked her to. Anri tells him to make sure to greet
everyone happy and with a smile, and she walks off. Yuma remarks that Anri
really loves working here, and than a new customer enters and Yuma walks over
to them.

As closing time approaches, Otoha says she was right to ask Yuma to work after
all. Yuma says he was glad to help, and that he was really hitting his stride
near the end. Anri admits that even she's impressed with his progress, and Yuma
says it's because of her face being here again. Anri admits she was really
worked up a sweat, and Yuma says sleep sounds really good right about now,
and wonders how much endurance Anri really has. Otoha says they both must be
tired, and Yuma says they should go. Otoha squeals, and Yuma tells Anri to
leave now. Anri says ok, and tells Anri she's leaving.

Afterwards, Yuma looks up at the sky and yawns. Anri tells him it was a big
yawn, and asks if he worked a little too hard. Yuma says he thought of it a
little differently, and when Anri asks what he means, Yuma says he was trying
to be more like her at work with the last few customers. Anri blushes and asks
if that's so. Yuma asks if she wants to go for a walk, and Anri agrees. Yuma
suggests the park, and Anri nods. Yuma says he didn't think they would ever be
alone, and Anri agrees, and Yuma notes it was impossible to find to both at
school due to Jun, and at work thanks to Otoha and Koyuki. Yuma notes that they
lost a lot of time to talk to each other, and wonders how long until everyone
figures out that he and Anri are together. Yuma asks how many people asked her
out by the end of her shift, and Anri says she lost count. Yuma asks if it
bothered her, and Anri admits that it was annoying after the first time she was
asked. Yuma says they've been friends for a long time now, and says he still
doesn't understand the meaning of the word. Anri tells him to wait a moment,
and Yuma asks if she disliked being with him last night. Anri thinks for a
moment, than asks if they should find out the meaning together, and Yuma
agrees. They both fall silent for a minute until Yuma breaks the ice, saying
that it's embarrassing to say the words. Anri agrees, and asks if they should
stop, but Yuma says that would defeat the purpose, and their new life can't go
on until they throw off their old ties. Anri is scared at the thought, and Yuma
quietly grasps Anri's hand. They both blush, and Anri looks away, apologizing
that she can't take it. Yuma tells her there's no wall they can't overcome
together, and Anri says her heart is throbbing, and says she understands what
he means by throwing off their old ties. Yuma tell her it will be harder when
they become seniors, but as long as she's willing to talk with him every now
and than, he'll be happy, and wait for her. Anri says she doesn't think she'll
be able to do it, and Yuma asks if she's going to give up so easily. Anri says
that it's impossible, and Yuma asks if their future will be troubled. Anri
says that everything will work out eventually.


Time: Night


Anri and Yuma finally arrive back at the dorms, and Anri is disappointed to
find that time flew by so fast, as she was really happy. Yuma remarks that it
seemed to go by in an instant. Anri giggles, and tells him good night, and Yuma
asks her to wait a moment. Anri asks what's wrong, and Yuma asks if she's free
tomorrow. (It being Sunday.) Anri says she doesn't have any plans, and Yuma
asks if she wants to meet him tomorrow near the station, so that they can spend
more time together. Anri asks if he's inviting her to go on a date, and Yuma
says she can call it that, and says he really wants to spend more time with
her, but will understand if she doesn't want to. Anri blushes, and when Yuma
asks her what her answer is, she's quietly agrees. Yuma says great, than asks
what time they should meet up at. Anri tells Yuma to decide, and Yuma asks how
does eleven o'clock sound. Anri asks if he can make it any earlier, and Yuma
asks if she'd get up in time if he did. Anri says of course she would if it was
to spend time with him, and Yuma says he doesn't know, than Anri firmly says
that they'll meet at ten o'clock. Yuma says he understands, and that he'll see
her tomorrow at ten. Anri says he better not be late, and he says he won't, and
tells her good night, and Anri tells him to get plenty of rest. Yuma notes that
he'll be able to enjoy himself to his heart's content tomorrow, and hopes that
he doesn't screw up and arrive late or anything.

Yuma arrives home, and Otoha tells Sumomo that the aura of Oasis was allot
different when Anri came back today. Sumomo asks if she came back, and Otoha
says she came by early that morning and asked to come back, and she was happy
to hear so, because she thought that Anri would be out longer. Yuma than
realizes it, that not just the customers, but the rest of the Oasis staff
perked up with Anri's return, and that she is surely the one that drives Oasis
now. Otoha says she also has something to tell Sumomo. Yuma says she can't
surely mean... and Otoha tells her that Yuma is dating Anri. (Oh boy...)
Sumomo looks confused for a second, and Yuma has a bad feeling, because he
knows how angry Sumomo can get, and how cruel she is to him when she's pissed
at him. Sumomo says she already knows, and Yuma is shocked, and Sumomo says
she's known for a while now. Otoha says she's great for figuring it out before
she did, and she says she foresaw everything about Yuma. Yuma asks how she knew
because they had only started dating yesterday, and Sumomo is caught, and she
blushes than runs away. Yuma tells her to wait up, that she left the stove on
and the food is on fire, and asks her to come out and he'll apologize if she
finishes cooking dinner.

~~End of Saturday, April 22nd.


(cl) Epilogue (Anri's Bad Ending)


Time: Unknown


Yuma recaps that two months have passed since last time, and remembers
everything as he looks up at the sky, and remarks that the two months have
really flown by.

Yuma notes that the new Magic Section building was completed, and that the
Treasure is now completely safe, and Ibuki has not been seen since he last saw
her. Yuma wonders if the new building is really that strong or if there's
another reason, and Yuma remembers hearing something about the fact that she
was in trouble with her family. Yuma says he'll probably never find out the
real reason Ibuki was after the Treasure in the first place, but he's content
with that, as he's more concerned about the fact that the students from the
Magic Section have returned to their new building for classes.

Yuma remarks that he still wants to hear her greet him with her energetic smile
in the morning. Anri than calls out to him, and thanks him for coming. Yuma
says that at least he can always come here, and see her smile that never
changes.

~~End Anri's Bad Ending.


(cm) Date: Sunday, April 23rd


Time: Forenoon


Yuma wakes up, and notes that ten o'clock might have been too early after all.
Yuma notes that he doesn't have time to sleep when he thinks about todays
date. He yawns, than wonders if he should arrive a little early just in case.

Otoha asks if he's going to relax today, and Yuma says she's pretty perceptive.
Otoha says she's that he's going out than, and Yuma says he's going to the
station in a little bit. Otoha asks if he's meeting Jun and Hachi, and after
he doesn't say anything, Otoha says she understands, and that he's meeting
Anri. Yuma tells her not to say it so loud, and Otoha wonders if she should
follow them. Yuma tells her not to, and she says it's not unusual to see a
child with their guardian. Yuma tells her no again, and she says that he can't
take a joke today. Yuma says it wasn't funny, and Otoha says he should trust
her, but admits that she was half serious. Yuma asks if that's true. Sumomo
comes in asking if Otoha knows where their binoculars are, and Otoha says that
she'll use the binoculars to spy on Yuma and Anri from a distance. Yuma says
she was 100% serious after all.

Yume heads out and gets to the station a little before ten, wondering how long
it will take Anri to get there, but she's already there when he looks around.
She walks around, and Yuma notes that she seems restless, as she keeps looking
up at the clock, and Yuma wonders if she forgot they were supposed to meet at
ten. Yuma decides to watch her from afar for a little bit, to see what she will
do next. Anri opens her purse, than closes it again, and Yuma gets tired
watching her, than decides he should catch the moment by taking a picture.
Yuma gets it out and begins adjusting it, saying it will make a good picture,
and Anri agrees. (ACK!) Yuma asks if she wants a copy, than he realizes that
she's there, and turns back to look at her, and she's glaring at him. Anri
says he should have said that he had gotten here earlier, and Yuma asks if
she's angry, and she says of course. Yuma apologizes, and says she looked so
cute that he wanted to watch her for a little while. Anri blushes and eases up
a little, and says flattery will get him nowhere, and says they should go.
Yuma says she's right, and follows her.

Yuma remarks that the foot traffic on the sidewalk is that of a typically busy
Sunday, and Yuma and Anri enjoy the window shopping. Anri points out a tea set
she thinks is cute, and wonders how much it costs, but than they see the
exorbitant price tag on it, and the remark that it's way too much for them to
buy. Yuma asks if she's disappointed, but Anri says she's alright. Anri and
Yuma watch another waitress at a nearby coffee shop, and Anri notes that she's
slacking off, and says she would deduct some of her pay if she was her manager.
Yuma says she's being a little harsh, but Anri says it's important to always be
alert as a waitress. Yuma remarks that the pink uniform she is wearing is cute,
and Anri says that she should have expected as such since he's a guy. Yuma asks
if she doesn't think she looks cute in her uniform, and Anri says she only
wears it because she wants to, and says that while it may make her look cute,
she's wearing it first and foremost for the job. Yuma makes a note to avoid
this conversation in the future, but also notes that she seems to be happy
talking about Oasis. Anri asks him if he dislikes working at Oasis, and when
Yuma asks what she means, she asks what he would do to improve the place.


Options:

1) Offer something for a limited time.

2) Improve the menu.

3) Improve the service.

Note: Since your already on the path towards Anri's True Ending, this choice
have no real consequences.


Option One: Yuma asks what she would think of offering a limited time item, and
Anri asks if it would only be for lunch. Yuma says that maybe for a certain
time of day everything could be half price, but Anri says that if Oasis did
that it would go bankrupt. Yuma says that it's not a good idea after all than.
Anri tells him not to think too hard, and Yuma than suggests maybe a half off
for girls only on Wednesday. Anri says she'll think about it for a bit.


Option Two: Yuma says they can add on to the menu, but Anri says they just had
a tasting party last week. Yuma asks if she remembers how their cake tasted,
and Yuma says that they can work on it, and improve it to such a degree that
it will be picked next time for sure. Anri agrees.


Option Three: Yuma says they can always improve their service. Anri agrees,
and Yuma says she can start by shortening her skirt. (HAHA! Oh shit!) Anri
looks angry, but Yuma continues on, and says she can lose some of the clothing
near her breasts to make them appear larger than they already do. (Don't say
anything more or she'll thump you!) Than he says she could greet male customers
like a wife does, and call them darling. Anri says he's being too stupid, and
Yuma says he's only joking. Anri says he sounded a little serious.


All paths meet up here. Yuma also says that they have to remember to smile, and
says he'll leave that up to Anri, since she's always able to do it. Anri
thanks Yuma for his kind words, and Yuma hopes that Anri doesn't think he's
joking, because everyone who sees her smile surely has their day brighten.
Anri brings him back to reality, and says she points out a shop she wants to
check out and heads over to it, as Yuma yells for her to wait up.


Time: Lunch


Anri suddenly stops, and when Yuma asks what�fs up, Anri points out a bowling
alley up ahead. (oooo) Yuma asks if she got bored with the pool hall, movie
theater and the batting cages, and asks if she'll get bored with bowling too.
Anri agrees, but keeps staring at the bowling alley. Yuma asks if she wants to
bowl, and Anri nervously says yes. Yuma says they'll go than. Anri asks if it's
really alright, and Yuma says yes. Anri than asks if they should bet that
whoever loses has to buy them dinner. (Oh crap...I have a bad feeling about
this.) Yuma asks why hey should bet that, and Anri says he can't have it both
ways. Yuma says alright, and Anri begins giggling, saying he'll regret it.
Yuma asks if she's good, and Anri says she's been in the world championships
before. (AAHHHHH!) Yuma says he doesn't feel like playing now.

Anri hits another strike. Yuma can't believe it, and Anri says he should have
had a bigger handicap. Anri begins wondering what she should make Yuma
buy for dinner, and Yuma hopes that he'll be able to keep up, as he sees all of
the strikes on her card. Yuma recaps that she allowed him to start with a 100
pin handicap, and she's already surpassed him, and wonders how it's possible.
(HOLY SHIT!) Anri than says it's his turn, and Yuma let's loose and knocks down
8, leaving him with the infamous 7-10 split. (FUCK!) Yuma says he's screwed,
and Anri says he'll have to buy extra juice if he doesn't hit the split. Yuma
cries out at first than quiets down, and notes that he has to show his will to
not give up as well and says he's going for it. Anri wishes him good luck, and
Yuma says she's just messing with him. Yuma decides to aim for the 7 pin,
thinking that if he can just barely graze the left side of the pin it should
knock it into the 10 pin, and that he read it before in a bowling magazine at
a bookstore. (...Idiot.) Yuma gets a fiery look in his eyes, and believe he can
see the path the ball will take, and let's loose, and...misses the pin by a
mile and gets a gutter ball. Anri says he had a good plan but he tried too hard
and overthrew the ball. Yuma shouts out that she doesn't have to repeat what he
already knows, and Anri says she'll start throwing left-handed. Yuma sees the
change and gets really nervous, and Anri explains that she's originally a
left-handed player, but she usually doesn't use it because it has too much
power. (ACK!) Yuma notices the aura around Anri increasing, and Anri unleashes
her sealed arm and throws a wicked curve down the lane. (Ok, that was silly.)
Yuma rubs his eyes because he's seeing three balls, and Anri nails the strike,
sending the pins flying everywhere. Anri says she's really on the ball today,
and Yuma swears he just saw a phoenix appear from the ball. Anri says this is
her true power, and Yuma can only stand there with his mouth hanging.


Time: Afternoon


Anri asks if he feels bad, and Yuma says of course, because she kicked his ass
at bowling. Anri asks if he learned anything new about her, and he says he
learned to be worried around her at anytime. Yuma recaps that he lost, and
notes that it was a silly bet anyways because he had already planned to buy her
dinner in the first place, but because he got beaten so soundly his pride is
damaged. Yuma asks if she's tired and wants to stop and rest for a moment, and
Anri agrees and sits down on a nearby bench and blushes. Yuma asks if she's
alright, and Anri says she is, that she's the one still standing. Yuma asks if
she's really fine, and Yuma says she's really shy and quiet if looks at herself
long enough. Anri says that's not true, and Yuma asks what else is wrong than.
Anri says she's really sweating, and Yuma is silent, than Anri blushes. Yuma
bursts out laughing and Anri asks what's so funny, than starts whining that she
screwed up the date. Yuma tells her not to worry because he's sweating too.
While Anri tries to argue, Yuma says she still looks great. Anri asks if he's
telling the truth, and Yuma tells her to look at other people and she'll
notice them sweating too. Anri nods, than Yuma says he'll sit down too. Anri
blushes again. (Heheh, chibi scene again, yay! ^_^)

Yuma asks Anri why she's sitting so far away, and Anri nods than moves closer
while blushing. Yuma says she can come closer, and Anri says she can't go any
further. Yuma says he's falling in love, and Anri nods than moves closer while
going very red, and Yuma notes that she looks really small now. Yuma notes that
he doesn't want to separate from her right now, and they are both silent,
although Anri let's out small moans and blushes even further. Yuma moves closer
and Anri squeals. Anri starts to make little noises as she notices how close
Yuma is, and Yuma says they can sweat together, than buries his face in her
hair. Anri shrinks even more, and Yuma asks if she's alright. Anri asks what
he thinks he's doing, and knocks him away. (HAHAHA! INTO THE AIR! PRICELESS!)

Yuma says that really hurt, and Anri apologizes and says she didn't mean to
hurt him, and said she was really surprised that he got that close so
suddenly. Yuma apologizes for being bad, and Anri asks what they will do now.
Yuma says he's thinking. Anri asks what about, and Yuma says he liked her
reaction there. Anri blushes again, than cries out that he's annoying and slaps
him. (OW!) Yuma says that hurt too, and Anri tells him not to make fun of her.
Yuma says he'll keep that in mind, but notes that he'll probably forget about
it and do it again soon.

After the bowling alley and the rest in the park they head back to the
shopping area, and while Yuma notes that he's hungry, it's still too early to
get dinner. Yuma asks Anri what she wants, and Anri says she'll be mindful of
the size of his wallet. Yuma tells her not to hold back, since it's his treat,
and Anri says she understands and points out a small coffee shop.

Yuma asks why she picked here after they head inside, and than remarks that the
uniforms here are great too. Anri says he got it right, than says that's not
really it, and says she picked this place because than they can talk alone
without anyone paying them any attention. Yuma asks what she means, and Anri
says that everyone is commenting on how delicious the food is, so no one will
pay attention to a young couple. Yuma says that's probably true, and Anri asks
Yuma what he wants to eat. Yuma looks over the menu than decides on something,
but he still doesn't know what to say to Anri, but he's glad that they at least
have this time together, now.

Their food arrives, and Anri is happy. Yuma says he'll eat quickly, and Anri
nods in agreement. Yuma notes that she really is glad, and that she brightens
even more when she seems to be hungry, and watching her eat increases his
appetite, and after they are finished, Yuma orders a dessert for them to share.
Yuma asks if she thinks it's up to Oasis' standards, and Anri quietly says he's
being a little rude. Yuma says he's not meaning to be, he just wants to know
her perspective. Anri asks why, and Yuma says that if he doesn't know what she
likes, their life will be hard after they marry. (Damn, this statement with the
music is perfect, especially if it's at the climatic part.) Anri blushes at
this and looks confused. Yuma says he was hoping to see that reaction, and
thanks Anri. Anri blushes again, than falls silent, than says that she can see
it happening after all. Yuma asks if she means them getting married, and Anri
nervously says no, she meant the dessert. Yuma asks if she's avoiding the
question, and Anri says she isn't. Yuma asks if she can't make up her mind
right now, and Anri nods, than says they should race to see who can eat the
most of the dessert. Yuma says that if she makes that cake again they might not
let her come back to the dorm. Anri gets mad and asks what he means by that.
Yuma says it might explode again, and says he can ask Sumomo to teach her how
to cook. Anri asks if he can really do that, and Yuma says he thinks she'll
agree. Anri says that she'll learn how to cook from Sumomo than, and from Otoha
as well while they are at work. Yuma says she'll have to remember to clean
everything too, and Anri nods, and says that Haruhi is in the dorms too, and
not to forget about Suzuri. Yuma says it's odd to bring them up. Anri asks why,
and Yuma says it's odd to hear Anri says she'll rely on Haruhi, and says she
never has before. Anri asks if that's how it appeared, and says that maybe she
shouldn't learn to cook after all. Yuma says she'll appear desperate, and Anri
says she won't get anywhere if he keeps contradicting everything. Yuma pictures
Anri and Haruhi cooking in the kitchen, and Yuma remarks that it's a good
picture.


Time: Evening


Yuma looks up at the sky, as it is darkening, and the sun is setting. Anri
thanks Yuma for the fun day she had with him. Yuma asks if she thinks their
first date was a success, and Anri says it was a big success, that he was great
and it made her very happy. Yuma notes that her smile is pure, and hopes that
he just say into Anri's true character there, and wonders if she noticed that
the date went along at her pace, and that he enjoyed it thoroughly, and that
they both enjoyed their time with each other. Anri blushes when Yuma takes her
hand, and Yuma says he'll walk her back to the dorms. Anri nods, but asks what
everyone will think. Yuma says they can think what they want, but they can't
complain anymore. Anri smiles and blushes, and Anri firmly grasps his hand as
well. Yuma remarks that her embarrassment is only gratified by the sunset
beaming on her.

~~End Sunday, April 23rd.


(cn) Date: Monday, April 24th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up to Sumomo screaming, and Yuma sleepily looks at his clock, and
stares at it for a second, than screams out that it's so late.

Yuma remarks that it's rare for Sumomo to sleep in so late too, and Sumomo
tells him to settle down, and says that he's just as late as she is. Yuma tells
her to not say such things and just get ready, saying it's pointless to think
otherwise. Sumomo tells him not to quit, than searches frantically for her
backpack. Yuma says he thinks he saw her put it on the sofa a minutes ago, and
she finds it and thanks him. Yuma says she doesn't have to bow, and Sumomo says
she's panicking. Yuma says the only thing they can do right now is to settle
down and NOT panic, and says there�fs a reason he's her older brother. Sumomo
says she doesn't need this lecture right now, and says they've got to go now,
and she rushes out. Yuma wonders if she's noticed that she hasn't even put on
her school uniform yet, and wonders what the students at school will say, when
the news comes on. Yuma calmly eats his breakfast, than straightens up, and
notes that good composure is important too, than changes after he finishes
eating. Yuma says he'll head out now, than Sumomo runs back inside, breathing
heavily. Yuma welcomes her back, and Sumomo asks him to help her put on her
uniform. (Oh?) Yuma says that wouldn't be good, since he's her older brother,
Sumomo says she knows, and pleads with him. Yuma says he's glad she
understands, and says he's leaving than. Sumomo is shocked and asks if he'll
wait for her, and he says of course, because she's his sister. Anri is having
trouble putting on her uniform, and asks Yuma for help again. Yuma remarks that
she can't seem to calm down.

They finally reach school, and Yuma tells her not to look so rushed when she
gets to class. Sumomo says she won't, but Yuma reminds her that she almost
forgot to change clothes this morning. She finally cracks, and Yuma asks if
she's finally calmed down. Sumomo says she has, than quickly runs for her
class. Yuma than realizes that he's nearly exhausted since he had to run with
Sumomo to make it her on time, than sees something running towards him with a
cloud of dust in it's wake. Yuma wonders what it is at such a fast speed, and
Yuma hears a voice saying she won't be late, and Yuma believes it's Anri. Anri
stops by him and asks what he's doing out her, because class has probably
already started. Yuma says it's a coincidence, but he's late today as well.
Anri asks what he's being so carefree, and Yuma says he'll be late even if he
rushes now, so it would only look bad to act so hastily. Anri calms down and
says he's right, and Yuma notes that she's more flexible than he thought.

Anri says Sumomo doesn't sound like a late riser, and Yuma says it's rare, as
she only sleeps in this late maybe once or twice a year. Anri nods, and Yuma
says he's ready to brave the teacher for being late today, and Anri says he can
only say that because he hasn't been late before. Yuma says of course, and Anri
says he must be a cruel older brother to Sumomo. Yuma asks Anri what's wrong,
and Anri says nothing, that she's the same as always. Yuma asks if that's so,
and Anri nods, saying she's going to start practicing magic again after school
today. Yuma notes that she seems to have fully recovered, and that was probably
why she was actually late today. Yuma asks if she's recovered, and Anri nods
and asks if he felt it. Yuma nods and says at this rate she can easily ace the
Class B exam. Anri hopes so, and Yuma says it would be great if the exam was
paced for the opponent to be like Shinya. Anri laughs and says that was an
accident, but she's working hard in hopes of replicating that event. The
teacher than says they seem proud to be late, and that's good. Yuma is
oblivious however, and says Anri is great isn't she, than they both finally get
it, and slowly turn to see their teacher glaring at them, and says he thought
he heard familiar voices out in the hall, and says they are bold to stand right
outside the room and talk so loudly. Yuma asks how he got there without them
noticing, and Anri says she was so caught up in their conversation she didn't
notice. The teacher says they can stand out there until homeroom is over, than
they can go straight to the teachers lounge. (Yikes.) Yuma cracks, and their
teacher says he's waiting for an answer. Yuma shouts out that will be alright.
Yuma and Anri are read the riot act after homeroom ends, but are allowed to
return to class.


Time: Lunch


Anri asks Yuma if he's busy for lunch today, and he says he was thinking of
eating at Oasis. Anri asks if they want to go together, and Yuma says she
sounds serious today. Anri nods and says it'll be one of the rare times she'll
to Oasis as a customer. Yuma asks if she's off today, and Anri nods, than says
that's another reason she wants to go. Yuma asks if she really wants to go as
a customer, and she nods. Jun and Hachi come over, and Jun says they look very
happy. Yuma is surprised to see them, and Hachi says he's envious of Yuma. Yuma
starts to ask if they want to come, and Jun says he takes it that means he
wants them along too. Anri tries to ask Haruhi for help, and she says she
understands their situation and has her own lunch. Anri blushes, and Jun and
Hachi move over to Haruhi and ask if they can join her. Haruhi says they can,
and Jun tells Yuma and Anri bye. Yuma says they'll enjoy themselves, and Yuma
feels Anri smiling behind him.

Yuma and Anri arrive at Oasis and sit down at a nearby table. Yuma hands Anri
a menu, and she says that it's a nice change of pace to actually look at the
menu instead of taking orders from it. Anri asks what he recommends, and Otoha
comes by and asks if Yuma's looking for a promotion. Yuma says he's surprised
she took so long to arrive, and Anri greets her. Otoha says hi to her, and asks
her how their date went yesterday. Anri blushes and says she enjoyed it, and
Yuma asks if she came to take their order or not. Otoha apologizes than says
she'll ask later and walks away laughing. Anri remarks that she really enjoyed
their date yesterday. Yuma asks if he can confess something to her, and Anri is
interested and tells him to go ahead. Yuma says he wants to go to the beach
when summer arrives. Anri asks if he wants to see her in a bathing suit (would
be nice, actually, heheh.) Yuma says he hadn't thought of that, but now that
she mentions it, he wouldn't mind. Otoha come back and says he's crafty. Yuma
asks why she came back, and Otoha ignores him and asks what kind of bathing
suit Anri will buy this year. Anri says she hasn't decided yet. Otoha says Yuma
likes string bikinis and it would be a great shock if she showed up in one.
Anri asks if it's his hobby to ogle at girls in bikini's, and asks Otoha when
she knew about that, and she says she knew when she noticed him ogling Sumomo
in her bathing suit last year. (ACK!) Yuma cries out that he can't help it
because he's a guy. Anri looks down, and Yuma asks why she looks so down, than
notes that Oasis can't be a safe haven as long as Otoha keeps doing this.


Time: After School


Yuma comes up to Anri, but she apologizes and says she has to be at work almost
immediately. Yuma says he understands and she leaves the class, than wonders
if why she's in such a panic.

Yuma heads to Oasis, and Anri is running about, says she's busy. Yuma asks if
something's wrong, and Anri says that Otoha hired another worker, and since
she isn't good yet, she's doing more work than usual and she has to help train
the new employee. Anri apologizes to Yuma again and says she'll practice later.
Yuma says he understands that she cares about Oasis greatly, and says it's
alright. Anri asks why he came than, and Yuma says he came to eat. Anri asks if
he'll order coffee as always, and he says he won't today. Anri says she thinks
he knows what his true intentions are, and Yuma reminds her that she's supposed
to be training the new employee. Anri jumps in surprise and remarks that she
almost fell back into the old trap of talking with him. Yuma says that she
shouldn't dig herself a hole she can't get out of, and she asks if he said
something while glaring at him. Yuma says nope, and Anri walks off while still
glaring at him, and Yuma hopes he didn't say anything wrong, because he still
wants to be able to come to Oasis to see her face. Yuma hears Anri instructing
the new employee, and the girl listens closely, but seems to be a little
strained. Anri brings out her "Always remember to smile" speech, and Yuma
wonders if she really tells everyone that, but notes that Anri is really
attentive of her surroundings, and Yuma finds himself looking back at the new
girl, who's manner is similar to his when he first started working. Yuma
wonders if it really only two weeks ago, and that Anri is such an independent
waitress. Anri suddenly comes back while he's watching the new girl, and Yuma
asks if she forgot something. Anri asks if he didn't see her, and Yuma nods,
saying he was watching the new girl. Anri calls her over, and she tells him
hi. Anri tells her that he's on Oasis' blacklist and to stay away from him, and
to remember his name. The new girl says she's happy to meet him, and Yuma
returns the favor, and says that Anri is doing a good job teaching her. Anri
tells her not to grant Yuma any favors, even though he's Otoha's son, and she
says she understands. Anri than says she can practice by taking his order, and
she nods. At first she messes up, and Anri helps her out, and she thanks her
for the help. Yuma mentions that Anri messed up her first orders as well, and
Anri asks if she really did that. Yuma asks if she forgot, and says she even
changed Haruhi's order to suit herself at first. Anri cries out and tells him
not to say anything more. Yuma apologizes, and than Anri asks the new girl if
she's got his order down. She nods, and than she runs off to the counter with
his order. Anri says she'd better get back to work too, and Yuma tells her to
do her best. Anri mentions that she'll probably be here until past closing
today, and Yuma says he'll wait for her. Anri giggles and thanks him.


Time: Evening


Anri thanks the last customer, and Yuma notices that the rest of the staff has
already left, and asks Anri where they are. Anri says they had left a while
back, and after Otoha got called out on business, she and Yuma are the only
ones left in Oasis now. Yuma asks if she's almost done, and Anri nods, saying
that she only has to empty out the trash now. Yuma asks if he can do it, and
she nods. After they return from tossing the trash, Anri says she'll take a
break real quick, and says she'll grab some tea. Yuma says he'll join her, and
they head for the front counter, and Yuma remarks that it's actually quite big
on the inner area. Anri asks how he likes the new view of Oasis, and Yuma
admits that it makes him feel a little shy. Anri says he's not used to coming
into work early, and Yuma asks what she means, that it wasn't so long ago that
she was new to here too. Anri is silent, and Yuma asks what's wrong. Anri asks
if he likes how the new girl looks. Yuma says that's a silly question, and
grabs Anri and pulls her close, saying that he likes Anri the best regardless.
Anri blushes, and they look into each others eyes as Yuma holds Anri's
shoulder, than turn inwards and kiss. After they break off, Anri blushes and
says her hearts pounding from kissing in such a place. Yuma remarks that she
looks all the more beautiful, and Anri says she doesn't and blushes further,
but than nods.


Anri's Path, Scene 2

A. On the Tables in Oasis.

1) Come inside Anri.

2) Come on Anri.

~~End H-Scene.

~~End of Monday, April 24th.


(co) Date: Tuesday, April 25th


Time: Morning


Yuma arrive to class, and says good morning to Anri and Haruhi, who tell him
good morning as well. Yuma asks Anri if she needs his seat still, and she nods.
Yuma says he also wants to sit though, and she says he can sit in her chair for
a bit. Yuma says she's being obstinate, and she just smiles playfully. Yuma
says she asked for it, puts his stuff on his desk, takes off his coat, and
prepared to sit on Anri, and begins pushing her over, and she cries out in
surprise and tells him to stop. Yuma asks what happened to her usual boasting,
and Anri gets mad and starts pushing him back. Haruhi sighs and coughs loudly,
and they both jump and look at Haruhi, who says she's glad they are getting
along so well. Anri says it's not what Haruhi thinks, and Yuma agrees, saying
he was just going against Anri so she would stop monopolizing his desk. Anri
asks who�fs the tyrant, and Yuma says it's obviously her, since she never tells
him when she wants to sit in his desk. Anri says she doesn't have to ask, and
Haruhi coughs loudly again, and says if they both want to sit in the same desk
that one of them can sit on the others knee. Anri says she can't possibly do
that, and Haruhi says she'll switch seats with Anri than. (Oh?) Anri says
that's not necessary, and Haruhi asks if Anri would be jealous is she sat on
Yuma's lap. Anri nervously laughs and asks what she said again, and Yuma
wonders if Haruhi is messing with them or being serious. Haruhi than moves
close to Yuma and says Anri recently learned a physical exercise, and asks if
he can guess what it is. Yuma is confused and asks what kind, and before she
can say it all the way, Anri grabs her back and tells her not to say anything
more, but Haruhi manages to say she's trying to make her breasts look bigger.
Anri says she asked her not to mention that, and than the first bell rings, and
Anri is surprised that it's almost time for class, and heads back to her seat.
Yuma asks Haruhi if she and Anri talk allot in the dorms, and she nods, saying
they often stay in each other's rooms. Haruhi says Anri shared all the details
of their date on Sunday, and that she seemed very happy. Yuma says he was too,
and Haruhi says she was right about Yuma all along. Yuma asks what she means,
and Haruhi says Anri perks up and is energetic because of him. Yuma blushes and
says he doesn't know about that, and when Haruhi looks surprised, he says that
Anri only seemed about half-heartedly energetic on their date. Haruhi nods,
than Yuma says she seemed to get strong anyways before they ended up together,
and says he thinks she'd be able to eventually recover even if she was alone.
Haruhi giggles and says she thought so, and says they make a great couple, and
says Anri's breasts will fill in with time. Yuma says he understands and thanks
Haruhi, than quickly looks over towards Anri, and notes Anri eyeing them with
suspicion. Haruhi laughs and says Anri probably feels like they are keeping an
important secret from her, and Yuma agrees, and Haruhi says she looks cute.
Anri hears them laugh, and she begins to look more annoyed, and she can't take
it anymore and marches over to them and asks Yuma why he's flirting with
Haruhi, and punches him in the back of the head. Yuma crashes out of his desk
and hits the ground, and Anri says humph. Haruhi asks Yuma if he's alright, and
Yuma says he thinks he's dying.


Time: Lunch


Otoha thanks Yuma and Anri for coming, and Anri says she came again as a
customer. Otoha says she left their best table open for them, and Yuma says she
didn't have to do that. Anri asks if she really did, and Otoha says of course,
that she's not holding back, and takes them to their seats by the counter.
Otoha gives Anri her sandwich and apple tea, gives Yuma his usual lunch order.
Yuma thanks her, and she's says your welcome than walks off. Anri sighs, and
Yuma asks what's wrong. Anri says that Otoha has apparently given them her
blessing as a couple, and Yuma says he doesn't see a problem with it. Anri says
she doesn't remember him ordering any other kind of food from Oasis, and Yuma
says he really loves this combo plate. Anri asks if he orders it because of the
croquettes, and Yuma nods. Anri says she can't eat that plate because of them,
and Yuma asks why not. Anri looks away, and Yuma sees where she's staring, and
asks if she likes pumpkin instead, and she nods. Anri says that lately she
hasn't been liking it, than asks if the story she heard about eating pumpkin
increases the size of your breasts is true. (First time I've heard of that...)
Yuma asks where she heard that story, and Anri says Haruhi told her. Yuma
recalls that Haruhi's chest is fairly...gifted, and Anri tells him not to
picture them, than says she's envies Haruhi's breasts. Yuma tells her to calm
down, that she's fine as she is. Anri asks if he likes large breasts though,
and Yuma blushes and says he can't answer such a question. Anri apologizes than
blushes as well. Yuma says he really hadn't thought of it before, but he says
he wouldn't mind big breasts, than picks up a slice of pumpkin and holds it in
front of Anri. Anri is surprised, and Yuma says if she wants a bigger chest
he'll gladly help out any way he can. Anri says she hates pumpkin though, and
Suzuri comes by and asks if she's come at a bad time. Yuma says it's alright,
than notices who it is, and Anri is surprised as well. Yuma wonders why she's
here, and Anri asks if this is the first time Yuma has met her. Yuma says he
met her the day Anri told him to follow Haruhi. Anri tenses up and asks if
he's holding a grudge, and Suzuri says she hasn't met him before, and says it's
nice to meet him, and Anri starts getting angry. Yuma quickly says she's lying
and not to believe her, and Anri asks if he's telling the truth. Suzuri giggles
than says he's telling the truth, than asks if they are going to share a
dessert. Both of them blush, and Suzuri asks if she can join their
conversation. Suzuri relays that Haruhi told her that Anri has really upgraded
her magic lately, and Anri looks up at her puzzled. Yuma asks what she's trying
to say, and she apologizes to Yuma and says she was talking to Anri only. Yuma
notes that she doesn't want him to interfere, and she goes on to ask Anri if
she wants to take the Class B exam. Anri is silent for a minute, and Suzuri
asks if she's hesitant, and Anri nods. Suzuri says she'll surely pass if what
she heard about her is true, and Anri nods. Suzuri says that she also has a
scholarship open for a different school, and she still has yet to decide on
which student will receive it. Although Haruhi scored a 90 on her latest Class
B exam, Anri has still yet to take it, and she wants to want on the
recommendation until everyone has taken it, and she hopes that Anri will at
least try, because she believes she can do it. Anri tries to say that the
recommendation would be better off going to a graduate student, but Suzuri
interrupts her and tells her to show her the score she receives after she takes
the exam. Anri asks if she's sure about this, and Suzuri says it's what Haruhi
wishes for as well. Yuma asks what the big deal is, and Suzuri says it's like
having a special license that declares your a full time magician. Yuma says
he's amazed, and Anri says it's proof your a magician, but even if she got it
she'd stay independent anyhow. Yuma asks if she's sure, and she nods, than
looks down again, and Yuma notes that she's depressed again, and that she can't
like the possibility of leaving Yuma behind, and she probably doesn't think
that it's fair to Haruhi either, especially since their abilities were so far
apart until just a few days ago, and Anri is still recovering, and probably
doesn't want to hear news like this. Suzuri tells her she doesn't have to
decide right away, and tells her to think hard on it, but says that if she
wants to compete for the Bright Name she has to at least pass the Class B exam.
Anri nods, and Suzuri tells Yuma that he's always welcome at her office, and
he nods, than Suzuri walks off. Yuma silently thinks about Anri, and that's
it's only natural for her to be worried, as the answer can't be easy to give.
Yuma thinks he should let her be alone for a while.


Time: After School


Yuma decides to help out Oasis today, and Otoha is surprised, but Yuma notes
that he wants to spend as much time with Anri as possible, and because whenever
he's free he'll help her out, but notes that she'd probably be reluctant to
accept help from him. Yuma sighs, and Otoha asks if he doesn't like working at
Oasis. Yuma says that's not it, but notes that he can't tell her the truth. He
notes that he can always say he'll work in order to defend Anri from receiving
more unwanted sexual advances from customers, and Anri comes over saying a
customer was touching her, and Yuma cracks, surprised that it actually
happened, and that he should go out and defend her than, and notes that he
really didn't think it would happen.

After her shift is over, Anri tells him to wait a moment while she goes to
change, and Yuma nods, but than Anri jumps at stiffens, and Yuma asks what's
wrong. Anri asks what is this feeling, and when Yuma asks what she means, she
says she's sensing someone fighting inside the school, and that one of them is
Haruhi. Yuma asks if she knows who the other one is, and Anri says she believes
it's Ibuki. (ACK!) Yuma notes that her aura of power is quite different from
Shinya and Saya, and knows from personal experience that she's way too much for
Haruhi to handle, but knows that Anri can't be asked to fight right now. Anri
says it was a good thing she noticed before she changed clothes Yuma asks what
she means, and Anri says it would have sucked the change clothes again back out
of her uniform. Yuma asks if she's going to go help, and Anri says of course.
Yuma notes that there was no hesitation in her voice, and Anri admits that
she's scared and doesn't know exactly how she can help, but says she wants to
help Haruhi, her rival, and more importantly, her friend. Anri asks if Yuma
will come with her, and he says of course. Anri prays for Haruhi to hold out,
and they set off.


Time: At the same time


Anri notes that it appears they are fighting in the General Section building,
and Anri says they need to take the quickest route there. Yuma asks how she
always gets to school when she's almost late, and Anri says there's no reason
to fly, than Anri suddenly stops, and when Yuma looks to where she's looking,
he sees Koyuki. Yuma says she has good timing, that Haruhi is fighting right
now. Koyuki says she understands, and for them to leave Haruhi to her. Yuma
asks why, knowing how hard it will be for Anri to accept that, but Koyuki
refuses them and points to the forest, saying that Shinya is there, heading for
a magic book there. Both Yuma and Anri are surprised to hear this, and Koyuki
says she'll take care of Ibuki and Haruhi, while Anri goes and stops Shinya.
Anri says she understands her responsibility, and says she'll take care of him.
Koyuki wishes her good luck, and Anri tells Yuma to come too, that they're
headed to the forest. Yuma says he understands, and they run off. Koyuki sighs,
and says that Anri didn't seem too surprised at the news. Tama-chan agrees,
than says they had better get going themselves.

Anri and Yuma catch up to Shinya shortly, and he's surprised to see them and
asks why they are here. Anri tells him to drop the Treasure that he's holding,
and Shinya says he can't, and says that it would be pointless than for Ibuki to
become a decoy if her gave up this easily, than says he'll get past her and
hand the book to Ibuki. Anri says she'll force him to give her the book, and
Shinya says he'll have revenge for last time. Anri starts up her spell, and
Yuma recalls that Shinya's wand broke in half the last time they fought, so he
can't possibly cause any trouble. Anri casts her spell, and Shinya barely
dodges it, than takes his sword out, and Yuma is shocked to see it. Yuma asks
how can this be since Anri broke it last time, and Shinya says she did break
it, but he created a new one from it's parts, saying he'll always be able to
recreate it as long as he has the original one, and says he's coming, and gets
into his stance. Yuma tells Anri that she'll have the advantage, and Anri says
she's not worried, that she knows she can beat Shinya, that she has to. Shinya
laughs and says don't count on it, and says he knows her powers now from their
last encounter, and says he'll go all out at the start now. Anri says he
better, and Yuma wonders if she'll be alright, because they are both
challenging each other, and neither are backing down in the slightest, full of
confidence. Yuma calls out to Anri, but she tells him not to worry, and that
she'll be fine, and quietly sets Paella back up, but otherwise doesn't move.
Shinya laughs, asking what happened, and asks if she grew so fearful of him
that she can't even move, than says that no matter what she tries, he'll cut
her down and charges power into his sword. Yuma knows that Anri can surpass the
resistance of his weapon though, but notes that a long fight may have been the
key factor there, but knows that Anri won't think of such a thing as long as
Shinya doesn't say anything about it. Anri says the risks are high, and Shinya
says that if Anri gets more powerful, she may threaten Ibuki, and therefore he
has to stop her now, even if it means exposing himself to danger. Anri says
that made her laugh for a moment, but says that that book is important enough
that she'll do the same as he will. Anri tells Shinya not to underestimate her
anymore, and asks him to give up quietly. Shinya says it's pointless to argue,
and charges, but Anri is already casting her spell. Anri casts her spell, but
none of the shots directly hit Shinya, and Yuma wonders if he's throwing them
away with sheer willpower, and begins to despair, that Shinya's willpower is
still much stronger than Anri's, even with her accelerated growth as of late.
Yuma calls out to her in alarm, but is shocked that she hasn't even flinched,
and remarks that Shinya is just as surprised as he is. Yuma remarks that he
won't even get a chance to jump into the fray, because Shinya would probably
launch an attack his way, and Anri would abandon everything to defend him.
Shinya acted too hastily, and Anri doesn't miss her chance, and launches
another blast and hits Shinya's sword full on, and the sword flies out of
Shinya's hands and sticks in the ground a distance away. Anri says he couldn't
defend himself, and Shinya asks when she knew. Yuma is surprised to hear this,
than Yuma notes as well that Shinya couldn't use his defensive abilities while
he charged like that, leaving him wide open. Yuma notes that while the sword
seems set up as a full power offensive type weapon, it has it's defensive perks
too, making it an all-around type of wand, and that apparently this new version
of the sword wasn't fully powered yet. Anri says it's over, and tells Shinya to
hand over the book. Shinya says it's only over when he says it is, and
disappears in a flash of light. Yuma can't move, and after the light fades, and
Anri says he still had an ace like that up his sleeve. Yuma asks what she
means, and Anri says Shinya had a piece of Saya's hair that was laced with her
magic, and he used that in order to escape, than says they have to hurry after
him.

On the roof, Ibuki remarks that Koyuki fights well, and Koyuki remarks that
the Shikimori name is not just for show either. Ibuki laughs and says it's time
to wrap things up however, and Koyuki agrees, saying she's wasted too much
time as well. Shinya shows up, and Ibuki says he finally returned. Shinya hands
Ibuki the book, and Ibuki says he took awhile, and asks if he had a little
trouble. Ibuki turns back to Koyuki and Haruhi and says it's time to witness
the full power of the Shikimori clan. A large aura of power begins to gather
under Ibuki, and Haruhi is surprised while Koyuki stands more resolute. Yuma
and Anri race up the stairs and burst through the door, calling out to Haruhi
and Koyuki. Haruhi is surprised to see them, and Ibuki says all the actors are
now in place and laughs. Yuma notes that they were too slow, and that Ibuki
already has the book. Ibuki says that with the power of this book, she can
finally claim the Treasure. (Eh? The book wasn't the Treasure after all? Meh.)
Ibuki says her task here is no complete, but she has to repay them for all of
the trouble they caused her, and says they will bow down before her, the
successor of the Shikimori clan, especially Anri, and smiles provocatively at
her. Yuma remarks that she looks really confident, as if she's sure she can
defeat Anri, even with her remarkable growth. Koyuki says she won't allow it,
and Haruhi agrees. Ibuki asks if they are done already, and says she'll erase
them all. Koyuki finally begins to look nervous, (Oh shit.) but Anri giggles
and asks Ibuki if she's finally done talking. Anri asks Koyuki why was the book
separated from the Treasure, and Koyuki, taking the hint, explains that the
book was kept separate from the Treasure in case something like this happened.
Anri says that was an easy solution, and says she can't possibly lose than.
Ibuki asks Anri if she really thinks she can defeat her, and Anri says there's
nothing special about her, and that she'd bet on her victory. Ibuki asks what
the hell she means by that, and Anri let's loose a powerful aura underneath
herself. Ibuki laughs and asks if she's really challenging her to such a match,
and says she'll learn the foolishness of such a thing with her life. Anri
launches herself and Paella into the air, and let's loose a humongous blast of
magic, and Ibuki asks if she's raised her skills again. Anri responds by making
the blast even BIGGER (GOOD GRIEF!!!) and Ibuki tells her not to get cocky, and
Yuma remarks that blast would kill anyone it hit. Ibuki laughs and throws up a
barrier around herself, and Anri's blast can't get through. Yuma says it can't
be possible to block such a blast, and Ibuki says it's a shame, but that she
wins. However, Koyuki and Haruhi take the opening to blast Ibuki with their
magic, but Ibuki blocks them at the last minute, saying she almost forgot about
them, and calls for Shinya and Saya to keep them busy for a bit. Ibuki than
tells Anri no one will interfere now, and says they can continue now, but gets
confused when she can't find Anri. Even Yuma can't see her, and remarks that
he lost her after Koyuki and Haruhi tried to sneak attack Ibuki, and that it
has to be a fatal mistake on Iuka�fs part. Anri than launches a blast at Ibuki,
and it connects, not hitting Ibuki herself but the book that she was holding,
and Ibuki asks what she thinks she's doing, and Anri says it's persistent, and
doesn't want to burn. Ibuki says she won't be able to, but Anri launches
another quick blast after Ibuki, who is running now. Haruhi and Koyuki say
they'll help, and Ibuki says they can't, and quickly throws a barrier around
the book to block their incoming blasts, but the book rejects the barrier.
Ibuki cries out that this can't be happening, and Koyuki says it's too late.
Anri asks if the Treasure is already sealed, and Ibuki demands to know what she
just said, and stares at Anri, eyes burning in anger. Yuma notes that they seem
to have avoided the worst outcome, but Ibuki shrieks and let's all of her power
overflow, and Koyuki warns them all to back off. Koyuki and Haruhi fall back,
but Anri holds her ground. However, before Ibuki can attack, Suzuri tells them
all to stop. Everyone is surprised to see her, and Suzuri tells Ibuki it's
obvious that she's lost. Suzuri says the head of her household told her to stop
Ibuki if she let loose all of her power, and Ibuki asks if she really thinks
she would be able to stop her. Suzuri says of course, that it's her only part
to play. Ibuki chokes, and Suzuri continues, and says she should already have
known that. Ibuki asks what she means, and Suzuri says that she's no longer of
the Shikimori family. Ibuki is shocked, and asks what she means. Suzuri
explains that the head of the house and his advisors have expelled her, and
they are not likely to reverse their decision, even if she were to return with
the Shikimori Treasure, as it's no longer recognized as proof of succession.
Ibuki cries that can't be true, and Suzuri says she only has herself to blame,
that she never considered once what the rest of the family might want of her.
Yuma remarks that Suzuri looks angry herself, and she asks Ibuki if she still
wants to fight. Ibuki says she understands, and that she can't accept the award
now. Anri is surprised, and Ibuki says she's not worthy of being a Shikimori
anymore, and that she'll dedicate the rest of her life to defending her family,
and plead to the head of the house to let her return. Anri quietly forward, and
Yuma stares at her. Anri walks up to Ibuki and slaps her, hard. Ibuki asks what
that was for, and Anri says she's being stupid, that it's not good to call
yourself inferior to anyone, and that such an idea is stupid to begin with.
Ibuki cries out how can she understand, that because she's a Shikimori, certain
things are expected of her, even if she can't help it. Anri is quiet for a
second, than says she's lying. Ibuki cries out what, and Anri explains that her
true power has already spoken to soul more than her words can. Ibuki looks to
be on the verge of tears, and Anri turns back to Suzuri, asking what she meant
earlier, and says she knows she was weak before, and can understand why she
wanted to protect her from this situation, but it was foolish to do so. Ibuki
chokes, and Haruhi calls out slowly. Anri goes on to say to Ibuki that if she
can take things a little less seriously, everything will work out alright for
her in the end, and says she has to listen to her, since she's her senior.
Ibuki is silent, and Anri smiles. Ibuki slowly says she understands, and little
by little, her shoulders drop. Suzuri than says that the Shikimori family has
decided to give up all right to the Treasure, and to fade into the background
and govern the school, and that someone has to be ready to succeed the role of
head of house soon, and says she'll support her if she wants that role. When
Ibuki is silent, Suzuri says she has an important promise to keep, unless she
thinks otherwise, and Ibuki nods, but says she doesn't have the confidence.
Anri says it's hard to gather it, but she'll help have help gathering it. Ibuki
asks if that's true, and Anri nods and looks over at Shinya and Saya, and says
she thinks the three of them together can solve any problem, and long as she
doesn't have a problem with relying on others, and says it took her a long time
to get over that problem herself, and says it's better if she has a rival, than
asks Suzuri if she agrees. Suzuri giggles and says of course. Anri says she'll
be Iuka�fs rival if she wishes, but says she doesn't charge cheap. (HAHA!)
Ibuki laughs and says Anri hasn't even seen half of what she can do. Anri says
she's really hateful, and Ibuki laughs. Yuma notes that it's like a switch has
been flipped inside Ibuki, that her smile doesn't belong to the same person who
kept going after the Treasure and threatening them.

~~End of Tuesday, April 25th.


(cp) Epilogue (Anri's True Ending)


Time: Morning


Yuma tells Anri good morning. Anri tells everyone good morning, and says she
has a grave announcement to make. Yuma tells her not to be so noisy, than asks
what this grave announcement is. Anri asks what he thinks this is, and hands
him an envelope. Haruhi takes it, and Yuma asks if it's her test scores. Anri
nods and says it is. Yuma recalls that she seemed nervous the day she took it,
especially since she wouldn't get the scores back for a few days, and that she
almost didn't take it, but because it was free, Anri decided to go ahead and
take it. Anri tells Haruhi to read her grades aloud, and Yuma says he can't
calm down in anticipation. Jun tells Anri congratulations, and so does Hachi,
and Haruhi agrees too, than pulls out the letter. Haruhi freezes while staring
at the paper (...Don't tell me...) Jun asks Haruhi what's wrong, and Haruhi
slowly says that this is a letter of rejection. (SHE FUCKING FAILED?!?) Yuma
is shocked as hell, and Anri nervously laughs and says she already knew. Yuma
asks to see it, and sees the clear FAIL notice on the paper. Jun says they must
have made a mistake, and Hachi asks if she had a stomach ache on the day of the
exam. Anri says that's not it, just that it was impossible for her to pass
after all. Yuma says it sucks that she got such a low score, and Jun agrees,
but Hachi says she can always do better next time. Yuma remarks that she'll
certainly have other chances to pass the Class B exam, but knows how important
this one was for Anri. Haruhi than notices something, than breaks out laughing.
Yuma asks Haruhi what's wrong, and Haruhi tells Anri she sure is tricky, and
Anri says it's only natural that Haruhi would be the first one to notice. Yuma
asks what's going on, and Haruhi points to the date on the paper, and it's
dated to last December. (!!! ANRI!!!!!!!) Hachi and Jun says she's horrible,
but Anri laughs and says she always wanted to do that at least once. Yuma says
he's getting seriously angry, and Jun tells him to calm down. Anri apologizes
to Yuma, and says she didn't think he'd react so badly. Yuma says it seemed so
real though, and asks where the real results are. Anri admits she has them, but
was too scared to open them. Yuma tells her he'll open it, and takes the
envelope from Anri and opens it, and first confirms that the date is current,
and that this one has it be the real deal. Yuma is silent for a moment, and
Anri asks how she did. Yuma says he won't lie, since she already did the FAIL
trick, and Anri tells him to quit holding out and to tell her what she made.
Yuma says it's too late, and Anri asks why he's teasing her so badly. Yuma asks
if she really wants to know, and Yuma opens the seal so Anri can't see, and
confirms what he already knew. Anri asks how she did again, and Yuma smiles and
asks if she really wants to know. Anri asks why he's smiling like that, and
Yuma laughs and says he wanted to see her reaction. Anri pouts, and Jun says
Yuma's unexpectedly cruel. Hachi says he looks really happy, and Haruhi asks if
she can see. Yuma asks if he should share, and Anri nods. Yuma says the results
are...and Anri eggs him on...that she regrettably PASSED! Anri asks if she
really did, and Yuma says he can't lie, and hands her the envelope, and she
sighs and says she passed. Haruhi congratulates her, and Jun says his
congratulations won't be wasted after all. Hachi says that since tomorrow is
Saturday, after class ends they can all go celebrate. Anri thanks everyone one,
and says she's really happy. Yume gently embraces Anri, and tells her good job,
and Anri thanks him again.

The next day everyone knows and congratulates Anri on passing the Class B exam,
and Yuma came to her room to congratulate her in person. Yuma apologizes for
burning the cake, but Anri says it looks great. Yuma says she's really
enthusiastic today, and Anri blushes. Yuma feels like he's really getting to
know Anri better, and says he'll be right back with a knife from the kitchen,
while Anri says she'll pour them more juice. Yuma congratulates Anri on passing
again, and Anri thanks him. Yuma says she finally passed the Class B exam, and
Anri nods, saying she failed countless times in the past, and wondered if
she'll ever get up to Haruhi's level. (I think you passed her a long time ago
girl. :) Anri says that while she may be Class B now, nothing has really
changed. and Yuma says he doesn't think so. Anri is silent, and Yuma asks her
if she's thought anymore about what Suzuri told her a few weeks back. Anri says
she's already decided to on her answer, and Yuma asks if that's true. Anri
asks if she can beside him, and Yuma says of course. Anri moves closer to Yuma,
blushing, and says she wants to thank him for congratulating her on passing.
Yuma says he doesn't always need to be thanked for such things. Anri says she
knows, but asks if she can thank him at least for today.


Anri's Path, Scene 3

A. Congratulatory Blowjob.

1) Come In Anri's Mouth.

2) Come On Anri's Face.


B. Anri On Top.

1) Come On Anri.

2) Come Inside Anri.


C. Embrace, Anri on Top.

1) Come Inside Anri.

2) Pull Out.

~~End H-Scene.


Afterwards, the next day, everyone has gathered at Oasis to formally
congratulate Anri on passing the Class B exam. Anri thanks Suzuri, and she asks
if Anri has decided to try for the scholarship yet. Anri is silent for a moment
than says she's sorry, but she has to refuse it. Yuma and Haruhi are surprised
and ask her why, and Anri says she decided it all by herself. Suzuri says she
understands, but asks if she can hear the true reason why. Anri says she truly
believes Haruhi should be the one to receive the scholarship, and Yuma and
Haruhi are surprised again. Suzuri laughs and says she kind of expected that
would be the case, and Haruhi asks Suzuri why she's being so quiet with this
situation. Suzuri says that while she's a little disappointed, this is what
Anri wants, and asks Haruhi if she can't accept a little praise from her rival.
Anri says that's not the reason, than says she wanted to give Haruhi something
for the many things she's given her, saying she taught her that it is pointless
to try to compare yourself to a rival by power alone, and that Haruhi stuck by
her, even when she no longer believed in herself. Haruhi looks at Anri with
tears in her eyes, and Suzuri says she understands, and asks Haruhi if she will
accept the scholarship. Haruhi nods, and Anri grabs Haruhi's hands, and tells
her congratulations on getting the scholarship, and Haruhi thanks Anri.

A little while later back in Anri's room, Yuma asks Anri if she has no regrets,
and Anri says no, saying she's proud of the way she handled herself, than says
that if she had taken the scholarship she would have skipped a grade and been
separated from Yuma for a year. Yuma asks if that's why, and Anri nods, and
says she has no regrets for turning down the scholarship, as she already has
something more precious to her, and she looks up at Yuma and smiles. Yuma
looks at her lovingly, and Anri tells him not to go senile on her. Yuma says he
worries about her sometimes, but Anri stops him before he can say anything
else, and thanks him, but says everything is alright, so he doesn't have to
worry. Anri says everything is fine, but apologizes for causing him to worry,
but says she did it so they can be together for a long time in the future. Yuma
nods, and Anri tells him to be nice to her for a long time hereafter, and he
nods, and Anri tells Yuma she loves him.

~~Credits roll.


Yuma notes that it sure is peaceful looking up at the night sky, and that he
has someone to share the time with, and Anri calls him, and says she brought
him his juice. Yuma thanks her, and notes that he has a beautiful woman to sit
with on nights like this. (Nice, at the beach in summer, and with a string
bikini after all, heheh.) Anri sees him smiling, and asks if he's thinking
about the place. Yuma says it was a bit expensive, than recaps that it's summer
vacation, and they are at a seaside resort, and that he saved up everything he
earned while working at Oasis during the last semester to come here together
with Anri. Anri says he didn't have to get the water bungalow room though, but
Yuma says he wanted to get the best he was able to do, but notes that he was
really nervous when he made the reservation over the phone. Yuma tells her he
promised to take her to the sea this summer, and Anri recalls the conversation,
saying his true aim was to see her in her bathing suit. Yuma remarks that it
will add to his memory of the place, and Anri laughs and asks if he likes her
bathing suit. Yuma says he can't see it too well, and says she should take off
her shirt. Anri teases him and says nope. Yuma is a little disappointed, but
knows that he'll be able to see it tomorrow when they swim again. Anri looks up
at the stars and remarks that they are beautiful. Yuma agrees, and Anri also
says the sound of the waves are soothing. Yuma nods again, and Anri says it
feels like they are the only two people in the world, and that it's very
romantic. Yuma asks if she likes it, and Anri nods, saying it will make good
memories, than thanks him again. Yuma wonders if it's because of the mood, but
Anri's smile looks more beautiful than ever, than decides that it's because the
sea is too quiet, but at least the sound of the waves is relaxing, and that it
was able to soothe his throbbing heart, and thinks so again as he looks at Anri
as she's illuminated by the moonlight.

~~End Anri's True Ending.


~~End Anri's Path. Congratulations! See the Extras area now!


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Walkthrough Split~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


(A3) Transition towards Koyuki or Sumomo

Note: This section begins back at the choice you make on Monday, April 10th
where you choose to either become the male Class Officer or not. As this
choice is not present when you first play through the game, I will not pull
any punches for story events from Koyuki's and Sumomo's stories are similar
or cross paths with what happens from Haruhi's or Anri's paths, so you have
been warned that there will be foreshadowing spoilers in the following
sections.


Coming Soon!


(al) Date: Monday, April 10th (After Refusing Class Officer, Koyuki/Sumomo)


Option One:

Yuma says he's sure someone else would fit better. Jun asks who he has in mind,
and Yuma says he has his vote. Jun is surprised, but Yuma says he's a lot more
attentive, plus he's popular with the rest of the class too, and that it's
almost too perfect. Jun sighs in defeat of Yuma's brilliant explanation, and
that he won't be able to argue back. Jun says that he's dumb than, that the
Class Officers are supposed to be one man and one woman, and Yuma says he
knows, and asks Jun to listen closely, and tells him again that he IS a man.
Jun shakes his head no and says god surely made a mistake, and he should have
been born a woman. Yuma says whether it's a mistake or not, the fact is that
he's a guy, and Jun asks why does he have to assault his virgin ears. Yuma
tells Jun to quit messing around and to take some responsibility, because he's
sure everyone else would be at ease with him as a Class Officer. Yuma asks
Hachi what he thinks, but Hachi says he doesn't know, so Yuma asks another male
student and he nods in agreement. Yuma than says that decides it, and asks
Haruhi if she would like Jun to be the other Class Officer. Haruhi says she
doesn't have any objections, and Yuma tells Jun that everything's set now. Jun
says Yuma plays dirty, but says he'll be Class Officer. Yuma wonders for a
moment if everything will be alright though since Haruhi still doesn't know
that many people in the class.


Time: After School


After classes are over, Yuma wonders what he'll do. Hachi comes over and asks
if he has any plans, and Yuma says he doesn't, and asks Hachi what he has in
mind. Hachi asks what about Jun, and Yuma says he'll be busy with his fan club
even if it's not an officially recognized afterschool activity. Hachi says they
never did find out who actually registered to be a part of Jun's fan club, and
Yuma asks if they use a room. Hachi says that since they take pictures, they
probably need a room the size of a studio. Yuma says they'd also need a teacher
sponsor than, and wonders how theirs is. Hachi says he knows, and says it's the
gym teacher, because he secretly has a crush on Jun. (Ugh...did NOT need to
know that...) Yuma asks if the gym teacher knows he's a guy. Hachi starts to
say Jun is a succubus, but Yuma tells him to stop and not say such things.
Hachi wonders if there's a secret video of Jun as a girl before they arrived at
the school. Yuma says that Jun already explained that tape away as a friend,
but Yuma notes that only time would tell, as he still has never met this
"friend" of Jun's. Jun comes over and slaps Hachi hard, asking why he's saying
such stupid things, and asks if Hachi doesn't remember running right beside
him. Yuma explains they were interested in what his fan club does since it's
not officially recognized as an after school club, and asks why doesn't he try
to get it recognized. Jun says he's never thought about it since the club will
dissolve when he graduates, and Hachi asks what about the second coming of Jun.
Yuma asks Hachi whether he thinks he'll ever find a girl, and he says it's
impossible when the upper classmen see such a beautiful underclass guy like
Jun first and never look his way again. Yuma notes that Hachi answered too
quickly and wonders what else is on his mind. Jun asks Hachi if he thinks that
his fan club is a criminal organization or something, and says he plans to be
a 3rd year when he graduates. Yuma says they can talk about this later, and
Jun agrees. Hachi asks Jun if he wants to go to their usual arcade, and Jun
says he'd love to, since he wants to take a new picture in the photo booth,
than grabs Yuma's arms and says they can take one together. Yuma asks Hachi for
some help here, and Jun backs off, saying he just wanted to take a cute picture
with someone he likes. (That's the problem right there man!) Hachi says that
only children and weak old women use the Photo Booth at an arcade. Yuma than
hears the door open and looks to see Sumomo standing in the doorway. Sumomo
asks Hachi if that's what he really thinks, and Hachi tries to play dumb. Yuma
than says Haruhi doesn't like arcade's either, but says Hachi does. Jun says
he'll never succeed, and Hachi says (in quite possibly the BEST line of this
game.) Oh No! My God! and says there's a difference. Sumomo says she'll
remember that the arcade is where people hang out who will later blackmail or
use knives and bats to hurt people, and Otoha said it was dangerous, so now if
she wants to go near the place Yuma has to escort her. Yuma asks if she still
hasn't been back to an arcade since those 5 years ago, (Actually the
translation was since the turn of the century, but as this game came out in '05
and it's now '08, it'd be better to stick with 5 years.) Jun says she doesn't
have to worry since he goes there all the time and no one messes with him.
Sumomo asks if that's true, and Jun says that if she wants next time Sumomo can
come with him. Yuma notes that people don't mess with Jun because most of them
know he's really a guy, and that no one would ever mess with him if he was with
another person, and thus, never mess with the other person either. Yuma asks if
they all want to go than, and Jun and Sumomo say yes simultaneously. As they
leave, Hachi asks why they are leaving him behind since he wants to go too.
Yuma says because he insulted Jun and Sumomo, and Hachi he'll be dead by the
time they get back. Sumomo calls Hachi a brute, and Hachi gives a start, than
Sumomo laughs and says she's just kidding and tells him to come along too. Yuma
says if it's alright with Sumomo its fine with him, and Hachi cries, saying
Sumomo has mercy.


Time: Night


Yuma washes the dishes, and wonders if it would be more convenient to have a
dishwasher, and doubts that Oasis function if it didn't have one. Yuma finishes
cleaning the last plate and sets it in the drainer, and goes to watch TV.
Sumomo asks if he's tired, and Yuma says he's fine, that he can't be tired when
she's the one who usually does the dishes. Sumomo says she's going to grab some
tea, and asks Yuma what kind of juice she should make him, and rattles off
some, including apple and grape juice. Yuma notes that it's a hobby of Sumomo's
to grab random juice packets while shopping, and Sumomo says she nabbed a new
mango flavor one too. Yuma is worried as an older brother for her future as a
shopper, and Sumomo says the clerk at the store said it tastes great, and says
Otoha has been looking for new things to add to the menu at Oasis anyhow. Yuma
says they shouldn't drink that mango juice than if she wants to have Otoha
taste it too. Sumomo nods than asks Yuma what other kind of juice he wants
than. Yuma says she can choose, and she nods. Yuma goes back to watching TV
while glancing back in the kitchen every now and than. Yuma notes that a drama
is on TV, and Sumomo brings out their drinks. Yuma thanks her, and asks if she
likes this kind of show. Yuma asks what it's about, when an explosion erupts
from the TV. Sumomo says the heroine is a terrorist who makes the men fall in
love with her become suicide bombers to prove their love for her. Yuma
immediately switches the channel and Sumomo asks why. Yuma says that as her
older brother he can't allow her to watch such harmful programming. (Bastard!
Let the cute girl watch what she wants dammit!) Yuma notes that those kinds of
shows shouldn't even make it to public TV, and Yuma hopes she doesn't watch
many other shows like that. Sumomo says she'll try to find more enjoyable
programs, but it's more than likely she'll be stuck looking forever. Yuma asks
if there's any other shows on right now that she likes, and Sumomo brings up a
similar program where people sets fires and blow stuff up in the name of love.
Yuma says she doesn't need to see a show with explosions, and Yuma wonders if
she watches any shows where people don't fall in love and do crazy things.
Yuma sighs and sips his juice, but coughs it up because it tastes different
than anything he's ever had. Sumomo says she thought it would taste sweeter and
more delicious if she did that, and Yuma tells her there's a fine line between
sweet and too sweet. Sumomo says he sounded interested in the mango juice
though, so she decided to make it for him. Yuma remarks that it's almost
unbearable to drink because it's so sweet. Yuma wonders how he can describe it
better, and notes that it's sickly sweet. Sumomo asks if that's so, than says
that's his new favorite juice, and Yuma has noticed that the TV remote has
vanished and is back in Sumomo's hands. Sumomo is disappointed that the show
has already ended, but says there's always next week. Yuma says it can't be
that good, but Sumomo says it is, that the climatic episode happens next week.
Yuma says he'll sleep through it, and Sumomo tries to explain more about the
show next week, but Yuma heads upstairs for bed.

~~End of April 10th. (After Refusing Class Officer, Koyuki/Sumomo)


(am) Date: Tuesday, April 11th


Time: Morning


Yuma yawns and wakes up, wondering if he should go back to bed, but shrugs the
idea off, than changes clothes and heads down to the living room. Sumomo and
Otoha tell him good morning, and he tells them the same and says he feels a bit
more energetic than usual. Sumomo asks if he forgot already, and Otoha says
even though they were drunk he promised Sumomo something today. Yuma says he
wasn't aware of anything, and Otoha asks if that's so, and asks if he doesn't
love Sumomo after all. Yuma says no, but Otoha comes up to him and grills him.
Yuma says it's an uncomfortable topic since Sumomo is his younger sister.
Otoha asks if that's how he feels, and Yuma nods. Sumomo asks if she can't make
an impression on him, and Yuma is at a loss for words, and Otoha tells Sumomo
not to cry. Sumomo says she can't help it if Yuma doesn't like her, and Otoha
scolds Yuma, saying he made her cry. Yuma asks why him, and Sumomo calls out to
him while weeping. Yuma says he understands, and Otoha asks what, and Yuma says
he believes Sumomo is beautiful when he looks at her. Sumomo asks if he's
telling the truth, and Yuma nods. Sumomo smiles and says she's glad that Yuma
thinks so. Yuma sighs inwardly, knowing that she was faking all the time. Otoha
says he better remember this, and when Yuma asks why, Otoha says he has to take
care of her, and remember that drinking sake isn't good for him either as he's
still growing. Sumomo nods and says she understands, and Yuma asks what's up.
Sumomo says she believes in his judgment, but Yuma says he doesn't trust hers.
Sumomo than asks Yuma if he's busy at lunch, and asks if they can eat
together today. Yuma notes that he really doesn't have any plans for lunch.


Options:

1) Agree to eat lunch together.

2) Maybe another day.

Note: Your choice really, but if you're going to choose Sumomo, choose Option
One here.


Option One: Yuma he doesn't have any plans, and asks if Sumomo wants to eat at
Oasis together. Sumomo asks if it's ok, and says she'd enjoy it. Yuma asks
Otoha what the daily special is, and Otoha says it's a special mini-dessert.
Sumomo thinks for a moment, than mentions that Ibuki has a sweet-tooth. Yuma
remembers the small girl Sumomo introduced him to the other day, and Sumomo
says she'll also invite Ibuki for lunch today. Yuma says to take everything in
moderation, and not push her too hard. Otoha says she'll look forward to seeing
Sumomo's friend for the first time and treat them if so. Sumomo asks if that's
true, and says Yuma has to help her convince Ibuki to come. Yuma says he will,
and Sumomo thanks him. Yuma doubts that Ibuki will come along willingly but he
won't hesitate to help Sumomo out. Otoha says their breakfast will get cold if
they don't hurry and eat it, and Yuma says he'll get right on it. Otoha says
she'll see them later, as she has to head to school and open Oasis, and Sumomo
says she'll see her later.



Option Two: Yuma apologizes and says that he's headed somewhere at lunch today.
Sumomo says that's a shame, and says that they can eat another time than.
Yuma nods, and Sumomo says she'll ask Ibuki during class today if she wants to
eat together. Yuma recalls the small girl Sumomo introduced to him the other
day, and Sumomo makes up her mind to invite her. Yuma asks if she doesn't feel
like going to Oasis today, and Otoha says she'd be willing to treat Sumomo and
her friend today if they come. Sumomo asks if that's so, and says Yuma should
also make the time to come too than. Yuma says he can't, and Sumomo thanks
Otoha. Yuma doubts that Ibuki will agree to eat with Sumomo in the first place,
and Yuma decides that he won't hesitate to help Sumomo out since he's her older
brother. Otoha says their breakfast will get cold if they don't hurry and eat
it, and Yuma says he'll get right on it. Otoha says she'll see them later, as
she has to head to school and open Oasis. Sumomo says she'll see her later.


Both paths meet up here with them arriving at school. Yuma heads for his room
since he's early, and notes that he doesn't have to worry about being late
today. They run into Haruhi and she tells them good morning. Sumomo tells her
good morning as well, as does Yuma, and he remarks that she's arrived early
today too. Haruhi nods and says there's a book she wants to read this morning.
Sumomo is interested and asks what kind of book Haruhi wants to read, and
Haruhi says it's related to magic, and apologizes, saying Sumomo wouldn't
understand it. Yuma recalls that Haruhi has been studying her magic books
before class each morning, and notes that she really is an honor student.
Sumomo tells Haruhi she doesn't have to apologize, but tells her to teach her
what she can about magic because although she can't use it, she is interested
in it. Yuma remarks that reading is a hobby that suits Haruhi, and Haruhi asks
if Sumomo looks like the kind of girl he would like. Yuma nods, and Sumomo says
she wasn't able to talk to her much the other day when they were watching the
cherry blossom trees. Haruhi nods and says she would like to catch up more
later when they are able, and asks Yuma if it's alright with him. Yuma says
it's fine, that he can trust Sumomo to her care, and hopes she doesn't trouble
her. Sumomo pouts and says she wouldn't be that careless around Haruhi, and
says that's he's a useless brother sometimes. Haruhi laughs and says they get
along well.

Yuma opens the door and says good morning, but no one is there. Haruhi laughs
and says that it seems they are the first ones to arrive. Yuma asks if she
always come to school this early, and says nods and says she's used to it.
Haruhi than takes out the magic book she came in early to borrow, and Yuma
notes that with the room so empty that he's becoming embarrassed, than says
while he really doesn't want to, he'll study as well, and drags out his
geography book and notes, than remembers that he still has algebra problems to
do as well.

Hachi and Jun arrive, but stay in the doorway, fascinated that Yuma and Haruhi
are studying together. Jun says that if he saw Hachi doing the same thing he
thinks his brain would rot. Hachi cries and says he would gladly swim in a pool
of bacteria if he could spend time with Haruhi alone in the morning. (Um,
yuck?) Yuma hears them, and asks why he would jump into a pool full of bacteria
and other disease ridden organisms. Yuma notes that he doesn't understand the
situation because he heard Hachi's story halfway. Hachi comes over and asks
what he's talking about, that he would never do something as disgusting as
that. (Yup, and I'm George Carlin.) Yuma says that's what Hachi said though,
and Jun says that Hachi would dive off a high dive stand into a pool in an
attempt to impress Haruhi. Hachi remarks that he would than try out for the
Olympics if he could do that. Yuma notes that he was worried about Hachi for a
second, but that it's sad that Haruhi hasn't noticed, since she's so absorbed
in her book. Yuma says he should shoot out of a cannon, and Jun laughs and a
huge column of water would than shoot upwards after he hit the water. Yuma says
he's only give Hachi an eight, and wonders if Haruhi would turn around even if
a cannon went off. The bell than rings, and Anri dashes into the room, saying
she made it in time. Yuma tells her good morning, and says it's good she came
in the door this time. Anri says that the window entrance is her trump card,
and Haruhi says she doesn't think she should use that approach anymore. Anri
says Haruhi drives a hard bargain, and says she won't if Haruhi won't tell her
not to anymore. Hachi than asks if he can hold her bag for her, and Anri
apologizes and says she didn't realize it was on his desk, and heads over to
her seat. Hachi says he wasn't upset about it, and Jun says he can try again
later, and says he needs his seat, and shoves Hachi towards his.


Time: Lunch


Yuma remembers that Otoha said she would treat him and Sumomo to a dessert at
Oasis today, and decides to head downstairs to her room to surprise Sumomo.
However, when he gets near the door, he sees Sumomo clinging to Ibuki, trying
to get her to come along with her, and Ibuki is resisting. (Heheheh.) Sumomo
says she didn't bring her lunch again, and says she just wants her to eat lunch
with her. Ibuki says she doesn't want to hear if it's from her, and Yuma
wonders if Sumomo has realized her mistake at all, but remarks that she's good
to try the "clinging" strategy, and decides he'll watch for a bit and see how
it turns out. Sumomo asks Ibuki what her favorite food is, and she asks why she
wants to know. Sumomo rattles off parfait, pudding or mousse, and Ibuki slowly
says she likes sweet jelly. Yuma notes that she has particular tastes, and
remembers that Sumomo made it herself not too long ago. Sumomo says she's glad,
than says let's go, and begins to drag Ibuki off towards Oasis, as she says
wasn't finished. Sumomo says she heard her say she liked sweet jelly, and Ibuki
asks where she was going to take her. Sumomo says Oasis, and they her mother is
the manager, and will treat both of them to a free dessert if they come, and
says her older brother will be joining them. Yuma let's out a loud cry,
surprised that Sumomo knew he was there, and remarks that he's known her for a
long time, and when she mentions things like this she's not calm. Sumomo says
that if he's there Ibuki will be safe. Ibuki asks if her older brother would
approve of her behavior, and stares directly at Yuma. Yuma lets out another
cry, and Sumomo finally realizes he's here as well. Ibuki asks why he's hiding,
since she knows he's there. Yuma steps out, and Sumomo says it's good to see
him, while Ibuki glares at him, and is surprised that her glare is like the
one Koyuki stares at him with. Ibuki asks if he can explain what Sumomo is
trying to say. Yuma says he really doesn't understand it himself, and asks if
she would have a problem being seen with him or something. Ibuki says no, and
Sumomo says they should head for Oasis since they're all together than, and
that Otoha will be sure to give them more food if they hurry. Yuma agrees,
saying Oasis will quickly fill up too. Sumomo says she forgot about that, and
says they should hurry. Yuma notes that this is the best he can help Sumomo
out, but Ibuki doesn't look like she's been convinced, however, Yuma can see
that she really wouldn't mind having Sumomo as a friend. Ibuki says they should
go on ahead, saying she wouldn't want to interrupt their time together. Sumomo
pouts and jumps on Ibuki again, but she quickly shakes Sumomo off, and says she
still wouldn't come if Sumomo apologized to her ten million times. Sumomo sadly
says she understands, and Ibuki says she's rude, and runs off. Sumomo looks
back in shock, than says she's gone. Yuma says he senses things will be similar
in the future, and Sumomo asks where Yuma thinks Ibuki goes to eat lunch than.
Yuma notes that Sumomo really cares about Ibuki, and privately hopes she
doesn't give up. Sumomo than asks if Ibuki doesn't like dessert from Oasis, and
Yuma says he doesn't think that�fs the case, but notes that the sweet jelly
really is delicious. Sumomo says she'll prepare a lunch box next time than,
and Yuma if happy to hear she hasn't given up yet after all, and wishes he
could inherit her ability and persistence to make new friends. Yuma remarks
that she reminds him of himself, just stepping out onto the new stage. When
Sumomo asks what he means, Yuma says it took him a long time to make new
friends as well here at the school. Sumomo blushes, and Yuma wonders if he said
something wrong. Sumomo shouts out that they need to hurry to Oasis before it
gets too crowded, and Yuma agrees and says they can't wait time standing around
and starts walking with Sumomo to Oasis.

When they get there, Oasis is very busy, and Anri is being run ragged by
different customers complaining about their orders not being at their tables,
and Anri says they're coming. Sumomo says Anri is moving so fast it seems
she'll be sprouting afterimages soon. Yuma hopes she won't be as stressed when
afternoon classes start. Sumomo asks if they should help Anri out, and Yuma
starts wondering if they really should go, considering how many students are
sitting in the waiting seats. Otoha however comes by and sees them, and asks
where Sumomo's friend is. Sumomo says they let the big fish get away, (Eh?)
and Yuma chimes in that Ibuki really is steadfast in refusing Sumomo's wishes.
Otoha giggles and asks Sumomo if she's up to the challenge, and Yuma says he
thinks Sumomo can do it. Otoha says she'll help any way she can, and hands them
their free dessert. Sumomo thanks her, than sadly sighs and says she wishes
Ibuki were here to eat it as well. Otoha tells her to eat up, and Yuma asks
where his dessert is, and Anri runs behind like a madwoman, busy as hell. Otoha
comments that she's so busy today because someone asked for today off, and they
are shorthanded. Yuma asks if she'll be alright, and Sumomo points out an empty
table, and says they should sit at it.


Time: Evening


Yuma is tired after finally finishing his clean-up duties since today was his
day to clean the room. Yuma wonders how they could mess up the room so badly
in just one day, and that by the time he took out the garbage and arranged the
equipment, it was already evening. Yuma heads back to class, and Haruhi greets
him, saying he looks tired. Yuma asks if she stayed behind because she's a
Class Officer, and she nods. Yuma than says that he's really tired, and can't
seem to calm down. Haruhi says the Magic Section is actually busier than this,
and says Sumomo would like it. Yuma apologizes for causing her to stay behind
to look after him, but she says it's alright, than asks Yuma if he has any
after school activities. Yuma says that he really hasn't even thought about it
much, than falls silent for a moment as he thinks. He than says he must seem
so lazy compared to her, and feels a little bad. Haruhi says it's alright, and
that it doesn't trouble her at all, but than looks down at her bag and lets out
a cry, and Yuma wonders if she had business she was supposed to attend to.
Haruhi apologizes to Yuma and says she has to meet with her teacher from the
Magic Section, and tells him goodbye. Yuma says he'll see her tomorrow, and he
exits. Yuma says he'll head home too, noting that Hachi and Jun probably got
home long ago. Yuma meets Saya on the stairs, and she greets him. Yuma asks if
Saya also stayed late today, and Saya asks what he had to do. Yuma says he just
got finished with his cleaning duties, and asks Saya if she's still busy. She
sighs and says she still has something to do, and Yuma remarks that Haruhi is
still here as well, and that the students of the Magic Section must always be
very busy. Saya murmurs Haruhi's name, and looks away. Yuma notices this, and
wonders if Saya looks up to her, but is nervous to talk to her. Saya quickly
turns back and apologizes, and says she'll see him tomorrow.


Time: Night


Sumomo comes into the room and says she has a question to ask of him. Yuma says
he'll answer if he can, and Sumomo asks what his favorite dessert is. Yuma says
he understands, than asks if she really wants to hear. Sumomo asks again what
his favorite dessert is, and Yuma tells her. Sumomo says she'll commit it to
memory, and Yuma asks why she wanted to know. Sumomo says that's a secret, and
Yuma than says he actually likes something different. Sumomo says he has
unusual tastes, and Yuma asks how so. Sumomo says she really doesn't know how
to make too many desserts, than says she'll ask Otoha than. Yuma says she
really knows her food, and says she should become a chef. Sumomo says she
doesn't really feel good about it yet, and feels she would just cause money to
disappear, and she leaves the room. Yuma wonders what she was talking about,
and that she wasn't talking as she usually does. Yuma gets up and knocks on her
door, asking if he can come in to talk, and that he brought tea.

~~End Tuesday, April 11th


(an) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (Before Going to Divination Club/Oasis)


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up, still tired, and decides to sleep a little more, and that if
he's up by 8:30 he won't be late. He wakes up with his alarm a little later,
and Sumomo comes in and tells him good morning. Yuma says she's up earlier than
usual again today, and Sumomo nods, saying at first she thought she had the
time wrong, but after checking ten times, she knew it was right. Yuma wonders
if she really checked ten times, and Sumomo tells Yuma to get up and come eat
breakfast. Yuma says he understands, and Sumomo asks if he can do a favor for
her. Yuma asks what she wants, and Sumomo interrupts, asking if he's sure. Yuma
notes that Sumomo seems to have already taken his answer as a yes, and wonders
even if he said no if she would have said otherwise. Yuma asks what�fs for
breakfast, and Sumomo asks if he can't read her mind by now. Yuma says he kind
of can, but he isn't sure he likes what she has in mind. Sumomo asks if he
doesn't understand it, and Yuma says he doesn't think they should spend that
much time together. Sumomo asks what he means, and Yuma nods. Sumomo says she's
happy that Yuma thinks so highly of her, and says it's embarrassing to depend
on him so much, and hugs him. Yuma cries out in surprise, and hopes that she
doesn't do anything else unexpected today. Sumomo notices his look, and asks if
something is wrong. Yuma starts to tell her, but says it's nothing, and that
they should go and brush their teeth and get ready for school. Sumomo looks at
him and says he's acting strange.

Yuma heads downstairs and Otoha tells him good morning as well. Yuma tells her
good morning as well, and mentions that Sumomo seems to be in a big fuss.
Otoha says she heard, that they seem like good friends. Yuma than notices the
extra lunch box on the table, and wonders if it's for Ibuki. Otoha asks what's
up, and Yuma asks why there�fs a third lunch box. Otoha says Sumomo got up early
to make it. Yuma asks if Sumomo wanted an extra lunch today, and Otoha says she
will be surprised if Sumomo can eat all of it. Yuma notes that confirms it,
that the extra lunch box has to be for Ibuki. Otoha says she has to head out
now so that she won't be late, and tells Yuma not to sleep too late. Yuma nods
and says he understands, and they tell each other goodbye. Yuma wonders how
Ibuki will react when Sumomo says she made a lunch for her, and notes that
Sumomo really is set on befriending Ibuki. Yuma reads the newspaper as he
cleans up his breakfast dishes, and notes that the is very rarely good news
these days, and than hears Sumomo's footsteps behind him. Sumomo says she's
heading out now, and Yuma asks what took her so long. Sumomo says she was
making sure her appearance looked perfect, and Yuma wonders if that was it,
since she had already changed and looked great when she woke him up, but notes
that if he tells her that she'll probably get angry and say he doesn't pay
attention at all. Sumomo moves closer and says he looks like he wants to say
something. Yuma says he doesn't, and Sumomo goes back to packing both lunches.
Sumomo says she's all ready, and Yuma says they should go than, and Sumomo
agrees.


Time: Forenoon


Jun and Hachi greet Sumomo and Yuma outside the school gates, and they return
the favor. Hachi says she looks lovely today, and says he wishes she was his
younger sister. Sumomo asks if that�fs true, Hachi asks if she really wants to
know. Sumomo nods, and says her heart is pounding in anticipation. Yuma
says it's probably not important, and Jun says it's a waste that Sumomo is
Yuma's younger sister. Hachi says that while he doesn't look as snappy as Yuma
he doesn't look as silly as he does. (I'd say you have neither of those
qualities myself...) Sumomo says that while Yuma can be a little harsh, he's
still very kind and reliable, and says she couldn't hope for a better older
brother. Yuma is glad that Sumomo thinks so highly of him, but wonders what she
would think of him if she wasn't his younger sister. Yuma looks away, and Jun
asks if he's a happy that Sumomo praised him. Hachi says Yuma doesn't
understand what Sumomo means, and says he does. Yuma says he better not try to
steal his sister from him, and Sumomo laughs, and asks how he would like it if
he called Hachi her brother as well. Hachi jumps with delight and tells her to
say so again. Jun says that's enough playing around, and that if they stay
around any longer they'll be late for homeroom. Yuma tells Sumomo to hurry up,
and Sumomo nods, and tells Yuma and Jun to work hard, than she heads inside,
while Hachi hopes she calls him bro again. Yuma and Jun head inside, and asks
Jun if they are bad for leaving Hachi alone out there. Jun asks if he's really
so worried about such a thing, and that Hachi will be fine. Yuma says that
Hachi was really happy this morning. Hachi, however, is still outside, playing
out his fantasy of Sumomo being his wife, than notices that he's alone, and
wonders if he's been played the fool.


Time: Lunch


Yuma wonders if he should head for Oasis for lunch, than remembers this morning
and wonders if Sumomo got Ibuki to accept the lunch she made for her. Yuma
decides to head down to Sumomo's room and watch the scene, but when he stands
up Jun comes over and asks what he's doing for lunch today. Yuma says he's
probably going to Oasis since he doesn't have a lunch today. Jun laughs
strangely, and grins. Yuma wonders what Jun is hiding, and Jun says that's
convenient, since he made a lunch, and says they can eat it together. (ACK!!!!)
Yuma is silent for a moment, than asks what Jun just said. Jun repeats that
he can share his lunch, and Yuma sees the small lunch box he pulls out, that
it's one a girl would have. Hachi comes over and asks when he became a wife.
Yuma shouts out what the hell, and Jun says Yuma won't love him if he doesn't
act like a wife. (NOOOOOO!!!) Hachi says no, and says that Yuma is his (I HATE
THIS GAME THEY ARE PLAYING!!!) Yuma tells Hachi to quit while he's behind, but
Hachi tells him he must take Jun's lunch, as Haruhi comes over. Yuma says no
since Jun's not a woman. Hachi asks if he wants to hurt Jun's feelings, and
Yuma waves at Haruhi and tells her hi, but she looks disturbed and moves away
from them. Yuma notes that the reaction is only natural, given the current
situation. Hachi yells out after her, saying that it's not what it looks like,
that he's only joking, that she's the only one for him. Yuma says now that he's
shouted that out, Haruhi will only be more embarrassed. Jun wonders if Anri
would say the same, and Hachi looks like he's self-destructed. Yuma looks at
the lunch, and wonders if Jun handmade it as well. Jun than asks if he'll eat
it after all, and Yuma asks if he shouldn't ask Haruhi to eat with him instead.
Jun asks if he would mind eating under the cherry blossom trees, since girls
like that. Yuma says only if it wasn't him, than starts thinking. Jun asks
what's up, and Yuma says it would only make him uncomfortable. Jun says he's
obviously not noticed the other girls looking his way. Hachi finally revives,
and says he'll gladly eat Jun's lunch if Yuma won't. Yuma silently thanks Hachi
for his sacrifice, and says that while he's glad Jun went to all the trouble of
making him a lunch, he has to decline. Jun asks if he has somewhere to be, and
says no where in particular, but he'll be needed shortly. Jun says he
understands and tells him to go.

Yuma than finally heads towards Sumomo's classroom, and heads inside, seeing
Sumomo telling Ibuki to eat the lunch she made for her. Ibuki says she can't,
and Yuma notes that's what he expected. However, when he turns back, Ibuki says
she's happy Sumomo made the lunch for her, but she has something important to
do today. Sumomo says after she's done they can eat than, but Ibuki says she'll
be busy until school ends. Sumomo says that's ok, and that they can eat after
the next class ends. Ibuki asks why she's going to all this trouble for her,
and Sumomo says it's no trouble at all. Ibuki finally runs out of excuses, and
Yuma notes that she's lost the war of the wills. Ibuki than panics and runs out
of the room apologizing to Sumomo. Sumomo calls out to her, but she's already
gone, and Sumomo hurries to look for her, but she's lost sight of Ibuki. Yuma
says he's sorry for her, and Sumomo greets him, and says she's scared that she
upset Ibuki. Yuma says he doesn't think she did, and says she looked more happy
than angry. Sumomo asks if that's so, and says she'll try again later when she
thinks she'll be able to, but says that she still has an extra lunch box now.
Yuma is silent for a moment, than says he'll eat it with her. Sumomo asks if he
really will, and Yuma nods. Sumomo says she's glad, and Yuma notes that while
he already promised Jun, he can't help it, Sumomo comes first, and that Hachi
will probably end up eating it. Yuma asks where she wants to eat, and after she
struggles, Yuma says it's a nice day outside, and mentions the park. Sumomo
asks if that would be alright, and Yuma says sure.

They walk to the park, and there's few people there, so they can enjoy their
lunch. (Oh? I remember Jun said not too long ago that girls enjoy eating at the
park with those they like. Heheh.) Sumomo smiles and declares that the trees
are in full bloom. Yuma agrees, and they find a spot to sit down, and Sumomo
gives him the extra lunch. Sumomo says that the blossoms are already beginning
to scatter, and wonders where they all end up. Yuma agrees, and says they
probably end up all over the place. Sumomo says it's like magic, and when Yuma
asks how, Sumomo says that while there are a lot of magicians who go to the
school, she doesn't really understand magic much. Yuma says that there's a
Magic Section for a reason though, and Sumomo says she'd learn magic just to
protect these trees, and asks if that seems a little strange. Yuma thinks about
it for a moment, than realizes that anyone would protect someone or something
that is important to them, and recalls that Koyuki has a similar mind, since
she told him she values these trees more than anything else. (Only if you chose
Option One all the way back on April 6th, which you should have done anyways if
you decided to go for Koyuki.) Yuma mentions that Koyuki also likes this place,
and Sumomo asks if he knows much about her. Yuma says not much, and realizes
that she never told him WHY she values the place so much. Yuma asks Sumomo if
she's ready to eat, and she nods, saying she was waiting for him. Yuma notes
that the lunch is really diverse, and as he takes a bite Sumomo says she wishes
Ibuki could be out here too enjoying the trees. Both of them eat their lunch
while occasionally watching the blossoms falling from the trees. Yuma wonders
about it, since there's next to no wind, and while the blossoms keep falling
off, it looks as if the trees are still full. Yuma asks if she feels bad about
Ibuki turning her down, and while Sumomo agrees, she says she's happy eating
out here with Yuma. Yuma asks if that's so, and Yuma says he'll remember this
place than. Sumomo than says she likes watching the trees, and Yuma asks if
she enjoys it too much. Sumomo gets confused and says she doesn't understand
what he means. Yuma tells her that he had to carry her home last time she was
watching the cherry blossom trees, and Sumomo says that was because of the
"tea" Koyuki had brought, than apologizes to Yuma for that incident. Yuma says
it's ok, and that he trusts her, but tells her to be careful around Koyuki, as
she's surprisingly mischievous. Sumomo nods and says she understands, and Yuma
notes that sitting here watching the blossoms reminds him of old times. Sumomo
says she wishes everyone came out here with lunches and watched the blossoms.
Yuma remarks that Jun and Hachi would probably be up for that, than mentions
that Haruhi and Anri seemed to enjoy last Sunday as well. Sumomo agrees, but
says that today it seems kind of lonely. Yuma is surprised to hear her say
such a thing, than takes a good look around and realizes how few people there
actually are. Sumomo says she wasn't able to spend time with him while she was
studying for the exams to get into the school, and Yuma says it's alright,
because they are in different grades, he will graduate a year before her
anyway. Sumomo nods, and Yuma asks if she'll be lonely. Sumomo giggles and says
only a little, but than says that Yuma seems to spend more time with her than
with his classmates, and wishes that they weren't separated by one grade. Yuma
says that if he wasn't in the grade he is now, he wouldn't have met Jun or
Haruhi, and Sumomo says he's right, and now everyone knows everyone a little
bit better as well. Sumomo apologizes for saying such a thing, and says it's
a little embarrassing now that she thinks about it. Yuma says why she's
embarrassed, than says that them being able to watch the blossoms fall is sort
of their compensation for being a grade apart. Sumomo giggles and says she
won't give up on Ibuki, and hopes she comes around soon. Yuma notes that he
enjoyed his lunch, and is sure that Ibuki will warm up sooner or later once she
gets used to the school. Yuma says he's got to get going, as it's almost class
time, and Jun, Hachi and Haruhi are probably looking for him. Sumomo tells him
not to forget about Anri or Koyuki, and even Ibuki. The bell rings, and Yuma
thanks Sumomo for the lunch again. Sumomo says you're welcome, but vows that
she'll get Ibuki to eat with her tomorrow. Yuma says he'll put in a good word
for her if he sees her, and Sumomo thanks him for his help. Yuma tells her
good luck, and says he'll treat her to lunch after all of that is said and
done, and Sumomo agrees, and Yuma notes that he feels a little more relieved,
than wonders if he'll be able to concentrate on his afternoon classes since
he's really full now.


Time: After School


Yuma is one of the last ones to leave for the day, but decides that he wants to
do something else, and wonders where he should go now, the Divination Society,
or Oasis.


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Note: KEY CHOICE!!!!!~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

This choice is the point of no return; One choice sends you down Koyuki's Path,
the other down Sumomo's Path.

Options:

1) Go to the Divination Society. (Koyuki's Path)

2) Go to Oasis. (Sumomo's Path)


IMPORTANT NOTE: Make sure to save in a different file so you can come back and
choose Option Two for Sumomo's Path.


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Walkthrough Split~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


(D) Koyuki's Path - The Lonely Fortune Teller


Time: After School


(da) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (Choose the Divination Club)


Option One: Yuma thinks about Koyuki, and notes that it's been almost a week
since he last saw her, and decides to go talk to her about the cherry blossom
trees.

Yuma heads towards the section of the school where Koyuki's club room is, and
notes that fewer and fewer people are in the hall as he gets closer to it,
but than sees three familiar faces talking together: Shinya, Saya, and Ibuki.
(Well, we know why they are together, since Shinya and Saya are helping Ibuki,
but Yuma doesn't know this yet, of course.) Ibuki says something that Yuma
can't make out, and Saya nods and says she understands. Yuma notes that he
didn't know the three of them knew each other, and Yuma gets a funny feeling,
especially since Saya referred to Ibuki as "-sama" even though she's an
underclassman. Yuma notes that it's a completely opposite relationship they
seem to have.

Yuma is surprised that they knew each other, but remarks that otherwise it's
really none of his business, and rather than talk to him, he decides to take a
different route to get to Koyuki's clubroom.

Yuma makes it to the hall where the various clubs rooms are at, and wonders if
Koyuki is even in hers. Yuma knocks on the door, and Koyuki asks if it's a
customer, and says she does her readings at Oasis. Yuma says that it's him,
and asks if he can talk to her if she's not busy. Koyuki tells him to come in,
and Yuma enters, apologizing if he's interrupting anything, and Koyuki bids him
welcome as she sits over her fortune telling things. Yuma remarks to himself
that she's really motivated, and Koyuki tells him not to worry about it and to
have a seat. Yuma asks if he can talk to her about why she likes the park and
it's cherry blossom trees, and Koyuki says sure, that she welcomes the
occasional break from the continuous fortune-telling, but that she needs to
finish this reading, and asks if he can wait for here. Yuma waits for what
seems to be forever and screams out in frustration.

Afterwards, Koyuki thanks him for waiting, and brings him tea. Yuma quietly
wonders what the hell took so long, but decides that it's probably better not
to ask, as it's a little trepidatious. Yuma says he's glad he remembered that
today was Koyuki's club day, and Koyuki nods. Yuma asks how many other members
there are, than wonders how many ghost members there are. (Ghost members are
ones who are registered, but rarely if ever show up.) Koyuki says she
understands, and assumes that he wants to be a member, and says she'll show him
the other members, and points at an empty chair. Yuma nervously says there
aren�ft any REAL ghost members are there, and Koyuki says the one she was
pointing at joined seven years ago when she was a 2nd year, and Koyuki says
she was also in the same classroom Yuma is now in, and she asks Yuma if he
ever noticed. Yuma nervously says he always wondered why there was a blank seat
near the back window, and Koyuki is surprised yet pleased to hear Yuma say so,
saying that she was beautiful, and says that he looks handsome to her. Yuma
nervously asks if that's so, but hopes that Koyuki is sincerely joking, as the
joke isn't funny anymore, and he's feeling a little scared. Yuma asks if there
are any other members, and she says another one died in a racing accident and
points to his seat, and Yuma shouts out that no one is there either. Koyuki
says sadly that every member except for her and the faculty advisor has died
shortly after they joined the club. (WHAT?!?) Yuma asks if that's so, than asks
what will happen to the club when she graduates at the end of the year. Koyuki
says that no one will probably continue the club, and looks sad. Yuma asks if
she's tried to hook new members by giving them special privileges. Koyuki says
she'll think about it. Yuma than asks why no one would use this room after she
leaves, because it's a great room in his opinion. Yuma is saddened to hear that
unless new members come the club will be shut down by the student council.
Koyuki says that she can't say for sure, but feels that the club will continue
even after she graduates, because someone will continue the tradition. Yuma
says that's a relief than. Koyuki says her mother always was interested in why
she chose this particular branch of magic. Yuma's eyes light up at the mention
of her mother, and wonders how Koyuki's mother is related to the Divination
Club. Koyuki than explains that her mother promised her one wish while she was
at school, and allowed her to create the Divination Club because of it, but
Koyuki says she's sad that she hasn't been able to keep live members. Yuma asks
who her mother is, and Koyuki says she's the school board director, and that's
how she was able to come to this school in the first place. (DAMN!) Yuma notes
that makes sense than on how Koyuki has managed to keep this club running,
than notes that he would have worried about her when she first entered the
school, but notes that this Club is basically Koyuki's private little world,
where she can do any and everything she pleases, and wonders why she goes out
to Oasis to do her readings, than realizes that most people would feel uneasy
entering this room, and chicken out. Yuma wants to ask Koyuki something, and
when she asks what it is, he apologizes that she told him so much even though
he's not a member. Koyuki says it's no problem and that she'll always welcome
Yuma here, but says she'd be even happier if he joined the club and became a
member. Yuma says he won't be much help though since he can't use magic, and
that she needs 1st year members if she wants to keep the club going. Koyuki
asks Yuma what he thinks she should do, and Yuma asks if she's tried
foretelling what she can do. Koyuki says she's tried, but never could reveal
what she needs to do, and asks what he thinks about her going to Oasis and
telling people their fortunes. Yuma asks if charging people is really honest,
and Koyuki says he could help out with that. Yuma asks if she's sure, and she
nods without hesitation. Yuma says he can't since he's not a member. Koyuki
says he'd still be a great help regardless, and asks if he would like to help.
Yuma thinks it over, noting that Koyuki likes the idea, but notes that after
what he's heard about what happened to the other students who joined, he
doesn't feel up to it. Yuma says he can always post flyers or something of that
nature, and Koyuki nods happily, and says she'll see him tomorrow than. Yuma
thanks Koyuki for the tea, and Koyuki asks if he would like cake too. Yuma asks
how, and he digs into the magic pocket in her apron and pulls out a dish with
cake. Yuma notes that she never ceases to amaze people, as she continues to
pull out a freezer and an oven. Yuma really wants to know what the hell that
pocket is made of, and where he can get one like it. Koyuki laughs, and tells
him to eat up. Yuma nods and thanks her for the cake.


Time: Night


Sumomo tells Yuma that dinner is ready. Yuma, still full earlier because of the
cake, asks if he can eat a little later. Sumomo says she worked hard and went
and bought everything after school, and tells him what she bought. Yuma says
she did great, and Sumomo says she'll set some aside for him to eat later, than
hands him a cup of tea. Yuma remarks that he's really grateful for Sumomo,
giving him the spare lunch, as well as making dinner. Yuma remarks that she
always makes such delicious food, and Sumomo admits that she had actually
started dinner early this morning. Yuma says he's surprised since he didn't
see anything this morning. Sumomo says she made breakfast, lunch and dinner
all at the same time this morning since she got up so early, and giggles and
says he'll have hearty meals all day today. Yuma than spills the beans that he
had cake with Koyuki earlier in her clubroom. Sumomo is disappointed that her
perfect setup was thrown off, and Yuma apologizes, but it seems like she can
stuff anything in that magical pocket. Sumomo thanks him for his concern
though, and Yuma asks if he can taste dinner, and Sumomo nods and brings him a
small bowl. Yuma tastes it as Sumomo anxiously waits, and says it's good.
Sumomo asks him to take another bite, and asks if she got the temperature
correct, and he does and tells her it's perfect, and that the taste lasts too.
Sumomo giggles and says she's glad Yuma vouched for her cooking, because she
was worried she messed something up. Yuma asks if that's why she was worried,
and says that he's relieved. Sumomo laughs and says she's glad to have him as
a brother, than looks away. Yuma wonders why she looks so serious all of a
sudden, and when he asks what's wrong, Sumomo asks if she'd make a good wife.
Yuma stops eating, wondering why she would bring up such a question, and notes
that he never seriously thought about the question too hard. Yuma pictures it,
and starts to tell her his opinion, but he nervously laughs and says that it's
a strange question, and he doesn't have to answer her, and says she thinks
she'll beat an old-fashioned retreat. Yuma asks if she doesn't want an answer,
and Sumomo asks if he's sure. Yuma nods and says she'd make a great wife.
Sumomo however asks who he thinks would be the perfect wife for him, and Yuma
doesn't know who, than pictures Koyuki, and says her. Sumomo is surprised, and
Yuma goes over the picture in his mind again, and notes that he really just
wants to find out the secret of that magical pocket. Sumomo says she's
surprised to hear he likes older women, than finally realizes that he's
serious, and says she'll have to hurry and grow up so other men will notice.
Yuma tells her not to run in the house, and Sumomo halts and apologizes, and
says she just didn't expect him to like older classmen, and says she'll make a
good bride as she grows. Yuma says he can picture that, but notes that since
he's the only guy in the family, he'll be the one to give her away, and he
doesn't like that picture. Sumomo giggles and says she's glad that he thinks so
much of her, and wonders what Otoha would say. Yuma says he's not sure he would
rely on Otoha too much. Sumomo says she can that she's a super-mom. Yuma laughs
at the ridiculous picture, and notes that if she were, she wouldn't be able to
find a supermarket she liked. Sumomo than asks if he's done eating the small
meal, and Yuma nods and thanks her for the food again, and says he'll buy her
lunch one day soon to repay the favor. Sumomo says she'll take him up on his
offer occasionally. Yuma asks what she means by occasionally, and Sumomo laughs
mischievously. Yuma wonders what she meant, but they both bring their dishes to
the kitchen, and notes that he wants to thank her again for slowly making
dinner all day today, and Sumomo asks if he wants more tea.

~~End Wednesday, April 12th. (After Choosing to go to the Divination Club)


(db) Date: Thursday, April 13th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up, wondering why he doesn't hear his alarm clock, than hears Sumomo
screaming and something falling. Yuma decides he'll figure it out later, and
turns to disable his alarm clock so he can go back to sleep, than decides
against it in case he doesn't wake up in time for school, and decides to get up
early today again.

Yuma heads downstairs and Sumomo tells him good morning. Yuma remarks that
she's hard at work, and Sumomo apprehensively asks if she woke him. Yuma says
she did, but he's thankful for it. Sumomo apologizes, and says she was making
another lunch. Yuma says she'll be busy again today, and Sumomo nods and
apologizes to him again. Yuma says it's alright, that she's fairly enthusiastic
about the whole thing, and Sumomo nods and is glad, than says she has to get
back to making lunch. Yuma tells her to do her best and good luck. Otoha than
comes in and tells Yuma good morning, and says she's making breakfast. Yuma
says he understands, than notes that he's prepared thirty minutes earlier than
usual for school, and decides to burn some time by watching the morning news.
Otoha remarks that Sumomo is enthusiastic again this morning, and asks if she's
making another lunch for Ibuki. Yuma says yesterday was complicated, and Otoha
says he means Sumomo yelled it out and scared her off. Yuma nods and says
that's what happened, and says he ate the lunch she made for Ibuki yesterday in
her place. Otoha says that's surprising of him, and Yuma asks if it truly is.
Sumomo comes in, saying she could hear them in the other room, and Yuma begins
to laugh. Sumomo asks why he's laughing, and Yuma says that Ibuki ran out on
her yesterday, and asks how today will be different. Sumomo cracks, but than
says she can't fail the eleventh time, and says if she doesn't get her today,
she will tomorrow, and if not tomorrow, the day after, until she wins. (Jeez,
wish I had that persistent spirit with my job, heheh.) Sumomo says she'll
definitely make Ibuki happy no matter what. Yuma hopes that Sumomo will make
some progress today or tomorrow, than notes that while he said he would help
her out, he also promised Koyuki he would be with her as well, and wonders how
many members will come today.

Yuma enters class and tells everyone good morning, and Haruhi asks if she can
talk to him for a second. Yuma says sure, and asks what's up. Haruhi says she
found a pen yesterday, and asks if he lost it. (Yes, this event happens in the
other stories, and are similar for all of them with small variations.) Yuma
remarks that it looks like the pen Jun gave to everyone in the class, and
Haruhi nods and says she thought so too. Yuma notes that he completely forgot
about his pen, and feels that he should apologizes to Jun, and makes a note to
take it home from school today. Haruhi asks if the pen is Yuma's, and he says
no. Haruhi wonders whose it is than, and Yuma asks where she found it. Haruhi
says after school, but before she can say anything more, Anri bursts in, lively
as usual, saying good morning. Yuma says that as usual she arrives almost late.
Anri says that they don't have to be in class when the five minute warning
bell sounds, and says she doesn't see the sense of superiority others seem to
develop by getting to school earlier. Haruhi asks Anri if she lost her pen
yesterday, since she found one. Anri looks at it and says it looks like the one
Jun gave everyone, and Haruhi nods. Anri says she still has hers with her, and
Haruhi thanks her. Yuma says that she can wait until after homeroom so that she
can ask anyone who is straggling in late, and Haruhi agrees. Anri asks where
she found it at, and Haruhi says the Magic Section building. Anri asks if she
went to visit their teacher yesterday, and Haruhi nods. Just than, Shinya and
Saya enter the room. (With them having looked for Shinya's lost pen, which
Haruhi has, as has been repeated on the other paths.) Shinya says they couldn't
find it after all, and Saya says they can look for it during lunch. Yuma is
surprised to see Shinya and Saya almost late, as they are always here before he
is, and the fact that Shinya seems to be upset about something. Shinya goes
over and asks Shinya what�fs wrong, and Saya tells him good morning. Yuma asks
if something happened this morning, and Saya nods, while Shinya explains that
he lost the pen Jun gave him, and that he can't show his face in public or
apologize to him unless he finds that pen. Saya mentions they searched for it
everywhere this morning, but couldn't find it. Yuma says he might know where it
is, and is about to tell Haruhi about it, but she comes over, having overheard
Shinya. Haruhi holds out the pen, saying she found it yesterday, and asks if
it's his. Shinya lets out the strange noise and grabs Haruhi's hand, thanking
her for finding it. Haruhi tells him to calm down, and Hachi asks what he
thinks he's doing, grabbing Haruhi's hand like that. Yuma asks Hachi where the
hell he came from, and Shinya moves away, apologizing for his behavior, saying
he was caught up in the moment of relief. Hachi's eyes than light up, and he
says that Shinya has a good strategy there, and says he's glad too, and moves
towards Haruhi. However, Jun comes over quickly and slaps Hachi hard, telling
him not to be so reckless. Shinya greets Jun, and Jun says it looks like he
wants to tell him something. Shinya admits he lost the pen he gave him, and
asks what his punishment is. Yuma wonders if Shinya knows what he's saying,
since Jun always plays mean tricks on him. However, Jun laughs and says it's
alright. When Shinya asks why, Jun says he's just glad that Shinya valued his
present so highly. Shinya asks if he's sure, and Jun says of course. Shinya
hugs Jun in gratitude, and Yuma hopes he'll wake up from the bad dream soon,
and hopes that Shinya knows the truth about Jun. Anri than asks Shinya if he
has business at the Magic Section yesterday, and Shinya asks why she wants to
now, and Anri asks if he was curious about the place. Shinya struggles to
explain, and Yuma wonders why Anri is grilling Shinya about the matter. Yuma
asks Shinya if he isn't a recent transfer to the Magic Section, and says he
doesn't find it odd for a magician to visit the Magic Section. Haruhi than says
that no one is supposed to enter the building without permission. Yuma asks if
it's because they are still rebuilding the place. Haruhi says they are almost
done, but says that's beside the point. Saya that speaks up, saying that Shinya
has a horrible sense of direction. Anri asks what she means, and Saya says she
forgot to mention it because he's been fairly good about it lately. Shinya
denies her words, and Saya asks if he really knows what he's saying, and to let
her handle the talking her, and tells him not to forget that he almost made
them late on their first day of school by taking them to the elementary school
in the area instead of this school. Shinya struggles to shake it off, and Jun
remarks that's pretty sad. Yuma says he's a strange guy after all, and than the
bell rings. Shinya asks if it's that time already, and Haruhi tells him to be
aware of the situation in the future, and to not enter the Magic Section
building without permission. Shinya thanks her for the advise, and they all
head for their seats, except for Anri, who looks suspiciously at Shinya.


Time: Lunch


Yuma decides he'll keep his promise he made to Koyuki yesterday, and heads for
her clubroom. Yuma hopes Sumomo won't be upset with him alter, and hopes that
she'll be able to nab Ibuki today, and decides he'll head to Oasis first to
grab some lunch. Yuma brings his stack of flyers to try to recruit members for
the Divination club, but notes that it's a pain since almost no one is taking
any flyers, and Koyuki is in her usual corner during lunch, and heads over to
her. Koyuki greets him, and asks if he wants his fortune told today. Yuma says
no, and reminds her that he agreed to help her out with her club activities
today. Koyuki says she's also been going over that, and shows him a copy of the
school newspaper, where she has put an add in on the fourth page, saying they
are recruiting new members. Koyuki hopes that students will respond to the ad,
but of course, only time will tell. Yuma mentions that she might catch more
eyes if they make a banner or something to hang in the hall outside the club
room, but than notes that will probably clash with Koyuki's personality, and
hopes she'll agree. Koyuki remarks that Yuma seems pretty interested for not
being a member, and being forced to help out today. Yuma replies that he really
doesn't mind, and that he's actually interested in helping her out. Yuma notes
that he won't be like Anri an complain behind other peoples backs. Yuma asks if
she's alright, than asks if anyone has come to have their fortune read today,
and sits down next to her, and knows that it will be a long struggle to try to
get new students to join the Divination club.

Anri comes over, and asks what Yuma is doing here, and Yuma recaps that Koyuki
decided to forget about welcoming new members today at lunch, and hope for
people to come by an have their fortunes told instead, and Yuma was a bit
disappointed that Koyuki gave up so easily. Back in the present, Anri says she
didn't expect Yuma to try to date upperclassmen, and Koyuki groans
uncomfortably. Anri remarks that he's younger than her, and that he belongs in
the corner. Yuma says that's not what's going on, and says he's helping Koyuki.
Anri asks if he's working part-time for the Divination Club, and Yuma says he's
trying to help Koyuki attract new members, and hands Anri the school paper with
the ad in it. Anri says it's good that they have their after school activities,
but Yuma replies that no one's responded to the ad yet, than asks Anri if she
wouldn't like to have her fortune told. Koyuki perks up at this, and says she
would be very interested in telling Anri's fortune. Anri nervously backs off,
making an excuse that Otoha is calling for her, and runs off. (<_<) Yuma is
disappointed that she ran off, and Koyuki sighs, saying she wants to tell
Anri's fortune at least once. Yuma asks if that's so, and bets that hers would
probably end up as being "a life full of trouble." Yuma than asks Koyuki if she
should take a break, and Koyuki asks what he wants to do instead. Yuma says
they could take a trip down to the 1st-year classrooms, and see if anyone was
interested in person, and that they might become interested and ask questions,
and possibly join too, and wonders if Sumomo has heard. Yuma starts to eat his
lunch now, while Koyuki let's hers sit for a second, saying that the process
of recruiting new members is hard. Yuma says there's nothing they can do except
wait and be patient, and that someone will be interested sooner or later.
Koyuki hopes so, because she really wants the club to grow from being just her
finally. Yuma says it doesn't help to look so depressed all the time, and asks
if anyone else is skilled at Divination magic at school, if it's difficult or
something. Yuma than remembers that there aren't that many truly skilled
fortune tellers out there anyhow, and that it must be hard after all, than
looks back at Koyuki for a second. Yuma asks if she thinks it's hopeless, and
Koyuki says she can't be sure, but it's hard to tell who and when people will
come. Yuma remarks that's a strange way to explain things, and looks down
embarrassed, and continues to eat his lunch, as he thinks that Divination
magic has a lot of depth to it. Koyuki asks if she should tell Yuma his fortune
even if he's not a member. Yuma asks why, and Koyuki says he can consider it as
his reward for helping her today. Yuma's heart sinks, and notes that this might
be worse than no one coming, but knows that he can't suddenly refuse. Koyuki
asks if he doesn't want his fortune read, and Yuma admits that he feels a bit
hesitant about the whole thing and apologizes. Yuma sits there laughing,
wishing that he could cut and run, but he can't. Koyuki than says she has
something else in mind, and pulls out a pair of sticks. Yuma asks why she has
non-matching chopsticks, and Koyuki says they aren�ft chopsticks, but dowsing
rods, the Chinese method of Divination. Yuma asks how they work, and Koyuki
says it's a tool to help find something you are searching for, and says she'll
search out Yuma's fortune with them. Yuma says that's ok, and Koyuki than says
that the rods are pointing towards and evil future for Yuma. Yuma's heart sinks
again, and hopes that these rods aren't as good at Divination as Koyuki's usual
method is. Koyuki than says that he's in luck, as the rods have changed
direction and are pointing away from the school towards the shopping district
in town. Yuma asks what's waiting for him there, and Koyuki says she can't tell
while they are still at school, and tells him to check it out later this
evening. Yuma remarks that he's deeply impressed, than takes a good look at
Koyuki, and notes that she really looks good, but than remembers that he has
business after school too. Koyuki sees the look on his face and asks if
anything is wrong. Yuma says it's nothing, and notes that the thought of
inviting Koyuki to join him this evening just crossed his mind, and that if he
told her now it would be the same as inviting her out on a date. Koyuki looks
confused, and Yuma nervously stumbles through his words, until he says she
better eat her lunch before it gets cold. Koyuki nods, and says she forgot
about it, and Yuma notes that the remaining time at lunch was awkward and
embarrassing, and wonders why the thought of inviting Koyuki to hang out
together crosses his mind. A student comes up asking if she can have her
fortune told. Yuma says that Koyuki is eating right now, than asks if she's a
first year student. The girl nods, and Yuma asks if she heard about the ad they
took out in the school paper earlier looking for 1st-year student recruits.


Time: After School


Yuma notes that class is over, and he doesn't have clean-up duty today either.
Hachi asks Yuma if he wants to hang out at the arcade today, and Yuma says he
hasn't been there in forever. Hachi says they've needed a good fight
for a while. Yuma asks where Jun is, and Hachi says that he has business with
his fan club today, and that he's preparing for the tour. Yuma wonders what
this tour is, than asks Hachi if it's just the two of them today. Hachi nods,
and Yuma says that all of the girls turned down his invitation too, and
Hachi cracks, than recovers and says that there's a new game that he wants to
try out as well. Yuma say they should hurry and get there than, and leave the
room, than remembers what Koyuki said earlier about there being something of
good luck in the direction of the shopping district, and hopes that he'll
encounter whatever it is out there. Hachi notes his distracted look and asks
what's wrong, but Yuma shakes it off and says nothing, but notes that he wanted
to go into town with Koyuki again. Hachi says they should take a new photo for
Jun to give to the Print Club too.


Time: Midnight


Like earlier in the game, the point of view shifts to Koyuki, as she hides
herself in the hallway and waits in silence, knowing that she will surely come
this way. Koyuki sighs, and notes that from the vision she saw earlier she
can't have made a mistake, and is glad she kept "that person" away from this
place, but knew that she would eventually make her way here, but that it's
still too early to confront her openly again. Footprints than echo down the
hall, and Koyuki notes the arrogance of not masking them with magic, as if
announcing her arrival. The new arrival than stops, and we see, as expected,
that it is Ibuki. They both stare at each other for a second, and Koyuki says
long time no see. Ibuki says she thought she sensed someone around here, and
asks if Koyuki has come to get in her way again. Koyuki says she had to stop
her last time, because it was fated, and laughs. Ibuki says it's unusual for
her to talk so casually, and asks why she's really here. Koyuki simply says she
wanted to see Ibuki again, to make sure it was her that she encountered two
months ago. Ibuki asks if she has enough information to tell Suzuri, and Koyuki
says she's not working with her, but notes that there is a nostalgic aura
emanating from Ibuki, than says that she picked her time and place carefully.
Ibuki asks what's familiar, and Koyuki senses Ibuki perceiving it as a trivial
matter, and that the magic she is detecting is...distorted. Ibuki than asks if
she meant their encounter two months ago, and laughs, and says that she won't
get in her way again, even with her skills. Koyuki says she had a familiar aura
about her since she knew someone from the Shikimori family long ago, and Ibuki
radiates a similar aura. The tension in the air is so thick it is hard to
breath, and times slowly passes due to the silence. Koyuki suddenly hears an
almost inaudible sound near Ibuki, and Ibuki asks what Koyuki wants to say to
her. Koyuki says she can't recall the name, and says she was trying to remember
it, but she can't right now. Ibuki asks if she wanted to tell her, and Koyuki
tells her not to neglect her social obligations. Ibuki yells at her, demanding
Koyuki not to say anything more about that, and says she's embarrassing herself
by trying to remember whatever name she's trying to think of, and says she's
just making fun of her, than says she'll leave now, and for her not to try to
get in contact with her again, unless she has something to say to her, and
reaches for her wand. Koyuki notes that it's Bisaim, the wand Ibuki created,
and that it has unusual powers itself. Ibuki says she has a question for
Koyuki, and Koyuki says she doesn't feel like answering it. Ibuki laughs with a
fearless smile, than walks away, and Koyuki watches her disappear around the
corner, than sighs, as she finally remembered the name, Natsumi, than notes
that Ibuki refused her request to quit searching for her goal, and asks aloud
to this new Natsumi why have things come to pass as they have.

~~End Thursday, April 13th.


(dc) Date: Friday, April 14th


Time: Morning


Yuma remarks that the weather is great, but notes that he has to walk to
school alone this morning, and decides to grab breakfast later at Oasis. Yuma
recalls what happened yesterday at the arcade with Hachi, and Hachi seems to
have come out on the losing end and owes him more money, than lost a double or
nothing follow up bet too, than remarks that he's surprised Hachi remembers
such small things, and says it's impossible to deal with Hachi.

Yuma gets to school and meets Koyuki near the entrance and tells her good
morning, and mentions that he was able to go to the shopping district like she
said yesterday, although with Hachi, and says Hachi lost won a bet with him, so
it turned out her fortune telling was right on again, than asks her how she's
doing today and offers to help her out at Oasis again. Since she hasn't
responded, Yuma asks what's wrong, and waves his hand in front of her face, but
she still doesn't answer. Than Koyuki simply points at his head and says he
has bed hair. Yuma cries out in surprise, and Koyuki says she'll help, and
moves closer to him. Yuma finally notices his bed hair himself, than feels
something on his head, and realizes that it's a brush, and that Koyuki is
brushing his hair to get rid of the bad look.

Koyuki nods and says she fixed it, and Yuma thanks her, and Koyuki tucks the
brush back into her pocket, almost like a mother or older sister caring for a
child, Yuma thinks, and hopes no one else saw this moment. Yuma feels
embarrassed thinking about it, and Koyuki asks how he is. Yuma says he can't
say, than asks her if she brushes her own hair like this as well. Koyuki nods,
than says she also dries it as well. Yuma asks if she always keeps such random
things in her pocket, and Koyuki blows in his face. Yuma says his hair won't
dry with just the hot air from her breath, and Koyuki asks if he wants to dry
his hair as well. Yuma asks how she'll power it, and Koyuki says there's a
generator in her pocket for just such emergencies. (Good grief, EVERYTHING is
in there!) Yuma turns on the drier, and feels warm air blowing in his face.
Koyuki asks how it is, and Yuma replies that it's great. Koyuki says she's glad
to help, and Yuma wonders if he should thank her in return again, but decides
not to cause such problems. Yuma asks Koyuki what if other people stare when
she dries her hair in public like this, and Koyuki nods. Yuma says it's alright
and says the drier worked wonderfully. Koyuki says that's nice, and Yuma enjoys
blowing the hot air in his face, and feels a little embarrassed, although
Koyuki doesn't seem to be. Yuma asks if she's more serious when she washes.
Koyuki asks if he would like to watch. (O.O This whole sequence is just weird.)
Yuma says that's not what he meant, and asks if it doesn't become harder to do
this at anytime because of the different weather conditions. Koyuki nods, than
says he seems to worry a lot about her appearance for some reason, and asks if
he wants to touch it. Yuma let's out a cry of surprise, and Koyuki runs her
fingers through her hair, and notes that it shines brightly, and that the mere
thought of touching her hair would cause his fingers to melt. Koyuki asks him
again.


Options:

1) Touch Koyuki's hair.

2) Hold back.


Note: Of course, Option One is the one that seems best here.


Option One: Yuma hesitantly says he'll accept her offer, and Koyuki moves
closer and urges him to continue. Yuma feels his heart pounding at the thought
of running his fingers through Koyuki's hair, and hesitates. Koyuki asks
what's wrong, and Yuma says he feels a little uncomfortable and embarrassed.
Koyuki says she washes it everyday, and Yuma lets out a small laugh, than
touches her hair, and remarks that it's really soft and smooth. Koyuki let's
out an embarrassed sigh, and Yuma asks if she's ok. Koyuki says she's fine and
not to worry about it, and Yuma says ok, and notices that she's blushed so
deeply even though he only touched her hair, and considers the situation, and
notes that he would be embarrassed as well. Koyuki asks what he thinks, and
Yuma admits he doesn't know since he's not used to running his fingers through
girls�f hair, but remarks that he kind of likes it. Koyuki asks if that's so,
and says she's honored. Yuma is a little quiet, and Koyuki asks if he wants
to touch her hair more. Yuma nods, but the warning bell rings just than, and
Yuma says they should really be heading for class. Koyuki is quiet, and Yuma
asks what's wrong. Koyuki says it's nothing, and asks if she's busy later.
Koyuki, however, says she has business later. Yuma asks if he can't convince
her otherwise, and Koyuki thanks him for worrying about her, and says she'll
talk to him later. Yuma thanks her as well, and says they should be going, and
she nods.


Option Two: Yuma says he couldn't possibly do that, and Koyuki says she did
allow him to use her personal drier free of charge. Yuma caves, and notes that
she's still the same as ever, and his heart begins to pound. Yuma hesitates to
get out of the situation, and says that he really has to get to homeroom, but
thanks her for her kindness. Koyuki asks if he really has to go, and turns off
the drier, disappointed. Yuma says he has to go, but asks if she's busy later.
Koyuki says she has business to take care of later, and Yuma says he
understands. The warning bell rings, and Yuma says they had better hurry to
class, and Koyuki nods in agreement and tells him bye.


Time: Lunch


Yuma notes that the fortune telling corner isn't open since Koyuki isn't there,
and wonders where she is, since he's gotten used to seeing her face in Oasis
during lunch. Yuma than spies another familiar face, and Saya greets him,
asking if he's eating lunch here as well. Yuma says it's surprisingly to see
her by herself for once, and Saya nods, saying Shinya had something to do
during lunch, and asks Yuma if he'll sit with her. (I know some of you might be
going "But this is Koyuki's Path!" True, don't worry about it. :) Yuma agrees
since he doesn't get the chance to talk to her much, and she agrees with him.
Yuma says they should grab some lunch while they talk, and notes that this
can be a chance to develop their friendship as well, since although they are in
the same class, he doesn't know her too well.

Yuma asks what school she previously came from, and asks if the entrance exams
were too hard. Saya says she was happy to move here, while Shinya was a little
puzzled by how sudden it was. Yuma asks if they came here under certain
circumstances, and Saya asks if Shinya hadn't told him yet. Yuma says he rarely
talks to Shinya either, and Yuma notes that it's probably been hard on both
twins to keep moving about so often, than remembers that he saw both of them
talking with Ibuki the other day in the hall, remembering how strange he
thought it looked at the time. Saya asks if something's wrong, and Yuma
apologizes, saying he was thinking about something, and asks if he can ask her
about something else. Saya asks Yuma if he's known his friends for a long time.
Yuma says that while he just met Haruhi and Anri in February, he knew Jun and
Hachi from their elementary school days. Saya says she moved here in February,
and Yuma says Saya should have her fortune told by Koyuki, as her fortune
telling is top notch. Saya asks who Koyuki is, and Yuma apologizes for getting
ahead of himself, and says she's a 3rd year, and often tells students their
fortunes during lunch. Saya says she's heard about it, but hadn't been too
interested in it. Yuma points to the corner Koyuki is usually at and tells
Saya that's where she usually is. Saya remarks that she apparently didn't come
today, and Yuma says Koyuki told him she'd be busy earlier this morning. Saya
laughs and says he knows a lot about Koyuki's personal business, and says she
saw Koyuki fix his hair earlier this morning. (Oh great...) Yuma let's out a
shock of surprise at hearing this, and starts blushing in embarrassment. Saya
says she thought they looked like siblings at first, and that she envied him
for a moment as she doesn't have a sister to look after her. Yuma says that
older brothers have their place too, and Saya agrees than smiles. Yuma feels a
sense of dread from her smile, as it reminds him of the ones that Jun and Hachi
give him when they tease him. Yuma asks if she saw everything else, and when
Saya asks what he means, Yuma barely squeaks out the word drier. Saya asks what
he means, and Yuma says never mind. Saya nods, and Yuma asks Saya about herself
some more, and asks if she takes care of Shinya too. Saya nods in confirmation,
and Yuma makes a note to talk to Shinya the next time he sees him. Saya says
she rarely feels lonely though, since she and Shinya are twins, and she can
sense him wherever he is. Yuma says he's happy for her, and says that he also
has a younger sister. Saya asks if it's Sumomo, and Yuma asks if she knows her.
Saya mentions that Ibuki mentioned her the other day, and Yuma says she knew
Ibuki after all. Saya asks what he means by after all, and Yuma says never
mind, and notes that now he doesn't have to awkwardly bring the situation to
light. Yuma mentions that he's talked to Ibuki a few times himself, and Saya
asks if that's so. Yuma asks Saya how she knows Ibuki, and Saya blushes and
looks away, but looks back at Yuma while trying to explain. Yuma wonders if
it's too embarrassing to say, than Saya says that Ibuki is like a sister to her
and Shinya, as their parents all know each other, and says she was surprised to
see her here when they moved, and that it's a small world. Yuma admits that he
was surprised to see Haruhi in his class after meeting her back in February,
and asks Saya what Ibuki thinks of Sumomo. Saya says their relationship seems
to be an interesting one, as she saw them together a little while ago. Yuma is
happy to hear so, and says he was worried that Ibuki would continue to resist
Sumomo's friendly advances for some time. Saya says Sumomo really wants to make
friends badly, and Yuma nods, and says she's always so bright and cheerful, and
says that she's a pain to look after sometimes. Saya says they really don't
look alike though. Yuma asks if Shinya looks after Saya well, and Saya admits
that Shinya can be problematic at times too, and says she has to help guide him
when they are out of the house usually due to his poor sense of direction, but
is still proud of him. Yuma notes the trust in her voice, and knows that they
really take care of each other. Saya thanks Yuma for talking with her today,
and Yuma asks if they can talk together some other time. Saya says she would
like that, and it seems that like Ibuki and Sumomo, she and Yuma have become
friends too. Yuma thanks Saya for her words, and tells her to say hi to Shinya
for him. Saya nods and says she will when she sees him next, and tells him bye.
Yuma notes that he enjoyed their lunch together, and wonders how Jun and Hachi
will react when he tells them of it later, than remarks that he wants to find
out where Koyuki is and see her, and notes that it would be convenient if Jun,
Hachi and Koyuki were all in the same place.


Time: After School


Yuma and Jun tell Hachi bye. Hachi says they are cold hearted and asks them to
help him out. Yuma says it's his problem and they don't want any part of it.
Jun tells him to work hard, and Hachi cries.

Out in the hall, Jun says it's unusual to be alone for a moment. Yuma reminds
him about his fan club, and Jun says he'll see him later. Yuma than feels a
gust of wind from an open window, and goes to shut it, and sees Sumomo walking
outside, and wonders where she's going, and he can't tell from this angle.
Yuma thinks where the road goes, and remembers it leads to the park where they
all sat and enjoyed the cherry blossom trees last Sunday, and decides to follow
Sumomo.

When he reaches the park, Yuma notes that today's wind has blown a large
majority of the blossom petals off the trees, and now the trees look lonely
instead of being full of life. Yuma looks around for Sumomo, and finds her
walking slowly along a small path. Sumomo is surprised to see him, and Yuma is
surprised as well, seeing how sad she looks. Yuma asks her to sit down and asks
if anything happened to her. Sumomo says no, and Yuma asks if she was crying
just now. Sumomo says that the almost barren trees caused her to feel very sad.
Yuma is quiet for a moment, than says it is a shame to see the once beautiful
trees look like this now, but says that it was bound to happen sooner or later
since the trees have run their spring time bloom. Sumomo agrees, and Yuma says
that there's always next year to look forward to. Sumomo slowly asks if they
can come watch the trees together again next year, and Yuma nods, saying they
can always come and watch them every year. Sumomo thanks him for his energetic
response, and Yuma is glad that she's finally smiled, and notes that seeing her
sad makes him gloomy as well. Yuma says today may be their last of the year to
watch the trees, and Sumomo agrees, and says they can leave after she dries her
eyes. As they walk towards the park gates, a strong gust blows up, and
something flies into Yuma's eye, causing him to cry out in pain. Sumomo asks if
he's alright, and Yuma explains what happened. Sumomo asks if he can get it
out, and Yuma insists that it doesn't hurt too much. Sumomo tells him to show
her, but Yuma says he can't because it will hurt if he opens his eyes. Sumomo
asks if stuff got into both of his eyes and he doesn't think so, and slowly
opens one eye, than jumps back in surprise because Sumomo was so close. Sumomo
cries out in surprise, and tells him not to shock her like that. Yuma says
she's one to talk being so close, and Sumomo asks if he didn't notice. Yuma
asks how could he tell since he had both of his eyes closed, and says he could
drink his tears. Sumomo tells him not to turn away so she can see his eyes,
and Yuma looks off the his right. When Sumomo follows him, telling him not to
avoid her, he looks back to the left, yet she follows again, and says she can't
take it out if she can't see it. Yuma suddenly falls forward from being so
dizzy, and Sumomo blushes, and tries to apologize, but ends up squealing. Yuma
says she panics too easily, and Sumomo nervously laughs and says that's true,
but says he didn't have to say it like that. Yuma apologizes, than realizes
that both his eyes are open now. Sumomo asks him about it, and asks if his eyes
hurt anymore. Yuma is a little surprised, than says he's fine now. Sumomo tells
him to let her check, and he says he's alright, that she can see just fine.
Sumomo tells him to let her look anyways, and Yuma caves and leans forward a
little. Sumomo leans forward to look, and Yuma gets the uncomfortable feeling
that if anyone saw them like this they would think they were kissing, than asks
if she's seen enough, than says they should leave, and Sumomo nods.

Koyuki sighs off to the side, and when Tama-chan asks what's wrong, Koyuki says
it's nothing, and says they should go too. Tama-chan asks why, and Koyuki says
she doesn't want to disturb the couple, (Well, I believe she misunderstands,
heheh.) and Tama-chan nods.


Time: Night


Now, for a different shift in perspective, we are with Haruhi this time, and
she's in the forest, noting the faint traces of magic, and recalls that Suzuri
was concerned that there was more than one intruder on the school grounds, and
Haruhi notices that there are at least two distinct trails of magic here.
However, she also senses an even stronger scent of magic than the other two,
and assumes that one belongs to the leader while the other two are merely
subordinates due to the vast difference in strength. Haruhi also notes that
the other two magic trails rival each other, and that the trails move off in
different directions. Haruhi says she'll have to tell Suzuri about this, than
realizes she knows who the two similar trails of magic belong to, (If you
haven't figured out by now that the magic trails refer to Shinya, Saya and
Ibuki, you suck.) and wonders if they are actually not on the same side, and
wonders if they are trying to help the strong person, oppose them, or compete
against them, than wonders if the explosion which destroyed the Magic Section
building was between these two opposing groups. Haruhi than hears a footstep
behind her and whirls around, bring Soprano up as well. Soprano tells her to
relax, and Haruhi says she's counting on Soprano, and Soprano tells her to be
careful. Haruhi says she understands, than says they're coming, and stares
ahead at the shadow she can barely glimpse, and realizes that it belongs to one
of the trails of magic she was just observing. Haruhi gathers her courage, and
says that they finally came. The other party is silent, and Haruhi says she
thought it was him after she found the pen last time, and says she got tired of
waiting for him, and Shinya steps out from the shadows, knowing he's been found
out.

~~End Friday, April 14th.


(dd) Date: Saturday, April 15th


Time: Morning


Haruhi greets Yuma and Sumomo in the school entrance hall, and they greet her
as well, but notice that something seems a little off, and ask her if she's
distracted by something. Haruhi nods and says she's been busy this morning.
Yuma asks Haruhi to tell them what�fs wrong, and says they'll help if they can,
and Sumomo says Yuma has plenty of extra energy since he lies around the house
a lot. Yuma asks if it's not enough that he helps her out with the housework.
Sumomo says he can't cook, so he has to help out some other way. Yuma asks she
would never eat his cooking, but she says of course she would, just not every
chance she got. Yuma says her food tastes better anyway, and Sumomo giggles
and thanks him for the praise. Yuma is glad to see her smile. Sumomo says she
bet Haruhi could help give him pointers on cooking, and Haruhi laughs and says
that he seems to be reliable, and tells him to ask if he needs help with
something. Yuma asks why they are picking on him, and Sumomo tells Haruhi not
to hold back, and she thanks both of them, and Yuma notes that Haruhi seems
relieved now and is more composed, but wonders if she'll depend on him more
now. Haruhi than asks Sumomo if she's gotten used to school yet, and Sumomo
nods and says she made a friend, Ibuki Shikimori. Yuma asks Haruhi if she knows
Ibuki, describing her as a first-year with silver hair with hanging eyes, and
pulls his own eyes down to try to set an example, thinking them as "I am not a
fox" eyes. (Eh? Don't understand that part either? Sorry, that's the best I
could come up with in the translation. :( ) Haruhi quietly mutters her last
name, and Yuma asks if she knows Ibuki after all. Haruhi jumps a little, and
Yuma says he's surprised that so many people know Ibuki, that she probably
leaves a bad impression on a lot of people. Sumomo tells him not to talk badly
of Ibuki since she's her friend, and Yuma apologizes for what he said, saying
it's probably just another coincidence that Haruhi knows Ibuki. Sumomo asks
what Yuma means, and Yuma says that Saya told him she knew Ibuki as well when
he ate lunch with her at Oasis yesterday. Sumomo asks if Saya is another one
of his classmates, and Yuma nods. Sumomo is amazed that Ibuki knows so many
upperclassmen, and hopes that she'll see them hanging around Ibuki sooner or
later. Yuma tells Sumomo to calm down first, and explains that Ibuki and Saya
know each other because their parents are friends, and says she doesn't have
any reason to be jealous. Sumomo insists that she's not jealous, just that she
was surprised to hear Ibuki had so many friends. Yuma says it's not her fault,
and Sumomo says she knows, and Yuma decides to stop before she gets any
angrier. Yuma than turns back to Haruhi and asks her what she thinks, but she
is muttering things to herself, looking very awkward and disturbed. Haruhi
finally notices Yuma looking at her and asks what was the question again, and
Yuma asks if she heard what they were saying. Sumomo apologizes to Haruhi, and
Haruhi says it's alright, but that she was thinking where she had heard the
name Shikimori before. Yuma asks Haruhi if everything's alright, and Sumomo
advises her not to think too hard on it and catch a cold because of it. Haruhi
tells them not to worry about her, and that everything will be fine, and says
she has plenty of energy. Yuma notes that the joke isn't that funny, and is
even more worried that Haruhi had to result to such a sad joke. Yuma tells her
not to work too hard, and Haruhi thanks him for his concern. Yuma wonders if he
should spend the day with Haruhi after school is over since they are there for
only half the day on Saturdays, than Koyuki walks behind the girls, and when
she and Yuma notice each other, Koyuki blushes and let's out a moan, than
quickly runs off. Yuma thinks for a moment, and is sure that he saw Koyuki, and
Sumomo notices that he's distracted and asks what's wrong. Yuma asks if they
saw Koyuki too just a second ago, and Haruhi mentions that she's seen the two
of them together many times recently, and Sumomo adds that he's been mentioning
her a lot at home too, and asks if he likes Koyuki. Yuma says that's not it,
and if that's what it seems like it's only a coincidence, and that he's helping
her out with her club activities, since she needs to recruit new members to
keep it going. Sumomo asks if he's a member, and says she saw the ad in the
school paper the other day and that she's interested. Haruhi asks if Sumomo is
still infatuated with fortune telling, and Sumomo says yes because she thinks
it would be fun. Haruhi says that she's still surprised that Yuma is helping
Koyuki out, and Yuma wonders why he always feels a little embarrassed when he
hears Koyuki's name now. Haruhi giggles than apologizes, saying she won't ask
about it anymore, and says he's doing good to help out an older classman. Yuma
cracks and tells Haruhi not to say such things, that it's something else
entirely. Haruhi tells him that's the rumor, and he brings her in close and
asks what rumor. Haruhi explains that Anri and a few others have been spreading
the rumor that Yuma and Koyuki are dating since they were seen at Oasis
together. Yuma remarks that now all he's managed to do is create more trouble
for Koyuki, but wonders why he feels a little exhilarated that such a rumor is
being spread. Sumomo asks why they are leaving her out of the loop of whatever
they are talking about, and Yuma says it's about something she shouldn't
concern herself with. Haruhi moves back to Sumomo giggling, and tells Sumomo
not to worry about it, and she'll tell her later. Sumomo asks if she really
will, and thanks Haruhi. Yuma tells Sumomo not to believe anything Haruhi says,
and wonders if he can trust Haruhi to keep silent, and hopes that Jun or Hachi
haven't heard the rumor yet, than remembers the Divination Club, and tells
Sumomo to stop by the club room later when she can if she's really interested,
and that it would be nice of her to do so. Sumomo asks Yuma what he means, and
Yuma admits that Koyuki is really the only member of the Divination Club.
Haruhi says if that's true than surely the school council will shut it down
soon, and Sumomo says she'd better stop by than.

Haruhi and Yuma head for class after they say goodbye to Sumomo, and Yuma asks
if she's really alright, noticing that she's really tired, and asks to see
Soprano. Haruhi insists that everything is fine, and tells him not to worry
about her, and worry about Sumomo. Yuma forces a smile and a quick chuckle,
than becomes worried for Haruhi again, knowing she can't be alright.

When they get to class, Hachi comes right over to his seat. (Oh crap.) Hachi
says he heard an interesting rumor concerning him and Koyuki lately, and Yuma
hesitates before he asks Hachi what he heard. Hachi says Yuma can't keep a
secret from him, and says he'll back him up, as long as Yuma lets him in on the
plan. Yuma asks what plan, and Hachi says the plan to use club activities to
worm his way into a girl�fs heart. Jun comes over and says that's a little long
of an explanation, and Yuma says that Hachi would take half a year to even
choose a club in the first place. Hachi asks what's wrong with that, and Jun
asks Yuma how did Yuma manage to pull it off in the first place. Hachi says he
couldn't figure it out either, and Jun says that Koyuki surely doesn't hate
him because of the difference in their grade, and Hachi cracks, asking if he
can't even be mentioned on the same plateau as Yuma. (Bingo!) Yuma tells him
not to worry, and Jun how long it takes a girl to calm down if they look upset.
Hachi says Yuma seems to have forgotten about him, and Yuma says of course he
hasn't, that he'd have a new plan by the time Hachi committed to the old one.
Hachi agrees, than asks what plan he has in mind. Jun sighs and says that
Haruhi, Anri and Saya would all notice Hachi's stupid advances in advance (yes
that was clever...NOT! But I'm not changing it!) as stay away from him. Yuma
says he'd probably get a zero for effort, and Jun laughs at Yuma's witty burn.
Hachi asks what the hell they mean by that, and Jun says he seems angry, and
says the truth hurts. Hachi tells Jun that he's annoying, and that he'll become
the "champion of campus life" with his plan. The bell rings, and Hachi heads
back to his seat, saying they'll see, sooner or later. Yuma says Hachi is
about to repeat his Valentine's Day tragedy, and Jun says there�fs nothing they
can do since it's Hachi after all.


Time: Lunch


Class ends with lunch, and Yuma wonders where he should eat lunch at, than
recalls Koyuki's look on her face when he noticed her before she ran off, and
wonders if she's alright, and decides to go ask her about it.

Yuma heads for the club room and knocks on the door, but Koyuki doesn't answer,
and Yuma notes that he forgot to ask if Koyuki actually did any business on
Saturday. Yuma rattles the door, and opens it since it's not locked and calls
out to Koyuki again, and feels as if he's peeping into a girls room without
permission, since this club room is like Koyuki's private sanctuary. Yuma
heads inside and says that it's dangerous not to lock the door while your out,
and when Koyuki still doesn't answer, Yuma wonders if she's hiding. Yuma calls
out for her again, and when she still doesn't answer, he decides to leave, but
calls out one last time saying he's leaving just in case, and notes that she's
probably still somewhere at school, and thinks to where she might be, and
thinks possibly Oasis, and heads there.

However, as he takes the path towards Oasis, he remembers another place she
likes, and heads for the park with the cherry blossom trees, and finds her
there. Koyuki greets him, and he greets her in return. However, when Yuma moves
forward Koyuki takes a step back in apprehension. Yuma is confused and moves
toward her again, and she takes another step back, and Yuma asks Koyuki if
she's dodging him. Koyuki says that�fs not it, and Yuma asks if she's angry with
him because he wasn't helping out enough with the club activities. Koyuki says
no again, and Yuma is out of ideas for why she's acting like this. Yuma
wonders if he can discover the reason by talking with her, and says that the
cherry blossom trees have stopped blooming. Koyuki agrees and says there won't
be any more good views until next spring. Yuma says he's coming closer, and
this time Koyuki doesn't move away. Koyuki says she's been coming to this place
for a long time now, saying that a person she loved brought her here often.
Yuma says he didn't know she had a boyfriend, and Koyuki quickly explains that
it was a woman. (Guess that means she's not a lesbian than. Or is she? :) Yuma
feels a little relieved when he hears this, noting that he didn't like the idea
of her liking someone else. Yuma asks what this woman is doing now, and Koyuki
says she's not alive anymore. Yuma notices Koyuki's voice beginning to break,
and notes that she's watching the trees, almost as if she's looking beyond them
toward someone that is out of reach. Koyuki says she it's been ten years since
she last came here with the woman, but says it's a long story. Yuma apologizes
for being insensitive, but Koyuki says she doesn't mind, because it doesn't
hurt her to bring up old memories, saying she can always see her when she looks
at the cherry blossom trees, and Koyuki gently pats the trunk of a nearby
tree, than turns to look at Yuma. Yuma says this place really holds important
memories for her, and Koyuki nods, and says she wished she could make these
trees bloom forever, but says she doesn't have the power to make them do so,
and says she'll watch over the place until the time comes when she graduates.
Yuma notes that this woman was really important to Koyuki, and that to prevent
her memories of her from fading, she always comes here. Yuma says she's not
alone, and when Koyuki asks what he means, Yuma says Sumomo likes this place
a lot too, and that she surely feels whatever Koyuki feels about this place as
well. Koyuki asks if he means Sumomo, and Yuma mentions that he found her here
yesterday, and relays that she was lonely seeing all of the blossoms
floating off the trees. Koyuki asks if that's what happened yesterday evening,
and Yuma asks what she means, than cracks, wondering if she saw what happened
yesterday and had the wrong impression. Koyuki says not to worry and that she
won't tell anyone their secret. (OH BOY!) Yuma asks what she means, and Koyuki
says she saw Yuma and Sumomo in a tight embrace yesterday. Yuma freaks, and
notes that while it did look bad, he didn't think that it was THAT bad. Koyuki
says she won't say anything about the two of them being a couple, and Yuma
says they are just brother and sister. Koyuki doesn't hear him and continues to
say she won't tell anyone about the kiss, and Yuma recalls that bad feeling he
had yesterday, and realizes that Koyuki must have seen it from the wrong angle
and obviously misunderstood the situation. Koyuki says she was surprised that
he and Sumomo were doing more than she realized, and Yuma than realizes that
Koyuki's reaction this morning wasn't so strange after all, now that he knows
what she thinks she knows. Yuma tells Koyuki that she mistook what she saw,
that garbage flew into his eyes, and Sumomo was trying to help him get it out
of his eye. Koyuki asks what he means, and Yuma apologizes that she took things
the wrong way, and says that getting garbage in your eyes sucks. (I agree with
you there man.) He than says he tried to tell Sumomo not to lean in too close
because it would look embarrassing, but she wouldn't listen, and apologizes
again that Koyuki misinterpreted what happened. Koyuki asks if he and Sumomo
really are nothing more than brother and sister, and Yuma nods. Koyuki asks
what about the kiss though, and Yuma says he was just rubbing her cheek, and
asks if she wants to feel how it's like. Koyuki let's out a shriek of surprise
and almost falls backward, and Yuma quickly says he was just joking, and says
he can't believe she thought he would actually kiss her like this. Koyuki asks
if it was all just a joke, an Yuma nods again. Koyuki says she was surprised,
than sighs in relief. Yuma says that a small kiss is nothing for a brother and
sister, and when Koyuki asks if that's true, Yuma says guys go further than
that with other girls. Koyuki says she's surprised, and Yuma says it's to be
expected in this day and age. Koyuki nervously asks if he wouldn't mind, and
when Yuma asks what she means, Koyuki asks if he wouldn't mind giving her the
small kiss he gives Sumomo. Yuma is at a loss for words, and notes that Jun
would have a field day if he ever found out. Yuma wonders how to respond, and
decides that since he hasn't kissed her yet, he can always say it makes him
uncomfortable. Koyuki asks him what's wrong, and Yuma says he doesn't have that
much experience. When she doesn't say anything, Yuma calls for her again, and
Koyuki finally comes to her senses, saying she figured it out, that it's just
a good night kiss on the forehead, and that's not strange at all. Yuma says
she has it, and Koyuki says that she shouldn't have assumed it was the true
kind of kiss as they probably don't have much if any experience at all. Yuma
wonders why Koyuki wanted a serious answer at first, and is now playfully
avoiding the question. Before he can find out, Koyuki says she must be going,
and Yuma tells her to lock the door of the Divination Club the next time she
leaves it. Koyuki is startled, and apologizes because his words surprised her.
Yuma asks if she wants to eat lunch at Oasis with him, but Koyuki says she has
to get back already. Yuma is disappointed, and Koyuki quickly runs off, noting
that he was surprised that the mere mention of a kiss was enough to fluster
Koyuki that badly, but was more disturbed himself that she witnessed what
happened with Sumomo and him yesterday, and that she mistook them together as
a couple and thought they had kissed.


Time: Night


The doorbell rings, and the person at the door announces himself as the
paperboy, coming to collect the money for next month's papers since he forgot
to come by during the morning. Yuma says he'll take care of it, but Otoha says
she'll handle it. (This next scene is awesome. :) Otoha greets the paperboy and
says he works hard, and hands him the money for next month's papers. The man is
surprised to see Otoha, and asks if she's married, and Otoha tells him not to
refer to her like that, and just refer to her as Otoha. The man barely manages
to spit out her name, and Yuma can hardly believe that she's flirting with
someone she hardly knows. The man than apologizes and says he doesn't have
enough invitation tickets this month. Otoha says their relationship will end if
he doesn't, and the man quickly pleads with her not to cancel, and says he'll
get her tickets to a baseball or soccer, (football to the rest of the world
excluding the US.) and Yuma recaps that this happens every month, that Otoha
seems to have developed a fan club of her own, and wonders if she holds a
grudge against anyone in particular for why she does this, and notes that women
are scary.

Otoha comes back in saying she made a big catch and got a lot of tickets today.
Yuma says she really shouldn't mess with younger men like that, and Otoha
laughs and says he was happy, and it saves her money. Yuma makes a mental note
to handle transactions like this for sure himself in the future, than asks her
what kind of ticket she got. Otoha says they are all various kinds, but pulls
one out in particular that has an expiration date of tomorrow, and Yuma remarks
that sucks, as it's hard to plan that suddenly. Otoha agrees, and asks Yuma if
he wants to use it. When he asks why him, Otoha says she's already made plans
for tomorrow, and it would be a shame to waste it. Yuma says he will if he
must, and Otoha pulls a fast one and hands him a second similar ticket, and
says he can take someone he likes to see it with him. Yuma is confused, and
Otoha says he can take someone on a date tomorrow. Yuma wonders why she has to
say something so happily, and Otoha asks if he wants to invite Sumomo. Yuma
asks if she'd really be ok with such a thing, and Otoha says of course, that
she would be honored if her beautiful daughter went with him. (Oh brother...)
Yuma asks how she knew about their troubles, and Otoha says that's a secret.
Yuma asks what he will do if Sumomo is busy tomorrow too, and Otoha says he'll
think of someone to use it with, and says if he has to he can forcibly take
someone with him, than tells him to work hard, and that she as his mother
supports him. Yuma says he doesn't want that kind of help from her, and Otoha
laughs again, saying she's helping set her son up on a date, than skips out of
the room as Yuma yells after her, and notes that she didn't leave him any room
to argue. Yuma wonders who he'll take after all, and decides to think over it
in the morning. Sumomo comes in and says his bath is ready, and Yuma asks why
she doesn't get in first like she always does. Sumomo says she wants to watch
a show that comes on at 9:00, and Yuma asks if it's another show that has
stupid explosions like last time. Sumomo says no, that it features two people
being broadcast live from Johannesburg, South Africa. (TOO RANDOM!!!) Sumomo
turns on the TV, and the show is on, but it's warlike, and Sumomo apologizes,
saying she didn't know it was like this, but asks Yuma if she can still watch
it. Yuma says she watches too much TV, than heads upstairs for his bath.

~~End Saturday, April 15th.


(de) Date: Sunday, April 16th


Time: Morning


Yuma turns off the TV, saying that nothing is on, and wonders why nothing good
is on Sundays. Sumomo comes in and asks if he's going to spend all day watching
TV, and says there's surely a lot of other people doing the same thing as he
is. Yuma says he's looking at the commercials, and Sumomo that he's looking to
be a businessman too. Yuma is silent than realizes that all he's doing is
helping the stupid TV ratings. Sumomo seems to have noticed, and pushes for him
to get out and do something. Yuma asks if she's going out herself, and Sumomo
nods, saying she's going to spend the day with Haruhi and catch up. Yuma is
surprised, and Sumomo goes over the plan for the day, to se a movie, and than
spend time catching up on what's happened to them over the years, and tells him
that the weather is too nice to lie about. Yuma says he'll head out, and Sumomo
says that's good to hear, and tells him to think of what he can do. Yuma asks
if he could tag along with her and Haruhi today, but Sumomo looks down and says
she wouldn't like it. Yuma asks if she's worried about Haruhi, but Sumomo says
no, and says Haruhi would probably be overjoyed. Yuma than asks what's the
problem, and Sumomo thinks, than says it's her woman's intuition. Yuma is
silent, and Sumomo asks him what's wrong. Yuma says he didn't expect her to
come up with that good of an excuse, and Sumomo pouts, saying she's a beautiful
young lady. Yuma apologizes to her and says she is a lady, but notes that she
only is on the outside, and is still a child inside, and Sumomo giggles and
asks if he really thinks so. Yuma says her grin looks awfully childish, and
Sumomo giggles again, off in her own world. Yuma brings her back by asking her
what time she is supposed to meet Haruhi, and Sumomo says she forgot about it,
and that it's almost time. Yuma says she'd better hurry or she'll be late, and
Sumomo gives him a hurried good bye. Yuma notes that with her gone, nothing
is stopping him from lying around all day, but decides to get up and go out
himself.

Yuma heads out to the station near the shopping district, but wonders why he
came here in the first place. Yuma wonders if Hachi is busy and calls his
phone. Hachi however says he's busy, going to a baseball game with his older
brother. Yuma says that's disappointing for him, and hopes he enjoys it, and
hangs up, than gives Jun a call, saying he's got an extra ticket, and asks if
he wants to come along. Jun says he knew it, and exclaims that Yuma is asking
him out on a date. (<_<) Yuma tells him to calm down, but Jun says he has to
decline since he already has plans for today too. Yuma asks if he's already
got a date, and Jun asks if he's jealous. Yuma says he's hanging up, and Jun
says he's just kidding. Yuma says he'll never be able to understand how he
operates, and Jun says he's busy with his fan club today. Yuma asks if it's for
another photo shoot, and Jun says yes, and says that while he wishes he could
cancel to go with Yuma, he can't so suddenly. Yuma says he understands and
hopes he enjoys it. Jun says he can come and watch for free, and Yuma declines,
saying he wouldn't want to get in the way of his fans. Jun tells him not to
worry, and that he'd be treated like a VIP. Yuma says he doesn't want to be
treated any differently, and says he's got to go. Jun tries to tell him he's a
respected friend, but Yuma hangs up, remarking that while he feels bad for
hanging up on him, Jun was being really ridiculous there, and that God sure
made a big mistake giving him a penis. Yuma than thinks hard, wondering if
there is anyone else he can call. He notes that Sumomo is with Haruhi today,
and that he doesn't know what Anri is doing, and Saya, Shinya and Ibuki are
out of the question as well, so that leaves... (Of course, whose path do you
think we are on?!?) Yuma notices a green sphere floating in his cone of vision,
and notes that he'd know that ball anywhere, and calls out for Koyuki. Koyuki
says he did a good job spotting Tama-chan, and Yuma says it's hard to miss a
floating green ball, than says it's a good thing he found her. Koyuki asks why,
and Yuma brings out the tickets to the art exhibit, and tells her that they
expire today, and says that he couldn't find anyone else to come with him. 
Koyuki asks again if he couldn't find anyone to take, and Yuma apologizes if 
he's embarrassing her, but hopes she would do him a favor. Yuma suddenly
recalls Otoha's words from last night, and feels as if she's almost watching
him now, remembering that her smile gives him the creeps, and looks back at
Koyuki, who has the same smile, and says while she doesn't quite understand the
situation, she's interested. Yuma thanks her, and apologizes if he's
interfering with her plans today, but stops talking as he notices Koyuki
staring at him. Yuma than takes a deep breath and asks Koyuki if she would like
to come with him. Koyuki is silent for a moment, than asks if it would just be
the two of them. Yuma asks if she's sure, than says he's glad. Koyuki says she
doesn't know if she'll be up to his expectations, but Yuma says he won't judge
her. Koyuki asks if he won't, and Yuma says of course not, and hands her one
of the tickets, saying at the very least it's free, and maybe she'll enjoy it
more than she thinks. Koyuki is quiet, and looks at the ticket in silence. Yuma
asks her what's wrong, and Koyuki says there should be a magic exhibit near
this one as well. Yuma asks if that's so, and Koyuki nods, and says she'll
write it into the ticket. Yuma says they should be going than if everything is
settled, and Koyuki says she doesn't mind, and agrees. Yuma notes that he
doesn't care who sees him with Koyuki today.

As they walk, Yuma asks Koyuki if she foretold any events that would happen
today, saying that it sure was lucky that he ran into her at the station.
Koyuki is quiet, and Yuma notes that she really isn't saying much, and wishes
she would say something, anything to keep the conversation going, and that's
why he stopped on the topic of fortune-telling, to see if that would rouse her.
However...Yuma hopes they reach their destination soon, than gives a little
jump, as he stops walking because something is pulling at his arm. Yuma looks
back, and Koyuki is gripping the sleeve of his shirt. Yuma calls to her, and
she asks what's wrong. Yuma asks if she notices what she's doing, and Koyuki
looks at him confused. Yuma mentions that she's grabbing his shirt, and Koyuki
finally notices and looks at her arm like it isn't a part of her. Yuma asks if
he's walking too fast, but Koyuki says that's not it, and lowers her eyes, but
doesn't let go of Yuma's arm. Yuma asks if she wants to hold his hand, and
Koyuki blushes and apologizes, than pulls her arm away. Yuma asks if she's
alright, and Koyuki apologizes again, saying she didn't notice or mean to grab
his arm. Yuma says he was just a little surprised, and asks if she was
uncomfortable. Koyuki nods, and they walk side by side again, but a little
later, Koyuki grabs his arms again, but Yuma feels as if he should say
something, but he doesn't know what to say, but notes that Koyuki holding his
arm like this feels natural, but when he looks at her, she looks nervous and
uncomfortable.

As they continue along, Yuma remarks that it's been a long time since he's seen
Koyuki in regular clothes. Koyuki says that true since they see each other so
often at school, and Koyuki nervously asks if she looks good in these regular
clothes. Yuma says it suits her very well, and Koyuki blushes, than says she
was a little worried Yuma wouldn't think much of her without her apron on. Yuma
asks when she became worried about what he thought of her, and Koyuki says he
seems to like girls in aprons. Yuma tells her to try again because she's wrong,
and Koyuki asks if he doesn't like when she wears her apron.

Options:

1) Surely not!

2) I love it!


Note: Believe it or not, Option One is the way to go here.



Option One: Yuma says she can't always wear the apron, but says he would like
her to be herself, and if that means to wear the apron all the time, than
that's ok. Koyuki says she doesn't understand, and Yuma says it's hard to
explain. When Koyuki asks if it's really that hard, Yuma rephrases it, that
it's hard to describe her in words. Koyuki says that sounds like praise to her,
and Yuma says there's a few words for it, such as anxious and mysterious. Yuma
than wonders why Koyuki looks so serious now.


Option Two: Yuma remarks that he loves it, and Koyuki says he does like girls
in aprons after all, and says he wouldn't like her without the apron, and says
that makes her sad. Yuma tells her not to fake crying, and Koyuki pouts and
says she's not lying. Yuma sighs, knowing that she's faking it no matter how
she tries to explain it, but notes that she did look truly sad there for a
moment as well. Yuma says that she can't always wear the apron though, and she
asks him what he's trying to say.


Both paths meet up here. Yuma says that he believes there's a beautiful woman
woman under her exterior, and Koyuki blushes. Yuma apologizes, and says that
it's embarrassing to say such things. Koyuki tries to says she's not, and
blushes again, and squeezes Yuma's sleeve, and Yuma sees that she's sulking a
bit. Koyuki says that Yuma seems to enjoy teasing her, and Yuma insists that
he didn't mean it like that, and apologizes if he upset her. Koyuki asks if he
was being truthful, and says it's embarrassing. Their conversation continues
a little more, until they soon reach their destination. Yuma feels disappointed
when Koyuki finally lets go of his arm, and Yuma asks if they should go in, and
Koyuki nods.


Time: Lunch


Yuma notes that it was an interesting exhibit, and asks Koyuki what she thought
of it, and she agrees. Yuma recaps that he enjoyed it, although he didn't
understand most of it since he doesn't know much about magic, and Koyuki asks
which part of the exhibit he liked the most. Yuma says he was most intrigued
by a small music box, which had a magic mirror built into it to reflect the
image of whomever was put on it, and could be changed at will, and notes that
it is similar to things that can be done with modern technology, but doesn't
tell Koyuki this last bit, and instead says it felt familiar. Koyuki says she
thinks the person who made it was very gentle, and Yuma agrees. Koyuki asks if
he saw another exhibit, and while he says he did, he admits he didn't
understand it. Koyuki says that he could understand part of it though, because
everyone can understand magic, they just have to work at it. Yuma looks at
Koyuki in surprise, and wonders if Koyuki somehow knew that he used magic when
he was a child. Yuma stares in silence, and Koyuki calls out to him. Yuma
apologizes and says he was thinking about something, and Koyuki says she
thought her words puzzled him. Yuma says it's fine, and Koyuki says she's glad.
Yuma asks Koyuki if she thinks she could make such a nice music box herself,
and Koyuki says that while it's possible, it would still be very difficult,
because her magic is weak compared to how it will need to be in the days
ahead. Yuma says he hadn't heard about that and apologizes. Koyuki than says
that the people she told their fortune to today, and says that someone who can
use magic can pass it on to their descendants by leaving something in a simple
enough shape, such as a music box, but if you take the wrong road, you only end
up hurting yourself in the long run. Yuma repeats her words, and Koyuki says
it's a sad tale, and says she can't tell anyone the rest, as she's the only one
who can deal with it. Yuma asks if she's sure she's supposed to be alone,
and Koyuki says that seems to be likely. Yuma feels saddened by her words, and
is worried that he found out something that he may not necessarily should have
known. Yuma than says that even if she makes a mistake down the road, she can
redo it and again. Koyuki silently nods, and Yuma feels her arm gripping his
sleeve shake faintly, and than notes that only Koyuki can lean on his arm like
this now. Yuma asks if she thinks she made a mistake today, but Koyuki says
no, but asks if her power can really correct the mistake, for the sake of that
person. Yuma doesn't know what she means, but notes that it must be incredibly
important to her.

Yuma and Koyuki take a small break in a nearby coffee shop, tired from all the
walking they had been doing today. Koyuki giggles and says he really must be
tired. Yuma laughs as well, and says he was almost exhausted, than asks Koyuki
if she is tired. Koyuki says not really, and Yuma apologizes since he is to
blame, but Koyuki says she doesn't mind because she's happy. Yuma says he's
glad that she's enjoying herself, and Koyuki says she'll definitely join him
next time he asks her to join him. Yuma asks what she means by next, and Koyuki
asks if that's a problem. Yuma says there isn't, and Koyuki says she'll be the
one inviting him next time. Yuma nods and says he'll look forward to it. Yuma
than notes that today really has become a date after all, but he'll never fess
up to anyone asking about it, and is silently glad about all that's happened so
far today. Than, bad news in the form of Anri shows up, and she asks who he's
with. Yuma asks why she's here, and Anri says she comes here all the time
because of the good tea they serve. Koyuki greets Anri, and Anri greets her in
return, asking if she came with Yuma today. Koyuki says she came out here and
met up with him by chance. Anri asks if that's so, than looks at the two of
them carefully. Yuma tells her not to stare at them like that, and says that
it's rude to Koyuki. Anri apologizes, but Koyuki tells her not to worry about
it. Anri than whispers to Yuma that she didn't think he'd try to land Koyuki,
but than says that sometimes looks and tactfulness don't matter. Yuma asks
what Anri is saying, and Anri simply says that she didn't expect to see Koyuki
and Yuma together on a Sunday. Yuma chokes and asks what she's talking about,
and Anri says she knows, than backs off, and says she's sorry for interrupting
their date, and says she'll see them tomorrow and runs off. Koyuki blushes, and
Yuma tries to tell her not to worry about what Anri said. Koyuki says she'll
try, than asks Yuma what Anri was whispering to him. Yuma chokes on his coffee,
and Koyuki apologizes, than asks if she told him good news. Yuma hesitates to
answer, and Koyuki asks if he's hot or something, since his face has flushed
very red. Yuma says he'll be alright, but loses his will to talk. Koyuki asks
if he's flushing because of her, and Yuma simply hangs his head. Koyuki moves
closer to him, and touches his head. Yuma shakes badly, and Koyuki says he
doesn't seem to have a fever, than she hesitates, and when Yuma asks what's
wrong, she says she thought that was it, and blushes again. Yuma says that it's
nothing, and Koyuki does her Jiii~ sound again, and asks if that's true, and
Yuma nervously says that's true. Koyuki says she guesses that she drew too
close too early, and says he finds her unattractive. Yuma asks what does that
have to do with this situation, and Koyuki laughs and saying she was joking.
Yuma wonders how the hell she can go from being so serious to joking just like
that, than they finally notice how close they are to each other, and Yuma's
heart begins to pound in his throat. Koyuki says his face has flushed really
red again, and Yuma says it's nothing again. Koyuki asks if he's fine now, and
giggles again.


Time: Afternoon


Yuma thanks Koyuki for spending time with him today, and she tells him not to
worry about it, and says she was glad that she was able to talk to him, and
blushes again. Yuma asks if could walk her back to the dorms, noting that today
was special, and that he would like to spend every moment he can with Koyuki.
Koyuki asks if he's sure that would be alright, and Yuma says he's sure. Koyuki
says she sees, and Yuma asks again, saying that he's free. Koyuki is silent,
than says that the day isn't over yet. Yuma says she's right, and that it
might cause more trouble. Koyuki looks down, and Yuma says he'll be going than,
and thanks her for the time they spent together today, and turns around to
leave, but Koyuki grabs his arm again. When he asks her if something is wrong,
she just stays silent, and Yuma can't shake his arm free, and looks at her hand
for a while. Koyuki blushes, and Yuma asks if she wants to spend more time
together. Koyuki meekly says if it was possible, than yes, and says she wishes
the day would never end. Yuma says alright than, and says she doesn't have to
be alone. Koyuki asks if she can see him tomorrow than, and Yuma agrees, and
tells her good-bye.


Time: Night


Yuma lies in his bed, thinking about all the happened today with Koyuki, and is
glad that he spent the day with her, and pictures her mysterious yet lovely
face in his mind. Yuma knows that deep down that it couldn't have been a
coincidence, but notes that he wants to get to know Koyuki better.

~~End Sunday, April 16th.


(df) Date: Monday, April 17th


Time: Morning


Sumomo tells Yuma that she's heading to school early, and Yuma tells her to
wait up, and says he'll join her. Sumomo tells him sorry, but that she has
business to take care of. Yuma says she really shouldn't go alone, and Sumomo
laughs and tells him not to worry. Yuma says he can't help it, since he is her
older brother. Sumomo asks Yuma what he did yesterday, since he looks happy.
Yuma asks if she could tell, and she says he looks like he just had the best
day of his life. Sumomo than tells him to do his best this week, and Yuma tells
her the same. Sumomo says she will, than prays for Ibuki to wait up for her.
Yuma is silent, and Sumomo than heads out the door, saying good-bye to Yuma.
Yuma wonders if the business Sumomo was referring to was Ibuki, and wishes her
luck.

Yuma greets Koyuki at the school gates, where she is watering the school
garden. Yuma asks it's her turn to do so today, and she greets him, than looks
down. When Yuma follows her gaze, he sees Koyuki tuck the hose back into the
apron pocket. Yuma notes that she not only has a generator, but a water source
in the apron pocket as well. Koyuki than says it's not her job this morning,
but felt as if she needed to do it anyway. Yuma says he sees, and laughs at
the thought. Koyuki notices Yuma still looking at the apron where the hose
disappeared to, and asks him what's wrong. Yuma says it's nothing, and Koyuki
asks if he's wondering about the magic pocket. Yuma nods and says he wishes he
knew how it worked. Koyuki asks if he would like to know.


Options:

1) I want to know.

2) Shout out NO!


Note: I say Option One here since you don't make Koyuki truly sad, but feel
free to give Option Two a try as well.


Option One: Yuma hesitates for a moment, than admits he would like to know the
secret. Koyuki looks a little disappointed, than says alright. Yuma asks if she
doesn't really want to tell him, and Koyuki says it would ruin the surprise.
Yuma is silent for a moment, and Koyuki says she'll tell him. Yuma says he's
really interested now, and Koyuki giggles and says she can tell, and Yuma notes
that anyone would want to know the secret of this mysterious apron.


Option Two: Yuma states he would prefer not to know about the pocket,
and Koyuki hesitates before saying that was really blunt. Yuma asks if she's
uneasy about it, and notes that he did shout a bit forcefully, saying that most
people would look at him for such an outburst, than hopes that no one else
heard him. Koyuki looks away and says Yuma doesn't have an interest in her,
and says she's sad, and is shocked to feel that way, and goes back to watering
the garden, and Yuma sees she's almost in tears, and tells her to wait a
moment. Koyuki asks what, and Yuma says he'll listen if she still wants to tell
him about it. Koyuki asks if he's telling the truth, and Yuma says of course,
and asks if his eyes are lying. Koyuki moves closer to look at his eyes, and
Yuma remarks to himself that he's embarrassed by her quick movement toward him.
Koyuki than says he has long eyelashes, and when Yuma looks at her in confusion
she giggles and says she got rid of an abnormal eyelash. Yuma nervously thanks
Koyuki for her concern, and notes that he'll forget about it, even if he
doesn't understand it, and that he'll be happier not thinking about it.


Both paths meet up here. Yuma also thanks Koyuki for coming along with him
again yesterday, and Koyuki says it was no trouble since she enjoyed it as
well. Koyuki than brings the water hose back out, and says she has to finish
watering the garden. Yuma asks what about the faucet, and when Koyuki looks at
him confused, Yuma wonders how the pocket didn't overflow since she never
turned the water off. Yuma than says she must have an ON/OFF switch somewhere
in there, and when Koyuki looks even more bewildered Yuma says never mind, that
it's nothing, but notes that it would just be more trouble that it's worth to
explain. Koyuki laughs and says she gets it. Yuma says he should probably be
going than, and Koyuki adds that the first bell should ring soon. Yuma tells
Koyuki to work hard, and she nods and adds that he's energetic today.

As Yuma enters the class, Jun runs up to him holding something, and when Yuma
looks he sees a VERY suggestive photo of Jun in lingerie. (ACK!) Yuma shouts
out that he never wants to see such a thing again, and Jun asks why, since it's
a token of his love as an apology for not being able to go yesterday. (NOO!!!)
Yuma says he wasn't thinking straight and that he never meant to invite him in
the first place. Jun says Yuma's putting up quite a fight, than pulls out his
phone and says he'll send it to his phone and set it as his wallpaper. (OH GOD
NO!!!) Yuma grabs Jun and tells him not to waste his battery. Jun says he'll
miss out on looking at his voluptuous body, and Yuma asks why he would want it
in the first place. Hachi than comes over, saying he finally found them. Hachi
than tenses up, and notes that Hachi has seen the disturbing picture of Jun.
Hachi says he didn't know that Jun was so beautiful, (WTF?!?) and Yuma says
he's taking it fairly well. Jun remarks that he's too good for Hachi, and Hachi
apologizes to his parents for being such a dumbass in his little fantasy world,
than says he wishes he had such a friendship with an upperclassman as Yuma does
with Koyuki and zooms out of the room. Jun remarks that he's gone, and Yuma
says that he's going to hit the wall hard soon, and hopes it knocks some sense
into him. Jun says he won't worry about it, and that what Hachi is doing is
cute. Yuma hesitates than says if he says so. Jun asks Yuma if he's praising
him, and Yuma shouts out no.


Time: Lunch


Yuma's eyes feel heavy as he puts the projector away, and is surprised to see
Koyuki in the classroom doorway, and goes out to meet her, asking if something
is wrong. Koyuki nervously says she came to see if he would be willing to help
out with club activities today, and says she still needs new members. Yuma
remembers now, and notes that he forgot all about Koyuki's club problems. Yuma
says he would love to, but he still hasn't taken the projector back to the
supply room yet, and says he'll head to Oasis in about fifteen minutes. Koyuki
says he doesn't have to come help if he's busy, but Yuma says it's alright, and
says she had better get going, and that he'll hurry over as fast as he can.
Koyuki's face brightens, and Yuma feels a little more at ease, than remembers
some of the things that Koyuki said yesterday. Koyuki says she'll wait up for
him, and wishes him well, than leaves and heads for Oasis. Yuma heads back
inside and starts putting up the projector at a fast pace, and Hachi
(surrounded by the rest of the gang) says he's really enthusiastic. Jun asks if
something just happened, and Haruhi giggles, saying that Yuma and Koyuki don't
want any rumors getting started. Hachi laughed menacingly, and says he'll have
to study Yuma's strategy. Haruhi says that if he tries it she'll have to punish
him, but this only encourages Hachi more, and says he hopes she does punish
him. (<_< Pathetic masochist.) Haruhi is taken aback however, and Yuma tells
Haruhi to ignore Hachi, that he'll never change.

Yuma makes it to Oasis, and wonders where Anri is, and finds Koyuki in her
usual corner.

Yuma sees that she's busy giving a girl a reading, and stands back a little to
wait and watch. Yuma remembers when Koyuki gave him his reading a couple weeks
ago, and notes that he still hasn't figured out the meaning of it. Yuma calls
out to Koyuki, and she's startled and loses her concentration, and the spell
breaks, and the rune stone flies off and bounces to Yuma's feet. The other girl
asks if everything is alright, and Koyuki says that she lost her concentration,
and thus, the reading failed. Yuma bends down and picks the stone up, and it
almost burns him because it was white-hot for a moment. Yuma makes a mental
note to not scoff at magic anymore. The other girl asks if Koyuki can give her
another reading, but Koyuki apologizes and says that her reading for today has
been ruined, but says she'll read her fortune tomorrow. The girl says thank
you, and gets up and leaves. Yuma apologizes to Koyuki, and hands her the
dropped rune stone. Koyuki says she was waiting for him, and Yuma asks if
everything is alright. Koyuki says yes but that she's a little embarrassed by
what he just witnessed. Yuma slowly says she failed, and Koyuki says it doesn't
happen very often, and tells him not to worry about it. Yuma feels a little
relieved to see that Koyuki isn't depressed at all, but wonders why she isn't
the least bit discouraged, and Koyuki smiles slightly at him. Yuma says he
sees, and says that it's bound to happen every once in a while. Koyuki says
that's true, but every time it happens she worries about it a little more. Yuma
tells her not to dwell on it, and says you can't read a reading if it isn't
revealed in the first place. Koyuki says that's not it though. Yuma than asks
if she remembers the reading she gave him when they were watching the cherry
blossom trees, and says that the gem exploded that time, and asks if that was
a failure too. Koyuki says that on the contrary, it was a good thing. Yuma asks
if that's true, and notes that he can't understand fortune telling at all.
Yuma than asks if she's thought of other ways to attract new members for the
club, than notes that with this recent failure it won't help Koyuki's position
in recruiting, and surely hopes that Koyuki understands as well. Koyuki says
she plans to do what he suggested last time, and go around the school
advertising the Club after school.


Time: After School


Yuma notes that he planned to help Koyuki after school, but unfortunately he's
on clean up duty today, and notes that it sucks. Yuma hopes that she'll be able
to spark a few student's interests while he's cleaning, even if she has to
show them the mysterious apron pocket. Saya than comes up to Yuma and asks how
he's doing. Yuma greets her, and says he was just thinking about something,
about ho he's supposed to meet someone but ended up stuck with cleaning duty.
Saya asks if it'll be trouble if he misses meeting this person, and Yuma admits
that he was supposed to meet Koyuki at Oasis. Saya asks if that's so, than
looks away. When she turns back, she says it may not be good for Yuma to stay
too long after school today. Yuma asks what she means all of a sudden, and Saya
apologizes. (Oh?) Yuma looks at her for a moment, than says he has to get back
to cleaning. Saya asks Yuma to forget what she said, and Yuma wonders where
Shinya is now, and that he can feel a mysterious aura emanating from Saya, that
her words must have had some meaning that he can't grasp yet. Yuma than asks if
Shinya took the day off from school, since he hadn't seen him and is a little
worried. Yuma asks if he caught a cold or something, and says he might pay him
a visit to see how he's doing. Saya says that Shinya is fine though, that he
just needed a break from school. Yuma asks why, and Saya looks away before
saying that Shinya has other work he needs to finish first. Yuma asks if it's
work, and Saya says she must leave as well, and Yuma waves good bye to her.
Yuma notes that it looked as if she were running away from him, however. Hachi
comes over and says he needs to buck up and live life to the fullest and ask
Saya out if he likes her. Yuma says he doesn't have feelings for Saya like that
though, and heads out of the room.


Time: Evening


Hachi complains, asking Yuma why he would say such things. Yuma says he's got
to clean, and Hachi gloats over him. Yuma says Hachi is being selfish, and
Hachi says he's going to a hodgepodge restaurant later. Yuma asks why, and
Hachi admits that he's feeling a little uneasy. Yuma remarks that Haruhi was
also absent today, and Hachi cracks, saying he had completely forgotten about
that. Yuma adds that not only Haruhi, but also Anri and Shinya were absent as
well. Hachi says that Yuma is very observant, and says he'll stop whatever
sickness is going around so that no more girls catch it. Yuma says Hachi would
cry like a girl if he caught whatever has been going around, and Hachi says
it's not easy being popular. Yuma asks what he is than, and turns to walk off,
but Hachi grabs him and says he'll go with him. Yuma says he shouldn't keep
the girl waiting for him at the front gate, and Hachi cracks and says he forgot
about since he's so popular. (<_< Yeah right.) Yuma says he'd only get in his
way and tells Hachi not to worry about him. Hachi thanks him, and wishes
himself luck on his date. Yuma hopes Koyuki doesn't think he abandoned her, and
decides to hurry to Oasis.

Yuma reaches Oasis and quickly scans for Koyuki, but she isn't there. Yuma than
spots Anri and says she came over at a convenient time, and Anri gets pissed,
asking why she's convenient. Yuma apologizes for getting here so late, and
explains that he had clean up duty today. Anri says she understands. Yuma
apologizes and says he's tired, and Anri laughs, saying she was only having a
bit of fun with him. Yuma asks if she starts her shift this late often, and
Anri says she couldn't rest after class, and asks if he thinks that's good of
her. Yuma than asks if she's seen Koyuki, and Anri says she only does her
fortune telling business at lunch, and doesn't come here after school. Yuma
explains that he was supposed to meet her here, and says he has a bad feeling.
Anri asks if he wants to order something as long as he's here, but Yuma says
that it's a bad time, and that he has to find Koyuki. Anri says too bad, but
says she'll at least give a free drink, and pours one for him. Anri thanks her,
and Anri says it's not free after all, that his charge is a smile, and asks if
he understands. Yuma says he does, and says he guesses he can have a small
dessert later than, than stands up, and thanks Anri for the treat, and tells
her to work hard. Anri says she'll remember, and tells him bye.

Yuma heads over to the Divination Clubroom, and knocks on the door, apologizing
to Koyuki for not meeting her, but she doesn't answer. Yuma tries the door, but
it seems she remembered to lock it this time, and is proud of her, but not
happy at the moment. Yuma wonders if she left for home earlier, or if something
came up, and remembers that whenever she saw Haruhi, Koyuki is not far behind.
Yuma gives up and decides to try again tomorrow, but when he turns back, his
knees give out and he tumbles to the floor, and he feels extremely
light-headed. Yuma's body begins to shake, and Yuma slowly gets back up, but
the more he walks away from the door, the worse he seems to feel, and notes
that it seems he can't leave yet. Yuma is heaving and short of breath, but when
he starts to crawl back, the feeling goes away. Yuma wonders what the hell just
happened, than hears a sound, and wonders what it is, and automatically begins
running towards where he heard it, and feels that if he doesn't run he'll get
there too late.

Meanwhile, on the roof, Koyuki tells Tama-chan to attack, and Ibuki (whom she
is fighting) says she should keep her eyes on her wand, and tells Bisaim to
attack Tama-chan. Bisaim flies up and begins to cast spells of it's own,
surprising Tama-chan. Koyuki asks Ibuki if she should really be laying all of
her cards on the table, and Ibuki says she has to with a magician of Koyuki's
caliber, but adds that she always keeps something hidden as a last resort.
Koyuki notes that Ibuki and Bisaim's independent spells alone could defeat most
opponents. Tama-chan cuts in now, saying that it doesn't matter what spell
they use, that it will be absorbed. Ibuki says he's annoying, and tells Bisaim
to shut him up. Ibuki than tells Koyuki that they seem to be evenly matched,
but wonders which of them has the greater willpower. Koyuki asks Ibuki if she
won't rethink the situation, saying that she can't possibly understand how
dangerous the Treasure really is. Ibuki says she doesn't care, all she knows is
that the symbol of her clan is hidden here at the school. Koyuki is silent,
and Ibuki says she should understand her situation, and asks how can she be
accepted as the next clan heir if she doesn't possess the Treasure that
guarantees her the right of succession. Koyuki says she still doesn't
understand, and Ibuki fires back that it is because of Koyuki's mother and that
other woman, and says that she's too afraid to face her, and has to send her
daughter out to do her dirty work. Koyuki notes that she has obviously struck
a nerve, as Ibuki involuntarily released a wave of magic that blew her hair
in the wind, and notes that if she can release this much power without any
control or magic wand, than she can't possibly drop her guard. Ibuki says she
must know where the Treasure is being kept, but Koyuki merely stays silent.
Ibuki says that the time for words has passed, and that play time is over, and
begins to radiate enormous power. Koyuki quickly calls Tama-chan back, but
Tama-chan says Bisaim is keeping him busy. Koyuki grunts, and casts spell, but
is blinded, and doesn't understand how her own spell could backfire like this,
and that she can't see a thing. However, she quickly dispels it, and Saya
appears behind Ibuki, and says someone is coming. Ibuki is surprised that she
Saya's trap didn't work, and Saya says they broke out of it. Ibuki grunts and
tells Koyuki that it seems help is on the way, and tells that next time she
will defeat her and Haruhi, Suzuri's daughter. Koyuki is surprised to hear this
from Ibuki, but notes that Ibuki has obviously misunderstood, but knows not to
let any sign of weakness give it away. Koyuki simply stands up and says she
doesn't understand. Ibuki merely grunts again and says that she shouldn't have
left Shinya behind this time, that if she hadn't, Koyuki would already be down
by now. Ibuki than throws her hand upwards, and declares that today's match is
a draw, but says she'll leave her with a small reward. Koyuki senses the danger
and quickly casts teleport spell as Ibuki hurls a magical ball of force
towards Koyuki. As she cries out, and Tama-chan calls for her, it seems she
didn't get away in time.

Cutting back to Yuma, he feels the enormous shockwave that the last blast
created, and the entire school shakes to it's foundation. Yuma knows that it
can't possibly be an earthquake, and runs up the stairs towards the roof,
wondering what the hell just happened. Yuma opens the door and runs out, and
calls out to Koyuki, who is standing there, and believes he just saw Saya as
well. Yuma says he's been looking everywhere for her, and says he heard a loud
noise a little bit ago, and came to investigate. Koyuki is quiet, and Yuma asks
if she's alright, than says she doesn't seem to be injured, and asks what on
earth happened. Yuma looks around the rooftop, but nothing seems to be out of
place that could have been the source of that last explosion, than wonders why
Koyuki is in her magic clothes. Koyuki asks why he's out here, and Yuma says
he cut his clean up duties to come meet here. However, Yuma can't shake the
feeling that he's sure he saw Saya up here as soon as he opened the door, and
recalls that after school she told him oddly that he shouldn't hang around
after school today, and knows that she had to have meant whatever happened up
here. Koyuki says she forgot about meeting him as well. Yuma asks if some
important business came up, but quickly clears his throat, as he noticed that
he was getting angry. Yuma asks what did she do again, and says she can tell
him since he's her friend. Koyuki asks if he thinks they are well matched, and
Yuma says he's sure he heard a strange explosive sound a few minutes ago.
Koyuki is quiet, and Yuma asks what happens, and says he thought he saw Saya up
here as well. Koyuki says she won't lie and say that it's nothing, but says
that it's a problem for the Magic Section to handle. Yuma asks if what happened
earlier was because of magic, and Koyuki nods and apologizes to Yuma that she
wasn't at the Divination Club. Yuma says he didn't know what was going on and
says it's not her fault, than scratches his head and wonders how long Koyuki
was up here, taking care of whatever problem that arose, and what that problem
could have possibly been to distract her from attempting to recruit new members
for the Club. Yuma asks if she doesn't want to talk to him, but she shakes her
head no and says that's not it, and says she welcomes his kindness, but than
falls silent again, and Yuma notes that the problem must be serious to give her
this much pause, and decides not to ask any more about it for now. Yuma says
she seems to be tired, and he is too, and asks if she wants to talk about it
tomorrow. Koyuki agrees, than says she'll be going, and walks off. Yuma notes
that's he's really worried seeing Koyuki like this.


Time: Night


Yuma sighs, and Sumomo asks if anything is troubling him. Yuma says it's
nothing, but he can't unwind his mind about earlier, wondering what the hell
happened on the roof with Koyuki, and that they left things unresolved up
there. Sumomo says he seems to be lovesick, and Yuma asks what she's saying all
of a sudden. Sumomo than says she feels the same way, and says that Ibuki
doesn't seem to care for her either, as she's been bringing her lunch for
a while now, but she's refused it every time. Yuma asks if that's true, than
says that truly is discouraging. Sumomo asks if she's done something wrong to
cause Ibuki to hate her, and Yuma says he doesn't think so. Sumomo asks for
his advise since he's older, but Yuma says he's not the person to ask, and
advises Sumomo to talk to Jun about it, since he seems to understand women a
hell of a lot more than he should. Sumomo says she'll talk to him tomorrow
than, than thanks and hugs Yuma. Yuma tells her not to stay too close, and
Sumomo says he's bashful, than asks if he's busy tomorrow. Yuma says he's not
busy except for the fact that he still has to help Koyuki gather new members
for the Divination Club. Sumomo says she'll make both of them a lunch, and try
to get everyone to have lunch together tomorrow, and heads off toward the
kitchen. Yuma asks if she's going to start preparing now, and asks if he can
come to. Sumomo says of course, and says she'll make his lunch all meat so that
he can be energetic.

~~End Monday, April 17th.


(dg) Date: Tuesday, April 18th


Time: Morning


As they arrive at school, Sumomo tells Yuma to inform Jun and Hachi of their
lunchtime plans, and Yuma says he will, but tells her not to hold her breath
for Hachi. Sumomo asks if Hachi wouldn't like it, and Yuma is surprised to see
Sumomo smiling with affection. (WTF?!?) Yuma wonders if she's trying to be an
angel of forgiveness, and Sumomo laughs and says she's heading to class, and
Yuma can see her bulging bag, and notes that she made lunch for all four of
them. (Yuma, Sumomo, Hachi and Jun.) Yuma says she'll make a good bride one
day, than heads for class himself.

However, he runs into Koyuki in the entrance hall, and they greet each other.
Yuma tries to bring up yesterday, but Koyuki looks away uneasily. Yuma asks if
she's still hesitant to talk to him about it, and she stays quiet. Yuma notes
that the atmosphere apparently hasn't changed since yesterday, and Yuma asks if
she's reluctant to tell him because he's an outsider, but says that if she ever
needs help with something, all she needs to do it ask. Koyuki starts to say
something, but Yuma continues, saying that it's alright if she doesn't want to
talk about yesterday yet, and says that it really must have been important and
personal to stop her from attempting to recruit new members for the Club.
Koyuki says his name in amazement, and Yuma tells her that she can tell him
anything, that she need not bear everything on her shoulders alone, as he's
sure that there are many things weighing on Koyuki's mind, but that while he
wants to mention it, he knows he can't out of respect for her, but wishes she
would share her troubles with him, as he doesn't want Koyuki to see him as a
burden or anything similar. Koyuki looks back up at Yuma and weakly smiles, and
Yuma wonders if he said something he shouldn't have. The first bell rings, and
Koyuki asks if they can talk about this later. Yuma says that will be fine, and
Koyuki thanks him for his consideration, than begins to say something more, but
Yuma stops her and says he doesn't want to force her to say anything she
doesn't think she's ready to say, but says he'd be glad if she did tell him
something. Koyuki apologizes, and Yuma asks why she looks so gloomy now. Koyuki
laughs and says she understands, and Yuma asks if she wants to talk at lunch or
after school. Koyuki says probably after school, than bids him farewell.

Yuma feels very relieved after he got some things off his chest with Koyuki
just now, and heads up the stairwell for class, and runs into Anri, who is
surprised to see him. Yuma asks what she's doing here, than realizes that they
are both almost very late. Anri asks if he wants to race, but doesn't wait for
an answer and starts running up the stairs. Yuma quickly gives chase, and hopes
he can catch her before she makes it to class before him. Anri reaches the door
and hauls it open, but Hachi is right in the door about to head out, and is
surprised to see Anri right there. Anri yells for Hachi to get out of the way,
and punches him aside. (HAHA!) Yuma runs right after her and kicks Hachi as he
lies on the ground. Yuma reaches his seat, and says he's safe, while Anri huffs
and puffs next to him. Jun and Haruhi come over, and Jun remarks that they both
seem to be in high spirits this morning. Haruhi says that it isn't good for
them to race into class and trample Hachi like he's a doormat though. Anri is
surprised, and asks Haruhi what she means, and Haruhi motions back to the
doorway where Hachi is lying on the ground, and Anri asks why he's on the
ground. Yuma finally remembers that he knocked Hachi to the ground himself just
a few seconds ago, than remembers that it's Anri's fault to begin with. Hachi
slowly gets up though, and Yuma turns back to Jun, asking if he and Hachi want
to eat lunch with him today. Jun asks if he wants to talk to them about
something, and Yuma says Sumomo does, and that she made lunch for all four of
them. The teacher than comes in, and Yuma says he'll talk to them later. Hachi
lifts his head up and says Anri killed him, than collapses again.


Time: Lunch


Jun comes over with Hachi and asks what's so important. Hachi says he has an
idea, and asks Yuma to but them all lunch at Oasis. Yuma says he can't do
that today, and Hachi asks if Yuma hit his head earlier as well. Jun tells
Hachi not to say that, as he remembers what happened the last time they forced
Yuma to buy them lunch. Yuma hears students muttering at the door, and turns
around to see what they are talking about, and Sumomo comes in, and apologizes
if she kept them waiting. Yuma says he's surprised that she got here so fast,
and Haruhi is surprised and asks how Sumomo is doing. Sumomo greets Haruhi and
says she's fine, and that Yuma invited her up here to eat lunch with Yuma, Jun
and Hachi, and made them all lunch. Hachi asks if she really did, than looks
at both Yuma and Sumomo suspiciously, accusing them of setting a trap for him,
and says he'll handle whatever they throw at him. Jun tells Hachi that he's
imagining things, and Yuma says he wouldn't do something stupid like that after
working hard to set this up. Sumomo than says she wanted to talk to all of them
today, and Yuma asks Jun if he would mind, which Jun says he doesn't, and
Hachi agrees. Jun tells Hachi to keep his hands off Sumomo, and Hachi complains
that Jun is getting in the way of true love. (<_<) Jun tells him to forget
about it, and that his love will only be one-sided. Haruhi comes over and asks
if she can sit with them too, and Sumomo says of course, and Haruhi thanks
Sumomo. Anri comes over and asks what's going on, since it looks interesting.
Yuma wonders how Anri can always be so lively, and Sumomo greets Anri and says
she can join in with them as well. Anri asks if Sumomo made all of their
lunches, than sees Yuma's and is surprised to see that it's all meat, and Yuma
savors the smell of the various kinds of meat in the lunch. Hachi's eyes have
lit up at the sight, and even Jun says he'd be alright if he dieted a little
more in the upcoming days. Haruhi says she doesn't think Jun needs to lose
anymore weight, as his waist is already as thin as most girls. Jun giggles and
says that it's due to his diligence. Anri asks Jun if he can share with her his
secrets, and moves in close so that they can talk in whispers. Anri quickly
looks shocked and even disturbed, and Anri says it's not fair, that men have
smaller pelvises. Yuma tells her not to judge Jun as an example since he's a
unique case, but Anri only moans in disappointment. Yuma asks if she has work
at Oasis later, but Anri regains her composure and says she's off today, and
says that she brought her lunch today too. Haruhi asks Anri if she wants to
eat together with them. Anri asks if they wouldn't mind, and Sumomo says it
would be more fun. Hachi babbles on that he's lucky that today's lunch is all
meat and praises Sumomo, who giggles and says she's glad he likes it. Yuma
tells her not to egg Hachi on, and Jun tells Hachi to behave, since it's not
common for Sumomo to make them all lunch. Hachi says fine, but swears he'll get
Sumomo to make him lunch sooner or later again, than moves closer to Yuma and
tells him one day he'll call him bro. Yuma shouts out who in the hell would
want him as a brother, and Jun says that he'll eat Hachi's share if he won't
hurry up and eat it. Sumomo says let's eat, and Yuma notes that it's a fun
lunch, eating with all six of them. Sumomo says she wishes Ibuki could be here
as well. Hachi asks if Ibuki is a friend of Sumomo's, and Sumomo nods but says
that Ibuki is apparently very shy and acts cold, and asks Jun how he thinks she
should act to try to warm Ibuki up. Haruhi is surprised and asks if her last
name is Shikimori, and than asks Anri if she knows who she is as well. Anri
nods and says she didn't know she had came to the school, or became Sumomo's
friend. Yuma looks out into the hall and is surprised to see Koyuki for a
second looking at them all, but she quickly disappears, and Yuma wishes she
had stayed around for a moment longer, since he would have invited her to come
and eat with them all. Jun asks what's wrong, and Yuma tells them that Koyuki
was just in the doorway. Jun says Yuma should have invited her in when he had
the chance. Yuma says he was going to, and Jun says that she's probably very
embarrassed. Jun than says it's a shame, but they can always try another day,
and than mentions that Yuma and Koyuki have been getting along well as of
late. Yuma thanks Jun for the advice, and Jun tells him to work hard, as it
seems Koyuki only hangs around with him. Yuma thinks about that for a moment,
than realizes Jun has a point, after hanging around with her yesterday, and
than also on Sunday. Sumomo asks Jun about her problem, and Jun apologizes and
says he was caught up with Yuma for a second. Haruhi asks if Yuma got told
off, and Yuma says no. He than asks Haruhi and Anri what's been going on lately
with the Magic Section, as he heard that something was wrong. Anri says she
wasn't aware of anything being out of the ordinary, and turns to Haruhi, and
Haruhi hesitates before saying she doesn't know for certain. (Liar.) Anri says
she's not being a good friend if she doesn't share what she really knows, and
Haruhi mentions that Anri still doesn't have enough control over her magic, and
that Suzuri scolded her recently on the subject. Anri says she'll catch up to
Haruhi and pass the Class B exams soon enough, and Yuma notes that neither of
them seem to know what's going on, even though they know almost everything
about the Magic Section. Sumomo asks Jun if she should invite Ibuki on a date,
but Jun says that would only reflect negatively on her character when Ibuki
thinks of her. Yuma laughs at the prospect of Sumomo inviting Ibuki on a date,
and Hachi says he's not being very nice since Sumomo went to the trouble of
making their lunch. Yuma apologizes, but Hachi comes up and says he's not
worthy of eating the lunch, and tries to take away his portion. Yuma shouts out
he'll never be that careless, and hugs his portion closer.


Time: After School


Yuma gets up to head towards the Divination Club room, and notes that he should
probably apologize to Koyuki about earlier. Saya passes him and says she must
be going, and Yuma recalls that he thought he saw her on the roof yesterday.
Yuma calls out for her to wait up, but she's already out of earshot, and
wonders if she doesn't want to talk to him or something, but decides he'll
worry about her after he talks to Koyuki, and leaves the room himself.

Yuma knocks on the Club door, asking if she's there, and she calls for him to
come in.

Yuma and Koyuki sit in silence, not even drinking the tea she poured for them.
They just continue to stare past each other, towards the back of each others'
chairs, and Yuma notes that Koyuki seems to be really depressed. Yuma asks if
she's alright, and Koyuki says she is, but looks down again. Yuma hesitates to
bring up the previous subject while she's like this, but knows that every
passing moment of silence makes the situation worse, and finally asks if her
problem for yesterday has been resolved. Koyuki is quiet, and Yuma changes the
subject, saying he saw her out in the hall today at lunch, and asks if she's
angry because he was eating lunch with his friends. Koyuki says that's not it,
and says she should have talked louder, and says she was nervous to talk to
Yuma, but didn't want to talk if he wasn't alone. Yuma says she's always
welcome in the classroom. Koyuki than says she was acting badly, but Yuma says
it's alright. Koyuki insists that she was acting badly, and says she wanted to
talk to him, but every time she tried, she lost her will to speak, than says
it's funny. Yuma is quiet, and Koyuki continues, saying she doesn't know why
she becomes so uneasy around him, and why she can only think of him. Yuma
apologizes for not realizing her feelings, but Koyuki says it's alright, that
she would have said rude things to him if she was able to talk to him earlier,
and says she's glad she feel silent. Koyuki asks if she's strange, and Yuma
asks why she thinks she is. Koyuki says that normally she wouldn't talk to guys
for a long time before, but she has no problem talking forever with Yuma, and
says she doesn't understand her own feelings when she sees him, and says she
really must seem funny, than her voice cracks. Yuma is quiet, and realizes that
Koyuki is talking about how she truly feels, and Yuma takes a long drink from
his cup, than says he's glad Koyuki told him about how she feels, and asks if
she was worried that he didn't like her, and Koyuki nods quietly and blushes.
Yuma than says he doesn't find her strange at all, that her feelings are
normal, and says that if anyone is strange, it's him. Koyuki asks why, and
Yuma says that he's strange because he didn't think she was worried about him,
than says she's always busy with the Club activities and the Magic Section, and
that he wishes he could be of use to her, and that she can rely on him, than
asks if he's useless. Koyuki is quiet, and Yuma notes that she looks really
small, and wonders if she can even say anything now. Koyuki finally breaks her
silence, telling him not to joke around. Yuma asks if she's uneasy, and Yuma
notes that air of confusion around Koyuki. Yuma says he'll do his best to help
her out from here on though, and Koyuki nods and thanks him. Yuma thanks her
for the tea, but before he leaves, he says he'll help her out with gaining new
members after she's resolved her personal problems. Koyuki thanks him, and says
she's glad that Yuma came today, and Yuma says he'll see her tomorrow.


Time: Night


Yuma speaks Koyuki's name as he lies in bed, noting that she's mysterious and
attractive, and she's cute from time to time, and wonder who else he could like
more than her. Yuma turns off his light and wonders what she thinks of him.
Yuma believes she doesn't think badly of him after hearing what she said to him
today, but wonders what still has Koyuki confused, and notes that her feelings
still seem to be greatly confused.

~~End Tuesday, April 18th.


(dh) Date: Friday, April 19th


Time: Morning


Sumomo says she figured out where he went yesterday after school, but Yuma
tries to deny it. Sumomo tells him to think carefully before he tells everyone
else that, but Yuma changes the subject, saying that they were almost late this
morning to meet Koyuki, and now he'll have to apologize to her later. Sumomo
says that if he keeps ignoring her she'll hate him, and Yuma says that sounds
dangerous, but than says he doesn't believe her. Sumomo giggles and says she
can't stay mad at him. Than, Saya greets them, and Yuma greets her back, saying
that she's heading to school early today as well. Saya doesn't say anything and
keeps walking. Sumomo asks if she's another one of his classmates, and Yuma
nods. Sumomo asks if anything is wrong since she appeared to be troubled, and
Yuma remembers that Saya has been acting strangely since he mentioned yesterday
that he thought he saw her on the rooftop when he saw Koyuki two days ago.
Sumomo asks whether she hates him or something, but Yuma tells her to believe
in him, and Sumomo giggles and says she does, and Yuma feels relieved to hear
that Sumomo was just kidding again, and wishes that Koyuki could be like this
more often, than wonders if he's ever seen her look as joyful as Sumomo does.

As they get to school, Koyuki greets Yuma. Yuma says hi back, and Sumomo says
they look cheerful this morning. Yuma tells Sumomo to do her best today, and
Sumomo says she will, and gives a false salute. Koyuki takes the hose out from
her magic pocket and begins to water the garden again, and Yuma again wonders
if there's a faucet or something for the water to come from in that pocket, and
really wants to ask her about it. Koyuki than remarks that Sumomo is always so
energetic, and Yuma agrees, saying he rarely sees her unhappy, and Koyuki asks
if Yuma likes energetic girls more.

KEY OPTION:

1) I like graceful girls like Koyuki. (True Ending)

2) I like energetic girls like Sumomo. (Bad Ending)


Note: This is the main choice that decides whether you get Koyuki's True or Bad
Ending, and I've marked as such. Nothing else to say here otherwise.


Option One: Yuma says he likes graceful girls like Koyuki, and she blushes and
asks if that's true. Yuma asks if there's something wrong, and Koyuki says no,
just that she expected him to say he liked girls with a little more energy,
and says she's relieved to hear that from him. Yuma says it's nothing, than
they both fall silent for a moment, just looking at each other. Koyuki than
breaks the silence and tell him that after he left yesterday she talked things
over with her mother yesterday. Yuma wonders if she means about the other day
on the roof when she said there was a problem with the Magic Section.


Option Two: Yuma says he likes energetic girls, and Koyuki sadly says if that's
so. Yuma tells her not to get the wrong idea, and says he likes Koyuki as well.
Koyuki says she can't take that as a compliment however, since she isn't as
vigorous as he would like. Yuma says he understands, and says that yesterday
she was pretty gloomy, and hopes that she feels brighter today. Koyuki looks up
and Yuma and thanks him, saying she feels a little better now, and remarks that
about yesterday, he was able to say exactly what she needed to hear to cheer
her up, and says she immediately called her mother and talked to her about her
problem. Yuma asks if it's about what happened on the roof of the school.


Both paths meet up here, at least until the end of the day. Koyuki nods but
says that her mother told her not to concern herself with it. Yuma asks if she
can't tell him even a little bit more, but Koyuki says she can't, and says she
hopes he's not angry. Yuma can tell that she's serious about her apology, and
he reassures her that he's not angry. Koyuki asks if that's true, and Yuma
nods, saying that he even if she told him he probably would ask her more
confusing questions. Koyuki says she hadn't thought of that, and Yuma asks if
she feels better. Koyuki nods, but says she feels a little bad for taking so
long to tell him. Yuma says he understands, and is glad to hear that she's
worried about him. Koyuki says his name, and Yuma continues, saying that if
they don't help each other it would be pointless, but says he's satisfied for
now, as long as he can be with Koyuki. Koyuki moves closer to him, blushing,
and Yuma wonders what he said. (MORON! YOU SAID SOMETHING COOL AND NOW YOUR
FUCKING IT UP!!!) Yuma hopes he managed to convince Koyuki that it's not her
fault, and his heart begins to pound in his throat. Koyuki notices his pained
expression and asks what's wrong. Yuma says nothing, and wonders why his heart
is pounding so hard, and than notes that he can't look at Koyuki with a
straight face. Yuma tries to say something, and Koyuki asks if he's sick, since
he doesn't look well at all. Yuma says he's alright, just that he was thinking
of something strange for a moment. Koyuki wonders if an evil spirit just
possessed him, and says she'll read his fortune for him, but Yuma says insists
that it's nothing, and says she doesn't need to take her crystal ball or
anything out. Koyuki says she's disappointed, and Yuma insists again that he's
perfectly fine. Koyuki asks if he's really alright, and says that his skin is
bright red, and tries to move closer, but Yuma holds out his hand to stop her.
Koyuki shakes violently upon touching his hand and moves back suddenly, and
Yuma says again that he's fine, and says tells Koyuki that he won't overwork
himself like that for her sake. Koyuki says nothing for a moment, but she turns
around and quickly runs into the school, and Yuma quickly gives chase, yelling
for her to stop. However, he loses her in the entrance hall, and wonders why
she shook so badly when she touched him, and hopes he didn't upset her even
more, and that he didn't think he embarrassed her that badly. Yuma manages to
calm himself down, and reflects that he was just surprised when Koyuki moved so
close to him earlier, and that he really didn't mind, but he had to have
surprised the hell out of Koyuki with his reaction.

Yuma heads to class, and Jun notices him looking bad in the hall and comes
over and asks what's wrong. Yuma says he's not feeling well, and asks if he
would eat lunch with him today. (EH?!?) Jun laughs and asks if everything is
ok, and asks if he's only asking him because he's trying to be nice. Yuma says
he just needs someone to talk to, and he doesn't care what anyone would say
about him being seen with Jun right now. Jun says he doesn't know, since Yuma
been neglecting him as of late and being all lively with Koyuki instead. Yuma
apologizes for that, and Jun asks if he and Koyuki had a fight. Yuma says that
he thinks so, and tells Jun he'll talk about it later and heads for class, as
Jun yells at him to wait up. Yuma notes that he'll spend lunch with Jun, than
wonders what Hachi is doing in the principal's office, wondering if he did
something stupid again. Yuma asks Jun where he wants to eat, and Jun says
suggests Oasis, saying that some seats will surely be open. Yuma says that will
work, and Jun giggles, saying Yuma always likes Oasis. As they reach the
hallway, Jun asks if he can't wait to go, and Yuma begins to feel embarrassed.
Jun moves closer and hugs him, and tells Yuma to kiss him. (NOOO!!!) Yuma
shouts out for Jun to let go, saying he doesn't want to kiss him.


Time: Lunch


As they arrive at Oasis, Anri greets them, saying she already heard about them.
Yuma is shocked to hear that such a rumor spread so fast, and wonders how she
found out. Jun giggles and says Yuma is his type, and Yuma snaps back saying
that the day was going swell until Jun roped him into this mess. Jun tells him
not to worry about it since he's young, and than asks Yuma what he wants to
eat. Yuma says he'll have his usual, and Anri nods, than tells them to wait
for a minute as she goes to deliver the order, and runs off. Yuma notes how
different and timid Koyuki really is when compared to the energetic
personalities of Sumomo and Anri. Jun asks if everything went well yesterday,
and Yuma asks if he means what happened with Koyuki, and Jun says of course,
asking what else could it be. Yuma says it was nothing, and says he only
apologizes to Koyuki. Jun says he's heard all he needs to hear and stands up,
and Yuma is surprised, asking if he doesn't want to hear the rest of his
story. Jun says that it wouldn't matter even if he dragged him off in a noose,
and Yuma asks why he would do such a thing, and says that he and Koyuki aren�ft
together are anything. Koyuki comes over and asks if they are talking about
her. Yuma cries out in surprise, but quickly recovers and greets her. She
greets him back and asks how he's doing. Yuma says she really surprised him
there for a moment, and says he's with Jun. Koyuki asks where he is, and Yuma
looks back in surprise, than spots Jun on the second floor, grinning broadly,
(Heh, sneaky bastard.) and notes that his seat is now open, and realizes that
Jun had set this up since the beginning. Koyuki asks if Yuma is alright,
and Yuma silently tells himself not to get confused, that it's all parts of
Jun's scheme. Yuma asks Koyuki to sit and have lunch with him, and Koyuki
agrees and sits down. They are both quiet, and Yuma notes that it's becoming
very awkward, and fumbles around in his head, trying to find something to talk
about. Yuma says it's nice today, and Koyuki merely nods. They both fall silent
again, and Yuma notes that the scene is becoming very embarrassing, and that
the more he tries to start a conversation, the more embarrassed he feels.
Koyuki quietly calls to him, and he looks different today. Yuma asks if she
really thinks so, and says Jun didn't notice anything, than admits that Jun's
a curious person. Koyuki says she only just noticed it, and when Yuma pushes
the subject, Koyuki says she realized it when she ran away from him this
morning. Yuma recalls how he reacted when Koyuki moved close to him earlier
that morning, and Yuma apologizes and asks if he worried her. Koyuki looks down
before admitting he did a little. Yuma continues, and says he didn't mean to
worry her, he was just surprised that she moved so close to him that quickly,
and tells her not to feel so worried anymore. Koyuki asks if that's true, but
Yuma recalls that of all the times they touched, today was the first time he
felt such feelings, and wonders what on earth is happening to him, and can't
bring himself to look Koyuki in the face while he dwells on the matter. Koyuki
notices and asks if he's alright, and Yuma says he's fine, just a little
embarrassed. Anri comes back, shouting that she has Jun and Yuma's orders, but
is surprised to find Koyuki in Jun's place. Anri asks if Jun had to go, than
asks Koyuki if she wants Jun's order in place of him. Koyuki asks Yuma what she
should do, and Yuma tells her to decide, and asks if she would like it. Koyuki
says she shouldn't eat Jun's food if he ordered it, but Yuma tells her to eat
it anyway to spite Jun. Koyuki says she can't ponder such a reason, and
apologizes to Anri and says she can't eat it, and says that Jun is up on the
second floor. Anri looks up than smirks, and says she understands and that
she'll head right up. Yuma asks Anri what she understands, and Anri tells him
not to worry, and that the food will be free, since Jun will pay for it later.
Yuma asks why it'll be free, and Anri giggles and says she wants to give them
some time alone. Yuma looks shocked, and Anri says good bye to the happy
couple. Yuma yells out after her to wait, and Koyuki simply says that she's
gone. Yuma grimaces, than looks at the food that Anri left on the table. Koyuki
asks what should they do now, and Yuma says that while he's a little hesitant,
he asks Koyuki if she'll eat Jun's order anyhow. Koyuki admits she really
doesn't mind, and Yuma says they should eat. They don't say anything else to
each other as they eat, and Yuma wonders why he can't bring himself to talk
to Koyuki, even though this isn't the first time they have ate lunch together.
Koyuki calls out to Yuma, and Yuma looks up, but Koyuki is struggling with her
eyes cast downward. Yuma asks what's wrong, and Koyuki says she asked what kind
of woman he liked earlier this morning. Yuma says he did, and Koyuki asks if
he likes domesticated women. Yuma is a little surprised, and Koyuki says she
doesn't really know why she wants to know, but asks again if he prefers them.
Yuma says he doesn't dislike the thought of it, and asks Koyuki what she
thinks. Koyuki asks if he really does, and Yuma asks what's wrong. Koyuki
nervously says she wants to make Yuma a lunch, but doesn't finish the sentence.
Yuma however finishes it for her, and says that she wants them to eat together
sometime. Koyuki nods in confirmation, and Yuma asks Koyuki if she can even
cook, since he remembered the other week that Tama-chan conjured up all of
the food they ate as they watched the cherry blossom trees. Koyuki is quiet,
and Yuma apologizes, saying he was being rude, and says that if she makes
something homemade, he would be glad to eat it. Koyuki asks if he really would,
and Yuma says of course, noting that guys dreams of eating a woman's homemade
dish, and admits to himself that he wouldn't mind seeing Koyuki cooking in the
kitchen like they were a newlywed couple, adding that he wouldn't mind seeing
her in her apron and nothing else. Koyuki gives a start, and Yuma wonders if
she just read his perverted thoughts, but tries to convince himself that it's
her fault because she looks so beautiful. Koyuki asks if that's really a man's
dream, and Yuma says that there is no man who would refuse a homemade meal,
and says that if it takes great, it's even better, and Koyuki says she
understands.


Time: Afternoon


Yuma heads back to class, and walks in on Jun and Haruhi talking about him. Jun
looks at him giggling, and asks if he enjoyed himself today. Yuma asks Jun what
he told Haruhi, but Haruhi heads back to her desk and reopens her book and
angles it so that it hides her face from Yuma. Yuma wonders if he should really
poke around in a girls conversation (or in this case, girl/futa) and that he
should be polite and not ask. Yuma says there's something wrong with this
picture, and Jun says of course, and says she told Haruhi that he saw him
smooching Koyuki. (HAHAH!) Haruhi nervously laughs, and Yuma says he didn't
French her or anything. Someone than says that tongue is delicious, and Yuma,
wondering where the voice came from, calls out to Hachi. Hachi floats by
mumbling more nonsense about going to a sushi shop, and Jun says that Hachi
fell asleep in class today, than gave him detention during lunch. Yuma asks if
it was really that bad, and Hachi comes back up, looking half dead and spouting
still more nonsense, saying he's lived a good life, than faints dead away onto
the floor. Jun asks what they should do with the corpse, and Yuma says to leave
it there, and hope that the janitor comes by and takes him out with the rest of
the trash. Jun says Yuma's being a little harsh, and should treat Hachi with a
little more care. Yuma says he's annoying, but he'll carry Hachi home.


Note: The following Night time section happens only if you are headed for
Koyuki's Bad Ending. The True Ending Section will follow this.


Time: Night


Yuma remarks to himself that today was a hell of a day, and notes that while he
had to help take care of Hachi, he really just wanted to talk with Koyuki.
Yuma recounts all that happened today, and hopes that she isn't worried about
him anymore, and hopes that they can still be good friends, than turns off his
light and goes to sleep.


Note: True Section begins here.


Time: After School


We are now in Haruhi's perspective, and she bows to Koyuki, who greets her.
Haruhi asks if Koyuki is going to practice up on her magic, since she is in her
magic clothes. Koyuki hesitates before saying yes, and says she must be going.
Koyuki runs off, but Haruhi notes that she wants to find out all that is going
on, and tells Koyuki that without permission, she can't use the magic practice
room at the Magic Section. Koyuki is silent, and Haruhi asks if something is
going on, and notes that she is sure the magic she felt the other day belongs
to Koyuki, and wants to make sure that she is not her enemy. Koyuki nods and
tells her that she heard the story from Suzuri. Haruhi asks who the real enemy
is, and Koyuki tells her that it is Ibuki. Haruhi says she thought so. Haruhi
tries to tell Koyuki something, but when she asks what it is, Haruhi falters
and says it's nothing, but notes that she was about to ask Koyuki if she wanted
to help her protect the Treasure, but she can't bring herself to ask. Koyuki
tells Haruhi not to get herself hurt, and Haruhi thanks her, and tells Koyuki
not to attempt the impossible either, and says that Yuma would worry. Koyuki
visibly shakes at this revelation, and Haruhi wonders if she shouldn't have
said it, but knows that it's too late to take it back now. Koyuki asks if he's
really worried, and Haruhi says she should know, since she obviously worries
about Yuma as well. Koyuki looks down in silence, and Haruhi asks her what she
thinks of Yuma. Koyuki tries to say, but falters, and Haruhi knows what she was
going to say, and apologizes to Koyuki for asking such a question, and says
she'll pretend to have never asked it. Koyuki tries to say more on the subject,
but Haruhi says that now is not the time, and says she has to wait for someone.
Koyuki asks if that's so, and thanks her for the quick talk, and tells her not
to get herself hurt again. Haruhi gasps, and notes that Koyuki truly seems to
understand everything, and that the story that Suzuri's theory was correct.
Haruhi wonders why she feels a little irritated though, and Koyuki says she'll
see her tomorrow, and Haruhi tells her good bye before Koyuki disappears down
the hall, than wonders what she is going to do.

Haruhi heads up to the roof, and confronts Shinya. Haruhi that she's been
waiting for him, and Shinya asks why she is intent on standing in his way.
Haruhi merely says that there are many reasons, than asks Shinya straight out
why is Ibuki searching for the Treasure. Shinya merely says that that their
plan will have to be accelerated now that they have all been found out, and
Haruhi nods, and says they should begin.


Time: Night


Back to Yuma, he remarks that it took him and Jun awhile to carry Hachi's ass
back home, and remarks that he wasn't able to talk to Koyuki after school.
Yuma says her name out loud, than remembers all that happened between them
today, and his thoughts go blank when he thinks of her, and can't talk to her
in those situations, at that the atmosphere almost becomes unbearable between
them. Yuma is pissed with himself since he's not acting like a man in front of
Koyuki, and promises himself that tomorrow he will begin to act accordingly
like a real man, than turns off his light and drifts off to sleep.

~~End Wednesday, April 19th.


(di) Epilogue (Koyuki's Bad Ending)


Several days have passed including Golden Week, (April 29th - May 5th) and life
seems to finally be getting back to normal, and Yuma notes that his
relationship with Koyuki is slowly coming along.

Yuma knocks on the Club door and says he's coming in, and Koyuki welcomes him
in. Yuma spends all of his time after school with Koyuki in her Club room now,
and that while he enjoys talking to her over tea, they never do anything else
but make small talk. Koyuki asks him to get the tea, and Yuma apologizes and
goes to get it. Koyuki says she's glad that he comes around so often, and Yuma
asks if she wants a cracker with her tea today. Koyuki says please, and Yuma
gives her a cracker with her tea again, as she always likes it. Yuma doesn't
really understand why he comes, and mentions that he hasn't seen her going to
Oasis at lunch recently, and notes that the days are peaceful, yet they never
change, except for one thing, that Koyuki has stopped doing her fortune-telling
at Oasis. Yuma asks why she stopped, since it was so popular, and Koyuki says
that there were various reasons why, such as she did it for her in the
first place. Yuma is quiet, noting that Koyuki sometimes looks so depressed
like this, and that he doesn't understand why. Koyuki says that she hasn't quit
fortune telling altogether, though, and says that some people still drop by to
have their fortunes read. She laughs and asks Yuma if he would like his fortune
read. Yuma asks what, and Koyuki wonders what she'll foretell for him today,
that it could be unlucky or saddening. Yuma says that both are basically the
same, and notes that he fortune telling is still as dangerous as always, but
that he's come to like it a little. Koyuki asks again if he wants his fortune
told, and Yuma agrees. Koyuki says she'll start than, and says she'll look at
today's fortune. Yuma interrupts and says that the day is almost over though,
but Koyuki continues, and says that his future is rocky and full of drama.
Yuma says he didn't expect that from her, and Koyuki giggles and says she'll
take that as a compliment. Yuma asks if that's true, and Koyuki says she was
joking, and than starts gathering her magic to perform his reading. Yuma notes
that he always feels nervous at this point, and Koyuki finishes. Yuma asks what
the result was, and Koyuki says two interesting things happened, that he'll be
able to avoid unhappiness as long as he works hard, and asks if he knows what
it means. Yuma says both are taught, and Koyuki says she didn't expect Yuma to
get it. Yuma wonders if there's a problem with that, and Yuma thanks her, and
says he'll do his best to avoid unhappiness. Koyuki says alright than, and
jumps up and tells him to work hard today. Yuma wonders how well the reading
actually was, but notes that he'll probably never be able to figure out all of
the mysteries that Koyuki holds. Tama-chan pops up and says that Yuma can
depend on him. Koyuki laughs and says Tama-chan looks happy and expectant of
Yuma, and Yuma says he can tell, and they both grab the molding material to
make more Tama-chans. Koyuki begins to sing a little tune, and Tama-chan floats
through the air with his own verse. (Side Note: If you've watched Episodes 3
or 4 of the Happiness Anime, not sure which one it is, the song is there too,
if your interested in hearing/seeing it.) Yuma asks if he really has to sing
the song too, and Koyuki says it's will allow him to avoid an unhappy future.
Yuma says that if that's true he'll have to learn the song than. Koyuki asks if
he really wants to learn, and Tama-chan comes in off the screen, saying he
doesn't have to learn it if he doesn't want to, because the wrong pitches can
mess up his next relative. Yuma says he'll manage somehow. Koyuki remarks that
Tama-chan already feels threatened, and says it'll be alright. Tama-chan pleads
with Koyuki to say that she's joking. Koyuki asks what's wrong, and Tama-chan
floats off, saying it's nothing, and apologizes. Yuma is quiet, and is glad
that Koyuki didn't hear Tama-chan's last comment, but wonders how he'll do now.
Koyuki says tells Tama-chan that's good, and says that they'll help make more
of him now. Tama-chan prays that Yuma will do well, and Yuma wonders what the
hell is going on now. Koyuki says the goal today is to make five more of
Tama-chan, and tells Yuma to work hard. Yuma asks if five is really how many
they have to make, and Koyuki says of course, since she always explodes about
that many each day. (<_<) Tama-chan asks if he can say something, and Yuma says
he understands, and that he'll try hard for his sake. Koyuki tells him to keep
fighting, and Tama-chan encourages him too, and Yuma laughs, noting that
every time something like this happens he just can't help but feel happy.
Koyuki than says she'll give him a reward when he reaches his quota. Tama-chan
tells him to beware of Koyuki's reward, and Koyuki tells him not to say
anything more. Tama-chan tries to apologize, but Koyuki tells him to go, and
Tama-chan rushes off and explodes. (!_!) Koyuki sighs and says now they'll have
to make an extra one. Yuma says that he's very scared of her right now, and she
giggles and asks why he's stopped working. Yuma apologizes, and they get back
to work, while Koyuki sings the Tama-chan creation song. Yuma sighs and notes
that everything ended in confusion again today, and notes that he'll have to
talk to her someday about their relationship, and get it to progress.

~~End Koyuki's Bad Ending.


(dj) Date: Thursday, April 20th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up to his alarm clock, and Sumomo yells for him to wake up. Yuma
sighs and opens his eyes to see her at the foot of his bed, and says how can he
not wake up with both her and the alarm clock telling him to do so. Sumomo says
he seemed to have a problem waking up yesterday, so she thought she'd assist
more than usual today. Yuma asks her to wait until ten minutes after the alarm
goes off from now on, but Sumomo says that if she does that he'll try and push
it to twenty, than thirty minutes eventually. Yuma asks if she really thinks
he'll try that, and Sumomo nods. Yuma says he understands, and says that he
decided today would be the first day he would work hard to become a man.
Sumomo asks if he means being like an English gentleman, and Yuma asks how they
act. Sumomo says they are open-minded and reliable, and says he can give his
cute little sister lots of presents. Yuma says he doesn't believe it, that he
would give her tons of presents in the first place. Sumomo cries out why, and
says he obviously doesn't understand how a gentleman is supposed to act. Yuma
tells Sumomo to tell him the definition than, and Sumomo says he has to be
gentle and do anything for her, and love her a lot as well, and says that's
life. Yuma sighs, and Sumomo asks what's wrong. Yuma asks if a gentleman would
really do that much for their younger sisters, and Sumomo nods and asks if he
can remember all that, but Yuma cracks and says he can't, and asks if she
can understand what he's saying. Sumomo nods and says she didn't think he could
be a gentleman after all, and that she solved the mystery. (What is this,
Sluethy-Due? Heh, I'm so clever :P) Yuma says she's being ridiculous, and he's
heading off to school now, and Sumomo yells for him to wait up as he walks out
the door.

When they arrive at school, Sumomo remarks that Koyuki isn't at the gates
today. Yuma says he's surprised as well, noting that she's always out here in
the morning watering the garden, and ventures a guess that she's a little
lonely. Yuma says he'll find her later and make sure she's not depressed or
anything, and says they should head on to class. Sumomo agrees, and says she'll
see him later.

When he reaches class, Yuma remarks that someone is missing, and asks if Shinya
is still absent, and hopes he's alright. (We know why he's absent though.)
Hachi laughs and asks if he's trying to play the sympathy card to worm his way
to Saya, and Yuma tells Hachi to quit acting stupid since he's seriously
worried about a fellow classmate. Hachi remarks that Saya would surely notice
his good qualities if he paid Shinya a visit, and Jun says that's a good idea,
and that they should all go. Yuma wonders if it would really be a good idea to
pay Shinya a get well visit, however, and doubts that Shinya has a cold, but is
intrigued to find out where he really is. Yuma than looks out in the hall and
sees a familiar face. Jun follows his gaze, and asks if he just saw Koyuki
outside. Yuma says he thinks so, and wonders why she's here so early in the
morning. Jun says he wonders, and giggles. Yuma asks why he's laughing, and
Hachi says that if she came she must have business with Yuma. Jun pounds Hachi,
and says that he was getting too annoying as Hachi collapses. Yuma thanks Jun
and says he'll be right back and heads out into the hall. Koyuki greets him,
and Yuma greets her back and asks if she needs him for something. Koyuki asks
if Haruhi is here yet, and Yuma wonders why Koyuki needs to see Haruhi, since
even he knows that it's rare for the different classes in the Magic Section to
associate with each other. Yuma says he'll go get her, and when he calls her,
he notes that she looks as surprised as he is, and the rest of the class gets
excited, seeing a 3rd year student coming down to talk to the 2nd years. Yuma
notes that while he's not that eager, he's still a little interested. Haruhi
returns shortly, and when he goes out to check, Koyuki has already left. Haruhi
calls him over, and tells him that Koyuki wants to talk to her at lunch. Yuma
says that they had plans, and Haruhi says Koyuki told her to tell Yuma that
he'll have to eat without her today. Yuma apologizes for his lack of tact, and
Haruhi mutters to herself, wondering if it has anything to do with their talk
yesterday. As the bell to begin classes�f rings, Yuma wonders what's going on
between Koyuki and Haruhi, and is a little curious. Yuma looks over at Jun and
mutters that he wish he had better to go on than Jun, and he asks what Yuma is
talking about.


Time: Lunch


Yuma follows Haruhi at lunchtime, and asks if she's going to the Club to meet
Koyuki. She nods, and asks Yuma what he will do for lunch. Yuma says he doesn't
know, since she's heading to the Club. Haruhi nods, and than they both fall
silent, as Yuma wonders again what Koyuki wants to talk to Haruhi about, that
he has many questions to ask, but he suppresses his desire to ask, but notes
that he can't suppress his curiosity. Haruhi calls out to him, and when he
turns to her, she says she has to get going. Yuma says alright, and waves bye
to her as she heads down the hallway, heading to Oasis. Yuma wonders if he's
worrying too hard about this meeting between the two women, and than Sumomo
calls out to him in a pouting voice. Sumomo cries that Ibuki turned her lunch
down again to head to Oasis. Yuma is surprised to here this, and asks if she
tried to go too, but Sumomo says she couldn't, and says she was hopeful they
could finally talk over a dessert. Yuma asks if she wants to eat with him, and
Sumomo brightens up almost immediately. Yuma says he can't let his cute little
sister eat alone, and asks if she'll calm down if they eat together. Sumomo
says he's behaving like a gentleman, and Yuma laughs and asks if she'll come
with him, and she nods happily.

Haruhi knocks on the Divination Club door, and Koyuki invites her in, noting
that this place would be one of the best to tell a story in confidence, and
wonders what Koyuki wants to tell her.

Koyuki thanks Haruhi for coming, and Haruhi notes that this is the first time
she has been in here, and the dim lightning makes here a little uneasy, but
she gets over it. Haruhi says it was good timing, since she wanted to talk to
her as well, and begins to mention their conversation from yesterday, when
Koyuki interjects and asks if she fought Shinya after they parted ways
yesterday. Haruhi wonders how in the world Koyuki knew of that, and while she
should look flustered, she notes that Koyuki looks perfectly calm. Haruhi says
she's managed to fight him off twice now, and says that she finally picked up
on the fact that he's a special magician. Koyuki is quiet, than Haruhi brings
up the Shikimori Treasure, and says that she doesn't know much about it, but,
than falls silent, losing the will to continue speaking, and glances back up
at Koyuki, and remarks that her anxious face is very beautiful, even though
she's a girl. (Oh?) She remarks that he's lucky to have such a strong person
supporting him, and Haruhi mentions that Koyuki didn't talk to Yuma today.
Koyuki visibly shakes, and nods, says that she was interested in what Haruhi
had to say, and says she knows Yuma worries about her, than continues, saying
that Haruhi wanted to know what she thought of Yuma. Haruhi tries to say that
the question just popped out, and that she doesn't have to tell her, and Koyuki
asks what she thinks of him. Haruhi's answer weighs heavily on her chest, but
knows she can't afford to become confused with the situation, and admits that
she thinks of Yuma as an important friend, as well as Koyuki, as says that
while she may be a nuisance, she wanted to make sure they were just friends.
Koyuki asks why, and Haruhi hesitates before saying she has feelings for Yuma
as well, and says she knows that Koyuki is falling in love with him as well.
Haruhi has said what she wants to say, and that while she was nervous at first,
once she started she resolved to finish her say. Koyuki is silent for a minute,
as she glances frantically around the room, but is still avoiding eye contact
with Haruhi. Koyuki asks if she really feels that way towards Yuma, and Haruhi
apologizes for saying such insensitive things, but says that's what she thinks.
Koyuki is silent before she tells Haruhi that she still has a lot to learn, and
asks if she understands. Haruhi nervously says she knows, but says she knew
that she might have to compete for Yuma. Koyuki says she doesn't have as much
time as Haruhi does to meet guys and become friends with people, and says she
doesn't understand love that much herself, and asks if she really is falling in
love. Haruhi notes that Koyuki is serious, even though she's usually the one
people look to for guidance and help, and notes that Koyuki is still so pure
and innocent, and Haruhi's feelings tighten further in her heart, than asks if
she thinks about Yuma a lot. Koyuki nods, and Haruhi says that love can be more
painful and more rewarding than anything in the world, the hope of seeing that
person again, and turning around to see them makes you happy, and says that
those feelings are love, and says that she doesn't know if Yuma will be that
kind of person for her, but he seems to be that kind of person for Koyuki.
Koyuki says she doesn't know, and Haruhi asks if she's denying it, and asks who
worries about her more than Yuma does. Koyuki asks if he really does, and
Haruhi says she thinks Yuma has noticed it too, and says she'll hear Koyuki's
story later. Koyuki says she doesn't think she could ever tell Yuma, and
Haruhi notes that she's begun to panic, and knows that her reaction only
confirms her love for Yuma, and she's happy and saddened to find that out.
Koyuki asks what she should do, and Haruhi says she can't tell her that, she
and Yuma have to find out that answer together. Haruhi doesn't know what else
to say now, except to give more encouraging words, and says she can't say
anything more. Haruhi notes that the deadly silence was worse than her uneasy
admissions, but can't say anything else, and notes that falling in love is
hard, but she can't raise herself up onto the vaunted shelf, as that would be
unfair to Koyuki. Haruhi stands up and says she'll head back to her class now,
and Koyuki apologizes for not serving tea even though she came to talk to her.
Haruhi says it's ok since she didn't plan to stay long, than leaves.


Time: Afternoon


Back to Yuma, he gets back from eating with Oasis, but says again that he
wanted to eat with Koyuki instead, and wonders what she and Haruhi talked
about, and Haruhi opens the door as he's thinking of it, but is surprised to
not see Koyuki with her, than admonishes himself for thinking that she would
come to the room with Haruhi. Yuma welcomes Haruhi back, and Haruhi thanks him
and says she didn't even get to eat lunch, than tells him to work hard, even
though his future will be fraught with trouble. Yuma asks what she means, and
Haruhi giggles and says he'll be all right. Yuma whines and asks what she and
Koyuki talked about, as he's better more anxious with every passing second.


Time: After School


After school ends, Yuma heads to the gates, and stops there for a moment,
wondering again what Haruhi and Koyuki talked about during lunch. Yuma has a
bad feeling about it, and the first thought that comes to mind is that Koyuki
could already be going out with someone from the Magic Section, and wonders if
that was what they talked about, but than realizes that can't be, and that she
would only call for Haruhi if something very serious was wrong. Yuma shouts
out in frustration that the suspense of not knowing is killing him, and says he
wouldn't believe it if Koyuki came up to him and told she was already dating
someone. Yuma knows that he shouldn't look worried, but he can't help it. Yuma
slaps his cheek to keep himself awake, and shouts out, wondering where Koyuki
is.

Yuma gets tired of waiting and makes his way to the Divination Club and knocks,
but she doesn't answer. Yuma rattles the door, but it's locked, so she can't
be open today. Yuma wonders if he should give up releasing his feelings, but
wonders if she's all lonely, and becomes afraid that she won't love him. Yuma
snaps himself out of it, saying she can't be like that, and he heads upstairs
to the 3rd year classrooms, but she's not there either. Yuma feels intimidated
to ask a different 3rd year student where she might be, and he heads back
downstairs, but doesn't run into her as he wanders the school. Yuma wonders if
she's off practicing her magic at such a time, and reasons that Anri is his
only choice left to try to find Koyuki, than realizes that she might actually
be at Oasis, at heads there.

However, once he gets to Oasis and looks around, Koyuki is still nowhere to be
seen. Anri comes over to greet him, than asks why he's out of breath. Yuma asks
Anri if she's seen Koyuki, and she asks why he's looking for her. Yuma notes
that he already asked Anri to look for Koyuki before, and that she'll probably
be mad if he asks her again. Anri looks at him, and Yuma asks if she came here
earlier. Anri says everything will be on her today, but Yuma says that can
wait until later. Anri says alright, and says Koyuki was here just a minute
ago, and points toward her usual seat. Yuma notes that he was an idiot for not
coming here earlier, and asks Anri how long ago it was since she left. Anri
says about 15 minutes ago, saying she looked nervous, than she suddenly stood
up and looked out the window, than quickly left, and says she was acting funny.
Yuma asks how so, and Anri says she never even touched the coffee she ordered,
and asks if that isn't odd. Anri says she was sure Koyuki had seen him outside
or something, but than he came in, and now she wonders what exactly caused her
to panic like that. Yuma wants to duck and run now to continue his search, as
he's felt a sense of uneasiness when Anri mentioned that Koyuki ran off after
looking out the window. Yuma asks where Koyuki ran off to, and Anri says she
believes it was the Magic Section building, and asks if it wasn't him Koyuki
was looking at. Yuma says he wishes, and Anri says again she thought Koyuki was
looking at Yuma. Yuma tells her it doesn't matter, but notes that if Koyuki
did take off for the Magic Section, he can't dismiss it, since it was what
caused Koyuki to be in such a fuss the other day, and they still haven't talked
it through yet, and that if she's worried, he also wants to worry about it with
her. Anri asks what the hell he's doing, and says he better get moving. Yuma
nods, and Anri says that if he doesn't get moving he'll be working at Oasis as
her part-time assistant for a day, and says he has ten seconds to leave, and
begins counting down. Yuma says he's going, and runs out. Anri remarks that
he's an idiot as he leaves, but hopes he finds Koyuki.

Yuma runs down the road from Oasis towards the Magic Section, and runs up to
the edge of the forest between the two places, and wonders if she's in there
when an explosion occurs. Yuma remembers that this explosion sounds similar to
the one he heard on Monday before he rushed to the roof and found Koyuki, and
wonders if something is happening again today, and runs into the forest.

As he's running, he notes that the forest is thicker than he thought it was,
probably by magic. Yuma listens for sounds like the explosion and keeps running
forward. Yuma hears several more explosions, and feels that he's getting close,
but that he has a hollow feeling, and feels that Koyuki is fighting someone,
and wonders if he should even be here at all. Another explosion occurs, and he
snaps out of it, saying that now isn't the time to be thinking such things,
that he has to find Koyuki as fast as possible. Yuma hears a footstep behind
him and whirls around, thinking that it's Koyuki, but it's Saya, and she asks
why he's here. Yuma watches her, and notes that her eyes are sadly staring
further into the forest, and Yuma knows that Saya knows Koyuki is back there.
Another earthquake rumbles, and Yuma asks what's going on. Saya begs Yuma not
to go any further, and Yuma asks to make certain if Koyuki is further up ahead.
Saya reaches for her wand now, and admits that she is, but she can't allow him
to go any further, for his safety. Yuma says he doesn't care, and Saya says she
is sorry to hear that, but she will stop him. Yuma notes that he can't possibly
muster Saya away with her tone and conviction as it is now, and furthermore,
she's a magician and he isn't anymore, so he has no realistic chance, but also
knows that he doesn't have time to talk matters out with her. He also notes
that her demeanor seems a little off, and Yuma figures it out, and states that
Saya wants to stop the fighting as well, and Saya looks away, saying she tried
already, but couldn't, than thanks Yuma, and tells him to relax. Yuma notices
the moment of hesitation on Saya's part, but she stands in his way still, and
Yuma wonders what keeps her here. A voice from somewhere tells him to move, as
a stream of fire (wonder who this could be? Heh.) shoots toward Saya. Saya
gives a quick shout and jumps out of the way, and Yuma automatically begins
running, almost tripping over the gnarled roots on the ground. Yuma hears Saya
behind him, asking the new intruder why they are helping him. She only says
that she wanted to get Saya to move for a moment, so Yuma could get going.

Yuma keeps running, but as a flash of magic lights up the forest, Yuma notices
that he's veered off course a little, and adjusts, and hopes that he makes it
in time. Yuma plans out to hide behind a tree and resist the urge to call out
Koyuki's name and expose himself. Yuma shrugs off such thoughts and keeps
running as he hears more explosions. Yuma than hears a familiar taunting voice,
saying that she is losing her temper, and asks if this is the limit of Koyuki's
abilities. Koyuki calls out to Tama-chan, but he says he's busy as well. Koyuki
tells him to retreat now, but Tama-chan says he can't leave her undefended.
Koyuki begins casting a spell, and Ibuki counters. Yuma can't take it anymore
and jumps out, calling Koyuki's name, and Koyuki is surprised to see him.
Unfortunately, Yuma jumps right in the path of Ibuki's oncoming spell, and Yuma
barely makes out the forms of Koyuki and Ibuki before his vision is blinded,
and waits for the spell to connect. However, he hears someone panting in pain,
and Yuma notes that he's alright, and as his vision returns, he sees something
black on his arm. As his vision clears, he sees that it is Koyuki's hair, and
is shocked to find out that she leapt in front of him to block the spell from
hitting him. Yuma looks past and sees Ibuki, who looks just as shocked to see
Yuma as she is to see the action that Koyuki took just now. Ibuki asks why he's
here, and Koyuki gasps out that he could have gotten hurt. Yuma tries to say
something, but Koyuki says she barely managed to get the barrier up in time.
Yuma calls to Koyuki in alarm, and Ibuki coldly states that throwing a barrier
like that up wasted what little magic power she had left. Yuma throws a dagger-
like glare at Ibuki, asking what she did to Koyuki. Ibuki scoffs and says that
it obviously wasn't a coincidence that he showed up, and says if he's after
the Treasure, he can ask Koyuki all about it. Confused, Yuma asks what this
Treasure is, and Koyuki calls out to Ibuki, asking her not to say any more.
Ibuki says she can't, since an obstacle she didn't anticipate has entered the
fray, and she frowns. Yuma looks back at the injured Koyuki, feeling very
uneasy, and his heart feels as if it's about to jump out of his chest. Ibuki
says she has no quarrel with Koyuki herself, and laughs and asks if Yuma was so
worried that he came to see her. Koyuki is quiet, and Ibuki simply says that
such attachment will only cause her problems later, and says that she's not
happy to end it this way, but than says she wonders why Saya let him through.
When Yuma doesn't reply, Ibuki understands that he didn't cast Saya aside, and
that she couldn't even give him a decent fight anyways. Koyuki asks if she's
going to continue than, and stands up, trying to look unnerved, but Tama-chan
is still off to the side, staring incredulously at Koyuki. Yuma knows now that
Koyuki can't win in her current state, and that he's the one to blame. Ibuki
laughs and stares at the two of them, and Yuma wonders why Ibuki is so cold.
Ibuki than states that even if she beats Koyuki today, the war is not over,
than another explosion occurs, and Ibuki says she'll just have to have fun with
Suzuri's daughter. Koyuki is silent, and Ibuki walks past them, saying they can
finish their match some other time, once Koyuki has sorted everything out. Yuma
notes that he wanted to do something, but couldn't, as all it would do would
endanger Koyuki more. Yuma tries to apologize, and another explosion happens,
knowing that it's Saya and the mystery person who helped him. Yuma and Koyuki
are silent, and listen as the explosions come to a halt. Yuma remarks that it's
quieted down, and Koyuki says she thinks that the other person was able to
escape safely, and says she's relieved. Yuma says he hopes so, but can't help
but note that the voice who helped him was familiar, but can't place a face to
it right now, and wishes he had the foresight to quickly have turned around as
he was running off into the woods. Yuma asks Koyuki what Ibuki was saying a
short while ago about some Treasure. Koyuki tries to say something, but Yuma
stops her, saying that it has to be the secret of the Magic Section she didn't
want to tell him about, but says that Koyuki was curious enough to search for
it, and it's obviously very dangerous. Koyuki is silent, and Yuma pleads with
her to share what she knows. Koyuki merely looks down, and Yuma knows the
answer that is coming, and regrets bringing it up at all. Koyuki apologizes and
says that it's still not her place to tell him that story. Yuma is silent, and
Koyuki continues, saying that she knows that Yuma is worried about her, but
that she doesn't want Yuma to, and she stops short, looking up at him, not
blinking. Koyuki than continues, saying the trouble really grew today, and says
that's why she can't tell him. Yuma says he understands, and says he doesn't
want to force her to tell him now anyway. Koyuki apologizes again, and Yuma
asks if she' badly hurt, and offers to escort her back to the dorms. Koyuki,
however, says she can walk back, and apologizes to Yuma again, than begins to
slowly walk away. Yuma calls out to her again, and she pauses for a moment
before continuing onward. Yuma couldn't say anything as he watched her back
disappear into the depths of the forest, and notes that she looks so small.

~~End Thursday, April 20th.


(dk) Date: Friday, April 21st


Time: Morning


As Yuma and Sumomo walk to school, Sumomo knows something is wrong, and asks
Yuma what happened. Yuma apologizes and says he's thinking. Sumomo says it was
hard to get him out of bed this morning as well, and says he's obviously
worried about something, and she'll help however she can. Yuma tells her not to
worry about it, and Sumomo asks if he's really alright. Yuma says he doesn't
want her to worry about his problems, and Sumomo says she won't forget their
roles as brother and sister. Yuma can tell that Sumomo is still worried,
although she tries to laugh it off, and wonders what Koyuki was there for, and
what her part in these events is. Sumomo says he still looks preoccupied, and
Yuma apologizes for spacing out, and asks if he really looks stressed. Sumomo
nods, and says he looks worried. Yuma says he'll tell her later, and Sumomo
says she understands his feelings. Yuma asks her not to say that, as it pains
him to hear that, but Sumomo giggles and says it's true. However, Yuma notes
that her smile looks forced, and wonders why he can't trust her in this
situation. Sumomo asks if he's worried about lunch today, and Yuma nods. Sumomo
than says she has good news, and says she was extra careful in making his lunch
today. Yuma tells her that sounds great, and Sumomo says she needs someone to
talk to in place of Ibuki. Yuma jumps for a second when Sumomo mentions Ibuki,
and Yuma says Ibuki's name out loud, although Sumomo doesn't realize what's
happened. Yuma asks Sumomo if anything is wrong with Ibuki while trying to
maintain a smile, and Sumomo says she's been sick for the past couple of days,
and probably won't be at school for the rest of the week either. Yuma figures
that Ibuki being sick is probably a lie, but knows he can't tell Sumomo what
Ibuki is really up to. Sumomo says they should eat together again at lunch, and
says she'll stop by shortly after the lunch bell rings before he can run off.
Yuma asks why he would run off, and Sumomo says everyone�fs being cold lately,
with Ibuki out sick and him not seeming to care much, and says she wants to eat
with him today, and says it would be even better to talk to Haruhi as well.
Yuma hesitates before saying that they are always together at breakfast and
dinner though, and asks if she can hold off on lunch for today. Sumomo says
nope, saying that he needs to take care of her during school as well. Yuma
notes that he's having trouble understanding what Sumomo is trying to say, than
notes that Koyuki presents problems of her own.

When they reach school, Koyuki is at her usual spot watering the garden, but
while Sumomo tells her good morning, Yuma and Koyuki don't say anything to each
other. Yuma notes that he wants to ask her about yesterday, but he can't
bring himself to speak. Koyuki is also quiet too, and Sumomo, noticing the
awkward silence, asks if something happened between the two of them, as she
looks worriedly at them. Yuma snaps out of it, saying that it's nothing, and
tells Koyuki good morning. Koyuki tells him good morning as well, and Yuma
notes that he can't tell Sumomo what really happened yesterday, but he can't
even think up a plausible excuse right now, because neither he nor Koyuki
can speak. Koyuki tells them she must be going and walks away. Sumomo says they
don't seem energetic this morning, and hopes they'll be feeling better by
lunch time. Yuma says he hopes so as well, and tells her not to worry, and do
her best during class. Sumomo nods and leaves, leaving Yuma alone to ponder his
thoughts in the garden, noting that without Koyuki's laughter and activity, the
garden is very lonely. He than recalls her pained face from yesterday, and
while that pained him, not seeing her face at all pains him even more. Yuma
notes that he really is being cruel and unfair.


Time: Lunch


Jun asks if they should go to Oasis to eat, and Hachi says that if they go they
should leave as soon as possible, or at least, that's what Yuma should want.
Yuma asks if there's anything special at Oasis today, and Jun sighs, asking if
he really don't know. Yuma finally realizes that they both mean he can see
Koyuki, and Yuma vows to stop being an idiot, since he totally forgot about
the relation between Oasis and Koyuki during morning classes. Yuma says he
can't today, but tells them to go on ahead. Hachi laughs and says he's giving
priority to Sumomo and her lunch than his friends, than does a 180 and says
that there's nothing wrong with that, than offers to switch places, so he can
eat Sumomo's lunch and Yuma can go to Oasis. Jun tells Hachi to quit biting off
more than he can chew, and Yuma tells Hachi he appreciates the gesture but no
thanks, and Jun drags Hachi away, as he cries out that he wants to eat Sumomo's
lunch. Jun tells him no, and continues to drag him off. Yuma wishes that Sumomo
didn't want to eat lunch with him today so that he could find and talk to
Koyuki. Haruhi comes over and says he looks tired. Yuma says he's thinking,
than stops short, as there's something about Haruhi's voice that he feels he
should know, but can't think of it. Haruhi notices and asks if he's alright,
but Yuma shakes his head and says it's nothing. Haruhi said she overheard them
saying that Sumomo is coming to eat lunch with him, and asks if she can join
them. Yuma says sure, adding that Sumomo was hoping Haruhi would join them.
Haruhi is glad, and the door opens, and Haruhi calls Sumomo over. Sumomo
praises Yuma for inviting Haruhi over too, and Haruhi explains that she
overheard his lunch plans and asked him. Sumomo says it doesn't matter now
though, and Yuma wonders if he's useless. Sumomo apologizes for making him
think that, and says he's very useful. Haruhi mentions that Hachi seemed
excited to hear Sumomo was coming. Sumomo says she's just glad she can eat
lunch with both of them. Haruhi laughs and asks Yuma his opinion. Yuma says
he's glad Sumomo likes to spend time with him. Sumomo asks Haruhi if she makes
her own lunch as well. and Haruhi says she forgot to bring it today. Sumomo
says she wishes she had made enough for another person than. Haruhi says she
wishes the dorm had a bigger kitchen. Sumomo says she'll share some of her food
with Haruhi. Yuma thinks back to the other day when they were eating like this,
when he saw Koyuki out in the hall, and wishes that she can came and eaten
lunch with them, or was here eating now. Sumomo asks Haruhi if she's busy this
Sunday again. Haruhi says she doesn't have any plans, and Sumomo suggests that
all three of them hang out together. Yuma struggles for a second, still
trying to switch gears into this conversation since he was tuning them out.
Yuma says that sounds alright, and Sumomo looks at him. Haruhi asks if she
should invite Anri along as well, and Sumomo says of course, and Jun and Hachi
would be welcome as well, even Ibuki. Yuma falls silent, as whenever he hears
Ibuki's name now, all he can think of is Koyuki, and wonders if she would want
to spend the day with him again on Sunday like she did last time. Yuma steals
another glance out into the hall, hoping to see Koyuki out there, but she isn't
there, and gets the feeling that Koyuki is walking by when he's not looking.
Haruhi asks why he's stopped eating, and Sumomo says he's been preoccupied
since this morning, and that Koyuki looked down as well when they saw her this
morning. Yuma's heart leaps into his throat as he says that nothing is going
on, that he's only helping her with her Club activities. Haruhi looks away, and
Sumomo says she forgot, and asks Yuma if he'll take her to the Club room later,
since she is still interested in it. Haruhi tells Sumomo that Koyuki has been
very busy as of late, and Sumomo asks if it involves the Magic Section, since
Haruhi has been busy after school lately as well. Haruhi apologizes and tells
her to wait a few more days, than she won't be so busy after school anymore.
Sumomo asks if she when she might be finished, and Haruhi says she thinks it
will all be done by Sunday. (Two days away btw.) Sumomo says she can wait that
long, and tells Haruhi to work hard, and Haruhi nods and says she's looking
forward to Sunday. Yuma stays silent, and Sumomo looks at him, and Yuma wishes
nothing more than to be able to leave and run to Oasis. Sumomo asks if Koyuki
is waiting for him, and Yuma is quiet, and his heart pounds again as he knows
that Sumomo and Haruhi have started to take notice as well, and that he's not
feeling very well. Sumomo asks again if Koyuki is at Oasis, and says she'll go
get her. Haruhi nervously reminds her that Koyuki is very busy, and says that
might be a bad idea since they've already started eating. Sumomo says she's
right, but says she would gladly go get Koyuki for Yuma's sake. Haruhi looks
over at Yuma, and starts to ask what he thinks of her, than shuts up and
apologizes for suddenly saying something like that. Sumomo, now curious, asks
the question again though, and Yuma notes that while she didn't finish her
sentence, he understands what Haruhi was beginning to ask him, and notes that
he doesn't want to have to tell Sumomo. Sumomo says he does like her, and
Haruhi moves closer to Sumomo, and she falls quiet, and an embarrassing silence
takes hold. Haruhi, trying to start a conversation again, brings up this Sunday
again, and Sumomo says she's looking forward to it. However, Yuma says he
doesn't think he'll be coming. Haruhi says if he doesn't come it would ruin
the whole event, and says she'll help. Yuma apologizes for saying so, and says
he'll also work hard, and finally begins eating again, and doesn't look back at
the door until lunch is over.

Over to Koyuki, who is talking to the central tree in the park area, noting
that she's spoken to her many times (Natsumi) because she always thought she
would answer if she did so. Koyuki says she wasn't able to reach Ibuki, and
that even her foresight has been failing her for future events lately, and
says the ones she can see have fallen off their original path and have gotten
hurt, and notes that such a thing wouldn't have happened if Natsumi was still
alive. Koyuki says she doesn't bear a grudge, but admits that she wanted to be
with her a little longer, that she might not be as worried as she is now if
Natsumi was still here. However, she was able to meet him, and calls out Yuma's
name, wondering if she really is falling in love with him, that Haruhi thinks
she is, and she can't deny it. She was also glad and sad to have seen Yuma
yesterday in the forest, but wonders if it was really the right thing to jump
in front of him and block the spell since he couldn't have gotten out of the
way, and thinks that he's come to not trust her. Koyuki notes that fate is
painful. Sumomo comes up behind her and says she's been looking for her. Koyuki
is surprised, and Sumomo says she had to look for a bit since she wasn't at
Oasis. Koyuki asks how she knew where to find her, and Sumomo explains that
Yuma once told her that Koyuki liked this place, and therefore decided to check
here next, as Sumomo looks up at the trees as well. Koyuki notes that she was
never able to see Sumomo's future when it came to Yuma, and Sumomo notes that
the tree they are under is about to bloom, even though they are at a higher
elevation than would normally allow it to bloom this late in the year. Koyuki
nods, and Sumomo says that she loves seeing the blossoms in bloom, as it
lightens her heart, than says she likes it as it is now as well, as the flowers
are still very gentle. Koyuki slowly says she agrees, and Sumomo says that Yuma
also thinks so, and says that he surely likes Koyuki. Koyuki's heart pounds in
her chest when she hears this, and Sumomo repeats that Yuma surely likes
Koyuki, saying that he's been restless and worried all day. Sumomo mentions
that a while back Yuma mentioned that Koyuki would make a good wife, and Koyuki
asks if he really did say that. Sumomo says that while she entirely sure, she
was sure Yuma liked Koyuki, adding that anyone who could feel the same way
about the cherry blossom trees should be able to tell too, as her face falls,
looking like she wants to laugh it off, but she can't. Koyuki hopes that she
doesn't cry, because she will begin to cry as well. Koyuki notes that Sumomo is
a very kind and gentle woman, thinking of her and Yuma's welfare ahead of her
own. Sumomo says that she looks at Yuma, but he looks at Koyuki, and that
Haruhi has noticed him looking at Koyuki too, and says that it was difficult to
work up the courage to come talk to Koyuki, fearing that she might think her
selfish. Koyuki calls out to Sumomo, but Sumomo says she's alright now, saying
that no matter what happens, Yuma won't look at anyone besides Koyuki. Koyuki
softly repeats no matter what changes, and Sumomo adds that since Yuma likes
her, he won't quit worrying about her, since she's know for a long time. Koyuki
tries to tell Sumomo her feelings, knowing that they are both in love with him,
but that Yuma regards her more importantly than Sumomo, and notes that she
can't tell her yet, because now can't be the time, because she still has
something she must do, and because she hasn't told Yuma yet. Sumomo says she
realized her feelings the other day when she and Yuma were her on the last day
the trees were still in bloom, and says that when trash got in Yuma's eye, she
wanted to kiss him badly, but couldn't bring herself to do it, and tells Koyuki
that is her right. Koyuki is startled, but Sumomo continues, saying she knows
she can, and Yuma would accept her, since Yuma likes her more than anyone else.
Koyuki notes that if she is the pink in cherry blossoms, Sumomo is the white in
them, and that her pure white blossom is in full bloom now, than remarks that
if Sumomo wants to pass Yuma onto her, she wants to become a person who can't
be embarrassed with him, and tells Sumomo she understands. Sumomo thanks her,
and asks her to take care of Yuma. Koyuki asks if she should promise her that,
but Sumomo laughs and says that's not necessary., than tells her to please kiss
Yuma, that he would surely become a lot more happy and energetic once she does
it. Sumomo than says she must be going, and apologizes for disturbing her, and
runs off, and Koyuki watches her retreating form until she can't see her
anymore. Koyuki sighs and quietly touches her lips, but they don't tell her
anything.


Time: Night


Back to Yuma, he's lying in bed as Sumomo knocks, asking if she can come in.
Yuma tells her to come in, noting that she looks happy even though she went to
the trouble to eat with him today while he was feeling miserable. Sumomo says
she has a question to ask him, and when Yuma asks what, she says that it's a
very important question, and asks him to give an honest answer. Yuma notes that
it's unusual for her to be this serious, and Yuma nods. Sumomo says that he
likes Koyuki. Yuma's heart leaps into his throat, caught completely off guard
as he expected to be able to laugh at whatever Sumomo was going to ask, and
tries to come up with something to say, but can't lie when Koyuki is mentioned.
Sumomo says that since she's a girl she's noticed how he looks at Koyuki and
figured it out. Yuma wants to crawl into a hole, and notes that he still
hasn't told Koyuki how he feels about her, and notes that he's been silently
hoping that Koyuki would tell him first, as it's so hard for him to tell her.
Yuma stays silent and quietly nods to confirm his feelings to Sumomo. He notes
her face, that it's hard to read, as if she wants to cry and look sad, as well
as look happy and laugh at the same time, but knows one emotion for sure, that
Sumomo looks proud. Sumomo says she thought so, and asks if that's why he was
so worried during lunch. Yuma apologizes for making up an excuse, and Sumomo
tells him not to, saying that she already talked to Koyuki as well. Yuma asks
if that's so, and sighs in relief. Sumomo tells him to be more energetic,
than asks if they fought lately, since they didn't really speak to each other
this morning. Yuma uneasily says no, and Sumomo says that he can't be that
nervous, and she clasps her hand into a fist, and Yuma notices and asks her to
calm down, otherwise he'll become upset as well. Sumomo says she understands,
and apologizes, than lightly slaps Yuma on the cheek, and tells him to close
his eyes and smile at her. After Yuma does so, she leans down and lightly
kisses him on the cheek, causing him to open his eyes in surprise. Sumomo
laughs and tells him not to get the wrong idea, since he's her brother, and
Yuma asks why she kissed him just now. Sumomo says that's a secret that she'll
take to the grave, and tells him good night. Yuma wonders what the hell just
happened, with Sumomo kissing him on the cheek, and notes that Sumomo already
knows how he feels for Koyuki, and that he also thinks Haruhi knows as well.
He begins to feel nervous, although he doesn't know why, and slowly says he'll
tell Koyuki his feelings tomorrow for sure, and turns out the lights and falls
asleep.

~~End Friday, April 21st.


(dl) Date: Saturday, April 22nd


Time: Morning


Yuma notes that this is the last day of the week he can talk to Koyuki, and
hopes he really will have the courage to confess his feelings to her, but
thinking of her now gives him pause, and prays again to let him talk without
cracking today, that he has to be resolute and tell her, although he's not
nice and neat like Sumomo and Haruhi.

Yuma heads to the garden, hoping to find Koyuki, but she isn't there this
morning, but shrugs it off, telling himself that he'll have plenty of chances
to see her today. He than recalls her always watering the garden, at least
until April, and thing began to change, and Yuma wonders for what reason was
she watering the garden every day, than quickly shrugs it off, telling himself
that it's not his business, and that he has something better to do than worry
about Koyuki's quirks at the moment. Yuma heads up to the 3rd-year classrooms
to see if she's there, but she isn't, and decides to try and find her later
today at lunch.


Time: After School


Hachi comes over, trying to get Yuma pumped up so they can enjoy their weekend,
but Yuma looks away. Hachi tells him that he's going to stop by and eat lunch
at Oasis before he heads home, and says he'll meet him later at the shopping
district. Yuma apologizes and tells Hachi that he has important things to do
today. Haruhi overhears and asks if it's about that, and Yuma silently nods,
knowing that he needs to talk to Koyuki before the day is over, because if he
waits until next week, his resolve will be severely weakened by than. Haruhi
says she understands, and Hachi asks what's going on, saying they sound like
lovers who understand each other. Hachi says he won't allow Yuma to stall, and
that he won't allow them to date. Haruhi laughs and tells Hachi he doesn't
understand, and says she doesn't see herself with anyone in the immediate
future. Hachi gets excited and asks if she wants to come with him. Jun comes
over and tells Hachi that he's misunderstanding again, and also embarrassing
Haruhi, as Haruhi nervously laughs. Jun tells Haruhi not to laugh, at it will
only egg Hachi on. Hachi gets all excited and shouts out "It's a wonderful
weekend!" (God that was horrible.) Jun tells him to calm down, and Yuma sees
Haruhi and Jun pushing him to go behind Hachi's back, and Yuma tells Hachi
bye. Hachi laughs, saying that he's giving up, and Jun says he's not calming
down. Hachi moves over to Haruhi asks if they should go, pissing Jun off.

Yuma heads out into the hall, looking for Koyuki, as he didn't see her leaving
the 3rd-year classrooms, and when the other 3rd-years look in his direction,
Yuma quickly bows and leaves.


Time: Lunch


Yuma heads to Oasis and asks Anri if she's seen Koyuki. Anri says not today,
and asks why he's coming in on a Saturday. Anri than leans in, and Yuma asks if
he has something on his face. Anri nods and says he looks resolved and calm,
saying that she was wondering if he would be worried, and that if he was she
was going to knock some sense into him. Yuma asks if she's serious, and Anri
says Haruhi might know where she's at, than says she has to get back to work.
Yuma apologizes for holding her up, but Anri says it's alright, but tells him
to make sure to come back and order something next time.

As Yuma runs through the halls, he turns a corner and runs into Saya, who has
been absent since he last saw her in the forest the other day. Saya timidly
calls out to him, and Yuma wonders what's wrong, as Saya is acting strange,
and Yuma calms down a bit and asks her what's up. Saya says she has to talk to
him about something, and asks if they can talk. Yuma says alright, but wonders
what she needs to tell him. Yuma quickly tells her he's looking for someone
right now, and Saya apologizes for troubling him, and Yuma says he'll listen
to her problem the next time he sees her. Yuma than wonders why Saya is here,
since she's Ibuki's assistant, and she's always polite, than decides to ask
Saya if she's seen Koyuki anywhere. Saya says she hasn't, and Yuma thanks her,
than he bows and takes off, noting that Saya seemed a little fearful of him,
but that her demeanor and poise showed that she was not acting as an enemy
right now. Yuma than tells himself to worry about it later, and he races toward
the Divination Club.

However, the door is locked, but remembers that Oasis has a spare key, than
realizes that he should have seen her since he just came from Oasis, and Yuma
wonders where she could be, thinking that he didn't know the school was such a
big place until today. Yuma tells himself that there's nothing he can do but
search the school until he finds her, and gets up.

Yuma arrives finally in the park, heaving, wondering where Koyuki is as the sun
begins to set. Yuma notes that he's searched everywhere he could think of many
times already, and wonders if he should give up and go back home, but shakes
the thought away, telling himself that he can't give up so easily, and keeps
looking for Koyuki, after receiving Haruhi and Sumomo's encouragement, but his
resolve has been worn down since he's been searching all day, and decides to
look one more time under the cherry blossom trees, and if he doesn't find her
there, he'll give up for today, and heads to Koyuki's favorite tree.

Yuma arrives, and recognizes the familiar long black hair, even though he can't
see her yet behind the tree, and calls out to her, and runs over to her as fast
as he can. Koyuki turns around and looks at him, and stops in front of her,
struggling for breath. Koyuki asks if he's alright, and Yuma notes that she
sounds a little...weaker...than usual, and Yuma knows that she's nervous as
well. Yuma says he's alright, and looks up at her as he continues to regain his
breath, and Yuma notes that she looks puzzled, and that her appearance looks
more enchanting in the setting sunlight. Yuma calls out to her, and when she
answers, he says he's been looking for her for a while now. Koyuki looks down
with a sad expression, and apologizes. Yuma says she doesn't need to apologize,
and says that he only needed to see her. When Koyuki calls out to him, Yuma
continues, saying he's been wanting to talk since yesterday, but he couldn't
find her either, and says he should have told her yesterday, and Koyuki looks
confused again. Koyuki quietly asks if he knows she is related to Ibuki.
(SHOCK!) Yuma says he knew, but says that she's different than Ibuki. Koyuki
asks if that's true, and Yuma moves in close, and says he wants to tell her
something. Yuma swallows before continuing, but finally spits out that he has
feelings for her. Koyuki looks surprised for a second, than slowly repeats his
words, and Yuma nods, than continues, and tells her that he loves her. Koyuki
tries to digest all of this, and Yuma continues further, saying he has for a
long time, but says he just couldn't understand his feelings at first, and
that recently he's been very confused, and Koyuki repeats his words again, as
if she is thinking. Yuma continues, saying it took time for him to realize, but
than his feelings and thoughts were one, as if they always had been, and says
he was glad he met her last Sunday, and had an impromptu date. Koyuki asks if
he thinks that was what it was, and Yuma nods, saying it became a true date to
him, and asks what she thought of it. Yuma says that he couldn't help but think
of her whenever someone mentioned her or Ibuki, and says it pained him to see
her hurt like that the other day, that he was terribly worried about her, and
thought a lot about her, than says that helped him finally realize his true
feelings, that he loved her, and says he doesn't want to see her get hurt ever
again, and says he'll do anything to help, and asks her to speak. Koyuki
looks down, than apologizes. When Yuma asks what, Koyuki says she can't talk
right now, and Yuma feels crushed, but he still wants to share his feelings
with her, and looks at her again. Koyuki than slowly tries to say something,
but ends up jumping into his arms, kissing him. Yuma is surprised, noting that
before he knew what happened, he only felt her lips on his, and Yuma gently
embraces her, staying together as time passes as the sun sets, as they hold
each other and continue to kiss.

As they separate, Koyuki smiles brightly, and Yuma can only look at her in
surprise. Koyuki laughs and says that was the first time she kissed someone
else. Yuma says it was his first as well, and when Koyuki looks surprised, he
admits that he's never kissed another woman either. Koyuki says she doubts
that, and Yuma clarifies that she's the first one he's kissed outside of his
family. Koyuki laughs and asks if he's been playing until now, and Yuma pouts,
knowing that she's making fun of him, but noting that it felt natural to kiss
her, that the knot on his heart disintegrated as he did so. Koyuki than says
she believes him, and smiles gently. Koyuki than says she loves him too, and
says she just couldn't say it until now, and says she knew her feelings were
there, but just didn't know how to understand them, but now she knows she loves
him, and they embrace and kiss again.


Time: Night


They head back to the 3rd-year classroom to get Koyuki's things, and Yuma
remarks that the sun is setting quickly, and Koyuki agrees, as they watch the
rest of the sun fade from the window, feeling as if they were the only two
people in the world. Yuma says he'll head back home before night fully falls,
but Koyuki grabs onto his arm, and slowly says that she doesn't want him to
leave. Yuma tries to explain that it will be dark, but Koyuki cuts him off,
saying that if he left now she'd be very lonely, and is afraid that this is all
a dream and doesn't want to wake up. Yuma embraces Koyuki again, and she
embraces him back, and says he's warm. Koyuki says he'll probably get warmer
if he touches her, and invites him to do so, and Yuma leans forward and kisses
her again.

Koyuki's Path, Scene 1

A. Enjoying Koyuki's Body (No options :)


B. Koyuki on Top

1) Come Inside Koyuki.

2) Come on Koyuki.

~~End of H-Scene


After they finish making love, darkness has fallen in it's entirety, and Yuma
feels awkward, wondering if they moved too quickly, and nervously glance at
each other, and Koyuki let's out a squeal. Yuma asks if something is wrong, but
Koyuki says it's nothing. Yuma notes that she's standing kind of funny, than
finally realizes she must still be in pain from their actions, and Yuma
apologizes. Koyuki tells him not to worry about it, but Yuma tries to think of
what he can do to help her, but can't come up with anything, because applying
ointment of any kind would prove pointless. Yuma hopes that they could talk
about anything now that they have proven their feelings for each other,
including Koyuki's problems with Ibuki. Koyuki than tells him that it was not
a coincidence that he found her underneath the cherry blossom tree today, and
when Yuma asks why, Koyuki tells him she was trying to talk to Natsumi. Yuma
wonders who Natsumi is, as this is the first time he's heard of her, but Yuma
feels as if he knows her already, than asks Koyuki if she is the person she
talked about a few days ago. Koyuki nods and says she went there for advise,
and to find out if she really was in love with him, as her expression turns to
that of anxiousness. Koyuki asks if he remembers what Ibuki said the other day
when they were all together, and Yuma says he remembers the important parts.
Koyuki says she shouldn't have blocked Ibuki's spell when he jumped out in
front of it, but she wasn't able to listen to reason. Yuma notes that Koyuki
is blaming herself for what almost happened, and Yuma asks why they were
fighting in the first place, as he doesn't understand. Koyuki tells him that
Ibuki already told him the reason why: The Treasure. Yuma remembers Ibuki
mentioning such a thing, and he asks Koyuki what's so important about it.
Koyuki explains that after Natsumi died, the head of the Shikimori clan
entrusted the school to seal it. Yuma doesn't know how to answer since he still
doesn't understand anything, but notes what she said, and asks how Koyuki's
father is connected to the Shikimori clan. Koyuki tells him that the head of
the Shikimori clan adopted Ibuki, and says that the Shikimori clan is the
primary magical clan to oversee the security of Japan, than says that next term
Ibuki will be taking over the clan. Yuma recalls the fact that Sumomo said she
lived in a large house, and her manor of speech, and wonders how he didn't
realize this sooner. Koyuki says that if Ibuki continues to pursue the Treasure
she will end up regretting it, and Yuma asks if that's why she was fighting
Ibuki, to protect the Treasure, and Koyuki nods. Yuma asks if there's any way
to stop Ibuki other than fighting, and Koyuki says she's been trying to
persuade Ibuki to stop. Yuma asks if she can't leave it up to the faculty, but
Koyuki explains that she promised Natsumi that she would watch over Ibuki, and
that in order to fulfill that promise, she must be the one to stop Ibuki. Yuma
doesn't understand what promise she must have made, but Yuma can see the
conviction in Koyuki's eyes. Koyuki tells him that it will surely be dangerous,
and tries to tell him to stay away, but Yuma shrugs it off, says he'll bear it
with her. When Koyuki starts to protest, he tells her not to, and that his
mind is already made up. When Koyuki tries to argue, Yuma asks if she thinks he
likes the thought of her in danger too, and says they have a better chance with
them together. Yuma says he wants to try to stop the fighting as well, even if
he will only be deadweight in the end. Koyuki says she understands, and adds
that with him by her side, she can surely stand strong. Yuma asks if he can
stay by her in the future, and Koyuki says he can stand beside her as long as
he wants, and they smile quietly to each other, although Yuma still feels
nervous, and says they need to work hard, and Koyuki nods, and adds together.

~~End Saturday, April 22nd.


(dm) Date: Sunday, April 23rd


Time: Morning


Otoha tells Yuma he seems happier this morning, and Yuma asks if it really
shows. Sumomo says yes, but tells him to get out of the way of her vacuuming.
Yuma asks if she's angry, and Sumomo says she isn't, but she is irritated that
he's not helping with the housework on their day off. Otoha asks Yuma if will
clean the garden and doors, and Yuma says of course, but complains in his head
that this only wastes time he could be out having fun, as he thinks of Koyuki.
Sumomo starts up the vacuum cleaner again and rams it into Yuma' foot, causing
him to stop daydreaming and asks what was that for. Sumomo says she'll treat
him like a giant piece of trash if he doesn't get moving. Yuma says he
understands, and doesn't want her to get mad. Otoha giggles and calls Yuma into
the kitchen, noting again that Sumomo seems to be in a bad mood. Yuma wonders
if anything happened to her yesterday. Otoha confronts him, and asks what
happened. Yuma tries to play dumb, but Otoha says he can't fool her. Yuma asks
what she means, and Otoha explains that his shirt had a funky smell yesterday.
(ACK!) Yuma gives a shout, and Otoha tells him that he didn't try to hide it
very well. Yuma tries to explain it off, and Otoha says Sumomo noticed as well.
Yuma wonders if he really was too careless. Otoha says it doesn't matter what
Yuma says, Sumomo has already made up her mind on what happened. Yuma is quiet,
and Otoha tells him she's happy that he was able to find her,
but asks if he can't try to make up with Sumomo since she's hurt right now.
Yuma asks what she's saying all of a sudden, and Otoha giggles and says that
Anri explained everything to her, and says that it's obvious that the change in
his mood is because someone recently made him happy. (...I guess you could call
it that. :) Yuma mutters that Anri talks too much, and Otoha says she only
does that when it's very important. Yuma agrees with Otoha on this, and she
asks if their relationship is going well, and says she would have been mad if
he turned out to be gay. (WTF?!?) Yuma says he'll leave that to Hachi and Jun
if anything. (HAHA!) Otoha says that's good to hear, and tell him to puff out
his chest since he's a man. The doorbell than rings, and Yuma asks if someone
is delivering something for her. Otoha says it's not the time of the month when
the salesmen come around, and she already paid for the monthly subscriptions.
Yuma says he'll get it and walks to the front door, passing Sumomo, who still
looks saddened, and Yuma makes a note to talk to her later today. However, when
he opens the door, he begins to panic as Koyuki is the one outside. (Oh boy,
this will be GOOD!) Yuma notes that he's glad yet confused to see her, and asks
how she found out where he lived. Koyuki says that since her mother is one of
the managing members of the school, she was able to look at that information.
(Stalker?) Yuma is a little startled, and Otoha hears them and comes running,
and Yuma leaps to block the door, since he forgot about her for a second, but
it's too late, and Otoha forces her way past him outside to see Koyuki. Otoha
says she knows Koyuki, since she's been holding the fortune telling corner all
three years at school, and Koyuki nods and apologizes for suddenly calling on
them. Otoha says it's alright, and adds that she has good timing, since she was
just talking to Yuma about his girlfriend. Yuma wishes he could crawl into a
hole, while Otoha beams at Koyuki. Both Yuma and Koyuki look a little
embarrassed, and Koyuki asks Yuma if he's alright. Yuma says he's fine, and
Otoha butts in and says he's blushing, and says she understands him very well
indeed. Yuma says she's already making fun of him, and Otoha asks if he's not
going to tell Koyuki about his girlfriend, and Koyuki shyly admits that she's
his girlfriend, and looks down. Otoha says she already knew, and tells Koyuki
she looks cute. Yuma shouts out at her, and Otoha says she understands and that
she'll stop making fun of them for now. Otoha asks Koyuki what bring her around
today, and Koyuki says she wanted to invite Yuma along with her, and came here
to ask him. Otoha says she knew it, and says it's a date, and Koyuki blushes
and looks down again. Yuma yells at Otoha that she's bullying teasing Koyuki
again, and she laughs and apologizes, saying she couldn't help herself since
she looks so cute. Yuma says he doesn't want her to be teased, and Sumomo comes
over, asking what's all the noise, and is surprised to see Koyuki. Koyuki
greets her, and apologizes for disturbing her. Sumomo gets all confused and
tells her good morning, hello, and to keep helping her incompetent brother.
(Hey!) Yuma tells her to calm down, and not to be so loud. Sumomo backs off and
says she can't calm down and that he didn't have to say such a mean thing. Jun
says that Jun would say the same thing. Koyuki is quiet behind them, and Otoha
says they are an ideal brother and sister, and says she's glad Koyuki is able
to witness this. Koyuki calls out to Sumomo, and Sumomo panics again, saying
that all guys are wolves, and that Yuma could easily be mistaken as one,
although he's no a bad person at heart. (HEY!) Yuma calmly asks Sumomo if she's
finished cleaning, and Otoha interrupts and tells Sumomo that Koyuki probably
already knows, and says that Yuma can eat with pleasure. (ACK!) Koyuki is a
little surprised herself, but Sumomo continues to panic, saying that they can
feel free to eat. Otoha laughs and tells Sumomo she'll understand when she's a
little older. Sumomo pouts and says that will take too long, and that she wants
her breasts to become as big as Koyuki's now. Otoha comforts her and tells her
not to get so down, because she'll be as beautiful in a couple more years.
Sumomo asks if that's true, and Otoha nods. Yuma asks if he can go now, since
this whole scene has awkwardly played out in the doorway. Koyuki asks if he
doesn't want to go out, and Yuma quickly says that's not it, and he's happy
for the invitation, and Koyuki says she's glad. Yuma says she surely didn't
walk all the way here, and when Koyuki is silent, Yuma asks how she got here.
(I have a feeling it's in that usual damned pocket, since she's wearing the
apron this Sunday...) Koyuki digs around in the pocket and says she has a phone
in there. Yuma is shocked to see a phone cord, and Koyuki explains that while
she had a phone, she didn't know his number. Yuma notes that would make things
problematic, but wonders how the hell she has a working phone in that pocket.
Sumomo adds that the magic pocket is more amazing every time she sees it, that
it has water, electric, and a gas station in it. Otoha laughs and says they'd
be fine if they were ever deserted on a desert island. Sumomo let's out a cry
and asks if that's where they are going, and Yuma says he doubts it, and he
doesn't plan to be deserted on an island anytime soon. Koyuki asks if he hates
deserted islands, and Otoha tells him that he already accepted to go with
Koyuki, even if it's to a hated place. Yuma tells her to quit changing the
subject, noting that he can't take much more, and he'll have to leave with
Koyuki soon. Yuma tells her to wait a moment while he goes to change, and she
says she will, and Yuma dashes back upstairs, looking for clean clothes and
trying to make himself more presentable, noting that if he knew that Koyuki
would be coming he would have been ready long ago. Yuma wonders if there will
be a congratulatory party at Oasis, with Jun and Hachi grilling them about
their first kiss, with everyone else waiting to grill them afterward. Yuma
wonders what the hell he's thinking, and dashes out, telling himself that now
is not the time to be thinking of such a thing, that Koyuki need not call them
mother and sister-in-law. (Oh?) Unfortunately for Yuma, he runs into Sumomo
when he says this, and she asks what he means by mother and sister-in-laws.
Yuma asks if she heard what he was saying, and Sumomo says of course, and that
he shouldn't talk to himself out loud, than asks what he meant by her being a
sister-in-law again. Yuma says she was talking about someone else, and Sumomo
asks if Ibuki's father-in-law would become her older brother. Yuma notes that
something is wrong here. (I think I know. How does Sumomo know that Ibuki is
adopted?) Yuma heads back down, and asks Otoha why she's holding Koyuki's
hand. Otoha says she's happy that she'll be having a grandchild as young as she
is. (ACK!) Koyuki blushes and looks down, and Yuma says she promised not to
tease her anymore, and she's blushing again. Otoha tells them to work hard to
have a baby, (ACK!) and Koyuki starts to go along with it, but Yuma quickly
interrupts and tells Otoha to quit putting words in Koyuki's mouth. Sumomo
moans from behind them, saying she thought that's what he meant. Yuma tries to
tell her that's not true, than remembers that Sumomo still doesn't have any
mind set towards sex, and stops himself short, and runs out, grabbing Koyuki
and beginning to run. Yuma yells that he'll be back later, and Sumomo yells at
him, saying that he's making an excuse to get out of cleaning the garden. Yuma
yells back that he'll do it later as well. Koyuki asks if that will really be
alright, and Yuma tells her that she takes top priority, and tells her to go,
Otoha shouts out for them to enjoy themselves today, as Yuma hears their
voices echo back to him, Otoha's cheerful, Sumomo's pissed.


Time: Lunch


Yuma pants, although he's wondering why he ran all the way to the shopping
district, than remembers Sumomo's look as he ran off. Koyuki asks why they had
to run, and Yuma let's out a shout, having forgotten that Koyuki was holding
onto him the entire time. Yuma says he did ran without noticing, and Koyuki
asks if he didn't notice the difference in weight. Yuma says not at all, that
she's very light, and Koyuki says that's good to hear, than they both fall
silent for a moment. Yuma feels bright, recalling his feelings for Koyuki, and
he calls out to her, and she jumps, a bit startled, and asks what is it. Yuma
apologizes for making her walk all the way to his house to see him, and if his
family embarrassed her or made her uncomfortable. Koyuki says it's fine, and
that she says they seem to have a good relationship between themselves, and
she envies it. Yuma says not really, as they were only being bothersome today,
and bets that when he gets back Sumomo is still going to be pissed at him, and
wonders if he should have run off like that, and while he knows he'll be in
trouble later, he shouldn't look worried so that Koyuki won't worry. Yuma asks
why she came so suddenly in the first place, and Koyuki says she wanted to see
his face, and decided to pay him a visit. Yuma asks if that was all, and Koyuki
apologizes if she's causing him any trouble. Yuma says it's quite the opposite,
and that he's glad Koyuki thinks of him that much. Koyuki smiles and says she's
glad that Yuma told her that. Yuma says they didn't have any time to make plans
and checks his watch, and asks if she wants to grab lunch, since it's already
12:00. Koyuki looks down and says yes, and Yuma asks what she wants to eat,
adding that he hasn't eaten all day. Koyuki looks nervous, and Yuma asks what's
wrong. Koyuki asks if he remembers what they talked about the other day, and
when Yuma asks what, she says it was about homemade lunches. Yuma recalls that
conversation from a couple of days ago, when he imagined her cooking in the
kitchen, naked except for the apron, than finally stumbles upon the correct
part of the conversation, and Yuma asks if she made them lunch. Koyuki quietly
nods, and Yuma says he's happy, and hopes that her cooking will make a lasting
impression. Koyuki warns that she's not sure how it tastes, but Yuma tells her
that love is the most important ingredient, and therefore it will surely taste
great. Koyuki says she may have put in a lot of stuff, than blushes and says
it's embarrassing to talk about it. Yuma looks at her, noting how lovely she
is, and says they should find a peaceful place to eat. Koyuki nods and hopes
that he'll enjoy it.

They decide to head to the park near the school, and since it's Sunday, there
is next to no one there, leaving just the two of them alone, and also, that
it's an important place for Koyuki. Yuma says they're here, than looks at
Koyuki, confused that she doesn't have a lunch box or anything with her. (Not
again... Heheh.) Yuma says they need a blanket or something too, and Koyuki
asks what color he would like. Yuma wonders what she means, and Yuma says
anything she would like, and she nods and says she'll grab her favorite, and
proceeds to pull a roll of carpet out of her magic pocket. Yuma is surprised,
and asks what the hell it is, and Koyuki replies that it's a carpet, like he
asked for. Yuma nervously laughs, and rolls it out with Koyuki, noting that the
carpet is really luxurious. Koyuki regrets that she couldn't bring her other
designs, and Yuma nervously says that it's alright. Koyuki asks if it would
have been better to fly, and Yuma says eating on the ground is just fine.
Koyuki says she's glad, because it's hard to eat while flying. (NO SHIT!) Yuma
wonders if any other problems like this will come up, and Koyuki asks if she
should begin preparing their lunch. Yuma says by all means, and Koyuki leans
down again, and Yuma thinks that she'll pull out a lunch box, but she pulls out
plates! Koyuki asks if he doesn't like the plate, and says she has square
plates as well. Yuma says round plates will work fine, shocked to see plates in
the first place, noting that her pocket is miraculous, and wonders what will
come out of it next. Koyuki says she'll continue, and pulls out silverware,
a rice cooker, a barrel, and than begins to pile food on their plates, noting
that the rice is well cooked. Koyuki tells Yuma that this kind of rice
is her favorite, and Yuma hopes that they'll finally be able to have a normal
meal while chatting. Koyuki asks if he's spacing out, and Yuma asks if she
needs help, than she pulls out a huge pan and sets it in the middle. Yuma is
shocked again by how much stuff can actually fit in that pocket, and that the
apron expanded when she tried to pull it out. Koyuki asks Yuma for his plate,
and he gives it to her, still stunned, and she ladles food from the pan onto
his plate. Yuma asks if it's curry, and Koyuki nods and says she handmade it.
The smell begins to reach him, and Yuma notes that it, and hopes it tastes as
good as it smells. Koyuki tells him to eat up, and Yuma nods and brings some
of the food to him mouth. Yuma is silent for a moment, and Koyuki asks if it
isn't good. Yuma shouts out no, still surprised by the vast difference in
flavor between this curry and the curry Sumomo or Otoha makes, and notes that
this tastes better. Yuma says this is his first time to eat such delicious
curry, and asks when she learned to make it. Koyuki says she loves curry, but
Yuma says he didn't know such a delicious kind existed. Koyuki looks down a
little, and Yuma wonders if he said something wrong, and Koyuki says that
Sumomo is usually the one to makes him a variety of food, but she admits this
is the only thing she knows how to cook, and apologizes for it. Yuma is a
little surprised that she made it not because she thought he would like it, but
because it's the only thing she knows how to make. Yuma tells her that it's the
best curry he's ever had, and thanks her for it. Koyuki tells him that she'll
try to learn other things to cook for future meals, and Yuma tells her not to
worry and try not to overdo it. Koyuki tells him that she wants to learn other
things to cook, to try to be different from her. Yuma notices that Koyuki said
"her", and while he isn't entirely sure of what she means, she went out of her
way to make a lunch with love for her boyfriend, and Yuma apologizes. Koyuki
asks why he's apologizing, and Yuma tells her he didn't realize at first the
amount of trouble she went through to make this for him. Koyuki says it's
alright, but Yuma says it isn't, that he as her boyfriend should have realized
this earlier. Koyuki asks if that's true, than says he can finish off the curry
than. Yuma asks if that's alright, and Koyuki says of course, and Yuma gets
back to eating, paying attention to every flavorful detail.

After he finishes, Koyuki giggles and says he ate a lot. Yuma says he couldn't
help it because it was so delicious. Koyuki hopes that he didn't overeat or
anything. Yuma tells her not to worry about it, because it's her handmade
lunch. Koyuki says there's still some left for him to take home and eat. Yuma
asks if it's alright, and Koyuki nods, but tells him not to overeat and get a
stomachache. Yuma says he's glad that he can share some of this curry, but
Koyuki suddenly pulls on his shirt sleeve. Yuma asks what's wrong, and Koyuki
says it's only good because she put a lot of love into it. Yuma nods and
remembers again that Koyuki went through a lot of trouble to make it for him,
and that he shouldn't share it with anyone else because of that.

Yuma lies down next afterwards, and when Koyuki asks if something is wrong, he
tells her that he's full and needs a little rest. Koyuki asks if the sky is
beautiful, and Yuma nods, adding that it's warm and tranquil. They are both
silent for a moment, and than Koyuki lies down next to him, and puts her head
on his arm, noting that he's feels relaxed and embarrassed at the same time.
Yuma says it's a little embarrassing, and Koyuki asks if she's too heavy.
Yuma says she's fine as she is, and Koyuki says she's glad, than they both fall
silent again. Yuma admits that it's embarrassing again, and when Koyuki asks
what is, he explains that he always thought it was funny seeing couples lie
down together like this, but now he understands how relaxing it is. Koyuki
asks if he thinks Natsumi is watching over them, and Yuma admits he had
forgotten about her for a moment. Koyuki laughs and says that she thinks
Natsumi would forgive him for that. Yuma says he won't let anyone steal her
away from him, but Koyuki says she doesn't think he'll have to worry about
that, and she's she won't let anyone steal him away from her either. Yuma
draws Koyuki a little closer, and they are now half-embracing. Yuma remarks
that the weather sure is nice, and Koyuki agrees. Yuma says he wants to stay
like this for a little while, and Koyuki says that would be nice, and they lie
there for a while, just watching the sky and letting time pass, but that his
feelings aren�ft floating as freely as the clouds are. They are right here with
Koyuki, lying next to him, and Yuma drifts off to sleep.


Time: Evening


When Yuma wakes up, the sun is already setting, and Yuma notices that Koyuki
isn't with him, and sits up, seeing her sitting a little bit away without her
apron on, and she tells him good morning. Yuma apologizes for falling asleep,
and thanks her for inviting him to spend time with her today, than quickly
gives Koyuki her apron back, and she puts it back on, and Yuma is glad to see
her back in her usual appearance. Koyuki admits that she fell asleep for a
little while as well, and says she woke up a little bit ago and talked to
Natsumi. Yuma is startled for a little bit, and wonders what she could have
told her, than blushes scarlet. Yuma says she surely didn't tell her what they
did yesterday, and Koyuki answers by shushing him, and whispering that business
is a secret, even from Natsumi. Yuma says he's glad and laughs. Koyuki tells
him not to say anything more while they are here, otherwise Natsumi will become
suspicious. (She really gets into the act that she's still alive, doesn't she?)
Yuma nods and says that's a secret between the two of them, and Koyuki nods
again. Yuma likes the way that sounds, keeping things between them, and Yuma
asks what she did tell Natsumi about, and Koyuki says it was about him, about
her feelings, and says that Natsumi understood that she was confused, but told
her that if she would always regret it if she didn't try, and Yuma notes the
lack of hesitation in her eyes finally. Yuma notes that this still doesn't
solve their problems with Ibuki though, and Yuma says that when they are tired,
they should come here to rest. Koyuki nods, and asks if she could use his arm
for a pillow again, and Yuma says of course, that he would be glad to let her
do so. Koyuki thanks him, and says that's a relief for her, and adds that she
was glad to watch Yuma sleep. Yuma asks if she watched him, and Koyuki giggles
and he looked cute, and wanted to kiss him. Yuma asks if she really did kiss
him, but Koyuki plays dumb. Yuma than says it doesn't matter, although he would
appreciate a wake-up kiss. Koyuki says she can do that, and moves closer, and
they kiss.

Yuma escorts Koyuki back to the dorms, and thanks her again for coming by his
house and getting him. Koyuki says she was glad she did as well. Yuma says
they need to work hard tomorrow, and Koyuki falls silent, and Yuma says he'll
go, than bows and turns to leave, but Koyuki grasps his arm from behind. When
Yuma turns around to ask what's wrong, Koyuki apologizes again. Yuma
understands that Koyuki doesn't want him to leave yet, even if she understands
as well that he has to go, and the silence between them gives more weight to
that opinion, than Yuma leans down and lightly kisses Koyuki, hoping that was
a good enough good night kiss, and he tells her bye again, and manages to
loosen his arm and notes that he doesn't want to leave either, that he will be
back. Koyuki says she'll see him tomorrow.

~~End Sunday, April 23rd.


(den) Date: Monday, April 24th


Time: Morning


As they walk to school, Sumomo is still in a bad mood from yesterday, and Yuma
tells her to calm down, otherwise her pretty face will look bad. Sumomo says
flattery will get him nowhere today, and Yuma says he was trying to compliment
her. Sumomo asks what was with him yesterday, skipping out on cleaning to go
with Koyuki, than heading straight to his room when he got back. Yuma tries to
argue, but stops, knowing that he can't tell her he went straight to his room
to eat the leftover curry from lunch, because if he did tell her she'd be
even more pissed off at him. Yuma apologizes for leaving her with more chores,
and Sumomo says he better not do it again. Yuma tells her to shush, as she's
embarrassing him, and Sumomo says she doesn't care, and adds that she won't be
making him lunch anytime soon, as they reach Jun and Hachi. Hachi laughs at
his predicament, and Yuma tells him he's annoying. Hachi says that Yuma's loss
is his gain, and that Sumomo will surely shower him with love instead of Yuma.
Jun says he's even further off course than usual, and Yuma says it's a great
relief to know Hachi is even worse than he is. Hachi says that means nothing
coming from him, and Jun is surprised that Hachi is still delusional. Hachi
laughs and asks Sumomo what would be the most fitting punishment for Yuma, than
says that they should be lovers. (<_<) Yuma says he better explain before he
kills him, and Hachi says it would scare the shit out of Yuma to see him and
Sumomo being all lovey-dovey. (That should creep anyone out >_>) Yuma says no,
but Hachi continues to press, than says he'll talk to her. Yuma says he
understands, but asks what he's going to do, and says if he's going to do
something he better do it. Hachi says he's got it, and says he'll convince
Sumomo to make him lunches when they are dating. Jun says he's thinking too far
ahead, and Hachi continues on with his dream, saying that he'll eat Sumomo's
lunch with love, with Yuma ignorant as he eats a French roll while Yuma cries,
and Hachi laughs again. Yuma says he'd never allow such a thing to happen, but
Sumomo comes over and says Hachi's idea is good. (NOOO!!) Hachi asks if so, and
asks if she'll make him a lunch. Jun remarks that Yuma would manage since he's
got Koyuki to make him a lunch if Sumomo stops, and Sumomo pouts, saying she
forgot about that possibility, and tells Yuma he's crafty, already setting up
a way out of her threats. Yuma asks why he's the bad guy here, and Jun says
he's got to remember that his younger sister is a beautiful young woman as
well. Yuma caves and says he understands, and admits he's the bad guy here.

As they arrive to class, Haruhi comes up to Yuma and says she needs to talk to
him. Yuma notes she sounds a little strained, and Haruhi continues, asking if
they can talk away from the room. Yuma says he understands, and follows her
out. Hachi laughs and says that he already claimed Haruhi on Saturday, and that
any attempt on Yuma's part is futile. Jun says he's still imagining things, and
tells Yuma to hurry back.

Haruhi leads him to the stairwell, and says she asks if he is going out with
Koyuki now, and asks what he knows about Ibuki. Yuma notes she seems a little
guarded, and says he knows that she's after her clan Treasure, and that it's
supposed to be here at the school to be sealed. Haruhi nods and says he knew
after all. Yuma states that she knows a lot about this event too, and Haruhi
admits that she is involved as well. Yuma asks how, and Haruhi tells him that
she's helping Suzuri, her teacher from the Magic Section, protect the Treasure.
Yuma suddenly realizes that Haruhi was the one who helped him the other day in
the forest when he was running for Koyuki, and Saya blocked his way. Yuma asks
if she was the one who helped him, and Haruhi says he's slow to notice. Yuma
apologizes, but Haruhi says she still has more to ask him. Haruhi says that
yesterday Suzuri and her were told to not protect the Treasure anymore, and to
leave the matter up to the chief director of the school. (Koyuki's mother.)
Haruhi says she's not confident on the matter, as she knows what Ibuki is
capable of. Yuma asks if Ibuki is really that powerful, and Haruhi says that
there isn't a magician alive that doesn't know the Shikimori clan, and that
Ibuki is supposed to take over leadership soon as well. Yuma notes that she
must be a very powerful magician to be recognized around the world, than
remembers back in the forest when she completely overwhelmed Koyuki. Yuma says
that if they've been told not to protect the Treasure now, than that surely
means it's been sealed, and Haruhi says she doesn't think that's the whole
story. Yuma finally realizes that Haruhi suspects that Koyuki wants to settle
things between her and Ibuki. Yuma notes that he shouldn't tell Haruhi, as it
will only lead to more complications, remembering what Koyuki told him about
her promise to Natsumi to stop Ibuki and protect the Treasure, and that Haruhi
doesn't need to know all of this. However, he is surprised that Haruhi has made
at least some connection between Ibuki and Koyuki. Haruhi than says that she
heard Yuma and Koyuki are dating now, and as Yuma looks down, Haruhi says that
it's true. Yuma asks when she found out, and Haruhi says she had a feeling that
she was the one he was looking for Saturday. Yuma tells Haruhi he'll inform
Koyuki, but he doesn't think he'll be of much help. Haruhi looks down for a
second, than looks up and says she's decided to become stronger as well. Yuma
says she doesn't have to, but Haruhi says she can't leave things as they are.
Yuma thanks Haruhi for her help, and the bell rings. Haruhi asks if they should
head back now, and Yuma nods, thinking of Haruhi's offer to help, and that she
would be a strong ally. Yuma says he doesn't think Ibuki will strike while
school is in session, and thanks Haruhi again for her advice. Haruhi nods and
says she'll inform Yuma when something happens, and also tells him to work
hard, yet try not to do too much. Yuma says he understands, and they head back
to class.


Time: Lunch


Yuma is thinking about telling Koyuki about all that happened so far this
morning, but notes that he'll just be a nuisance when it comes to a fight
between magicians, and wonders how he can help at all, and decides to ponder it
some more as he heads to Oasis. However, on the stairwell he runs into Saya,
and almost runs away in surprise, but she calls out for him to wait. Yuma
regains his composure and settles down, and asks if she was waiting for him.
Saya nods and says she needs to tell him her story, and Yuma remembers that he
promised to listen to Saya the next time they met when he brushed her off to
look for Koyuki. Yuma apologizes for the other day and says he was in a great
hurry, and Saya asks if he was able to find Koyuki. Yuma nods, than remembers
that afterwards he confessed his feelings to Koyuki, and they became lovers
that night, but doesn't tell Saya that of course. Yuma than asks Saya what she
wanted to tell him, and Saya says they need to be someone with a little more
privacy. Yuma says he understands, and they move to a different floor with few
people passing. Yuma asks if it's about Ibuki, and she nods, and asks him to
hear her out. Saya first asks why exposed himself to danger the other day by
getting involved in this mess, and Yuma is silent for a moment as he thinks of
his answer, knowing that he did it without thinking, so therefore there is no
right answer. Yuma says that it was obviously because of Koyuki, and Saya asks
if he ran out to protect her, than says he's not a magician, even if he worked
hard he couldn't protect her effectively. Yuma says that's not it, and when
Saya looks surprised, Yuma explains that he didn't want Koyuki to get hurt,
than adds that he also wants to stop Ibuki now along with Koyuki. Saya is
surprised again, and Yuma explains further that Koyuki seems to have made a
promise with Natsumi, and says Saya should have a better understanding of her
than he does. Saya nods and says she knew her well, and Yuma tells her again
that Koyuki promised Natsumi to looks after Ibuki, and to stop her, and says he
wants to help Koyuki keep her promise. Saya calls his name, and Yuma says it's
important to both of them now, explaining that Koyuki is his lover and that
Ibuki is his younger sister's best friend, and he wants to work out a way to
where neither Koyuki nor Ibuki will come to harm. Saya smiles and says she
wants the same thing, and now it's Yuma's turn to be surprised. Saya explains
says that no good can come of them fighting again, and says that's why she
wanted to talk to Yuma. Yuma asks if that's it, and Saya nods, saying that she
hopes he understands her reasons. Yuma asks Saya if she wants to talk to
Koyuki about this, and when she looks down, Yuma says he knows that it must be
painful to contemplate it, but if she can do it, it might help bridge the gap
between Koyuki and Ibuki. Saya looks away and asks for some time to think about
it, and Yuma says there's no rush to decide, and tells her to call him when
she's ready. Saya nods, and quietly departs, and Yuma hopes that this is the
beginning of persuading Ibuki to stop. Yuma notes how late it is, and that he
can't possibly stop by Oasis and see Koyuki now, and decides to find her after
school and apologize.


Time: After School


Yuma hopes that Koyuki will accept his apology for not meeting her at Oasis
today, than heads for Oasis to see if she's there.

However, she isn't there, and decides to check the Divination Club room next.

In the room, Koyuki wonders if she really should be doing this, because she
thought for sure Yuma would come at lunch time.

Yuma hopes she's in, and knocks on the Club door. Yuma hears her gasp from
behind the door, and asks if it's alright for him to come in. Koyuki asks if
it's him, and Yuma says it is, and says he's coming in. (Note: Next part is
epic.)

As he opens the door, Yuma lets out a yell of surprise at what he sees, as
Koyuki blushes and squeals, as Koyuki is wearing nothing but her apron and
magic hat. Yuma wonders what the hell is going on, and stares at Koyuki. Koyuki
calls out to him again, and says she hopes that he's pleased to see her like
this. Yuma says he is, but asks why she is dressed like this, and Koyuki says
she thought long and hard on how to make him happy, and asks if she should
stop. Yuma asks how she came up with the idea, and Koyuki says she remembered
his idea from a couple of days ago. (I KNEW IT! SHE DID READ HIS MIND ON THAT
DAY!!!) Koyuki says she did it in hopes of pleasing him, but asks if something
is wrong since all he's doing is staring at her in shock. Yuma says that's not
it, and Yuma notes that he can't give a straight answer, but finally begins to
come around and snap out of it. Koyuki asks again if he doesn't like her
appearance, but he's quiet. Koyuki says he is unhappy after all, and Yuma is
quiet again, noting that of course he's glad, but wonders if he should oblige
her openness while still at school. Koyuki pleads with him, and Yuma says
he likes how she dressed for him. Koyuki blushes an even deeper scarlet, and
says she'll stop if he wants. Yuma let's out a shout and Koyuki stops squealing
for a moment, and Yuma notes how he's reacting, and quickly become very
embarrassed as well. Koyuki asks shyly if he likes her dressed this way again,
and Yuma says of course. Koyuki asks if he's sure, and Yuma nods. Koyuki
begins to cry and says she's glad, and says she was becoming desperate in
thinking of a way to make him happy, and that she tried many different looks,
but was worried sick that he would disprove, but with him happy now, she's
happy as well. Koyuki than asks if he remembers what they did the other day,
and asks if they could do it again, while blushing deeper scarlet, and Yuma
doesn't hesitate, and says of course, and moves in and locks the door. (If you
couldn't figure out that Koyuki's 2nd H-Scene was coming up, you SUCK!)

Koyuki's Path, Scene 2

A. Doggy Style

1) Come Inside Koyuki.

2) Come on Koyuki's Back.


B. Facing Koyuki

1) Come Inside Koyuki.

2) Pull Out.

~~End of H-Scene.


Afterwards, Koyuki apologizes for keeping him waiting, and Yuma says it's
alright, but that he was very surprised by her boldness. Koyuki says she's glad
that he's happy. Yuma says he looked great, than remembers his what happened at
lunch earlier, and tells Koyuki she has something to tell her. When she asks
what it is, Yuma says he talked to Saya at lunch. Koyuki asks what did she
want, and Yuma says that she also wants to avoid a useless fight between Ibuki
and Koyuki, and that he asked her if she wanted to talk to Koyuki about it
herself, but that she still hasn't decided on that, and asks Koyuki to meet
with Saya when she has made up her mind. Koyuki says she will if Yuma wishes
her to, and Yuma thanks her. Koyuki says she was worried that he didn't come to
Oasis at lunch, and Yuma gives a start, forgetting that he was also going to
apologize to Koyuki for that, and begins to apologize. Koyuki says he thought
Saya was more important, and Yuma tries to say that she's misunderstanding the
situation.

~~End Monday, April 24th.


(do) Date: Tuesday, April 25th


Time: Morning


Saya comes up to Yuma in the hall as he walks Sumomo to class. Yuma tells her
good morning, and Saya greets him the same.

They move to the stairs so they won't attract much attention, and Yuma asks if
she's decided to meet with Koyuki, and Saya says she will. Yuma tells her thank
you, knowing that the decision weighed mightily on her, since Koyuki is still
an enemy of Ibuki, and that Saya knew what it would mean to contact an enemy of
her mistress, that the decision was not lightly made. But in the end, Saya
chose to met with Koyuki. Yuma asks if the roof will good, so that not many
people will see them, and Saya says she can do that. Yuma notes that it'll
have to be later today as class is almost about to start, and he still has to
tell Koyuki. As the bell rings, Yuma tells Saya that he'll tell Koyuki, and if
anything happens after they talk, to tell them, and Saya nods, and Yuma says
he'll see her after school.


Time: Lunch


Hachi comes up to Yuma after the bell rings, asking if Sumomo didn't make him a
lunch again, than says he pities him. (Liar.) Yuma gets up, pissed, and Hachi
cowers. Yuma tells him to relax, that he's not going to hit him and cause a
fuss, because he's already making a fool of himself just fine. Hachi says
probably, and hands Yuma something, saying that it's a present from him. Yuma
notes that it's a French roll, and it's in good condition. Hachi laughs and
says he can have that while he goes to celebrate his victory. Yuma says he's
headed to Oasis, and Hachi tells him to wait, but Yuma notes that he still has
to tell Koyuki Saya's answer, and that he doesn't have time for Hachi now.
Hachi whines and says he was on a roll, and Yuma calls back that he's in a
hurry today.

When he reaches Oasis, he sees Koyuki back in her corner for the first time in
a few days, and that greatly relieves him, and it seems that it's prosperous
today as well. Yuma wishes that they were able to find new 1st-year students,
but they've been so busy they haven't been able to do anything about it
recently, but they really should start looking again soon. Yuma says he'll tell
Koyuki about it after this is all over, and Anri comes over and asks Yuma why
he's talking to himself. Yuma says he didn't know she heard him, and Anri
says she didn't hear anything. Yuma breathes a sigh of relief as it seems Anri
really doesn't know anything, and asks if she can bring his usual order over to
Koyuki's table. Anri nods and says she'll get right on it.

As he makes his way to Koyuki, she looks up and asks if he wants his fortune
read today. Yuma says no, that he came to see her face. Koyuki sighs, and Yuma
apologizes for teasing her, than says that he really did come to see her
though. Koyuki admits that she foretold her future for today, and it said she
would be meeting him today. Yuma looks at the table, and the cards are arranged
out on the table. Yuma asks what else came from the result, and Koyuki says
she would meet him later, along with a guest that he'll bring, and it will be
the turning point in an important event. (Damn, that's good.) Yuma says she's
good to figure it out already, and Koyuki asks what he means. Yuma tells her
that Saya found him this morning and sais she wants to meet Koyuki later today
after school. Koyuki asks if Saya is to be the guest that turns things around,
and Yuma asks if she'll meet Saya after school. Koyuki nods and says she
doesn't have any plans after school today, so it should be fine. Yuma is glad,
and tells Koyuki when and where to meet Saya later, and adds that he hopes they
can work something out with their talk. Koyuki hopes for the same thing, and
Yuma adds that Saya is apparently going to turn everything around too, and
Koyuki laughs and nods. Yuma hopes that this will mean the end of everything,
Koyuki asks Yuma if he would come after school with her to talk to Saya, and
Yuma is surprised and asks if she's sure, and Koyuki nods, saying that they can
worry about everything together, although she admits she'll probably be fine by
herself. Anri rushes over and ruins the moment, bringing them their orders.
Koyuki thanks Anri, and Yuma thanks her as well. Anri notes the hint of
sarcasm in his voice, and says he doesn't have the right to complain about her
business when she doesn't interfere in his. Yuma tries to apologize, but Anri
continues with her rant, saying that they are getting all lovey-dovey in here,
and she envies them. Koyuki says that when she gets a boyfriend they'll be
envious of her too. Anri is surprised at this, and asks if she really will meet
a guy soon, and than laughs and says she's embarrassing her. Yuma picks up on
Koyuki's plan, and says that her fortune telling is top notch after all, and
tells Anri she's blushing furiously. Anri says she isn't, than says she won't
trouble the couple any longer, and sticks her tongue out at them and runs off.
Yuma notes that Anri obviously figured out their lie, and hopes she'll still be
civil to them later. However, Yuma asks Koyuki if she was telling the truth.
Koyuki says that if she can't foretell it, it doesn't mean she can't lie about
it. (NICE!) Yuma says that sounds a little unfair, but Koyuki says she didn't
expect Anri to fall for it that easily, and let's out an unusual laugh.
Koyuki obviously screwed with Anri's here before she was aware of it, and Yuma
says that when Anri finds out she'll be pissed. Koyuki asks if he really thinks
so, than wonders if she shouldn't have lied about it. Yuma doesn't worry
though, as he's sure everything will turn out alright. Yuma says they better
eat before it gets cold, and Koyuki agrees.

After they finish eating, Yuma heads back to class after promising to meet
Koyuki after school to talk with Saya, and he can only pray that everything
goes well. Hachi begins to croak, and Yuma asks when he became a frog, as he's
standing in the middle of the room starving. Jun says that Sumomo never stopped
by with his "lunch" and he's been standing here all this time. Yuma says it's
only natural, and Jun says that Hachi's the weird one, actually expecting
Sumomo to come around. Yuma asks Jun if he knows what happened to that French
roll he left here, and Jun says he didn't eat it. Yuma notes that Hachi is
taking the hard route, and Hachi cries out, wishing that Sumomo would hurry and
bring him his lunch. Jun says he apparently still hasn't given up hope. Yuma
says he'll leave him alone, because no one should mess with this idiot for now.

Yuma watches the clock tick by, not paying attention to class at all, waiting
for school to end. Yuma waits with Koyuki in the Club room until it's time to
meet Saya. However, they become restless waiting, and decide to head up to the
roof early.


Time: Evening


However, as they are early, Saya isn't up here yet. Koyuki says she'll wait a
little longer, and they can watch the sun set until than, and she begins to do
just that, while walking slowly. Yuma notes that the school roof has a
commanding view of the surrounding area, and Yuma sighs. Koyuki asks what's
wrong, and Yuma says that the scenery is very beautiful, but says she seems to
enjoy it more. Koyuki says he's probably right, and asks if he got enough food
earlier at lunch. Yuma nods, and says Sumomo didn't make him a lunch again
anyways, and Koyuki says she'll have to make her curry for him tomorrow just in
case than. Yuma tells her he's looking forward to it, and Koyuki says she'll
add fried rice with it. Yuma laughs a little and says she'll stretch out from
just curry soon enough, and Koyuki says she'll work hard. Yuma says he's
looking forward to all of this being over, so they can eat together in peaceful
bliss, and Ibuki could even join them. Koyuki says she would like that, and
they both fall silent. Yuma asks whether Saya will actually show, and Koyuki
tells him not to worry, since there's still plenty of time. The door opens and
Saya greets them, and apologizes for making them wait. Saya looks at Koyuki,
and Koyuki says they haven't talked face to face like this for a long time.
Saya nods and says she forgot to call. Koyuki asks if they should really talk
this carefree, and Saya nods. Saya asks they know why Ibuki seeks the Treasure.
Yuma says that Koyuki told him that the Treasure is proof that she's the next
one in line to rule the Shikimori clan, and that the current head of the family
moved it here to be sealed, but Ibuki wants to reclaim it anyway. Saya nods,
but Yuma he still doesn't know why Ibuki has to have the Treasure. Saya
explains that Ibuki would look at herself in disgrace if anyone gathered the
Treasure for her, and that this is another test to prove herself worthy of
succeeding the clan, although she's the only one who seems to think so. Yuma
says he doesn't quite understand this high and mighty sense of honor, and Saya
looks down. Koyuki says that's not the reason, however. Saya and Yuma look at
Koyuki in surprise and ask what she means, and Koyuki explains that Ibuki loved
Natsumi very much, like an older sister, and that she promised Natsumi
something as well. Yuma is surprised to hear that both Ibuki and Koyuki respect
and love Natsumi so much, and notes that she must have been a truly remarkable
woman. Yuma asks what Ibuki promised Natsumi, and Koyuki says that Ibuki
promised Natsumi she would become the next successor to the Shikimori clan,
as Natsumi told her that should something happen to her she wanted Ibuki to
carry on her wishes. Saya sighs, and Koyuki says that Natsumi's sudden death
warped Ibuki's wishes and feelings into something else, that originally the
plan was for both Ibuki and Natsumi to share leadership of the clan as sisters,
and they would both share the Treasure as well. Koyuki says she's convinced
that Ibuki cannot carry out Natsumi's wishes in her current state, and Yuma
Koyuki if she thinks she can. Koyuki says that Natsumi's wishes will be
fulfilled when this whole business concerning the Treasure is put to rest, and
the Treasure sealed. Saya asks if Koyuki will help defend the country like the
rest of the Shikimori clan, but Koyuki says she doesn't understand the
question. Saya asks if the head of the clan contacted her and asked her to do
this, and asks if she would help promote Ibuki as the Natsumi's heir to the
clan. Koyuki says she wishes she could, but states again that she can't in the
state that Ibuki is in. Saya sighs and says she was right after all, because
she wasn't that confident in coming to talk with Koyuki, but says she was
glad she gathered her courage to talk. Saya says that she'll head back to the
head of the house, and try to convince them to wrangle Ibuki back. Yuma asks if
she'll leave now, and Saya nods, and she runs off. Yuma breathes a sigh of
relief after she disappears down the stairs, and Yuma says he didn't know that
there were such circumstances concerning Ibuki. Koyuki says she really should
have told him sooner, but Yuma says it's not her fault, it's his for not
piecing together the puzzle. Yuma than says they should leave as well, and
Koyuki nods.

~~End Tuesday, April 25th.


(dp) Date: Wednesday, April 26th


Time: Morning


Sumomo asks Yuma if he'll be at Oasis at lunch today, and Yuma asks if she's
not mad at him anymore. Sumomo says she wants to talk to Koyuki, and Yuma
asks if she wants to know what Koyuki made him, and Yuma says it's curry.
Sumomo nervously laughs and says he's become a fast eater, and Yuma nods,
saying that Koyuki's curry is very delicious. Sumomo asks if he prefers
Koyuki's food, and Yuma tells her not to get the wrong idea, that he'd still
like to eat her cooking as well. Sumomo says nope, and asks Yuma to talk to
Koyuki for her, and Yuma says he will. after walks Sumomo to her class, he's
surprised to see Haruhi out front. They greet each other, and Yuma asks if she
was waiting for him. Haruhi nods and says she doesn't want to cause a
commotion inside, and asks if he forgot what she asked the other day. Yuma
says no, and says they'll talk on the stairs like they did the other day.

Yuma asks if she has anything to tell him, and Haruhi nods and says that Suzuri
told her that the head of the Shikimori clan is personally getting involved in
the manner now. Yuma nods, as it seems that Saya was successful in persuading
the head of the clan to get involved. Haruhi notes that he doesn't seem too
surprised, and Yuma nods. Haruhi says she should have known Koyuki would tell
him, and Yuma asks her not to tease him, since he didn't know, but other things
happened yesterday. Haruhi asks what he means, and Yuma admits that they talked
to Saya yesterday. Haruhi looks surprised, and Yuma explains that Saya also
wants to stop Ibuki, and says all three of them talked about it yesterday
evening, and Saya said she would try to persuade the head of the clan to call
Ibuki back. Haruhi says that was it, and Yuma nods, saying that Saya seems to
have succeeded. Haruhi looks relieved, and says that perhaps the Treasure is
safe now. Yuma says he wants to think so too, but doesn't think they can lower
their guard just yet. Haruhi says she doesn't feel like she's being of much
use, but Yuma says she's been a great help just thinking about them, and that
she's doing it enthusiastically. Haruhi laughs and says she's glad to hear him
say so. She than asks what Saya is doing now, and Yuma admits that he doesn't
know. Haruhi says that from this turn of events, Saya should be back with the
rest of the Shikimori clan, but Yuma and that she may aid Ibuki as best she can
now that Ibuki will be desperate. Haruhi says she'll be glad to see Saya back
in class after this business is done, and Yuma says he agrees. The bell rings,
and Yuma says they should be getting back to class. Haruhi says she enjoyed her
Sunday, while Yuma is quiet. Haruhi asks if he was nervous, but Yuma says it's
nothing, and that he's alright, and just says he feels a little uneasy.
Haruhi says she knows how he feels, as she feels a little nervous as well.


Time: Lunch


Saya still hasn't made contact with Yuma, but than he notes he was silly for
thinking she would suddenly show up back to class and tell him so face to face,
but he's becoming more and more nervous, wondering if Saya really was
successful in her efforts, if the problem really is being resolved. Yuma notes
that he can only hope so and count on Saya. Hachi comes over and asks why he
looks so worried. Yuma says he's just concerned about something, and Hachi
laughs and asks if it's about Koyuki. Hachi says he'll head to Oasis at lunch
and have his fortune told. Yuma tells him to go on ahead, and Hachi asks if
Yuma's envious, than says he'll join the Divination Club. Yuma asks why he
would join a Club now, even if he knew the situation Koyuki was in. Hachi says
for the privileges of course, and says that if he stayed with her long enough
she would come to love him as well. (DREAM ON!) Yuma slaps him down, and Hachi
cries out in pain. Yuma adds that he'll never let Koyuki be alone with Hachi,
and Hachi says he was just joking and that Yuma doesn't have to get so angry.
Yuma curses himself for falling for it, but decides that Hachi has a point, and
heads to Oasis to find Koyuki. However, as he heads out, Saya runs up to him
from across the hall, out of breath. Yuma tells her to calm down, than asks
what's wrong. Saya manages to say Ibuki's name, and Yuma feels a sense of dread
in his chest, and Yuma asks what she's doing. Saya apologizes and asks for
Yuma to forgive her, and Yuma notes that Saya is in hysterics. Yuma tells Saya
to calm down again, and she begins to do so. Yuma asks her to slowly tell him
again what's going on, than says he heard from Haruhi that the head of the
Shikimori clan was moving in to take control of this whole situation, and Saya
nods, and Yuma continues, saying that it was thanks to Saya's influence. Saya
nods and says she rushed straight to them last night and told them all she
knew, and says she's was able to buy some time for them to deal with Ibuki
before the clan steps in, and says that the head of the clan had a rough idea
of what was going on anyway, and had already sent a letter to Ibuki, asking her
to return. Yuma notes that Saya's story seems to fit with what Haruhi told him
earlier, but he still doesn't know why she's in such a panic. Yuma asks what
did Ibuki do when she got the letter, and Saya says that when she woke up she
couldn't find any trace of Ibuki. Yuma says he thought so, and while he doesn't
know what was on that letter, he knows Ibuki must have rejected the clan's
orders to return to them. Saya says she would have been able to stop Ibuki if
she had just decided to do this earlier, but Yuma tells her to calm down, and
concentrate on the present and the future, not the past. He than mentions that
they can tell Koyuki about this, and she'll surely help. Saya says that would
be alright, and Yuma says she'll surely be at Oasis, and they both run over
to Oasis.

When they arrive, Yuma hurries over to the usual corner where she sits, and
Koyuki smiles when she sees him. Koyuki says she was wondering if he would
show up today, but Yuma cuts her off, saying that there's an emergency. Koyuki
asks what's up, and Yuma relates that Ibuki seems to have disappeared. Koyuki
asks for him to explain the details, and Saya and Yuma fill her in on all that
has happened since yesterday evening. Koyuki says she sees, and Yuma asks
Koyuki if she knows where Ibuki is. Koyuki says that if she's rejected the
command to come back, there�fs only one thing she can do. Saya says that after
this she can't take it any longer, and asks Koyuki to tell her what Ibuki is
really after the Treasure for, what did she really promise Natsumi. Koyuki says
they need to head to the forest, and hope they are not too late. Yuma nods,
and they get up and quickly make their way to the forest.

After being in it for a while, walking behind Saya and Koyuki, Saya suddenly
stops short, and says that if Ibuki comes, she can't help them. Koyuki says she
understands, and Yuma asks Koyuki if she thinks talking will help, but she
sadly shakes her head no. Yuma wonders if this was impossible after all, but
realizes that would be too convenient no matter what the circumstances are.
The trees shift, and Saya looks forward wide-eyed, and says Ibuki's name, and
Yuma turns, and sees that Ibuki has appeared. Ibuki says she didn't expect to
see Saya and Koyuki together, than asks Saya if she's the one who told the clan
what she's been up to, that she was lying in wait for her to drag her back to
the house. Saya admits that she did so at her own discretion, and asks Ibuki to
stop, that it won't do any good to continue. Ibuki asks if Saya is betraying
her, and Saya says she knows she's disobeying her orders, but she's concerned
for her well being. Ibuki says it makes no difference, than asks if Koyuki is
supposed to be the one to stop her if she refuses. Yuma yells at her to stop
and think of why Saya is doing this, and Ibuki asks why he's here. Yuma is
stunned, and Ibuki continues, saying that Koyuki was arrogant enough to bring
him back here, and says he'll only be an eyesore, and tells him to stay out of
affairs that don't concern him. Yuma asks if she can't hear anything he says,
and begins to say more, but Koyuki stops him short by grabbing his arm. Yuma
begins to calm down, noting just how pissed off he was getting. Ibuki than asks
Koyuki if she hasn't learned her lesson from last time, and Koyuki asks Ibuki
why she's acting so rash. Ibuki says that the difference in their abilities is
already obvious from last time, and says she will stop at nothing to possess
the Treasure, to prove that she is strong enough to succeed the clan. Koyuki
asks if she really thinks Natsumi would want things this way, and Ibuki says
that Natsumi entrusted the clan to her, and says she should already be the head
of the clan. Koyuki says that the Treasure is only a symbol in the end, and
says that if she wants to continue on Natsumi's will she won't need it. Ibuki
says she's gravelly mistaken if Koyuki she thinks the Treasure is just a
symbol, and asks if she didn't know that the true power of the Shikimori clan
resides in the Treasure, and says that's the reason why anyone would seek the
Treasure for succeeding. Koyuki says that all Ibuki is doing is twisting
Natsumi's wishes, and Ibuki shuts up. Koyuki continues, and says that the
Treasure is not here anyways, and says she'll remind Ibuki of Natsumi's wishes
if she agrees to meet her on neutral ground, away from any of this Treasure
business. Ibuki says she still thinks that the Treasure is a symbol, and Koyuki
is silent. Ibuki says has to obtain the Treasure, because otherwise no one will
trust her as leader of the clan, and as the countries defense, than says she
will master the Treasure's power. Koyuki is silent for a moment, than says that
after all this she still didn't listen to a word she said. Ibuki laughs and
asks what her motivation is, and Koyuki asks again if she'll promise to hear
her out. Ibuki asks what she means, and Koyuki says she wants to share her
feelings before they fight, and asks if she'll permit that, and if she accepts,
she promises not to let anyone else interfere. Ibuki and Saya are surprised,
and Koyuki continues, saying that if Ibuki wins she'll lead her to the
Treasure, but if she wins, Ibuki will stop pursuing the Treasure. (Heheh, I
love all or nothing gambles.) Yuma knows that Koyuki's magic is great, but he
doesn't believe it will be able to match up to Ibuki's, and that they stakes
she is naming are too high, and that Koyuki will have to act perfectly if she
is too have any chance. Yuma notes that she wants to stop Ibuki herself though,
but can't bring the words to his mouth to speak them. Yuma stares at Ibuki, who
is cautious, trying to figure out Koyuki's true intentions. Koyuki asks what
her answer will be, and Ibuki asks if she knows she'll be at a serious
disadvantage, but says she likes the idea of this gamble, and asks what trick
she has up her sleeve. Koyuki insists she has none, and Ibuki asks if she's
confident she can defeat her alone. Koyuki admits that she's not too
confident, and Ibuki asks why she asked such a proposal. Koyuki asks if she
won't accept than, to resolve their differences, and Ibuki laughs and says
she'll accept Koyuki's terms, but says that she better lead her straight to the
Treasure when she wins. Koyuki says she will, and asks her to meet her at the
park in two hours. Ibuki says that will be a suitable battlefield, and says
she's looking forward to it, than leaves. Yuma looks at Koyuki, and she says
she understands what he wants to say, but Koyuki says she knew it would come
down to this in the end, and asks them to forgive her. Koyuki asks Saya to
defend the seal until Koyuki and Ibuki have finished their fight, and Saya says
she understands. Koyuki asks Yuma to come with her, saying that she needs to
prepare back in the Club room, and that she needs to tell him something. Yuma
says he understands, and they head back.

Koyuki finishes getting ready and changes into her magic clothes, and Yuma is
quiet. Koyuki asks why he won't say anything, and Yuma asks why she wants to
fight alone. Koyuki looks down and says that even with Saya's abilities, they
probably couldn't overcome Ibuki together, and it wouldn't solve anything
either, and says she wanted to set it up to where Ibuki would most likely
reflect on her actions. Yuma asks if she really has a strategy than, and Koyuki
nods. Yuma says he's worried for her, because he knows that Ibuki is very
strong. Koyuki nods in agreement, and Yuma asks if she thinks she can win, and
Koyuki is quiet, than admits that she's at a serious disadvantage. Yuma starts
to say more, but Koyuki says he's important to her, that she needs him to help
sort out her feelings, and asks if he'll help. Yuma asks if it's really that
important right now, and Koyuki hesitates before nodding and blushes. Yuma
finally realizes what Koyuki is asking for now, and Yuma moves in close to her,
and draws her in and kisses her, and they quickly begin to embrace and deep
kiss back. After they break, they gently smile at each other.


Koyuki's Path, Scene 3

A. Tit/Blowjob

1) Come on Koyuki's Face.

2) Come in Koyuki's Mouth.


B. Take Koyuki on the Table.

1) Come Inside Koyuki.

2) Come on Koyuki.


C. Doggy Style

1) Come Inside Koyuki.

2) Pull Out.

~~End H-Scene.


Afterward the last one, they collapse onto the floor, panting, and quietly
embrace. Koyuki asks if he liked it, and Yuma strongly grasps her hand and says
he loves her. Koyuki looks puzzled for a second, than says she loves him too,
and squeezes him hand as well.

Afterwards, Koyuki hopes she'll be able to fight without regrets while talking
to herself in the mirror, and Yuma stands next to her, with her squeezing his
arm, noting that she will miss him once she let's go. Koyuki says that if
Natsumi was still alive, she might never have fallen in love with Yuma, and
Yuma knows that he can do nothing but stand there and listen, that Koyuki seems
to be preparing herself to lose to Ibuki, but she must still be the one there
to support her in Natsumi's place.

Shortly thereafter, Yuma waits outside while Koyuki makes a few more
preparations, than joins him, and when he tries to look at her, she turns her
eyes away. Yuma feels his heart leap into his chest as he realizes that Koyuki
is resigned to her fate now, and Yuma doesn't want her to get hurt, and wishes
he could hold her. Yuma begins to ask her again if she's sure, than realizes
that no matter what he says he can't change her mind now, and Yuma notes that
it's not fair, and tells her never mind. Koyuki asks if it's really nothing and
smiles brightly at him, and she hands him something, asking if he can keep it.
Yuma accepts the long, thin package, and asks if he can look at whatever is
inside. Koyuki nods, and Yuma pulls out a flute. Yuma asks what it is, and
Koyuki says it's a keepsake of Natsumi's that she's had. Yuma looks down, and
Koyuki says Natsumi gave it to her to pass onto Ibuki once she's come around.
Koyuki says that she won't be able to do it now, and asks Yuma if he will do
it. Yuma tells her not to say such things, and says he believes in her
abilities, and believes that she can still persuade Ibuki to stop. Koyuki says
she'll try hard again, than says they have to go. Yuma notes that Koyuki hasn't
said for sure if she'll be back or not, and wonders if she's holding that
information back to protect Yuma, but shrugs it off, and says she'll come back,
and they head for the park.


Time: Afternoon


Ibuki is already waiting when they arrive, and Koyuki goes to her usual cherry
blossom tree and bows to it, than tells Ibuki she's sorry that she kept her
waiting. Ibuki says she doesn't care, saying that she knew Koyuki would come,
that she wants her to fight to her heart's content. Koyuki asks Ibuki again if
she'll give up going after the Treasure, and Ibuki tells her to be careful of
what she says, she might accidentally kill her. Koyuki is quiet, and Ibuki says
they should begin, and a strong force of magic forms around Ibuki, turning the
covering the area in a pinkish hue. Koyuki is still quiet, and Ibuki begins her
spell. (Note: The theme here is pretty nice.) The familiar lighting from the
sky spell happens, and Koyuki sends Tama-chan to detonate them. Ibuki is
surprised to see that Koyuki anticipated the trajectory, than begins another
spell, and Koyuki begins her own. Ibuki completes hers, and shoots a bolt
toward Koyuki, but Koyuki finishes her own, and it absorbs Ibuki's spell.
Ibuki is caught off guard for a second, and Koyuki takes advantage and tells
Tama-chan to charge in. Ibuki says too easy, and forms a barrier above her to
block Tama-chan. However, Koyuki is now in front of Ibuki, and still in range,
and starts another spell. However, Bisaim, Ibuki's magic wand, casts it's own
spells, surprising both Yuma, but Koyuki was ready and casts her spell,
teleporting away from Bisaim's blast. Yuma notes that he can't even blink or
he'll miss something, and Koyuki is doing well, dodging or nullifying all of
Ibuki's attacks. Ibuki, however, begins to laugh, and asks if this is all that
she can do, that she's analyzed her attack patterns and now she'll be able to
stop her easily. Koyuki asks if she's really got it all, and Ibuki asks if
Koyuki thinks she's read her and Bisaim correctly yet, and snaps a finger, and
the magic circle in the sky that was formed earlier when Ibuki released the
lightning bolts increases in both size and power. Koyuki tells Ibuki to come
than, and Ibuki says that these bolts will follow her movements anywhere.
Tama-chan warns Koyuki that if she tries to absorb them all she'll only tire
herself out quicker, and Ibuki says that Koyuki's style of attack doesn't have
the strength to match hers, and many bolts fly down. Tama-chan flies upwards
again, and blows some up, but not enough, and the rest crash to the ground, and
Yuma cries out in alarm, having not seen an attack on this scale before. Koyuki
absorbs them however, and Ibuki laughs and asks what's wrong, that her skills
seem to be fading, and that she won't be able to stop the next wave. Koyuki
pants and starts dodging the next few waves. Yuma cries out in alarm, and
Koyuki tries to stop the last one, but Ibuki shouts that she's at her limit,
and announces that it's over. However, the last set of bolts are absorbed, and
Koyuki has disappeared. Ibuki looks surprised, and asks where she's at. Koyuki
appears behind Ibuki, and she turns to face her and slashes at her, but the
afterimage of Koyuki dissipates, and Ibuki says it was just an illusion, and
the real Koyuki appears from the shadows of the cherry blossom trees and
fires a blast at Ibuki's flank. Ibuki let's out a shout of surprise as it
detonates, and Yuma doesn't think that Ibuki stopped it in time. However, 
Koyuki lets out a painful squeal, and Yuma asks if she's ok. Yuma is confused
to see how Ibuki connected with a spell since she couldn't possibly have done
anything in her position, and that it should be Koyuki's win, but Ibuki
appears to be unharmed, while Koyuki is in pain. Ibuki tells Koyuki that it's
over. Yuma and Koyuki are both confused, and Koyuki asks what kind of magic did
she just use. Ibuki asks if she never noticed, and says that there was a
reflective aura of magic around her all along, than shows it to both of them,
and Koyuki says she can't believe it. Ibuki taunts her, saying that the match
is hers, and a huge magic circle forms around Ibuki's feet as she begins to
cast a final spell. Yuma can feel the power from where he is standing, and Yuma
calls out to Koyuki, begging her to run away, but Ibuki finishes her casting
and the area is bombarded with bolts of magic, and Koyuki is hit again, but
stands back up, and Yuma is horrified, noticing that Koyuki has collapsed, and
is getting hit again and again by bolts. Yuma cries out that's enough, pissed
off that he can't do anything, that it's not fair that he can't do anything
while the one he loves is suffering in front of him. Yuma hopes that she'll
forgive him after she forbade him not to interfere, but he reasons that it will
be alright because he didn't want her to get hurt, and bets that Natsumi would
agree with him. Yuma than remembers the flute and takes it out, and slowly
brings it to him lips, and looks at the tree that Koyuki says she sees Natsumi
in, and asks for Natsumi to lend him her power, for the sake of those she sees
as her sisters, and he begins to play a haunting, yet enchanting melody. Yuma
notes that he doesn't even know how to play, and knows that Natsumi is guiding
his fingers. Ibuki is startled, remembering the nostalgic melody that Natsumi
played, and the circle around Ibuki's feet begins to dim, and Ibuki notes that
it's weakening her as well, than the circle in the sky breaks up. Ibuki looks
around, trying to find the source, and Tama-chan flies down and simply says
checkmate, but says she's welcome to try to use Bisaim. Koyuki gets up and
tells her that it's over as well. Ibuki asks what's going on, and that she
can't even move, and demands Koyuki to release her. Koyuki says she's not doing
anything, and says that Yuma was the one that stopped her magic, along with
Natsumi's will. Ibuki asks how, and Koyuki says that Natsumi's spirit is in the
flute. Ibuki says that's idiotic, and asks how can he know Natsumi's music.
Koyuki explains that she was holding onto it for a long time, and than
entrusted it to Yuma. Ibuki demands to know why, and Koyuki says that she was
sure Yuma could make flute play once again, and says that it was because of his
desire to see her stopped that allowed him to do so. Ibuki says that this match
doesn't count, and says she won't give up on the Treasure, than Koyuki says she
was asked by Natsumi to give Ibuki the flute. Ibuki looks at her in shock, and
Koyuki continues, saying that she can't do so, and that she won't be able to
make the flute play. Ibuki asks why not, and Koyuki explains that only one who
can follow Natsumi's wishes will be able to play that flute. Ibuki cracks and
says it has to play for her, as she's a Shikimori. Koyuki asks if Ibuki thought
the Treasure was used long ago by the Shikimori clan to make the rest of the
world recognize their magical might, and asks if she can recall Natsumi's
wishes. Ibuki is silent, than says she won't pursue the Treasure any longer.
Koyuki happily says she's finally remembered. Ibuki is on the verge of tears,
and Koyuki says that to succeed the clan you don't need the Treasure anymore,
you need the trust of those around you, and says that Natsumi trusted in Ibuki
to lead the Shikimori clan not in the clans name, but in her name. Ibuki looks
down, and Yuma calls out to her, and she looks up at him. Yuma says he thinks
it's time she was given what was hers, and says that while he was playing the
flute, he understood what Natsumi wanted for her, and that her feelings warmed
him, and he can still feel them, and says that he'll give the flute to her,
if it's alright with Koyuki, who agrees. Yuma walks over to Ibuki and holds the
flute out to her, telling her to take it as she looks at him, and tells her
that Natsumi would be proud of her, just as he is now. Ibuki looks at him and
silently takes the flute, quietly saying that she's wanted Natsumi's flute for
a long time, but she couldn't play it as a child. Yuma pats her on the head for
a second, and feels her memories flowing into him, and quickly takes his hand
away, and Ibuki begins to tremble, saying to Natsumi that she was a fool, that
she was too slow in realizing that she took the wrong road, that she has no
right to carry out Natsumi's wishes, or have her flute. Koyuki looks at her
with sympathy, and Ibuki continues, saying that she was not able to keep her
promise to Natsumi, and falls to her knees, holding the flute tightly,
apologizing to it. Koyuki calmly tells her that it's not too late, and says
that while she can't change the past, she can change her future, and says she
alone knows where that road will lead, and that she has the willpower to follow
it through. Ibuki silently looks at Koyuki, and Koyuki asks if her work as a
fortune teller isn't good enough. Yuma says he thinks he knows what she's
getting at, that everyone who comes to Koyuki wants to know if they can change
their future, and admits that he did as well, and is sure Ibuki can do so as
well. Ibuki looks at Yuma again, and Koyuki giggles and tells him that was a
nice follow up. Ibuki says she'll be alright in time. Koyuki tells her not to
forget her feelings, and that she'll be alright as well. The fact that she is
holding Natsumi's flute is proof enough now. Ibuki holds the flute tightly,
and Koyuki teasingly tells her that Natsumi will be hurting if she holds it
too tightly. Ibuki absently apologizes, and Koyuki laughs, than suddenly
sways and collapses. (!!!) Ibuki and Yuma rush over to her, and Yuma gathers
her in his arms, noting that she's really light and hot. Yuma begs her to wake
up, and Ibuki asks if she can speak. Koyuki tells Ibuki that she'll be alright,
and tells her to play the flute. Ibuki tells her to save her strength and not
speak, and Yuma hopes that Koyuki is lying and is only tired. Yuma calls to
Tama-chan, and Ibuki calls for Saya as well. Tama-chan says he'll call an
ambulance over, and Ibuki tells Yuma to carry Koyuki, while she calls for help.
Yuma looks at her in surprise, and she tells him to hurry up and give her his
cell phone, saying that she doesn't want to lose another important person who
has helped her. Yuma quickly brings out his phone and Ibuki immediately
snatches it from him, saying that Koyuki helped her remember the promise she
made to Natsumi, although she had forgotten it for ten years. Ibuki than says
it's not her place to watch over Koyuki though, that's Yuma's role, and she
clasps his hand. Koyuki quietly looks up at Yuma, and Yuma tells her that an
ambulance is coming. Koyuki tells him not to worry, that she's only a little
tired. Than points at the cherry blossom tree, and asks if he could carry her
over to it.

Yuma quietly carries her under the tree, and Koyuki thanks him for passing on
the flute. Yuma says his fingers naturally moved as he thought of both her and
Ibuki, than the next thing he knew Ibuki's magic was stopped. Koyuki explains
that both he and Natsumi wanted the same thing, and asks Natsumi if she's right
while looking up into the tree branches. She than says that while she took a
long time, she was able to fulfill her promise to her. Yuma says she's got to
come out of this alright, and stay with him. Koyuki laughs and says of course,
but says she wants to sleep a little first, but says she'll be alright in his
arms. Yuma tells her not to say strange things and not to worry. Koyuki asks if
he'll be there when she wakes up, and Yuma says he promises. Koyuki quietly
says she wants to be with him for a long time, sleeping in his arms. Koyuki
closes her eyes and says good bye. Yuma shakes her and asks what she means by
good bye, and Koyuki opens her eyes and laughs, saying that she was joking,
than apologizes for making him worry, and says she really will be alright after
she's had some rest, than closes her eyes again. Ibuki comes over and
frantically asks if Koyuki is alright. Yuma nods and says she just needs some
rest, and Ibuki catches herself and apologizes. Yuma says it's alright, as
Koyuki sleeps peacefully in his arms, noting that she must have overexerted
herself during the fight with Ibuki. Yuma notes that Koyuki's probably more
relieved that she was able to finally keep her promise to Natsumi. Yuma tells
her it's ok to be tired, although she can't answer. Yuma laughs when he
pictures the sight of Koyuki sleeping in his arms, and Ibuki looking
crestfallen at them.

~~Credits Roll.


(dq) Epilogue (Koyuki's True Ending)


Koyuki thanks them for joining the Club, and asks them to properly introduce
themselves. Sumomo goes first, (Heh.) and Koyuki says her energy level is very
good, than tells the other to follow. Ibuki is next, and she's less
enthusiastic. (HAHA!) Sumomo scolds Ibuki, saying that the introduction is
important, and Yuma adds that she has to greet her senpai's properly. Ibuki
asks why she has to tell him so when he's not even a member, and Yuma informs
her that he's an honorary member, and adds that he has special privileges.
(Heh, seems he did take Koyuki up on her offer after all.) Koyuki asks what
they were again, and Yuma says he vows to increase the club's size a hundred
fold. Sumomo says he's amazing, but Ibuki says she doesn't think that's
possible. Yuma recaps that a month ago anyone who would have thought the Club
would be this lively would obviously be lying. Koyuki asks Ibuki if she's too
weak to properly introduce herself, and Ibuki says that her circumstances are
different. Yuma says she always sounds so brave though, and Ibuki says that
he's annoying and tells him to shut up. Sumomo tells her to relax, and that
they all need to get along as members of the Divination Club. Koyuki laughs and
says they need to be reliable too. Ibuki shouts out that they are forcing her,
but Koyuki simply says Ibuki should have expected as much. Ibuki caves, saying
if Koyuki says so. Yuma laughs at the sudden reversal of roles as of late, but
that certain thing had to be done. After the events of the April 26th happened,
Koyuki was hospitalized for several days. Yuma came to visit every day after
school, along with Ibuki when she had the time with current head of the clan.
Yuma was glad to see Ibuki and her foster father begin to reconcile, but
everything is still out of place. When Golden Week came up, Koyuki was able to
leave. (So Koyuki was in the hospital for 3-5 days.) After she got out, they
were able to solve the long standing problem of finding 1st-year members for
the Club, with Sumomo joining. Yuma than says he was surprised that Ibuki
decided to join as well, and Ibuki says this is her way of repaying Koyuki's
kindness, along with the fact that Sumomo kept pestering her everyday to join
as well. (I fucking knew it. <_<) Sumomo giggles and says she wants to tell
Ibuki's fortune right away. Ibuki sighs, and Koyuki says she'll enjoy the two
of them becoming a couple. (Oh?) She says if they work hard they will be ready
for the national meet. (WTF?!?) Sumomo is surprised and says she didn't know
that there was such an event. Ibuki says there isn't and that Koyuki is just
teasing them. Yuma says he was fooled too, and Koyuki watches them all and
smiles. Yuma moves closer to Koyuki and whispers for her to go easy on them.
She says she will, but that they will surely embarrass them. Yuma asks how so,
and Koyuki explains that they might walk in on them when they are "busy". Yuma
looks surprised and blushes himself, and says they shouldn't do anything at
school now, and that there are other places to do fun things. Sumomo asks what
they are talking about, and Ibuki says she thinks they are plotting to frame
them for something they haven't done. Yuma asks what they are trying to accuse
them of, and says they are being rude. Tama-chan pops up and tells Yuma and
Koyuki not to hesitate, to apply the heat to the new apprentices. Koyuki tells
Tama-chan to go, and Tama-chan blows up in the corner, causing Sumomo and
Ibuki to fall silent. (Heheheh.) Yuma says there will be no welcoming party for
now, and Koyuki says they still need to enjoy themselves and laughs. Yuma says
that she obviously has something in mind.

Yuma walks with Koyuki after the Club is finished for the day, of course at her
favorite part of the park. Koyuki asks Yuma if he wants to know the true
purpose of the Shikimori Treasure. (Finally?!? YAY!) Yuma asks if she means
what Saya brought up the other day, and Yuma says that since everything about
it has been resolved, he doesn't care about it anymore. (YOU BASTARD!!!)
Koyuki nods and says she didn't know anyway. (DAMNIT!) Koyuki quietly takes
Yuma's arm, and Yuma notes that he always appreciates her next to him with her
warm and comforting smile, and that she, above all, seems to be really happy.
Koyuki asks if Yuma can feel her feelings. Yuma says of course, that he
couldn't live without her gentle smile now, than adds that he wants to walk
with Koyuki for a long time. Koyuki nods and agrees, that she wants to walk
with him for a long time, together.

~~End Koyukis True Ending.


~~End Koyuki's Path. Congratulations! See the Extras area now!



~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Walkthrough Split~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


(E) Sumomo's Path - Love and Friendship: Eternal Bonds


(ea) Date: Wednesday, April 12th (After Choosing to go to Oasis)


NOTE: Sumomo's True Ending can sometimes be a little tricky to achieve, so
please make sure to choose the Options I suggest if you want her True Ending.


Time: After School


Option Two:


Yuma decides to head to Oasis, noting that Anri should still be there so he
can grab food real quick. However, on his way to Oasis, Yuma is surprised to
see Shinya, Saya and Ibuki all talking together. Ibuki says something that Yuma
can't make out, and Saya nods and says she understands. Yuma notes that he
didn't know the three of them knew each other, and Yuma gets a funny feeling,
especially since Saya referred to Ibuki as "-sama" even though she's an
underclassman. Yuma notes that it's a completely opposite relationship they
seem to have.

Yuma is surprised that they knew each other, but remarks that otherwise it's
really none of his business, and rather than talk to him, he decides to take a
different route to get to Oasis.

Yuma gets to Oasis, and Anri says she'll work him hard today. Yuma doesn't say
anything, and Anri asks why he's giving her the silent treatment. Yuma asks if
he has to put on a uniform, than recaps that he was "convinced" to help out at
Oasis as soon as he walked in. Anri says he shouldn't slack off just because
he's Otoha's son, and Yuma says he understands. Anri tells him that she'll be
relying on him, and says let's go. (Sounds like fucking Mario. <_<) Yuma sighs
and hopes he can rely on her.

Some time after, Anri asks if he can close up today, and Yuma says he can't do
anything until everyone has left. Anri says he'll manage to survive, and says
he did well today. Yuma says he didn't even plan on it, that Otoha asked him
when he came by chance. Anri says she'll have to ask Otoha every day than.
(BITCH!) Yuma tells her to stop before he dies, but notes that if Otoha did ask
him everyday he would find it hard to refuse. Yuma says he'll manage if it
isn't everyday, than asks Anri if she has something to do after this. Anri asks
if he's inviting her on a date, that he finally noticed her charms. Yuma says
of course not, it's just that all of the students from the Magic Section seem
to be busy lately. Anri asks if she's supposed to be busy just because she's
from the Magic Section, and Yuma says he assumed so. Anri says she did have to
see someone earlier about a dog. (POOR EXCUSE!) She adds that his charms were
a lot better than Yuma's, and he better pick up his pace. Yuma says he didn't
even invite her anywhere, and Anri asks if he finds her unattractive or
something. Yuma shouts out that's not it, and Anri says that's good to hear.
Anri says she has to go now, and reminds him to clean the floor and empty out
the cash register before her leaves. Yuma says he will, and Anri leaves.


Time: Night


Sumomo comes in and tells Yuma that dinner is ready. Yuma thanks her and says
he was waiting for it. Yuma notes that he must have worried Sumomo a little by
coming back late, and therefore she made dinner a little later than usual.
Sumomo adds that she worked hard on it since she bought more stuff to put in it
earlier today. Yuma goes over all that�fs on his plate, and says it looks great.
Sumomo adds that the rice is in a separate container, and Yuma thanks her
again. Yuma notes that he's fairly indebted to Sumomo for always making him
great meals, and he tells her that he'll never tire of her great cooking.
Sumomo admits that she actually started preparing this meal in the morning,
and Yuma is surprised, saying that he didn't notice anything different this
morning. Sumomo says that she kind of made breakfast and dinner at the same
time when she made their lunches for the day, and giggles, saying that she made
all three of his meals today. Yuma apologizes for being late, explaining that
he got suckered into working at Oasis today. Sumomo apologizes for feeling so
carefree, but Yuma tells her it's alright and it wasn't her fault. He also
adds that he'll try hard to eat all three next time, and Sumomo gets fired up
and says she'll work hard tomorrow as well. Yuma asks if she's eaten yet, and
Sumomo says she planned to eat with him, than sits down herself and starts
eating. Sumomo comments that the Oasis uniforms look great, but that Anri's
uniform looks even better. Yuma asks if she wants to work part time there, and
Sumomo nervously says she doesn't know if she'd be any good. Yuma says she can
always work in the kitchen, as she's a killer cook, and says she can wear an
apron and a uniform. Sumomo asks Yuma if he wants to see her in an Oasis
uniform, and Yuma notes that picture would look pretty nice. Yuma says he would
like it, but Hachi would be ecstatic. Sumomo says Jun would probably look good
in it as well, and Yuma says that he regrettably can't deny that. Sumomo than
asks if she fully cooked the potatoes. Yuma takes a bite and says of course,
Sumomo says she's glad that Yuma vouched for her, as she was worried that she
had messed up. Yuma says he's relieved and Sumomo laughs and says she's glad
he thinks it's good, than looks down. Sumomo asks Yuma if she would make a good
bride. Yuma stops eating and thinks for a moment, noting that he never
seriously thought about it. Yuma starts to give his answer, and Sumomo
nervously laughs and says he must think her strange to ask such a question,
than says she'll beat an old-fashioned retreat now. Yuma says she's alright,
and Sumomo asks what kind of person he thinks would be the perfect bride. Yuma
thinks for a moment, than says he thinks Haruhi would be a solid choice. Yuma
notes to himself that it would probably be too perfect however, than Sumomo
says that Haruhi told her that she thought Sumomo would be the perfect bride.
Yuma says he agrees with that, than says he'll have to be careful, otherwise
he'll fall for her. Sumomo giggles and says she's glad he thinks so, and adds
that Otoha thinks so as well. Yuma says not to believe everything Otoha says,
but Sumomo says she's a super-mom. Yuma laughs at the silly thought, that if
she were a super-mom she would never find a supermarket she could like. Sumomo
asks if he wants tea after he's done eating, and Yuma says that would be swell,
than says she looks after him too well. Sumomo she's glad, and Yuma thanks her,
but asks her not to depend on him too much. Yuma than rises with her and they
bring their dishes to the kitchen, wanting to show his gratitude for her
making dinner all day. Sumomo than brings him his green tea.

~~End Wednesday, April 12th. (After Choosing to go to Oasis)


(eb) Date: Thursday, April 13th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up, wondering why he doesn't hear his alarm clock, than hears Sumomo
screaming and something falling. Yuma decides he'll figure it out later, and
turns to disable his alarm clock so he can go back to sleep, than decides
against it in case he doesn't wake up in time for school, and decides to get up
early today again.

Yuma heads downstairs and Sumomo tells him good morning. Yuma remarks that
she's hard at work, and Sumomo apprehensively asks if she woke him. Yuma says
she did, but he's thankful for it. Sumomo apologizes, and says she was making
another lunch. Yuma says she'll be busy again today, and Sumomo nods and
apologizes to him again. Yuma says it's alright, that she's fairly enthusiastic
about the whole thing, and Sumomo nods and is glad, than says she has to get
back to making lunch. Yuma tells her to do her best and good luck. Otoha than
comes in and tells Yuma good morning, and says she's making breakfast. Yuma
says he understands, than notes that he's prepared thirty minutes earlier than
usual for school, and decides to burn some time by watching the morning news.
Otoha remarks that Sumomo is enthusiastic again this morning, and asks if she's
making another lunch for Ibuki. Yuma says yesterday was complicated, and Otoha
says he means Sumomo yelled it out and scared her off. Yuma nods and says
that's what happened, and says he ate the lunch she made for Ibuki yesterday in
her place. Otoha says that's surprising of him, and Yuma asks if it truly is.
Yuma hears Sumomo humming in the other room, noting that she seems to be in a
very good mood and has a lot of energy. Yuma hope that Ibuki won't refuse again
today, than notes that the lunch is a little different than usual, and wonders
why she's making different a different lunch. Otoha asks what he means, and
Sumomo comes in, wondering what all the fuss is about. Otoha tells her that
Yuma has been saying strange things this morning, and Sumomo asks how so. Otoha
relates Yuma's earlier culinary notice, and Yuma admits he's not totally inept
at cooking. Sumomo asks if he remembered her request from the other day, and
Yuma thinks for a moment, than remembers the conversation they had about
different types of desserts, and asks if that's what she's up to. Sumomo admits
that those were the classified weapons she bought at the store yesterday.
(Weapons? Heh.) Sumomo giggles and says she's making them all for Ibuki today.
Yuma notes that should make Sumomo popular in Ibuki's eyes, and Otoha breaks it
up and tells Sumomo to spend some of that energy eating breakfast. Sumomo
thanks Otoha and begins eating as well.

Otoha goes to see them off, and Yuma says bye, while Sumomo looks to be off in
her own little world. Yuma asks what's wrong, and Sumomo snaps out of it and
says it's nothing. Yuma tells her not to tune them out like that, than says
they should go. Sumomo apologizes and tells Otoha bye.

As they arrive to school, they meet Haruhi in the entrance hall. They all greet
each other, and Haruhi says they are both early today. Yuma says that Sumomo
woke him up a little early today. Haruhi laughs and says they have a steady
relationship. Sumomo looks a little flustered before saying yes, and Yuma asks
why she's panicking. Sumomo says it's nothing, and nervously laughs it off.
Haruhi looks confused, as does Yuma, since Sumomo is obviously acting a little
weird. Yuma bets that it's because of Ibuki, and asks if she's thinking of a
new way to get to her today. Sumomo nods and says she is, and Haruhi asks who
Ibuki is. Yuma fills Haruhi in, and that Sumomo is trying to win her over as a
friend. Haruhi says that sounds nice, and hopes that she'll succeed soon.
Sumomo thanks Haruhi for her encouragement and says she'll work hard. Haruhi
says she's still having trouble making friends herself, since she's new to the
General Section as well. Yuma says that it is a little difficult at first, and
asks if she's tried talking to Saya yet, since she's a recent transfer as well.
Haruhi says she hadn't thought of that, and Yuma says that they seem to be
making friends fairly easily. Haruhi is surprised to hear this, and Yuma thinks
back to what he saw yesterday when he saw Ibuki talking with Shinya and Saya,
that they seemed to already know each other. Yuma asks Haruhi if the Magic
Section combines their students. Haruhi says yes, usually, but they can't this
term due to this mess. Haruhi asks why it's important, and Yuma says it's
nothing, just something that he was interested in. Haruhi says that both of
them look a little funny today and laughs. Sumomo looks up as she was spacing
out and asks Haruhi if she said something. Haruhi laughs and says it was
nothing. Yuma asks if she was thinking about Ibuki again, and Sumomo nods,
saying that she's still working out her strategy. Haruhi tells her not to
think too hard about it during class, otherwise she won't pay attention. Sumomo
nods in agreement, than they all head to class.


Time: Lunch


Yuma yawns and says he's glad morning classes are over. Haruhi giggles and says
he looks tired. Yuma nods and asks what she's doing for lunch. Hachi comes over
and asks if he's trying to pick her up, and Yuma says he doesn't want to see
him at the moment, or hear him. Hachi says nonsense, that he'd love to hear a
girls' plans for lunch. Jun laughs and says he knows Hachi's plans, and Hachi
tells Jun not to tell them. Jun moves closer and says he'll tell her, and
Hachi panics and pleads with Haruhi to ignore Jun. Jun says that's fine, and
he'll just tell Anri, and heads over to her. Hachi gives chase asking Jun to
stop, and Jun playfully asks Hachi to leave him alone. Haruhi nervously laughs,
and Yuma says that now the distraction has left, he asks what her plans are for
lunch again. Haruhi says she brought her lunch, and Yuma remembers that she
lives in the dorms and asks if she made it herself. Haruhi nods, but says she
has to get up early to do so, otherwise the kitchen becomes too crowded. Haruhi
than asks what his plans are, and Yuma says that he usually eats the lunch
Sumomo makes for him, otherwise he heads to Oasis. Haruhi is envious that
Sumomo makes his lunch, and Yuma admits that it's great, and she always takes
great care in making it for him. Haruhi looks surprised to hear that, and Yuma
asks what's wrong. Haruhi recovers and says it's nothing, than apologizes and
says she forgot she has a Class Officer meeting. Yuma says it must be important
if it cuts into her lunch time, and Haruhi nods and apologizes because she has
to leave. Yuma tells her not to work too hard, and wonders what he should do
now that he's alone. Yuma decides to head to Oasis. However, he runs into
Sumomo on the stairs, who says he has good timing, and has Ibuki behind her,
who surprisingly isn't panicking. Yuma tells her hello, and Ibuki tells him not
to call her by -chan since they don't know each other. Yuma notes that she's
still as cold as ever. Sumomo says she thinks Ibuki is lovely, and Ibuki tells
her not to say that, or to call her -chan. Sumomo pouts and says she can't help
it that Ibuki is cute. Yuma asks what he should call her than, and Ibuki tells
him to use her last name, Shikimori. Ibuki tells him good job in a sarcastic
tone, and says he better not think of her as a chibi or she'll kick his ass.
(Ouch, feisty.) Yuma notes that he was already thinking of the term, and that
she's really quick. Ibuki tells him to quit thinking of her first name in his
head, and Yuma asks if she wants to be called Ibuki after all. Ibuki says
never mind and tells Sumomo she's leaving. Sumomo gets mad and tells them not
to fight, and Ibuki looks down. Yuma asks if he's embarrassing her, and Sumomo
pouts, saying she thought Yuma was her ally in this. Yuma quickly says he
didn't lie, and tells her not to cry, and tries to get Ibuki to go along with
him for now. Sumomo says she'll call Ibuki whatever she wants, and Ibuki looks
down again. Yuma pulls Ibuki to the side and apologizes for Sumomo causing her
trouble. Ibuki says she'll keep this up if he continues like this, and says she
sympathizes with him. Yuma laughs and says he could say the same to her.
Sumomo asks what they are talking about behind her back, and Yuma says it's
nothing, and asks what she'll do now. Sumomo says she almost forgot, and asks
Yuma if he's busy for lunch. Yuma says he doesn't have any plans, than asks if
she finally got Ibuki to agree to eat her lunch. Sumomo nods and says that
Ibuki had no plans and agreed to eat. Ibuki says she kept bugging her between
every class, and had no choice but to cave. Yuma laughs and asks Sumomo if she
really did that. Yuma feels that he should comfort Ibuki, but knows that Sumomo
dictates the pace wherever she goes, and notes that it would defeat any
purpose, and hopes Ibuki will come to understand Sumomo sooner or later. Ibuki
says she didn't expect integrated lessons to be this much of a hardship. Sumomo
says that since he has his lunch today, why doesn't Yuma join them. Ibuki says
that if it's just him she'll go along with her still, and breathes a sigh of
relief. Yuma asks if he would bother them, but Sumomo says that will be good,
and says she needs someone to watch Ibuki eat her classified weapons too.
Ibuki wishes she could hide somewhere now, and Yuma notes that Sumomo seems to
have gone over a lot of strategies for a long time now, and wonders what kind
of classified weapons she prepared for today. Yuma says he'll accept Sumomo's
offer, and Sumomo shoves them to the roof. Ibuki tells her not to cling so
closely.

There is no one else up on the roof, and Ibuki sits down, and Sumomo sits next
to her and pulls out chopsticks and a lunch and tells Ibuki to open her mouth.
(Note: I LOVE THIS PICTURE!!!) Ibuki let's out a gasp of surprise, and stares
at Yuma, with a gaze pleading him to stop Sumomo. Yuma knows better though than
to incur Sumomo's wrath later, and silently apologizes to Ibuki, and prays
for her. Ibuki asks why he's doing that, and Yuma says it's a prayer for her
to be able to eat without holding back. Ibuki says he shouldn't get involved in
other people's problems, than says she's not a child or sick, and says she can
feed herself. Yuma hesitates before saying she looks like a child on the
outside still. Ibuki says she heard that, and Yuma says he was just joking, and
she scoffs him. Yuma says that eating this way isn't that bad around here.
Ibuki asks if that's true, and Yuma says she surely doesn't feel this shy.
Sumomo says Yuma is telling the truth, and that it's not at all embarrassing.
Ibuki hesitates, than says when your in Rome, do as the Romans do, but still
hesitates. Yuma asks if it's because of him, than says he'll close his eyes.
Ibuki is quiet, and Yuma closes his eyes and tells her to go ahead than. Ibuki
than tells Sumomo to only give her a little bit, and Sumomo giggles and pushes
the food towards Ibuki's mouth, and Ibuki goes Ahhh~ and Sumomo giggles again,
and Ibuki blushes. Yuma opens his eyes, and Sumomo asks Ibuki if it was good.
Ibuki says it's not bad, and Sumomo asks if she truly thinks so. Ibuki says
it's delicious, and is glad. Yuma says it's good that she speaks so highly of
Sumomo's cooking, and Sumomo says she's glad Yuma agrees with her. Yuma
suggests to Sumomo that she feed Ibuki the croquette next, and Sumomo nods and
tells Ibuki to open up again. Ibuki starts to do so, than stops short and
stares at Yuma again, saying that he promised to close his eyes. Yuma said he
did for that bite. Ibuki gets pissed and smacks him over the head with
Bisaim, and Yuma crashes to the ground. Yuma says that really hurt, and that
he'll lie there and get a tan. Ibuki says he's too noisy, and Yuma tells her
to calm down. Ibuki gets ready to hit him again, but Yuma back off and
apologizes. Sumomo tells Ibuki to leave him there and keep eating, but Ibuki
says she's fine, and says she never should have trusted Yuma, and backs into
Sumomo, causing her to knock over the lunch. (Uh oh.) Ibuki asks if she can't
even eat her own meal, than says she'll waste her lunch if she's forced to eat
like this. Sumomo says she understands, and says she'll eat too. Ibuki calls
out to Yuma, and he asks why she has such a scary look on her face. Ibuki says
he better not tell anyone about this, and that if he does he won't live to see
another day. Yuma gets scared at this, and understands that Ibuki obviously has
a lot of pride, but wonders if he's just discovered her weakness as well. He
gets up though, and decides to worry about it later. Sumomo asks Yuma about his
lunch today, and Yuma says it was great, and thanks her for making such a large
amount of food for him. Sumomo says it's nothing, and that it's easier to make
than he thinks. Yuma asks if that's true, and Sumomo says it is, and smiles at
him. Sumomo says she doesn't think the amount of seasoning she uses for him
will work for Ibuki though. Yuma says she'll surely like anything she fixes,
as he can't complain about anything she's ever made. Sumomo asks Yuma about the
time she made homemade Thai, and Yuma says that the red pepper did him in, and
says that's the exception to the rule. Ibuki is quiet, and Sumomo turns to her
and tells her not to hesitate to tell her whether she can't eat something.
Ibuki jumps as she was eating, and Sumomo says that she'll get the seasoning
right for her tomorrow. Ibuki tells her not to worry about it, and when Sumomo
looks confused, Ibuki asks if she had a bad look on her face, than says she
thought everything tasted great. Sumomo is really happy to hear so and jumps
for joy. (Literally.) Ibuki asks Yuma if Sumomo always makes him his lunch,
and Yuma says usually, but sometimes he eats at Oasis since it's so close.
Ibuki asks if that's a cafeteria, and Sumomo says yes, and tells Ibuki that
their mother is the manager. Ibuki asks if that's true, and Sumomo nods, and
says that they can have their mother's cooking even while at school. Ibuki says
she's envious, than starts eating again. Yuma notes that Sumomo's cooking seems
to have touched Ibuki, at least for now.

After they finish eating, Yuma asks Ibuki if she liked it, and she admits she
did. Sumomo says her hard work paid off, and Yuma feels that Ibuki's attitude
has softened quite a bit, but how could you eat delicious food like this and
still be in a bad mood Yuma cannot comprehend. Yuma hopes that she'll be like
this at least every time she eats with Sumomo, and Ibuki asks if she has
some food on her face. Yuma says no, and she tells him not to stare at other
people, as it makes them nervous. Sumomo laughs and says that Yuma has finally
started to see just how cute Ibuki can be. Yuma says he can't deny that, and
Ibuki asks why they are picking on her all of a sudden. Sumomo hums and says
she knew Yuma would come around in the end. Yuma asks if she's going to use her
secret weapons, and Sumomo tells him to be quiet, that they were buried in the
dark depths of history. (She thought too much >_>) Ibuki asks what they're
talking about, as Sumomo takes out a separate bag and giggles, saying she
remembered what Ibuki said she liked the other day. Ibuki asks why she's
laughing, and Sumomo pulls out a dessert. Yuma notes that's what Sumomo was
talking about, and that she even remembered what kind of dessert Ibuki said her
favorite was. Ibuki blushes, and Sumomo says she looked a long time yesterday
for just the right ingredients. As she opens the bag, Yuma notes that it looks
great, and Sumomo grabs a cluster on a toothpick and tells Ibuki to open up
again. Ibuki looks ready to argue again with Sumomo for being so close to her,
but is eyeing the dessert with a look of anticipation, and Yuma notes that
Ibuki is basically caving in to Sumomo while he's here to eat her favorite
food. Ibuki slowly opens her mouth, and Sumomo moans out that she's so cute.
Yuma feels a little tempted himself, as Ibuki finishes her first bite. While
she looks at first unsure of what to say, Yuma notes that she actually thinks
it's delicious, and says so. Sumomo tells him to eat up as well since she made
a lot, and Yuma says he will than. As he opens his mouth to eat a bite though,
Ibuki looks at him, and Yuma wonders if this is his chance. Yuma calls to her,
and Ibuki asks why he's hesitating. Yuma says never mind, and opens his mouth.
However, Ibuki smacks him twice with Bisaim, than two more times, crying out
in pain. (HAHA!) Ibuki says she can't take it anymore, that they keep teasing
her, and repeatedly smacks Yuma, who cries out that the umbrella is a lethal
weapon. Ibuki says there are no such rules and continues her attack. Yuma
asks her to please stop, and Sumomo says that she doesn't need to hit him that
way. Yuma praises Sumomo for her assistance and asks her to stop Ibuki, but
Sumomo says to not use her umbrella in case she break it. (ACK!) Yuma says not
to give her any ideas, but Ibuki screeches and knocks Yuma flat.


Time: After School


Yuma is glad he was able to survive the rest of the day, and is glad he doesn't
have cleaning duties or anything either. However, he's still in pain from
earlier. Hachi comes over and asks if he wants to grab some tea at Oasis, but
Yuma says he's a bit broke, and he's not feeling up to it either. Hachi says
he'll go find someone else than. Yuma asks if he's going after Anri, than says
he better find some deep pockets. Hachi laughs and says he'll get access to the
special menu soon enough. Yuma notes that he can't ever see himself wasting
that much money at Oasis, and laughs out loud and says Hachi will have to learn
the hard way. Jun comes over and says he couldn't go either since he's busy
with his fan club, and Yuma says he'll head on home than, and Jun tells him
bye. Yuma runs into Sumomo on the stairs, and she's in a good mood, humming as
she walks. Sumomo asks if he's heading home now, and Yuma nods and asks if she
wants to walk with him. Sumomo agrees, and Yuma says she must be glad that
Ibuki is finally opening up to her. Sumomo says that Ibuki was busy after
school today and couldn't walk home with her. Yuma wonders if the Magic Section
really is this busy, and Sumomo says she guesses so.

When they get to the entrance hall, Sumomo asks if they can stop by somewhere
first. Yuma asks if she wants to go shopping, but Sumomo says no and pulls him
along.

Sumomo sighs and says she wanted to see the cherry blossoms again, as she has
brought him to the park where they were all gathered last Sunday. Yuma feels
that it happened almost last year even though it's only been a few days.
Sumomo comments that she believes Ibuki would love to watch the blossom trees
as well, and Yuma is reminded of the severe beating he suffered at Ibuki's
umbrella earlier, and says she didn't have to encourage her. Sumomo laughs and
says afterward she wanted to apologize, and that she surely will the next time
they meet. Yuma says that's good, and Sumomo giggles and says all three of them
can enjoy the trees next time. Yuma asks if she'll try to persuade Ibuki, and
Sumomo nods and says she won't give up until Ibuki agrees to. Yuma doubts that
she'll be able to convince Ibuki before the trees become bare in the next few
days, but hopes she'll be able to as he watches the blossoms flow in the wind.
Sumomo says she really enjoyed watching them the other day, and Yuma says he
was surprised that Koyuki came. Sumomo says she's tricky, and Yuma brings up
the perks of her pocket though, they wanted crab and she gave them crab. Sumomo
laughs and says it was good to have such a meal under the trees. Yuma relates
that he while he didn't expect it, they all did have a good time, and they were
able to commemorate it with a picture before the saki. Sumomo sighs and looks
down, and Yuma mentions that Anri was an exceptionally big drinker, and that
Haruhi and Koyuki are strange drunks. Sumomo asks how drunk she was, and Yuma
looks away, not wanting to tell her. Sumomo says she wants to know, because she
heard a little from Jun, but she can't remember what happened before she got
there. Yuma says she got a little drunk, and Sumomo says she now recalls that
Koyuki wanted her to taste some tea, than says when she drank it she began to
feel good. Yuma says she obviously fell into Koyuki's trap, and Sumomo says
she's starting to remember some things now, like Haruhi's strange drinking
habits. Yuma asks if she remembers clinging to his back and that he had to
carry her home. Sumomo slowly nods, and Yuma says Hachi was out as well, and
that things were getting serious. Sumomo apologizes for causing him trouble,
but Yuma tells her that it wasn't a big deal, and notes that he wasn't one to
talk either, since he was half-drunk the entire time, yet he managed to not
pass out.

As time passes the sun begins to set, and Yuma notes that he loves watching the
trees here in the evening sun. Sumomo asks Yuma if he'll continue to look after
her, and Yuma says of course since she's his important little sister. Sumomo
moves in close and hugs him and says she'll be indebted to him in the future.
Yuma feels better now, glad that Sumomo isn't depressed or anything. Yuma than
says they had better get back than, before they get too hungry. Sumomo says
it's her turn to make dinner, and says she'll work hard on it.


Time: Night


Yuma sighs while lying in his bed after dinner, noting that it was very
delicious. Yuma thinks back on what Sumomo asked earlier for him to continue
watching over her, and says he really should help out more around the house,
that he shouldn't trouble Sumomo so much and look like an ungrateful brother,
since she always puts his interest before hers. Yuma says she should care more
for herself, than Sumomo knocks on his door. Yuma asks if she needs something,
and Sumomo says she needs his help for a second. Yuma asks what she needs, and
Sumomo says she's used up their stock of mango tea. Yuma asks if she's sure,
than recalls the bitter juice mix she made for him the other day, and notes
that she must really like it after all. Yuma asks if she wants help drinking
the rest of it down, and Sumomo nods. Yuma notes that he really doesn't want
to, but decides he'll do it anyway. Sumomo asks if he didn't really like it,
and Yuma says that it was alright, and is surprised that she still had more.
Sumomo nods and says Otoha already drank three cups. Yuma says they better
check up on her, and Sumomo agrees. Yuma thinks for a moment than asks Sumomo
what Otoha thought of it. Sumomo says she disliked it, while she loves it.
Yuma notes that it's rare for Otoha to dislike things like this, and that it
really must be terrible. Yuma decides to grin and bear it, and says let's go.
Sumomo nods and asks him to give her and Otoha his best regards.

~~End Thursday, April 13th.


(ec) Date: Friday, April 14th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up with his bed feeling warmer than usual, and thinks that a cat
snuck in, and remarks that it's back is soft. Someone moans out that feels
good, and Yuma wonders who it is, than notes that someone is rubbing on him,
and wondering why. The voice moans out that she felt something hard just now,
and Yuma jumps out of bed with a shock to find Sumomo in it, and asks what the
hell is going on. Sumomo wakes up and tells him good morning. Yuma asks why she
was touching there just now, as she was touching his inner thighs, and that a
younger sister shouldn't jump in her older brother's bed. Sumomo says she
doesn't see anything wrong, and said he looked comfortable, and decided to
get in there with him. She finally realizes what she did, and says she was only
supposed to try to wake him up, but fell asleep, that she made a huge screw up.
Yuma says she has no idea, and she asks if she did anything strange or
something. Yuma is puzzled for a second, than realizes she doesn't know that
she was groping him, and decides not to tell her, as it would make for a very
awkward morning. Yuma asks if she really fell asleep while trying to wake him
up, and Sumomo says yes, that she forgot about waking him up when she noticed
that his bed was nice and warm. Yuma notes that this is a little farfetched,
and says he was surprised to see her there when he woke. Sumomo begins to
panic, saying that Otoha won't be pleased when she finds out they both
overslept. Yuma knows that there will be hell to pay, and can't think of an
excuse. Sumomo tells him she's going on ahead, and Yuma says he'll be right
down after he changes clothes.


Time: Forenoon


Shinya tells Yuma good morning, and Yuma hesitates before greeting him the
same, because even though they are classmates they rarely talk, and that he
really doesn't try to pick up on the girls either. Shinya notices that he looks
a little disturbed, and asks Yuma if he woke up on the wrong side of the bed
this morning. Yuma says he could say that, noting that Shinya apparently
doesn't mind if the girls pine for his attention, except for his sister. A
light goes off in his head, hoping that he can tell Shinya what happened this
morning, as he couldn't bring himself to tell Jun or Hachi. Shinya asks what's
wrong, and Yuma asks what he would think of him if he said he woke up this
morning and his younger sister was in bed with him. Shinya asks if that's so
strange, (Oh?) and Yuma says normally that it would. Shinya says he doesn't
see the problem, and when Yuma asks, Shinya says he doesn't think it's strange
because Saya usually sleep with him on stormy nights since she's afraid of the
thunder. Yuma asks what happens, and Shinya says not much, he just comforts
and pats her head, as he answers calmly. Shinya than asks Yuma if he is having
problems with his younger sister or something, and Yuma says possibly. Shinya
says it's natural to comfort younger siblings, and that Saya is his
irreplaceable younger sister. Saya zooms over and tells Shinya to follow her,
and pulls him out of the room by his ear. Yuma notes that while Shinya may not
have been embarrassed, Saya obviously is. Hachi says that Shinya sure is thick,
and Jun says that Yuma and Sumomo surely can't be that bad. Yuma says Shinya is
one step up the weirdness ladder, and Hachi says he's jealous of Shinya for
having a younger sister like Saya. Jun says he bets Hachi wished that he could
be reborn and have a younger sister. Yuma says that would mess with the natural
order though, and Hachi gets excited and says he wouldn't mind being reborn to
have a younger sister, than asks God why he was never given one. Jun says that
if his parents work hard that's still not impossible. (THANKS A LOT JUN!!! XD)
Hachi says he has a point, and that he'll have to talk with his father. Yuma
asks if he's brain dead after Hachi has zoomed out of the room, and Jun says
they should step out of this now.


Time: Lunch


Yuma says hi to Koyuki, and she says hi back, saying that she's alone today.
Yuma feels a little depressed today to eat lunch with Hachi and Jun instead of
with Sumomo and Ibuki, but notes that Jun would just ask too many questions if
he upped and left again. Yuma asks Koyuki if she's not doing any
fortune-telling in her usual corner, and Koyuki says she can foretell Yuma
hope right now, if he's ok with tarot cards. Yuma says that will work, and
begins taking out all kinds of things from her pocket. Koyuki notices his
shocked expression, and she asks if anything is wrong. Yuma says never mind,
but Koyuki says she'll continue. Yuma changes the subjects and tells her that
Oasis still has some of the curry she always likes, but notes that he'd never
order it. Koyuki says they should eat than, and the do so. Anri comes over and
says she thought he was with that young girl again. Yuma asks Anri who she
means, and Koyuki looks surprised too. Anri says his sister, Sumomo, and Yuma
says that if he was with her everyday it would be troublesome. Anri nods but
says Sumomo is the cutest person she's seen since she's come to the General
Section, and Koyuki says he seems to have gained a tough rival. Anri laughs and
says she'll surpass Haruhi sooner or later, and Yuma tells her not to be in
such a hurry. Anri asks what the hell he means by that, but Yuma is saved
because another customer shouts out that he wants to order, and Anri runs off.
Yuma is thankful that Oasis is so busy today, and Koyuki asks Yuma how Sumomo
is doing. Yuma says she's probably thinking of ways to capture Ibuki alone
again, and Koyuki asks if he's referring to Shikimori Ibuki. Yuma asks Koyuki
if she knows her, and says she's a small and cute girl, and that Sumomo's been
after her, trying to become her friend. Koyuki is quiet, as Yuma says they are
either together, or Ibuki is running away while Sumomo chases her. Koyuki asks
if that's true, and Yuma notes that she seems distracted while nodding, and
wonders if Koyuki knows Ibuki as well, since they are both from the Magic
Section. Koyuki says she's surprised to hear the Ibuki has already made a
friend, and Yuma admits that he was worried about it at first. Koyuki hesitates
before she says it was necessary. Yuma asks what she means, and Koyuki explains
that both of them were quite lonely, and therefore, were unknowingly seeking
each other out, and is glad. Yuma says he can understand Ibuki being lonely,
but doesn't see how she saw that in Sumomo. Koyuki asks if he wants to test her
fortune-telling skills with his, and Yuma gets scared, knowing that he would
like to his it told, but not by Koyuki. Yuma says maybe another time, and
Koyuki says that's a shame since she felt she would actually give him a
positive reading. Yuma feels even more at ease from this comment. Koyuki asks
why he's stopped eating, and Yuma apologizes for stalling, and continues to
eat quietly with Koyuki while hoping she doesn't bring up anything related to
fortune-telling again.


Time: After School


Yuma and Jun tell Hachi bye. Hachi says they are cold hearted and asks them to
help him out. Yuma says it's his problem and they don't want any part of it.
Jun tells him to work hard, and Hachi cries.

Out in the hall, Jun says it's unusual to be alone for a moment. Yuma reminds
him about his fan club, and Jun says he'll see him later. Yuma than feels a
gust of wind from an open window, and goes to shut it, and sees Sumomo walking
outside, and wonders where she's going, and he can't tell from this angle.
Yuma thinks where the road goes, and remembers it leads to the park where they
all sat and enjoyed the cherry blossom trees last Sunday, and decides to follow
Sumomo.

When he reaches the park, Yuma notes that today's wind has blown a large
majority of the blossom petals off the trees, and now the trees look lonely
instead of being full of life. Yuma looks around for Sumomo, and finds her
walking slowly along a small path. Sumomo is surprised to see him, and Yuma is
surprised as well, seeing how sad she looks. Yuma asks her to sit down and asks
if anything happened to her. Sumomo says no, and Yuma asks if she was crying
just now. Sumomo says that the almost barren trees caused her to feel very sad.
Yuma is quiet for a moment, than says it is a shame to see the once beautiful
trees look like this now, but says that it was bound to happen sooner or later
since the trees have run their spring time bloom. Sumomo agrees, and Yuma says
that there's always next year to look forward to. Sumomo slowly asks if they
can come watch the trees together again next year, and Yuma nods, saying they
can always come and watch them every year. Sumomo thanks him for his energetic
response, and Yuma is glad that she's finally smiled, and notes that seeing her
sad makes him gloomy as well. Yuma says today may be their last of the year to
watch the trees, and Sumomo agrees, and says they can leave after she dries her
eyes. As they walk towards the park gates, a strong gust blows up, and
something flies into Yuma's eye, causing him to cry out in pain. Sumomo asks if
he's alright, and Yuma explains what happened. Sumomo asks if he can get it
out, and Yuma insists that it doesn't hurt too much. Sumomo tells him to show
her, but Yuma says he can't because it will hurt if he opens his eyes. Sumomo
asks if stuff got into both of his eyes and he doesn't think so, and slowly
opens one eye, than jumps back in surprise because Sumomo was so close. Sumomo
cries out in surprise, and tells him not to shock her like that. Yuma says
she's one to talk being so close, and Sumomo asks if he didn't notice. Yuma
asks how could he tell since he had both of his eyes closed, and says he could
drink his tears. Sumomo tells him not to turn away so she can see his eyes,
and Yuma looks off the his right. When Sumomo follows him, telling him not to
avoid her, he looks back to the left, yet she follows again, and says she can't
take it out if she can't see it. Yuma suddenly falls forward from being so
dizzy, and Sumomo blushes, and tries to apologize, but ends up squealing. Yuma
says she panics too easily, and Sumomo nervously laughs and says that's true,
but says he didn't have to say it like that. Yuma apologizes, than realizes
that both his eyes are open now. Sumomo asks him about it, and asks if his eyes
hurt anymore. Yuma is a little surprised, than says he's fine now. Sumomo tells
him to let her check, and he says he's alright, that she can see just fine.
Sumomo tells him to let her look anyways, and Yuma caves and leans forward a
little. Sumomo leans forward to look, and Yuma gets the uncomfortable feeling
that if anyone saw them like this they would think they were kissing, than asks
if she's seen enough, than says they should leave, and Sumomo nods.

~~End Friday, April 14th.


(ed) Date: Saturday, April 15th


Time: Morning


Yuma woke up early since he set his alarm clock for an earlier time after what
happened yesterday morning, as he didn't want it to happen two days in a row.
Sumomo says the weather looks to be very good today, and Yuma agrees. Sumomo
says she didn't even need her jacket today, and Yuma mentions that Golden Week
is in another half-month. (April 29th - May 5th, btw) Sumomo asks if he's
already got his plans sorted out, and Yuma says not really, than asks if she'll
be hanging out with Ibuki a lot. Sumomo says of course, than says an important
day is coming up that he surely remembers.

Options:

1) Sumomo's birthday!

2) I don't know.


Note: Option One by far is the good choice.


Option One: Yuma says her birthday is coming up, and Sumomo is happy he
remembered. Yuma notes that Sumomo was born on April 30th, and that since
they've both entered the same school now he hopes this year's party will be
great. Sumomo wonders what she'll do if her birthday hasn't passed by the time
this game comes out. (Yes, talking to us, the players, heheh.) Yuma tells her
to stop saying silly things, and that he remembers every year. Sumomo giggles
and says he does.


Option Two: Yuma asks what's coming up, and Sumomo gets mad and asks if he
forgot already. Yuma says he doesn't know, and Sumomo does the "Jii~" sound
now while staring at Yuma, than Yuma finally let's out a cry, and Sumomo asks
if he remembered. Yuma says that April 30th is her birthday, and Sumomo says
he's awful to forget, and as punishment he has to buy her lots of presents.
Yuma asks how many again, and Sumomo says many large ones. Yuma says she'll
see, and Sumomo says she hopes so.


Both paths meet up here. As Yuma and Sumomo reach school, Haruhi is at the
gates and tells them good morning. Yuma wonders if something�fs wrong since she
was waiting for them at the gate, and Yuma asks what's up. Haruhi says she's
waiting to see someone about a dog, and says she's supposed to meet them here.
(I hate this excuse. It's probably a big translation error, but I don't know
what else it could be.) Yuma says it must be serious to call her out here so
early in the morning, and Haruhi says yes and sighs. Yuma notes that Haruhi
can't hide the fact that she's tired today, and that she must be getting run
ragged, busy with work from the Magic Section and being their Class Officer.
Sumomo giggles and jumps over to Yuma, and Yuma asks what's up. Sumomo says
she's only catching up with him because he walks too fast, and clasps his arm
with a firm grip. Yuma feels very embarrassed that Haruhi is witness to such a
thing, and Haruhi asks if Sumomo is happy. Sumomo says she is, and that she was
able to make friends with both her and Ibuki, and that Yuma remembered the
30th. Haruhi asks what's important about the 30th, and Yuma tells her that the
30th is Sumomo's birthday. Haruhi apologizes and says she didn't know. Sumomo
says it's alright, she had forgotten to tell her when they were younger.
Haruhi than says she wants to congratulate her in advance, and Sumomo is happy.
Sumomo than looks down and says she thinks that April 1st was Haruhi's birthday
and she forgot to tell her congratulations, even during the cherry blossom
viewing. Yuma says that was during Spring break, and Haruhi says it's alright,
that they can show their appreciation next year as well. Sumomo nods and says
they both will work hard and get Haruhi a wonderful present. Yuma nods as well
and says he'll try his best. Haruhi laughs and says she's glad to hear so.
Sumomo continues to hold Yuma's arm as they head into school, and slowly Yuma
begins to feel comfortable.

Afterward, Sumomo says she should be getting onto class, and tells Haruhi and
Yuma to work hard today and runs off. Yuma feels lonely for a moment now that
Sumomo has left and let go of his arm and sighs, and Haruhi follows suit. Both
of them look at each other in surprise that they both yawned at the same time,
and Yuma asks Haruhi if she's tired. Haruhi says a little, that helping
everyone as a Class Officer is tiresome work. Yuma says he'll help if he can,
and Haruhi thanks him but says she would have to talk to her teacher first.
Yuma notes that he should help if she's feeling down, and notes that Haruhi
was watching Sumomo leave with a smile. She than says Sumomo seems to have
changed for the better, and Yuma says he doesn't think she's changed too much.
Haruhi says Sumomo has changed from the time she knew her when they were
younger, and Yuma asks if that's so. Haruhi giggles and says Jun would likely
understand what she means, and Yuma says that Jun is the exception to almost
any rule concerning men or women, and notes that it's strange to hear Haruhi
joke in such a way, but feels that there is a lot of contact he still doesn't
know between Haruhi and Sumomo. Yuma than asks if her friend has gotten used
to school yet, and Haruhi says she doesn't know, and says it would be pointless
for him to ask anymore. Yuma says he'll keep it up, and Haruhi says there's
a difference.


Time: Lunch


Oasis is very busy, even with Saturday only being a half-day. Yuma decides to
grab a quick meal before heading home, than interestingly sees Saya sitting by
herself with her meal. Yuma heads over to her, and they greet each other.
Yuma says he's surprised to see Saya here, and Saya says that today is her
first time here, and that it's a wonderful little cafe. Yuma relates that
Oasis stays open for regular hours even on Saturdays because his mother always
thinks of the students. Saya says she didn't Yuma's mother worked here, and
Yuma notes that she probably doesn't know that Otoha is the manager. Yuma
tells her that his mother is the manager, and Saya says she's surprised that
both Anri and a member of Yuma's family both work here. Saya looks up and asks
if he has a younger sister. Yuma asks if she's talking about Sumomo, and Saya
nods, saying she overheard a little bit of what he was telling Shinya the
other day about older brothers and younger sisters, than asks him to clarify
why he was interested. Yuma says that while he's proud to have such a great
sister, he tells Saya that they are not blood related. Saya asks if that's
true, and Yuma believes that Saya doesn't understand, since she and Shinya are
twins. Saya than says she sees Sumomo hanging around with Ibuki all the time,
and Yuma wonders how Saya knows Ibuki, than recalls the other day when he saw
her, Shinya and Ibuki talking together in the hall, and that they must have
already known each other. Yuma wonders how they know each other though, and is
about to ask Saya so when Shinya comes over. Shinya says he's surprised to see
Yuma eating with Saya, and Saya and Yuma look up at Shinya and greet him.
Yuma feels uneasy asking Shinya how they know Ibuki now and decides to ask
Saya later when he gets the chance. Shinya says that today is his first time to
eat here as well, and welcomes any recommendations that Yuma can make for him
to order. Yuma says that it's not hard to pick something, and Saya asks what
he's going to order since he hasn't done so yet. Yuma says he'll go with his
usual Combo Plate A, and Shinya says he'll order the same thing Saya did. Yuma
calls Anri over, and Shinya shouts hello to her, causing Anri to greet them a
little cautiously. Shinya apologizes her inconveniencing her, but asks if she
can bring him some water. Yuma says he'll have his Combo Plate A with coffee,
and Anri tells them to wait a while than runs off to take more orders in the
heavy atmosphere. Yuma bets that she was probably reluctant to deal with the
commanding presence that Shinya brings, Shinya tells Saya she still has rice
on her face, and tells her to be careful and not ruin her body. (<_<) Saya
says she knows, and Yuma wants to ask Shinya a question, such as why their
conversation has flown right off the curve. Shinya asks Yuma what's wrong,
and Yuma asks if they often eat boiled rice at their house. Saya nods and says
they usually mix brown and wheat rice with cereal for most meals. (YUCK!) Yuma
says he's never heard of that diet, and Shinya is confused, and asks if he
doesn't train and devote his body either. Saya explains that Shinya thinks the
mixing of those rice is good for the body. Shinya that if he doesn't eat it
100 times his body won't become used to it and strengthen itself. Yuma asks why
the jaw, and Shinya explains that it's one of the weakest points of the body,
and therefore it needs extra work. Yuma notes that Shinya keeps going off into
left field with his explanations, and wonders if no one else finds him strange.
Yuma asks if they really eat only rice, and Saya nods and says that because
it's not very filling they usually have several plates each. Yuma says that
people these days don't do that anymore, and Shinya says he welcomes the
challenge than. Yuma feels a bit dizzy trying to argue with Shinya, and heads
out to get some fresh air.

Yuma is surprised that time passed so fast, as the sun is already setting after
he spent all his time talking at Oasis. Yuma notes that while he was cautious
at first, Anri has become a very successful waitress, and also that he likes
spending time at Oasis. Than he looks around and is surprised to see Haruhi
coming out of the forest that borders the park. Haruhi notices Yuma and looks
troubled, and the awkward tension rises around them. Yuma says hello, and
Haruhi greets him as well. Yuma asks if she's heading to Oasis, and Haruhi
tries to give the meeting a man about a dog excuse again. Yuma asks if she was
meeting them in the forest, and Haruhi nervously says yes. Yuma asks if this
has something to do with magical medicine, but Haruhi says no and tells him to
forget about it. Yuma says he doubts she was gathering mushrooms and herbs in
there anyway, and says she would need a lot and a huge pot. Haruhi says that
he has the wrong image. Yuma says he got the idea from Koyuki, and Haruhi says
she'll talk to her. Yuma apologizes for lying, and Haruhi admits that she's on
her way to see her teacher. Yuma apologizes for delaying her, and Haruhi
apologizes to him before taking off. As she fades into the distance, Yuma
wonders what task Haruhi's teacher had her do in the forest. He recalls the
fact that Haruhi was tired enough already earlier this morning, but that Haruhi
is the type that can't say no to helping others, and wonders if she'll ever
turn down offers.


Time: Night


The doorbell rings, and the person at the door announces himself as the
paperboy, coming to collect the money for next month's papers since he forgot
to come by during the morning. Yuma says he'll take care of it, but Otoha says
she'll handle it. (This next scene is awesome. :) Otoha greets the paperboy and
says he works hard, and hands him the money for next month's papers. The man is
surprised to see Otoha, and asks if she's married, and Otoha tells him not to
refer to her like that, and just refer to her as Otoha. The man barely manages
to spit out her name, and Yuma can hardly believe that she's flirting with
someone she hardly knows. The man than apologizes and says he doesn't have
enough invitation tickets this month. Otoha says their relationship will end if
he doesn't, and the man quickly pleads with her not to cancel, and says he'll
get her tickets to a baseball or soccer, (football to the rest of the world
excluding the US.) and Yuma recaps that this happens every month, that Otoha
seems to have developed a fan club of her own, and wonders if she holds a
grudge against anyone in particular for why she does this, and notes that women
are scary.

Otoha comes back in saying she made a big catch and got a lot of tickets today.
Yuma says she really shouldn't mess with younger men like that, and Otoha
laughs and says he was happy, and it saves her money. Yuma makes a mental note
to handle transactions like this for sure himself in the future, than asks her
what kind of ticket she got. Otoha says they are all various kinds, but pulls
one out in particular that has an expiration date of tomorrow, and Yuma remarks
that sucks, as it's hard to plan that suddenly. Otoha agrees, and asks Yuma if
he wants to use it. When he asks why him, Otoha says she's already made plans
for tomorrow, and it would be a shame to waste it. Yuma says he will if he
must, and Otoha pulls a fast one and hands him a second similar ticket, and
says he can take someone he likes to see it with him. Yuma is confused, and
Otoha says he can take someone on a date tomorrow. Yuma wonders why she has to
say something so happily, and Otoha asks if he wants to invite Sumomo. Yuma
asks if she'd really be ok with such a thing, and Otoha says of course, that
she would be honored if her beautiful daughter went with him. (Oh brother...)
Yuma asks how she knew about their troubles, and Otoha says that's a secret.
Yuma asks what he will do if Sumomo is busy tomorrow too, and Otoha says he'll
think of someone to use it with, and says if he has to he can forcibly take
someone with him, than tells him to work hard, and that she as his mother
supports him. Yuma says he doesn't want that kind of help from her, and Otoha
laughs again, saying she's helping set her son up on a date, than skips out of
the room as Yuma yells after her, and notes that she didn't leave him any room
to argue. Yuma wonders who he'll take after all, and decides to think over it
in the morning.

Yuma knocks on Sumomo's door and asks if she has a moment. Sumomo panics in her
room than lets him in. Yuma asks what she's all flustered for, and Sumomo says
no reason. Sumomo asks what's wrong, if he wants a late meal or something. Yuma
struggles to tell her, than clears his throat while he thinks of how to put it.
Yuma than asks if she's busy tomorrow. Sumomo says she has no plans, and asks
why he wants to know. Yuma says that the paperboy gave them two tickets that
expire tomorrow, he was wondering if she might want to go with him. Sumomo is
quiet for a moment and stares at him. Yuma says if she doesn't find it
interesting she doesn't have to come, and mentions that it's an art exhibit.
Sumomo quickly says she'll go, and asks if he's really inviting her to go with
him. Sumomo than says that Ibuki and Haruhi will have to wait, but than falls
silent before asking if he really wants to take her. Yuma nods and says he
can't think of anyone else to take, and Sumomo looks happy, but asks if this
could be considered a date. Yuma's heart begins to pound, wondering if it
really does look like a date. Yuma notes that it can't be, that it's just an
outing for a brother and sister. However, Sumomo is blushing deeply, and
slowly repeats his name and date, than says her heart is pounding for some
reason. Yuma asks if she's sure she wants to come, and Sumomo says she'd be
glad to, and gives him her best regards for tomorrow. Yuma tells her the same,
and Sumomo tells him good night.

Yuma notes that he asked Sumomo to come with him tomorrow after all, and notes
that it's good this art exhibit is close by. However, he wonders again if it
will be considered a date.

~~End Saturday, April 15th.


(ee) Date: Sunday, April 16th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up to his alarm clock, and almost ignores it to sleep in, than
remembers that he asked Sumomo to hang out with him today, but decides to sleep
a little more. Yuma starts to drift off when Sumomo knocks and comes in, and
tells him good morning. Yuma tells her that it's Sunday and promptly closes his
eyes, but Sumomo says no, and shakes him, tells him to get up and eat
breakfast. Yuma caves and says he gets it, noting how she's more energetic than
normal, and wonders if she's really this enthusiastic about hanging out with
him. Sumomo giggles than tells him to hurry down before his soup gets cold.
Yuma notes that most girls would be excited about a date, than wonders why he's
calling it a date now himself.

As he heads downstairs, Otoha laughs and tells Sumomo that she's been working
hard all morning. Sumomo says she always works hard in the morning though. Yuma
says they're treating him like he doesn't exist, and Sumomo said she'd be
surprised if he made breakfast. Yuma asks if it would be bad to surprise them
for once, and Otoha asks if he even knows how to cook, and that worries her.
Yuma breaks out in a cold sweat as he realizes that she's right and he doesn't
know how to cook jack shit. Yuma says he can cook a few things, and Sumomo says
he has his own style, although it's influenced by her and Otoha, and says she's
happy and can imagine how it would taste. Yuma says that even if she were
expecting him to cook he'd be too embarrassed to actually do it. Sumomo said
she thought he said he was going to cook though, and Yuma says he didn't, and
tells her that it wouldn't be that good. Yuma notes that the conversation
turned to his cooking ability, although he just wants to enjoy some of
Sumomo's. Otoha says he shouldn't be worried about such a thing, and Yuma says
she's being irresponsible. Otoha says she's not, saying that people will
remember the first time they eat someone else's cooking. Sumomo asks if that's
true, and Otoha says she's sure that when he cooks it will be delicious. Yuma
laughs and says they're welcome to dream. Sumomo thanks Otoha for breakfast,
and both she and Yuma bow, but notes that seeing this himself is just too
much. Otoha says she's really glad to help them grow up, Yuma says they used to
be tiny in the past. Sumomo asks where, and Yuma says he swore himself to
secrecy on that. Sumomo pleads with him to share what he knows, and Yuma
wonders how he could ever tell her what she was really doing when she fell
asleep in his bed the other morning. Otoha asks if they are going together on
a date, and Sumomo smiles and says she was very happy that Yuma invited her.
Otoha laughs and says she was glad she could help. Yuma asks why they think
it'll be a date, but decides to drop it, as he won't convince Sumomo otherwise
now, although he's worried that things are developing at too rapid of a pace.
Otoha says that when she grows older she wants to meet more of Yuma's dates.
Yuma says she'll understand when he hesitates to do so, and Otoha asks if they
will fight a lot. Yuma says normal people will think that a date is walking
around with someone a lot, and Otoha blushes. Sumomo asks if Yuma could think
of today as a date for her, but Yuma says they should think of it as an outing
for siblings. Sumomo hums, and Yuma wonders if she's thinking of it as a date
that lovers have, and wonders if she'll be discreet if she thinks so. Otoha
laughs and tells them share today's exploits with her later. Yuma says he
doesn't expect much to happen, and Otoha tells Sumomo to make sure she lets her
know. Sumomo says of course, and Yuma shouts out why, noting that Otoha has
such a big influence on Sumomo, and hopes that she's only joking. Otoha tells
them both to take care, and Sumomo nods, and Yuma says they'll be back before
dark. Otoha tells them to take their time, and Yuma yells at her in shock,
noting that she's crafty. Sumomo blushes, and Yuma notices her expression, and
hopes that nothing crazy does happen.

They begin to get ready, and Yuma ends up waiting for Sumomo in the living
room. Sumomo comes down and apologizes for making him wait, and Yuma says it's
alright, than asks if she's ready. Sumomo nods and says everything is good, and
Yuma says they should get going. Sumomo asks if he doesn't mind bringing her
again, and Yuma says he doesn't care. Yuma asks if something came up, than says
they don't have to go today if so. Sumomo quickly says that nothing has come
up, and that she decided to stay with him today no matter what. Yuma says she
sounds a little too enthusiastic, and Sumomo says she's shouting because it's
important. Yuma sighs and notes he won't ask about it anymore for the time
being. Yuma asks what else she wanted to ask him, and says she heard him
earlier, than asks if this really seems strange. Yuma asks if she really wants
to know, and Sumomo nods. Yuma says that a brother and sister date does look
strange, but he was the one who asked her in the first place anyway. Sumomo
says she doesn't want him to think about such a thing, and Yuma asks why not.
Sumomo gets all flustered, and says that if it really is to be a date, they
should meet each other in town. Yuma asks if that's what she was concerned
about, and Yuma notes that she's getting more and more into this being a date.
Sumomo says they should decide when and where to meet, and their hearts pound
when they do meet, and says that's the real excitement of a date. Yuma says he
can do that if she wants it so, and Sumomo asks if he's really ok with the
idea. Yuma says it seems they can't have it any other way, and asks if she has
a place in mind. Sumomo nods and says the usual place they meet near the
station would be good to meet for a date. Yuma wonders if she's too into this,
but decides to go along with it anyhow, that going out shouldn't affect them
for a while at least. Yuma says he'll give her an hour, and Sumomo tells him
bye. Yuma asks if she's sure she doesn't want to go together, and Sumomo nods.
Yuma asks why he should leave first, and Sumomo says she still has things to
do. Yuma says alright than leaves, wondering what she still has to do, but has
no clue even after having lived with her for the past ten years.


Time: Forenoon


An hour has passed, and Yuma is standing near the station, waiting for Sumomo
to show up, and that he's been standing around for the past twenty minutes to
kill time. Yuma wonders if Jun talked Sumomo into screwing with his mind for a
date, to be late on purpose and arriving looking cute and apologizing for being
late. Yuma says if that's the case he'll play along, that he can't act like a
fool, scared of Jun's knowledge of women, than remembers that he manages his
own fan club. Yuma's phone begins ringing, and wonders who it is. Yuma answers,
and Sumomo apologizes over the phone. Yuma says he's at the station and asks
where she's at. Sumomo says she missed the first bus, and is still about five
minutes out. Yuma asks if she had any trouble, and notes that route is quite a
ways away from their house. Sumomo says it's nothing, and apologizes again for
making him wait. Yuma says it's alright, and Sumomo she understands and is glad
she can count on him, than she let's out a yelp and the phone disconnects.
Yuma bets that she fell over and dropped her phone, but he can't help but feel
a little restless as the wind blows.

Sumomo runs out panting, and apologizes for keeping him waiting. Yuma asks why
she had to run, and Sumomo says she didn't want to be any later. Yuma wonders
why she took this particular route today, and asks her about it, but Sumomo
squeals and says it's nothing. Yuma says she's shaking for no reason, and
Sumomo passes it off as being short of breath because she was running, than
breaths in and out to show. Yuma notes that she shouldn't have ran and tired
herself out, because this happens. Yuma asks if she's settled down any, and
Sumomo says she is. Yuma asks if they should go than, and Sumomo nods, while
Yuma notes that Sumomo looks like she's aiming for something. Yuma asks her
what's up, and she tells him to be quiet for a moment. Yuma says what, and
Sumomo latches onto his arm. Yuma asks why she jumped onto his arm, and Sumomo
says she succeeded, and says she's ready for the date now, and pushes him to
go on. Yuma says she doesn't have to cling so closely, but Sumomo says that the
atmosphere is right, and he shouldn't spoil it. Yuma says he won't look like
her brother this way to others, but Sumomo says she doesn't care, and than says
his name slowly, and asks if she should call him that for the day. Yuma cracks
and wonders if she's trying to provoke him today. Sumomo says he's being mean,
and Yuma asks her if Jun put her up to this. Sumomo says no, but agrees that
Jun would probably ask her to. Yuma asks if Haruhi said to, noting that they
are friends and that the possibility is there. Sumomo says she hasn't even told
Haruhi yet about today, and Yuma rattles off the other names on the list:
Koyuki, Anri or even Ibuki, but Sumomo says none of them are putting her up to
this. Yuma asks who else can it be than, and Sumomo says no one, but mentions
that she was talking to Otoha about it. Yuma shouts out that he forgot about
her, and that he should have known Otoha would put Sumomo up to this and that
he shouldn't have forgotten the head of the Kohinata household. Sumomo tells
him not to shout so much, and says she doesn't want to hear him say anything
about other women, because today is their special date. Yuma nods and says
he'll be careful, and Sumomo happily says she hopes so, and she grabs onto his
arm again, and they begin walking. Yuma keeps trying to put his arm down, but
Sumomo keeps bringing it up to hold it, not worried about the embarrassment it
might cause, making it look like they are a lovely couple. Yuma feels something
on his arm after a while and wonders what it is, noting that it's soft. Yuma
falls silent, and Sumomo asks what's wrong. Yuma says it's nothing, but Sumomo
says it doesn't seem to be nothing, and says that since she's his younger
sister she knows more about him than anyone else. Yuma reluctantly notes that
she has a point, and Sumomo pushes him to spill the beans. Yuma grimaces to
himself, as she just pushed her chest up to his hand again, but holds back at
the last moment and doesn't say anything, and tries not to think about it.
Sumomo says she knows what it is, and asks if he needs to use the rest room.
Yuma tells her not to say such a thing out loud, but is glad she thought it was
something else, than wonders why he feels a little hurt, and shouts out that
her chest keeps touching him, and that as a girl she should be more concerned
about it. Sumomo asks if that's all it was, and Yuma wonders how she can be so
carefree about it, than tells her to walk beside him as an order from him.
Sumomo says she doesn't want to, and Yuma sees her reluctant expression. Yuma
than asks her to at least loosen her grip a little, and Sumomo reluctantly
agrees, and moves a little further away so that her chest stops bumping into
him, but still doesn't let go of his arm completely. Yuma laughs and says he's
survived, and Sumomo gets mad and says he worries too much, and says she's
proud of her chest. Yuma says he'll block her out until she has something
better to say. Sumomo says she just wanted to express her feelings to him, and
Yuma says she didn't need to do so like this out in public. Sumomo giggles and
says yes, and Yuma notes the high tension in the air, and has a bad feeling
this will continue throughout the day, and that everyone who sees them will
think of them as lovers. Yuma can't help but notice that Sumomo is a beautiful
woman though, and Sumomo asks him how he likes her chest. Yuma asks if she's
still talking about that, and Sumomo says she hasn't hear his opinion yet. Yuma
says fine than, and Sumomo asks if it's grown bigger than before. Yuma asks if
she's trying to learn her measurements, and Sumomo says no, she only wants to
hear his thoughts on it. Yuma looks embarrassed and quietly says that she's
definitely grown a bit, and Sumomo laughs and tells him thanks. She says she's
aiming to have a chest the size of Haruhi though, and asks if he thinks she'll
get to that size soon. Yuma is quiet for a moment as he pictures Haruhi's
chest, noting that her breasts are quite large, and that any guy would like to
squeeze them. Sumomo gets mad and asks if he was thinking about Haruhi's chest
just now. Yuma tries to get out of it and says of course not, that he was
thinking of her, and she says it's not good to lie and he should just confess,
and presses her chest up against him again. Yuma shouts out that he was being
bad, and asks her to stop already. Sumomo hums in victory and says she's glad
he understands. Yuma wonders what's wrong with him, as he felt like squeezing
Sumomo's chest a second ago, and wonders what kind of an influence Jun has had
on Sumomo, even though he's a man. Sumomo asks if they should walk a little
faster, or if he's embarrassed or something. Yuma admits as such to being
embarrassed, and Sumomo asks if he really was over the matter of her chest.
Yuma nods, and Sumomo says they should get going ahead than, that her resolve
is renewed to see the exhibit, and pushes him along, apparently not noticing
that her chest is firmly pushed up against him. Yuma notes that while she may
not look so at first, she is having fun and is happy, and resigns himself to
put up with it, and tries to relax, although he's not having much success in
doing so. Sumomo tells him to pick up the pace and Yuma nods and says he's
hurrying. Sumomo asks if he's getting tired, and Yuma says no, but says he'll
overexert himself if he continues for a while. Sumomo hums and says he'll be
alright, falls forward. Yuma asks if she just fell in love with him, and says
those things are bound to happen, and walks forward with her, with their arms
linked together and holding her hand. Yuma notes that this doesn't feel so bad
after all, and tells her not to run so far ahead, otherwise he won't be able to
catch her when she falls. Sumomo moves closer, and Yuma notes that this
doesn't feel so bad either, and that it feels naturally. Sumomo calls out to
him, but Yuma tells her not to get the wrong idea or anything. Sumomo asks what
he means, than says of course, that they're on a date.


Time: Lunch


Sumomo remarks that the exhibit was interesting, and Yuma says he's glad that
they had free tickets as they walk back to the main part of the shopping
section after having seen the exhibit. Sumomo says she didn't know magic was so
complex, and she liked the part with the music box. Yuma says they had a large
variety of magical items, including a liquid crystal that was able to do the
same things that modern electrical circuits do. Yuma notes that he also liked
the music box section too, but doesn't want to let Sumomo know that. Yuma says
he wishes he could fly, and Sumomo tells him to be more realistic, but says
it's a great dream. Yuma says it's not hard to imagine it, and remembers some
old memories of how he used to use magic. Sumomo notices his look and asks if
something is wrong. Yuma says it's nothing, and asks Sumomo if she's tired.
Sumomo asks if he is as well, and Yuma says his knee is acting up a little bit,
and says they can take this time to rest and eat lunch. Sumomo says that sounds
good, and asks if he has anywhere in mind. Yuma says he's up for anything, and
Sumomo grabs onto his arm again and says there is a cafe nearby that has cheap
food, and Yuma asks if that's so, and says that's handy. Sumomo asks if thinks
he can make it that far, and Yuma nods and says he'll buy Sumomo her lunch.
Sumomo asks if he really will, than asks if Otoha won't pay him back later.
Yuma asks her not to talk about his financial situation as it makes him
depressed, but Sumomo says she doesn't want to be a burden for him. Yuma asks
if she forgot this is supposed to be like a date, and says that a man always
pays on a date, that it's a rule. (I hate it but it's true.) Sumomo says she
forgot for a moment, and Yuma says they should get going. Sumomo nods, and Yuma
begins to notice that he's enjoying himself today, even though he wasn't
interested in it at first. Yuma notes that Sumomo has gotten used to linking
his arm with hers, and that he's becoming accustomed to it as well, and wonders
if this would happen if they were actually on a real date. Sumomo says she
wants to get going now as she's hungry, and Yuma laughs and says she's
panicking again.

They enter the cafe and order food and begin to eat. Yuma is glad that the food
is so cheap for a date, and Sumomo pouts and tell him not to steal her pasta.
Yuma asks if she has a problem with it, noting that there's still a ton on
her plate, and that it looks delicious. Sumomo says the smell shouldn't have
been so strong to make him eat it, and Yuma says she can complain all she
wants but he's going to eat some of it. Sumomo wonders what Otoha would say,
than eats some herself, than slurps the last part of it out, making it sound
like a kiss, which Yuma reprimands her for. Sumomo asks what's wrong with it,
and Yuma tells her to think of what others might say, and eat quickly. Sumomo
says that's a good idea since it's so delicious, and Yuma notes that she has no
idea what he's talking about. Sumomo says he has sauce on his mouth and leans
over and wipes it away with her finger, than licks it down. Yuma feels his
heart jump, wondering if she just did that, as that was an indirect kiss.
Sumomo says it was a little thick at first, but otherwise it was delicious.
Yuma asks if that's so, and Sumomo nods and says she's so used to Otoha's
cooking. Yuma is silent in shock, and Sumomo asks what's wrong, that he became
quiet a little bit ago. Yuma says she has bad manners, and Sumomo looks up in
surprise. Yuma says she was supposed to use a napkin, not her fingers, and not
to lick the sauce off of her finger. Sumomo panics, finally realizing what she
just did, and Yuma notes that she apparently had no clue of what she had done,
and wonders if she only acts so around him. Sumomo says she doesn't know what
to say, and Yuma asks if she knows what an indirect kiss is. Sumomo shouts out
that she didn't think of that, and Yuma asks her to remember it, and she
nervously laughs and says she's not good at remembering indirect moves. Yuma
tells her not to make it a habit, and Sumomo says it was actually fun. Yuma
says she should be more direct than, and Sumomo blushes scarlet, that she
finally seems to get it. Yuma tells her not to think of strange things while
they are eating, and Sumomo says she was thinking about what he said about
being more direct, and slowly says he's an idiot. Yuma is silent, noting that
Sumomo has come to her own conclusion on what he meant, although it's way off
base. However, she keeps blushing for a while, and Yuma wonders if she
imagined them kissing, and he blushes now. Sumomo asks if he's also thinking
about it, and Yuma says she's being annoying and that her face is crimson.
Sumomo says his face is bright red too, and Yuma makes up an excuse by saying
he put too much hot sauce on his food. Sumomo says she understands, as Yuma
quickly puts so hot sauce on his pasta to cover his story, although the damage
has been done. Yuma shouts out in alarm, and Sumomo soon joins him, as the
hot sauce bottle spills and turns Yuma's pasta bright red. Sumomo apologizes,
but Yuma says it'll be ok. Sumomo says she still wants to make it up to him and
wants Yuma to exchange plates with her. Yuma sighs reluctantly and does so, and
Yuma asks if she's sure she thinks she can eat that. Sumomo nods and tells him
thank you, and Yuma says she didn't have to do this. Sumomo looks down in dread
but says they should continue eating. They do so, and Yuma is concerned, but
Sumomo seems to be handling the hot sauce enhanced pasta well, and she tells
him that it's delicious. Yuma is about to say something, but Sumomo let's out a
small burp, and Yuma wonders if she's trying to cover up the taste. Yuma steals
a little piece to try, and his throat feels as if it's on fire. Sumomo
apologizes, and Yuma says it's alright, than he enjoys pain. Sumomo is quiet,
and Yuma asks her not to stare as it makes it hard for him to eat. Sumomo says
sorry again, and they continue to eat in embarrassment, without looking at each
other. However, they both can see each other in their mind's eye, so they don't
need to look at each other. Sumomo thanks Yuma, and Yuma feels happy himself.


Time: Afternoon


After their slow lunch they leave and stroll around the district, enjoying
their date. Yuma wonders if Sumomo wants to visit a specific store, but is
avoiding it for now, noting that her face keeps changing from a look of hope
to fear every time they pass by the store. Sumomo asks if he's enjoying
himself, and Yuma asks if looks lovelier. Sumomo says if he says so, and they
continue to go in circles, sometimes having small talk like this.

They visit the pet shop, a CD and magazine store, but don't buy anything. Yuma
is worried that his inexperience in dating is making this a bad time, and let's
out a laugh. Sumomo asks what's wrong, and asks if he needs a rest. Yuma says
he's not tired, noting that even if he was he couldn't tell her so. Sumomo asks
again if he's tired, and Yuma looks at her in surprise, and Sumomo says she can
see it on his face. Yuma admits so, and Sumomo apologizes for running him all
over town. Yuma tells her not to worry, that he enjoyed it too, and that he was
glad just to see her looking happy. Sumomo blushes, and Yuma wonders why for a
moment, than realizes what he just said and tries to say it's only a
misunderstanding, and that he just wanted to make her happy. Sumomo blushes
again, and Yuma tries again, saying that he knows she likes small animals and
that's why he took her to the pet shop. Sumomo stops walking and repeats what
he just said, and Yuma realizes that she's taking what he said as a pick-up
line. (WTF?!?) Yuma changes the subject and asks if she wants to shop anywhere
else. Sumomo is silent, and Yuma tells her it's not her fault, and he's sorry
for saying such confusing things. Sumomo asks if he's happy, and Yuma asks if
she wants him to be. Sumomo starts to say yes but stops, and Yuma hesitates
before asking if she doesn't think he likes being with her, and tells her that
he's glad to be with her. Sumomo giggles, and Yuma tells her not to think on it
too much, and that he'll always be there for her. Sumomo says she's glad, and
Yuma notes that she's finally relaxing, but he suddenly feels very tired.
Yuma yawns, and Sumomo apologizes, but Yuma tells her not to say any more about
it, that he's become used to being there for her, and asks if she's not happy
as well, and Sumomo laughs and nods, saying it's their special date. Yuma tells
her to smile and laugh more than, because this time together is worth nothing
if they don't enjoy it. Sumomo nods, but says that they day is almost over and
they won't be able to walk around for much longer. Yuma says they should make
the most of what time they have left and enjoy it, and Sumomo says she
understands, and that he better enjoy it too. Yuma says he knows, and Sumomo
apologizes for making him spend time with her instead of someone else, and says
she actually wanted to visit a store earlier. Yuma says he understands and asks
Sumomo to guide him to it. Sumomo giggles and says ok.

Sumomo brings him to the place, which is an antique shop, although it doesn't
appear to be a fancy one. Sumomo says she wanted to come by here before they
left, and Yuma asks if that's so, noting that the shop does stand out among all
the crummy places surrounding it, and noting that she only paused to look at
it today. Yuma says that the place looks very nice, and Sumomo admits that she
wanted to come here since he invited her to come today. Yuma laughs, wondering
what's here that caused her to think of the place the entire day, but notes the
tone in her voice is serious, and says that the pendant is still here. Yuma
asks what she means, but Sumomo falls silent, looking in the shop window,
noting that she's tuned him out for now. Yuma looks over her shoulder to see
what she's looking at, and Sumomo suddenly says that she's remembering their
childhood days together. Yuma asks if she means when they shopped with Otoha,
but Sumomo says no, before that, before he became her brother. (Oh?) Yuma asks
what she's talking about, and Sumomo says there was a doll here long ago that
was very worn down but lovely, and she loved to just look at it in the window.
Sumomo laughs and says she can recall the old man who runs the place would get
so mad at her for touching the window with sticky hands, than says that the
pendant was there even in those days, and she's surprised to see it still here.
Yuma is silent as he recalls that faint memories always seem to distort and
fade away over time, but he can still remember when and why he stopped using
magic, and when he was adopted by Otoha into her family, and getting to know
Sumomo as his younger sister, and remembers that he knew her before that as
well. Sumomo asks if he remembered, and Yuma is silent, wondering what exactly
he remembers, knowing that something is there, but he can't recall what it is.
Yuma apologizes and says he forgot, and Sumomo looks down in disappointment.
Yuma says he does recall that this place is important though, and apologizes
that he can't remember more. Sumomo tells him not to worry about it, that it's
an old story and she doesn't blame him if he forgot. Yuma asks if she remembers
what it was, and Sumomo admits she does. Yuma asks if she'll tell him again,
and Sumomo says she will, although it's embarrassing to do so, than says she
doesn't remember either and laughs. Yuma notes that Sumomo does know, but is
lying for some reason, but wishes he could remember why this place is important
to him. Yuma notes that it had to be something when he wasn't her brother, and
moves closer to Sumomo, and says he'll remember someday, and asks that they
come back here when one of them remembers what happened. Sumomo nods in
agreement, and Yuma notes that while he can't now he'll remember one day, and
hopes that it will be next time. Sumomo smiles and says she'll look forward to
that time, and that she'll wait for him until than. Yuma notes that he gave
Sumomo something, but can't remember anything else. Yuma apologizes again for
not remembering, and says they should go to somewhere they both can remember
for now. Sumomo looks up at him, and Yuma asks if she minds. Sumomo says that
would be good, than says she's happy and thanks him. Yuma says they should go
than, and Sumomo happily nods, and Yuma holds out his arm and Sumomo takes it
again, and Yuma notes that he's become used to doing this now. He wouldn't do
this any other day, but today is different, and it's a special date for him and
Sumomo, that she kept persuading him and he eventually caved.


Time: Evening


Sumomo says this is where he meant, and he brought them both to the park where
they enjoy watching the cherry blossom trees, and Yuma clearly remembers the
scene that took place here last Sunday, although the trees have already lost
almost all of their blossoms. Yuma asks if she was disappointed in his choice
of a place, and Sumomo says of course not. Yuma apologizes if she finds it a
bad choice, but he wanted to come here. Sumomo looks at him, and Yuma recalls
that Sumomo must find this place important as well, and that they had a great
date today and enjoyed it, even if the rest of the world is crazy. Yuma says
they still have time to kill before they head back, and Sumomo nods in
agreement. They sit and watch the sky and let time pass.

Sumomo grabs onto his arm, the arm that is basically there's together after
today, and he asks what's wrong. Sumomo hesitates before asking if she can just
sit like this for a little while, and Yuma says alright, noting that she's
holding onto him tightly now, and she must be nervous. Sumomo slowly says she
was really happy today, and Yuma says he was too. Sumomo says today was her
first date, and asks what he felt about it, and admits she was dreaming for
something like this to happen for a long time. Yuma apologizes that her first
date was with him, but Sumomo tells him not to be sorry, that she was glad he
was her first date. Yuma looks confused, not understanding what she means,
but Yuma doesn't want to upset her and decides not to ask about it. Yuma asks
if she's really happy, and Sumomo says she was very happy. Yuma says he's glad
than as well. Sumomo says this day will have plenty of good memories for her,
and Yuma says it's good to have idle talk like this every once in a while,
than says he's glad that he had such a great date with his younger sister.
Sumomo quietly agrees, and Yuma asks if they should head back now. Sumomo
quietly tightens her grip on his arm in response, and Yuma tries not to look at
Sumomo. Yuma tells her she can hold onto his arm until they get back, and
Sumomo nods. Yuma asks if she likes doing so, and Sumomo hurriedly says that's
not it. Yuma apologizes for being bad, that he should have realizes that she
just to continue this happy time, for just a little longer. Sumomo says she's
ready now, and says that this is the end of the date, and says they should get
going so they can get to bed early. Yuma is shocked by her sudden change in
behavior, that she seems like an entirely different person. Sumomo says they
should get going before it gets dark, and Yuma asks if she's sure. Sumomo says
they will worry Otoha if they don't get back before dark, and Yuma says he
doesn't understand. Sumomo repeats slowly that Otoha will get worried, and
says they should get going. Yuma quietly nods and says he understands, than
heads for home with Sumomo while noting that she's not as bright and cheerful
as she usually is. Sumomo, who is ahead of him, calls back and tells him to
hurry up, and Yuma shouts back that he is, and notes that she was the one to
declare the end of the date so suddenly. Yuma wants to asks her about it, but
decides not to argue with her any more today.

~~End Sunday, April 16th.


(ef) Date: Monday, April 17th


Time: Morning


All three members of the family eat breakfast together this morning, and Yuma
notes that the mood seems a little different than usual. Otoha laughs, and
Sumomo asks what's wrong. Otoha playfully says she doesn't know, and Yuma asks
Sumomo to pass the jam. Sumomo asks which kind, and Yuma asks for marmalade.
(Note: You don't get to use that word often, heh.) Sumomo passes it to him, and
Yuma thanks her. Otoha laughs again, and Yuma finally asks Otoha what's up
today. Otoha says she was recalling Sumomo's tale of their date. Yuma looks
upset at Sumomo, and she asks what's wrong. Otoha says Yuma can't blame Sumomo
for this, and says he's a chicken. Yuma says that their relationship has not
changed in the slightest, and Otoha says she knows, that they have an
obligation to her and puffs out her chest in dominance. Yuma notes that he
should give his version of the story now, Sumomo says Yuma gave her his other
ticket, and Otoha says she understands, and that her love is acceptable. Yuma
asks if she has nothing to say to her son, and Otoha says nope, and says she's
glad that Sumomo enjoyed their date. Yuma looks away, and Otoha says he wasn't
good enough, that he should have done more than simply give Sumomo the extra
ticket. Sumomo says they can try again next time when the paperboy comes again,
and Otoha says she regrets that he only comes once a month. Yuma quietly notes
that he's thankful, otherwise they would go bankrupt. Sumomo looks over at
Yuma, and he says he understands, and tells her to tell him whenever she wants
to go see a movie or some other event and he'll take her. Sumomo asks if he
really will, and Otoha says he's gentle after all, and she wishes them the
best. Sumomo tells her not to get the wrong idea, that he's just being her
guardian. Otoha laughs and says she understands and she won't say anything more
on it for a while. Sumomo laughs and says alright. Yuma quietly wonders if
yesterday's date really was a failure, and feels that he could do more. Sumomo
says she'll think of somewhere to go for next week than, and Yuma says they
don't have to move that fast. Otoha laughs and says they sure are acting
friendly, as she happily watches them eat breakfast. Yuma notes that she's
obviously concerned for both of them though, and he's glad she's looking out
for them, but Yuma notes that there is a limit, and wonders if the date really
was so interesting.

As they walk to school, Yuma asks Sumomo what she's doing for lunch. Sumomo
says she promised to eat with Ibuki, but wants to eat with him too. Yuma asks
if that would create some problems, and Sumomo nods, and says Ibuki doesn't
want to see him for a while. Yuma wonders if he teased Ibuki too much, and than
he says he'll eat at Oasis. They reach Jun and Hachi, and Hachi greets them,
followed by Jun. Sumomo tells them good morning and Yuma follows suit, and
asks how their weekend was. Sumomo comes over to Yuma and hugs him, saying they
had a happy Sunday. Hachi asks what's going on, and Sumomo gets all happy
again and blushes. Hachi gets pissed and asks what he did to Sumomo. Yuma tells
Hachi to quit acting stupid or he'll make Sumomo cry because he's angry. Hachi
breaks out into tears and says he wishes he spent a happy Sunday with a cute
girl like Sumomo. Jun says he did though, and points to himself. Hachi cries
and sinks lower, saying that it's not fair. Jun tell Hachi to get up, and they
should get going. Jun asks what they did yesterday. Yuma asks if he thinks he
would really tell him, and Jun says he bets he knows. Yuma says nope, and Jun
rushes over to Sumomo and asks her to tell him what they did yesterday. Sumomo
says she was with Yuma yesterday, and Yuma runs over and drags Jun off while
telling Sumomo not to say anything else. Jun pushes him away and tells Sumomo
to continue, and Sumomo says she went out on a date with him. Hachi pops up at
this, and Sumomo continues and says they went to a magic art exhibit, than to
lunch, than remarks that Hachi has already turned to stone. Jun says he wants
to hear more, as Hachi cracks, and Yuma asks Jun if he really wants to hear how
he spent the day walking around town with Sumomo. Sumomo says she had a great
time and was very happy, and Yuma says she didn't have to tell them that.
Sumomo asks why as that information isn't hurting anyone. Yuma says it's
already claimed one victim and points at Hachi. Jun tells them not to fight,
and they should be friends if they are dating. Sumomo apologizes, and Jun says
it's alright, but he has many questions for them now. Yuma says he's not going
to tell him a thing, and says they're going to be late for class. Sumomo says
they better hurry as well after noticing the time herself. Sumomo than says
she thinks they are forgetting something, than asks where Hachi is. Yuma tells
her to say she'll go out with Hachi and everything will be alright. Sumomo
falls silent while contemplating the idea, and Yuma wonders if he said the
wrong thing. Jun scolds Yuma and tells him not to embarrass Sumomo, and tells
them that he'll take care of Hachi. Yuma says he'll leave it to Jun than, and
Sumomo tells him she's going on ahead.

Jun giggles and says poor Hachi. Jun says he'll go out with him, Hachi comes
back and cries out NO NO NO! and asks why God is so unfair.

Sumomo asks Yuma if Hachi will be alright, and Yuma says he doubts Hachi will
accept Jun's offer. Sumomo sighs, and Yuma feels sorry for Hachi.


Time: Lunch


As he heads to Oasis for lunch, Yuma spots Sumomo and Ibuki in the hall, and
notes that Ibuki will probably be angry if she spots him, after having given a
poor impression the other day, and decides to hide and watch them. Ibuki sighs,
and Sumomo asks her what's wrong, saying that she doesn't seem as energetic as
she usually is. Ibuki says she can't tell her, and Sumomo moves close and says
that if she eats and gets a full stomach she'll surely be able to laugh it off
and pinches her cheeks. Ibuki basically yells for Sumomo to stop, and Yuma
wonders if their friendship is still only accepted one way, and wonders how bad
their relationship is without him to mediate them. Sumomo says she wants to
have a picnic in the forest today, but Ibuki looks hesitant to enter the
forest, but follows Sumomo anyhow. After they leave, Yuma wonders if he should
continue with his lunch plans. Jun comes up and asks what he's up to, and Yuma
says he was watching Sumomo walk off. Jun says he seems anxious to see what
Sumomo is doing these last few days, and Yuma asks if he has something to say.
Jun says nothing, than asks what he's doing for lunch, and says they can eat
together. Yuma asks if he still wants to hear about what he and Sumomo did
yesterday, and Jun nods and says they should eat up on the roof after buying a
sandwich from Oasis. Yuma says that's a bad idea, and Jun says he just wants to
talk. Yuma says if they go to buy lunch first they won't have time to talk and
eat before lunch ends, and Jun says they'll just stay at Oasis than.

After they buy their lunch, Jun says they would have had better selection if
they had gone about ten minutes earlier, since all the good sandwiches were
already gone. Yuma wonders if going to Oasis was such a good idea after all,
and Jun tells him not to complain, that it's unbecoming of a gentleman. Yuma
tells Jun that he's a guy too, but Jun says he's special since he has a woman's
heart. (GACK!) Jun than pushes him towards the roof.

They begin to eat their lunch and Yuma asks what he wants to talk about, and
why it's any easier to talk up here than down in Oasis. Jun says he just
doesn't think it's too hard to talk up here, and says he wants to hear what
Yuma thinks. Yuma asks what the hell he wants to talk about, and Jun giggles
and Yuma begins to feel very nervous. Jun looks at Yuma and asks him if he and
Sumomo have become lovers. Yuma sighs and notes that Jun should really be
mindful of what he says. Jun asks if he hit the nail on the head, and Yuma
tries to explain it away, and says that Sumomo kept walking beside him
yesterday. Jun asks if he means while they were on their date, and Yuma says it
was just the two of them, and that he inadvertently began to like it. Jun says
that was it, and Yuma notes that Jun isn't joking around but being serious for
once, and swallows what he was going to say next. Jun says he's known both of
them for a long time, and that he's noticed the changes in them recently,
especially in Sumomo. Yuma asks what he sees, and when Jun hesitates Yuma says
he feels a little uncomfortable now, especially around Haruhi. Jun says that
Sumomo and Haruhi knew each other, and Haruhi is sure to have noticed the
difference by now. Yuma says that neither Haruhi nor Jun have to think about
it too much, and that it's all on him. Jun asks if he really thinks so, and
Yuma nods. Jun says he's sure she was like this before, but not as much
recently. Yuma tries to argue but he can't, and tries to convince himself that
Jun can't be telling the truth. Yuma says he can't believe such a thing,
obviously in denial, scared of his feelings if he admits so. Jun says of course
he won't understand if the question isn't asked right, and tells him to take
care regardless. Jun looks at Yuma carefully, and Yuma finds himself at a loss
for words. Jun says he's finished talking to him, and tells him to finish
eating and head back to class than leaves. The point of view switches to Jun
for a second, as he notes that Yuma is running away from the obvious truth
here, and wants him and Sumomo to stay as siblings, and notes that he'll feel
sorry for himself if he doesn't think of Sumomo, that he doesn't want to feel
sorry as an older brother. Jun than says he better finish eating, and Yuma
says he'll eat when he feels like it. Jun says it's bad to be so carefree,
and Yuma says he has his own selfish reasons. Jun laughs and asks if he should
feed him than. Yuma shouts out no and that he doesn't want an indirect kiss
from Jun. Jun however steals a piece of his sandwich and eats it, and Yuma gets
pissed, and says that was a bad idea, as Jun stole half of his remaining
sandwich.


Time: After School


Yuma thinks about what Jun said about Sumomo as he walks out of class. Yuma
notes that while his surroundings haven't changed, and he runs into Koyuki and
greets her. Koyuki studies him for a second and asks if something is troubling
him, because he looks anxious. Yuma says it's nothing, and Koyuki says his face
is telling a different story. Yuma insists that it's nothing to worry about,
and Koyuki says his unlucky place for the day is the forest, and his unlucky
item is a rubber duck. Yuma says he doesn't know what she means, and Koyuki
tells him to consider it lucky that she told him so. Yuma nods than Koyuki
looks down and says she's not sure. Yuma asks how can she be sure than, and
Koyuki says she's sure and smiles at him. Yuma wonders how bad his luck is now,
and Koyuki advises him to stay in his room for the rest of the day in case bad
luck continues to follow him for the rest of the day. Yuma says that's a hell
of a thing to say, and Koyuki asks if he regrets being an adult. Yuma says he
understands, and laughs it off in his head, telling himself that she's only
joking (...Idiot.) and that he has no intention of heading straight home today.
Koyuki says to especially be careful of the forest, and when he asks why Koyuki
explains that his fortune turned up that it's a bad place to be for him today,
than she says she has to leave. Yuma thanks Koyuki for her advise, and Koyuki
leaves while he thinks about the forest, and decides not to enter it, than
wonders if Haruhi is back in it again today, wondering if she'll be ok since
the forest is a bad place to be today. Yuma says he has no way of letting her
know though, and heads back to the classroom real fast.

Yuma sees that Jun and Hachi are still there, but Haruhi is already gone. Jun
asks if he left something, and Yuma says no, than asks if either of them have
seen Haruhi. Hachi says he thought he heard her say something about the Magic
Section as she left, and Yuma wonders where she could have gone, and decides to
look around. Yuma thanks Hachi, and Hachi asks why he's looking for Haruhi.
Yuma says he wouldn't understand and says he's busy, and Hachi asks if he
wasn't away that he is the president of the Haruhi fan club. Yuma says that's
impossible, than says he doesn't have time to mess around. Jun says no one
would want him as a stalker, and that he'd be reported in an instant. Hachi
laughs and tells Jun that everything is alright, since his fan club isn't an
official club either, they can really bond. Jun says that just makes it all the
more dangerous, and Yuma asks Hachi how many people are involved in his fan
club anyway. Hachi tells him good timing, and admits that he's the only one so
far. Jun says he expected as much, and Hachi laughs and says he still has a
ways to go, and says the meeting place for the club is in his head at the
moment. Yuma says he'll be quite lonely in there without his brain, and tells
him he sympathizes with him. Hachi laughs and asks if he wants in, and says
that the entry fee is only 500 yen right now. Yuma asks who would want to pay
to get in, and Jun says he'll take care of this and steals his camera, causing
Hachi to cry and says it's more important to him than his life. Yuma says that
even with hard work he can get more than just himself as members.

Yuma runs into Sumomo on the stairs and they greet each other, than Yuma asks
her if she's seen Haruhi anywhere. Sumomo says she hasn't and asks if he needs
to see her for something. Yuma says oh well and asks if she's heading back
home. Sumomo nods and says Ibuki never showed up for afternoon classes. Yuma
says that's a shame, and Sumomo says she'll stay with him until he's finished
his business with Haruhi. Yuma says he doesn't know how long it will take to
find her, and Sumomo asks if that's so, and Yuma says she should take care on
her way home and that he'll be along later. Sumomo nods and says she will, and
tells him not to be too long. Yuma says he understands and sees her off.

Yuma wonders where to search now after Hachi's advise, and thinks who else he
can ask that's from the Magic Section, and Anri comes up to him and asks what
he's thinking about, lost in thought. Yuma shouts out that she has good timing,
and Anri, surprised, asks what's wrong. Yuma explains to her that he needs to
find Haruhi, but has no clue where she could be. Anri says she went straight to
her teachers' place after class. Yuma says he knows who that is since Haruhi
often talks about him. Yuma notes that whenever Haruhi sees her teacher she
winds up in the forest though, and Anri asks what his important business is
with Haruhi. Yuma explains that he met Koyuki a little bit ago, and that she
warned him that the forest is unlucky today. Anri says she doesn't understand
and asks what does the forest have to do with Haruhi. Yuma explains that he saw
Haruhi coming out of it after he left Oasis on Saturday, and says she told him
her teacher sent her in there. Yuma says that he's assuming that since she
visited her teacher again today, Haruhi might be headed back into the forest.
Anri says she understands, and a wicked smile crosses her face, and Yuma has a
bad feeling about this. Anri tells Yuma that they're going to go look for
Haruhi, and Yuma says he doesn't want to. Anri asks if he doesn't want to know,
and Yuma says no, and Anri says he can at least take her to where Haruhi came
out of the forest last Saturday. Anri says obviously they are going to search
the forest, and Yuma asks if she forgot already. Anri asks what, and Yuma says
that he already explained that the forest is unlucky today, and therefore
dangerous to enter. Yuma tells him he's a chicken if he's worried about a silly
fortune, and Yuma says he's lost interest in looking for Haruhi. Anri says
there must be a reason that Haruhi keeps going into the forest, and asks if he
really doesn't want to know what it is. Yuma hesitates before nodding, and
Anri says she surely is up to something. Yuma looks down and sighs, and Anri
says she thought Haruhi looked strange recently, that she must be keeping a
secret, and says they need to find out what it is. Yuma tells her not to drag
him into this, and Anri says she might be in danger. Yuma caves, and Anri says
let's go, and Yuma wonders why he always let's Anri push him around. Than he
thinks of Haruhi possibly in danger in the forest, and decides to forget about
it, although he's still worried about Koyuki's prediction.

Yuma guides Anri to the part of the park that he saw Haruhi come out of, and
Anri asks if they should go in too. Yuma asks if she's sure, and Anri says of
course, that it's the reason they came this far. Yuma notes that the forest
seems thicker than he first thought and tells Anri that something strange is
going on in there. Anri says that makes it all the more interesting, and Yuma
wonders if he's already given up and walks into the forest with a sigh.

Afterwards he's already regretting his decision. Anri asks what's wrong, and
Yuma says nothing, except for the fact that there's no path and he has to roll
up his pants so that they don't get dirty. Anri says she's fine, and Yuma says
of course since she's wearing a skirt. Anri tells him not to worry about petty
little details, and Yuma sighs, noting that Koyuki fortune has already come
true a little for him, wondering if he'll walk out with his ass in a sling.
Anri suddenly tells him to stop. Yuma asks if she's found something, and Anri
says she senses magic, and moves closer to a tree and touches it. (We know this
from the other storylines.) Anri nods and says Haruhi has marked this tree, and
Yuma says he doesn't understand. Anri hums and says of course, and says that
it's detection magic, but she doesn't know why it's here of all places. Yuma
says it's a mushroom. Anri looks at him strangely, and Yuma says that she
probably marked it to guide her way back, since mushrooms grow around here.
Anri says she doesn't think that's the reason, and Yuma declares that she was
only looking for mushrooms, and that she's defending them with magic. (...)
Anri calls him an idiot, and Yuma shouts that he's not stupid. Anri says of
course he is, that there must be another reason, and someone behind them says
she won't allow them to go any further. Yuma recognizes Haruhi's voice and both
he and Anri turn around to see Haruhi slightly hidden beneath a tree. Haruhi
says she didn't think they were the criminals, and Anri and Yuma look confused,
saying they were looking for her. Haruhi says she's not here for mushrooms, and
Yuma jerks after noting that Haruhi heard his stupid explanation and wonders
why she's so angry. Anri says that there's something in this forest after all,
and that she's involved. Haruhi is silent, and Yuma notes the awkward air
blowing, and after a short amount of time the tension becomes almost unbearable
and Yuma asks Haruhi if she'll explain things to them. Haruhi is quiet, and
Yuma emphasizes that he wants to know why she's here, and says he's the reason
they are here today, because Koyuki told him the forest was dangerous today.
Haruhi is surprised to hear about Koyuki, and Yuma explains that he recalled
her coming out of the forest the other day and that, and thought she might be
here again and came to warn her. Anri speaks up and says she has other reasons
for looking for Haruhi and says she wants her to tell her what she's up to.
Yuma notes that Anri is spoiling the moment by being too blunt, and Anri pushes
Haruhi to answer her again. Haruhi's phone rings and Anri tells her to answer
it already. Haruhi picks up and tells her teacher that she's met up with some
classmates, Anri and Yuma. Haruhi looks surprised after a minute, than says
she'll talk to her later, and hangs up and puts her phone away again and sighs.
Anri asks if that was Suzuri and Haruhi nods. Anri asks if they were talking
about her, and Haruhi sighs and says she didn't want Anri to get involved, but
it's too late now. Haruhi asks if they can keep this secret from everyone else,
and they both say of course, and Haruhi says she'll tell them. Haruhi tells
them that items of great magical important is being kept at the school. Anri
says she knows this, and Haruhi says that naturally such a place has a lot of
security about it, and says that recently someone has sneaking into the school
to look for this place. Yuma asks if that's true, and remembers that the school
is famous throughout the country for it's magic, and that because of the high
security, only someone with great magical power could break into the school,
and Yuma notes that this is very serious business. Haruhi says that things
became complicated after the Magic Section was destroyed back in February, and
therefore she's been working with Suzuri to place detection magic around the
school to keep a watch for this mysterious intruder. Anri asks why she didn't
tell her this earlier, and Haruhi says she didn't want anyone else to get
involved. Anri says of course she'll help, and Haruhi sighs along with Yuma.
Haruhi says she knows Anri wants to help, and Anri says alright and asks what
she can do. Yuma asks if he can do something as well. Haruhi says that will be
difficult since this has relations to magic, and Yuma acknowledges that he
can't do much when it comes to such matters, but if she's tired he can't help
but want to assist somehow. Yuma asks Haruhi to tell him if there�fs anything he
can do with her Class Officer work than, and Haruhi says she would appreciate
it, and Yuma notes that Haruhi looks like she's back to normal, but wonders who
is trying to sneak into the school.


Time: Evening


After he makes his way out of the forest, Yuma makes his way back to the school
gate. He recognizes a shadow under the gate, and it runs up to him, and Sumomo
calls out to him. Yuma thought for sure she had already left for home, and
Sumomo comes up and asks if he's finished his business with Haruhi. Yuma says
yes, than says he thought she had already gone back home. Sumomo explains that
she actually had a lot of free time and decided to wait for him. Yuma says he
didn't know that and apologizes for being ignorant. Sumomo says she's the bad
one for waiting without telling him, and smiles. Yuma says they should get back
now than, and Sumomo nods.

Sumomo hums as they walk, and Yuma asks if she's nervous. Sumomo looks up and
says she isn't, and Yuma says she looks like she is to him. Sumomo says she's
always like this. Yuma says her smile is always her best point, and Sumomo
hums and agrees that her smile is her trademark. Yuma laughs and says he'll
have to learn to smile like her than sighs. Sumomo asks if something is wrong,
because he didn't sound too happy. Yuma says it's a number of things, and
Sumomo asks what kind of things. Yuma says that it's just a number of things
and he doesn't want to talk about it. Sumomo asks if it's about Haruhi, and
Yuma asks she why thinks he's thinking about Haruhi. Sumomo says because he
had had to look for her after school, and Yuma cracks as he remembers why he
was looking for Haruhi, than notes that he can't worry Sumomo with this news
about an intruder in the school. Sumomo asks what's wrong, and Yuma says it's
nothing and that it's a secret anyway. Sumomo pouts and says he's being mean,
and Yuma tells her to be glad she doesn't know because it's not a pleasant
story. Sumomo asks if it's really that bad and Yuma nods, and says he wants to
help Haruhi as a friend, than says he doesn't want to hear her asking about it
anymore, and not to bother Haruhi about it either. Sumomo nods and says she
understands and that she won't bring it up again for a while. Yuma apologizes
for keeping this secret from her, and Sumomo says it's alright since he's
trying to help Haruhi out. Yuma nods and Sumomo says she's jealous. Yuma says
she worries too much, and assures her that he thinks more about her than he
does Haruhi. Sumomo says she's still jealous, and Yuma asks why. Sumomo says
that it's because she knows him real well at home, but Haruhi knows more about
him while they are at school. Yuma says it's only because they are in the same
class as each other and tells her to calm down. Sumomo asks if he wouldn't mind
repeating a year, and Yuma laughs at that. Sumomo says she's excited to think
of this possibility, and Yuma says she makes it sounds like she wants him to
fail. Sumomo says it will be alright if he does, because than they can be in
the same classes. Yuma says she's being unreasonable, and Sumomo laughs and
says she was only joking, but than says she really would like it if they were
classmates. Yuma says that will probably never happen though, and Sumomo says
she wishes that she was born a month early. Yuma notes that if she had they
would be in the same year, and Sumomo says that even Otoha couldn't convince
the powers that be to let her be in the same year as him. Yuma says he never
knew that little bit of information, and Sumomo says she just wants to enjoy
life with him, than says it's a little embarrassing. Yuma understands what
Sumomo means by that, that they see each other a lot less if they are in
different school years. Sumomo says he's right though, that that's an
impossible dream, and Yuma nods and says that even he's sorry that it's this
way. Sumomo moans again and says she wants to be classmates with Yuma, to be
able to study with Haruhi and write notes to him in class, than eat together
during lunch and talk to everyone in class. Yuma notes that she's imagined this
quite a bit already, and Sumomo asks what he thinks if they could be
classmates, and if he would like it if they were. Yuma admits that it would be
convenient. Sumomo asks if that's all, and Yuma says that nothing is wrong now
except that they are inconveniently not in the same year, and asks if she
thinks differently. Sumomo says no and says that he's right, but says she
really gets lonely a lot. Yuma says it would be too luxurious to be together
all the time though, and says he thinks Haruhi would agree with him. Sumomo
cracks, and Yuma notes that the next lawn in front of them looks blue. Sumomo
quickly recovers and says she'll just treasure the time she has with him than,
and Yuma tells her to go ahead, thinking of the food she will make later, that
she's very absent-minded sometimes and they keep walking toward home, noting
that it's safe to trust in her, than recalls Jun's words from lunch as well,
that he says Sumomo and he have both changed recently.


Time: Night


Yuma goes to the living room to watch TV, but sees a paper bag waiting for him
on the table that he didn't notice before. Yuma feels that his instincts tell
him to open it, and open it to find... A RUBBER DUCK!!! (OH NO!) Yuma remembers
Koyuki's other warning from today that his unlucky item is a rubber duck, and
Sumomo hurries over and asks why he opened that. Yuma asks if she bought it,
and Sumomo nods and says it looked too cute and wanted it. Yuma asks if she
bought it to look at, or for a special use, and Sumomo says she wants to play
with it in the bath, than asks if he wants to take a bath together today.
Yuma is quiet and notes that he can't drop his guard anytime around her, and
that if he did so anyway it would only lead to more trouble. Yuma says it's
dangerous, and Sumomo asks what is. Yuma says it's nothing and tells her to
enjoy her new toy. Sumomo says alright and says she's going to take a bath now.
However, Sumomo begins talking to the toy duck, and Sumomo translates that the
duck wants to take a bath with Yuma too. (<_<) Yuma shouts out in surprise, and
Sumomo comes over and tells him that the duck is lonely too. Yuma says that the
duck can't talk and isn't alive, and Sumomo pretends to be a sad duck. Yuma
asks why she's trying to sound like a duck, and Sumomo says he is being very
cold. Yuma asks how she knows it's a boy, and Sumomo says of course it's a boy.
Yuma says it should be pretty embarrassing to have a bath with a boy duck than,
and Sumomo says she didn't think of that before. Yuma tells her to not say it
so proudly next time, and Sumomo pouts and says she's already practiced her
lines though. Yuma says alright and says he understands, than says he has
something to do and tries to leave, and Sumomo shouts out at him that he's
crafty for running away.

Sumomo comes by later and knocks on his door and tells him the bath is
available now, and Yuma alright. Sumomo tells him to hurry and get in than, and
runs off. Yuma notes that she ran off loudly, and figures that she probably
wants to watch something on TV. Yuma sings out bath as he heads toward the
bath, and changes clothes, noting that something dangerous might be hidden in
the bath. As he opens the door and goes in, he hears duck speech again, and
Yuma decides to skip his bath tonight. Sumomo tells him to open up, and Yuma
says he can't hear her. Sumomo apologizes and says she was only joking, Yuma
says alright than and opens the door, and Sumomo says he's mean to lock himself
up in there. Yuma tells her it's her fault, and Sumomo says she only wanted him
and the duck to be happy. Yuma says he doesn't need the duck though. Sumomo
asks if he doesn't understand duck speech than, and begins speaking it again.
Yuma says of course he doesn't know it, and Sumomo apologizes again. Yuma asks
if the duck is still in there, and Sumomo says she just wanted to see him happy
for once. Yuma asks if that's all it was and Sumomo nods and apologizes yet
again. Yuma says she doesn't have to get so sad, and says she's his friend
after all, or does she not recall their date. Sumomo is silent, and Yuma says
she must be tired than, and says she should go rest. Sumomo nods, and Yuma says
he'll get in the bath now. Sumomo is still quiet, and Yuma decides to break up
the tension somehow.

Options:

1) Try to talk to the duck.

2) Drown the ducks bad luck.

Note: As you may have guessed, this choice is strange to say the least.
Nevertheless, pick Option One.


Option One: Yuma asks if he can see the duck, and Sumomo holds it out to him.
Sumomo asks what he's doing, and Yuma says he wants to talk to him. Sumomo says
she understands, and Yuma says that they can get to know each other over a bath
together.


Option Two: Yuma asks if he can see the duck, and Sumomo holds it out to him.
Sumomo asks what he's doing, and Yuma says that it's still an unlucky item, and
says he'll drown the bad luck out of it. Sumomo angrily says something in duck
speech and Yuma says he can't understand. Sumomo says that the duck is
obviously angry with him, and that he's awful. Sumomo says something else in
duck speech, than speaks as herself and assures the duck that she's nice and
gentle. Yuma asks how she came up with such great dialogue, and Sumomo says
it wouldn't help at all to drown the duck, and Yuma asks if she really thinks
it would anyways, that it'll float because it's made of plastic. Sumomo admits
that's true, and Yuma asks to have it for a while, that he might not be able to
purge it of it's bad luck if they don't take a bath together.


Both paths meet up here. Sumomo says she hopes he'll be able to master duck
speech, and Yuma and Sumomo begin some playful banter in duck speech. Yuma
cracks and says he still has no clue. Sumomo asks if he has no clue at all, and
Yuma says it's hard to learn duck talk. Sumomo says it'll become easier if they
talk face to face and says he'll do alright. Yuma says he'll try, and Sumomo
tells him to work hard.

Yuma takes a long bath, sad that he couldn't learn anymore duck speech. Yuma
notes that he's become a little attached to the duck, but he feels miserable
that he couldn't learn anymore. Yuma says he won't go to school tomorrow than,
than hesitates for a moment, and notes that Sumomo is probably waiting to have
the duck back, but he wants to enjoy playing with it for a little while longer.
Yuma's thoughts drift back to what Jun said earlier, and wonders what his
feelings for Sumomo really are, noting that up until now he's always thought of
her as nothing but his younger sister, and wonders why they are suddenly
changing, and that it's not easy for him to accept this. Yuma decides to think
more about it tomorrow and turns him light off and drifts off to sleep.


(eg) Date: Tuesday, April 18th


Time: Morning


Sumomo says they should get going, and Yuma asks if she's locked the doors.
Sumomo nods and says she turned off the burners, made sure the faucet was off,
and checked the circuit breaker too. (Wow.) Yuma make a joke about the breaker
possibly breaking, and Sumomo tells him to be a little more serious. Yuma says
he thought she would like the joke, and Sumomo says that's awfully suspicious.
Yuma laughs and says he knows that it's only a joke, and Sumomo plays along.
Yuma says they really should be going though, otherwise they will be late.
Sumomo nods and cheerfully heads out the door.

Sumomo hums as they walk to school, making it like any other day, even after
some of the events that happened yesterday. Yuma than remembers the duck, and
takes it out of his bag and gives it to Sumomo. Sumomo says she had completely
forgotten about it for the moment, Yuma says she's cold, and thought it was
important to her. Sumomo says she wasn't worried because she was thinking of
how the duck and Yuma could bond. Yuma asks if that's what she thought, and
Sumomo nods. Yuma says he's giving it back anyway, and Sumomo welcomes the duck
back with a little duck talk. Yuma silently sighs to himself, noting that
Koyuki's prediction was wrong after all. Yuma asks Sumomo what her plans for
lunch are, and Sumomo says she plans to spend it with Ibuki again. Yuma says
that's fine than, and Sumomo apologizes for making him a lower priority. Yuma
says it's alright and tells her to take care. Yuma asks what she'll do if she
makes a lunch but Ibuki can't eat it that day, and Sumomo says that is a
problem, than says she'd probably give it to Hachi. Yuma quickly shouts out no,
and Sumomo asks why not. Yuma says Hachi would get strange ideas if she did
that, and Sumomo laughs and says that's true. Yuma says he wants to leave Hachi
to Jun, and doesn't want Sumomo to get hurt because of Hachi. Sumomo than asks
if Yuma would eat the leftover lunch than, and Yuma asks what about the lunch
he already has. Sumomo says he can just think of it as an extra layer of food.
Yuma says he'll become fat in no time, and Sumomo laughs and says he won't get
so fat that fast. Sumomo than asks that if Yuma will always eat Ibuki's lunch
if she can't.

Options:

1) I would love to!

2) Refuse.


Note: Option One, of course!


Option One: Yuma says he'll eat no matter what.


Option Two: Yuma says he'll have to pass on that, otherwise he might overeat
all the time. Sumomo says she understands, and says that if he doesn't feel
like eating it than she'll asks Hachi after all. Yuma says he understands and
that he'll eat it than whatever the cost.


Both paths meet up here. Sumomo giggles and thanks Yuma, who notes that when
she mentioned Hachi he couldn't help but agree, thinking of what Hachi would do
if he had the opportunity, and voices that it would be bad for Hachi. Sumomo
asks what he just said, and Yuma says it's nothing, and that he's looking
forward to lunch. Sumomo tells him to work hard and they continue on to school.

After Yuma enters the classroom, Hachi comes over and starting laughing,
prompting Yuma to say he looks creepy, like a bear with a fresh batch of honey.
Jun says he thinks he looks more like a farmer who just had his sweet potato
patch ruined. Hachi says he doesn't have a problem being a bear and laughs
again. Yuma pulls Hachi closer and asks him what�fs up. Hachi says he heard an
interesting rumor, and says he won't keep quiet even if Yuma is a friend. Yuma
asks what this rumor is, and Hachi says he must have fun with Sumomo since they
live in the same house. Yuma says he hopes he didn't hear him right, and Hachi
says that he's not too sure about it either, but Yuma has the power to change
his perception of the rumor. Yuma asks what the hell he's talking about, and
Hachi says that the rumor is accusing him of being a man rather than and older
brother and violating Sumomo. (<_<) Hachi does an impersonation of Sumomo
trying to fight off his advances, than goes back to normal he'll overlook it if
Yuma tells him the truth. Yuma states that the rumor is flat out false, at
least he wants it to be in his mind, but wonders what Sumomo will think if she
hears about it. Hachi says he'll look into it for him, and takes out a
a bag. Hachi laughs and says Yuma's obviously shocked by his expert skills, and
says he can help him out surely. Yuma says he doubts it and opens the bag,
which has a porn DVD in it. Yuma looks at it in silence for a second than says
it's title, "90 Minutes of Hot Female Teacher Action." Hachi laughs and says
that Yuma can thank him later for knowing his tastes. Jun says he doubts it,
and Yuma says Hachi can take the damn thing back. Hachi says nope and thrusts
it into Yuma's bag. Yuma can't believe Hachi is being this pathetic, and
Hachi says this will help take his mind off of Sumomo. Haruhi comes over, and
Yuma is shocked to see Haruhi. Hachi flees immediately, and Yuma hurries to
cover up the DVD, hoping that Haruhi didn't notice it. Anri comes over and
tells her not to run off when she challenges her. Haruhi says that the teacher
is already coming though, and Anri says she's just using that as an excuse, and
Yuma notes that this is a very volatile situation, and heads back to his
seat, hoping that nothing else will happen this morning.


Time: Lunch


Haruhi comes over and asks Yuma if that's Sumomo out in the hall, and Sumomo
calls out from the hall that she brought lunch. Yuma asks if she couldn't find
Ibuki again today, and Sumomo nods and says she was absent today, and wonders
if she's alright. Yuma says he's sure she is, and Haruhi comes over and tells
Sumomo to come in. Sumomo tells Haruhi hi, and Yuma explains that Sumomo
brought lunch to eat with him today, and asks if she wants to join them since
they have an extra lunch. Haruhi asks where would they eat, and Sumomo says
they usually eat on the roof. Haruhi says she'll let them eat lunch than. Yuma
asks if she's sure she doesn't want to eat with them, and Haruhi says she
doesn't want to bother them. Yuma says he doesn't mind and asks Sumomo how she
made it. Sumomo looks distracted and looks at Haruhi, who is now standing by
the door to make sure they have a peaceful lunch, and Haruhi calls back for
her to enjoy her lunch. Sumomo finally smiles and says she's glad Haruhi thinks
so highly of her. Haruhi says she'll come over and eat now, and all three of
them sit down to eat lunch. Yuma notes that he has two lunches though, even if
they are girl sized portions, and Sumomo tells him to fight. Yuma says it looks
good, but is worried about eating two lunches. Sumomo tells him it's alright,
that Ibuki's amount is pretty small. Yuma sighs, and notes that perhaps
everything will work out after all. Haruhi asks Yuma what's wrong with his
lunch, and Yuma says he was worried he was going to have to eat two full sized
lunches. Haruhi says she wishes she could eat some of Sumomo's homemade
cooking. Yuma says he would make his own lunch, but doesn't like to learn from
Otoha how to do so. Haruhi says that Otoha is a great cook, and asks if Sumomo
has caught up to her in cooking. Sumomo nervously laughs and says not yet,
but she's training every day. Yuma says Haruhi must go through a lot of trouble
to make her own lunch, and Sumomo nods, saying that the kitchen space in a
dormitory must be very limited. Haruhi asks if there's a problem with that, and
Sumomo changes the subject and asks what did Haruhi make for lunch. Sumomo
moves closer to examine it, but Haruhi hides the box and blocks Sumomo's view,
almost as if she were guarding a baby. Yuma tells Sumomo to settle down and not
to play too much during lunch. Sumomo pouts and says she bets that Haruhi's
lunch looks great, but finally gives up. Haruhi, on the other hand, has a wry
smile on her face, almost as if she were confident. Yuma notes that Sumomo's
lunch for him today was hamburger, carrots and asparagus, all in all a very
fine meal. Yuma says nothing can beat her cooking, and Haruhi says she's lost.
Sumomo looks confused and says it's not like Haruhi to act like this, and
brings out her own, and Yuma notes that her lunch doesn't look too different.
Yuma notes that Sumomo's would be great after all since it's made with love,
and Haruhi asks if she should work hard to try to reach Sumomo's level.
Sumomo tells Haruhi not to get discouraged and think that her lunch is so much
better than the one she made. Haruhi says she can't help it, and that she
overestimated her own cooking abilities. Sumomo says she doesn't think so, and
asks Yuma if he thinks she can still improve on her cooking. Yuma says her food
would taste delicious no matter how hard she worked on it, and Sumomo gets mad
and says that's not what she wanted to hear from him. She than tells him to
keep eating, since he hasn't finished his food and doesn't want him to waste
any food. Yuma says he understands, and begins to eat the second lunch, which
he notes has a bit different taste than the first one, even though it's the
same kinds of food.

Anri comes back and says she's tired, than noticed that Yuma's younger sister
came. Sumomo tells Anri hi, and Yuma asks if lunch is already over, and says
she looks tired. Anri says there's still three other people working there, than
asks why they are all eating lunch. Yuma says things happened this way, and
Anri says she expected to see Yuma with Jun and Hachi and asks where they are.
Anri than notices that Yuma has an extra lunch, and asks him who made it.
Sumomo says she made both of them, and Anri says she thought for a moment that
Haruhi had been the culprit, and asks if they have a love triangle going on.
Sumomo looks down in shocked silence, and Yuma tells Anri not to think such
silly things. Anri laughs and says she was just joking. Haruhi asks Anri if
she's eaten yet today, and Anri says Otoha made her a little something before
she finished her shift, and holds up a takeout box. Anri says she was thinking
of eating it in the break room, and Sumomo asks if Otoha is really busy today.
Anri says she has her usual energy level, and says she won't stop acting the
way she does until she drops, and Yuma laughs and says that's her all right.
Sumomo laughs and says she wants recalls seeing Otoha in her uniform one time.
Haruhi gets up and brings another chair over for Anri to sit in so she can eat
as well, and Anri eyes Yuma's extra lunch box like a cat and asks if it's good.
Yuma says of course since Sumomo made it, and asks if she wants to try some of
the food. (Uh oh. Never offer a woman food that another one makes for you. It
leads to some hateful things.) Anri asks if he's sure, and Yuma says he's eaten
a little too much, and passes some to Anri. Sumomo looks upset, and Anri says
she won't hold back. Yuma says it's take it or leave it, otherwise he'll eat it
later. Anri says she didn't mean it like that, and Yuma laughs and says he
understands. Sumomo sighs, and Haruhi looks up, watching her. Haruhi assures
that it will be delicious since she made it after all, and Sumomo snaps out of
it and says she's sure it will if Haruhi thinks so. Haruhi says she also wants
to make a lunch for someone, and Sumomo says she'll do very well. Anri laughs
and says they never had their match. Yuma decides not to say anything further,
after noticing Anri's shifted the talk to be about their match. Haruhi says she
was busy, and Anri says that if she's going to make someone a lunch, she will
as well, and make it even better than Haruhi's. Yuma says Anri's lunch would
probably end up exploding, and Anri gets mad and asks what's wrong with that.
Sumomo laughs and says that would look awesome. Yuma says it would cause
aftershocks as well. Anri mutters than yells out that she'll learn to make a
proper lunch sooner or later, and begins to go to town on her food. Anri looks
up a second later, and Yuma has a bad feeling about her look. Anri says that
she'll make Yuma a lunch next time, and Yuma asks why. Anri says because he's
the only guy here right now, and that would make him a convenient judge.
Sumomo jumps up and angrily says hell no, that she's the only one who can make
Yuma his lunch. (Rawr~) Anri, Haruhi and Yuma are at a loss for words at this,
and stare at Sumomo, before she realizes what she's just said, and tries to
nervously explain it away. Yuma tells her to stay quiet for now though, and
says lunch is over, as the bell rings. Anri says she's not in a hurry to eat
anyways, and Haruhi tries to lighten the mood as well by saying she was glad to
eat with Sumomo today, that their time was used well. Sumomo sits down and
apologizes to Haruhi and than to Anri for her rude comments. Anri says it's
alright, and that Yuma is still ten years too early to eat her lunch. Yuma
notes that Anri is a little saddened since her joke wasn't nearly up to her
standards, and notes that while most of the lunch hour was fun, it came to a
bitter end.

Yuma tells Sumomo thank you, and hugs her. Sumomo tells him sorry, than says a
little bit ago, than falls silent. Yuma asks her what is it, and she whispers
that hurt her, than moves away and quickly says she'll go on ahead than and
runs out of the room. Yuma wonders if she really meant what she said earlier
about being the only one able to make him his lunch.


Time: After School


After classes are over, Anri asks Yuma and Haruhi what they are doing today.
Haruhi asks what she means, and Anri says she knows what she means, about the
intruder in the Magic Section, and Haruhi and Yuma quickly cover her mouth
before anyone turns their way. Yuma asks if she's trying to give them away, and
Haruhi that no one else can know. Yuma quickly looks about, but no one seems to
have noticed them and Yuma breaths a sigh of relief as he and Haruhi release
Anri. Anri says she was surprised they just did that. Yuma says she surprised
them first, and Haruhi tells her to be careful with her words. Anri says she
understands, than asks again what they are going to do about it today. Haruhi
says she's heading out again to the forest, because there�fs still a section
there where she hasn't put detection magic up yet. Anri happily says she would
help out, but she has to work at Oasis today. Haruhi tells her that she doesn't
have to overwork herself, and Anri nods, but tells Haruhi to call her if any
sign of the criminal is seen. Haruhi thanks Anri, and Anri looks at Yuma and
tells Haruhi to be careful, than leaves the room. Haruhi says she also should
be going, and Yuma asks if it's ok if he comes, and Haruhi says it should be
alright. Yuma notes that he's not the only one to feel intimidated in Anri's
presence. Suddenly, an announcement calling their Class Officers to meet is
played, and Haruhi looks back in Yuma in confusion. Yuma says he'll go for her.
Haruhi looks at him in surprise, and Yuma says he promised her that he would.
Haruhi asks if he's sure, and Yuma tells her to leave it to him. Haruhi thanks
him and says she'll see him tomorrow, than explains things to Jun and runs out.
Jun comes over and says it looks like they'll be spending time together today.
Yuma tries to make an excuse, but Jun won't hear it, and grabs him and tells
him to work hard today. Yuma yells for Jun to let go, but Jun drags him all the
way to the faculty lounge, and finds that it wasn't as bad as he thought, as
all he has to do today is maintain the garden.


Time: Night


Yuma finally gets home and sighs in exhaustion. Sumomo comes in and tells him
welcome home and asks why he had to stay late. Yuma says he'll tell her in a
minute, and asks if dinner is ready. Sumomo nods and says she made it, because
Otoha is out with business. Yuma says that's good news to him, and sits down
and throws his bag into an empty chain. Sumomo asks if he wants rice, and Yuma
nods, noting that even after the extra amount of food he ate today he's still
very hungry. Yuma starts to eat, but Sumomo stops him and says to wash his
hands first. Yuma says he washed them at school, and Sumomo says they still got
dirty on the way home from rubbing against his pants, than pouts and says he's
being mean and stubborn. Yuma asks if she can't overlook it just this once,
and Sumomo says that he's not a child, than asks if she should wash them for
him. Yuma wonders what's gotten into Sumomo now, than says he understands and
that he'll go wash up. As he gets up though, he trips over his bag and falls,
in pain afterwards because of his stubbed toe. Sumomo asks what's wrong, than
sees what happened and tells him to be more careful, as everything has fallen
out of it. (SHIT!) Sumomo bends down to pick everything up, than pauses and
asks all this extra stuff is. Yuma's heart freezes and he quickly jumps over to
her and says he'll clean it up, knowing that the adult DVD that Hachi stuffed
in his bag is still in there and that he had forgotten to give it back to him.
Sumomo asks what's wrong, and Yuma says he'll get everything. Sumomo says it's
nothing for him to get embarrassed about, Sumomo quickly shoves everything
back into his bag and runs around the room. Yuma chases her and tells her to
give it back, and Sumomo has fun with him, saying that it's the first time
she's seen him this flustered. Yuma yells for her to give it back, and Sumomo
laughs again, than suddenly cries out as she trips over the back of the sofa.
Yuma tries to catch her, but ends up tripping on her foot and falls forward as
well.

However, this only leads to a more...awkward...position, as Yuma is lying on
top of Sumomo and accidently pushes on her chest as he tries to steady himself,
causing Sumomo to let out gasps. Sumomo finally calms down enough to say that
he's on top of her, and Yuma quickly apologizes and says he tripped over her
foot, and Sumomo finishes for him and says that he fell on top of her. Yuma
says he was trying to stop her from falling, but screwed up, and that�fs the
reason this happened. Sumomo nervously says that she knows he can't help it,
and that she knows he's not being bad. Yuma says at least they fell into the
sofa, and Sumomo asks if that's what she's lying under. Both of them fall
silent, as they both want to but can't apologize, and they begin to notice just
how close their faces are from each other, hearing each other breathe. Sumomo
looks up and calls to him, and Yuma asks what is it. Sumomo hesitates before
saying that it's nothing. They both fall silent again for a second before
Sumomo calls to Yuma again, and he asks if he's heavy. Sumomo says that's not
it, and Yuma wonders what's wrong, that he can't help it that he fell over onto
Sumomo. Yuma says this is awkward, and Sumomo agrees. Yuma says they can't
stay like this forever though, and Sumomo nods that that's true, than they both
fall silent yet again. Sumomo breathes deep than closes her eyes, and Yuma
notes it seems that she is trusting him with her body. Yuma slowly says her
name, that even he can understand what she means, with her eyes closed and her
lips towards him, that she obviously wants to kiss. Yuma doesn't care about his
bag or the adult DVD anymore, and that he feels incredibly nervous. Yuma looks
at Sumomo's lips, and feels that he wants to touch them, and Sumomo sighs under
him, not moving. Yuma wonders if she likes him, and if he likes Sumomo, than
quietly closes his eyes and lowers his lips too. Sumomo calls out to him, and
Yuma jumps up with a shock, horrified of what he was just about to do, kissing
his younger sister. Yuma sits up and tells Sumomo to do so as well. Sumomo
looks at him confused and asks why he didn't, and Yuma apologizes for not
getting up sooner. Sumomo says it wasn't his fault, but Yuma it is his fault,
that she's his sister, and Sumomo let's out a gasp. Yuma notes that he did want
to kiss, but he can't do it, because he's Sumomo's brother, and that it's
wrong for a brother and sister to kiss. Yuma asks if she's hurt, and Sumomo
says that she's alright. Yuma says he's glad and is worried for her. Sumomo
asks if he knows what exactly happened, and Yuma says he doesn't know. Yuma
than says he's still hungry, and asks if she can make him a plate. Sumomo
quietly says yes, and Yuma says he's going to change clothes first, and
staggers out of the room with his bag like a zombie, but turns to look back at
Sumomo, who looks very lonely, and Yuma can only imagine what she must be
thinking of in her mind. Sumomo slowly says that she surely can't...and Yuma
calls out to her, and she wakes up again, and disappears into the kitchen.
Yuma notes that she looked smaller as she ran out though.

Yuma lies on his bed and lets out a sigh, noting that his feelings are still in
turmoil after eating and having gotten a bath, and that he and Sumomo haven't
talked since the incident earlier. They looked at each other, but quickly
lowered their eyes almost instantly when the other noticed. Yuma wonders if he
did the right thing, and tries to reason with himself that he did, that they
don't need to kiss, that it would have been better if such a situation never
happened in the first place, and notes that he loves his younger sister. Yuma
says this will surely cause problems at school tomorrow, than turns off his
light and leaves his tired feelings to the depths of his dreams, although he
can still hear the little voice in the back of his mind, asking if he did the
right thing.

~~End Tuesday, April 18th.


(eh) Date: Wednesday, April 19th


Time: Morning


Otoha notices Yuma and Sumomo's difference in mood the next morning, and asks
if they're alright. Yuma asks if they looks different, noting that Otoha will
probably only add to their troubles. Sumomo tells her not to worry, that they
are only a little sick, and they don't want her to catch their cold. Otoha
says she'll worry about that later, because she needs to worry about them right
now. Sumomo nods, and Yuma asks Sumomo if she wants to make his lunch today.
Yuma notes that it's risky to ask such a question, but he needs to see how she
responds to him right now. Sumomo says she overslept today and didn't make any
lunches. Otoha asks if she's sure she's alright, that it's not good to stay up
late. Yuma hesitates before telling her to not work herself too hard at school
today. Sumomo nods, and Yuma wonders if Sumomo couldn't get to sleep last
night, as he notices that her eyes are red, most likely from lack of sleep.
Sumomo thanks them for breakfast, and Otoha asks if she'll really be alright.
Sumomo apologizes and says she's not really that hungry, but she'll be alright.
Yuma notes that she still has half her meal on her plate, and Yuma notes that
he can't bother to eat anymore either, and feels bad for doing so. Yuma calls
out to Sumomo, to ask if they want to go to school together, but Sumomo almost
immediately runs out of the room, and Yuma lets her go. Otoha says he seems to
know what's wrong, and Yuma nods. Otoha asks if something happened between them
yesterday, as Sumomo isn't nearly as energetic as she usually is. Yuma is
silent, and Otoha says it's alright and that he doesn't have to tell her now.
Yuma thanks her for the meal and says he'll see her later at lunch. Yuma knows
that it won't be easy for him to tell Otoha what happened yesterday, but he
can't resolve this problem alone. Yuma sighs and knows that he won't be able to
pay attention today, and wants to take more time to think about this.

Yuma arrives to class, and homeroom is noisy as always, and that everyone he
knows is where they usually are, except that Shinya and Saya are both absent.
Yuma tells them good morning, and Hachi comes over and laughs and says he looks
tired. Yuma get's pissed off, knowing that Hachi is the one who set things in
motion last night by giving him that adult DVD in the first place. Hachi asks
if he enjoyed it, and says he highly recommended it. Yuma asks what he's
talking about this, and pulls out the DVD, wrapped in a bag. Hachi says he's
indebted to him, and laughs evilly. Yuma wants to run up and punch Hachi in the
face, but knows that Hachi didn't mean any harm. Yuma laughs it off, and Hachi
says it seems he did enjoy it, and it seems he no longer needs his help in
taking his mind off of Sumomo. Yuma calls over to Haruhi and says Hachi has a
DVD to show her. Haruhi comes over and asks what he means, and Hachi cracks and
tells him to quit saying stupid things. Yuma says thanks to him he embarrassed
the hell out of Sumomo, and Hachi cracks and asks if Yuma told Sumomo he lent
him that DVD. Yuma laughs and says he'll leave that to his imagination, and
wonders what Sumomo will say to him the next time they meet. Hachi cracks and
pretends that Sumomo would say he's a pervert, than says he can't possibly lose
Haruhi's support too. Haruhi asks what he's talking about, and Hachi quickly
says it's nothing, and says he's forgotten some important business he has to
take care of, but Yuma says he doesn't, and tosses the bag to Hachi to give him
a chance, but he fumbles it and it floats through the air and hits Anri in the
head. Yuma looks surprised to see her, and Hachi almost has a heart attack and
apologizes for being bad and asks to have the bag back. Anri looks down to see
what's in it, and Anri let's out a surprised gasp, and Yuma states checkmate.
Hachi begins to panic as Anri says she knows his hobby now. Hachi cries and
says it's so unfair. Anri says she didn't know his ideal woman was a female
teacher, and Hachi sinks to the floor and begs Anri to stop. Anri passes him
the bag as she grins in superiority, and Yuma wonders if he overdid it a bit.
Anri sighs and says seeing things like this bring down the morning atmosphere,
and Hachi cries out that he's lost Anri too, and says he'll just come back
tomorrow. Jun comes over and says he seems less energetic today. Yuma explains
that things have just been a mess at home, especially with Sumomo. Jun asks if
something happened to her, and Haruhi is concerned as well. Yuma says that it's
nothing they need to worry about, and remembers exactly what happened last
night, that Sumomo instigated a kiss. Yuma says he'll handle it.


Time: Lunch


Yuma looks around for Sumomo but can't find her, than remembers that she didn't
make him a lunch this morning, and decides to head for Oasis.

Yuma looks around but doesn't see Sumomo there either, but he does see a
familiar person, and rubs his eyes to make sure he's not seeing things, and it
is Ibuki. Yuma realizes she might know where Sumomo is, and Yuma goes over to
ask her. Ibuki says Sumomo isn't with her, than asks what he needs of her.
Yuma feels a little hesitant since Ibuki is still obviously irked about that
day on the roof. Ibuki says she has a little time, and Yuma starts to tell her,
but she says Sumomo was a little different this morning, and asks if something
happened. Yuma asks if she knows where Sumomo is, and Ibuki says no, that they
haven't even talked today, and even when she did say something she was severely
depressed. Ibuki says she kept saying things about her brother, and asks if
they fought or something. Yuma says they didn't fight, but he may have hurt her
feelings. Ibuki says that was it, and asks what he could have done. Yuma says
he'll take care of it, and Ibuki tells him to look at her, and Yuma looks up
at her, (kind of funny since she so much shorter than him) shocked that she's
reprimanding him so severely. Ibuki says she knows that siblings can be rough
with each other, as she has an older sister, and says he needs to fulfill his
obligations as Sumomo's older brother, and asks if he understands. Yuma is
silent, and Ibuki says she doesn't like his sad face, and says he needs to
worry about this now. Yuma feels stunned as Ibuki lets out a proud sigh, and
notes that she's right. Yuma says he'll take care of Sumomo from now on,
although he notes that is easier said than done. Ibuki says she wishes she
could help him more, but there's nothing else she can do. Ibuki asks if she has
a brother, wondering how Ibuki knows so much about a relationship between
older brothers and younger sisters, that her words sound as if she's had a
painful personal experience herself. Ibuki slowly says it was her older sister.
Yuma says he didn't know she had one, and Ibuki says it's a long story and
says he doesn't need to worry about it, than looks up in surprise as Koyuki
comes over. Yuma notes that it's nothing new for her to come here, but
something seems different today. Ibuki stays quiet, and Koyuki says hello as
they exchange gazes. Yuma notes that Ibuki looks cold again, while Koyuki
looks a little sad. Yuma asks them what's wrong, and Koyuki mutters she wants
to hear her story, and Ibuki tells Yuma good day, and wishes him success in
making up with Sumomo. Yuma tells her not to worry, and Ibuki laughs and
leaves without looking back at Koyuki. Koyuki asks what he was talking to Ibuki
about, and Yuma tells her that Sumomo isn't in a good mood, and they were Ibuki
and him are worried for her. Koyuki asks if that's so, and says that the flow
of fate cannot be changed that easily, but wishes that things could be
different for them. Yuma asks Koyuki what she means, but Koyuki leaves without
saying anything more. Yuma wonders what she meant by the flow of fate, that he
cannon fully understand it. Yuma recalls that Koyuki told him and Sumomo their
fortunes before, and wishes that he knew something about it, than sighs.
Yuma notes that his usual good meal tasted like crap.


Time: After School


Hachi shouts out that he's glad class is over and that he has to head home,
than asks Yuma what he's going to do. Yuma says he doesn't know, and notes that
school seemed really long today and he couldn't pay any attention to classes.
Jun asks if they all want to hang out together, but Yuma says he has other
things to do. Hachi asks what's with his miserable looking face and asks why
he doesn't want to go, and Yuma says he just doesn't feel like it. Jun asks if
it's something about Sumomo, and says he'll always help if he's needed, and
says she heard that Sumomo wasn't energetic this morning. Yuma admits that Jun
had almost seemed to foretell things the other day, and asks if he knew
something. Jun says that he's not the only one concerned, that Haruhi will
gladly help as well. Yuma says he wants some time to think about it and try to
act on it alone first, and Jun says he understands, and tells Yuma not to work
too hard. Yuma thanks him, and Hachi asks what they are keeping secret from
him. Yuma laughs and says that Jun was telling him how to get to Haruhi, and
asks if he's jealous. Jun laughs and says he'll teach Hachi how if he really
wants. Hachi asks if this news is true, and Jun walks off saying that he just
forgot how. Yuma notes that Jun really likes to tease Hachi, and wonders why
Jun would know such a thing in the first place. Hachi runs out after Jun,
asking him to wait.

Yuma leaves the class shortly after Jun and Hachi do, and finds Koyuki walking
down the hall. Yuma calls out and runs up to her, and Koyuki tells him hello.
Yuma says they keep running into each other today, and Koyuki does her "Jiii~"
sound and stares at Yuma, and Yuma asks what's wrong. Koyuki says he seems to
be in low-spirits, and was trying to see if she could see the cause. Yuma
says that it's nothing, and Koyuki asks if he's sure, and says she was worried
about what he said earlier during lunch. Yuma says that she's right, and than
asks what she meant earlier by the flow of fate, and how it's related to
Sumomo. Koyuki says it's just as she said, that he and Sumomo are caught up on
a path of no return, and Yuma stands there silently. Koyuki says she can't see
how this will end though. Yuma says that he wants to ask her a question, and
when she asks what, Yuma says he wants her to tell him his fortune again.
Koyuki says she understands, and hopes that it will become clearer for him.
Yuma asks if she's sure, than tells Koyuki thank you. Koyuki say she can't
today though, and says she has somewhere to be, than looks out the window. Yuma
follows her gaze, and sees that she is staring into the forest. Yuma remembers
that Haruhi and Anri went there immediately after school again, and wonders if
they've made any progress on finding out who the intruder is. Koyuki asks if
she can tell him another day, and Yuma says that's alright, that he should have
known she might be busy. Koyuki apologizes again, and says if he drops by
tomorrow at Oasis during lunch she'll do it than. Yuma says he'll make sure to
visit, and Koyuki says she'll look forward to seeing him than leaves. Yuma
sighs and heads down to the 1st-year classroom, hoping to find Sumomo.


Time: Evening


However he passes Ibuki on the stairs down, but she only gives him a quick
glance before they pass each other by. Yuma wonders what that was all about,
than decides to head home as well. Yuma says he's home, but he's only greeted
with an empty living room. However, dinner is on the table, and a note nearby
from Sumomo saying that she's not coming down, even though she's already
made dinner. Yuma notes that she seems to be avoiding him, and wonders if
she'll head straight to her room later, and decides to wait for her.

Yuma eats alone, noting that he's even losing the will to eat without Sumomo
there as well. Yuma takes a bite and notes that the seasoning is a little
lighter than usual, and notes that she must have been very preoccupied, and
that it's not at all like her.


Time: Night


Sumomo never came down, and Yuma sits in his bed, thinking. He notes that she
didn't come out of her room at all except to take a bath, and Yuma sighs and
says he couldn't tell her after all. Yuma wonders if he should talk to anyone,
and who, and runs through his options: Haruhi, Jun, Koyuki. Yuma notes that Jun
or Haruhi would make reliable choices, that Jun has good instincts and Haruhi
is Sumomo's old friend. Yuma notes that he's already asked Koyuki to read his
fortune tomorrow, and notes that he should talk to Sumomo before than, or have
someone else talk to her for him. Yuma says he'll take care of it all tomorrow,
and turns off the light and says a little prayer for this problem to resolve
itself.

~~End Wednesday, April 19th.


(ei) Date: Thursday, April 20th


Time: Morning


Yuma sighs as he gets to class, noting that he usually goes to school with
Sumomo, but he didn't again today, and that she's still avoiding him. Haruhi
asks him what's wrong, and Yuma looks at her surprised, but says it's nothing.
Yuma than asks her if she made any progress on that certain matter, and Haruhi
says no, than says she didn't know he was there. Yuma says it's a dangerous
place, and asks if she's injured. Haruhi says she's fine, but she wouldn't mind
having a nap. Yuma agrees that would work well, and tells her not to work too
hard. Haruhi nods, and says he seemed to be in low-spirits yesterday. Yuma says
he's fine today though, noting that he can't talk about it now, that it would
only shatter his morning plans. Haruhi asks if there�fs something else he wants
to say, and Yuma says there's actually one thing. Haruhi asks if it's about
Sumomo, and says she didn't see her at all yesterday. Yuma asks Haruhi if she'd
be willing to help him when she has the time, and says he's worried about
Sumomo. Haruhi says she understands, and says she'll have some time after
school. Yuma asks where they should meet, and Haruhi says that the roof should
do, as it's quiet up there, and she can better understand the situation if it's
quiet. Yuma says he'll see her after school than, and Hachi comes over and says
it seems they've finally promised to go out on a date. Jun says he's jumping
to conclusions again, and Hachi asks how could Yuma do such a thing without
consulting him, Haruhi's fan club manager. Yuma says that it's not a date.


Time: Lunch


Yuma remembers that he's to see Koyuki and have her tell him his fortune, and
Yuma remembers her hopeful tone that everything will be clear today. Hachi says
he looks down, and asks if he doesn't have a lunch from Sumomo again. Jun tells
him to tone it down a bit, and Hachi laughs and says he'll take this
opportunity and steal Yuma's spot for receiving Sumomo's lunch, and Yuma asks
what went wrong. Hachi laughs and says he sounds surprised, than says he'll be
Sumomo's love from now on. Yuma and Jun stare in disgust at Hachi, and Hachi
asks what's wrong. Yuma says he's not going to talk to him again until he calms
down, and Jun asks if he wants a girl to make his lunch. Hachi cracks, and Jun
asks Yuma if he wants to eat, and offer to make him one. Hachi asks if this is
the beginning of their relationship, and Hachi says he wants Haruhi or Anri to
make him a lunch. Jun tells him to calm down and says he can always eat his
homemade lunch, and asks if they should go. Hachi cries out, and Yuma notes
that Hachi is struggling uselessly as usual. Yuma says he's got business at
Oasis today, and Jun laughs and tells Hachi that he has no choice but to give
him his lunch now. Hachi tries to pinch himself to wake himself up from this
nightmare.

Out in the hall, Yuma finally sees Sumomo walking down the hall with a sad look
on her face. Yuma calls out to her, and runs over and asks if she's alright.
Sumomo nervously says she is, and Yuma can tell that she's still very upset.
Yuma asks what she's doing for lunch, as they walk casually, noting that he's
feels a weight coming off of his shoulders. Sumomo says she's planning to go to
Oasis, and asks what he's going. Yuma says he's going there as well, and asks
if she wants to walk with him there. Sumomo nods, and they walk to Oasis, but
Sumomo is still as sad as ever, and they don't talk at all the rest of the way
there.

When they get there it is very busy, and Sumomo says so. Yuma says it's because
a lot of students like to gather here, and Anri comes over and tells them
hello and asks if they are eating lunch together. Sumomo nods and says that
they ran into each other on the way here. Anri says she's glad to see that
Sumomo is back to normal, after she shouted at her the other day, than says on
top of that Yuma was acting weird all day yesterday, and is glad they aren�ft
hesitating anymore. Yuma says all they needed was a little motivation, but
Sumomo looks down without saying anything. Anri asks if they want to order or
if they want to wait a little more, and Yuma asks to have a few more minutes.
Anri says she understands and that she'll come back later. Yuma asks Sumomo if
she'll come with him for a second, and Sumomo quietly says yes.

Yuma brings Sumomo with him to see Koyuki, and she greets the two of them.
She says she was waiting for them, and Sumomo asks why. Yuma explains that he
selfishly asked Koyuki to tell him his fortune yesterday after school, and
Sumomo asks if that's true. Koyuki nods and says she couldn't do it yesterday,
but said she would do it today during lunch, and says she already has his
permission, and now asks Sumomo if she wants to have their fortune told.
Sumomo asks what the subject of the reading is, and Koyuki says it's their fate
together. Sumomo looks down as the idea sinks in, and Sumomo quietly nods her
approval. Koyuki says she'll start than, and takes out some tarot cards, which
surprises Yuma, as he's used to seeing Koyuki use her rune stones. Koyuki
asks Sumomo to cut the deck with her left hand first, and Sumomo does so.
Koyuki now tells Yuma to do the same, and Yuma does so, than feels swallowed up
in the moment of fortune-telling by Koyuki. She thanks them, than says she's
start, and Yuma thanks her. Koyuki pulls out five cards and arranges them on
the table. She turns the first one over, and says that it represents their
current situation, but it is turned upside down, and explains that it means
they are both lonely and doubtful, and are hesitating. Yuma watches in awe,
knowing that Koyuki has hit the problem head on. Koyuki turns over the next
card, and this card represents their problem, and it is turned upside down as
well, which means they are running away from the source of their problem.
Sumomo is quiet, and Koyuki turns over the third card, the Moon, which is
right side up. Yuma asks what that means, and Koyuki says that things will
continue this way for a long time if they don't do something about it, and says
she wishes that the Moon hadn't come face up, that it also means that it
represents vagueness, instability, and hesitating, which trying to deny love.
Sumomo lets out a gasp, as does Yuma. Koyuki says it's like two sides of the
same coin, and says that there is one card that can reveal the answer to this,
and turns over the next card, and it's the Magician, which is also right side
up. Koyuki says this is the solution, and it involves Yuma saying something
at a certain place. Yuma asks what that means, Koyuki says she can't tell him,
and says it will be revealed to him in time. Yuma notes that everything has
seemed accurate so far, so he doesn't have any reason to doubt it, although he
still doesn't know what the Magician card means for him, but he feels that
there is a connection. Sumomo asks Koyuki what she thinks this means for them,
and Yuma tells her not to jump to conclusions. Koyuki says she can only say
that it's up to them, and holds up the final card with it's back to them, and
Koyuki casts a spell on it, and the card flies into the air, than falls back
to the table face down. Koyuki lets out a asp, and Yuma asks what did she see.
Koyuki asks if he knows. Yuma looks confused, and Koyuki says she can't see
how this will turn out. She also says they can hold onto the card, and that it
will reveal itself to them at the proper time. Yuma's heart pounds in his
chest as Koyuki sets the card down, feeling Koyuki's words itching at his mind,
that even she could not see his and Sumomo's future, and didn't think it could
be this deep. Koyuki asks if he wants to know, and Yuma says no, that he wants
to stop now. Koyuki says she understands, but asks if he can say why. Yuma
explains that if she can't see their future, he certainly won't be able to,
and Yuma notes that he might have held onto the hope that Koyuki would have the
answers for his and Sumomo's problems, but that all he can do now is stand tall
and walk forward with a set mind, and that he can't rely on the card in
Sumomo's presence. Koyuki asks Sumomo if she wants to keep the card, and she
hesitates, and Yuma says she can keep it, but he doesn't want to hear of it.
Koyuki says he should be more positive, because this card doesn't show a set
fate, that their future can still be changed. Sumomo says she'll hold onto it,
and Koyuki advises her stick by Yuma, no matter what anyone else says, and says
that is her fate, and tells her to take it. Sumomo says she understands, and
thanks Koyuki for showing her, and says she knows her fate involving Yuma.
Yuma now regrets letting Sumomo see it in his place, but he can't ask to see
it now after he's already passed on it. Yuma says he has to go now, and wishes
Koyuki well.

Afterward, Koyuki asks Sumomo if she'll be fine, and Sumomo is silent, than
quietly flips the final card over, and sees what it is. Sumomo notes that she
doesn't have to ask Koyuki what it means, and Yuma wonders what it is, that
he'd be lying if he said he didn't want to know.

Sumomo apologizes for making him wait, and Yuma asks if Koyuki explained the
card to her. Sumomo nods and says yes, and he says that�fs good, and hopes it
was good news. Sumomo looks down in silence at this, and Yuma notes that she
looks more depressed than she already was. Yuma notes that he doesn't know what
result Koyuki gave them, but it seems to have been alright, and Yuma feels a
little more at ease.


Time: After School


Yuma heads up to the roof to meet Haruhi, and waits for her, as he knows that
she's busy, but he wants to talk badly. Yuma that since she's also an old
friend of Sumomo's she should at least have some advice, any advice, would be
of great help. Than he recalls Koyuki's fortune telling, and that the solution
card was the Magician. Yuma hopes that it means that Haruhi, who is a magician,
might be able to give the answers. After a short wait Haruhi arrives and asks
if she made him wait long. Yuma says not at all, and apologizes for calling her
up her like this. Haruhi tells him not to worry, that she's also concerned for
Sumomo. Haruhi hands him a cup of coffee, and Yuma says he'll pay her back, and
asks how much it was. Haruhi says 120 yen, and she bought it because she wanted
to rest for a minute. Yuma sits next to Haruhi on a bench and says he wants to
talk to her about Sumomo. Haruhi says that yesterday and today he's been very
gloomy, and asks if something happened the day before yesterday. Yuma nods, and
asks Haruhi what she feels thinks it is. Haruhi hesitates before saying she
believes Sumomo has fallen in love with him. Yuma sighs and says he thought so,
Haruhi says he doesn't seem to be too surprised, and Yuma admits that Jun kind
of made him notice, he just wished that Jun wasn't as vague as he was. Haruhi
looks surprised to hear Jun's name mentioned, and Yuma explains that he was the
first one to see that Sumomo liked him, but he doesn't know what to do since
they are still siblings. Haruhi asks if he doesn't think that Sumomo likes him
as a man by now. Yuma says he can understands that from the way things are, and
takes a sip of his coffee, noting that it's bitter because of no sugar, but his
thoughts are even more bitter. Yuma says he thinks Sumomo came to like him
after she started making his lunch every day, than he brings up the date they
had last Sunday. Haruhi says she didn't know that, than asks if he was the one
who invited her. Yuma nods and says they visited an art museum than went
shopping. Yuma can't get his feelings and thoughts arranged now, but keeps
talking anyway, and says he came to view Sumomo not as a younger sister, but as
a girl who is younger than him, but it is very selfish of him to do so. Haruhi
is quiet, and Yuma says the final blow was two days ago when he tripped over
Sumomo's foot and fell down on top of her. Haruhi asks what he did at that
time, and Yuma relates that she was looking up at him dreamily, and he almost
kissed her, than afterwards she's been avoiding him. Yuma looks down and sighs
as Haruhi continues to watch Yuma. Yuma apologizes for having her listen to
such a strange story, but says that Sumomo doesn't know how worried he is about
her, than asks if he should have kissed her after all. Haruhi gets a little
flustered at this, and Yuma apologizes for having asked that question. Haruhi
apologizes for not being able to give him that answer. Haruhi says that's what
this was all about after all, and says that if enough time passes this wound
might heal. Yuma says he hopes so, and says he thinks he'll be able to manage,
but he doesn't understand what he'll have to do. Yuma asks Haruhi if she can
understand what he means, but Haruhi says she's very busy, and says he has to
rekindle everything with Sumomo alone. Yuma thanks Haruhi for listening to him,
that it's taken a great weight off of his mind. Haruhi says that at least she
got to know a little more about Sumomo, about who she really likes, and
imagines that she probably ran out in embarrassment, and asks if he still
doesn't love her. Yuma notes that Haruhi's words are mysterious, and wonders
what he'll do when things settle down again, if he should just allow Sumomo to
love him, or be selfish and love her back. Haruhi says that Sumomo hasn't
changed at all over these past ten years, even though she's grown. Yuma asks
what she means, and Haruhi just says that she's liked the same boy all these
years. Haruhi than asks if he's embarrassed to hear such things from her, and
Yuma says no, noting that he understands something from Haruhi's vague words.
Yuma thanks her for talking with him, and finishes his coffee. Haruhi says
she's only sorry she couldn't help any more. Yuma says that he knows she's very
busy and thanks her again, and says he'll talk to Sumomo soon. Haruhi says that
would be best, than a voice behind them says their names, and they whirl around
to see Sumomo standing there, watching both of them with tears in her eyes.
Yuma suddenly grasps the situation, and what this must look like to Sumomo,
and she runs off, apologizing for disturbing them, and doesn't stop when they
call after her. Haruhi asks if she misunderstood, and Yuma apologizes and says
he's running after her. Haruhi nods and wishes him good luck. Yuma runs into
the stairwell and chases Sumomo, calling for her to stop, but she doesn't turn
around, as if she were running like her life depended on it. Yuma wonders why
things had to turn out this way, and that all he wants is for Sumomo to just
turn around, so he can see her face, and her usual smile.

Yuma finally grabs a hold of her in the entrance hall, and forces her to turn
around, and Sumomo is on the verge of tears. Yuma says she shouldn't have run
off like that, that he was only talking. Sumomo is quiet, and Yuma says he
doesn't want to see her cry, that it doesn't look like her at all. Sumomo
quietly asks what he talked to Haruhi about, and Yuma asks what she means,
noting that he can't bring himself to tell Sumomo they were talking about her.
Sumomo says that Yuma surely likes Haruhi, and Yuma says that�fs foolish to
think. Sumomo says they were friends for a long time, so even though she hasn't
told her, she knows who Haruhi likes. Yuma asks if she seriously thinks that he
and Haruhi are together, and Sumomo quietly nods. Sumomo than says she didn't
expect this to be the result of Koyuki's fortune telling, and Yuma wonders
exactly what he missed by not seeing and hearing the explanation about the last
card, but than says he doesn't care, and doesn't want to hear the result of
Koyuki's fortune telling. Sumomo looks at him, and Yuma says he only cares
about his feelings, and Yuma's voice begins to crack. He than says he wants
Sumomo to know how he really feels. Yuma wonders what exactly he's trying to
say, than says they don't need to know the final result of the fortune telling,
he just wants to see her as bright and cheerful as she always was. Sumomo looks
up at him again, and Yuma says that he wants to see her smile again, because
it's important to him living. Sumomo let's out a quiet gasp, than says their
names, than apologizes. Yuma says it's alright than apologizes himself. Sumomo
looks at him in surprise, and Yuma says she can apologize later when she's
calmed down further, than says he's the one to blame her in the first place
because he didn't think of her feelings. Sumomo says it's not his fault, but
Yuma says it is. Yuma says that they've been mutually avoiding each other, but
they have to stop that, and says he was talking to someone to try and figure
out his thoughts and feelings, and that running away doesn't solve anything.
Sumomo nods again, and Yuma says he cares about her. Sumomo slowly nods and
says she wants to find out answers by thinking, and Yuma notes that she's
starting to settle down. Yuma says they should head home and think about their
feelings there. Sumomo says she still wants to apologize to Haruhi for rudely
leaving her on the roof worried like that, but Yuma says she's really busy and
she probably isn't up there anymore, and says she can apologize to Haruhi
tomorrow, and he wants to talk things over with her now. Sumomo looks at him
than nods. Yuma says they should get going than. Sumomo asks if they can stop
and do a little bit of shopping and grab some tea, and Yuma says she's sounding
like her old self again. Sumomo blinks, than says he's being mean again. Yuma
says if she tries too fast it'll wind up being bad for her, and he won't be
able to accept responsibility for that. Sumomo says that she won't give him the
last pudding that's back at home than, and Yuma asks why she's going to hide
it, since it has to be refrigerated. Sumomo laughs and says she'll go on a
refrigerator strike than. Yuma sighs.


Time: Evening


As they walk home, Sumomo looks up at Yuma, and Yuma looks back at her, happy
to see her smiling again. Sumomo says she's thought this through, and wants him
to listen seriously to her, and says that when they both find their answers,
she wants to eat the last pudding with him. Yuma notes that he's still unsure
about his feelings, and brings up that there's only one left. Sumomo says she
knows, and Yuma says he's not following. Yuma recalls that the pudding she is
referring to is the one that she made before their date, and it'll be no good
soon, so he interprets and vows to figure out his feelings before the pudding
goes bad, and swears so to Sumomo, who smiles at him.


Time: Night


After dinner, Yuma is lying in his bed again, thinking hard, but it's hard to
focus on it while thinking so hard about it, wondering if he loves Sumomo as a
younger sister, or as a girl. Yuma notes that he still can't decide yet, but
he's definitely noticed that Sumomo has become more womanly, and he's puzzled
by that fact. Yuma notes she is a beautiful girl, but she's also his sister
before that, and that if he keeps things halfway, he can't love and protect her
as an older brother as well as he could before, as long as he still has these
feelings for Sumomo. Yuma sighs and wishes he could talk to Haruhi or Jun
again for more advice on what to do, but knows that in the end, it doesn't
matter what advice he is given, he is the one who has to make the decision in
the end. Yuma starts to voice his opinions to himself when someone knocks on
the door, and Yuma loses his train of thought. Sumomo asks if she can come in,
and Yuma says of course. Sumomo apologizes if she's disturbing him, than comes
in and giggles and tells Yuma good evening. Yuma says that she's in her pajamas
and asks if she's about to go to bed. Sumomo nods, and Yuma notes that she's
been thinking about this herself. Yuma asks if she's found out her answer, and
Sumomo hesitates before saying yes. Yuma notes that while she may have waited a
second to say so, her eyes show no signs of hesitation, and Sumomo asks if he
wants to hear what she has to say, and seriously looks at Yuma. Yuma nods, and
Sumomo clears her throat, obviously very nervous. Sumomo manages to squeeze out
that she loves him, as a man, not as a brother. Yuma looks delicately at her,
and Sumomo continues, saying that she was crying over and over in her bed, but
she's still sure of her feelings. Yuma notes that she loves him not as a sister
but as a girl, and Yuma loses all train of thought. Sumomo asks what he thinks,
but says he doesn't have to give her an answer right now, but says she can't
wait any longer, and moves closer and tells him she's sorry. Yuma looks at her
in surprise, and Sumomo says she wasn't able to do this the other day, but...
and Yuma shouts for her to wait a second. Sumomo cries out to him and knocks
Yuma down on his bed, leaning over him. Sumomo says this is reminiscent of the
other day, and Yuma says their positions were switched than, noting that he
was on top last time, but she's on top this time. Sumomo leans down, and the
front of her pajama top opens, exposing the bra she is wearing underneath. Yuma
asks her to please wait a moment, and Sumomo asks if he can't understand her
feelings. Yuma can say nothing, and Sumomo says she understands, and says she
kept thinking, and thinking, and thinking, than finally noticed why she always
thinks of him, and says that she's always loved him, for a long time, ever
since Yuma became her brother, when he would always help her out when she was
teased and bullied, and he was nice to her, and she had made up her mind that
she always admired him, but she only noticed what her feelings meant today.
Yuma can't find any words to respond and just stares at Sumomo. Sumomo leans
down and says she wants to continue to love him. Yuma notes that he can't fight
it anymore, and Sumomo leans down and quietly kisses him, and Yuma notes that
her lips are soft and gentle, and he tumbles down into the abyss with Sumomo.
Sumomo breaks it and rises a little and laughs, and says she was finally able
to tell him. Yuma can do nothing but lie there and watch with a soft smile, and
Sumomo lowers herself again.


Sumomo's Path, Scene 1

A. Sumomo's Confession (No options :)


~~End H-Scene


Sumomo wipes the semen off her face and turns back to Yuma, who is only feeling
regret and guilt, knowing that Sumomo has given him her feelings. Sumomo asks
if Yuma can understand her feelings, as she watches him with a pained
expression on her face. Yuma says that if he accepts them, things will probably
be easier, but after all... Yuma calls out to Sumomo, and she nods and moves
closer, than says that she's still his younger sister. Sumomo asks why, and
that she loves him so much. Yuma says he understands, but he can't do this.
Sumomo bursts into tears and runs out of his room, and Yuma can only bite his
lip and stare at the door.

~~End Thursday, April 20th.


(ej) Date: Friday, April 21st


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up, wondering what time it is, since his alarm clock didn't go off.
Yuma jumps out of bed, assuming that he's late, and quickly changes his
clothes and grabs his bag. He runs downstairs and looks at the clock, and it's
only one minute until school starts. Yuma says he was too slow, and decides to
play go late today, and makes himself some coffee, but burns his toast. Yuma
sighs and says he just doesn't have the energy today, and wonders when he
became so bummed over a trivial matter such as eating alone, and notes that he
was always happy before, that he only noticed what he has when it's gone. That
her bright smile and cheerful laughter make his day.

Yuma finally arrives at school, and Jun says he looks like he'd make the dead
miserable with his face. Yuma says it's not like he meant to be late. Jun asks
if Sumomo didn't wake him up, and Yuma nods, and says he doesn't think she'll
be waking him up anymore. Jun says he'd feel bad too and says he understands,
and Yuma says he has no idea. Jun asks if they've made up any, and Yuma says it
wasn't that easy. Jun tells him to take responsibility, that he's not supposed
to make Sumomo because she's a girl. Yuma tells Jun that he's embarrassing him,
and asks if he can talk to him later. Jun asks if he still needs his help after
talking to Haruhi yesterday, and Yuma says no, that he wants Jun to talk to
Sumomo for him. Jun asks why, and Yuma says he can't see her right now, noting
that it's very hard to tell Jun exactly why, but he wouldn't ask anyone else
right now for help. Jun asks if something bad happened, and Yuma says yes, that
it's a miserable story. Jun says he understands and tells Yuma not to worry,
that he'll talk to Sumomo. Yuma apologizes for asking this of him, and Jun says
he'll grant Yuma's wish this time, as long as he treats him to something later.
Yuma says he'll pay for anything his wallet can afford, and Jun says he was
already going to talk to Sumomo later today anyway, and says he'll try to keep
things discreet.


Time: Lunch


Jun comes over and asks if he knows what Sumomo's plan were for lunch today.
Yuma thinks hard and tells Jun that he doesn't know, and that they'll probably
have to search for her. Jun says he'll go search the 1st-year classroom first,
and Jun skips out of the room, and Yuma wonders if he should stop Jun after
all. Hachi comes over and says Yuma looks old, than asks what he wanted to
speak to Jun about. Yuma asks if he's worried about Jun, and Hachi says that
they as best friend should loan stuff to each other, than says he wants to rent
Sumomo for 3 days and two nights. (<_<) Yuma says that he if he did rent Sumomo
out he wouldn't allow Hachi to take her home, that he needs a guardian release
form filled out and signed first. Hachi asks why, and Yuma wonders how Hachi
can be so oblivious to the current situation. Haruhi comes over, and Hachi says
she can surely convince Yuma to not be so stingy on renting out Sumomo. Yuma
punches Hachi, who falls to the ground, and Yuma apologizes for the distraction
and asks what she needs. Haruhi apologizes if Sumomo misunderstood anything,
and Yuma says that it's not her fault, and that he was able to run after Sumomo
because of her help yesterday. Haruhi says she's still nervous and sorry that
such a thing had to happen in the first place, than asks if he was able to
clear up any misunderstandings. Yuma says it's nothing she was to worry about
now, and Haruhi congratulates him on reconciling with Sumomo and holds
something out a lunch to him. Yuma tells her thank you, but says he doesn't
think he can accept it, otherwise it might just add on to the troubles from
yesterday. Haruhi says she wanted to express her feelings at least, than says
she has to get started on more Class Officer work, and tells Yuma that she'll
see him later, leaving him with Haruhi's homemade lunch box. Hachi floats back,
giving Yuma an evil glare. Hachi says he's going to kill him. Yuma says he
can't share, that there isn't enough in there for him, and laughs and runs out.
Hachi says he won't win, and that if Haruhi gave him and lunch, he'll surely
get a lunch from Anri.

Yuma pants than looks around, wondering why he ran to eat lunch in the park,
than recalls that he was defending his lunch from Hachi and ran here, and
notes that he seems to have completely lost Hachi. Yuma opens the lunch and
begins to eat, noting that it's very delicious, and notes that Haruhi is a very
good cook, but it still doesn't compare to Sumomo's cooking, and feels guilty
for even eating this at all. Yuma understands now why Sumomo felt sad whenever
Anri said she would give Yuma a lunch, and closes the lunch box after he's
finished eating and stuffs it in his bag.

When he gets back to class, Haruhi isn't back yet, and wonders where she is so
he can give her back her lunch box. Jun says she left early when Yuma asks him,
and says he doesn't know why when Yuma asks why. Yuma can only assume that
something came up that involves the forest, and that Haruhi has most likely
been strapped for time. Jun asks if he was able to talk to Sumomo, and Jun says
it's probably best to leave Sumomo alone for the time being so she can settle
down some more. Yuma feels a little relieved, but things will not be good if he
doesn't figure out his feelings soon. Jun tells him to persevere, and that
he'll be there to help whenever he can. Yuma thanks Jun, and he says you're
welcome in return.


Time: After School


Yuma notes that Haruhi still hasn't returned, and that she would usually let
people know if she was going to be missing class. Yuma guesses that he'll give
Haruhi her lunch box tomorrow than, and heads for home.


Time: Evening


When he arrives home he's still alone, because Sumomo hasn't come home yet.
Yuma notes that dinner still isn't to later, and wonders if she'll be back in
time for it. Yuma sits down, than says he should wash Haruhi's lunch box since
he used it, and heads into the kitchen and does so, and sets it in the drainer.
Yuma wonders if he should go ahead and fix dinner, but decides against it,
because Otoha is sure to be back sooner or later, and decides to wait. As he
is waiting, Yuma wonders what advice Jun gave Sumomo during lunch today, and
rustles through some magazines, looking for something to read. Than the door
opens and Sumomo comes in and says she's back. Yuma tells her hi and says she
was late getting in today. Sumomo is silent, and Yuma says he wanted Jun to
talk to her, and asks if that was alright, afraid that she's going to get a
little angry. Yuma changes the subject shortly thereafter and asks if she was
with Ibuki, and says that she doesn't seem to get along with Koyuki. Sumomo
walks out and Yuma follows her, looking at Sumomo with concern. Yuma follows
her gaze and sees her staring at the empty lunch box in the drainer, and Yuma
knows that something bad is about to happen, and recalls when she burst out
that she was the only one who could make him his lunch. Yuma tries to explain,
but Sumomo says she understands that he likes Haruhi, since she already knew
that Haruhi liked him, and Yuma falls silent, knowing that Sumomo won't listen
to him now, and can only watch as she begins to tremble more and more with
every passing second. Sumomo cries out that she'll never be as good as Haruhi
no matter what, that Yuma will only see her as his sister, and runs away
crying, while Yuma shouts after her. Yuma feels his heart jump into his throat,
and shouts out that he's so stupid, and looks back at the drainer at Haruhi's
lunch box, and that it would of course draw attention even in the best of
times. Yuma than notes that Sumomo misunderstanding him and Haruhi on the roof
is nothing compared to this, and she won't believe that it's a misunderstanding
if it happens again, and that Sumomo must believe he's dating Haruhi in secret.
Yuma hopes that she'll understand, and finally comes to the realization that he
has to love Sumomo as a man should, and not as a brother would.

KEY OPTION:

1) Try to work things out. (True Ending)

2) Leave Sumomo alone for a while. (Bad Ending)


Note: As usual, I will cover the steps to the Bad Ending first (or at least I
will when that section comes up, as nothing changes for the next couple of
days, until the Night of the 23rd.)


Option One: Yuma wants to try to work things out, but wonders if Sumomo will
even listen. Yuma figures that he's got nothing to lose though, and heads
upstairs and knocks on her door, but as he expected she doesn't answer back.
Yuma says he wants to talk about the lunch box, that he wants her to know that
he'll wait until she wants to talk about it as well, than heads back down the
stairs, knowing that he can only wait for now.


Option Two: Yuma wants to try to work things out at least once, but doesn't
think Sumomo would even try to listen to him right now, and it would only end
up making things worse, and sighs, wondering if all he can do is wait.


Both paths meet up here. Yuma sits down on the sofa to wait for Sumomo, all the
while thinking about her, that he's not sure he can treat her like his younger
sister for much longer. He recalls her soft and thin body, and says she really
is a young woman. Yuma notes that he's already thinking about her only as a
girl, and feels somewhat glad, than recalls what they did last night, but the
bond between siblings keep yanking him back down to logic. But he notes that
Sumomo has thrown those chains away, and that ever since than it's been nothing
but bad things for and between them. Yuma wonders if this is what Koyuki's
fortune telling meant for them when she said that they were stuck in the flow
of fate, and remembers the first card that was upside down that represented
Loneliness, and that if nothing is done, Sumomo will only start to lie to him,
by the path of the Moon card. Yuma says that it sure is restricting to know
these things, than remembers that he didn't see how all this would end in that
Final card, and therefore, by that reasoning, their future isn't set. However,
Sumomo alone knows the meaning of that card, and Yuma figures that she can do
nothing but hope and believe in it, whatever it is. Yuma believes that card
represents Sumomo and his final hope of happiness. Otoha finally arrives home
and apologizes for being late. Yuma says she's finally back, and Otoha says
he'll have to wait a little bit until she can prepare dinner. Otoha asks where
Sumomo is, and if she's come back yet. Yuma says she's in her room, and Yuma
avoids telling her what's really going on right now, lest Otoha become agonized
with worry.


Time: Night


The circumstances of home come back to Yuma shortly after dinner, and Yuma
thinks this is the first time that Sumomo has missed dinner on purpose, as she
barricaded herself in her room and refused to come down, even with Otoha
asking her to, but she eventually caved and brought Sumomo her meal up. It was
a bad dinner for all of the family this night. Otoha tries to play it off, and
says that Sumomo's just going through a phase, but Yuma knows that he's the
root of all this, and that it will be difficult to tell Otoha. Finally, Yuma
can't take it anymore, and hopes to talk to Sumomo about it tomorrow, since
it's Saturday, and thus, they only have morning classes. Yuma wonders if it's
really only been a week since he took Sumomo out on their date, than something
clicks in his head, and thinks about last night again.

Some time later, Yuma's phone rings, and Yuma wakes up, noting that he fell
asleep on the sofa. Yuma sees that it's Sumomo calling him and he immediately
picks up. Sumomo says good evening, and Yuma tells her hello, noting that it's
obviously still difficult to see each other, but even still, by telephone, that
shows how bad things are. Sumomo says she didn't want to anger him, and Yuma
says he can't possibly be angry with her. Sumomo is quiet for a moment, than
asks Yuma if he can tell Otoha something, because she needs to tell him. Yuma
asks if she wants him to put Otoha on the phone, and Sumomo apologizes and says
she's going to stay at Jun's tonight. Yuma jumps off the sofa and runs
upstairs, thinking she couldn't possibly have left, but Sumomo continues and
apologizes for making him worry, but says she needs some time to herself away
from him. Yuma pushes open her door as she hangs up, and her room is darkened,
and without a trace of her. Yuma says she really left, and Yuma wonders where
the hell he can go from here, and notes that she left home because he couldn't
respect her feelings.

~~End Friday, April 21st.


(ek) Date: Saturday, April 22nd


Time: Morning


Yuma usually wakes up to Sumomo's poetic voice. But not today. Yuma sighs and
gets up, noting that after she left last night he called Jun to make sure that
Sumomo really went to his place, than he had to tell Otoha that she left.
Yuma recalls that she just said that she would have to visit Jun's parents and
apologize later, that she just accepted everything without asking questions as
usual. Yuma alone again to school, wondering if Sumomo is thinking about him on
her way to school, and he feels so lonely without Sumomo beside him.

Yuma sees that Jun is waiting for him at the school gate when he arrives, and
tells him good morning, and asks how Sumomo is doing. Jun says he's glad that
Sumomo came over, and was surprised to see her in her cute pajamas. Jun than
gets serious and says that something rough came up between them, and says that
even if he doesn't tell him, he's known them long enough to make a good guess.
Yuma notes that Jun has already seen through everything. Jun says that he's
tried talking to Sumomo about it, but she turned away from him every time he
tried to bring it up, that she wants to be alone right now. Yuma asks if she
came to school, and Jun shakes his head no. Yuma sighs and notes that he can't
tell Sumomo today. Yuma apologizes for putting this stress on Jun and his
family, but Jun says his parents were alright with it, and Jun is happy to have
a younger sister for a little bit. Yuma says that's a little embarrassing, than
asks Jun to say hi to Sumomo for him. Jun says he'll do his best to support
both of them, and says time is the ultimate magic that can solve anything given
long enough, but says that it's not that convenient this time is it. Yuma nods
and walks in with Jun without saying another word.

Yuma tells Haruhi good morning and gives her back her lunch box. Haruhi says
she forgot about it, and asks if he enjoyed it. Yuma says it was good, and he
could tell her feelings were in it, and thanks her for it. Haruhi says she's
glad that he liked it, than asks if Sumomo is alright. Yuma asks if she's heard
the news from Jun already, than relays what happened yesterday to her, after
asking her to come closer so he can whisper to her, than tells her Sumomo left
home and is staying with Jun. Haruhi looks shocked, and Yuma says it's alright
since she's staying with Jun, but he feels a little embarrassed about the whole
thing. Haruhi says she didn't know that giving him her lunch would lead to
this, and Anri comes over and asks what they are whispering about. Yuma tells
Anri good morning, and Haruhi tells her the same, yet gloomily. Anri asks
what's going on with the low atmosphere they have this morning, than turns to
Yuma and says he also looks tired, and asks if he stayed up all night playing
a game or something. Yuma asks if looks that bad, than realizes that he
probably does look very worried. Anri sighs that it's bad enough he looks down,
but Haruhi is as well, and says that even her motivation is draining because
of the two of them, and tells them to pump themselves up. Haruhi says she's
right, and she turns to Yuma and tells him to perk up a little. Anri laughs and
says she wants her match now, but the morning bell rings, and Haruhi says she
waited too long to challenge her again. Anri says she'll make her face her even
if she has to tailgate her out of this room.


Time: After School


After morning classes are over, so is school, and Yuma thinks about eating in
town, but decides to just head home, worried about Sumomo, since she's been at
Jun's since last night. Yuma wanted to talk to her, to try to work things out
between them, and regrets not doing it before, wishing that he could see her
just once today, than remembers that she still has her phone, and tries it, but
it goes to her answering machine. Yuma leaves a message saying that it's him,
and says he's really indebted to Jun for taking her in, and asks her to come
back whenever she's ready. Yuma than heads for home.


Time: Lunch


Over to Sumomo, who is in town, hears her phone ringing, but sees who's calling
and doesn't answer. Sumomo wonders what she's doing, that Yuma would probably
say that he's dying to see her, but that it's not possible for her to listen
to him right now, because she's scared. Sumomo remarks that leaving home has
only caused more trouble, that she just needed someone to listen to her story,
than comfort her. But, even though Jun listened, he couldn't give her an
answer, and that it's just as Koyuki said, that in the end it's up to her. She
notes that Yuma probably also has to come to his own decision, and notes that
finding an answer to such a problem between them is hard. She says that she
kept thinking and thinking and thinking, and finally found her answer, and
wondered if Yuma had thought to same way, or at least she believed so. But she
found out that was only her imagination, that the truth is different, that
Yuma came to a different solution that she did. She notes that the bond between
siblings is one of the best in the world, and she was happy to be Yuma's
younger sister and she didn't hate it, but she just couldn't keep seeing Yuma
as an older brother. Sumomo believes that it's her fault, not Yuma's, and looks
at her phone and sees that Yuma left a message. Sumomo stares for a moment,
noting that she would be able to at least hear his voice even if she couldn't
bear to look at him, and wonders what he would say. She's very anxious, but
also scared to listen to what he might have to say. Sumomo bets that it's just
something simple like "Come home" if it's from him. Sumomo says he's very nice
and gentle, even when he talks, that he would make her laugh when she was
depressed, and pat her head when she cried. She's glad for the times they have
had, and remarks that whenever she laughs he smiles, and notes again that he's
very gentle, but she's scared of him right now, even though she knows that he's
gentle, and says that it's because she's his younger sister, and erases the
message, thinking that she would surely start to cry if she heard his voice
right now. She would be glad and cry, than come sad and cry some more, and
starts to tear up now because of him, and remembers that seeing her cry
embarrassed him, and she thinks that she must surely be bad to cry. Sumomo
tries hard not to cry because of that, even though she wants to. Sumomo asks if
she's really going to cry out here, and notes that she wants to be back in her
bed, but she can't go back to her bed now, and says that she's at Jun's house
right now. Sumomo says she should leave, but wonders where she will go if she
leaves Jun's house. She doesn't know yet, but she'll figure it out when she
gets back. Sumomo wants to confirm to herself that she can't be Yuma's little
sister anymore as well, and that she'll come back when they can be siblings
again. When she thinks of that possibility however, she can't help but think of
that one evening.


Time: Night


Yuma aimlessly flips through the channels on TV, wishing that Sumomo was here
to cheer him up, than wonders if she listened to his message, noting that he's
sure that it went through, but Sumomo hasn't called back. Yuma wonders if Jun
knows what's going on with her, than heads upstairs.

Yuma lies down, noting that he's gradually being afflicted without Sumomo
around. He says again that she's his younger sister, but notes that he feels
more for her than he should. He sighs, and says that he wants to talk to her,
to hear her voice, than her come back with a bright smile. Yuma wonders again
why she left, than remembers that it's his fault, and begins sobbing into his
pillow. He than says he wants to hear the reason from her own lips, and that he
wants to tell her his answer. Yuma wonders if he should go to Jun's and try
to bring her back, than remembers that tomorrow is Sunday, and decides to try
for it tomorrow. That he wants to tell her his answer.

~~End Saturday, April 22nd.


(el) Date: Sunday, April 23rd


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up, noting that he wasn't able to get much sleep as he was thinking
about Sumomo, and kept tossing and turning all night. Yuma says again that he's
going over to Jun's to try to bring her back, and that he'll call Jun soon to
let him know, and starts preparing himself to spill his feelings. He heads
downstairs, and Otoha says he's up early. Yuma tells her good morning and tells
her that he couldn't sleep. Otoha asks if that's so, that says she's been up
making something special. Yuma asks what, and Otoha giggles and asks if he
can't smell it. Yuma sniffs and smells something sweet coming from the
kitchen, and recalls an old time memory, and Yuma says it smells like the cake
she made one time, but burnt it. Otoha asks if he's going to try to bring
Sumomo back, and Yuma nods and asks how she knew. Otoha laughs and says it's
her job as a mother to figure out and be aware of these things, and that she
knows both of them so well, having cared for them all these years. Yuma looks
up at her, and Otoha tells him that it'll be some time until the cake is done,
so he should get going. Yuma says he wishes to express his gratitude, and Otoha
says she's do anything for her darling children, and tells him to get going.
Yuma notes again that just as Sumomo is his younger sister, Otoha is his
mother as well, even if they are not related by blood, and Yuma feels very
happy now. Otoha says that he's grown up into a fine young man, and when he
looks at her, she says he should be going now, and that she'll be waiting for
their return. Yuma wonders if she thinks Sumomo has become a young woman just
as he's become a young man, and if she believes that leaving home for a little
bit made Sumomo grow up, Yuma gets confused thinking it must be hard to be a
mother. Yuma says he'll get going than, and that he'll bring Sumomo back for
sure. Otoha giggles and tells him to work hard, and says he looks very nice
today. Yuma tells her to stop teasing him, and Otoha says she not, but that she
envies Sumomo a little. Yuma lets her words sink in as Otoha laughs, and notes
that she's still not back to normal either, with Sumomo gone. Yuma heads to
the living room and says he'll be back, and Otoha tells him bye, and says
she'll call Jun's parents and let them know he's coming. Yuma says he
understands, and thanks her for making the cake. Otoha laughs and says you're
welcome, and says she'll be awaiting them to return and eat the cake together,
since it's Sumomo's favorite. Yuma says bye, and Otoha tells him to work hard.

Yuma checks the time, and it's 11:07, plenty of time to head to Jun's and get
back before the cake is done. Yuma hopes that Sumomo will be feeling better by
the time they get back, and that Otoha made it just for them, even with Oasis
being very busy lately, and taking it's toll on her. Yuma says that Sumomo will
surely appreciate it, and wonders how Jun and her are doing. Yuma brings up
Jun's number and starts him, but the phone rings first, and Yuma sees that it's
Jun. Yuma answers and says he was just about to call, but Jun shouts over the
phone that things aren't good. Yuma asks what's wrong, and Jun asks Yuma if
Sumomo has come back yet. Yuma says no, and says that he was on his way to his
house to see her. Jun apologizes, and says that when he woke up Sumomo was
gone! Yuma yells how, and Jun says that Sumomo left a letter on his desk
thanking him for looking after her, and than says that her stuff is gone too,
and thought that she had gone back home. Jun says he doesn't think that Sumomo
really ran away from home now, and Yuma is silent. Jun apologizes again, and
says that he should have know. Yuma tells Jun not to worry about it since he
couldn't have known. Jun tries to argue, but Yuma says the important thing now
is to find Sumomo, and says they need to work together. Jun says of course, and
that he'll call and let everyone else know so they can look as well. Yuma says
he understands, than says he has to go and hangs up, and thrusts his phone back
into his pocket. Yuma asks what went wrong aloud to himself, that something
must be seriously wrong for Sumomo to up and leave Jun's house like that. Yuma
than realizes that Sumomo is seriously hurt, and that it's all his fault, and
that no matter what excuse he comes up with, it will never be enough, even if
it is to say they should only be siblings. Yuma feels that he wants to
apologize, but he wants to hold her close even more and hear her laugh. Yuma
understands what he must do, and starts running.

Yuma runs around town, looking for Sumomo, stopping at the station first to see
if she's there. He recovers his breath as he looks around, but doesn't see
her, than remembers that she still has her phone, and quickly pulls out his own
and calls her, but a message comes on saying that number cannot be reached at
this time, and Yuma bitterly hangs up, saying that she turned off her phone,
and since he can't call her, he can do nothing but search on foot now. Yuma
wonders where she can be, but bets that she's probably somewhere that is
important to her, than feels miserable, because he realizes again that it's his
fault. Yuma realizes that he went everywhere with her, and could always see
her, but she's not around now, and regrets that he never noticed his true
feelings before now. Yuma clenches his teeth and fists, unable to find an
answer to what he really wants to know: Where is Sumomo. Yuma says to himself
that he doesn't have time to act like this, that there will be time to regret
later if he doesn't find her, than says he absolutely will find her, and begins
running through the shopping district, calling out her name loudly, but no
answer. Yuma wonders where on earth she could be, and searches his memory, but
can't think of any place. Yuma goes over her favorite foods, favorite TV shows,
but nothing pops up. Yuma wonders where she might be at this time.

Over to Sumomo, she looks at her watch and sees that it's almost 3:00, and
asks if it's already this late, than relates that she's been visiting various
places that she thought held precious memories, but when she went to them, she
realized she never valued them at all. Than he notes that she left home, turned
off her phone, and that she had no money, and wonders what she's going to do.
She notes that she doesn't understand it, and that nothing comes to mind. Than
she remembers that there's one place left she hasn't been, than says that the
sun will set soon, and wonders what Yuma is doing right now.


Time: Evening


Back to Yuma, Yuma heaves in the park, having been searching for Sumomo for
hours, that she wasn't even here at the park that she said she loved so much.
Yuma notes that the sun is already setting, and wonders where on earth she
could be, that he's searched almost everywhere he can think of. But he couldn't
find her. A voice calls out to him, and Yuma turns around to see Haruhi. Haruhi
says she thought it was him, and asks if he's still looking. Yuma asks if she's
looking for Sumomo too, and Haruhi nods and says she heard what happened from
Jun, and says she's also searched all day, and that she tried this place now
as well, thinking that she might be here after that day they all spent here
together, saying that she thought Sumomo might try to revisit places that held
happy memories for her. Yuma says he thought so too, and that he's been
searching every place he could think of that Sumomo valued, but says he hasn't
been able to find her. Haruhi tells him not to think too hard, and asks if he
can't think of any place that he might have missed. Yuma asks what she means,
and Haruhi says that happy memories for him must also be happy memories for
Sumomo. Yuma is silent, and Haruhi asks if he remembered a place. Yuma thinks
hard for a second, and remembers back to last Sunday when Sumomo asked him that
very same question. Yuma notes that he had forgotten until now the promise that
he made Sumomo before they became siblings. Haruhi smiles and says he
apparently does know some place. Yuma says he thinks he knows where Sumomo is,
and Haruhi says he should hurry than, that Sumomo might be waiting for him
there. Yuma says he understands, and says he has to go.

Yuma breathes hard as he makes his way back to the station, and that it's
become even more crowded than earlier, but he keeps running, and knocking into
other people's shoulders, apologizing as he goes, as he knows where to go, the
one place he hasn't been yet. Yuma smacks into another person and apologizes
again, and keeps running. Yuma breaths heavily, becoming short of breath, but
pushes himself further, saying to himself that he's almost there. Yuma wonders
how much time has passes since Sumomo left Jun's house, and if she's really
waiting for him there, or if she's been there for a while, is she still
waiting. Yuma throws all of those questions away and keeps running, and sees
the final corner. Yuma squeeze out the last of his strength and turns the
corner, where the street and an alley intersect, remembering the shop window,
and sees a familiar ribbon near it, and jumps on her.

Note: I love this scene. :( /cry

Yuma pants and says he finally found her. Sumomo let's out a gasp of surprise
as Yuma hugs her tightly from behind, with both of his arms around her in case
she tried to run off. Yuma says she really worried him, and that he's been
looking for her all day. Sumomo asks why he's here, and Yuma calls her an
idiot, and says that he was worried about her since she up and ran off like
that. Sumomo is silent, and Yuma tells her he's sorry. Sumomo looks up in
surprise, and Yuma continues, saying that he wasn't thinking of her feelings.
Sumomo starts to crack, and Yuma says he has to apologize for hurting her and
causing all of this, than apologizes again. Sumomo says it's her fault that
she came to love him without his permission, and Yuma says that's true, and
that he should scold her as an older brother should. Sumomo tenses up, but Yuma
says that he can't do that, because hurting her again would just prove that
he's not a good older brother. Sumomo looks up at him again, and Yuma says he
can't see her as a younger sister anymore, and therefore, he can't be seen as
her older brother anymore, and says she can't blame herself anymore. Sumomo
falls silent again, and Yuma says that if they stayed siblings he would only
hurt her feelings over and over again. Yuma says she asked him to find an
answer to his feelings, and says he doesn't want to hurt her anymore,
that his answer is that he loves her, not as an older brother, but as a man.
Sumomo breaks out into tears, and tries to talk, but Yuma says he knows, and
says she doesn't have to force herself, because he knows what she wants to say.
Sumomo says she can speak, because not saying so would be even more painful.
Sumomo slowly says she wants to tell him how much she loves him, and Yuma tells
her to go ahead than, that he'll listen, and Sumomo repeats that she loves him
over and over. Yuma says he loves her as well, and Sumomo says she wants to
hear him say it over and over, and Yuma obliges, and Sumomo quietly says that
she loves him again. They continue to tell each other so as they stand in front
of the shop window, embraced so closely out it public, but neither of them
care in the slightest, for they are only aware of each other right now, and
they keep repeating themselves, feeling that they haven't told each other
enough every time.

As they walk back home, Sumomo asks him again if he's sure, as they hold hands.
Yuma says he is, and says this isn't bad, and that he can't help but love her.
Sumomo laughs and says he's sulking, and Yuma asks her not to make fun of him
as it's embarrassing. Sumomo says that is a little embarrassing for her as
well, than says out loud that she really really loves him. Yuma tells her not
to say it so loud in case others hear, and Sumomo asks if he still wants to be
seen as siblings. Yuma says it's a little different, that people will look at
them bad if they know. Sumomo says she can live with just the two of them
knowing for now. Yuma says that's good than. Sumomo asks if they shouldn't hold
hands than, and Yuma asks if she likes it. Sumomo says she doesn't want to do
it if he doesn't, but Yuma says this is fine, and squeezes her hand tighter.
Sumomo says she was surprised to feel him embrace her so closely in front of
the shop window, and says she�fs glad that he held that way, in case she had
tried to run away. Yuma admits that he was afraid she would do so, and Sumomo
says she's serious, that it will surely be hard to get used to this. Yuma
agrees, than asks if she wants to stop. Sumomo says no, and wants him to
continue being nice to her, and Yuma says of course he will. Sumomo asks if
they can't ever hold hands again, and Yuma says not for now, because Otoha
might just faint when she sees her anyway. Sumomo asks if she can see his other
hand, and Yuma asks if she wants Otoha to grab it, and Sumomo nods. Yuma says
it will look awkward, and Sumomo tries to say something, but Yuma says that
Otoha already knows. Sumomo asks if Otoha said it was alright, and Yuma asks if
she's still worried bout that, and says that Otoha looked happy when she told
him so, but said that he had to bring her back first.


Time: Night


Yuma let's out a sigh, noting that he feels more comfortable than he has in a
long time, and says they managed to solve their problems safely, that the
aftermath of expressing his feelings to Sumomo tired him out, and that everyone
helped as best they could too, even becoming desperate. Yuma notes that he'll
have to thank everyone and apologize to them tomorrow, but he'll worry about it
than, and says that even Otoha survived this mess better than he thought she
would, as when they came back, she silently hugged Sumomo close. Yuma knew she
was just glad that Sumomo was safe and well, and Yuma is amazed that she didn't
burst into tears, and admires her for not doing so. Sumomo knocks and Yuma
tells her to come in, and she apologizes if she's disturbing him. Yuma asks
what's up, and Sumomo says she wanted to see his face before she went to sleep,
and also holds up the last pudding that was kept in the refrigerator. Yuma
shouts out, and Sumomo says she already ate some of it, and says it's his turn,
since they each found their answers. Yuma says he totally forgot about that,
and Sumomo pouts and says he should remember such things, as it was almost
no good. Yuma apologizes, than asks if she wants the rest of it. Sumomo says
she can't resort to being seen as a pudding thief, and says what would Otoha
think, than they both fall silent. Yuma breaks the silence and says they can't
tell her yet, and Sumomo agrees. Yuma says he's not sure how she would take it,
but Sumomo says she'll probably be alright knowing everything, just not yet.
Yuma says she'll probably be too accepting, and Sumomo laughs and says she has
no clue what Otoha will think. Yuma says he'll eat the pudding now before it
gets anymore spoiled, and Sumomo nods and holds it out to him. Yuma says to
dig in, but Sumomo says after him. Yuma says they can't start arguing already,
and Sumomo says they should both eat at the same time than, and Sumomo scoops
up some pudding and tells Yuma to open his mouth. Yuma asks if she isn't moving
a little too fast, but Sumomo tells him to quit fighting and eat. Yuma quietly
opens his mouth, and Sumomo shoves the spoon in. Yuma notes that the pudding
is still nice and sweet, sweeter than any pudding he's had before. Sumomo
smiles and says it's his turn, and Yuma asks if she wants him to feed her now,
and she says of course, and forces him to scoop up some pudding, and Yuma notes
that she won't take no for an answer. Sumomo opens her mouth and wait, and Yuma
feeds her some pudding as well. Sumomo moans and says it's deliciously sweet,
and Yuma agrees. Sumomo says it's her turn again, and Yuma shouts out in alarm,
surprised that she wants to keep doing this.

After it's done, Sumomo thanks Yuma for the treat, and Yuma says it was a good
idea to save that pudding. Sumomo says they waited until the last minute to
eat it, and Yuma nods, but says they were in time, and Sumomo nods. Yuma says
he wants to tell her something, than says he doesn't want her to leave ever
again, because it pains him to not have her around. Sumomo asks if he was that
miserable while she was gone, and Yuma says of course, than says that he wasn't
the only one affected by her disappearance, naming Jun, Otoha and everyone else
that was worried about her. Sumomo says she expected everyone to be a little
worried, but not that much, and Yuma says it's her fault. Sumomo laughs and
says everyone likes her as his younger sister. Yuma is silent than says not to
call herself his younger sister anymore, as they agreed on this already. Sumomo
asks if it's not so easy to say, and Yuma says of course, and Sumomo blushes.
Yuma says she's blushing, and Sumomo brings up what happened the other day,
when she confirmed her love for him, and apologizes for it. Yuma is silent for
a moment.


Bad Ending Script


Than says that it's so hard to change. Sumomo looks at him, but Yuma tells her
to calm down, since he's not going to run away from this. Sumomo says she
thought it was impossible after all, and Yuma tells her that he'll forget what
happened the other day entirely, and Sumomo says if that's what he wants, but
than says she wants to sleep in the same bed as him tonight at least. Yuma says
that will be alright, and Sumomo giggles and cheers, than jumps into bed. Yuma
says she didn't have to jump into it, but Sumomo says she already has her
pajamas on. Yuma asks what about the pudding though, and says she has to go
brush her teeth. Sumomo pretends to be asleep, and Yuma yells for her to get
up. Sumomo pouts and says he's being annoying and tells him to get in already.
Yuma is quiet than says he'll turn out the light first. Sumomo happily cheers
and says she wants to use his pillow. Yuma says he needs his pillow though, and
Sumomo says she'll use his arm than for a pillow. Yuma asks where hers is, and
she tells him she threw it out and burnt it yesterday before she left, and
tells her pillow good bye. Yuma tells her it's bad to lie, but Sumomo says she
doesn't want to get out of bed to go get it. Yuma says he understands than, and
says she can use his arm. Sumomo says thank you, and tells Yuma she loves him
again.


True Ending Script


Than says that it's already too late to be having regrets, or at least that's
what he thinks Sumomo is trying to get at. Sumomo says she knows that she can't
go back to being a younger sister, and Yuma asks if she regrets it. Sumomo says
no, that she was hoping for this to happen for a long time, and says that she
would only regret not confessing to him all her live if she hadn't done so.
Yuma notes that she's set on the course she wants to take, and he should join
her. Yuma stretches his hand out to Sumomo and puts it over her hand, causing
her to blush even more, and they watch each other for a moment before Yuma
pulls Sumomo closer.

Sumomo's Path, Scene 2


A. Loving Sumomo

1) Pull Out.

2) Come Inside Sumomo.

~~End H-Scene.

~~End Sunday, April 23rd.


(em) Epilogue (Sumomo's Bad Ending)


Yuma wakes up from having a random dream, and that he didn't understand what
it meant. Sumomo announces from the door that breakfast is ready and he should
hurry down. Yuma thinks for a moment, noting that he woke up alone today, that
everything has returned to normal, and Yuma gets up to brush his teeth, eat
breakfast, and go to school.

Sumomo sings a tune to herself (Her theme by the way) as they walk to school.
Yuma calls to her, and she asks what is it. Yuma asks if she's in any
particular hurry to get to school today, and if they deepened their
relationship, would they come to have regretted it, as he notes that they
didn't do anything more than kiss that one night. Sumomo looks at him and asks
what's with him all of a sudden. Yuma says he thought she wanted something else
that night. Sumomo turns and looks at him than blushes, and Yuma asks if he has
something on his face. Sumomo asks if that's what he's thinking about, and Yuma
says certainly. Sumomo says he was interested after all, and Yuma asks if she
knows what he was going to say. Sumomo nods, but Yuma notes that to even think
of changing from being siblings to lovers this quick now is too sudden, but
they can't be stuck in this circle forever. Yuma says one thing at a time, and
Sumomo nods and says she's content to just walk with him for now. Yuma notes
that Sumomo is important to him as both a younger sister and a girl. Yuma
looks at the time and says they better hurry, and Sumomo happily nods, and they
run towards school.

~~End Sumomo's Bad Ending


(en) Date: Monday, April 24th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up, wondering why his alarm clock didn't ring, and reaches behind
him to make sure it's on, and touches something soft. Confused, he touches it
again, and Sumomo moans behind him. Yuma wait a second that falls out of bed
with a yell, causing Sumomo to wake up as well, and she sleepily asks why he's
so loud this morning. Yuma finally starts to recall last night's events, that
they had sex, and Sumomo asks him what's wrong. Yuma asks if she knows where
she's at, and Sumomo looks around and sees that she's still in his room. Yuma
asks if she's alright, and Sumomo dreamily says she was glad she could do those
kinds of things with him. Yuma notes that he really can't say much if she's
this happy about it. Sumomo asks if he remembered something, and Yuma says no.
Sumomo says they can't be separated, and she says it really happened. Yuma says
it seems so, and Sumomo looks at him and asks if he regrets it. Yuma says no,
and thought she might be a little angry with him. Sumomo says nope and laughs.
Yuma asks if there's something wrong since she's laughing, but Sumomo says
she's just happy he's not mad. Sumomo says she better get up since she hasn't
prepared breakfast yet. Yuma looks confused, than checks his watch, but it's
broken, and asks Sumomo what time she thinks it is. Sumomo says she would guess
around 7:30, and Yuma bolts upward, and says Otoha will be up by now. Sumomo
nods, and Yuma says she apparently doesn't grasp the situation. Yuma says that
she should go see Otoha, since she was worried sick about her, noting that she
didn't even make fun of him until Sunday when there was the prospect of
bringing Sumomo back. Sumomo asks if he thinks they can keep this hidden from
Otoha a little longer, and Yuma nods, and says he'll stay quiet, noting that
it's almost impossible to tell it to her face anyways, that it would only
mortify her, that she would be very scary afterwards.

Otoha is humming in the kitchen when they come down, and Yuma is confused.
Sumomo tells her good morning, and Otoha tells both of them good morning. Yuma
asks if she's not going to say anything more, and Otoha says why should she,
that everything is right again. Yuma notes that he'll never understand how
Otoha works, and Sumomo asks if she made them breakfast. Otoha nods and says
she felt like doing so today, along with their lunch boxes. Yuma looks at the
table, and lets out a shout, seeing that Otoha made about 10 lunch boxes, and
Sumomo looks shocked too. Otoha says she thought that Sumomo was behind on
eating, and thought to reward her a little more. Sumomo apologizes for worrying
her so much, but Otoha says it's alright. Yuma notes that it's not alright,
that it will just be more awkward if something isn't done, and Sumomo asks how
much she expects them to eat, and says this will feed, Haruhi, Jun, Anri,
Koyuki, even Ibuki. Otoha asks if she made just enough after all, and Sumomo
nods happily. Yuma asks Sumomo if she wants to try to get everyone together for
lunch, and Otoha wishes him good luck. Yuma falls silent, trying to think of
something to say, but can't. Sumomo says they should have breakfast than.

Sumomo says that Otoha's food was delicious as always. Yuma thinks to himself,
and Sumomo asks what's wrong. Yuma says he thought Otoha would have been more
stressed out this morning, and Sumomo says maybe this is her way of expressing
her happiness, than asks if that's what Yuma thinks. Yuma says she may be
right, but Sumomo moans, worried. Yuma tells her not to worry about it, that
he's sure everything will be fine. Sumomo says she hopes so, than says she has
something to ask him. Yuma asks what is it, and Sumomo says she wants to take
a different route to school today. Yuma asks why she wants to go another way
all of a sudden, and Sumomo says that their usual route has them meet up with
Hachi and Jun, and she says she wants to walk alone with him today, if he will
allow it. Yuma says he can do that, and quietly holds out his right hand, and
Sumomo asks if he wants to hold hands. Yuma says it seems like it, and Sumomo
giggles and asks if they can go a different route like this every day. Yuma
says no, and that he'll change his mind right here, and Sumomo pouts and asks
if they can only do this today. Yuma tells her not to get so depressed, than
asks if she wants to hold hands or not. Sumomo nods happily, that she can live
with only doing this today, and Yuma says they should get going.

After he gets to class, Haruhi greets him, and says she heard that he found
Sumomo. Yuma greets Haruhi in return and says it was thanks to her help that he
found Sumomo. Haruhi tells him not to worry about it, because Sumomo's an
important friend to her. Yuma says he still wants to express his gratitude, and
takes out one of the many lunches that Otoha packed today, and asks if she'll
take it as a reward. Jun comes over and says that's a lot of lunches, and Yuma
tells him good timing, that he's got plenty for all of them. Anri comes over
and asks if she has one too, and Yuma nods and hands Anri hers. Anri giggles
and says she's happy, and that Sumomo feels like a younger sister to her as
well. Hachi comes over, looking interested. Jun asks if there's another one
for Koyuki too, and Yuma says of course, although he's never seen Koyuki bring
a lunch box before, and wonders if she'll eat it. Haruhi says it'll be alright,
because Koyuki will know how they feel. Yuma says he hopes so. Hachi jumps,
trying to get recognized, and Yuma says he'll have to wait until class breaks
for lunch to give Koyuki hers. Jun says everything seems to be well, and
Haruhi says she's a little embarrassed to be given a lunch box. Hachi jumps
again, and Anri says that if Haruhi doesn't want hers she'll eat it as well.
Haruhi says Anri can't possibly eat that much by herself, and Hachi coughs.
Jun says Haruhi could at least share her food than, because Otoha went to all
the trouble to make them lunches. Yuma agrees, and Jun says that it's decided
than that they'll all have a happy lunch time. Hachi finally speaks up and says
wait a moment. Jun says he wasn't aware that Hachi was here, and Hachi says of
course he was, and Yuma says he should have spoken up sooner. Hachi says he
heard about Sumomo too and went and searched the town, and asks if he's not to
be rewarded for his efforts. Yuma tells Hachi sorry, but it seems that Otoha
forgot to make him a lunch. Hachi tries to beg Haruhi to share her lunch with
him since she was saying she might not be able to eat all of it, and Haruhi
apologizes and says he can have some of hers. Hachi says she's an angel, and
Anri sighs and says Haruhi's too nice. Haruhi nods and says she can't just
leave him to starve, and Jun says Hachi will be alright. Hachi runs out of the
room thanking Haruhi for her lunch, saying that he wishes to express his
gratitude. Yuma sighs and says that he wished Otoha had remembered to make him
one after all. Jun asks why, and that it's Hachi's dreams should come true
every once in a while.


Time: Lunch


Yuma heads over to everyone after the bell rings and asks if they're all set
for lunch, but Jun says that Haruhi and Anri had to leave, and says it looks
like it'll just be the two of them and Sumomo. Yuma says that Sumomo is going
to try to convince Ibuki to come too, and Jun says that's good, and they better
head down to meet them. Yuma wonders out loud if Sumomo will want to sit next
to him, but bets that she'll probably eat with Ibuki, since they are friends,
and he can expect her to refuse his invitation. Yuma says he's got to at least
try to keep up the older brother image and laughs, wondering what Ibuki would
say if she was his younger sister, than imagines Sumomo, and falls silent.
Sumomo appears in front of him and says hi, and Yuma asks if she's alone
today again. Sumomo says no, that she's going to meet Ibuki up on the roof for
lunch, and asks if he wants to come join them. Yuma says he would like to, but
asks if it's really alright. Sumomo nods and says Ibuki is sure to be
overjoyed to see him. Yuma bets that's impossible, hoping that she won't have
anything harsh to say to him after the other day. Yuma says that he'll follow
her up than, and Sumomo cheers.

Up on the roof, Ibuki is waiting for them in a corner, and Sumomo calls out to
her. Ibuki says she got here a little early, and says she expected Sumomo to
take a little more time. Sumomo says that she ran into Yuma and he accepted her
invitation to eat with them. Ibuki says she noticed, and they exchange glances.
Yuma wonders if Sumomo's already forcing her into eating again, and Yuma says
he's glad to eat with them again, and Sumomo says let's eat. Ibuki tries to say
more, but Sumomo opens up their lunches before the conversation can head
another direction. Sumomo tells Ibuki that Otoha made them their lunches today,
and Ibuki says she's surprised Sumomo didn't make it, and asks if anything's
wrong. Sumomo tells her that Otoha made a lot of people an extra lunch because
she worried everyone. Yuma says he didn't know Ibuki looked for Sumomo as well,
and Ibuki says it wasn't by chance she was looking for her. Yuma asks what she
means, and Ibuki says she heard a loud man shouting Sumomo's name yesterday,
and figured everything else out on her own. (Oh?) Yuma asks who it could have
been, and Ibuki says she thinks his name was Hachi, but she doesn't know for
sure. Sumomo says that Hachi is Yuma's friend, and Ibuki says Yuma should
choose his friends better. Yuma laughs, wondering what happened when Ibuki
interrogated Hachi, and noting that Ibuki even forgot his name, and it's a
little sad and pitiful. Ibuki says it seems that they've reconciled though, and
asks if everything is fine between them now. Sumomo nods and starts to say
more, but Yuma quickly clamps his hand over her mouth to stop Sumomo from
telling Ibuki about their advanced relationship. Yuma nervously laughs and
tells her not to say unnecessary things, and moves away, and Sumomo gasps and
says he moved a little too fast. Yuma says they should get to eating, otherwise
lunch will be over before they know it. Sumomo says that's true, than they all
start eating. Yuma says he wonders what's to eat, and opens the box, sees what
is in it, than closes it again, saying that he thinks Otoha's made a mistake.
Sumomo looks at his lunch and says that he has steamed rice and red beans. Yuma
says that's true and nervously laughs. Sumomo says she loves it, and asks Ibuki
if she likes it. Ibuki says she doesn't hate it, and Sumomo is happy. Ibuki
tells her to wait, and says that she only said she didn't hate it, and Sumomo
giggles and says she doesn't have to be shy. Yuma notes that Sumomo hasn't
noticed the meaning of this lunch, that it's usually used to congratulate a
newly wed couple. Yuma thinks back and guesses that Otoha must have asked
Sumomo about what happened yesterday, and wonders what all Sumomo told her.
Sumomo notices his look and asks what's wrong, and Yuma says that it's nothing,
and swears to not do anything sexual with Sumomo while Otoha is at home from
now on.

After lunch, Saya comes up on the roof, and Ibuki asks what she's doing here.
Saya greets Ibuki with her first name, than corrects herself and uses her last
name, and says that a Magic Section teacher wants to see her. Ibuki says she
understands, and says they should visit her soon. Saya nods, and Yuma notes
that he expected Ibuki to leave as soon as he saw Saya. Sumomo asks Ibuki what
about lunch, and Ibuki apologizes and says this is very important, and says
she'll make it up to her later. Sumomo says alright and that she'll see Ibuki
later. Ibuki says she'll wash the lunch box and give it to her tomorrow, if
that's alright, and Sumomo says it is. Saya says they must hurry, and Ibuki
tells them bye. Yuma wonders why Saya referred to Ibuki as "-sama", than
remembers that Saya has referred to Ibuki like that before, but can't remember
when and where. Sumomo says he looks troubled and asks if something is wrong,
and Yuma says he was just thinking about Ibuki for a second. Sumomo asks if
he's worried about her too, and Yuma asks what's wrong with being worried.
Sumomo says she doesn't want him to worry about other girls too much, and Yuma
says that there's a difference between worrying and liking other girls, and
tells her not to misunderstand everything. Sumomo pouts but nods, and Yuma says
that he's glad she understands. Sumomo apologizes, but she's a little more
worried since Ibuki is an important friend to her. Yuma asks if he can't be
worried too, and Sumomo says he's gentle, so it's natural that he should worry
about Ibuki, but she still feels a little uneasy, and asks that he give her
priority over other girls from now in when worrying. Yuma is quiet, than asks
if she wants to embrace or kiss, and Sumomo cheerfully says both.


Time: Afternoon


Yuma tries to sneak back into class as quietly as he can, since everyone else
is sure to notice what the choice of meal should be, or at least Jun will
know, and wishes that Otoha hadn't made them all lunch now, and hopes that the
worst will not happen. When Yuma enters the room, Jun shouts now and to capture
him, and Yuma yells for Hachi to get off, while Hachi calls him a betrayer.
Anri says she'll tie him up, and laughs and casts a spell that paralyzes Yuma.
Haruhi says Anri didn't have to do that, and Jun asks what Haruhi has to say to
Yuma. Haruhi is silent real quick, than grasps Soprano. Yuma asks why she went
quiet and is holding Soprano, and Hachi tells him to give up already, they
know what's going on. Anri comes over as well, and says they want to know why
he didn't tell him that he and Sumomo were a couple or anything. Yuma screams
out in frustration. Some time later, Yuma is tired of the constant teasing, and
doesn't want to talk about it anymore and wants to escape.


Time: After School


Sumomo thanks Yuma for his efforts, and Yuma says it's no problem. Sumomo says
she didn't expect him to put her at the top of his priorities so quickly, but
asks where Haruhi is. Yuma says he was just talking to her, but said he had to
go when he saw her coming. Sumomo says that's good and she's relieved to hear
it. Yuma says that he can make excuses to meet her after school unless it's
something very important, and Sumomo says she understands, and that she'll try
to keep her schedule clear as much as possible too. As they head down the
stairs, Yuma mentions the matter that Sumomo brought up earlier, and asks what
she's going to do if Ibuki asks to hang out with her after school. Sumomo
cracks, and says that's a mean question to ask all of a sudden. Yuma asks if
she would give Ibuki priority over him, and Sumomo asks why would she. Yuma
says that while he's important, Ibuki is important to her as a friend too, and
asks if she doesn't think friendship is as important as him. Sumomo thanks him,
and says she understands, and that Yuma can still be friends with Haruhi. Yuma
asks if there will be any problems since Haruhi is a girl, than asks if she'll
calm down if it's Hachi since he's also a guy. Sumomo nods happily and says
that Hachi is clear, but says she's still a little uneasy. Yuma says he's not
into men and asks if she understands. Sumomo says she knows that he's a guy,
and apologizes for being such a fickle person. Yuma says he wouldn't turn Hachi
even if he was the last person on earth he could find. Sumomo than says Jun is
great, that guys usually fall for him when in his presence for the first time,
than says that Haruhi is just as beautiful, if not more so, than Jun, and Yuma
asks her to please stop now. Sumomo says she's just worried about him, but Yuma
tells her that there's no conflict of interest and tells Sumomo to calm down.
Sumomo says she's still worried about him being so friendly, than says it'll be
alright if they both hang out with Haruhi together, and cheers, saying that
it's like killing two birds with one stone. Yuma laughs and says things seem to
be well now.


Time: Night


Sumomo finishes fixing dinner and asks Yuma how it is, as Yuma recaps that
Otoha had to stay late at Oasis, so Sumomo fixed dinner. Yuma says it's good,
and he's relieved to eat Sumomo's cooking again. Sumomo asks if she's getting
as good as Otoha at cooking, and Yuma says that she's better, as he can tell
her feelings are put into her food. Sumomo says she still thinks she has a
while to go until she gets up to Otoha's level. Yuma says that Otoha is a great
cook, but he prefers her cooking. Sumomo asks if that's true, and Yuma says so.
Sumomo says she feels like a wife, even though she's still too young to be one.
Yuma repeats young wife to himself, afraid that she's getting a little too far
ahead of herself. Sumomo blushes and looks at Yuma, and asks if he likes that
idea. Yuma gives a start, and he begins to blush as well, feeling that she
would make a good one, and hopes that his face doesn't betray his thoughts.
Yuma asks whether he wants to the first bath, or if she should get in first.
Yuma tells her to go on ahead, and not to overwork herself. Sumomo says she's
not overworking herself, and says she wants him to firmly see her as a woman.
Yuma stops talking, and Sumomo moves closer and says he has a little food on
his cheek, and kisses his cheek and slurps it up, almost kissing him in the
process, but Sumomo looks like she just kissed him. Sumomo looks at him
dreamily, and Yuma looks back at her, and is about to lean forward and kiss her
when Otoha calls from the doorway that she's back. Both of them gasp, and when
she comes in, Otoha asks what's wrong. Yuma nervously welcomes her back, and
Sumomo sighs, as they both notice that probably would have been full out
kissing if Otoha hadn't come in, and wonders what would have happened had Otoha
decided to tiptoe in and see how they were doing instead of calling to them.
Otoha asks if she interrupted something, and Yuma says no, than says he wasn't
expecting her back so soon. Otoha tells him to stop digging his own grave and
leave it at that. Yuma shuts up, shocked. Otoha apologizes for interrupting
them and says she'll come back quietly from now on. Yuma panics and asks what
she's talking about. Otoha tells them to quit trying to hide it, because she
understands what's going on. Yuma insists that nothing is going on, and Otoha
looks like she doesn't believe him. (Note: Sumomo's face doesn't help matters,
in my opinion.) Yuma notes that they can't be careless around Otoha at all.

Yuma lies down in his bed, saying that he's tired out from today, thinking of
all the random stuff that happened today, and how much trouble he was almost
in. Yuma knows that the cause of it is he and Sumomo, even if they don't tell
anyone, because it seems everyone has picked up on their relationship, Otoha
almost immediately. Yuma wonders if everything will be alright, because Otoha
is basically God in this family. Than he remembers that she works at the school
too, so she owns him there as well, as she's the beautiful manager of Oasis,
and an idol of the town, and that not many people believe that she's as old as
she really is. Yuma sighs and wonders if they can succeed if they agitate her.
Otoha knocks on the door and asks if he has a moment. Yuma asks what she needs,
and she asks if she can come in. Yuma says so, and Sumomo comes in and tells
him good evening. Yuma shouts out in surprise, and Sumomo giggles and says she
impersonated Otoha's voice, and asks if she really sounded like her. Yuma says
it's natural that she would be so good since she and Otoha are daughter and
mother, than says it's bad for his heart if she keeps doing that. Yuma asks if
she wants something though, and she hesitates for a second, and Yuma notes that
she has something in her hand. Yuma looks down and sees her pillow, and Sumomo
giggles and says she wants to give his arm a break tonight. Yuma says he
doesn't think she should sleep in his room again so soon, and Sumomo asks if he
doesn't like it. Yuma says he likes it, but she should think of Otoha
downstairs as well. Sumomo says she wants to sleep in the same bed as him
though, and Yuma says that's the problem. Sumomo asks why he's being like this,
and asks if he doesn't want to do anything more. Yuma ignores her and says they
should respect Otoha and not try to be too forward about this. Sumomo looks
confused and says she talked to Otoha about this already, which causes Yuma to
shout out in surprise, that she surely didn't get Otoha's permission to sleep
in his bed. Sumomo says it's like killing two birds with one stone, but Yuma
says he can't believe Otoha would allow this. Sumomo says it is so though, and
looks up at Yuma again, than says she's sleeping in the same bed as him and
that's final. Yuma says really, and Sumomo says of course. Yuma says that's ok
than, as long as they only sleep, and nothing else. Sumomo cheers victoriously,
and says thank you and hugs him, and Yuma says for her not to jump on him so
unexpectedly. Sumomo says they should get to bed early than, and turns off
the light, and says the bed is full of Yuma's smell, and she wants to hug it
tight. Yuma asks if that's so, and Sumomo giggles and turns over and hugs Yuma
again, who says he thought he told her to not hug him so suddenly. Sumomo says
he's warm, and Yuma sighs, and Sumomo steals a quick kiss, causing Yuma to
yell out in surprise while Sumomo says she succeeded in her surprise attack.
Yuma asks if that was her aim all along, and Sumomo looks at him confused.
Yuma says to keep her voice down so that Otoha doesn't hear them in case she
tries to lean closer to the door. Sumomo says that she surely wouldn't do such
a thing, and Yuma tells her to wait for a moment, and quietly gets out of bed
and walks over to the door, and quickly pulls it open, causing Otoha, who WAS
at the door all along, to fall into the darkened room. Otoha quickly gets up
and says hello, and Yuma turns on the light and asks what does she think she's
doing. Otoha quickly says that she's making the nighttime rounds, and Yuma asks
how she thinks the house is that big. Otoha nervously laughs and asks if that
was a little much. Yuma says of course, and that he can't believe this, noting
again that he can't drop his guard around her at all, and that he and Sumomo
have to be careful making love with her in the house. Otoha apologizes and says
she'll be heading back downstairs now, and hopes they sleep soundly. Yuma asks
if he can believe that she won't try this again, and Otoha asks if he can't
trust her, and Yuma says of course not. Otoha apologizes again, but says that
she's only worried about Sumomo since she's her mother. Yuma is silent, and
Otoha says that she won't be mad at them, no matter what they do together, only
that she won't feel bad about it as long as Sumomo is happy. Yuma says he
understands and apologizes for overreacting there. Otoha nods and says he was
really on a roll there, than tells Yuma good night. Yuma tells her the same,
and Otoha leaves. Yuma waits a second and makes sure that Otoha isn't still
lurking on the other side of the door, and Sumomo calls out to him. Yuma says
she should have waited a little, but says things seem to have worked out.
Sumomo agrees, than asks what they should do from now on. Yuma asks what she
wants to do, and Sumomo says she wants to stay with him. Yuma says they should
get back into bed than, and Sumomo cheerfully nods, and Yuma turns the lights
back out and gets back into bed with Sumomo, noting that they are lying
together since with two pillows and a small bed it makes it difficult not to.
Sumomo asks if Yuma thinks that Otoha is still out there. Yuma asks if she's
nervous, and Sumomo admits that she is a little. Yuma says it will be alright,
noting that he's not nervous anymore. Yuma tells Sumomo to tell him if she
hears something that makes her nervous, than lightly kisses her and Sumomo nods
and closes her eyes. Yuma hopes that she won't hear it now, and Yuma says it's
hard not to want to kiss now. Sumomo calls out to him, and they continue to
kiss in the same bed, as they gradually forget about Otoha possibly being
outside the door, only able to think of each other.

~~End Monday, April 24th.


(eo) Date: Tuesday, April 25th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up suddenly, surprised to be alone, and panics and looks around.
Yuma notes that she must have woken up earlier, and feels a little lonely.
Yuma notes that he smells something, and notes that his bed, pillow and shirt
smell a little differently than they usually do, noting that it must be
Sumomo, and while he's used to his stuff smelling just of him, he doesn't mind
the mix of Sumomo's sweet smell, and wonders if he'll get used to it sooner or
later.

Yuma heads downstairs and tells both ladies good morning, and Sumomo tells him
good morning, and says that since he was slow in getting up she came down
alone, and she was lonely. Yuma asks if she slept good, and Sumomo panics than
says yes. Otoha giggles and says Sumomo's cute. Yuma tells Otoha not to tease
Sumomo, and Otoha says alright and apologizes, than says she has to get going
to Oasis. Yuma says she's going early today, and Otoha says they've gotten
really busy as of late, than tells them to have a nice day and not to be late.
Yuma yells for her to wait up as Otoha walks out the door, but she doesn't
turn back, and Sumomo says she's gone. Yuma asks if she really had to go in
early, and Sumomo says that Oasis has been very busy lately. Yuma asks if
that's true, and Sumomo falls silent. Yuma asks if she'll make breakfast now,
and Sumomo goes back to the kitchen and fixes it for him real fast, and Yuma
tells her thank you. Sumomo tells him to guess whether she or Otoha made it,
and Yuma asks if he can't taste it first. Sumomo says he can eat it after he's
guessed.

Options:

1) Sumomo!

2) Was it Otoha?


Note: I know, this is the first time that a choice has been presented once
you've started down the True Ending path that isn't an H-Scene Option, and this
is an exception to the rule. Also, since you are already on the path to the
True Ending, there is truly no consequence for picking Option Two, although
Option One is still technically the correct one.


Option One: Yuma says she made it, and asks if he was right. Sumomo asks how
did he know, and Yuma says she always rolls her omelettes a certain way. Sumomo
cracks and says he found it out, than says she can't roll them as well as Otoha
can. Yuma says it's well enough, and says comparing her to Otoha in cooking is
like judging a professional. Sumomo says she's aiming to be a nice young woman
like Otoha, and Yuma falls silent, hoping that if she does so, she doesn't act
like Otoha, and feels a little uneasy.


Option Two: Yuma says he thinks it's Otoha, and Sumomo asks if he really
thinks so. Yuma says he thinks so, and Sumomo laughs and cheers. Yuma asks
what's wrong, and Sumomo cheerfully says that she was actually the one who made
breakfast, that Otoha messed up breakfast this morning, and she's glad she did
now. Yuma says she's working hard day by day, and says she's already as good
as a skilled housewife. Sumomo says she always wanted to be a bride, and Yuma
sighs. Sumomo giggles and says that he needs to start preparing to become a
bridegroom than, and Yuma says she's being too hasty. Sumomo looks at him, and
asks if she can have a kiss, than blushes. They both look at each other for a
moment, than Yuma asks her to wait a moment. Sumomo giggles and says she
understands, than says she loves him.


Both paths meet up here with the screen change. Hachi says they finally came,
and Jun tells Hachi not to start anything this early. Hachi says he can't bear
the thought of Yuma holding hands with Sumomo, and Jun reminds him that it's
their choice whether to do so or not, not his. Hachi cries and falls to the
ground saying that he's a fool to believe that Sumomo loves Yuma, than stands
back up and says he won't believe it. Yuma says he won't say anything than, but
Jun says that he and Sumomo have his support. Yuma sighs and says he'll take
care not to cause a riot around Jun than, and Jun tells them not to worry about
it. Hachi says he'll worry, because it makes him feel bad, and wishes that he
was lost in love. Jun says that's enough, and he already told him to quit being
stupid, and drags Hachi off to the side, saying he needs to speak to him, and
Hachi says he doesn't want to die. Yuma sighs and says that at least Hachi
hasn't changed, and it seems that Jun will support them. Sumomo cautiously asks
if everything is alright, and Yuma says while Jun seems to support them, Hachi
is beyond help. Sumomo says they'll have to thank Jun later, and Yuma says they
can worry about that later. Sumomo says that's true, than starts to ask if they
can hold hands, but Yuma stops her and says that's what Jun is helping them do,
and Sumomo smiles and nods, and Yuma takes her hand, and they grasp each other
fondly, savoring the warmth. Yuma says they can do this until they reach the
school gate, but Sumomo says she wants to go a little further, until they have
to leave for classes. Yuma says she's over relying on his patience, but Sumomo
says she'll just act like a younger sister if anyone asks, and tells him to
refer to her as such. Yuma says if she says so, and calls her so now, and
Sumomo pouts. Yuma apologizes and says he was just joking, and tells her not to
get that kind of look. Sumomo says she doesn't like those kinds of mean jokes,
and she firmly objects to any further ones. Yuma apologizes and says he didn't
mean to upset her so badly. Sumomo asks if that's true, and Yuma says it is,
honestly. Sumomo says she believes him, but says for punishment, they have to
change to linking arms. Yuma asks if this is really ok, and Sumomo responds
with a giggle.

When he gets to class, Yuma sees Haruhi sighing. Yuma wonders what's wrong with
Haruhi, and Jun says she looks a lot different than usual. Hachi says she might
be heart-broken, and says that he'll zoom over to her and offer his gentle
touch. Jun tells Hachi to stop, that he'll only upset Haruhi more, and tells
Yuma to head over and talk to her. Hachi asks why he can't go talk to Haruhi
but Yuma can. Jun says because they talk naturally since they sit next to each
other, and asks if there's a problem. Hachi cries, and curses his fate to only
be able to sit on the sidelines. Jun says he's always peculiarly cursed by
fate, and Yuma says he'll try to find out what's wrong, and heads to his seat
while Jun keeps Hachi at his own. Yuma notes that Haruhi must be deep in
thought since she's been quiet this whole time, and comes up to her and says
good morning and asks how she is today. Haruhi looks up and says she's
alright. Yuma says she seems worried, and asks if there's trouble. Haruhi asks
if he can tell, and Yuma asks if she can give an example. Haruhi begins to
explain, but Anri comes over and loudly says hi. Yuma asks what is it, since
he's in an important discussion with Haruhi. Anri says her story is important
too, and tells him to come with her.

Out in the hall, Anri asks Yuma if he could leave Haruhi alone for a while.
Yuma asks why, and if Anri knows anything, and Anri says he should know, and
Yuma recalls that both women are after the school intruder, and figures that
must be what's on Haruhi's mind. Yuma asks if everything is coming together,
and Anri nods and says it's coming to the climax point, and because of this,
Haruhi is under more pressure than ever. Yuma says she doesn't look so hot
herself. Anri laughs and says she still has plenty of leftover energy, and Yuma
says it looks more like she's being too carefree. Anri tells Yuma to shut up,
than says again for him not to overstress Haruhi with anymore stuff. Yuma says
he understands than asks if he can help in any way. Anri says he'd only be dead
weight, and Yuma sarcastically apologizes for being incapable of using magic.
Anri apologizes for being so blunt, and says that he already has a role anyway.
Yuma looks confused and asks what his role is, and Anri asks if he can work in
her place at Oasis for a couple of days, and says he's a strong man who
shouldn't break under the stress unless he overworks himself. Yuma says she
shouldn't such rude things lightly, and tells Anri to try to ask Hachi. Anri
says that while Hachi is strong and occasionally funny, he's unstable, and
therefore, unfit to wait tables. Yuma thinks for a minute that says that she's
right, and Anri asks Yuma again if he'll take her place. Yuma says he
understands, and hopes that Otoha won't give him too rough of a time. Anri says
she'll look for him between two and three than.


Time: Lunch


Up on the roof, Sumomo looks a little less energetic than usual, as they are
eating lunch again, but without Ibuki today, is Sumomo is a little worried
about her. Yuma asks if something happened to Ibuki, and Sumomo says she's
absent today, and wonders if she caught a cold. Sumomo says she's trying to be
happy, but she's so worried. Yuma asks if her teacher knew why Ibuki was
absent, and Sumomo says her teacher doesn't know, and therefore, she's even
more worried. Yuma sighs, and Sumomo wonders what's wrong with Ibuki. Yuma
says while he doesn't understand everything, he asks if she'll let things go
today, because Ibuki is sure to be back tomorrow and she can ask her about it
than. Sumomo says she doesn't know, and Yuma tells her not to be so depressed,
because Ibuki would be worried if she knew Sumomo wasn't as energetic as usual.
Sumomo says she's probably worrying a little too much, and Yuma says she should
eat her lunch before it spoils. Sumomo says she sees, and that Yuma can have
two lunches tomorrow. Yuma says it's a moral, and tells her to eat. Sumomo says
ok, and hands Yuma her lunch. Yuma looks confused, and asks if she wants him to
eat Ibuki's lunch. Sumomo says since Ibuki isn't here to eat it he can, saying
that she can't eat that much, and she doesn't want to throw it away, and tells
Yuma to work hard and eat up. Yuma laughs, and silently hopes that Ibuki comes
back soon, as he doesn't think he can take eating double meals for very long.
Sumomo says he should be happy, because Ibuki's side dish today is special.
Yuma asks if it's really that different, and Sumomo says Ibuki likes Japanese
food for lunch, (compared to their usual lunches) and Sumomo says she likes to
make hers and Yuma's lunches the same and blushes, which Yuma does as well
after hearing this. Yuma is glad that there isn't anyone around to make fun of
them, and Sumomo says she likes to eat together, and tells Yuma to open his
lunch. Yuma does so and sees his favorite food, croquettes and cheers, noting
that Sumomo's croquettes are the best, that Otoha can't even come close when it
comes to making them. Yuma says he's looking forward to this, and Sumomo says
she's still not used to making it. Yuma says he wants to learn what secret
ingredients she uses to make hers, and asks Sumomo to teach him how to cook it.
Sumomo looks confused and says she doesn't use any secret ingredients, but says
she'll teach him how to cook if he really likes it that much. Yuma says this
might be more trouble than it's worth after all, and wonders how Otoha will
react when she hears this, when she learns that Yuma finds her croquettes
sub-par compared to Sumomo's. Sumomo says again that she's glad Yuma likes her
croquettes even if she doesn't understand what's so special about them, and
says she'll give him hers, and Yuma cheers and says thank you. Sumomo feeds him
one, and Yuma chomps it down and tells her that it's good. Sumomo giggles and
says he's acting like a little kid. Yuma says he can't help it since it's his
favorite food, and asks Sumomo if she doesn't act like this with her favorite
food, and than asks what it is. Sumomo says she does, than does a little
fanfare and says her favorite food is almond jelly. Yuma asks why, and Sumomo
eats hers and says it's very sweet and delicious. Yuma says it isn't good to
eat dessert before the rest of the meal, and Sumomo says it's separate, because
she had brought it for Ibuki to try. Yuma asks why she eats it first, and
Sumomo says it's so she can eat the rest of her meal, than asks what is
aperitif. Yuma says that it's a brand of saki, and Sumomo says he's too worried
about unnecessary details and says that girls don't like that. Yuma says he's
not worried about that, and Sumomo says that he's not unpopular among the other
girls, and sets a negative influence on his surroundings. Yuma says that was
uncalled for, and Sumomo says she just wants Yuma to understand himself more,
that because he's very kind everyone loves him. Yuma asks if that's true, and
Sumomo asks if he hasn't noticed, than rattles off that she thinks Haruhi,
Koyuki, Anri, and even Jun love him a lot. Yuma tells her to wait a minute and
not bring Jun into this because he's a man. Sumomo groans and says her woman's
intuition is giving off warnings. Yuma tells her not to worry about it, and
swears that she's more important to him than anyone else. Sumomo looks at Yuma
and blushes, than says she's glad to hear so. Yuma asks what about her though,
as she's very lovely, and asks if any other guys have talked to her. Sumomo
says that can't be true, that Ibuki is cuter than she is. Yuma falls silent,
noting that while Ibuki is pretty cute, her personality puts off most guys, or
like him, smack them with her umbrella. Sumomo says that because Ibuki is
absent, all of the guys in her class are too energetic. Yuma asks if
that's so, and says he's a little curious, noting that it's probably because
Sumomo is back while Ibuki is gone, because Sumomo probably puts out an aura
that shows that she loves him a lot. Sumomo also adds that Ibuki doesn't come
to school early because she's really popular. Yuma asks if that's so, surprised
that Ibuki has more admirers that he thought, and hopes that she returns to
school soon as well.


Time: After School


Otoha tells Yuma to get to work after he explains that he'll take over for Anri
today, and Yuma gets fired up, hoping that he'll be able to do a good job in
her place. However, he's still worried about Haruhi and Anri. Yuma welcomes an
incoming customer, and Sumomo says she's surprised and asks if he's working
today. Yuma nods and says he's taking Anri's place today. Sumomo says she
understands, and says it must be hard. Yuma asks her what�fs up, since it's rare
for Sumomo to come to Oasis after school. Sumomo admits that she wants to try
the new menu that Otoha is presenting today. Yuma cracks and says he wasn't
aware of that. Sumomo is surprised, and says she thought Yuma would know about
it since he's working today. Yuma says he'll go check, and runs over to Otoha,
who says he's looking good, and tells him to take a plate to Sumomo, saying
that she made Sumomo her specialty from the special menu. Yuma asks what's
going on, seeing that it's a rich juice in a huge glass filled to the brim,
decorated with tropical fruit. Otoha says she forgot something, and adds a
straw that is in the design of the heart with two ends into the drink. (!_!)
Otoha says this is the new item for the month, and wants Sumomo to try it out
first. Yuma asks if she's seriously thinking of adding this item to the menu,
and Otoha asks if it's no good, and says that she must do her part to help
young lovers during school. (I KNEW IT!) Yuma says she seems to have no problem
sacrificing her daughter for the sake of this test, and Otoha giggles and says
she didn't think of it that way, but it fits. Yuma thinks for a moment, than
cries out, realizing that Otoha is going to make him look bad by making him
deliver this drink to Sumomo, and Yuma starts to get pissed, but Otoha tells
him to get moving, and to perk up, because Sumomo will look worried if he shows
her this face. Yuma shouts that he'll remember this, and walks off.

Sumomo says he took a bit long, and Yuma hesitates before saying it was for
good reason. Sumomo asks if she can sample the menu, saying that it needs to be
sampled. Sumomo sees the drink, and says the heart straw looks cute, and says
it really adds to the look. Yuma is quiet, and Sumomo tells him to try it with
her. (ACK!) Yuma says that's alright, and says it looks really good, but he's
eaten enough fruit for one day. Sumomo looks at him, and Yuma tells her to
stop because he understands what she wants. Sumomo looks surprised and asks if
he really does know what she was going to say. Yuma nods and says she doesn't
want to drink this alone. Sumomo pouts and says it looks so good though. Yuma
says that while it doesn't look bad, it wouldn't look good for them if they
were seen drinking this together, noting that the big problem is the heart
straw, noting that anyone who sees it would get the meaning of it almost
immediately. Sumomo tells him to drink, and turns the straw towards him, saying
they can take turns sipping it. Yuma obviously understands what Sumomo is
referring to, even if she doesn't say it, but Sumomo says it anyway, saying
that the heart like this is only half, and to complete it she needs his help.
(GACK!) Yuma hesitates some more, and Sumomo tells him to hurry up, that the
heart straw is becoming lonely. Yuma doubts that he really needs to "breathe
life" into the straw, and notes that his end reads "BOY" straw, making it quite
obvious that this would be a substitute for kissing. Sumomo tells him to kiss
it already, and Yuma panics and tells her not to say anything like that, and
says that she's misunderstanding things again. Sumomo pouts and says that he
doesn't want to drink together. Yuma sighs and says that he'll drink it if she
promises to be quiet. Sumomo giggles and says she understands, and tells him to
go ahead. Yuma looks at his straw, and Sumomo smiles and lowers her head to her
end. Yuma sighs and wonders why he's doing this, and quietly takes a sip, and
Sumomo follows suit, and juice flows up the straw, filling in the heart. Yuma
feels extremely embarrassed, but Sumomo seems to be very happy. Yuma can feel
people watching him, and knows that he's already fallen into the love trap.
Yuma wonders why he's doing this again where other people can see them, and
Koyuki appears behind Sumomo and says that looks like a great drink. Yuma
coughs and asks Koyuki why she's here. Koyuki asks if he's surprised to see her
in Oasis, and Yuma quickly recovers and says no, but notes that she HAD to have
seen them drinking. Sumomo turns and tells Koyuki hello, and Koyuki greets her
and asks what this drink is. Sumomo says that it's a new item that Otoha will
add to the menu next month, and Otoha wanted her to sample it. Koyuki says she
wonders, than begins to giggle. Yuma notes her evil smile, and says she
obviously knows. Sumomo asks if Koyuki wants to try it, and says that Otoha
will probably fix her one if she asks her. Koyuki says she would, but she
doesn't have anyone to drink it with. Sumomo says she forgot about that, and
apologizes. Koyuki says it's ok, and tells the couple to have fun and runs off.
Yuma sighs and says she got away safely. Sumomo asks Yuma what's wrong, and
Yuma asks if she still doesn't get it. Sumomo says he worries too much, and
that they are a couple after all. Yuma notes that's why she wasn't bothered by
this at all, and shouts at himself in frustration. Sumomo tells Yuma to
continue drinking, and Yuma caves and says he understands, noting that he'll
just start sucking harder (Kinky) and finish the drink as quickly as possible,
as he feels in danger of being discovered again. Sumomo starts drinking, and
Yuma sucks hard. (Dirty) Sumomo looks confused, but Yuma keeps up the suction,
failing to notice Sumomo looking at him. However, two familiar women appear
behind Sumomo, looking shocked and surprised. (OH SHIT!) Yuma keeping sucking,
and Haruhi calls out to him. Yuma finally notices, and wonders when they got
here. Sumomo scolds him and says he should have been paying attention. Yuma
tells her to calm down, and Anri says he's been doing this instead of working.
Haruhi tells Anri not to say it like that, but Anri complains that there will
be a lot of work still to do now. Yuma panics and apologizes to Anri, but Anri
says she figured as much, and says she wonders what she's going to do with him.
Haruhi says she's surprised that he was drinking so selfishly, and Yuma asks
Haruhi to wait. Anri asks what's so different, and how can he flirt so easily.
Sumomo groans and asks if this is so bad, and Haruhi looks up and says it's
not, and hopes they stay forever happy. Sumomo nods happily, and says they
can't fail with Haruhi backing them. Yuma stays quiet, noting that it's
pointless to try to deny it, now that Haruhi, Anri and Koyuki have seen this
event. Speaking of Koyuki, she comes back over and tells Anri hello. Anri
says hello and asks if she's seen Yuma drinking this stuff too. Koyuki giggles
and says it looks great. Anri smiles and says she wishes she had someone to
drink this with. Koyuki asks Anri if she wants to drink one with her, and Anri
says ok, and they begin to drink a separate drink. Yuma notes that he just
wants to get out of here now, seeing Anri and Koyuki happily fill up the heart
as well. Haruhi sighs, and Sumomo asks if she also wants a drink. Haruhi says
she doesn't have anyone to drink with though, and Hachi pops up at the perfect
time and volunteers himself. (Come on. Who DIDN'T see that coming?) Yuma yells
out where the hell did he come from, and Hachi laughs and says Haruhi is in a
pinch, and says that it's his lucky day, and says they should make the heart
now. However, Haruhi and Sumomo take a drink, and Yuma tells Hachi that he
waited too long. Hachi shouts out why, and than he turns to Yuma and says they
are the only two left without a partner. Yuma shouts out hell no, and punches
Hachi, knocking him to the ground, saying that he'll never share a drink with a
guy. Anri and Koyuki continue their drink, along with Sumomo and Haruhi, and
Yuma sighs, noting the spectacle of girls drinking this, and wonders if he
should say that's not normal. Yuma says that the world is at an end, and Jun
calls to Yuma. (Again, if you didn't see this coming, shame on you.) Yuma
cringes, and slowly turns around to see Jun smiling with a drink of his own,
and shoves one of the ends into Yuma's mouth, and Yuma shouts out in protest
as the screen goes pink.


Time: Evening


Sumomo says he doesn't have to be so depressed, and Yuma says he doesn't want
to talk about it, noting that Otoha did this on purpose, and that shortly after
Jun showed up he grabbed Sumomo and ran out. Sumomo says Anri took over his
shift, and Yuma says it's alright. Sumomo asks if he wants to eat at Oasis
again tomorrow, and Yuma says probably not, because he doesn't want to see Anri
pissed at him. Sumomo mutters to herself, wondering if she should help. Yuma
questions her, and Sumomo says she was just thinking of Anri's uniform, and
says she would love to have one of her own. Yuma says that Anri mentioned that
she made her uniform from her old magic clothes. Sumomo asks if that's so, and
says she wants it even more now. Yuma says she should ask Anri for one, if
she's not too nervous. Sumomo asks if that would really be ok, and Yuma says
that if it helps out Oasis, he thinks it would. Sumomo asks if he can wait to
ask Anri for a little bit, and Yuma asks what's up. Sumomo says that while she
loves the clothes, she doesn't think her chest would be able to fill it out
since Anri's more developed than she is. Yuma says that she'll fill it out soon
enough, and Sumomo says she's worried that Anri might like him too much. Yuma
says she's being dumb, and that she worries too much, and takes Sumomo's hand
and says she's the one he won't throw her love away so lightly. Sumomo looks at
him, and says he gives her his word that he won't, in exchange that she not
worry about it. Sumomo says she can do that. Sumomo than asks if they can stop
somewhere on the way back, saying that she wants to enjoy the sunset.

Sumomo takes him back to the antique shop in the shopping area, and Sumomo says
that it really is a good evening. Yuma recalls that when he found her Sunday it
was also evening. Sumomo asks if he's remembered about the topic they were
talking about on their date, and Yuma notes that he still can't, having been
worried about Sumomo. However, he does remember another detail, that it was
also evening on that day too. Sumomo says that she remembered this place, and
that memories such as these are still necessary to come back to from time to
time. Yuma notes that two people can surely work together to remember
everything, and that he's wants to confirm the impossible as well. Yuma asks
what she saw at that time, and Sumomo thinks hard. Yuma looks at the colorful
goods being lined up in the store window, and Sumomo says that while she
doesn't remember much, she does know that the pendant was definitely there.
Yuma wonders if they'll ever remember what happened here all those years ago,
and Sumomo says she hopes so. Yuma says he can remember that it was evening,
but nothing else. Sumomo says that's burned into her memory too, and says she
can't possibly forget it for all eternity. Yuma says he won't completely forget
about it either, and says they'll remember it someday. Sumomo looks at Yuma,
and they kiss in front of this place that is special to them, not caring who
sees them, because the sun sets too quickly. Yuma notes that when they look
through their album, they will surely remember these wonderful memories.

~~End Tuesday, April 25th.


(ep) Date: Wednesday, April 26th


Time: Morning


Yuma hears Sumomo's echoing voice, but doesn't want to get up. Sumomo keeps
trying, and when Yuma still doesn't give up, she says she has no choice, and
wakes him up with a kiss, causing him to jump out of bed. Sumomo giggles and
says good morning, and Yuma asks what just happened. Sumomo says that she woke
him up as usual. Yuma says he doesn't know about that, and Sumomo tells him not
to worry about it, whether it's a kiss or a shake. Yuma says that she kissed
him after all, and Sumomo laughs and says it's his fault for not getting up
sooner. Yuma shouts out that's his problem, and Sumomo says he shouldn't get so
fired up this early in the morning, and tells him to hurry down for breakfast.
Yuma says he understands as Sumomo leaves, thinking that Sumomo was only
joking than he notices that his cheek feels a little lighter, and wonders why
he actually likes being woken up this way, noting that he can't possibly tell
this to Sumomo. Yuma heads downstairs and tells Otoha good morning. Otoha
begins to act strangely, and Yuma asks what's wrong. Otoha says it's nothing,
and tells him good morning. Yuma asks if she made rice this morning, and Otoha
nods, saying that she cherishes both her children, that she has to spoil them
every once in a while. Yuma says she doesn't have to envy them at all, and
Otoha moans and says she wants to see Yuma looking cute every now and than
though. Sumomo comes in and says it's a shame that he doesn't like this. Otoha
tells Sumomo to be careful and not run Yuma ragged, that she wants to do so
herself. Yuma shouts at her, and Yuma notes that she must surely be joking.
Sumomo says he's they better get going before they are late, and Yuma nods and
tells her to follow him, and Sumomo happily nods. Otoha groans and says they
are being cold to her this morning.

Outside Yuma sighs and says Otoha's name, and Sumomo tells him not to be angry
with her, because she's just concerned about them. Yuma says she has a funny
way of messing with him. Sumomo hesitantly agrees, and Jun comes up and says
good morning, but stops before he finishes his sentence and blushes. Yuma asks
Jun what's wrong, and Yuma notes that he's rarely seen Jun like this before.
Jun says it's nothing, and Sumomo tells Jun good morning. Jun nervously tells
her good morning as well, and stares at Sumomo while making the "Jii~" sound
again. Sumomo asks what is it, and Jun says it's nothing, that he was looking
at her cute face. Sumomo blushes, and Yuma asks where Hachi is. Jun says he
went in early today, and Yuma says they should also get going than, and Sumomo
cheers.

When they get to school, they meet Haruhi in front of the gates, and she starts
to tell Yuma good morning before stopping short as well. (Ok, what the hell.)
Yuma asks what's wrong, and Haruhi asks if they are playing a punishment game
or something. Yuma asks what the hell does she mean by that, and Haruhi says
never mind, that she'll say she never noticed. Yuma asks what is it, and Haruhi
gets out a little pocket mirror, and Yuma sees his face...and let's out a
shout. Jun says he's finally noticed, and Yuma asks what the hell, noticing a
kiss outline on his cheek, and wonders how long it's been there. Sumomo
apologizes and says she wanted to tell him about it, and Yuma says she should
have. Sumomo says she thought he would have noticed sooner or later, and Jun
laughs and says he sure is thick to not have noticed. Yuma says this is cruel,
and Haruhi asks Sumomo if she made that. Sumomo nods and says that he wouldn't
wake up this morning, so she kissed his cheek. Haruhi slowly says that was a 
great idea, and Sumomo giggles. Yuma asks why did she only put lipstick on
today, and Sumomo says that she's been using it for a while, and asks if he
never noticed, and says no wonder he didn't notice. Jun says he wants to dress
Sumomo up now that she's come of age, but Haruhi says that Yuma will have to do
something about that mark. Yuma sinks to the floor and cries out in
frustration. Sumomo says he cries easily, and Yuma says how can he not after
such a cruel act. Sumomo says he shouldn't worry about one or two little marks,
and Yuma of course he can. Sumomo says he can put one on her if he wishes, than
moves closer to enforce the point. (Bold!) Yuma looks confused, and says she's
holding out her neck, and the return point should be on the cheek as well.
Sumomo steps back and apologizes, than moves forward again, thrusting her right
cheek out. Jun says he's lucky to have this opportunity, and asks Sumomo if she
has any lipstick on her. Sumomo nods and hands it to Jun, and Jun giggles and
asks if he likes the color. Haruhi says it will probably look good on him, and
Yuma says wait a minute, they can't possibly be thinking that he'll put it on,
and Sumomo tells Yuma to be quiet otherwise it won't work. Jun tells Haruhi to
help him grab Yuma, and they pin his arms, while Sumomo moves forward and tells
him to stay still. Yuma shouts out that he doesn't want this, and Sumomo paints
Yuma's lips red as Yuma shouts out in protest, noting what a beautiful day it
is today.

In class, Yuma says today is going to be a bad day. Jun laughs and tells him to
endure it. Yuma says he didn't think Haruhi would help Jun out, and Jun asks if
he's really that surprised, since Haruhi and Sumomo were childhood friends.
Yuma catches his tongue, and Jun asks where is Haruhi anyways. Yuma says he
doesn't know, as they look around the room but don't see her. Yuma notes that
he's sure they walked the same way to class, and Jun wonders if something came
up at the last minute. Yuma says that's possible.

Haruhi doesn't show up for class, and neither does Anri. Yuma notes that she
seemed a little preoccupied when they first saw her at the gate, and wonders if
it's something to do with the intruder again.


Time: Lunch


Yuma wonders if he should take a rest today, since neither Anri nor Haruhi
showed up before the lunch bell rang, but notes that the Magic Section has been
quiet all day as well, than remembers that this mess with the intruder was
reaching the climax, and so they are probably out dealing with it. Sumomo calls
out to Yuma, and Yuma greets her and asks what she's doing for lunch today.
Sumomo says of course she's eating with him, and has their lunches ready. Yuma
asks if she's ready to go, and Sumomo nods.

However, Yuma is surprised when Sumomo leads him out to the park instead of the
usual rooftop. Yuma takes his jacket off for Sumomo to sit on, and she thanks
him, while Yuma wishes that he had a blanket to lay their lunches on. Sumomo
says he can use the handkerchief used to wrap his lunch in, and Yuma asks when
she got so smart. Sumomo giggles and says it's time to eat, and Yuma agrees,
and they both happily eat their lunch out in the sunshine. Yuma later asks if
Ibuki didn't come again today, and Sumomo nods and says she was absent again.
Yuma wonders if it really is a cold after all, and Sumomo asks Yuma whether he
thinks Ibuki is alright. Yuma is silent for a moment, asks Sumomo if she's
going to offer him Ibuki's lunch. Sumomo says he catches on pretty quick, and
presents it to him. Yuma says he thought so, and begins to protest eating it
again, but Sumomo tells him to eat up. Yuma says she's really convenient, and
Sumomo says she doesn't mean to be. Yuma says it's alright, and that he'll eat
with pleasure. Sumomo says it's good for morale, and Yuma notes that he's able
to eat two lunches again today, since Sumomo gets sad without Ibuki around, and
if he eats the spare lunch she becomes happy again.


Time: After School


Yuma yells back for two cups of coffee as he's working at Oasis again in place
of Anri, and Otoha tells him to empty out the cash register since it's 4:00.
Yuma says he didn't know it was this late already, and Yuma wonders what's
going on today.

Sumomo tells him to keep fighting, and Yuma cheers, noting that Sumomo came to
see him working part-time, and unlike yesterday, she's doing nothing but
watching and cheering him on. Yuma brings by her cream soda, and Sumomo tells
him good job. Yuma adds an extra cherry onto her soda, and Sumomo cheers and
thanks him. Yuma says not to tell Otoha, and Sumomo giggles and says she's
understands, and Yuma notes that he keeps doing things like this for Sumomo,
hoping that Otoha won't find out. Sumomo says she wants to tell him something
in private, and asks if he'll help out. Yuma says he's already giving her free
stuff, and says it's her fault. Sumomo says that it's actually him. Yuma says
not to play the fool, and asks what his role in all this is. Sumomo says she
doesn't want to bother him though, and Yuma says that is on him, so don't mind
it. Sumomo she understands and hopes that it's for the best. Yuma says it's bad
to depend on him for long like this, and Sumomo ignores him and orders a
cheesecake. Yuma asks if she heard him earlier, and if she wants him to steal
one or something. Sumomo nods and says that they won't be disturbed while
eating because it's alright. Yuma asks if he's got this right, that she wants
him to steal a cheesecake. Sumomo tells him to work hard and cheers him on.


Time: Evening


Yuma sighs from tiredness and says Otoha read him the riot act. Sumomo giggles
and asks if it was because of the cheesecake. Yuma nods and says Otoha must
have eyes in the back of her head. Sumomo says everyone answers to Otoha in
there, and says she goal is to be a married woman like her. Yuma repeats these
words slowly to himself, noting that Sumomo has started talking about these
kinds of things a lot more lately, although he guesses that it's kind of
natural after becoming lovers, but Yuma still thinks that it's too early for
Sumomo to be thinking of such things. He imagines Sumomo walking beside him,
and notes that only a few weeks ago he only thought her as his younger sister,
but now it's extremely hard to even think of her possibly being that way. Yuma
asks Sumomo if she's tired, and Sumomo replies that she isn't tired at all.
Yuma says that with her energy level she could fit in well with Oasis. Sumomo
says she would be happy to help, since Yuma looked like he was enjoying
himself. Yuma hesitates before asking if she wants to continue, and Sumomo asks
what he means. Yuma recalls the talk they had yesterday and wonders if he can
really ask Anri to get Sumomo a uniform. Sumomo says it doesn't necessarily
look like Anri's, and that Otoha's would work too, or even Yuma's uniform.
Yuma says he doubts that there's a spare men's uniform, and Sumomo notes that
there aren't a lot of men working there after all, and says that Otoha would
try to help dress her, even though it's a trivial matter. Yuma agrees, and
Sumomo laughs and says Otoha can be a little annoying at times. Yuma says she's
a sweet child though, and wants to hear it. Sumomo nods happily.

They head back to Yuma's classroom to grab his things, and Sumomo says she's
glad to be back in here again. Yuma says she's been here many times before, but
Sumomo says that this is the first time they've been here alone. Sumomo asks
where his seat is, and Sumomo says she envies that Haruhi gets to sit next to
him all day, and says she'd mess with him all day. Yuma asks when she started
developing mischievous tendencies, and Sumomo asks if Haruhi doesn't try to
mess with him. Yuma says of course not because Haruhi isn't a kid. Sumomo pouts
and says she isn't either, and Yuma asks why would she want to play tricks on
him than. Sumomo blushes and says she wouldn't play childish tricks, but
lover's tricks. Yuma quietly sticks his forefinger out and pokes Sumomo's
cheek, causing them both to laugh. Yuma asks if this kind of thing is what she
meant, and Sumomo nods and says they still have plenty of time to do more, and
she moves forward and kisses him on the cheek. Yuma says he would be
embarrassed if she did that kind of thing during class, and Sumomo giggles and
says it would be alright if they did it while hiding behind textbooks. Yuma
says that if he hides his cheek, how will she be able to see it, and Sumomo
groans and says she forgot about the blind spot. Yuma tells her to think a
little more before she acts next time, and Sumomo says she feels a little
uneasy, and says she wants to do something else, but it's embarrassing to do
so in class, and moves forward again and kisses Yuma this time on the lips.
Yuma looks a little stunned and looks at Sumomo, and she laughs and says he
looked handsome there, and they were on a roll as well. Yuma says he can't
believe she kissed him in the classroom he always uses, and Sumomo is silent.
Yuma asks if she wants to do more, and Sumomo asks what he means. He says he
won't force her, and when she is still silent, Yuma says he'll take that as a
yes. Sumomo asks if he's noticed, and Yuma nods and says he'll lock the door.
Sumomo says she's a little scared, and Yuma says that if someone comes, he'll
protect her. Sumomo says he sure is tricky sometimes, and asks how he can
defend her if she doesn't want be defended. Yuma says he won't leave her in
those situation anyway if he can help it, and Sumomo asks if they can start at
any time. Yuma says to say when, and Sumomo says she believes in him, and that
if she's with him, she won't be scared no matter what. Yuma looks at her than
embraces her closely.

Sumomo's Path, Scene 3


A. Up Against the Classroom Window.

1) Come Inside Sumomo.

2) Pull Out.

~~End H-Scene

Afterwards, Yuma says they've directed the floor with their secretions, and
says they better clean it up. Sumomo giggles, but says she's really tired now,
and Yuma says they can take a short rest.


Time: Midnight


However, it was more than a little nap, they slept all the way into the night.
They are awakened by a sharp thump. Sumomo looks around than blushes, and Yuma
tells her good morning. Sumomo greets him the same while still blushing, and
Yuma chuckles and says it seems they feel into a deep sleep. Sumomo apologizes
but says he was so warm, but says it's not good that it's so late. Yuma nods,
but says no one should find them. Yuma gets up and stretches, than tells Sumomo
they should head on home, and goes to turn on the lights. Sumomo nods in
agreement, and when Yuma makes his way to the light switch, he turns it on, and
says that he hopes they don't run into the security guard, as he doesn't want
to explain themselves to him. Than, an explosion rocks the building, shocking
both of them, followed by another one. Yuma starts to have a bad feeling about
this, and that he should have left with Sumomo a long time ago, believing this
might have something to do with the intruder that Haruhi and Anri have been
pursuing. Yuma notes that Sumomo still has no clue whatsoever, and decides to
get her out of here. Sumomo notices his look and asks what's going on, and Yuma
tells her not to worry, that they'll be alright. Yuma confirms the situation,
and know that it's coming from outside the classroom, but nothing has changed
out there. Sumomo notices Yuma's queer behavior, and Sumomo asks what he's
doing. Yuma says he thought he saw someone outside, and tells Sumomo to wait
here. Yuma looks outside the window, and notes that the landscape is still
fine, but than a flash of light blinds his sight from the window, followed
shortly by another explosion, but Yuma notes that it's coming from the forest
near the Magic Section. Yuma wonders if Haruhi is fighting someone, and Sumomo
asks what's this about Haruhi. Yuma whirls back around to see Sumomo, who asks
him what's going on, than another explosion rocks the building. Sumomo asks
what that light is, and who's fighting. Yuma embraces Sumomo in her confusion,
and she continues to watch outside the windows while trembling in his arms.
After a while, the explosions stop, and Sumomo thanks Yuma for holding her, and
she seems to have calmed down a lot as well. Yuma asks if she's sure she's
fine, and Sumomo nods and says thanks to him. Yuma wonders how he's going to
explain things to Sumomo, noting that he doesn't understand enough himself.
Yuma goes over what he's pretty sure of, that this intruder is after something
in the Magic Section, and Haruhi is trying to defend it. Ibuki seems to know
Shinya and Saya, and also Koyuki. Sumomo calls to Yuma, and Yuma asks what is
it. Sumomo says that the explosions have stopped, and Yuma waits a second than
says that's true, and wonders if it's over. Yuma tells Sumomo to head towards
the school gate, and that he'll make sure that everything is alright. Sumomo
turns to him and demands to know what that light is, since he seems to know.
Yuma tries to say that he doesn't know everything, but Sumomo asks him to tell
her what he knows than. Yuma is silent for a moment, and Sumomo says that he
mentioned that Haruhi was fighting a little while ago, and asks if that light
was magic, and accuses that after he sends her off for home he's going to
check out the forest, and Sumomo says she's going as well. Yuma says he can't
let her, and Sumomo looks shocked. Yuma says it's dangerous, and says he
doesn't want to put her in any danger. Sumomo asks if it isn't as dangerous for
him as well, and when Yuma tries to argue, Sumomo says that Haruhi is her
friend, and if she's in danger of course she's going to be worried for her.
Yuma says Haruhi probably wouldn't want them to see her right now, and Sumomo
looks at him worried. Yuma notes that he must protect Sumomo, even if he has to
somehow use magic after breaking his bond with it. Yuma says let's go, and
Sumomo nods.

They open the stairwell, but both stop almost instantly, as they hear
footsteps on the landing below them, along with someone gasping in pain. Sumomo
says someone is coming, and Yuma nods and they both lean over the edge to see
who it is, and Sumomo let's out a gasp and says it's Ibuki. Ibuki looks up in
surprise, and drops to the ground. Both of them hurry down the stairs to Ibuki,
and try to revive her. Yuma says they need to move her, and suggests the
classroom, and Sumomo nods. Yuma picks Ibuki's prone body up, and Sumomo runs
ahead of him to grab the doors.

They quickly pull together a couple of desks into a bed and lay Ibuki down on
it. Sumomo watches Ibuki very worried, seeing Ibuki in pain. Yuma wonders why
she's here, but says he doesn't know what they can do to help. Sumomo says he
can go look for help, but Yuma looks down, reluctant to leave Sumomo in here
alone with Ibuki. Sumomo calls over to Yuma, and urges him to go, and Yuma
gets over it and says he'll be back soon. Sumomo thanks him, and Ibuki stirs
in the desks. Sumomo rushes back over to her, and Ibuki stands back up, and
calls out to Saya deliriously. Sumomo asks if she's alright, and Ibuki sees
that she's talking to Sumomo, and asks where are they. Sumomo tells Ibuki not
to push herself, lest she injure herself further, and Yuma says she's in his
classroom, and explains that they saw her collapse, and they carried her here.
Ibuki let's out a laugh and says she seems to have become a damsel in distress.
Yuma asks what is going on, and Ibuki stays silent. Yuma pushes further, asking
what happened in the forest. Ibuki still maintains her silence, and Yuma asks
if Haruhi and the others were there, and asks her to not be silent, because she
has to know something. Ibuki says that Haruhi, Anri and Koyuki were there, and
they should be alright. Sumomo let's out a sigh of relief upon hearing this.
(Poor Sumomo, if only she knew that Haruhi and Ibuki were fighting.) Yuma asks
who were they fighting, since he already knew that Haruhi and them were working
to find out an intruder who was trying to steal something from the Magic
Section. Ibuki falls silent again, than says they are both unexpectedly
good-natured. Yuma looks confused, and Ibuki asks what would they think if she
told them that she was the one Haruhi is defending against. Sumomo let's out a
gasp, and Yuma says she's surely lying. Ibuki says she was fighting Haruhi, and
says this is the result, almost spitting the word out as if disgusted with
herself. Sumomo asks Ibuki why she is fighting Haruhi, and Ibuki says that it's
better if Sumomo didn't know. Sumomo says she wants to know, and Ibuki says not
to have that look in her eyes, than cringes up again. Yuma shouts out in alarm
and asks if she's alright, than says she can tell them the rest of it later
after she's rested. Yuma wonders if he should call for an ambulance in the
meantime. Ibuki tells them not to worry about it, that someone will be along
for her sooner or later. Yuma asks who she's expecting, and Yuma hears
footsteps behind him, and Saya runs into the room. Saya looks confused and asks
why he's hear with Ibuki. Yuma wonders if Ibuki was expecting Saya, and Ibuki
asks if Shinya is alright. Saya nods and says that he escaped somehow. Ibuki
says that's good, and slowly gets off the desks and limps over to Saya, but
buckles and almost falls down, but than Saya quickly catches her in alarm. Yuma
asks Saya if she also fought Haruhi and them along with Ibuki, and Saya says
she can't say anything and apologizes. Yuma says he understands, than says
Ibuki needs to rest. Saya nods and says thank you, and both ladies walk out
together, with Saya supporting Ibuki. Yuma sighs, and Sumomo says she wants to
know why Ibuki and Haruhi are fighting. Yuma says they should get back home for
the night, and that they can ask Haruhi and them all about this tomorrow.
Sumomo says she's worried about what Otoha will say to them when they get back
in this late. Yuma says they'll think of something to say, and turns out the
lights and they leave the room.

They than arrive at the school gate, lucky not to run into the security guard.
Yuma voices so, and Sumomo asks if Ibuki will be alright. Yuma says he's sure
she will be since she's with Saya. Sumomo nods and hopes so. Yuma notes that
they can't do anything more about Ibuki now, but wonders what they are going to
say to Otoha. Yuma than says he wants to know what Haruhi and the others were
fighting Ibuki for anyway, and hopes that he'll be able to find out tomorrow,
as both Ibuki and Haruhi are important friends to Sumomo, and notes that she
must be having a painful time with all of this.

~~End Wednesday, April 26th.


(eq) Date: Thursday, April 27th


Time: Morning


As they walk to school, Sumomo asks Yuma if he thinks Ibuki will come to school
today. Yuma says that he would expect her not to, and take an extra day to
recover from her injuries. Sumomo sighs, as Yuma notes that she's already
low-spirited, but he can understand why, even though she got up early again
this morning to make Ibuki's lunch. Yuma notes that the odds of Ibuki showing
up today are very low because of her injuries, and goes over the facts now that
he knows that she is the intruder who is seeking something in the Magic
Section. Yuma doubts that Haruhi and the others will spill their guts on what
they know in the classroom though, but he wants to know more. Sumomo says she
hopes Ibuki comes after all, because she wants her to explain what happened
yesterday. Yuma sighs, and Sumomo continues, saying that they can have lunch
again with the three of them. Yuma says he hopes everything can be explained,
and get them to stop fighting. Sumomo only sighs again.

Their conversation doesn't improve much by the time they reach school, and
Sumomo says she'll see him at lunch, and Yuma tells her to have a good day.

Yuma looks around for Haruhi and Anri as soon as he opens the door, and notes
that both Shinya and Saya aren't here. Haruhi tells him good morning, and Yuma
greets them in return. Anri asks what's wrong, saying that he seems devoid of
energy today. Yuma notes that it's obviously because of last night's events,
and Yuma says they look tired themselves. Haruhi says that she didn't get much
sleep last night, and Yuma says they were fighting in the forest. Haruhi asks
how he knows about that, and Yuma admits that he fell asleep before leaving
yesterday, and woke up and saw everything happening over near the forest.
Haruhi nods and says that the intruders made a full scale attack yesterday.
Anri says it was a great battle, and Yuma says that makes no sense, and Anri
says it's a nuance. Haruhi tells Anri to keep her voice down, and Anri
whispers her apologizes. Haruhi says they were able to hold them off thanks to
Koyuki showing up. Anri nods and says they survived thanks to her. Yuma slowly
asks who the intruders were, and Haruhi and Anri both look down guiltily, which
Yuma was expecting. Haruhi says it's a student from school, and Anri pipes in
and says it's no one he knows. Yuma says he won't ask further than, so that he
doesn't have to stick his neck out too far. Haruhi apologizes, and thanks Yuma
for all his help so far. Yuma says it's alright, noting that both of them know
that Ibuki is a friend of Sumomo's, and that they are hesitant to say that the
intruder was her. Haruhi says she thinks that everything will settle down now,
and says they'll have to think of a reward for him. Anri asks what about
gathering everyone together and hanging around the cherry blossom trees. Haruhi
says that sounds good, and Yuma brings up that Sumomo's birthday is soon, and
maybe they can do something for her as well. Haruhi says that will work, and
Anri says she didn't know that Sumomo's birthday was soon, and asks how many
days away. Yuma says it's the 30th of this month. (3 days.) Anri says that
doesn't give her much time to prepare, and says she has to plan everything out,
and she runs over to Jun and Hachi. Yuma is quiet, and Haruhi apologizes again.
Yuma asks what for, and Haruhi says for everything. Yuma notes that she's
taking care not to mention Ibuki to even him. Yuma says that there's no other
way to put this, and asks if it's really alright to throw everything together
this quick, and Haruhi nods. Yuma asks if she doesn't want to talk about it,
and Haruhi nods again.


Time: Lunch


Yuma heads up to the roof at lunch, and sees Sumomo sitting alone on a bench.
Yuma asks if she's alright, and Sumomo says that he was right, that Ibuki is
absent again today, probably resting. Yuma says he talked to Haruhi and she
says that she thinks everything is finished. Sumomo asks if that's really true,
and Yuma says he hopes so. Sumomo looks down and begins eating, and Yuma notes
that he has to fire her up a little bit. Yuma says he told them that her
birthday is the 30th, and now they're getting a party ready for her. Sumomo
asks if it's for her, and Yuma says of course. Sumomo looks down and says that
her birthday is in only three days, and Yuma thinks he understands why she's
still so down. Yuma says that they'll worry about it when it's that day, and
Sumomo agrees. Yuma notes that three days is pretty short to hope that
everything will be sorted out between Ibuki, and Haruhi and the others, and
than there�fs the problem of actually letting Ibuki know that the 30th is her
birthday, and getting her to join the party along with everyone, and that of
course Sumomo is worried about that, and Yuma swears to make it happen no
matter what, although he's still not sure how.


Time: After School


Yuma sighs, saying that he has to work at Oasis today. Anri calls over to him,
and when Yuma asks what's up, Anri says she's going back to work at Oasis now.
Yuma asks if her schedule's cleared up again, and Anri says not really, but
that she really wanted to work. Yuma says she's holding back, and Anri laughs
and says he knew after all, than says bye. Yuma tells her to do her best, and
sees Anri off. Yuma waits a moment, than wonders if he's waited enough.

Sumomo calls out to him in the halls, and Yuma says he was just about to go
looking for her, than notices her face and asks what's wrong. Sumomo hands him
a piece of paper that is a map of the town, and Sumomo says she found out where
Ibuki lives from a teacher in the teacher's lounge. Yuma asks if her house is
where the red circle on the map is, and Sumomo nods and says it's a huge house.
Yuma notes that the house is about the size of a mountain on the map, and
Sumomo says that because she's in such bad shape, she went back to her parents'
house to recover today. Yuma is glad to see Sumomo smiling again, and Sumomo
asks if Yuma will join her in going to visit Ibuki. Yuma hesitates before
saying that even if they introduce themselves they'll probably be turned away.
Sumomo asks what's with his quitting attitude, and Yuma apologizes, than says
that it's not impossible. Sumomo says of course not, and Yuma wonders if the
staff working at Ibuki's house will cave as easily as Ibuki does in Sumomo's
presence. Yuma says they should take something to her as a gift, and asks
Sumomo if she still has Ibuki's dessert from lunch today. Sumomo nods, and
says they should get going.

Yuma says that he's never been on the bus that leads to Ibuki's house, and says
that there's a first time for everything. Sumomo says it's almost like an
adventure, and says her heart is pounding in anticipation. Yuma admits that
he's feeling a little the same, but than Saya calls out to Yuma, surprising
him, and Saya runs up to them, breathing hard. Yuma asks what she's doing here,
and Saya catches her breath before asking if they've seen Ibuki. Sumomo and
Yuma looks surprised and say they were about to make a trip to her house to
check up on her. Sumomo asks if something happened to Ibuki, and Saya says that
she's disappeared from the house. Both of them ask if this is true, and Saya
nods while continuing to regain her breath. Sumomo stares blank ahead and drops
her bag, and Yuma picks it up and gives it back to her, telling her to stand
strong, and says he knows that she's bewildered to hear this, because he is
too. Sumomo nods, and Yuma turns to Saya and asks if she can explain things to
them in greater detail. Saya is silent, and Yuma continues and says he's been
wanting to know exactly what happened yesterday as well, but no one would tell
him, but says he wants to know, and they want to help however they can do so,
even if they can't use magic. Saya looks at them, and Sumomo pleads with Saya,
saying that Ibuki is important to her. Saya hesitates before saying that while
she's been directed not to tell anyone, she'll tell them because this is very
important for them. Yuma tells Saya thank you, and Saya says they should move
to somewhere a little move private, and Yuma says he understands.

As they head back inside the school, Sumomo says they can use his classroom if
no one is there. Yuma asks Saya if that will be ok, and Saya nods. After they
get inside, Saya asks what should she explain first. Yuma asks if the reason
that Ibuki left home is because of the fight she had with Haruhi and the
others, and Saya nods. Yuma tells her to start from there than, and Saya says
she understands. Saya relates that Ibuki was trying to break a seal that was
put into place in the forest to obtain the "Shikimori Treasure." Yuma says
Treasure, and Saya explains that it's a clan symbol that is passed down
through generation to generation as proof of clan succession. Yuma apologizes
for interrupting, and asks why is such an item here. Saya explains that it was
entrusted to Suzuri by the current head of the family, and Yuma asks what the
problem is. Saya says that Ibuki is the next in line to succeed the clan, but
without the Treasure, she will be unable to win approval from everyone. Yuma
says that sounds bad, and Saya says it is, that Ibuki doesn't want to lose her
place among the clan to others. Yuma than continues and asks if that's the
reason why she's come here, to try and steal back the Treasure, and Saya nods,
and as a result of the fight last night, Ibuki was beaten. Saya says that the
even Ibuki shouldn't be able to touch it now, but... and Yuma finishes that
Ibuki is still stubbornly seeking the Treasure, although Yuma wonders why,
since Ibuki can still succeed her place as head of the clan without the
Treasure it sounds like. Yet, she's still running enormous risks to obtain it.
Saya says she hasn't been able to trace Ibuki's movements, and Yuma says that
her story suggests that Ibuki will show back up at school for sure, and Saya
nods. Yuma says they can all search for Ibuki together than, and Saya tells him
thank you. Yuma than admits that he hopes that he and Sumomo can find her, and
Sumomo nods in agreement. Yuma says they should begin their search now, but
wonders where to start searching, than realizing that the forest is the
obvious choice. Yuma asks Saya if she's already searched it, and Saya says she
can't because of the detection magic that Haruhi has set up in it. Yuma asks if
that's so, noting that if Saya showed up there than it would set the magic off,
alerting Haruhi, and causing a big commotion. Yuma says that he and Sumomo will
search the forest than, and says that Saya should search other parts of the
school. Saya nods and says she understands, and she and Yuma exchange phone
numbers in case they find Ibuki. Yuma tells Sumomo they should go, and Sumomo
nods and they head for the forest.


Time: Evening


Both of them search the forest for hours, but haven't found any sign of Ibuki,
and it's beginning to get dark. Yuma tells Sumomo to watch her footing so that
she doesn't sprain her foot, and Sumomo nods, and they walk further into the
forest. Yuma notes that Sumomo's mood is gradually darkening just like the sky
is, and Yuma asks if she's scared. Sumomo says she isn't if he isn't scared,
but says that if Ibuki is hiding in the forest, she must be helplessly alone.
Yuma is quiet and watches Sumomo, who is trembling, on the verge of tears.
Yuma wants to put a hand on her shoulder and says that everything will be
all right, and that she need not worry, and that she won't be so down if they
do happen to find Ibuki.


Time: Night


Time passes slowly, and still no sign of Ibuki. Yuma's phone rings, and Yuma
sees that it's Saya and answers, asking if she's found Ibuki. Saya says
unfortunately no, and Yuma says that they haven't found any clue to her
whereabouts either. Saya says she'll talk to the head of the clan again
tonight, and tells them to get some rest. Yuma says he understands, and Saya
says she has to go and hangs up. Sumomo asks what news from Saya, and Yuma says
she hasn't found Ibuki either. Sumomo asks if that's so and looks down. Yuma
says they should get some rest, and Sumomo looks up in surprise. Yuma says that
it's so dark they can barely see in front of their feet, and that there's a
limit to how long they can search. Yuma notes that they haven't been able to
see well for a while now, and if they don't turn back now they might not be
able to make it out of here tonight. Sumomo looks down again, and Yuma tells
her that Saya is going back to the clan's house to tell them her progress, and
Sumomo says she understands, and says sleep would do them good. Yuma slowly
persuades Sumomo to give up for the day, and tells her that they'll search
tomorrow as well, and says they should be going. Sumomo nods, and Yuma is
painfully aware of her feelings, as he feels the same way, but he has to keep
his inside. Yuma and Sumomo slowly make their way out of the forest, noting
that the stars are already out. Sumomo says she hasn't looked up at the stars
since the night she left home for Jun's house. Yuma is silent, and Sumomo
wonders if Ibuki is looking up at the sky as well, and feels the same way about
being lonely. Yuma calls to her, and Sumomo looks up and swears that she'll
absolutely find Ibuki. Yuma agrees with her, and they head home.

~~End Thursday, April 27th.


(er) Date: Friday, April 28th


Time: Morning


As they walk to school today, Yuma is waiting for Saya to call and tell them
what happened at the clan's house last night, but she should have called them
by now, and Yuma assumes that it's because Saya hasn't found any more signs of
Ibuki. Sumomo asks Yuma if he thinks Ibuki might be hiding in town, but Yuma
says that's not likely. Sumomo looks down, than asks if they can possibly
search the shopping district a little. Yuma asks if she means to miss class,
and Sumomo says it's an emergency, and she only wants to search. Yuma says that
the rest of Ibuki's clan is out looking for her already, and says they know
that Ibuki will eventually come back to the school, since her goal is there.
Sumomo says she forgot, and Yuma notes that Ibuki will probably end up fighting
Haruhi again, and they need to find her before that happens and stop Ibuki if
they can. Yuma tells her that everything isn't hopeless, that Saya will be
helping them, and Yuma says she would be a bad person for skipping class.
Sumomo shouts at him not to say that, and Yuma says he doesn't want to think of
a good student like her skipping class. Sumomo brightens and says that's the
first time she's ever heard him say she was a good student. Yuma is glad that
Sumomo finally smiled this morning, wanting her to always be this way.
Suddenly, his phone rings, and Yuma says it's Saya. Sumomo asks if that's true,
and Yuma quickly answers. Saya asks if it's him, and Yuma says yes, and asks if
she's found Ibuki. Saya apologizes for the delay in calling him, and says that
they still haven't found her. Yuma looks down, and Sumomo, watching him, knows
as well and she sighs too. Saya, however, says that there is information that
she was seen. Yuma asks really, and Saya says yes and that she wants to tell
them in person. Yuma says they're on their way to school right now, and says
it will take fifteen minutes, than changes it to ten, and Saya says she'll meet
them near the pond behind the school. Yuma nods and hangs up, and Sumomo asks
what's up. Yuma say that they haven't found Ibuki yet, but there's a report
that she has been sighted. Sumomo asks if that's true, and Yuma nods, noting
how excited Sumomo has become now, but hopes that the information is credible
so it doesn't shatter Sumomo's spirit. Yuma says they should hurry in order to
see Saya, and Sumomo nods.

When they reach the school they hurry around back to wait for Saya, and they
see her under the shade of a tree near the pond, and she goes over to them.
Yuma apologizes for making her wait, and Saya says it's no problem, and
apologizes for making them come back here. Yuma says it's alright and asks
about the sighting of Ibuki. Saya nods and says she was seen in the shopping
district. (!_!) Yuma says it sounds like she's not in town anymore by now, if
she was at the station. Sumomo says she was at the shopping district after all.
Yuma says he knows, but it's still not good to miss class. Sumomo tries to
argue, and Saya says that someone from the clan is already on their way to the
shopping district to look for Ibuki, and says she thinks they should still
search the school. Sumomo looks away, and Yuma tries to say he doesn't believe
that Ibuki will really leave town, since she still hasn't gotten what she came
for, and asks Saya if she agrees, and Saya quietly nods. Sumomo says she
understands, but she says she won't be able to focus on class at this rate.
Saya says that if she finds Ibuki she will let them know immediately, and
Sumomo thanks her. Yuma asks if they can meet at lunchtime to hear what
progress has been made, and Saya says that will work. Yuma notes that they can
figure out what to do after school during that time as well.

In the entrance hall, Sumomo says she'll see Yuma at lunch than, and Yuma says
that he knows she's painfully worried, but asks her to try to focus on class
today, and Sumomo nods and says she understands. After seeing her off, Yuma
heads for class as well.

When he walks in, Yuma calls Haruhi over, and she tells him good morning. Yuma
says she probably already knows, but tells her that he and Sumomo were in the
forest yesterday evening. Haruhi nods and says she noticed. Yuma apologizes for
worrying her, and Haruhi is silent. Haruhi asks if Yuma can tell her why, and
Yuma admits they were looking for Ibuki, surprising Haruhi, and Yuma explains
that Ibuki is missing, and says he heard about the Treasure from Saya, and that
Ibuki may still be seeking it. Haruhi nods and says she also thinks so. Yuma
asks if she'll still try to stop Ibuki no matter what if she is still after the
Treasure, and Haruhi says yes. Yuma sighs and asks if she'll listen to his
request, and Haruhi waits for him to continue. Yuma asks Haruhi if she really
has to fight Ibuki, and Haruhi says she believes so, and Yuma says that if they
fight, Sumomo will be hurt, and that he doesn't want such a thing to happen to
her. Haruhi says that's a fairly abstract request, and Yuma says he knows, but
he had to ask. Haruhi is quiet for a moment, than says that the Shikimori
Treasure is terribly dangerous if you mess up with it, at least according to
her teacher, and apologizes but says she can't honor his request. Yuma sighs,
but Haruhi says she'll try to hold off as long as possible. Yuma thanks Haruhi
for at least this. As the bell to begin class rings, Haruhi thanks Yuma for
speaking honestly about this. Yuma says it's not good to keep secrets at a time
like this, but than the teacher enters the room, and they sit back in their
seats, noting that they'll have to continue this talk later. As homeroom
starts, Yuma can't think of anything but Ibuki, and wonders if Sumomo feels the
same right now.


Time: Forenoon


Over to Sumomo, 4th period has just ended, but she notes that time seems to
be crawling, and wishes that classes were over, only able to think about Ibuki
as she aimlessly watches the blue sky out the window, giving up taking notes.
Sumomo notes that the teacher just wrote something important on the board
because it's in red chalk, but she just doesn't care about school at all today,
looking at Ibuki's empty seat, as if it were a hole in her heart, terribly
lonely, and wonders how she's doing, and recalls the first time she saw Ibuki
in her seat, that Ibuki looked at her curiously, and how cute Sumomo thought
she was. Than, her feelings became mixed shortly thereafter, and she decided to
make friends with Ibuki no matter what. Sumomo notes that she didn't understand
her feelings up until now, but she's noticed it now while looking at Ibuki's
empty desk. The bell rings, and Sumomo returns to reality for a second, noting
that class is finally over, and that she'll meet up with Yuma and Saya soon,
now that it's lunch time, and hopes that she can find some clues to find Ibuki.
Sumomo sighs and says she wish Yuma would hurry up already and get here, than
let's out a loud gasp, as she sees Ibuki outside the window, looking up at the
classroom, than she turns around and leaves. Sumomo wonders where she's going,
and notes that while Yuma told her to wait in the room for him, she might lose
Ibuki if she doesn't act now, and Sumomo apologizes and runs out, noting that
she'll apologize to Yuma later after she brings Ibuki back.


Time: Lunch


Back to Yuma, who is heading downstairs to Sumomo's classroom with their
lunches, and looks for her outside of her room, but doesn't see her, than looks
inside, and doesn't see her there either. Yuma wonders if she went to the
bathroom real fast, and decides to wait for Sumomo while the rest of the
1st-year students look at him. Yuma feels their gazes burning into him, and
says she's too slow, and takes out his phone and calls Sumomo, noting that he
told her not to leave, and feels a little nervous. However, after Sumomo
doesn't pick up, Yuma asks one of the 1st-year students if they know Sumomo,
and tells her he is her brother. The 1st-year student answers back frightfully
that she didn't know he was her brother, and Yuma doubts that she'll be able to
tell him calmly. Yuma says that he's a 2nd-year, and that he needs to speak to
Sumomo. The girl asks another girl if she knows where Sumomo is, and the other
girl says that once class ended she rushed out of the room, although she
doesn't know why. Yuma asks how she seemed, and the girl says she looked 
rushed. Yuma thanks them for their help and asks them to tell Sumomo that he's
looking for her if she comes back, than walks away, noting that the bad
feelings he was sensing is growing stronger, and that he has to get a hold of
her no matter what, and tries calling Sumomo again as he heads down the stairs.
Yuma let's it ring for ten, than twenty times, and wonders what the hell she's
doing. Sumomo finally picks up, and Yuma asks where the hell is she. Sumomo
says she's in the forest right now, near where the cherry blossom trees meet
it, because she saw Ibuki outside the window when class ended. Yuma asks if
this is true, and Yuma tells her that it might be dangerous and asks her to
stop and turn back. Sumomo says that the other person is Ibuki, so she'll be
alright, and says she still has to run after her. Yuma asks her to wait until
he gets there, but Sumomo apologizes and tells him to tell Saya, and for them
to hurry, than hangs up. Yuma says she's a fool, and quickly calls Saya, noting
that even he wants to believe that Ibuki won't harm Sumomo, but he can't take
that chance. Yuma yells that she should have waited in front of class like he
told her to, and Saya comes up behind him, saying that she heard her phone
ringing, but she was so close, than let's him know that there's been an update
from the clan house. Yuma shouts out for her to wait a minute, and says that
Ibuki is here. Saya tells him to calm down first, and Yuma begins to, and Saya
asks for him to speak slowly. Yuma tells Saya that Sumomo saw Ibuki not too
long ago, and Saya asks if that's true. Yuma says he called Sumomo, and she
said she's chasing Ibuki in the forest. Saya says they need to hurry to the
forest themselves than, and Yuma nods and says he understands.

Back to Sumomo, she calls out to Ibuki, and Ibuki turns back, shocked to see
Sumomo, than immediately begins running deeper into the forest, causing Sumomo
to let out a yelp of surprise. Sumomo yells for Ibuki to wait and begins
running after he again. Sumomo notes that it's hard to run in the tangled
undergrowth, but Sumomo wills herself to keep her footing and not trip, and
continues to chase Ibuki's back. Sumomo yells for Ibuki to stop running and
wait up, and Ibuki yells back for Sumomo to not come near her. Sumomo's phone
begins to ring, and she knows that it's probably Yuma, but she can't pick it
up right now, and keeps chasing Ibuki. Sumomo says she will catch up, and
Sumomo tackles her to the ground. Ibuki breaths hard, and Sumomo says she
finally caught her. Ibuki asks why. Sumomo is quiet, and Ibuki asks again why,
since she told Sumomo not to chase her. Sumomo says she couldn't leave her
alone again, and this time it's Ibuki's turn to be speechless. Ibuki says that
she won't run away now, and asks Sumomo to let go of her, and Sumomo nods and
releases her, and Ibuki helps her stand up and dust off her clothes. Sumomo
feels glad and sad at the same time, and thanks Ibuki. Ibuki is silent, and
Sumomo says they should go back, that everyone is worried about her. Ibuki says
she can't, and Sumomo asks why. Ibuki says she still has something she has to
do. Sumomo asks what, and Ibuki says she has to prove that she's worthy of
being the heir to the Shikimori clan, and that she has to get something back at
all costs. Sumomo asks if this thing is really that important, and Ibuki says
yes, that it's more important than her life. Sumomo notes how sad Ibuki is,
and Sumomo says that's a lie, that nothing is ever more important than
someone's life. Ibuki says she can't understand, with them having been born
into different worlds. Sumomo says that doesn't matter, and says that every
time Ibuki gets hurt, she suffers too. Sumomo says she doesn't have to be alone
anymore, and she doesn't want Ibuki to suffer anymore, because she loves her.
Ibuki tells her to stop, but Sumomo continues and says she wants Ibuki to be
with her, for them to be friends for a long time together. Ibuki cries out for
her to stop it already.

Back to Yuma and Saya in the park, they are breathing hard, but see no sign of
Sumomo. Yuma says he'll call Sumomo again, but she doesn't answer again. Yuma
says that this is frustrating, not knowing where she is, and Saya says she
believes they are in the forest. Yuma looks toward it, noting the Magic
Section is past it, and that the forest is where Ibuki fought Haruhi and the
others the other day. Yuma notes that if Ibuki has entered the forest, than
Haruhi has to be aware of it as well, and wonders if Haruhi is already on her
way here, and if she finds Ibuki, than that will be the worst case scenario for
Sumomo to witness, and Yuma notes that he can't let that happen. Yuma tells
Saya they need to hurry, and Saya nods and they rush into the forest.

Inside, Yuma calls out for Sumomo as he and Saya move deeper into the forest.
Yuma notes that the forest is deeper and wider than he first thought, and Yuma
asks Saya if she can locate them by Ibuki's magic trail. Saya apologizes and
says she can't, and Yuma says that they'll surely find them soon. Saya says
that if Ibuki uses even a little magic, she should be able to find her, but
Yuma notes that will probably only happen if Ibuki has to fight Haruhi, and
that will be too late to prevent Sumomo from being deeply hurt. Yuma notes that
discovering someone through magic must be difficult indeed, and says that if a
miracle doesn't happen it will be impossible to find them in time before Haruhi
does, and Yuma notes that they must search faster, but suddenly trips and falls
over. Saya asks if he's alright, and Yuma is silent at first, confused, than
realizes that he fell down, and realizes that he can't be like this, and let's
out a yell, and Saya looks worriedly at him. Yuma starts cursing to the wind,
and cries out for Sumomo again. Suddenly, Yuma hears Sumomo in his mind, and
Yuma wakes up, noting that he's felt this before, a long time ago. Saya asks
him what's wrong, and Yuma says he just heard a voice. Saya asks what, saying
that she didn't hear anything. Yuma says he definitely heard it, that it had to
be Sumomo, and Yuma gets back up and begins running, and Saya hurries after
him, asking what's wrong, and Yuma shouts out a direction, and Saya nods and
continues to follow him.

Yuma calls out for Sumomo and Ibuki as he reaches them, and tells Sumomo she's
an idiot, that if she was trying to make him worry sick about her she succeeded
in doing so. Sumomo apologizes, but says she had to stop Ibuki herself. Yuma
notes that he understands how she feels, and that he would have done the same.
Saya calls out to Ibuki, and Ibuki says she apparently wasn't quick enough.
Saya says it's not what she thinks, but Ibuki tells her to be silent. Saya
goes quiet, and Yuma asks Ibuki what's wrong with her, saying that Saya was
only worried sick about her as well. Ibuki laughs and says outsiders can't
interfere while sharply glaring at him. Yuma admits that he may be an outsider,
but he's an outsider who is concerned for her well-being, and says he thinks
she's lost sight of that. Ibuki asks what he's talking about, and Yuma says
that other people consider her very important, and says she needs to seriously
look at herself and find out her feelings again. Ibuki says the wind is
blowing in a different direction, and Yuma says that it's what he, Saya, and
Sumomo wish for. Ibuki tells him to shut up, that she won't forgive him if he
says anything more, and takes out her umbrella, and Yuma bets that's her magic
wand. Saya shouts in alarm, and Sumomo says she can't do this, and Yuma looks
at Sumomo in surprise, as she steps between Ibuki and Yuma. Sumomo says she
won't allow Ibuki to hurt him, and Ibuki merely laughs, saying that she can't
believe she thought Sumomo was her friend, and says that Sumomo only think of
her second after all. Sumomo says that both of them are important to her, and
that it's foolish to prefer one of them over the other. Ibuki tells Yuma to
back off, and Yuma yells for Sumomo to get out of the way. Sumomo says she's
not moving, and Yuma yells for Ibuki to stop. Ibuki says she won't allow any
threats to her, and yells for Sumomo to move. Sumomo doesn't budge, and Ibuki
pleads with Sumomo to move. Sumomo shouts out no, and Ibuki cries out in
frustration, and Yuma tells Sumomo to move again, as magic begins to build up
in Ibuki's wand. Yuma draws Sumomo close to try and protect her from harm, and
a cloud of dust blows around them, stinging his eyes. Yuma tells himself
that they'll be alright as long as he keeps a hold of Sumomo, and Ibuki let's
out the force of the magic. Yuma and Sumomo clench up, and Ibuki begins to
pant. Yuma slowly asks if he's still alive, and looks around, and finally
understands what happened. Yuma notices that Ibuki fired the blast of energy
off to their side, and Sumomo looks back at Ibuki. Ibuki says she couldn't
shoot with Sumomo there. Yuma looks at Ibuki, and she says she's lost and falls
to her knees in blank surprise, continuing to mutter that she's lost. Sumomo
says she has to do something, and Yuma nods. Sumomo rushes to Ibuki and hugs
Ibuki. Sumomo tells her that she loves her, loses her voice as she says she
wants to be friends with her for a long time, and Sumomo finally breaks down
and begins sobbing uncontrollably, hugging Ibuki tight. Sumomo beaks out that
Ibuki is as important to her as Yuma and all her other friends. Ibuki slowly
says she was the stupid one, and it really is her fault that Sumomo is crying,
saying that she had almost lost such an important person before she realized it
herself. Sumomo cries out Ibuki's name again, and Ibuki asks if Sumomo will
still be her friend in the future. Sumomo cries yes. Saya says this is the
first time she's seen Ibuki like this, and Yuma says that at last Ibuki has a
true friend. Saya says that's so. Yuma says this only happens when friendship
is true, and Saya asks whether or not he's going to join them. Yuma asks what
she means, since Ibuki is still over there, and Saya says he should know. Yuma
is silent, and Saya giggles, and Yuma breaks out laughing as well, noting that
they've become more relaxed just by watching both of them, and hopes that these
happy times will continue for a while longer, and soon their laughter fills the
forest.

~~End Friday, April 28th.


(es) Date: Sunday, April 30th (Birthday!)


Time: Lunch


Yuma says he sure took his time, and recaps that it's been two days since the
past events, and it's April 30th, noting that he still needs to buy Sumomo a
birthday present. Yuma notes that he kept going to places, but couldn't find
anything he liked, than wonders if this will work, and checks how much money
he has. Yuma says he should have enough, wanting to buy a present that will be
commemorated as the first one since they became lovers. Yuma can't remember how
much it costs though, and hopes that he has enough again. However, around the
corner, Yuma runs into a familiar person: Ibuki. Yuma calls out to her, and
she begins to run off in surprise, but Yuma calls for her to wait and asks her
not to run away. Ibuki asks what he wants, and Yuma says nothing really, he was
just calling out to her. Ibuki is quiet, and Yuma asks if she's out her
shopping. Ibuki says she really has no reason, and Yuma says that guys never
take walks like this. Ibuki is silent for a second, than asks what Yuma what
he's doing out here, if he's taking a walk too. Yuma says no such thing, and
says he's out here to buy Sumomo a present. Ibuki says he surely hates and
fears her, and Yuma notes that she's really scared still, having finally just
opened up to someone. Yuma says neither her nor Sumomo think that in any way,
and says that if Sumomo can trust her, so will he. Ibuki asks how can he really
be that simple, saying that she can't understand him. Yuma asks if believing in
a person isn't reason enough, and says again that he trusts her because Sumomo
trusts her. Ibuki looks down and says she still doesn't understand. Yuma tells
her not to think to hard since the answer is very simple. Ibuki looks up at
him, and Yuma asks if she wants to walk around for a little while with him.
Ibuki asks what would they do, and Yuma asks if she knows what day it is.
Ibuki says she knows today is important, but doesn't know why. Yuma says he'll
tell her than, and says that it's Sumomo's birthday. Ibuki looks up in
surprise, and Yuma says her birthday party is tonight. Ibuki is silent, and
Yuma says that he came out her to buy a present, and asks if she'll come
tonight. Ibuki asks if it's really that easy, and Yuma says he wouldn't ask her
to do more than she's capable of, and says all she has to do is say
congratulations and give Sumomo a present. Yuma asks if she can't come today,
and when Ibuki looks down, Yuma says he won't force her to come, after the past
few days, but says that he'll wait in front of his house for her to come.
Ibuki is still quiet, and Yuma says he's sure that she understands Sumomo's
feelings, and therefore, he hopes that she'll come tonight, than bows, noting 
that Ibuki will have to deal with her own problems first, and that this is all
that he can do, and that he probably shouldn't let Sumomo know that he ran into
Ibuki. Ibuki tells him to raise his head, and when Yuma looks confused, she
says that he'll only attract attention by bowing in front of her. Yuma says he
didn't realize and apologizes. Ibuki asks if she should put off her business,
and Yuma says maybe. Ibuki says she doesn't think they need to be seen
together anymore, and says she'll leave, since he still has things to do here.
Yuma apologizes for holding her up, and Ibuki laughs and says she understands
that Sumomo will have a hard time if she shows up looking all somber. Yuma
admits that would be true, and Ibuki says they really are the perfect match.
Yuma asks what she means, and Ibuki says she has to go, and walks off, leaving
Yuma speechless. Yuma wonders what she meant, and notes that she's really
stubborn, but Sumomo looked past her rough exterior, and see the sadness and
need for a friend she was desperate for.


Time: Evening


Sumomo is in the kitchen making croquettes, and Yuma says she's in a great mood
today. Sumomo says of course she is, making one of her favorite foods, and for
the party no less. Otoha comes in and says that she must be happy to be using
so much oil, and Sumomo nods. Yuma notes that she's deep-frying croquettes,
although he doesn't see the connection between making these and her birthday
party. Yuma asks whether this is the proper time to be making such foods, and
Sumomo says she was making them in hopes that he would be happy too, than says
she's not only making croquettes, that there's other treats as well, and Yuma
looks behind her in the kitchen and notes that there are tons of other kinds of
food there. Yuma asks if she doesn't find this unusual, and Sumomo asks how so.
Yuma says he's surprised to hind her cooking so much food on her birthday, and
Otoha says that he's right, and tells Sumomo to take a break, and she'll finish
up the rest of the cooking. Sumomo says she wants to do everything though until
it's time for the party, and tells them not to worry about it. Yuma says if
that's what she wants, and Sumomo giggles and tells him thank you. Yuma notes
that she looks to be going strong, but he can't help but feel uneasy. Yuma than
says he met Ibuki earlier while he was out. Sumomo nervously asks how Ibuki is
doing, and Yuma says she doesn't seem to have changed too much. Sumomo asks if
that's so, but Yuma says she might get here in time, and says she must be
hoping that she shows up as well. Sumomo is silent, and Yuma says she did tell
Ibuki about the party right, and Sumomo says she wanted to call, but... and
Yuma says that Ibuki can't read mind, and says even she should know that by 
now. Sumomo looks down, and Yuma asks if she wanted to try and have things
calm down before trying to resume their friendship, and Sumomo turns back to
cooking the croquettes, but sadly says Ibuki's name, showing that she really
did want to invite Ibuki, but she though it was too soon to do so.

The sun sets and night falls. The stars shine calmly, reflecting the joyous
times that are about to begin, a feast for everyone that Sumomo knows.


Time: Night


Hachi tells Sumomo happy birthday, and Jun follows and hands Sumomo his
present. Sumomo thanks them both, and Jun says she should make good use of it,
and Yuma won't be able to resist her. Sumomo nods and says he'll want to kiss
her all the time with this, and Yuma says she doesn't need to encourage him
more. Haruhi comes up and says congratulations. Sumomo happily says thank you,
and Haruhi says she wasn't sure if her present will be much use, but pushes her
to open it. Sumomo opens it, and says the tea set is cute and great. Hachi says
Haruhi has great taste, and Haruhi giggles and she says she got it for Sumomo
to serve tea to Yuma, and Sumomo nods and says she'll make sure to serve him
tea with this. Yuma asks if he really should drink tea from such a fancy cup,
and Anri says she may not have gone that far out, but she hopes that Sumomo
will like her gift as well. Sumomo says it looks great, than asks if she can
open it. Anri says of course, that she'll be embarrassed if she doesn't. Sumomo
says she will than, and inside is the uniform that Anri always wears for work
at Oasis. Anri says she heard from Yuma that she always liked it, and asks if
she wants to try it on. Sumomo asks if she really can, and Anri says go ahead,
that this one was made from her old magic clothes after all. Sumomo hesitates
and says the size is a little big, and Haruhi tells her not to worry about it,
that she fixed the size to fit her beforehand. Anri giggles and says it will
cover her pride. Yuma asks what they're talking about, and Jun tells him to
forget about it. Yuma notes silently that he's not really a woman either. Anri
asks if she'll try it on again, and Sumomo says she wants to wait a minute.
Anri giggles and says she figured she wanted to show only Yuma first, and
Sumomo blushes. Anri says she hit a bull's-eye, and says Yuma is probably
thinking perverted thoughts. Yuma says of course not, and Haruhi blushes
and asks if that's really what he's thinking, and Jun says Haruhi's getting
really flustered. Anri says she didn't think Sumomo would move so fast, and
Sumomo sinks, asking for everyone to hold on for a bit, that she hasn't done
anything like that. Hachi blindly says he knew she wouldn't do anything like
that with Yuma, and Yuma says they should get back on track. Sumomo blushes
and stand back up, and Jun comments that she looks really cute. Yuma notes that
he's just as embarrassed, and they are both surely thinking of the things
they've already did. Koyuki comes over and says it's her turn now, and says she
thinks her present will suit Sumomo very well, than apologizes and tells her
happy birthday, and says fate seems to have smiled on her, and Koyuki hands her
a single tarot card. Sumomo says this is that one card, and Koyuki nods and
says that it's the Final card she read for them the other day, and says she
thought she would appreciate it, and Sumomo nods. Yuma asks what was on the
card anyway, and Koyuki says it will surely be the basis of good memories for
them. Sumomo says that he didn't see it at the time, and Yuma nods, and Sumomo
asks if he wants to see it this time. Yuma says he's not sure, and Sumomo says
she wants him to see, and Yuma says alright. Sumomo puts it on the table, and
it is the Lovers card. (Heh, perfect.) Sumomo nods and says Koyuki's fortune
telling was right on after all. Koyuki says that anyone fated with this card
cannot get to the future alone, and Koyuki says that it was thanks to Sumomo's
strong will that this came to pass. Yuma agrees, noting that he really should
have insisted on seeing the card before, but than realizes that things may not
have turned out the way they have if he had seen it, and that this could only
have come about by them both making an effort and wanting this to happen.
Koyuki says her fortune-telling for that time is done but says she believes
that this card will surely support them for the years to come, and says she'll
be protected from now on just fine. Yuma thinks that their future will only
shine brighter now, and Sumomo thanks Koyuki, and says she will value the card
forever, and clutches it to her chest, and Yuma notes tears in the corners of
her eyes. Jun says now that all of the presents have been given... and Sumomo
says that's true, and says she has something special for them to try, and
Hachi excitingly says he's been waiting for this. Jun tells everyone to say
congratulations again for Sumomo's birthday, and they all do so.

Jun says that the croquette is delicious, and Hachi scarfs more food down.
Yuma says he better slow down, and recaps that now they are casually chatting
while eating food, now that all of the presents have been passed out. (I know
what you're thinking, but wait for a little more, and he'll give his.) Haruhi
says it's all great, and asks if Otoha made it. Yuma says that the greater half
of it is Sumomo's cooking, and Anri asks she can't taste any difference. Sumomo
says that can't be, that she still has a long way to go to catch up to Otoha's
cooking. Otoha says she's being too humble, and that her cooking is popular
among everyone. Jun agrees and she should take more pride in it. Haruhi groans
and says that Sumomo has raced to the front of the line for women, and Hachi
says he doesn't think so. Jun comes over and says he's was nuts for Sumomo's
croquettes though, and Hachi cracks and tries to explain, and Yuma says he's
screwed. Jun giggles and says an idiot will always be an idiot. Hachi cracks,
and Yuma notes that it's just like old times again. Sumomo looks at Yuma, and
he asks if she's a little tired. Sumomo looks up and says that she's fine, and
Yuma says she seems a little down though. Sumomo looks down again, and Yuma
asks what's wrong. Sumomo says he's a great brother, and wonders why she could
always see that. Yuma says he doesn't want her to think of him as an older
brother anymore though, that he may have been a brother before, but they are
lovers now. Sumomo nods and says he just looked like an older brother now
though. Yuma asks if she's worried about Ibuki after all, and Sumomo admits she
is a little bit. Yuma says he expected as much and that he understands, and
says he's sure Ibuki understands as well. Sumomo nods, and Yuma tells her to
cheer up, since this day is for her, after all. Sumomo thanks Yuma for that,
and begins to drink, than suddenly stops again. Yuma asks what's wrong, and
Sumomo let's out a gasp and runs out of the room. Yuma yells after her, but
Sumomo runs to the door and rushes outside, and when Yuma follows her, Ibuki is
outside, and sees Sumomo trying to drag her inside. Sumomo says she's really
glad she came, and Ibuki asks her to let go, that she can't come inside. Sumomo
says of course she can, and says this is the only place she can be right now.
Ibuki looks at Sumomo, and Sumomo says that it's her birthday, and she wants to
her best friend tell her so. Ibuki is quiet, and Yuma says that a friend of
Sumomo's is always welcome in their home. Sumomo begs Ibuki again, and Ibuki
says that no matter what she'll never understand, and Sumomo thanks her, and
says she's really happy. Yuma says she should come inside now, as there's food
as well. Ibuki is quiet, but follows them inside.

Inside, Sumomo officially welcomes Ibuki to the party and offers her tea. Ibuki
is silently led to the living room, and everyone goes quiet, as they see her
and remember that they were only in a big fight with each other only a few days
ago. Ibuki laughs, and Yuma notes that she must feel like the unexpected guest,
and Ibuki tries to leave, but Sumomo asks her not to leave, and grabs her hand.
Yuma notes that while Ibuki tries to leave again, she doesn't let go of
Sumomo's hand. Ibuki asks Sumomo what she wants, and Sumomo says that running
away won't solve anything. Ibuki says she's not running away, that she's in a
place she shouldn't be. Sumomo says she can't decide that all on her own, and
says that everyone else surely doesn't think she doesn't belong here. Ibuki is
quiet, and Yuma says he welcomes her here, and asks if she'll celebrate
Sumomo's birthday with them all together. Jun says the more the merrier, and
Haruhi says that a friend of Sumomo's is a friend of hers. Anri says that it
may be hard, but it won't be impossible. Koyuki adds that it only takes one
person to plant the seeds of friendship, and Hachi says that he'll always
welcome such a cute kid. Yuma asks Ibuki if she can understand them, and says
the wall she's built around herself is a trifling one. Sumomo says he's right,
and says she wants to hear Ibuki laugh, and says she thinks it possible, and
smiles. Sumomo says she surely can laugh if Ibuki does, and Ibuki hesitates
before saying she can't, saying that she hasn't laughed in years, and says she
can't surely laugh so heartily so quickly. Sumomo looks down, than back up
again, and says she'll wait until the day Ibuki can laugh. Ibuki looks at her,
and Sumomo says she doesn't have to laugh if she doesn't want to, but says
that tonight she'll be able to get by with Ibuki's congratulations. Ibuki's
lip begins to quiver after hearing Sumomo out, and clenches her fist tightly.
Ibuki manages to squeeze out her congratulations, and Sumomo tells her thank
you. Ibuki looks down and says she doesn't know what to do now, and that she
doesn't have a present for her. Sumomo tells her not to worry about it, and
Ibuki looks up in surprise and asks why, and apologizes for being so miserable.
Sumomo tells her not to say such things, and says that such a weak face scares
her, and says Ibuki doesn't have to worry about it because she's her friend,
an important friend, and Ibuki looks down again, and Yuma notes that while he
cannot see her eyes, she's about to burst into tears, and notes that she needs
more courage, and Yuma quietly pushes Ibuki forward a little. Ibuki slowly
says Sumomo is her friend too, and that because of that... and Ibuki slowly
takes off her hat. (!!!) Ibuki says that she only has Bisaim and this hat
today, and says she'll give Sumomo her hat, and quietly puts it on Sumomo's
head. Sumomo looks surprised, and Ibuki says she doesn't want to have given her
nothing on her birthday. Sumomo looks at Ibuki with glossy eyes, and Ibuki
tells her not to look at her like that, and says she can throw the hat away if
she doesn't need it. Sumomo says she would never do such a thing, and that she
will always value it. Ibuki says it's a free hat, and Yuma notes that she keeps
repeating as such, and Yuma notes that it surely can't have been free, and
that hat was surely important to Ibuki, and therefore, that's the reason why
she gave it to Sumomo. Sumomo starts to cry in joy, and Ibuki tells her not to
cry, because seeing Sumomo cry is her weakness, and doesn't want her to fall
into such a habit. Sumomo says she wants to cry though, and Ibuki tells her
not to again, because it makes her want to cry as well, and she breaks down and
both girls embrace each other, sobbing. Yuma notes that seeing Ibuki cry shows
how young she really is, compared to how she always tries to look, and the rest
of them decide to be quiet and let the two have their moment.

Upstairs, Sumomo sighs drunkenly, and Yuma says she drank too much, recapping
that Koyuki brought out her crazy sake again, and everyone got drunk, making
the party that much more interesting. Yuma notes that it only got worse when
Otoha joined in, and Sumomo swerves and calls out to Yuma again. Yuma tells
her to steady herself, and tells her to hold on just a little bit more, and
Sumomo says she's sleepy. Yuma tells her to wait until they make it to her
room, otherwise she might catch a cold. Sumomo breathes in and out, and Yuma
notes that she's fallen asleep standing up, and curses, and starts to carry
her the rest of the way.

Yuma says they're here, and Sumomo jumps onto the bed, surprising Yuma, who
asks if she's gotten more sober. Sumomo says she just woke up and giggles.
Yuma says it was a really wild party in the end, along with a hell of a feast.
Sumomo agrees and giggles again, and Yuma says by the way, and Sumomo ask what
is it. Yuma asks her to let go of his neck, and Sumomo says no way. Yuma asks
why not, and Sumomo says she doesn't want him to leave and giggle again. Yuma
looks at her in surprise, and Sumomo hesitantly says she wants him to kiss her.
Yuma asks why so suddenly, and Sumomo simply says that it's because it's her
birthday today, and therefore she wants him to kiss her, than asks if he
doesn't want to. Yuma is silent than says there must be something else he can
do, but notes quietly that he can't resist when she looks and so cute and asks
in such a way, noting that no one would be able to resist. Yuma asks if she's
sure, and Sumomo nods, citing again that today's her birthday, and says she
wants him to kiss her before the fate changes, and closes her eyes, waiting.
Yuma notes that she as his younger sister depended on him too much, but says
that she's not his younger sister anymore, and he quietly leans down and kisses
her. Time stands still for a moment, and they continue to kiss, deepening the
kiss before too long and beginning to add their tongues into the mix,
exploring each others mouths.

Sumomo's Path, Scene 4


A. Sumomo on Top

1) Come Inside Sumomo.

2) Pull Out.


B. "Birthday Present"

1) Come Inside Sumomo.

2) Pull Out.

~~End H-Scene


Afterwards, they are both sleeping in Sumomo's bed, after Sumomo took a shower
to hide the obvious signs of their actions from Otoha, and Sumomo fell fast
asleep almost immediately, clutching the hat she received from Ibuki close to
her chest, and Yuma notes that she really seems to love it, and that Ibuki
chose her present well, that she didn't let go of it even after getting drunk.
Yuma notes that he understands her feelings well, Yuma watches Sumomo happily
sleep, and she calls out to him. Yuma asks if she had a bad dream, and Sumomo
shakes her said and says she just wants to see his face. Yuma says he
understands, and turns on the light, and Sumomo says it's too bright. Yuma
asks if she's alright, and says got plastered. Sumomo says she doesn't seem to
have a hangover yet, and Yuma tells her not to drink so much next time. Sumomo
laughs and apologizes, and says she couldn't help it because she was so happy.
Yuma says he's worried about Ibuki too, as she went into a drunken frenzy as
well, and wonders if that was her first time drinking. Sumomo asks where is
Ibuki, and Yuma says she stayed over, trusting them for the night. Sumomo says
she's glad to hear so, and Yuma asks if she wants to sleep together with Ibuki.
Sumomo says it's alright, and to let her rest. Yuma laughs and says she finally
seems to realize that people need their space from time to time. Sumomo asks
what he means by that, and Yuma says her problem is that she's too pushy.
Sumomo says she knows, but says she didn't think anything else was working with
Ibuki. Yuma agrees, noting that Ibuki may never have opened herself up if
Sumomo hadn't been so pushy. Yuma says she did well, and Sumomo nods and says
she's glad. Yuma asks if she likes the hat, and Sumomo says she will treasure
it forever. Yuma asks if she thinks it will be her most important treasure,
and Sumomo nods and says it will be number one. Yuma says that he has some
stiff competition than. Sumomo looks at him, confused, and Yuma takes a little
box out of his pocket and hands it to Sumomo. Yuma tells her happy birthday,
and says this present is from him. Sumomo opens it, and inside is the pendant
from the antique store. (YES!!!) Yuma notes that it still shines as beautifully
as it did in the store window, and says he hoped that she didn't think that he
didn't get her anything. Sumomo asks if she can wear it, and Yuma nods, and
Sumomo asks if he'll put it on her, and Yuma says he understands, and takes
off the previous pendant Sumomo always wore, than ties his on. Yuma asks if
that did it, and Sumomo thanks him. Yuma says he can say that it suits her now,
although he could before. Sumomo cries out to Yuma and kisses him, and says she
loves him.

~~End Sunday, April 30th.

~~Credits Roll.


(et) Epilogue (Sumomo's True Ending)


The wind blows on a certain Sunday afternoon, and that there is always a happy
air around the Kohinata home these days, and Yuma enjoys his quiet time, than
a sizzle sounds, and Yuma is jerked from his daydream, noting that he still
can't relax even now. Sumomo asks if he's alright, and Yuma says he's not used
to this yet. Sumomo laughs and says that he's the one who wanted her to teach
him how to make croquettes, and Yuma recaps that they are spending all of this
Sunday trying to teach him how to make croquettes. Sumomo says that her
croquettes really don't have any secret ingredients. Otoha comes in and says
she wants to see. Sumomo tells her no, that she kept causing trouble a little
while ago. Otoha says that Sumomo keeps hogging Yuma to herself, and Sumomo
starts to panic, than recovers and says the process of passing on her 
croquette cooking is secret, and no outsiders are allowed in the kitchen. Otoha
says she can teach it to Yuma, but not to her, and Sumomo cracks. Yuma asks if
the croquettes are supposed to rise slowly, and Sumomo comes back to normal and
nods. Otoha says she's been deceived by Sumomo, and Yuma picks up a croquette
from the frying pan, noting the color is a nice brown. Sumomo says he should
try it out quickly, and Yuma agrees and says here goes. Yuma eats it, and
Sumomo asks how does it taste. Yuma says it's good, and that the taste is
limited by having to deep-fry it. Sumomo says that's good, and Yuma says it
tastes different that Sumomo's croquettes though. Sumomo asks if he's sure,
since he made it the same way she does. Yuma says it's different, and says he's
not sure if it's up to Sumomo's croquettes, but it's pretty good itself.
Sumomo nods, than says they'll each make one and she'll taste both of them to
compare, and they begin and quickly have each of theirs made. Sumomo says hers
is done, than quickly tells Yuma wait, as he snatches her croquette, and shouts
out that this is her croquette alright. Sumomo groans and says she was
supposed to eat it. Yuma apologizes and says he couldn't resist, and Otoha says
she wants to try this taste testing too. Sumomo nervously laughs, and Yuma
notes that because Otoha is here she can't say what she would normally say, and
allows Yuma to finish eating the croquette, noting that they have such awkward
moments happen a lot when they are around Otoha. Yuma says hers is too good,
and his can't compare. Sumomo says his looks tasty as well though. Yuma says
he doesn't think so, because the shape is different. Sumomo says the simplest
foods are the most delicious, and Yuma says they should get on with the tasting
than. Sumomo nods and says she'll try another one of hers first, and she does,
saying that it taste the same as always. Yuma says his is next, but Sumomo asks
him to wait, and says there is one secret ingredient in cooking, and asks if
he's noticed it by now. Yuma says there was a secret ingredient after all, and
Sumomo giggles and says that he obviously hasn't noticed. Yuma says she doesn't
have to keep saying it, and wonders when she snuck in the ingredient, noting
that they made their croquettes the same way and time, and picks one up in each
hand and examines them. Yuma says there doesn't seem to be anything different
on the outside, and Sumomo says the look doesn't matter. Yuma says she put in a
secret seasoning than, and Sumomo happily nods. Yuma says he didn't put
anything in his although he followed her directions to the letter. Sumomo asks
if he wants her to tell him, and Yuma says of course. Sumomo says she'll show
him than, and tells him to feed her one of his croquettes, and opens her
mouth, waiting. Yuma notes that even with Otoha here she doesn't seem to care,
and Sumomo tells him to hurry up. Yuma sighs and picks up a croquette and feeds
it to Sumomo. Yuma asks if it's good, and Sumomo squeals and says his tastes
better than hers do. Yuma asks what about the secret ingredient, and Sumomo
giggles and says she showed him a minute ago, that the secret ingredient is
love. Yuma bursts out laughing and says that's silly. Sumomo tells him not to
laugh, that she's serious. Yuma apologizes and says he couldn't help it. Sumomo
says he has no right to be laughing since his croquettes are better than hers.
Yuma asks how he did it though, and Sumomo explains that his love poured out
into the croquette and soaked up into it. Yuma says that doesn't make sense,
and Sumomo says the taste on her croquettes for herself is limited because
she already knows her own love. Yuma slowly says he's beginning to understand,
and holds up another croquette to Sumomo, surprising her, and Yuma tells her to
eat up before it cools. Sumomo nods, and Yuma asks if it's really that good.
Sumomo nods again, adding that it's very good. (Note: Cute picture.) Yuma says
that he doesn't need any compliments than, and Sumomo says she's not meaning
to make it sound that way, that it truly is delicious, and says he poured all
of his love into it.

~~End Sumomo's True Ending.


~~End Sumomo's Path. Congratulations! See the Extras area now!



~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Walkthrough Split~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


(F) True Path - It's A Happy and Heartful School Life!


(fa) Preface: How to Follow this Path.


Before I get started, for those who have watched the Happiness! Anime that was
created because of this game, the Anime follows points from all of the
storylines, but sticks with the True Path the most, so those people will
recognize some things when they happen. For those who haven't watched the
Anime, you can easily find the episodes on YouTube, Veoh, and other video
services. However, I stress that you finish the True Path of the game before
you watch the Anime, as the story drastically differs is some areas, and the
game came first, so it's what really happens.


In order to unlock the True Path for viewing/playing, you must have completed
the True Ending for each of the four preceding girls' paths. Next, you should
start a new game (helps if you choose to skip the Prologue via the 2nd option
under New Game.) and make the following choices when the Options come up.
(Note, utilize the "Jump" action to skip directly to each choice, to speed
things up significantly.)

April 6th: Option Two
April 7th (First Choice): Option Two
April 7th (Second Choice): Option Two
April 8th (First Choice): Option Three
April 8th (Second Choice): Option One
April 10th: Option One


Basically, you are turning down most offers that allow you to willingly help or
go along with the other four girls up until this point. Now, onto the next part
of the walkthrough!


(fb) Date: Monday, April 10th


For now, after you get through picking the last choice, skip ahead to where
every guy is arguing to become Class Officer to work with Haruhi. When Yuma is
about to cave and let Jun vote him for Class Officer, Hachi zooms over, and
everyone other guys complains as well. Jun says this isn't going to solve
anything than, and Hachi moves closer and says that working with the committee
is really unpleasant, and Yuma punches Hachi back, telling him not to bring his
face so close. Jun asks Haruhi who she would like to work with, and Haruhi
admits Yuma, since it will be easy to work together as they sit next to each
other. Hachi cracks, and Jun says that's that than since the other Class
Officer recommends it, and Hachi falls to the ground sobbing, and that's the
end of the fight, thanks to Haruhi, and Yuma feels a little glad. Haruhi says
she looks forward to working with him, and Yuma says he'll try his best.

Note: The way to tell if you got the True Path or not, obviously, is with the
True Path, you don't have a choice, Yuma is elected as Class Officer, similar
to how he was on your very first play through. If the Options come up, you're
headed toward one of the four main girls, whether you like it or not.


Time: After School


Yuma is in Oasis, and notes that it is really crowded today, and that it'll
probably be that way for awhile. Otoha sees Yuma as she's making her rounds,
and Yuma tells her how busy it is. Yuma teases her, saying not to work so hard
that her hips would fall off. Yuma asks if she's found someone to work in place
of the graduate, but Otoha says she really needs to get on that right away
and Yuma says that sounds serious. Than an announcement comes over
the loudspeaker for Otoha, and the two of them wonder what they are calling
her for. Otoha is worried, because if she leaves, they will be seriously
understaffed, and looks at Yuma, as if pleading. Otoha of course asks Yuma to
help out for now until she gets back, and Yuma says he can't, saying he has no
experience, and that he'd only get in the way of getting things down. Otoha
says he'll work out just fine, and says she's glad that she can rely on him.
Yuma caves and says he'll help, and Otoha is happy. She says that his meal will
be free later. Yuma asks if there's a spare uniform that he can wear, and Otoha
says there should be one in the locker. Yuma says he'll go get changed, and
Otoha says to ask Anri for help if he needs it. Yuma chokes, and asks Otoha to
wait, but she's already run off by that point. Yuma feels really uncomfortable
now.

Anri teases Yuma, saying its fun watching him come and go so often, and Yuma
shoots back that she'll probably lose some weight coming and going herself.
Anri tells him to watch it, because even though they are equals as classmates,
she outranks him here at work, and says she controls how hard he'll be working.
(Damn, now that's a threat right there.) Yuma claims that Anri is a sadist, and
she bonks him with her serving tray for that crack. When Yuma asks why
she did it, she says that he didn't refer to her as his senior. When Yuma says
that he doesn't see the need for it, Anri resumes bonking him until Yuma does
as she asks. (Damn, she is a sadist.) Anri says that Yuma must follow the
rules, and says they better get back to work. Yuma makes one more crack, and
gets kicked in the nuts for it. (...Ow.) Anri asks him why she didn't think
she'd hear that, and he asks why she's like this in Oasis, and Anri says not to
think of it as a job, but to think of it as a battlefield, saying that you
could die from a lapse in judgment. Yuma says he understands a little, and
Anri says at least he's making progress. Her last piece of advice for now is to
always remember to smile. A customer calls for Anri, and Anri tells Yuma to
follow her and pick up on her moves.

Yuma can't believe how tough the job is. He's almost ready to faint, and it's
only been an hour since he started working. Koyuki now walks in, and asks Yuma
if he's started working here now. Yuma greets her, and says he had to step in
for his mother, since she was called away by the school. Koyuki is proud that
Yuma is helping out his mom, but notes that the cafeteria is really busy today.
Yuma agrees, saying he could use cat's paws, and Koyuki teasingly begins
to meow. When Yuma asks her about it, Koyuki offers to help him out. Yuma says
she can, but she won't get a discount off her food if she does. Koyuki says
that's fine, and when Yuma asks if she's sure, Koyuki says she is. Although
Koyuki adds on at the last minute that Yuma will owe her a favor, and when she
comes to collect, he better pay up. (Damn her!) Yuma understands, and thanks
her again. Yuma wonders if they have another uniform, however, and knows he
can't ask Anri, as she's too busy herself. As Yuma ponders the problem, Koyuki
dashes to the kitchen, saying she'll be right back. Yuma wonder's what she's
going to do, and people keep flooding into the cafeteria. Yuma says he'll hold
out until she returns, and gets back to work.

Yuma is being run ragged, taking orders left and right, seating customers,
clearing and cleaning the tables, and rinse and repeat. Yuma finally trips over
his feet, and falls while he's carrying someone's order. However, before he
hits the ground, Anri casts a spell on him that slows his fall, and Yuma
quickly sets the order on a nearby table, than crashes. Yuma wonders if the
food is alright, and while it is, he broke the serving tray. Anri comes over
and smacks him on the head again for doing so, but forgives him since that's
all that happened. Yuma than recalls what happened, and asks Anri if she helped
him with magic. Anri says she always carries Paella with her in case of such
emergencies, and Yuma thanks her, adding on the -senpai. (senior suffix) Anri
is shocked that Yuma finally called her that seriously, and when Yuma asks her
what's wrong, Anri runs off, embarrassed. (////) Yuma than realizes that Anri
is actually quite shy, and thinks she's dumb for not showing it. Yuma slowly
gets up, and gets back to work.

Yuma delivers another order, this one to Koyuki, and Yuma asks her why hers is
the last order he is delivering, and asks her what she did after she agreed to
help him. Koyuki pulls out a sign, saying she had it up earlier, that reads
"Lucky Good Fortune." Koyuki directed everyone to Oasis with her fortune
telling, overcrowding the place, and sealed Yuma to owe her a favor sometime in
the future. (Damn. She's good.) Koyuki also points at a sign that Yuma didn't
notice before that reads "To celebrate the opening of our new menu, have your
fortune told for free!" Koyuki says all she did was help out in her own way.
Yuma asks her if she meant by attracting more people to Oasis, and Koyuki
confirms it. Yuma tells her that he didn't mean for her to send even MORE
people here, but Koyuki says it did boost Oasis' sales numbers, which Yuma
can't argue, and Yuma can't continue the argument. Koyuki than asks him to take
her plate, and Yuma is surprised to find that she's already finished eating.
Anri yells at him from the background, asking him to hurry up. Koyuki says the
last piece of the puzzle has slipped into place. Yuma says he won't forget what
Koyuki did today, and Koyuki tells him to fight on, and leaves.

After another hour, Anri notices that Yuma looks exhausted, and teases him for
it, saying he's getting sloppy. When Yuma asks what she means, she points out
that tables 3 and 14 haven't been cleared, and that table 7 is still waiting
for him to take their order. (It seems they aren�ft done yet, jeez.) Yuma knows
he can't complain though, since Anri has been doing a lot more work than he
has, and hurries to keep working. Yuma relays an order back to Anri, and she
says that he's getting better. When Yuma explains that he's just picking up on
everything, Anri giggles, saying she was the same way when she first started.
Yuma says she's horrible, teasing him like this, but notes that their
conversations have become a lot less hostile as of late, and that he doesn't
mind it being so busy anymore either. Otoha finally arrives, saying she was
held up. Otoha says she'll take over for him again, but Yuma says he'd like to
finish today up, as it's almost closing time. Otoha is surprised, but says he
can finish up. Yuma jokes that help came at the last minute, and Otoha is
happy, saying she loves him for helping out. Yuma asks her not to hug him so
much out in public, and when Otoha asks what she means, Yuma starts to explain,
until Anri calls for him again. Otoha wonders if a golden combo has been born,
and Yuma asks her if she set this up to begin with. Yuma says they had better
get back to work, and they all do so.


Time: Evening


Exhaustion sets in for Yuma as the last customer leaves, and Anri brings him a
cold drink. (Wow, she really is kind sometimes.) Anri states that it's pathetic
to see a man look like Yuma does, and Yuma retorts back, asking Anri how she
can have so much energy. Anri simply states it's the difference between her and
Yuma. Anri says that he worked hard though, and Yuma shies away. Anri gets a
little peeved, asking Yuma why he doesn't appreciate praise. Yuma says he's
glad, but Anri says he doesn't look happy at all, and says that he probably
won't be able to work again tomorrow. Yuma protests that he was just helping
out because of special circumstances, and Anri is surprised, unaware of the
conditions. Yuma thought Anri knew, and Anri gets embarrassed, saying she just
misunderstood Yuma's intentions. (////) Yuma wonders if Anri thought of him as
being a rival at doing their jobs, and Anri retorts by saying Yuma had better
be joking with his skills. Yuma says that he doesn't regret what he did today,
as he'll hard work and praise is all he needs for a reward. Anri calls him an
idiot, and says that's not all the job is about. Anri than finishes her drink,
and says she has to get going. Yuma tells her to slow things down a bit, but
Anri says that's not her pace. Yuma thanks Anri again, and she says bye. Yuma
notes that while Anri did have to work a little harder to cover up for his
mistakes, she seemed happier by the end of the day. Yuma than says that the
cafeteria will probably be short for awhile longer, and resolves to continue to
support the place. Yuma thinks to himself while he finishes his juice, and
Otoha calls out to him, asking where Anri has gone. Yuma tells her Anri left a
minute ago, and she seems disappointed, saying she needed to give Anri her
schedule for next week. Yuma tells her to call and tell Anri the schedule over
the phone, but Otoha says she can never reach Anri on her phone, as Anri told
her that she's always in a place out of reach of a cell tower. Otoha asks Yuma
if he can run after Anri and give her the schedule, and Yuma asks her if she
can just give Anri the schedule tomorrow. Otoha pouts, saying she has stuff to
do tomorrow. Yuma finally caves under her whining, and sets out after Anri,
noting that since she only left a little while ago, he should be able to catch
up to her before she reaches the dormitory if he runs full out.

Yuma catches up to Anri in the park, where she is enjoying the trees, and as he
shouts out to her, Anri squeaks and quickly turns around and walks up to Yuma
and slaps him hard. Yuma asks what the hell was that for, and Anri says he
shouldn't surprise her like that. Yuma notes that getting treated like this
after all he's done is too cruel. Anri says she'll be seen if he yells too
loud, than gasps, and Yuma asks what's wrong. Anri sighs and says someone left.
Yuma asks who, and Anri says it was Haruhi. Yuma asks what about her, and Anri
says that she saw Haruhi head into the forest a short time ago. Yuma asks if
that's unusual, and Anri says she was about to go in when Yuma came up yelling.
Yuma apologizes, and Anri says there's no way she'll catch up to Haruhi now.
Yuma looks down, than apologizes and says he'll make it up to her. Anri says he
doesn't have to, but Yuma insists on it. Anri asks why he's being so insistent,
and Yuma than says that he just ran all the way out here to give her the
schedule for next week as well. Anri looks up than and says thank you, and
takes it when Yuma offers it. Anri sighs and says she has to work tomorrow
after school again. Yuma says not to blame him, and Anri says she knows, than
calls to him. When Yuma asks what, Anri asks if he's curious about why Haruhi
went into the forest as well. Yuma hesitates, wanting to say yes, and Anri
says never mind, and says she hopes to see him after school tomorrow to take
her spot, and says bye and runs away. Yuma takes a second to realize what she
said, and yells after Anri. Yuma decides not to run after her again, and
reluctantly heads for home.

~~End Monday, April 10th.


(fc) Date: Tuesday, April 11th


Time: Morning


Yuma is woken up by his alarm clock, and hits the snooze button to hit ten more
minutes. However, Sumomo runs to the door and tells him to get up. Yuma shouts
that he's only going to sleep ten minutes more, and Sumomo says he can't. Yuma
says he was up late last night studying, and Sumomo says he shouldn't have
stayed up so late. Yuma says he doesn't want to hear any words of wisdom right
now, and Sumomo shouts out that he needs to listen, and says breakfast is
already done, and tells him to hurry and head downstairs. Yuma says he will,
and Sumomo says he better not still be in his pajamas. Yuma notes that Sumomo
isn't hard to work around, and says he liked her better when she was hung over.

Yuma gets up and his drowsiness goes away as he gets ready for school, and that
he's only waiting on Sumomo now to leave. (Yuma notes that she sure is slow
today, and Sumomo rushes out shortly, apologizing for making him wait. Yuma
says that she may wake him up, but she takes too long to get ready. Sumomo
apologizes and she'll try to hurry from now on. Yuma says if he knew they were
going to be late today he would have insisted on sleeping in. Sumomo says he
gets too angry easily, and says he can make up for it by going to bed early
tonight. Yuma says he doesn't want to wait for tonight now.

As they walk to school, Sumomo asks Yuma what he's going to do after school.
Yuma says he doesn't have anything planned, unless Class Officer work keeps
him busy. Sumomo says it sounds serious, and Yuma asks what she's going to do.
Sumomo says she's going to hang out with Ibuki, and Yuma says she really likes
Ibuki, and Sumomo nods happily. Yuma tells her not to bother Ibuki too much
though, and Sumomo says she understands, and laughs. Yuma wonders if she really
understands though...

As they enter the entrance hall, Anri comes running up and says hi to Yuma.
Yuma is silent, and Anri asks what's wrong. Yuma asks whys she's late as well.
Anri laughs and asks if he wants to get beat up this early in the morning.
Yuma struggle to get his words out, as Anri has stuck Paella into his mouth.
Anri says it's alright, and tells him to come on already. Paella says he didn't
appreciate that, and Yuma agrees with Paella. Anri asks Yuma if he remembers
what they were talking about yesterday. Yuma says he remembers giving Anri her
schedule, and Anri says not that, but about Haruhi, when she disappeared into
the forest, and asks if he wasn't curious to find out what she's doing in
there. Yuma tries to say he's not really interested, and Anri says she bets
that Haruhi is practicing magic in the forest. Yuma tries to say that's nice,
and Anri asks if he thinks the same as well. Yuma tries to say something again,
but Anri cuts him off...again and Haruhi is going to stress herself to her
limits if she keeps this up. Yuma notes that he can't even get a word in at
all, and Anri says she needs his help. Yuma says he doesn't think it's a good
idea to pry into other people's business, especially in the forest, and Anri
says he hit the bull's-eye. Yuma says she can count him out of it, and Anri
says he should be concerned since both he and Haruhi are the Class Officers.
Yuma says he didn't even want to be Class Officer, and Anri says she doesn't
see what's so bad about this, since he'll get to spend even more time with
Haruhi, and asks if he really wished for that, to have an excuse to be with
Haruhi. Yuma asks what the hell is she trying to say, and Anri laughs and asks
why he's getting all red in the face for. Yuma says it's because she's pissing
him off, and says he's heading to class. Anri follows him and asks him to wait
up. Yuma notes that he wants nothing to do with Anri today.


Time: Lunch


Finally at lunch, Yuma decides to head to Oasis for lunch, and Haruhi asks if
he doesn't have a lunch box today. Yuma says Sumomo couldn't make one today,
and Haruhi says that sounds a little serious. Yuma says he's joking and that
today's the day he usually eats at Oasis. Hachi comes over growling, asking
what Yuma's doing. Yuma asks Hachi what's wrong, and Hachi says he's talking
to Haruhi privately, and Jun asks Hachi what he's trying to say. Hachi makes
up a very disturbing and horrible rap about Yuma trying to get Haruhi to eat
rice with him, and Yuma shouts out no thank you, and Hachi continues his
rap, saying that both of them have an Infinite Brotherhood of Justice. (I HATE
HACHI!!!) Hachi says that since he's a friend, Yuma will surely buy him lunch
today and flees, as Yuma tells him to wait up. Jun tells Haruhi bye and follows
Hachi out, and Haruhi nervously laughs and says she'll see them soon. Yuma's
worried, wondering if the rest of the class is interested in him and Haruhi's
"relationship".

Yuma says he'll only pay for half of their lunch today since they're his
friends, and Jun says that's alright, and wonders where to sit today. Hachi
asks who that cute girl is, and when Yuma follows his gaze, Yuma sees Sumomo
together with Ibuki. Hachi is surprised to hear that he knows her, and asks how
he does, and Yuma says she's Sumomo's friend, not his. Jun calls over to
Sumomo, Sumomo greets the three of them, and Ibuki asks if he's Sumomo's older
brother. Yuma nods, and Jun tells Sumomo to introduce her friend. Hachi gets
mad and says he was going to say that, and Sumomo giggles and tells Hachi to
settle down, and says her friend is Shikimori Ibuki, who is also in her class.
Ibuki is quiet, and Hachi introduces himself, and says it's nice to meet her.
Ibuki tells Hachi to not call her -chan, (Not this again <_<) Jun says she's
so cute, and can't help but call her than. Ibuki tells Sumomo she doesn't like
Jun, believing like most on a first impression that Jun is a girl, and says she
doesn't listen. Sumomo giggles and informs Ibuki that Jun's a guy, and Ibuki
freaks, as expected. Jun says he doesn't care what Ibuki refers to him as, than
tells Sumomo they should all eat together, and Hachi backs Jun. Sumomo says
they would welcome them, and turns to Ibuki to get her approval. Ibuki mutters
she wishes that Sumomo would quiet down a little, and Jun says she looks
forward to eating with both of them. Ibuki yells out that she told them to stop
calling her -chan.

As they sit down, Hachi says Ibuki is so cute she looks like a doll, and Ibuki
says how many times does she have to tell them not to refer to her with -chan.
Yuma asks if she really hates it that much, and asks if he should call her by
her last name, Shikimori. Ibuki says her first name will do, just don't add
-chan to the end of it. Jun says she's so cute, and if they can't use -chan
they'll have to come up with a nickname for her than. Ibuki says she doesn't
want a nickname, and Yuma notes that it will be hard to handle Ibuki, that she
keeps resisting all attempts to make friends. Sumomo says their food has
arrived, and looks for chopsticks. Ibuki nervously asks if it's burnt, and Jun
laughs and says that Sumomo has made an interesting friend. Hachi says he wants
to make Ibuki happy too, but Sumomo tells Hachi too bad and says she and Ibuki
are a lovely couple, but says he can have Yuma if he wants. (HAHA!) Ibuki
cracks and asks what Sumomo is talking about, and Hachi says no, that the human
race will be lost if they both are lesbians, and that it's bad enough with Jun
wavering between both sexes, and Yuma, Jun and Ibuki punch Hachi together, with
Yuma telling him not to mess with Sumomo, and Jun says that he's not useless
for reproduction, followed by Ibuki who gets pissed and says Hachi's
misunderstanding too much, and continues to smack Hachi with her umbrella, as
Hachi asks Ibuki to please stop because it hurts. Ibuki says the gloves are
off, and Yuma says he completely agrees, and Hachi falls to the ground, trying
to give them punishment for fighting, and Jun knocks Hachi out, declaring
himself the winner. (Complete with ring bell!) Yuma hopes they can finally
settle down at eat lunch with Hachi knocked out. Shortly thereafter, all five
of them, including Hachi who revived and stopped being stupid, enjoyed a fun
lunch.


Time: After School


Anri calls Yuma over after the bell rings, and Yuma wonders what she
wants now. Yuma follows her out into the hall, and Anri says they won't have a
chance if they don't hurry. Yuma asks what about, and Anri says it's about
Haruhi. Yuma notes that he and Haruhi have to do some Class Officer work still,
and Yuma asks why Anri wants him to look for Haruhi. Anri says it's because of
the fact Haruhi disappeared into the forest yesterday, and Yuma says that may
simply be a hobby of Haruhi's. Anri says that Haruhi has been behaving strangely
recently though, and Yuma asks how so. Anri says she's hiding something. Yuma
asks if there really needs to be two people instead of one spying on here, and
Anri says it's hard to ask her by herself, and therefore, pleads with Yuma to
help. Yuma says fine, but only as long as they don't get too deep into any
business that doesn't concern them. Anri thanks him, and says she'll see him
later and runs off, leaving Yuma to head back into class to work on the Class
Officer work with Haruhi.

Both of them look over the financial expenditures for the class, and point out
various things the other students have done to make things cost more. Haruhi
says this will take longer than she thought, and blushes, a little embarrassed.
Haruhi says she still has to do something for Anri too, and Yuma falls silent,
recalling what Anri asked him to do, and notes that it's worth a shot. Yuma
begins to ask Haruhi about yesterday, but Haruhi's phone begins to ring, and
Haruhi apologizes and says to give her a minute. Haruhi answers, and says she
understands, and says she'll be there soon and hangs up and sighs. Yuma asks if
something pressing has just come up, and Haruhi nods and says her teacher
called her. Yuma tells her to go on ahead, and Haruhi asks if he'll be alright,
and Yuma nods. Haruhi apologizes again, and asks what about this list, and Yuma
says they can do it tomorrow. Haruhi nods, and says she's really sorry again,
than grabs Soprano and her bags and hurries away, leaving him alone. Yuma sighs
and says he wasn't able to ask Haruhi about yesterday, than gets back to the
rest of the work that he now has to do alone.


Time: Evening


Yuma complains that his shoulders are stiff as he leaves the office, having
just returned the list that he and Haruhi will have to finish tomorrow, and
Yuma is a little surprised that it's already this late, and says the rest of
the work sure kept him busy. Anri walks up and says he looks tired. Yuma asks
if her shift had already ended, and Anri nods, and asks how did he do. Yuma
admits that right as he was about to ask Haruhi, she got a phone call and had
to leave early. Anri asks who called, and Yuma recalls that it was her teacher.
Anri asks if it was Suzuri, and Yuma says he guesses so, since he thinks that
it's also rude to try and eavesdrop on telephone conversations too. Anri says
something is going on, and Yuma asks what, and Anri says it's about Haruhi and
Suzuri, that they've been acting strangely since February. Yuma wonders why,
than asks Anri says she should try to investigate quietly, but doubts that
she'd leave people alone and poke into their love affairs if necessary, and
wants no part in anything like that. Anri asks if he's afraid of danger, and
Yuma says why she thinks it would be dangerous. Anri says it might be when they
ask Haruhi about this later. Yuma is quiet for a moment, than asks what she
means, and Anri asks if he forgot about what happened to the Magic Section.
Yuma says of course he hasn't, and Anri says with Haruhi receiving calls from
their teacher has her even more worried about things, and says both events have
to be connected. Yuma notes that Anri has determined something finally after
thinking about it for a while, and Anri thanks Yuma, and says she's going after
Haruhi. Yuma asks if Haruhi wouldn't think her the criminal if she encountered
her out in the forest, and Anri says she can't possibly think that, but says he
has a point. Yuma sighs, and Anri adds that if she's alone it gives her the
perfect opportunity to show off her power. Yuma sighs, and Anri continues,
saying that she doesn't like her rival to hold secrets in. Yuma admits that is
a pretty good reason, and Anri thanks him, because she thought for a second she
was being a little too mean. Yuma says possibly, and Anri says bye, and Yuma
waits her pigtails flap in the air as she runs off. Yuma thinks hard, and notes
that his feelings go halfway here, than says that it's Anri's fault to begin
with, and that he'll meddle some more.

Yuma follows Anri, who enters the forest where Haruhi left yesterday, noting
that Anri seems to believe Haruhi came here today as well. Yuma wonders why
Haruhi would be here in the first place though, and recalls when the Magic
Section blew up, and remembers that his first instinct was that it wasn't a gas
explosion that caused it, it was magic, and it's impossible for Haruhi to be
mixed up in something unless magic really was the cause for the explosion in
the first place. Yuma keeps thinking this as he carefully makes his way through
the forest, trying not to lose his footing on the gnarled roots, adding that he
could lose his balance at any time if he becomes distracted, and does just so,
causing Anri to look behind her in surprise and cry out, along with Haruhi from
a different direction. Both of them come out from different directions of the
forest, both surprised to find Yuma and each other here, and Haruhi asks what
they are doing here. Yuma asks why she's here, since she was supposed to be
with her teacher for business, and Yuma gets up and regains his senses and
dusts off his pants, noting that this atmosphere will be awkward for a bit.
Yuma than says he was looking for Anri, but didn't have her phone on. Anri says
she usually turns it off when she's going to practice her magic. Yuma notes
that Anri is good at improvising, and Haruhi turns to Yuma, and he nods. Haruhi
says that he may not know since he's a General Section student, but the inner
forest is off-limits. Yuma nods and says he didn't know. Haruhi nods and tells
him not to enter in the future, and says to take care. Yuma says he
understands, and Haruhi informs Anri she can't practice where she usually does
anymore either. Anri says she can't practice in a regular place to beat her,
and Haruhi sighs and tells Anri not to go into the inner forest either. Anri
apologizes and says she won't, and tells Yuma that she thinks she hears Otoha
calling them. Yuma nods, and Anri says they better hurry, and tells Haruhi bye.
Haruhi nods and tells Yuma good evening, and he says good night, and Anri pulls
him behind her and they leave. Yuma notes when he looked back that Haruhi was
looking at them curiously.

After they are back out of the forest, Anri sighs and says they survived, than
says she was surprised to see Yuma there. Yuma apologizes and says he was
worried about Haruhi. Anri says he should have just gone along with her to
begin with. Yuma tells himself she's right, but didn't really think Haruhi
would be in the forest, than she told them that the forest was off-limits as
well, making him very curious as to what's going on.


Time: Night


Sumomo tells Otoha she's going to make their lunches tonight, and Otoha asks
what's the occasion, and Sumomo says she's also making one for Ibuki, and
Sumomo turns to Yuma and tells him there's no charge. Yuma says he's just glad
that she's happy. Sumomo giggles and says he should join them at lunch tomorrow
before the opportunity fades away, and Yuma says that might be nice.
Otoha says it would be great for Yuma to get to know Ibuki, and Sumomo cracks.
Yuma says that's not his intention, and Otoha tells Sumomo that men always say
that when they have an affair. Yuma tells her to stop telling tall tales, and
Sumomo sinks and says she can't believe Yuma would act like this. Yuma tells
her not to get so depressed over a story that isn't true. Otoha says it's a
guy's role to comfort the girl and smiles broadly. Yuma says her way of
teaching values makes no sense at all.

~~End Tuesday, April 11th.


(fd) Date: Wednesday, April 12th


Time: Morning


Yuma comes up to Yuma making kissy faces, and Yuma says he doesn't want to see
this so early in the morning. Hachi says he was just trying to imitate Jun, and
Yuma says he knows that pisses him off and asks what he really wants. Hachi
begs Yuma to show him yesterday's math notes, Yuma is surprised that Hachi
isn't beating around the bush, but let's Hachi know that he slept through half
of math yesterday, and looks around for someone else who would have the notes.
Yuma calls over to Jun, who asks what's up, and Yuma asks if he completed the
math homework. Jun says he didn't finish two questions, and asks Yuma which
problems he needs help on. Yuma says he know the fourth one, and Hachi laughs
and proudly declares he didn't do any of the seven. (...) Yuma tells Hachi to
calm down, noting that Jun seems to be in the same boat as them, having not
finished all of the problems, and it seems they are all going to need
supplementary lessons. Yuma than asks Haruhi if she finished all of the math
homework, and Haruhi nods, but says she doesn't think she did too well. Hachi
says she's just being modest and asks for her to give him her notes in the name
of love. Haruhi nervously apologizes and says someone already has her notes.
Hachi sighs and says Haruhi's notes are going to be hard to get with all of
this competition. Anri laughs and says he looks really embarrassed. Yuma asks
what's wrong with her, since she arrived well before the late bell. Anri says
no special reason, than let's out a little fanfare and takes out her notes.
Hachi says she didn't actually finish her homework, and Anri says yes, and that
she answered all of the questions correctly. Yuma says he expected Haruhi to do
so, but certainly not Anri, who leers at him and says that's rude. Hachi
apologizes to Anri for Yuma, trying to milk her into lending him her notes so
he can copy, and Anri hums happily and says she'll think about it. Yuma notes
that Anri seems a little too eager, and wonders if she messed up all the
questions after all. Haruhi let's out a sigh, and Yuma turns back to her,
noting her tired expression as she watches Anri and Hachi, and wonders what's
wrong. Yuma than recalls that she's probably remembering that long list they
have to complete as Class Officers, and Yuma takes it out of his desk, and
passes it to Haruhi and says he finished it up. Haruhi apologizes again for
making him finish stuff up when she had to leave. Yuma says it's alright since
he wants to show he's still useful from time to time, wanting to ask her about
the incident in the forest yesterday, noting that her expression yesterday
deterred him from doing so. Haruhi calls out to Yuma and Anri, and they look at
her, who is looking at them even though she's holding the list. Haruhi takes
out a pen and asks if either of them dropped it in the forest yesterday. Jun
says that looks like one of the pens he gave to everyone in class, and Haruhi
says it is, and that she found it yesterday. Yuma says it's not his, and Anri
also says she has hers. Haruhi thanks them for checking, and Yuma asks if she's
looking for the owner. Haruhi nods, but says she hasn't found them yet. Yuma
suggests that she go around asking everyone one at a time after homeroom, and
Haruhi says she plans to, but says she'll ask around a little more before than,
and thanks them again, than stands up and walks off, but Anri and Yuma follow
her with their eyes, noting that no one shows any sign of recognition, until
Haruhi makes her way to Shinya, and Jun says it seems that Shinya is the owner
of the lost pen. Anri and Yuma are quiet, remembering that Haruhi said she
found the pen in the forest, which means Shinya has been in there within the
past few days, and Yuma wonders what's in the Magic Section that would interest
Shinya so much that he'd go through the forest.


Time: Lunch


Yuma heads to Oasis, and sees Sumomo and Ibuki on the stairs, heading for the
roof. Ibuki says she's didn't have to do this, and Sumomo says she won't hear
of it, that she wants to share a happy lunch with her. Ibuki asks if that's
so. Sumomo wonders if she made too much after all, and Ibuki says she won't eat
too much food and get fat. Sumomo nods and says she understands. Ibuki says
she'll at least eat the side dish in order not to waste it all, and Sumomo
happily says that will do, and they disappear up the stairwell to the stairs,
leaving Yuma to note that they seem happy, despite Ibuki's rough edges. Yuma
feels an urge to join them, but than remembers that he doesn't have a lunch
today, and on to Oasis.

Yuma notes that it's strangely busier than usual today, noticing how busy Anri
is working already. Yuma notes that it would be best not to call over to her
right now, to save her a little workload, and moves further into the room.

Yuma looks around and sees Koyuki at her fortune-telling corner, and since she
has no guest, assumes she is relaxing for a moment. Yuma hears Koyuki's voice
in his head as they stare at each other, urging Yuma to come over and shocking
him. Koyuki urges again, laughing this time, and Yuma wonders if this is her
act to try and wrangle customers, and his legs begin to walk forward toward
her. Koyuki says the operation was a success, prompting Yuma to ask what the
hell. Koyuki says the customer she was expecting didn't come, and says she
noted his footfalls, and says hello. Yuma says hi, and Koyuki even if his love
fate is attacked, the possibility of dying an honorable death is high, but
tells him that his money could change all that. (...Dirty scare tactics...)
Koyuki than makes a face that pleads with him, and Yuma shouts out why is she
making that face.

Yuma decides to eat lunch with Koyuki, since neither of them have anyone else
to eat with, and while they wait for their food, Koyuki says that his fortune
will only lead to disaster, saying that he'll have to endure plenty for the
rest of the week. Yuma says he doesn't like how this month is turning out, and
Koyuki tries to comfort him, saying things can't possibly be like this next
week as well. Yuma says that doesn't help at all, and Koyuki says not to say
such a thing and laughs. Yuma asks if she doesn't have any charms or something
to stave this off, noting that he'll try anything to escape from this
foretelling of doom. Koyuki says she does, but they are back in her room. Yuma
asks if she means the Divination Club room, and Koyuki nods, and says he's
never been back to visit after going there once. Yuma nervously laughs, and
Koyuki says he should work on his memory since he's a member, and Yuma asks her
when he became a member, and Koyuki says that when he came last time she made
him an honorary member. Yuma says he had no idea, and Koyuki sadly admits that
she's wanted to make him a true member for a while, but he's still in the trial
period. Yuma says that's because everyone who joins her club runs away shortly
thereafter. Koyuki asks if this is true, and Yuma says so. Koyuki says she'll
be glad if he inadvertently joins her club, and Yuma says she's not very
convincing. Koyuki sighs and says it looks like the club with collapse when she
graduates. Yuma asks if she can't just register him as a ghost member, and
Koyuki asks how he knows about the ghost members. Yuma is silent for a second,
than says there aren't any real ghost members are there, and Koyuki asks if
he thinks he could leave if he knew that answer. Yuma says she's surely
joking, but notes that her face looks too serious for this to be a joke. Koyuki
says she's joking though, because even she doesn't see them every day. Yuma is
disturbed enough to hear that she sees ghost members occasionally, than
shakes it off, noting that he doesn't want to think about it further. Yuma says
it is a little unusual for a guy to like fortune-telling, than adds that Sumomo
would likely want to join if he did, since she likes fortune-telling as well.
Koyuki asks if that's true, and Yuma says Sumomo's looked it up, and says it's
hard to read a person who's specialty is so strange. Koyuki says that may be,
but as long as someone likes fortune-telling she doesn't care. Yuma says he'll
mention it to Sumomo than, and Koyuki says if things go well, Sumomo will be
the first new member of the club. Yuma notes he didn't know that absolutely
NO ONE but Koyuki was in the club, and Koyuki says she noticed that everyone
came to Oasis yesterday. Yuma says he didn't realize she was here yesterday,
and apologizes. Koyuki says she thought she saw a strange girl with them
though. Yuma asks if she means the small girl with silvery hair, and Koyuki
nods. Yuma says that was Sumomo's classmate, Shikimori Ibuki. Koyuki repeats
Ibuki's name to herself, and Yuma mentions she and Sumomo seem to have hit it
off as friends, and they should be up on the roof eating lunches that Sumomo
made for both of them. Koyuki is quiet, and Yuma asks what's wrong. Koyuki says
that it's nothing, and adds she's glad Sumomo made a friend. Yuma says he's not
sure if they're really friends, but it's probable, noting that they've been
together whenever Yuma sees them at school, but notes that Ibuki will probably
not have given into Sumomo all the time.


Time: After School


Classes end, and Anri goes over to Yuma and asks if he's ready to go. Yuma asks
where she's dragging him this time, and Anri tells him it's pointless to
resist, and Yuma tries to argue and Anri pulls him along out the door.

Anri finally stops on the stairs, and Yuma asks why she's being so pushy today,
and Anri brings up Haruhi again. Yuma says not again, and Anri says that
Haruhi didn't even eat her lunch today. Yuma asks about the event with the pen
earlier this morning, and Anri remembers it too, that Haruhi said she found it
in the forest, and that apparently it was Shinya who dropped it. Anri voices
this, and Yuma asks if she knows what Shinya or Haruhi could be doing in the
forest. Anri says that's what they are going to find out, and Yuma reminds her
that Haruhi said that the forest was off-limits now. Anri asks if he's going
to make her go alone, and says if he won't go she still is, and says she would
find it heartening if they went together, since she knows he's curious to find
out what is going on. Yuma tries to argue but stops, knowing she has him beat,
since yesterday when he turned down Anri's offer to go with her he followed her
anyway. Anri says he better get fired up, and Yuma sighs and says he
understands.

In the entrance hall, Anri and Yuma run into Koyuki. Anri asks Koyuki if she's
heading home, to which Koyuki says she's heading back to her club room, and
asks where they are going. Yuma says the forest, and Anri tries to shush him.
Yuma, oblivious, asks what, and Anri says to shut up, and use a little more
discretion. Yuma looks lost, and Anri asks if he really forgot what Haruhi said
yesterday. Yuma asks if she means about it being off-limits, (...IDIOT!) Anri
sighs and says yes, and tells him to think before he talks. Koyuki says that's
where they're going, and Anri blushes, and Yuma says it's not his idea to
begin with. Koyuki says he has balls to do such a thing, and Yuma asks why she
thinks that. Koyuki asks if he remembers that she read his fortune, and says
that sounds bad for him and laughs. Yuma says he just remembered he had some
urgent business and tells Anri she can go to the forest alone, and Anri asks if
he thinks she's going to let him run off now, and Yuma just nervously laughs.
Koyuki says that since there's no other way, she'll lend Yuma something, and
takes out two L-shaped sticks. Dowsing Rods. Yuma asks if they are, and Koyuki
nods and says their names are Dona and Kaku. Yuma thanks Koyuki, than asks
what he's supposed to do with them. Koyuki asks if he really doesn't know, and
Yuma asks why she's stammering. Koyuki walks away and tells him to work hard.
Anri says she's gone, and Yuma says she's as mysterious as always. Anri says
they may as well use the dowsing rods since Koyuki went to the trouble to give
them to them, and Yuma agrees, but can't help but feel uneasy.

Yuma says the rods seem to have lead them to here, and the rods bounce when
they are pointed into the forest. Anri asks Yuma if he knows what he's doing,
and Yuma says he feels like the rods are leading him somewhere, noting that
he's completely messed up and disoriented, thanks to the rods changing
directions every five seconds, like a stray kid. Anri says he doesn't have to
yell, and says he should be more hopeful. Yuma says she's the one yelling, and
Anri says she's just psyching herself up. Yuma says the rods are pulling
stronger now, and Anri tells him to do his best, and Yuma is yanked forward,
and Yuma feels that there's apparently a response, and the rods happily bounce
like dogs who have found a buried bone. Yuma points in the direction the rods
are pointing, and Anri says they should go.

When they get there though, they find nothing, and Yuma says as much. Anri says
to not move, and when Yuma looks confused, he looks back at the rods and sees
they are resonating again, and Yuma tries to stop, but he's too late, and Yuma
feels paralyzed. Anri says she told him to stop, and Yuma tells her that
someone is coming. Anri looks surprised, and Yuma says he apparently walked
into a trap, since he can't move his legs. Anri says she'll get rid of the
enchantment and tells him to wait a moment, and Yuma waits forever as Anri
tries to get rid of it, but with no success. Anri casts a spell, and Yuma
cries out in pain. Anri asks if that worked, and Yuma says of course not, and
says someone definitely coming. Anri tells him not to cry since he's a guy, than
says it seems he can move again. Yuma says he can't though, and Anri tells him
to move. Yuma says she's being cruel, unreasonable, and tyrannic, and that he's
glad she's not a magic teacher. Anri says that's not a nice thing to say, and
wonders who set such a powerful trap. Yuma notes that it was probably Haruhi,
since the rods only reacted when he was thinking about her, but wonders why she
set these kind of traps in the first place. Anri let's out a gasp, and Yuma
asks what's wrong. Anri says someone's coming, and they need to hide. Yuma says
he can't though, and Anri tells him to even if he can't. Yuma shouts that she's
being unreasonable, and as they argue, Haruhi arrives. Yuma notes she seems...
different, as she looks at them cautiously. Anri asks Haruhi if she set this
trap, and Haruhi says she did. Yuma says he's glad though, and asks Haruhi to
get him loose. Haruhi says he has questions to answer, and says they will tell
her why they came here, even after she told them this place was off limits.
Anri asks what about her, coming here when it's off-limits, and setting traps
on top of it. Haruhi says she got her teacher's permission, and Anri says she
wants to know what's going on here. Haruhi and Anri fall into an awkward
silence, and Yuma breaks the building tension and asks if the details involve
magic. Haruhi starts to say something, but stops, and Yuma says he'll try to
understand, and asks Anri if she'll do the same. Anri says she doesn't care
whether it's magical or not, and Yuma tells Haruhi that she's been going in and
out of the forest a lot, and asks what the she has to do with this place. Anri
says she wants to lend a hand with whatever is going on, and Yuma says it seems
to involve Shinya, since he also came here and dropped his pen in the process,
and says something must be going on here, or the forest wouldn't be off-limits,
nor would she have to set any traps. Haruhi asks what about the dowsing rods,
and Yuma says Koyuki gave them to him before they came here. Haruhi looks
surprised to hear Koyuki's name mentioned, and Yuma says she can ask Koyuki
about it, and says he would like to hear the circumstances of the situation.
Haruhi asks if they were just concerned, and Yuma nods. Anri asks why Haruhi is
out here hiding out and setting traps, and Yuma asks if she can release the one
he's in. Haruhi's phone begins to ring, and Anri tells her to go ahead and
answer it. Haruhi takes out her cell phone without taking her eyes off of them,
and answers. Haruhi greets her teacher, and says that her classmates are out
here. Apparently, she asks who, and Haruhi relays Anri and Yuma's names. Haruhi
than lets out a surprised gasp, and nervously says she understands, and
apologizes than hangs up. Haruhi casts a spell, and Yuma can move again, and
Haruhi sighs. Anri says no that that's done, she asks Haruhi what she's doing
out here. Haruhi says she doesn't want to get them any more involved, and says
she can't tell them. Anri says she's not going to give up this easily, and
Haruhi says normally can't tell anyone without her teacher's permission, and
asks if they will promise not to tell anyone else. Yuma says he understands,
and Anri echoes her agreement. Haruhi says she set these traps to try to catch
the person who's been sneaking into the forest. Yuma says that makes sense, now
that he thinks about it. Anri asks what else, and Haruhi relays that the school
has been weakened with the loss of the Magic Section, and says that since the
time it was lost, someone has been sneaking into the forest, searching for
something. Haruhi says she's been helping Suzuri by placing detection magic and
traps in the forest and around the Magic Section. Anri says she had no idea of
such a thing, but asks what this person is after. Haruhi says that their
selfish aims are directed towards magical goods kept at the school. Anri says
this is a dangerous situation, and Haruhi says that's why she wants the two of
them to forget everything about this and not to come back to the forest. Anri
looks reluctant, and Yuma asks Haruhi what about her safety. Haruhi looks
surprised, than says she's sure she'll be fine. Anri says she wants to do
anything she can to help, and Haruhi says that won't be necessary, and adds
that even if they asked her teacher if they could help, she probably wouldn't
let them. Anri asks if that's so, than tells Haruhi to give her a call if the
intruder shows up, and she'll come help, and Haruhi gives a small, embarrassed
smile. Yuma notes that he's just glad to find out what Haruhi was up to, and
that nothing bad seems to have come because of it, and notes that the Magic
Section is prided on it's security, and things must really be serious with it
out of the way, and wonders who in the world is sneaking around.

~~End Wednesday, April 12th.


(fe) Date: Thursday, April 13th


Time: Morning


Hachi yells at Yuma, saying that he's making a big mistake. Yuma asks what he's
all excited for this early, and Hachi says he wants to know Yuma's secret about
being able to talk to all the beautiful women. Yuma asks if he envies him much,
and Hachi says it's obvious, and uses Sumomo as an example. Sumomo looks
surprised for a second, and Hachi says of course, that every guy would love to
have her as a younger sister, and cries that he envies Yuma since he gets to
sleep under the same roof as her. Yuma says there's something wrong with his
methods, since she is his younger sister, and Jun asks why Hachi wants to be
like Yuma. Hachi says he thinks Yuma should clarify who he likes the most. Jun
says, in short, Hachi wants to know who he can't possibly have. Yuma says for
them not to say such things, and Hachi says it's his advise as a friend, and
says things won't end up good if you try to go after everyone and everything is
half-assed. Yuma says that's stupid, and Jun says it sounds like Hachi's
afraid he's running out of time on his childhood. Hachi shouts no and says he
still has sick time, and says he believes a "Super-Miracle" can happen. Jun
says such a miracle isn't likely to happen, and Sumomo says that miracles can
happen if he works hard enough, and says she'll help. Hachi thanks Sumomo, and
Jun wonders if this will all work out. Yuma says they'll just have to shadow
him for a while, and Jun agrees. Sumomo tells Hachi to keep fighting, and Hachi
yells.

Haruhi tells Yuma good morning, and Yuma greets her back, puzzled that she's
smiling, after seeing her look so serious yesterday in the forest. Haruhi says
she finished that list for their Class Officer work, and says they should give
it to their teacher before homeroom starts. Yuma says he understands, and says
they should go. Hachi cracks off to the side and says he likes Haruhi the most
after all. Yuma tells Haruhi not to worry about any strange outbursts from
Hachi today, and Haruhi nervously nods.

After they leave the faculty office, Haruhi apologizes for yesterday. Yuma asks
if she means what happened in the forest, and says she had every right to
suspect them. Haruhi nods and says she knows, but still apologizes for the way
she was acting. Yuma says it's alright, that it's harder to act if you are
acquainted with people you suddenly have to be suspicious of, and says he
believes she did the right thing. Haruhi asks if that's right, and Yuma admits
that he was a little scared though. Haruhi quickly apologizes again, and Yuma
says not to be, that he's the one who should be sorry. Haruhi nods, and Yuma
notes that the Haruhi he saw in the forest yesterday was a special case, but
notes that he doesn't ever want to see Haruhi angry again, and should take care
not to do so.


Time: Lunch


Yuma heads to Oasis again, since Sumomo didn't make him a lunch again, and
wonders how long she'll continue to do so. But when he opens his wallet, Yuma
discovers that he's almost totally broke, and says he'll just buy a roll and
water.

On the stairs, however, Yuma stops suddenly, after seeing two people he didn't
think knew each other talking: Koyuki and Ibuki. Than he remembers that Koyuki
seemed to know a little bit about Ibuki, and wonders what they're talking
about, but can't hear them. Yuma notes that Koyuki looks trouble though, and
Yuma wonders where Sumomo is, and as soon as he thinks so, Sumomo jumps onto
Ibuki, and Ibuki shouts out in surprise. Sumomo says she's going to eat with
her at lunch, and Ibuki says she shouldn't interrupt people when they're
talking. Koyuki mumbles, and Sumomo asks if it was really important, and Yuma
notes that Sumomo should really think before she leaps. Koyuki says she
doesn't mind, and tells Ibuki she must be going and leaves, and Ibuki sighs.
Both girls walk off as well.

Back on the stairwell, Koyuki calls out to Yuma, who whirls around in surprise,
wondering Koyuki saw him watching. Yuma apologizes for Sumomo interrupting
them, and Koyuki says it's alright. Yuma asks if she and Ibuki were talking
about something very serious, Koyuki says she didn't think so and was merely
greeting her. Yuma says it didn't look like that, and asks if she read Ibuki's
fortune like she did his. Koyuki cryptically says possibly, and Yuma says her
joke doesn't make sense. Koyuki says she doesn't know, and tells Yuma to take
care of them again, and asks if they helped yesterday. Yuma asks if she means
the dowsing rods, and Koyuki nods. Yuma admits that they were useful for a bit.
Yuma says he has to go back to the classroom to wait for something, and says
he'll drop by he Divination Clubroom later to return the rods. Koyuki says she
hopes the rods will be able to help him again, and Yuma asks if it's ok to
borrow them some more. Koyuki nods, and Yuma says he'll accept her kind offer.
Koyuki asks if he wants to buy them, and Yuma mentions that he's actually
broke. Koyuki says it's a shame that he can't even eat at Oasis anymore. Yuma
says he'll go if she'll buy him lunch today, and Koyuki says she must be
going. (HAHA!) Yuma notes the his offer was just rejected, and that everything
is so difficult. He waits a moment, than heads off to Oasis.


Time: After School

After school, Yuma is back at Oasis and cringes since Anri brought him. Anri
asks what's with him, and Yuma says he thought she was going to drag him
someplace again. Anri says she doesn't want to hear that from him, and says she
thought she'd buy him a drink. Yuma asks what she wants if she buys him a
drink, thinking that Anri has to have some ulterior motive to drag him here.
Anri asks Yuma what he thinks Haruhi is doing. Yuma asks if she means about
what Haruhi told them yesterday about someone trying to break into the Magic
Section, and Anri says yes. Yuma says it's interesting, and Anri says she's
sure she knows what it is. Yuma says really, and Anri says of course. Yuma
asks what proof she has. Anri says not to doubt her, and Anri says she's marked
someone as doubtful to believe. Yuma asks who could it be, and Anri asks if he
forgot about Shinya already. Yuma looks down and remembers the fact that
Haruhi picked up his pen while in the forest, and Yuma says he can understand
why Shinya would be in doubt. Anri says someone has to look into Shinya and
stares at him. Yuma asks what's with that look in her eyes, and Anri grins.
Yuma says she can't possibly mean him, and Anri says that's right. Yuma says he
doesn't feel like it, and Anri tells him to think about both Haruhi and Shinya,
and says he should be glad to be able to help Haruhi however he can, like her.
Yuma cracks, and Anri says he owes her for the juice she just bought him too.
Yuma says he thought she was buying it, and curses and says he'll help just
once more. Anri says alright and says they'll split up and look for Shinya
immediately. Yuma sighs and gets to work.

Yuma heads back to their classroom first, but no ones there. Yuma wonders if
Shinya has left for home already, and notes that it will take a long time to
search the whole school, than remembers the dowsing rods that Koyuki lent him,
and notes that maybe they can help him find Shinya. Yuma concentrates on
Shinya's image, and says he absolutely needs to find him, and yells out that he
doesn't need any distractions right now. The rods react, and Yuma is happy to
see that the rods don't only react to Haruhi, and hopefully the rods will lead
him to Shinya.

Yuma is led to the entrance hall, wondering if Shinya really has left for the
day, but the rods point in a different direction than the entrance, and Yuma
hears a faint whisper, but can't make out what it is.

The rods lead him to the forest, and begins to doubt Shinya not being the
intruder more and more, but notes to himself that he's still not guilty of
anything yet, and notes that it seems that he'll have to head into the depths
of the forest again. However, Yuma hears a strange sound, and a flash of light
brightens up the area. Yuma notes that it isn't too far from where he is now,
and the rods are strongly pulling him in the same direction. Yuma wonders if
it's a fight between magicians, and Yuma's phone rings, and Yuma looks and sees
that it's Anri. Yuma picks up, and Anri hurriedly asks where he is. Yuma
relates that he's been using the dowsing rods to try and find Shinya, and says
they led him to the forest. Anri asks if something is happening there, and
tells him to run away for a little while. Yuma asks where she is, and Anri says
she's on her way, and says bye. Yuma tries to yell for her to wait, but Anri
has already hung up, and Yuma curses himself, noting that he should have
realized that the intruder would be a magician, and that most people like him
would normally run away. To not be useful, or will just be a nuisance, but Yuma
feels that if he runs away while Haruhi and Anri fight he wouldn't be able to
show his face to them. Yuma tells himself that he'll just get closer for now,
and worry about what to do later, than steels himself and runs toward the
lights and sounds.

When Yuma gets there, he sees that he was right, as he finds Haruhi, and that
the fight has already moved from a small skirmish to a full-out battle. Yuma
looks to see who she's fighting, and Yuma is shocked to see not only Shinya,
but also Saya, who shouts for Shinya to watch out, and Shinya deflects another
of Haruhi's attacks. Haruhi says she's not done yet, but Shinya blocks the next
three attacks just as effortlessly. Yuma wonders what is up with Shinya's
wooden sword, that he's able to deflect anything Haruhi seems to be able to
throw at him. Shinya asks if she's done already, and Haruhi groans. Shinya says
she won't mind than if she allows them to attack than, and Saya fires her arrow
of light spell, which Haruhi blocks with her barrier magic. However, Shinya
attacks as well, and Yuma notes this isn't good. However, just before Shinya
strikes, Anri says he will not harm Haruhi, and fires an attack at Shinya, who
just barely manages to dodge the surprise attack. Haruhi is shocked to see
Anri, who says that a two on one fight is unfair, and says she wasn't even able
to wait until she showed up to make it an even fight. Shinya tells Anri that
she'll only get in the way, and tells her to leave, and Anri says of course
she won't get in the way, that since she's also a true student of the Magic
Section she will fight to protect the school from people like them, and tells
them to confess why they are here. Shinya chuckles, and says she doesn't even
know that. Saya tells Anri to leave, that they have already ruled her off as
not a threat. Anri wonders if they are that certain, and says she'll never know
if she doesn't try. Saya sighs and says there's no other choice, and tells
Shinya that she'll handle Anri. Shinya nods and says he'll take Haruhi than,
and shouts that he's coming. Haruhi tells Anri to take care, and Anri says to
leave it to her.

Thus, the fight becomes an even two on two. On one side, Haruhi keeps casting
spells, but Shinya keeps deflecting and parrying them, but Haruhi doesn't let
up, preventing Shinya from counterattacking. On the other side, Anri keeps
casting spells at Saya, but Saya keeps nullifying Anri's magic long before it
reaches her. Anri asks why nothing she makes stays in play, and Saya explains
that magic this weak is mere child's play for her. Anri asks what she said,
and says she understands, and that she'll make Saya understand as well. Saya
quietly waits, and Anri casts a different spell, and Saya says it will be the
same result, and absorbs this spell as well, causing Anri to shout out in
frustration and disbelief. Yuma notes that Anri is getting very irritated.

Back to Haruhi, Shinya keeps deflecting Haruhi's magic, and Shinya asks what's
wrong, saying that her magic is weakening. Yuma notes that Haruhi's hands
aren't as focused on Soprano as well, and knows that the advantage is quite
obviously in Shinya's favor. However, now the dowsing rods start to act up,
pointing off in a different direction, disregarding the entire fight. Yuma
wonders if someone else is over in the direction the rods are pointing, and
suddenly a large shot of magic shakes the ground near him, throwing up a large
cloud of dust, as Anri's magic landed near him. Saya let's out a gasp after
hearing his reaction, and spots Yuma, than looks down. Anri asks what's with
her loss of motivation, and Saya stays quiet. Anri says Saya's out of her
league, and begins casting another spell that includes all of her remaining
power, and Yuma notes this is way too careless. Saya says she understands, and
tells Anri she'll challenge her, and begins casting her arrow of light spell,
with Yuma noting the obvious change from defense to offense. Anri says she will
not lose, and continues her spell, but Saya finishes first, shortly followed by
Anri. Saya is ready though, and immediately casts her main defensive spell
again, which absorbs even Anri's best attack. Yuma knows that Anri overstepped
her abilities, and she can't possibly stop Saya's attack. Haruhi notices and
quickly throws up a barrier around Anri. Anri is surprised, and Haruhi asks if
she's alright. Anri apologizes and says she survived after all. However, this
gives both Shinya and Saya a chance to recollect themselves, and Saya informs
Shinya that Yuma is watching. Shinya grimaces and says not only Anri, but Yuma
is also here, and says he wishes they hadn't come. Anri asks if they seriously
think she can't fight, and Shinya says of course. Anri gets pissed, and Haruhi
quickly tells Anri not to fall for such provocations. Anri says she knows, and
Yuma notes the vast difference in teamwork between both pairs, and clearly sees
which side is superior here. Shinya says they can't stay here any longer, and
says they'll understand if he ends it here. Haruhi breathes deep, and Yuma
thinks that he can't possibly... and someone shouts out for everyone to stop.
Yuma is surprised, and Koyuki steps out from the trees and asks Haruhi and Anri
if they are injured. Anri says she's alright thanks to Haruhi, and Koyuki says
she's glad to hear it. Shinya looks surprised, and Koyuki says it's been a long
time since she's seen the two of them. Saya is silent, and Koyuki says it seems
there is one other person here. Haruhi looks surprised, and Koyuki looks off
into the forest, and Yuma notes that it's the same direction that the dowsing
rods are still pointed towards. Koyuki asks if they'll explain now, and Shinya
says they'll be back. Anri says she wants to hear what's going on now, and
Koyuki tells her she's done enough today. Anri tries to argue, but Koyuki says
it's alright, and Shinya and Saya run off, and Yuma notes that the dowsing rods
stop reacting as well. Koyuki says it's alright for Yuma to come out now, and
Yuma quietly steps out. Haruhi looks sternly at him, and he asks her not to
have such a scary face on, and that he didn't want to be the only one to run
away from this. Anri says he really is unlucky, and Haruhi shouts at Anri too,
saying she told them both not to come to the forest. Anri says they're already
involved in this together though, and Haruhi sighs. Yuma asks Koyuki how she
knows Shinya and Saya though, and Koyuki says it's a long story. Yuma asks if
she knows what they are after than, and everyone turns to Koyuki. Koyuki looks
down, than says she believes they are after the "Treasure" that is being kept
at the school. Anri asks Haruhi if she knows what this Treasure is, but Haruhi
refuses to say anything more. Koyuki says she believes the person she was after
is going for something else along with the Treasure, and Yuma recalls what
happened with the dowsing rods earlier, and wonders if Koyuki was going after
whomever the rods were pointing towards. Haruhi says she has to tell her
teacher about all of this, and tells Koyuki thanks for her help today, than
bows and quickly leaves. Koyuki says they should also be going, and Yuma nods.


Time: Evening


After separating from Koyuki, Yuma walks with Anri on her way back to the
dorms, and Yuma notes that she's grumbling about what happened. Anri says he's
intent on getting caught up in this, and Yuma says stuff happens sometimes.
Anri says that he has to decide now what he's going to do, and Yuma is quiet,
thinking of the other person who was still hiding in the forest. Yuma keeps
thinking as they arrive back at the dorms, and Anri asks what's wrong. Yuma
apologizes and says he wasn't listening, and Anri says he really should pay
more attention. Yuma apologizes again and says it's nothing, and Yuma sees Anri
off, thinking of the events that happened in the forest today as he makes his
way home.

~~End Thursday, April 13th.


(ff) Date: Friday, April 14th


Time: Morning


Sumomo asks Yuma if he has a moment, and Yuma asks what's on her mind. Sumomo
asks if he can tell her why he's been getting back from school so late
recently. Yuma chokes on his soup from the unexpected question, and Sumomo
quickly asks if he's alright. Yuma says he is, and coughs, than asks why she
wants to know such a thing. Sumomo says she saw him shortly after school, and
wanted to know if he was troubled. Yuma asks if it really seemed that way.
Sumomo nods and says he also had two sticks held tightly, and when she called
out to him he didn't answer. Yuma nervously asks if that's so, and curses
himself for being seen. But, Sumomo's story makes him think that something else
is up with her, and Otoha says she heard their story, and asks if he's started
a secret cult or something. Yuma shouts out of course not, knowing that he
can't talk about what's really going on, and starts thinking of an excuse to
get out of this situation, and thinks hard, and finally comes up with the
perfect excuse, and tells them that he doing one of Koyuki's Divination Club
activities. (Which is kind of true, when you think about it.) Otoha says she
thinks differently, and Yuma says she's wrong, and explains the purposes of the
dowsing rods. Sumomo gets excited and says it sounds interesting, and Otoha
asks if he was looking for treasure. Yuma hesitates, than goes along with the
idea and says yes. Otoha than asks if he found anything, and Yuma says
unfortunately no. Sumomo says she didn't know that the Divination Club did such
things, and Yuma nods, than remembers the conversation he had with Koyuki
yesterday, and informs Sumomo that Koyuki is looking for new members, and asks
if she's interested in joining. Sumomo says she is, than happily says she
wonders if Ibuki is interested in fortune telling, and says she'll invite her
along with them. Otoha asks if she can come too, and Yuma says that's
impossible. Otoha pouts and says she also wants to look for treasure though.
Yuma nervously laughs, and notes that he lie turned into an even more strange
conversation. Yuma sits up and thanks them for breakfast, than tells Sumomo
they should be going, and Sumomo nods. Yuma asks if she made him a lunch box
today, and Sumomo nods and asks if they could eat together on the roof today at
lunch, adding that Ibuki will also be joining her. Yuma says he doesn't mind if
someone else is up there, and Sumomo cheers and says she's glad that he'll be
eating lunch with them today. Yuma says she meant for him to come all along,
and Sumomo giggles and apologizes. Yuma says it's alright since she made him
his lunch, and asks if he should wait for them on the roof as well. Sumomo says
that will work.

Yuma enters and says good morning, but trails off as Anri tells him to look,
and Yuma looks and notices that both Shinya and Saya are absent. Yuma and Anri
go out into the hall, and Yuma says he's not surprised, given what happened
yesterday. Anri says the rest of the class has no clue, and Yuma asks if she
thinks Haruhi or her teacher know yet. Anri says she believes so, and Yuma asks
if things are over now. Anri says she would like to believe so, but the other
person that Koyuki mentioned is still unaccounted for. Yuma says he forgot
about that, and Yuma remembers that the dowsing rods pointed in that one
direction for a long time, and begins to wonder if Shinya and Saya are working
for this person in order to obtain this Treasure. Anri says they can't let
their guards down yet, and Yuma asks if she's saying things won't be calming
down. Anri says that Saya was annoying, and she wants a rematch. Yuma says he
hopes her intentions are good, but notes that she's right, that they can't let
down their guards yet, and notes that this situation goes a whole lot deeper
than he thought, and realizes he was foolish for thinking the situation to be
resolved.


Time: Lunch


At lunch, Yuma heads to the roof, remembering that he's supposed to eat his
lunch with Sumomo and Ibuki. When he gets up there, Yuma sighs, feeling a
little cheerful, and begins to daydream, when Sumomo and Ibuki arrive, and
Sumomo apologizes for keeping him waiting. Yuma greets them, and Ibuki asks if
he isn't embarrassed, being found looking stupid. Yuma says she speaks her mind
fairly well, and Sumomo giggles and says she knows how he feels. Ibuki mutters
under her breath, and looks around, trying to see if anyone else is here. Yuma
asks what they are doing, and Sumomo says nothing, and Ibuki says he's an
eccentric man who looks like a woman was watching them earlier. Yuma says that
would be Jun, and Yuma wonders if Jun's found a new target in Ibuki to pick on.
Sumomo tries to say that Jun means well, but Ibuki says it's not good to
pretend to be something you aren't. Yuma says to take it from him that Jun
won't give up on acting like a woman anytime soon, and Ibuki says she would
want well-mannered people for friends. Yuma says he's well-mannered, than says
she's been talking in that high tone every time he sees her. Ibuki says she
always talks like this, and Yuma says she talks like an old person, and asks if
she knew someone who talked like this. Ibuki is quiet, and Yuma asks what's
wrong. Ibuki says that since he's from the General Section he probably wouldn't
know of her family. Yuma asks what's so different about her family, and Ibuki
says that it's sort of a noble house among magicians. Yuma says she sounds
proud of that, and Ibuki says what's wrong with being proud of your heritage.
Sumomo agrees, and Yuma admits it's not bad to do so, but says she must miss
something of course. Ibuki asks if he's so sure, and Yuma panics and says that
he's not used to having noble ladies around. Ibuki says that she thinks her
family has fallen a little out of touch, and had too much chaos recently. Both
Yuma and Sumomo ask if that's true, and Ibuki nods, saying that not only the
family, but the head of it as well has fallen into decadence. Yuma tells Ibuki
to think of Jun and Hachi as exemptions, and Sumomo asks what about her. Ibuki
hesitates at first, than says she was rather rude the first time they met. Yuma
says she shouldn't make it a habit of being dragged everywhere, and Ibuki
panics and says she should say such things. Sumomo says it sounds like Ibuki is
scared, and Yuma asks what she fears so much that it makes her blush. Ibuki
says it's something different than that, and Yuma asks what else is there than.
Ibuki scoffs, and Sumomo tells Ibuki to calm down, and recover her sense of
humor by eating lunch. Ibuki looks down, and Yuma says he'll eat hers if she's
not hungry. Ibuki says she never said she wouldn't eat, and asks Sumomo for her
lunch. Sumomo says hers is in the box with the cherry handle. Ibuki shouts out
that the lunch isn't the problem, it's Yuma's taste. Yuma says he thinks she's
getting a little confused, and Ibuki says he's annoying, and tells Sumomo she's
going to eat. Sumomo nods, and Ibuki begins eating. Sumomo asks how her lunch
is today, and Ibuki says it's delicious. Sumomo hops and says she's glad to
hear so, and Yuma notes that Sumomo's food quells the savage beast that is
Ibuki, and thinks that they really are good friends when he sees them like
this. Yuma feels a little worried, but doesn't know why, and casts it off as
imaginary fears.


Time: After School


Hachi says this isn't good, that his characters have shot up to Level 85. Jun
says he seems a little worried, and Yuma asks how he's doing. Jun says his days
of playing that game are long gone, and that he only got to around Level 40.
Hachi says that's because he doesn't diligently go from arcade to arcade to
play. An announcement comes on calling the Class Officers to come to the
faculty office, and Yuma sighs and hopes that it's not bad news. Jun tells him
he'll be fine, and Yuma says it's his fault he's Class Officer anyway. Hachi
asks why he's complaining since he gets to spend time with Haruhi, and says he
wishes he could, but he has to head back home now. Yuma sighs and walks over to
Haruhi, who says they should get going. Yuma nods, and Jun says he'll see them
later, and Hachi cries that he envies Yuma again.

Out in the hall, Yuma he didn't know they would be called in for this today,
and says Class Officer work is really tough. Haruhi giggles and says that's
true, but it's his fault that they had to go over that list twice today. Yuma
says not to worry, that he'll make up the next one, and she can double-check it
to make sure he doesn't make anymore big mistakes. Yuma notes that their
conversation goes like this for a while, and manage to avoid the bigger topic
at hand. Yuma looks at Haruhi, and than remembers some things that Ibuki said
earlier at lunch, and Yuma asks if Haruhi knows the Shikimori family. Haruhi
says of course she knows that family, Yuma notes that the expected answer came
back again. Yuma sighs and says they are famous after all. Haruhi nods and says
they have deep ties to this school, than asks why he wanted to know if she knew
them. Yuma mentions that Sumomo's friend in her class is named Ibuki Shikimori,
and Haruhi let's out a surprised gasp, and Yuma asks why she's so surprised.
Haruhi apologizes and says she had no idea she was attending the school. Yuma
says she's only a 1st-year though, than asks if she wants to meet Ibuki, and
says she has a feisty, yet interesting character. Haruhi says she wouldn't
mind, and Yuma wonders if she was really in such a shocked state to have not
known Ibuki, and that Haruhi seems to be a little off today.

When they round a corner, they Haruhi walks head first into someone, and
immediately apologizes, than looks surprised to see that it was Anri. Anri says
that hurt, than says she's glad she found Haruhi. Yuma offers to help her up,
and Anri thanks him and grabs his hand and Yuma hoists her back up on her feet,
than says maybe she'll hear it from him now. Yuma asks what, and Anri wants to
know what they know about their two absent classmates. Haruhi asks if she
means Saya and Shinya, and Anri says yes. Yuma says she's persistent, and
Haruhi says they may have given false phone numbers and addresses. Anri is
surprised and asks if she's already looked into it. Haruhi says she has, and
Anri says she wanted to tell them that. Haruhi apologizes, and says it seems
that they only came to this school to come after the Treasure, and Anri
finishes that they can't possibly be done yet, and Haruhi nods. Yuma takes it
than that Shinya and Saya obviously haven't found this Treasure yet, but since
they know what they are aiming for, it should help them figure out why, and
time to prepare for another encounter, since Shinya and Saya kicked Haruhi and
Anri's asses.


Time: Night


Yuma lies in his bed, thinking about this Treasure, and wonders what on earth
is so important about it. Yuma recalls that after he and Haruhi were done with
their Class Officer work she headed straight over to the Magic Section to see
her teacher, while Yuma, who had nothing else to do, went home. Yuma wonders if
Shinya and Saya really won't be his classmates anymore, and feels a little
lonely when thinking so. However, Yuma knows that they don't want to show
themselves in front of Haruhi or Anri now that their aims have been discovered,
and wonders if he'll run into them outside of class sometime. Yuma notes that
he feels a little empty, but tries not to think on it much, but hopes that
everything can go back tomorrow after this incident is over.

~~End Friday, April 14th.


(fg) Date: Saturday, April 15th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up to his alarm clock and falls out of bed. Sumomo comes running in 
and says he better not go back to sleep. Yuma says he's still sleepy, and his
bed is calling to him. Sumomo tells him to stuff a cork in it and get up, and
pushes Yuma out of bed again, than tells him good morning. Yuma grumpily says
she forced him out of bed, and Sumomo says again she can't allow him to fall
back asleep, and Yuma gives up on that possibility. Sumomo says he can rest
later since it's Saturday, and thus, only have half a day of school. Yuma says
he understands and gets up. Sumomo giggles and tells him to remember to work
hard even today, and Yuma sighs.

Downstairs, Yuma says they're leaving, and Otoha sees them off.

Sumomo hums to herself on the way to school, and Yuma says she seems cheerful.
Sumomo asks if it's that obvious, and Yuma says it is, and asks if she has
something secret in the extra bag she brought with her today. Sumomo says he's
sharp, and says that he's right, and says that after class is over, she's
going to invite Ibuki for lunch again. Yuma says he thought that was the case,
than asks if he can come again today. Sumomo awkwardly says she wasn't able to
make him any, that it's all for Ibuki. Yuma let's out a cry, and asks if she
hates him or something. Sumomo says of course not, than says he can still bring
his lunch box and eat with them. Yuma says it's alright, he'll just eat by
himself at Oasis. Sumomo than says she was just kidding, and says he'd be more
than welcome. Yuma than says he still doesn't want to intrude too much on her
having fun, and says that it's a shame Saturday only comes once a week, and he
can't use it for her. Sumomo pouts and says he's awful, and Yuma says he's not,
he's just trying to let her enjoy having time with Ibuki, just the two of them.
Sumomo nods than, and they stay silent until they meet up with Jun and Hachi,
and Yuma makes plans with them to hang out later after school, than hopes that
class won't go slow today.

When enters the classroom, Anri and Haruhi are together, and Anri calls Yuma
over. Hachi says he really envies Yuma getting this much attention in the
morning, and Yuma says all she did was call him name. Jun says he should know
better than to think that would stop Hachi, and Yuma asks if he'll just calm
down. Hachi sighs and says no one cares about his little environment. Jun asks
why he's so somber when he's around three beautiful women all the time.
(Including himself, of course.) Yuma says Jun's a little mixed up, and Jun
blushes and asks if he really is, and Yuma shouts out that he's not cute.
Hachi pokes Yuma, who asks what's wrong now. Hachi says to look behind him, and
when Yuma looks back, he gets punched in the face, and Anri says why didn't he
come when she called him. Yuma asks her to calm down, and Anri tells him to
follow her than. Jun says Yuma's caught himself a whale, and Hachi says he's
always glad when Yuma gets hurt.

Haruhi greets Yuma, and Yuma greets her back, than asks what's wrong. Anri says
that event, and Yuma asks if she's made any progress. Haruhi shakes her head
and says she hasn't be able to find out Saya's whereabouts yet. Yuma looks over
at Shinya's empty desk, and Anri voices what he was thinking last night, that
both Shinya and Saya may never show up to class again. Yuma knows that this is
a very real possibility, that disappearing from class would only make sense
because of the current situation. Yuma says he's feeling a little lonely, and
both women look surprised. Yuma says he feels like he's lost two friends, even
though he didn't know either of them very well. Anri asks what's with his
carefree attitude, and Yuma asks if he's become too attached. Anri says of
course he has, and he's an amateur, and asks if he forgot that those two are
trying to steal this Treasure and are sneaking into the Magic Section, and says
catching them will be extremely difficult as it is. Haruhi says she understands
what Yuma means though, and Anri admit that even she agrees, but says that
things are still bad, and because of that, they have to stop both of them.
Haruhi says she just wishes there was another way to stop the fighting, than
the bell rings for homeroom. Anri tells Haruhi to continue to update them after
class, and Haruhi says she will. Yuma sits down in his seat, and becomes
worried about whomever Shinya is helping, and that he has no clue who it is,
although Koyuki seems to at least have an idea, and maybe she can tell him.


Time: Forenoon


After 2nd period ends, Yuma goes with Hachi to use the restroom. Hachi asks if
that's Sumomo over there, and Yuma looks and sees Sumomo, looking sad, and she
runs down the hall. Hachi says she doesn't look at all energetic like she
usually does, and Yuma stays silent. Hachi tells him to go on ahead and take
care of her, and that he'll head on back to class. Yuma thanks Hachi, and says
he'll be back, and Hachi says it's alright. Yuma quickly catches up to Sumomo
and calls out to her, surprising her as well, as she's pacing up and the down
the same couple of stairs. Yuma asks what's wrong, and why is she here, and
Sumomo tries to say something, but ends up nervously laughing. Yuma says he
doesn't understand, and Sumomo asks if he's already made plans for after
school. Yuma says he already made plans, and said he thought she was going to
play with Ibuki after school. Sumomo pouts and says she was going to, but Ibuki
left early today. Yuma asks if she knows where Ibuki lives yet, and Sumomo
slowly says she does. Yuma says than she can still go see her. Sumomo looks
down though, and makes funny noises, and Yuma says he gets what she's trying to
say, and he'll go with her, and Sumomo cheers. Yuma asks where she wants to eat
for lunch, and Sumomo says she was thinking of somewhere besides the roof
today. Yuma asks what about the park they were all at the other day to watch
the cherry blossom trees, and Sumomo says that's a great idea. Yuma asks if
he should head out there and wait for her like he did yesterday, and Sumomo
says alright, since she can see the park from her classroom. The bell than
rings for the next class, and Yuma says he'll see her after school, and Sumomo
says the same. Yuma notes that Sumomo looks like she's back to normal now, and
he doesn't have to worry about buying a lunch again, since he'll get to eat
whatever Ibuki would have had. On top of that, he gets to spend time with his
little sister for part of the weekend, and notes that he'll get no rest either,
and heads back to class. However...Saya is seen on the stairs. (So, she did
come after all.)


Time: Lunch


Yuma gathers his things and leaves the room, and runs into Anri on his way out.
Anri asks where he's going in such a hurry, and Yuma says he's supposed to meet
Sumomo shortly. Anri asks what about, and Yuma says he's going to eat lunch
with her since her friend didn't show up today, and she didn't want the lunch
she made for her to go to waste. Anri says they have a really good relationship
as siblings, and Yuma says he thought it was just normal to be close. Anri
walks with him to the entrance hall, and asks if he's noticed Sumomo acting
strange lately. Yuma asks what she means, and Anri says she is very cute, and
asks if he doesn't have any stronger feelings for her. Yuma flat out says no,
and Anri is a little taken aback by Yuma's strong response. Yuma says that
while Sumomo isn't his sister by blood, they've grown up together for the past
ten years, and says she is his sister, blood or no blood ties. Anri says she
didn't realize that.

Out in the park, Yuma says he bets Sumomo is waiting on him, and tells her to
work hard at Oasis. Anri says she'd work hard even if she didn't tell him to,
and says bye. However, as Anri starts to leave, they run into Saya, surprising
all of them. Yuma blinks again to make sure he's not seeing things, and than
notes he didn't expect to see her in a place like this. Anri goes pale, and
Yuma notes that she's hesitating on how to react. Yuma tries to say hello, but
Saya panics and runs off apologizing. Anri chases after her, and Yuma asks if
she's sure, and Anri says she's going to catch Saya and make her talk about all
that's going on. Yuma reminds her to be calm or she'll never succeed, and Anri
says she knows, and she'll try to keep as calm as she can. Yuma also follows
Anri, and they eventually catch up to Saya at the edge of the forest.

Anri tells Saya she can't run anymore, who is doubled over, breathing heavily.
Yuma notes that it became easier to catch Saya once they were in the forest,
since it's hard to move around. Anri says she wants to hear what Saya has to
say for herself, and Saya stays quiet. Anri continues and says she already
knows that she's after the Treasure that is kept at the school. Saya looks
away, and Anri says she knows Saya doesn't really want it, that someone else is
behind the scenes, pulling the strings. Saya still doesn't say anything, and
Anri continues to grill Saya, asking who she's trying to get the Treasure for,
and asks what the hell the Treasure is to begin with. Saya still doesn't say
anything, and Anri gets pissed and tells her to speak. Saya finally says that
she can't tell Anri anything, and Anri says she doesn't want to hear that, and
demands answers. Yuma tells Anri she's not being calm, and Anri says how can
she when such a frustrating person won't speak when spoken to. Yuma says that's
exactly the problem, and tells her to calm down, and says they all need to
settle down and talk, and not use any magic. Anri reluctantly says she
understands, and Yuma turns to Saya and says they have no clue as to what the
circumstances are behind this whole thing, other than the fact that she is
trying to get this Treasure for someone. Saya is quiet, and Yuma says he
wouldn't mind being so ignorant, but things have become very complicated. Saya
apologizes and says she still can't tell them anything, and Yuma asks if she'll
please tell him something, because there's nothing that he can do to stop them
anyway. Saya says she looks up to him a little, but says she still can't say
anything. Yuma asks if she's sure, and Saya asks if they'll please forgive her.
Anri says they can't just let her go, and says she's not nice like Yuma, and
says she can't leave until she talks. Yuma yells for Anri to be quiet, but Anri
says she can't settle down with things like this, and says he's a fool for
still treating Saya as a friend. Saya looks surprised, and Anri continues,
saying he's too nice and he's an idiot, and tells Saya Yuma still thinks of her
as a classmate, not an enemy or anything. Anri than says if she still won't
talk, she'll have to force her, and tells Yuma he can't stop her. Yuma looks at
Anri sadly, and she steps forward, closer to Saya. Saya moves back a step, to
match Anri's movements, and Anri yells at her to talk. Saya tries to say
something than falls silent, and Anri grunts. Someone calls out that's enough,
that they don't need to corner Saya. All three of them look up in surprise, and
a column of light appears in front of Saya, and when the light fades, Ibuki is
standing between Anri and Saya. Yuma wonders why she's here, since he thought
she had already left today. Anri asks if she's friends with Saya, and Yuma
looks surprised, and says he never knew that. Anri looks at Yuma is surprise,
and asks if he knows her. Yuma fills her in that she's Ibuki Shikimori,
Sumomo's friend. Anri looks shocked to her Shikimori mentioned, and Yuma asks
why she's so surprised, than remembers, and Ibuki says that anyone who
practices magic knows that name, and Yuma recalls what Ibuki told him of her
family being a distinguished one in the magical order, and recalls that Haruhi
was surprised as well when he mentioned Ibuki's surname to her. Anri says she's
surely the one pulling the strings, and Ibuki cryptically says she may or may
not be, and smiles broadly. Anri tenses up, and Yuma remembers the feeling he
got the other day when the dowsing rods Koyuki let him borrow reacted so
strongly, and Yuma says she really is the one behind all of this. Ibuki scoffs
and asks what they are going to do about it, and Yuma asks why she's doing all
of this. Ibuki says that she's trying to obtain something of course. Anri says
she didn't expect this, but it's convenient, because now she can catch Ibuki
and everything can be solved peacefully. Ibuki laughs and asks what she can do
with her current power. Anri asks what she just said, but Anri backs off, and
even Yuma can feel the pressure that Ibuki is putting on Anri. Ibuki says it
doesn't matter what happens, even if she were to fight many people at once she
would win. Yuma yells for Ibuki to stop, and Ibuki turns to him and says he
should stay out of this. Yuma wonders what Ibuki has in store for Anri, and
Haruhi yells to Yuma and Anri, finally arriving on the scene. Yuma asks what
she's doing here, and she says her detection magic was trigged, and asks who
the small girl is. Yuma tells her that it's the girl he was telling her about
the other, Ibuki Shikimori, and Anri tells her that it seems she's the one
behind everything. Haruhi tenses up and says it was her after all. Yuma notes
that Haruhi seems shaken just like Anri is, but she also looks more determined,
and Yuma thinks that maybe, just maybe, Haruhi and Anri together could tackle
Ibuki and win. Ibuki laughs and asks if they know what time it is. Ibuki smiles
and says this is good fortune, and tells Haruhi that she will finish the
business between them. Haruhi, confused, asks Ibuki if they met before. Ibuki
says they have, but says that circumstances kept them apart from each other for
a long time. Haruhi says she doesn't know what she's talking about, but she
will do her best to stop Ibuki from obtaining the Treasure she wants, and
points Soprano at Ibuki. Yuma notes now though, that Haruhi will almost
certainly lose, as he can feel the vast amount of magic power from Ibuki's
small body. Ibuki says all she's doing is blowing hot air, than says she'll
start, and Yuma cries out in alarm, due to the air heating up at Ibuki's word,
and Yuma feels that this is just the tip of the iceberg. Ibuki wonders how she
should change the atmosphere now, and Haruhi responds by casting a spell, and
Ibuki laughs and says she likes the fact that Haruhi is frightened. Saya calls
out to Ibuki, causing Ibuki to stop casting the spell she was about to cast.
Ibuki asks what's the problem, and Saya says someone is coming. Ibuki wonders
if that woman has come to help her daughter out, and Saya shakes her head, and
says she believes it's her school friend. (!) Yuma and Ibuki panic, knowing
that Saya means Sumomo, and while Ibuki quickly calms down, Yuma continues to
panic. Anri says that he was supposed to eat lunch with her, and Yuma nods.
Ibuki says they will have to postpone this fight, but says she will settle it
the next time they meet, and looks back at Haruhi, and adds that she'll defeat
Suzuri's daughter for sure, and causing Haruhi to look shocked. Yuma, surprised
as well, tries to make sense of what Ibuki just said, and that she surely said
daughter of Suzuri. Haruhi asks for Ibuki to wait, and to tell her what she
means by her being Suzuri's daughter. Ibuki scoffs and says she already knows,
and says next time she will prove the power of the Shikimori clan to her, while
Saya remains quiet, and the bright light that engulfed the area when Ibuki
arrives comes again, and this time when the light clears, Ibuki and Saya are
gone. Yuma can only stand there in shock and disbelief after all that has
happened, and Haruhi wavers, while Anri tells her to get a hold of herself.
Haruhi quickly recovers, and Yuma asks what Ibuki meant. Anri says that from
what she gathered, Ibuki obviously thinks Haruhi is Suzuri's daughter, although
why she doesn't know. Haruhi says she doesn't know either, and that she didn't
expect Ibuki to say such a thing. Anri tells Haruhi to settle down and rest,
and says they'll talk about it later. Haruhi nods, and Yuma wonders if what
Ibuki said is true, but they will all need to settle down before they say
anymore on the matter. Yuma voices such, and Anri says she'll take Haruhi with
her while he goes to see Sumomo, adding that it won't be good to tell her about
what all just happened. Yuma says he understands, and Yuma quickly runs out of
the forest. Yuma looks around, but doesn't see Sumomo, and wonders if she's
already left for home, and starts wandering the park looking for Sumomo. He
quickly finds her where he was supposed to meet her, and Sumomo asks what's
wrong with his legs, and where was he. Yuma says it's nothing, and asks if she
was looking for him. Sumomo nods and says he was late, and so went looking for
him, and says they must have passed each other without realizing it. Yuma
apologizes, and asks if she was searching for a long time, and Sumomo nods.
Yuma is confused now, since Saya had said earlier that Sumomo was coming, and
since Sumomo just said she wasn't anywhere near the forest... Sumomo notices
his troubled look and asks what's wrong. Yuma looks up again and says that it's
nothing, than says they should get to eating, and Sumomo happily nods. Yuma
notes that Saya had to have lied about Sumomo coming, but wonders why, since
Saya shouldn't have known that he was supposed to meet Sumomo in the park. (If
you remember earlier, however, Saya was on the stairs listening to them the
whole time.) Yuma notes that Ibuki has to definitely be the one behind the
scenes after the Treasure, and that he can't tell Sumomo anything about it, and
judging by the way Ibuki reacted earlier, she doesn't want to get Sumomo
involved or hurt her in any way. Yuma notes that things are slowly coming
together, but it hurts not to be able to connect everything now.


Time: Night


Yuma lies in his bed, thinking of all that happened again today, and that while
he tried to study, the events from earlier dominated his thoughts, and he
couldn't get anything done. Yuma shouts out in frustration that he gives up,
and pounds the dashboard, noting that Ibuki is after the Treasure, and Shinya
and Saya are helping her to get it, and wonders if the head of the Shikimori
family is involved in all of this, and notes that things were even deeper than
he had thought, but than he remembers Ibuki telling him about her family again,
and doubts that anyone is pulling her strings, and than she's also doing
everything she can not to harm Sumomo or get her involved. Than, the last
words she mentioned to Haruhi, about her being Suzuri's daughter, leaving her
shocked as well. Yuma notes that almost anyone would react that way if they
were just told their teacher was also one of their parents, and Yuma thought
that Haruhi had a crush on her teacher too, and wonders what Haruhi is going to
do, that things will only be more difficult for her. Yuma wonders why he's so
concerned about someone else's problems, but things seem to be alright at the
moment.

~~End Saturday, April 15th.


(fh) Date: Sunday, April 16th


Time: Morning


Yuma wakes up hearing Sumomo saying that she's leaving, and Yuma bolts out and
runs into Otoha, who tells him good morning. Yuma asks if Sumomo just went
somewhere, and Otoha nods and says she went to hang out with a friend. Yuma
says is that so, and as they head back to the kitchen, Otoha asks if he's not
going anywhere today. Yuma says no as he grabs a piece of toast, still thinking
about yesterday's events, and that he'll probably just end up relaxing at home
today. Otoha says it's not good for a young person to just lounge around on a
Sunday, and Yuma notes that it doesn't seem like he'll get his wish today.
Yuma asks what she she's going to do, and Otoha says she got invited on a date.
Yuma says that when he gets a job, the first bonus he gets will go towards
taking her to a hot spring. Otoha says that he doesn't need to do that, than
walks off, taking a note to remember this when the time arrives, than hurries
back and asks if he really has nothing to do. Yuma says he doesn't, and Otoha
whines and says he's getting sloppy, and says if she was him, he'd make plans
try and get with Haruhi or Anri. (Point taken.) Yuma asks why she's so
interested in his personal life, and Otoha says she wants to have a grandchild
soon. (GACK!) Yuma shouts out that's still too soon, and Otoha goes on, saying
she doesn't care if it's Yuma's or Sumomo's, as long as she can hold a baby
again, than turns back to Yuma and says he'll work hard at it won't he. Yuma
says he's heading out, noting that he won't have any peace at home today, and
heads upstairs, thinking that he'll call Jun and Hachi to see if they aren't
busy, and kill some time until he can meet them.


Time: Forenoon


Yuma arrives at the station near the shopping district, sighing since both Jun
and Hachi were already busy today. Yuma notes he wished he could have invited
a girl, like Haruhi, and practices calling her, saying he wishes to take her
out to go dancing, and his finger hovers over the Call button, but stops and
sighs, and says he'll just go to the arcade. Sumomo calls out to him, surprised
to see him, and when Yuma turns around, he sees Sumomo with Ibuki and Saya, and
immediately fakes a smile when he sees them. Saya turns away, while Ibuki says
nothing, and Yuma notes that this is awkward for them as well. Yuma asks
Sumomo why she's with them today, and Sumomo asks if she forgot to tell him
that she had a date with Ibuki today. Yuma notes that Sumomo is dumb to really
think of this as a date, and Yuma wonders about Ibuki. Ibuki tells Sumomo to
stop calling it a date, because people will look at them weird. Sumomo says
she really thought it was a date though. Yuma notes that they seem to be the
same as always. Sumomo asks Yuma what's eating him today, and when he looks
confused, she asks again what he's doing here. Yuma tells her Otoha was acting
annoying again, so he left home. Sumomo asks if he's meeting someone here, and
Yuma says no he isn't. Sumomo asks if he wants to join them, and Yuma let's out
a cry of surprise and looks at Ibuki's face out of the corner of his eye. Yuma
notes she's glaring at Sumomo, almost as if to tell her to shut up, and Sumomo
turns and says she was rude not to ask Ibuki, and asks what she thinks. Ibuki
nervously says it will be fine since she brought Saya along herself. Yuma asks
Saya why she's here as well, and Ibuki replies that Saya wanted to meet Sumomo,
since she hadn't been able to yet. Sumomo says it's always fun to have a lot of
friends to play with, and Yuma says he'll go with them, noting that it's more
like he doesn't have a choice when Sumomo urges him to, and that today has
become interesting. Yuma notes that while she can't now, he's sure Ibuki will
try to talk to him later about what's been going on, but she's acting as if
nothing happened, than wonders if that's the way she wants it to be for them.
Yuma tries to come to a conclusion, than looks at Ibuki and Saya, and notes
that Ibuki will surely not want to talk about this now, and Saya doesn't meet
his gaze. Yuma says again that he'll go, and Sumomo cheers. Yuma thanks them
for inviting him, and Saya nods while Ibuki is again emotionless. Yuma wonders
if this is really alright.


Time: Lunch


Sumomo asks where they should go now, and Yuma says he thought she knew where
they were going. Sumomo says that with him now they should probably change
their schedule a little, and Yuma tells them not to worry about it, since he's
had to endure many of Jun's little womanly escapades. Sumomo asks if he's sure,
and Ibuki speaks up, saying that she did dress up for this, and Yuma notes
that while Ibuki is trying to look happy and cheerful in front of him, she's
really irritated and it's starting to show. Sumomo says they'll go somewhere
else, and Yuma says this is bad, noting that things are going off from what
Ibuki had thought they were going to do since he came along. Yuma looks over at
Saya and asks if he can talk to her for a second. Saya says alright, and asks
what for, and Yuma says they really haven't talked much, and motions a little
ways from Sumomo and Ibuki so they can talk with a little bit of privacy. Saya
looks a little embarrassed and looks at Ibuki, who gives a slight nod. Yuma and
Saya walk next to each other as Sumomo and Ibuki do the same, and Yuma notes
that the day is really nice. Yuma notes Sumomo and Ibuki going to check out a 
little shop, and notes that his strategy worked. Saya asks Yuma if what he
wanted to talk to her about, and Yuma nervously nods, and notes that the
conversation is going nowhere, and tries to think of a topic, knowing that
anything from yesterday or the Treasure is already out. Yuma apologizes for
Sumomo if she's causing her trouble, but Saya says that while this is her first
time meeting her, and she's a little surprised by her, she's also happy. Yuma
asks if this is the first time she's been out into town, and Saya nods and says
it's Ibuki's first time out here as well, and adds that she doesn't care if
they aren't in the same age group. Yuma asks if that's so, and Saya adds that
Sumomo is very cute. Yuma says thank you, although he doesn't know why he
feels embarrassed. Saya adds that Ibuki thinks of Sumomo as a good friend too,
and Yuma asks what she said again. Saya asks if she said something wrong, and
Yuma says he just thought she said Ibuki liked Sumomo. Saya nods, and Sumomo
runs over and asks if that's true. Yuma says he knew she would hear, and Sumomo
insists she only heard it by chance. (Yeah, and I'm James Bond. <_<) Ibuki
hurries over and tells Saya not to says unnecessary things, and Saya
apologizes. Yuma says it's alright, and Sumomo nods and says she's very happy,
and Ibuki blushes. Yuma asks Ibuki if this is really her first time out in
town, and Ibuki nods and says she's never been here before. Yuma says they
should do something than to commemorate the occasion, and Sumomo suggests
bowling, and points to a building with a humongous bowling pin sticking out of
the top of it. Yuma bites his lip, than says accuses that she planned to go
here all along. Sumomo looks confused and asks why he says that, and Yuma says
he hasn't forgotten how she cost him last time, and recalls when they went
bowling with Jun and Hachi and split into teams, and Sumomo only scored 8 pins,
(HOLY SHIT SHE SUCKS!) and how everyone kept watching them in disbelief that
someone could make so many gutter balls. Sumomo argues and says that was her
first time bowling, and says she'll do better thanks to the experience. (HA!)
Yuma says she hasn't been training has she, and Sumomo deflates and says she
never thought of that. Yuma says he got upset over nothing, but Sumomo strikes
back and says that bowling makes her happy though. Ibuki asks if she can say
something, and when Sumomo says sure, Ibuki asks what is this bowling they are
talking about. (!!!) Sumomo asks if she doesn't know anything about bowling,
and Ibuki says no, that it's the first time she's even heard the word. Sumomo
explains what you're supposed to do, and Ibuki looks down and says she doesn't
get it. Yuma asks Saya if she knows, and Saya says she doesn't either. Yuma
asks if they want to find out, and Ibuki says she doesn't care, and Saya says
whatever is good enough for Ibuki is good enough for her. Yuma asks if they
want a handicap, and Ibuki asks why they would need a handicap, and asks if he
thinks he's superior to them. Sumomo explains that since Yuma is good, it might
be a good idea to have a handicap. Sumomo giggles and says they should spice
things up by having whomever comes in last do something humiliating. Ibuki
panics and says she doesn't want to play, and Yuma asks Sumomo what she has in
mind, and Sumomo says it won't be as fun if they don't raise the stakes a
little. Yuma asks if she wouldn't mind a punishment game than, and Sumomo asks
what he has in mind. Yuma says that would depend, and Sumomo whines and says
she doesn't get it. Yuma says he'll figure it out later, and says they should
hit the lanes, and Yuma drags the three girls to the bowling alley.

Afterwards in a cafe, Ibuki looks down and says she came in last, and Yuma
recaps that he won their little bowling game, Saya got 2nd, adding that she got
a decent score for a first timer. Yuma than notes that he didn't think Sumomo
could find someone to rival her horrible skills in bowling, but Ibuki proved
him wrong, and Sumomo eked her out for 3rd by only two pins, leaving Ibuki in
last place. Yuma says what should the punishment be now, and Ibuki looks up,
and glares at him, as if not to say anything else. Sumomo says that since Yuma
took 1st place he should decide, and Ibuki asks why. Yuma turns to Saya and
asks if she has anything in mind. Saya panics, and Ibuki says they are taking
this joke a little far. Yuma sarcastically apologizes and says he didn't know
that she wasn't up to these kinds of things. Sumomo asks what about a game at
the arcade than, and Ibuki asks what she means. Yuma asks if she doesn't know,
and than begins to laugh. Ibuki cowers in front of Yuma's evil smile, and
Sumomo tells her that it's alright. Ibuki asks if she knows what game Yuma has
in mind, and Sumomo nods and says she knows it well. Ibuki is still a little
scared and asks what it is, and Sumomo says that it's very interesting. Ibuki
tells her to make more sense, and Sumomo thinks for a moment, than says it's an
oddity among the other machines there. Ibuki says she didn't think of torture,
and says this sounds frightening. (HAHA!) Sumomo smiles, and Yuma whispers that
she's a little evil today. Sumomo giggles and asks what he's talking about, and
Yuma notes that she's enjoying this. Yuma asks if they should go than, unless
Ibuki is chickening out. Ibuki cracks, and says a Shikimori doesn't run away
from anything, and says a loss is a loss, and that she'll withstand whatever he
decided on. Saya congratulates Ibuki on her little speech, and Yuma says they
should go. Ibuki nods, and tells Saya to follow her, and Saya nods. Yuma
wonders if maybe he overdid it a little, and wonders how she'll react.

Yuma takes them to the arcade, and Ibuki cowers and asks what's with all of the
strange electronic noises. Yuma tells her not to worry, and Ibuki says she
hears explosions and screams too, so how can she not worry. Yuma asks if she's
scared, and Ibuki panics and says she's not. Yuma notes that she's obviously
lying, and Yuma whispers to Sumomo if she's ready. Sumomo nods and says she's
ready to have fun now. Yuma says he hopes they don't run into any fanatics,
and Sumomo says it will be alright. Ibuki yells out and asks what are they
whispering about. Yuma apologizes, than says to head on in. Yuma's choice of
the punishment game is... A PHOTO BOOTH!!! (Anime: Good. Otherwise: WTF?!?!?)

Yuma says Ibuki looks good in that shrine maiden�fs outfit, and Sumomo says of
course she does since she picked it out. Yuma says good choice, and Ibuki
squeaks that this is really embarrassing, and Yuma recaps that this photo booth
has costumes near it if people want to dress up, and notes that Ibuki made an
interesting choice in picking the shrine maiden clothes, but notes that Sumomo
added the bunny ears. Yuma asks why Sumomo changed her clothes too since she
didn't lose, and Sumomo says she didn't want Ibuki to suffer alone since she
played poorly, and therefore she will endure such embarrassment as well. (Yeah
right, she's loving it.) Yuma says that's obviously a lie, and Sumomo giggles
and admits she wanted to try this costume on at least once, as she's wearing a
maid costume, and that's she considerably difficult to deal with. Yuma says
he'll take the picture now, and asks if there's anything that needs to be
changed first. Sumomo tells him to move it a couple of inches, and Yuma adjusts
it. Ibuki asks what he's doing, and Yuma says taking the picture of course.
Ibuki looks confused, and Sumomo explains how a lot of pictures in a special
photo album give points. Ibuki let's out a yelp, and Sumomo continues, saying
that you can share the photo with your friends too. Ibuki tries to say wait a
moment, because she doesn't want her picture taken in this outfit, and Yuma
nods. Ibuki protests again, and Yuma tells her not to run off. Sumomo tells her
to accept defeat gracefully, and Ibuki tries to make Sumomo let go of her, and
asks Saya for help. Saya says she promised though, and Ibuki says she didn't
know it meant this, that it's a huge disgrace. Saya says she won't let her bear
this alone, and also grabs a pair of bunny ears and puts them on her head.
Ibuki shouts out that this doesn't solve the problem, and Yuma calls to Ibuki
again. She turns back to him quickly and asks what, and Yuma tells her that the
shutter will click in only two more seconds. Ibuki panics, and quickly smiles,
and Sumomo says it was a big success. Ibuki quickly cracks, and Yuma shouts out
that it's an angry shrine maiden, and for them to run.


Time: Afternoon


Afterward, when they are back outside, Yuma says that was really fun, and
Sumomo nods and says she was glad they could do that. Ibuki says that was the
worst, and Yuma notes that Sumomo is in a good mood now, although Saya seemed
to go along with it quite well compared to Ibuki, whom after expending so much
energy back in her shrine maiden costume looks exhausted. Ibuki says she still
doesn't understand this thing about sharing photo album seals and such, and
Yuma says it's just like it sounds, you show someone the pictures you've
collected, than they do the same, and they trade seals to show that they have
seen that person's album. Ibuki says no one can ever see that picture, and Yuma
asks if she hates it. Ibuki says of course, and says she doesn't even want to
think of such a picture of her on the open market, than says that no one can
ever see it. Yuma notes the murderous intent that just lit up in her eyes, and
Yuma thinks it would be best to not show anyone...at least for now. Yuma says
fine, but he'll keep his copy in his room so that he can look back at this day.
Ibuki says he can't do that either, and Yuma notes that they were able to have
a fun talk while hanging out, without anything being mentioned about the
forest, or friends or foes. Yuma notes that this would likely have been
impossible without Sumomo, since Ibuki laughs instead of being angry, and that
she acts like a normal girl around Sumomo, and that he definitely wants to stop
this fight over the Treasure, for everyone's sake. Yuma than wonders why Ibuki
even wants this Treasure, and who deprived her of it to begin with, but
doesn't asks today since he doesn't want to shatter the atmosphere and fun they
are all having.


Time: Evening


Back at the station, Ibuki and Saya say they must be going, and Saya thanks
Yuma and Sumomo for today. Sumomo says she'll see Ibuki tomorrow, and Ibuki
hesitates before saying she'll get back at Sumomo for today's embarrassment.
Sumomo giggles and says she's glad Ibuki isn't giving up. Yuma notes that it
seems they have developed a small rivalry to try and out-do each other, but
that it will just be a friendly rivalry. Yuma feels sad that today is already
over, and Ibuki says bye to them, and Sumomo tells them good bye as well, and
Saya bows before they walk off. Sumomo says they should also be getting back,
and Yuma nods, watching Ibuki and Saya until he can't see them no more, than
he turns around and heads for home with Sumomo as well.

~~End Sunday, April 16th.


(fi) Date: Monday, April 17th


Time: Morning


Anri takes Yuma out of the room when he enters, and brings him to talk with
Haruhi in the stairwell. Anri asks Haruhi if what Ibuki said about her being
Suzuri's daughter is true, and Haruhi says she doesn't know. Yuma says he
thought she talked to her, and Haruhi says she was busy all day yesterday and
couldn't get a hold of her. Yuma looks down, and Anri asks out loud why Ibuki
would call out Haruhi so strongly than, and Haruhi says it sounds like Ibuki
has a grudge against Suzuri. Anri says that sounds right, and when Yuma sees
Haruhi's sad expression, Yuma feels pained himself when he remembers the bright
and cheerful Ibuki he was with yesterday, and wonders if he should have called
Haruhi after all yesterday. Anri says they have to focus on Ibuki no matter the
difference, and tells Haruhi that she's not to act without her around. Haruhi
looks troubled at Anri, and Anri asks if there's a problem. Haruhi quickly says
there isn't, and Anri admits that she doesn't know what to do though. Yuma
knows that Ibuki's power surpasses both Anri and Haruhi combined, and than if
you add Shinya and Saya into the mix... Yuma says they should go and ask Koyuki
at lunch if she can help them. Anri looks surprised, but Haruhi says it Koyuki
will agree to help it would be very reassuring. Yuma hopes so as well, since
Koyuki would take a lot of the strain off of Haruhi and Anri. Anri says that
Ibuki still upsets her though, that she's all high and mighty, and doesn't seem
to listen to anyone else talking, and says she wishes she could hit her.
Haruhi nervously laughs, and Yuma quietly says she's too violent, and Anri asks
if her said something. Yuma quickly compliments Anri but says that's one of her
worst assets. Anri looks at him wide-eyed and says she didn't know he was like
that. Haruhi looks down, and Yuma quickly apologizes and says it's not like
that, and hope that she doesn't think badly of him. Yuma mentions that Sumomo
is usually quite happy, and Anri asks that since Ibuki is Sumomo's friend, if
she's picked up on any of Ibuki's behavior. Yuma says he doesn't think so, and
Anri says she doesn't understand at all. Yuma notes that he could show them the
photo that they took yesterday.

Options:

1) I want to see their reaction.

2) Remember yesterday's promise.


Note: Heh, surprised that it took this long for any options to pop up? I was as
well, and I'll just say now that on the True Path choices don't matter in the
slightest for story since there is only one ending for this path. Well, I take
that back. There are two choices later on that will determine whether you have
an H-scene or not, but I'll cover those when the time comes.


Option One: Yuma wonders what their reaction will be when they see such a
picture, and Anri asks what's with him all of a sudden. Yuma says they'll never
believe it unless he shows them, and when Anri looks confused, Yuma laughs and
pulls out the picture. Anri and Haruhi are both shocked, and Yuma informs them
that it was taken yesterday in the arcade. Haruhi looks entranced and asks if
he has another one, and Yuma wonders what Ibuki would do if she knew Haruhi had
a copy of the photo. Anri, who is a little more level-headed, tells Haruhi to
wait a moment since it's an unusual photo. Haruhi basically says she doesn't
care, and Anri gets pissed and asks why he took a Print Club picture with them.
Yuma says that he met them by chance when he was out yesterday, and Anri says
he's in league with Ibuki. Yuma says that's a little harsh, and Anri asks if he
forgot that those two are after the Treasure.


Option Two: Yuma remembers Ibuki's death promise, and decides not to show them
the photo. Haruhi asks what is it, and Yuma says never mind.


Both paths meet up here. The bell rings, signaling that class is about to
begin. Anri says she'll be Haruhi's bodyguard for today than, at least until
they can talk to Koyuki, and Yuma says he understands. Anri moves closer to
Haruhi, who says she's a little uncomfortable with Anri standing so close to
her. Anri says she has to though, and Yuma notes that Anri is taking things a
little too seriously, and notes that he'll also go to Oasis when lunch rolls
around, to see if he can convince Koyuki to help them.


Time: Lunch


Yuma says it's time to go to Oasis and see Koyuki, and Haruhi bows and nods,
and says she'll see him soon.

Yuma looks towards Koyuki's usual fortune-telling corner, but she's not there
today, and Yuma wonders if she closed it due to a lack of customers today, than
wonders if she's still in her classroom, and heads back up towards the 3rd-year
classroom and quietly looks in, but Koyuki isn't there either. Yuma wonders
where else she could be, than remembers the Divination Clubroom, and that if
she's not at Oasis she's usually there. When Yuma heads down there, Yuma steels
his nerves and is about to knock on the door when he hears voices inside. Yuma
notes that Koyuki must be busy with someone, and Yuma can make out the other
person scoffing that it is Natsumi's will. Yuma recognizes that the voice
belongs to Ibuki, and wonders why she's here. Koyuki says she doesn't think so,
but Ibuki angrily says never mind, and that she must be going. Ibuki opens the
door and looks surprised to run into Yuma again, and when Yuma tries to say
something, Ibuki scoffs again and continues walking off. Yuma sighs at being
blown off,  and Koyuki appears shortly, as if to try and chase Ibuki down. She
uneasily greets Yuma, who apologizes and asks if he's come at a bad time.
Koyuki says no and asks what he wants. Yuma says he wants to talk to her, and
Koyuki tells him to come inside, and Yuma nods.

Yuma notices a flute in a box on a table when he enters, and Yuma feels a
mysterious power coming from it. Koyuki asks if there is something about the
flute that intrigues him, and Yuma wakes up and apologizes, than asks Koyuki if
she can play it. Koyuki apologizes, but says she doesn't think she'll be able
to play it, since she's not confident. Yuma says she's too modest, and says
he'd like to hear her play. Koyuki says she will if she has the time, and
Koyuki quickly puts the flute away. Yuma notes that the flute is well-used, and
Koyuki explains that the flute is a keepsake entrusted to her by a good friend.
Yuma is silent, and Koyuki says she's supposed to give it to someone that
person wanted to have it, but she couldn't give it to her today. Yuma knows
immediately that Koyuki means Ibuki, and says that she's been after Ibuki for
a while now. Koyuki nods and apologizes for staying quiet for so long. Yuma
says it's alright, that she must have her reasons, noting that Koyuki seems to
have some sort of special connection with Ibuki, and their relationship must
be deeper than he originally thought. Koyuki asks what he's come for today, and
Yuma is now hesitant to say his purpose, due to the uneasy atmosphere that has
arisen. Yuma asks if she knows who Haruhi's Magic Section teacher is, and
Koyuki nods. Yuma than relates that Ibuki said something strange last Saturday,
that Haruhi was that teacher's daughter. Koyuki looks surprised to hear this,
and asks if that's true, and Yuma says it is according to Ibuki, and that she
seems to have a grudge against Suzuri, and as such, it's likely that Ibuki will
be targeting Haruhi. Koyuki is quiet, and Yuma relates that in the grand scheme
of things, he and Anri are useless, him even more so than Anri, and says he
wants to ask Koyuki for help. Koyuki says she thought that was it, and Yuma
notes that until he came here today he didn't know of Koyuki's relationship
with Ibuki, and doubts that she'll give him a favorable answer now. Koyuki
looks up and asks if he's busy after school. When Yuma says he isn't, Koyuki
asks if they can meet after school. Yuma says he doesn't mind, and wonders if
she'll tell him her answer than. Yuma asks where they should meet, and Koyuki
says the under the cherry blossom trees in the park. Yuma asks if she likes
that particular place, and Koyuki nods and says she might have a solution to
Haruhi's problem later. Yuma asks if she really will, and Koyuki nods but says
it's possible, not certain. Yuma says he understands, and says he'll see her
after school than, and Koyuki sees him off. Yuma wonders if anything was
resolved at all, and hopes he'll be able to understand more after school.


Time: After School


After school is over, Yuma recalls what he has to do after school, and Anri
comes over to Haruhi and says that it's time to go. Haruhi asks where, and Anri
says Oasis, and says she wasn't able to get off of work, so she wants Haruhi to
stay where she can see her. Haruhi freaks, and Yuma notes that Anri thought
things through a little, and that Ibuki wouldn't dare attack the place, as it
would be too reckless. Haruhi groans and says she doesn't think this is
necessary, but Anri says she needs security from her greatest enemy. Haruhi
says she'll be fine since she's meeting an adult later. Anri asks if that's
true, and Haruhi nods. Anri looks down, disappointed that she can't help
Haruhi. Yuma asks if he was going to make Haruhi be a waitress for the day, and
Anri says of course. Yuma says that's a good idea and he seconds it. Haruhi
says it would be too embarrassing, and Yuma sighs inwardly, regretting that he
won't be able to see Haruhi as a waitress, than notes that it's probably a good
thing, as EVERYONE would rush over as soon as they heard that news. Haruhi Yuma
what he's going to do, and Yuma says he's meeting Koyuki. Anri asks if Koyuki
agreed to help them, and Yuma says that's why he's meeting Koyuki, because she
said she might have an answer to Haruhi's problem. Anri asks if that's true,
and Haruhi says she wonders what it could be. Yuma says he doesn't know, and
that it's not for certain that Koyuki will be able to help either. Anri asks if
they should cheer Koyuki is able to help them, and Haruhi says she'll manage
somehow. Yuma says he should be going than, and Haruhi says she'll see him
tomorrow, as Anri says bye, and Yuma leaves and heads for the park.

Yuma waits in the park, noting that he should have asked what time to meet
Koyuki, since she's still not at the park yet herself. However, over by the
trees he's supposed to meet Koyuki is a woman, who places a hand on a tree and
smiles while looking up at it. The woman turns to Yuma and says hello. Yuma
greets her back, and Yuma can't help but stare. The woman asks if something is
wrong, and Yuma says he's meeting someone here, and didn't expect to see such a
beautiful woman out here. The woman laughs and says thank you, and Yuma
laughs as well. The woman than says she's also meeting someone here. Yuma
wonders if this place is used to meet people a lot, and says so to the woman,
and she laughs and says it seems so, and says the person she is knew loved this
place. Yuma notices her use of the past tense and asks her knew, and the woman
responds that she's been dead for about ten years now. Yuma apologizes for
bringing it up, but the woman says it's alright, that she can feel her friend
whenever she touches this tree. Yuma is silent, and the woman explains that her
friend's soul is attached to the tree, and talks to her from time to time, than
laughs it off and says that must sound odd to him. Yuma says not necessarily,
than Yuma begins to feel something, and notices that this woman's smile is very
nostalgic to him, and notes that she's important, although he doesn't know why.
Koyuki arrives and apologizes for keeping Yuma waiting. Yuma greets her back,
and Koyuki smiles and says it seems they've saved her the trouble of
introducing them to each other. Yuma looks confused, and Koyuki says she
brought Yuma out here to meet this woman. Yuma says he didn't know, and the
woman introduces herself as Minagi Suzuri, and apparently already knew his
name. Yuma is speechless for a second, and Koyuki asks what's wrong. Yuma asks
if she's Haruhi's teacher, and Koyuki confirms it. Yuma is thunderstruck, since
he thought Haruhi's teacher was a man, not a woman, and Yuma notes that he
badly misunderstood everything. Suzuri says she heard about him from Haruhi,
and Yuma apologizes, and that a lot of things are going around in his head as
of late. Yuma tries to stop himself from rambling, and concentrates on calming
down, and remembers that she might be Haruhi's mother. Yuma notes that she
certainly has a motherly feel and grace, and Suzuri, noticing him staring at
her, asks if she has something on her face. Yuma apologizes, and notes he was
stupid to stare so obviously, and than wonders to himself if this is what
Koyuki meant by solving Haruhi's problem, and wonders if he should just ask.
Yuma also notes that he doesn't understand how talking to Suzuri will help, but
if it will help ease any of Haruhi's worries it could be worth it. Yuma asks if
she wouldn't mind answering a rude question, and Suzuri asks what is it. Yuma
slowly asks if the story that he heard that she's Haruhi's mother is true.
Suzuri looks up in surprise and stares at Yuma. Yuma wonders if he shouldn't
have asked that question after all, but Suzuri begins to laugh. Yuma asks if he
said something funny, and Suzuri apologizes and says she didn't expect him to
ask something like that. Yuma asks what she means, and wishes he had never
asked to begin with. Suzuri says she'll answer than, and says that Haruhi is
not her daughter. Yuma asks if that's true, and Suzuri says she only has one
son. Yuma says that the story is false than, and Suzuri nods, and Yuma feels
relieved, and that once he explains as such to Ibuki, she will have no reason
to target Haruhi. Although that presents a probably, as he wonders if Ibuki
will believe him if he tells her that. Suzuri says he looks troubled, and Yuma
slowly nods. Yuma notes than that he'll have to find some proof to show Ibuki
before he tells her, and than apologizes to both of them, than asks them if
they will help him. Suzuri says she may, and Yuma asks if she already knows
that the person going after the Treasure is Ibuki. Suzuri nods and says she
knows, and Yuma tells her that Ibuki is the one who told him that story about
Haruhi being her daughter. Suzuri says she gets it now, and Yuma nods and says
that the chances of Ibuki singling out Haruhi are high, but if he can prove to
Ibuki that Haruhi is not Suzuri's daughter, than Ibuki will have no reason to
focus on Haruhi, and asks if she can lend him something that will prove it.
Suzuri asks if he means evidence. and Yuma nods. Suzuri asks if telling Ibuki
herself will do, and Yuma notes that he hadn't thought of that, but it should
work as well. Suzuri slowly says she doesn't think that she'll be able to prove
so alone, and asks Yuma if she'll help him convince Ibuki. Yuma says he doesn't
know what he can do to help, but he will if he can, and asks what she wants him
to do. Suzuri says she just wants him to be with her when she introduces him to
Ibuki. Yuma is confused, noting that he and Ibuki already know each other, and
wonders what Suzuri is thinking, that this might cause Ibuki to not believe
that Suzuri and Haruhi are mother-daughter. Koyuki gives a start, and Yuma asks
what's wrong. Suzuri says it seems that Ibuki her begun casting magic somewhere
in the area. Yuma asks where and why, and Koyuki says she seems to be fighting
Haruhi. Yuma says they have to hurry and help, and Suzuri says they'll go
together. Yuma is confused as Suzuri takes his hand, than Suzuri recites a
spell and they begin to float in the air. As Suzuri finishes her spell, they
are engulfed in a white light.


Meanwhile, over to Haruhi and Ibuki, Ibuki fires a bolt at Haruhi, while blocks
it with her barrier magic, but she breathes heavily afterwards. Ibuki says she
can only block, but she will break through eventually, and wonders what she'll
do than. Haruhi notes that she's right, and Ibuki refers to Haruhi as the
daughter of Suzuri shouldn't be this weak. Haruhi asks why she says she's her
daughter, and Ibuki says she seems to have fooled herself, and doesn't know why
she's trying to deny it. Haruhi looks up in surprise, and Ibuki continues,
saying that she became Suzuri's brightest pupil as well, and asks if she never
wondered why her magic looked so much like Suzuri's, adding that children's
magic takes after their parents. Haruhi let's out a cry of surprise, and thinks
back, noting that she based her magic off what that small boy showed her that
one day, and that if Ibuki's story is true, than the boy who helped her... but
Haruhi looks up just in time to avoid another bolt that Ibuki fired at her.
Ibuki says she really should be concentrating on the battle at hand, and Haruhi
insists that she's not Suzuri's daughter. Ibuki laughs and asks how can she
deny the proof, and Haruhi realizes she means her magic looking like Suzuri's
again, and notes she would have to ask that boy again, but she'd have to find
him first, and than doubts that he would remember helping a young girl in the
park when he was younger. Ibuki says she doesn't seem to be concentrating at
all, and says she's wasted enough time, and she will finish this now and 
obtain the Treasure. Haruhi says never, and bolts away from Ibuki, realizing
her plan now, and notes that she would only suffer from Ibuki's diversion more
if she stayed. Ibuki laughs behind her and says it's useless to run away, and
runs after Haruhi. Haruhi quietly casts a spell as she's running so that Ibuki
can't notice, and hopes that she'll follow for a little more, than quickly
turns and notes that her timing was perfect, that Ibuki is standing directly in
her trap, but it is quickly nullified, as Haruhi trips and can't finish casting
the spell. Ibuki says she forgot to tell her, she noticed the many traps that
Haruhi had set up before hand, and figured she would try again. Haruhi curses
that her move was read, and Ibuki says she picked the best plan for the
situation, but says when an opponent does that, it is best to use their own
plans against them. Haruhi groans, and Ibuki says this wasn't worth her time.
Haruhi quietly says again that she's not Suzuri's daughter, and Ibuki asks
where Suzuri's child is than. Haruhi starts to say she doesn't know, but than
Suzuri interrupts and says she believes she has the one Ibuki is looking for.
Haruhi turns around in surprise, and Ibuki says she finally came.


Back to Yuma, his vision finally begins to clear after the teleportation spell,
and lets out a cry of surprise to see Haruhi on her knees with Ibuki standing
over her. Yuma calls out to her, and Haruhi looks back at him surprised. Ibuki
asks Suzuri what she meant by having whom she was looking for, and Suzuri nods
and says that's what she said, quietly pats Yuma's shoulder, and Yuma looks up,
confused at Suzuri, than looks back to Ibuki who is looking at him just as
puzzled. Ibuki says she can't be expected to believe Yuma is her child, and
Yuma asks what's going on, and Suzuri says he is, and Yuma's jaw drops, as he's
dumbfounded to hear such an expected answer. Haruhi manages out that's a lie,
and Yuma asks Suzuri to explain what she's talking about. Suzuri says this is
her evidence, and says if she introduces her true child, Ibuki should
understand her mistake. Yuma asks for her to prove that he's her child, and
Ibuki agrees, and says a man who can't use magic can't possibly be her son.
Suzuri says it's true that a magician's child will also be able to use magic,
than turns to Yuma and asks if it's really true that he can't use magic. Yuma
let's out a cry of surprise, wondering how she knew that he could when he was
younger. Suzuri says he should show Ibuki a spell or two, and Yuma tries to
deny it, and Suzuri whispers that she knows he was able to use magic before,
and because of an incident he threw it away. Yuma again wonders how she knows
this, than says she only wants him to say the words to a spell that he
remembers. Yuma slowly nods, understanding what she means, and notes that while
he doesn't understand everything, he's starting to catch on. Yuma slowly
recites what he remembers, and Haruhi and Ibuki let out cries of surprise. Yuma
continues, and Haruhi slowly says that's Suzuri's favorite spell. Ibuki says
she can't believe this, but than says she was mistaken, that her target wasn't
Haruhi, it was Yuma all along. Yuma let's out a cry of surprise now, and Suzuri
tells her to stop, that he's already thrown away his magic, and that if she
should try to harm him, she will do her best to stop her. Ibuki stifles a
curse, than says she will stop for today, but says she will be back, and that
she will settle her score with Suzuri sooner or later, than disappears after
reciting a teleport spell. Yuma asks Haruhi if she's alright, and Haruhi nods
and says she's not injured, but asks how he knows that spell. Yuma says he just
knows it. Suzuri turns to Haruhi and calls her, and Haruhi turns to her, and
Suzuri apologizes that Ibuki mistook her for her child, and it made things more
troublesome for her. Haruhi says it's alright, but asks about what she said
earlier. Suzuri says that was entirely the truth, that Yuma is her son, and
that she had entrusted him to Otoha about ten years ago. Yuma says he had no
idea, and Suzuri says he should hear the whole story from Otoha, and says he
should be able to understand everything afterward. Yuma quietly says he will
ask her, and Haruhi falls silent. Suzuri than asks Yuma if he can escort Haruhi
back to the dorms, and Haruhi lets out a cry of surprise. Yuma says he
understands, than extends his hand to Haruhi, who is still watching him in
blank surprise. Yuma asks if she doesn't want help up, and Haruhi shouts that
she's fine. Yuma looks shocked for a second, and Haruhi apologizes, but Yuma is
still shocked by her sudden outburst and refusal to accept his hand just to
help her up. Suzuri tells Haruhi not to strain herself, and Haruhi says she's
fine again, than picks herself up, but her knees are shaking. Suzuri says oh
well, than tells Haruhi to wait a moment, and Suzuri takes a small ring from
her pocket and puts it on Yuma's middle finger. Suzuri says it will protect
him, and Yuma looks confused. Suzuri nods and says not to lose it, than she
leaves as well, leaving him alone with Haruhi. They silently look at each other
for a second, than Yuma says they should go, and Haruhi nods, and Yuma notes
that Haruhi is obviously in pain, although she's trying not to act like she is.
Yuma says she can use his shoulder for support if she wants, and Haruhi quietly
does so, and apologizes. Yuma says there's nothing to apologizes for, but
Haruhi falls silent again.


Time: Evening


They leave the forest and make their way to the park, and Haruhi thanks Yuma,
but says she can walk the rest of the way. Yuma asks if she doesn't want to be
seen with him. Haruhi says it's not that, it's just that she feels she's
recovered enough to make it back to the dorms without him supporting her the
whole way. Yuma says alright and let's go of Haruhi's arm, and feels a little
sad to part from her. Haruhi says they should keep going, and Yuma nods, and
they continue walking at a slow pace for Haruhi. Yuma says it was a good thing
after all, and Haruhi looks at him in confusion. Yuma explains that Ibuki was
entirely wrong, but that he didn't expect things to turn out like this. Haruhi
nods, and Yuma tells her not to persist walking if it's painful again. Haruhi
says she's fine, and thanks him for his concern, than asks why he was with
Suzuri to begin with earlier. Yuma relates how he went to meet with Koyuki, and
Suzuri was there as well, since Koyuki had called her too, and Koyuki wanted to
introduce him to Suzuri. Haruhi asks if that's so, and Yuma continues and says
while Haruhi's problem was solved, he didn't imagine that Suzuri was his
mother. Haruhi says about that, and Yuma turns to her. Haruhi falls silent than
says never mind and looks down. Yuma notes that Haruhi is probably still
confused about everything that's happened and hasn't been able to make sense of
things yet, just as he is. They finally make it back to the dorms, and Haruhi
thanks Yuma for walking with her. Yuma says she should take a hot bath than
rest, and Haruhi nods and says she will, and Haruhi disappears inside the
building while stealing several looks back at him. Yuma than heads for home
himself, noting that he will have to ask Otoha if Suzuri really is his mother.


Time: Night


After dinner, Yuma sits on the sofa staring at the ring Suzuri gave him. Otoha
and Sumomo come in after washing the dishes, and Sumomo asks what's wrong,
since she's noticed the ring. Sumomo than asks where he got such a ring, and
Yuma says to give him a moment, than says he got it from someone today.
Otoha comes over, excited, and asks which girl gave it to him as a present.
Sumomo mutters to herself that the girl isn't the one who's supposed to give
gifts, and Yuma says it wasn't a girl, but a woman. Otoha says that's even
better, and Sumomo mutters that's even worse. Yuma says Suzuri from the Magic
Section gave it to him, and Otoha cracks, and the color drains from her face.
Yuma sighs and says that it's true after all, and Otoha asks what she told him.
Sumomo, confused, asks what's going on. Yuma tells her that the ring was given
to him by his biological mother, and Sumomo let's out a small gasp. Otoha
apologizes for keeping quiet, and Yuma asks if Suzuri told her not to tell him,
and Otoha nods.

Afterward, Otoha tells Yuma everything that she knows about why Suzuri gave him
up to her, that her reason apparently was so that Suzuri could continue to
study all the magic she could. Yuma notes that while this is almost too perfect
a situation for him to hate her, Yuma doesn't bear a grudge against Suzuri.
Yuma says he was surprised indeed that things turned out this way, and that he
had lived overseas before with Suzuri, than he should meet up with her again.
Otoha says she would have told him earlier if she could, but that Suzuri wanted
her not to tell him until he was ready. Yuma says he knows, and Otoha says
she's really sorry again. Yuma says he already said it's alright. Sumomo turns
to Yuma, and tries to tell him something, but she can't speak. Yuma can sense
what she wants to say though, and tells her not to worry, that he has no
intentions of leaving this family. Sumomo asks if he's sure, and Yuma says of
course, asking if she thinks it would make sense to just up and leave when his
mother finally lets him know she's still around, and says he already belongs
here in this small house. Otoha says he didn't have to mention the size of
their house, and Sumomo laughs, and says she's glad, and Otoha says she is as
well. Otoha than says she'll have to treat Suzuri to lunch next time she sees
her, and Sumomo says she'd be excited to meet his real mother as well. Yuma
says they would only embarrass him, and Otoha pouts and says that's not true,
and Sumomo says she wants to get to know her. Yuma falls silent, and Sumomo
asks what's wrong. Yuma says even he doesn't know her well, that they only
talked for a little while in the park earlier today. Otoha says she'll fill him
in if he wishes to know more about Suzuri, and Yuma says maybe later. Otoha
happily jumps, and Sumomo and Otoha leave the room shortly, and Yuma gets up
soon after, noting that there are still many things that he wants to talk to
Suzuri about, such as the Treasure, this ring, and many other things, and he's
grateful that Otoha told him the truth, and that it seems nothing will happen
because of this.

~~End Monday, April 17th.


(fj) Date: Tuesday, April 18th


Time: Morning


Sumomo remarks that the ring looks good on his finger, and Yuma says if she
says so, and looks at the ring again, that Suzuri said it would help protect
him, and wonders if she meant that it has some kind of magic in it. Yuma asks
Sumomo if the ring makes him stand out, and Sumomo says it does a little. Yuma
sighs, noting that he doesn't like the sound of that, and he'll really need to
be careful around Jun, because he'll surely cause him grief all day once he
sees the ring. Yuma wonders if he should take it off, and Sumomo says that's
his decision. Yuma groans inwardly, that gaining this ring might have been
more trouble than it's worth.

As Yuma enters the classroom, he hopes Haruhi is ok after yesterday's events.
Yuma greets her, and Haruhi nervously greets him in return. Yuma looks
surprised, and Haruhi looks down at her book again, and Yuma wonders what's
wrong, and that she seems to be a little cold towards him today. Yuma asks if
something is wrong, and Haruhi nervously cannot answer him. Yuma asks if she's
sure she's alright, and Haruhi finally recovers and apologizes, than says she's
fine. Yuma notes that she's obviously lying, and that she hasn't settled down
at all, as she keeps panicking whenever he turns and looks at her, when he
notices her looking at him. Yuma asks if she wants to ask him something, Haruhi
asks why he would think that, and Yuma says he can feel it. Haruhi nervously
mutters that she might have something to tell him, and Yuma notes that Haruhi
is starting to calm down, at least a little. Haruhi asks if it's true that
Suzuri is his mother, and Yuma says it is, noting that Haruhi looks a little
eager to know. Yuma relates that he talked to Otoha yesterday, and she
confirmed what Suzuri told them yesterday. Haruhi says that's so, than falls
silent. Yuma notes that the tension has risen, and wants to ask her what's
wrong, but he waits until Haruhi is ready. Haruhi says that Yuma will probably
be the one targeted now, and Yuma asks if she really thinks so. Haruhi says she
believes so, since Ibuki went after her just for thinking that she was Suzuri's
daughter. Yuma says that she may be right, and Haruhi suddenly bursts that
he'll be alright, and that she'll protect him. (Oh?) Yuma let's out a surprised
cry, and Haruhi blushes and apologizes. Yuma says thank you, noting that he was
surprised at her outburst, but he feels better because of it. Anri gives a
shout as she enters the room, and Haruhi greets her along with Yuma. Anri asks
if Yuma heard that something happened in the forest yesterday. Yuma says he
might have heard about it, and Anri cheerfully says that even Ibuki was scared
off by Suzuri. Yuma notes how Anri's eyes are shining, and bets that Anri wants
to be just like Suzuri. Anri says it was a little suspicious though, since she
didn't think that Suzuri would just show up there, and says she got permission
from Otoha to take a little time off from work at Oasis, in case Haruhi is
attacked again. Haruhi says she doesn't think that she'll be targeted anymore,
and Anri asks why. Haruhi says that she's not Suzuri's daughter, that she has a
son. Anri says that's good, that Ibuki made a rash decision. Haruhi nods and
says she should be safe now. Yuma notes that Haruhi is obviously keeping the
knowledge that he's Suzuri's son hidden from Anri, and is glad, because he bets
that Anri would try to attach themselves at the hip to try and protect him, and
it would embarrass the hell out of him. The bell rings, and Anri looks
downcast. Yuma asks why doesn't she come to school earlier if she wants to chat
more, and Anri tells him to shut up and not be so annoying, and Yuma sighs and
says he thought so. Anri says that now she's free from doing anything after
school, she'll have to wander around, and heads back to her seat. Yuma says
she's really energetic, and when Haruhi doesn't say anything, Yuma turns to
her, and Haruhi looks up and apologizes, than asks if he was saying anything.
Yuma says it's nothing, and notes that she's still not all here yet.


Time: Lunch


As the lunch bell rings, Hachi asks Yuma what he's going to do for lunch. Yuma
says he's going to buy his lunch today, and Hachi asks why Sumomo didn't make
him a lunch today. Yuma says even if she made him one he wouldn't share it with
him. Hachi says he envies him having such a great little sister, and Yuma says
he always says that, and tells him to be more serious. Hachi says he is, and
that he wants a younger sister to make him lunches, than asks Yuma what he
thinks happened to Shinya, since he hasn't been around lately. Yuma notes that
it's because he and Saya are fighting Haruhi in order to obtain the Treasure,
and asks Hachi if he's worried about Shinya. Hachi says he couldn't give a
rat's ass about Shinya, he's worried about Saya, than says he doesn't think
they have fallen into a forbidden world of love, and Yuma says he's being
stupid again. Hachi plays out a stupid script of Shinya forcing himself on
Saya, than says he won't take this, and that he won't allow a guy to treat his
younger sister in such a way. (<_<) Hachi than makes up a stupid nickname for
himself, and Yuma says his nickname would be more like Hachi the Careless
Idiot, and leaves Hachi in the room to his fantasies. Yuma buys a milk carton
from a vending machine and heads back to the room, sighing that this was all he
was able to buy, and that all of the good sandwiches were gone, and wonders if
he should start reserving them. Yuma notes that it's nothing compared to the
lunches Sumomo makes for him, than wonders if he's too used to luxurious food.
Sumomo calls out to Yuma when she sees him, and Ibuki, who is with her, looks
at Yuma as well. Yuma lets out a cry of surprise when he sees Ibuki, noting
that while Shinya and Saya have stopped coming to school, Ibuki has not, but
she's still strutting around as if no one knew she was the one after the
Treasure, and he can't fathom it! Yuma notes that he's glad Sumomo is here so
that there won't be any trouble, and Sumomo asks if he wants to join them for
lunch. Yuma says he doesn't want to disturb them today and says he'll eat
elsewhere, and turns to leave, but Ibuki, surprisingly, is the one who asks him
to wait up, and Yuma freezes. When he turns around, he sees Ibuki cold glare
piercing him, and Yuma says he knows what she wants to say to him, but asks if
she can't wait until Sumomo is away. Ibuki says she has no intention of letting
Sumomo find out, otherwise she could never do it if she knew. Yuma shouts at
her in surprise, and Ibuki scoffs and says it's probably good anyway, that it
will be some time until Sumomo finds out the truth anyway. Sumomo asks what
they are talking about, as she's horribly lost. Ibuki says she needs to speak
to Yuma alone for a moment, and Sumomo looks worried at Ibuki. Yuma tells
Sumomo not to worry, and says it's probably just a misunderstanding and he'll
see what the matter is. Sumomo hesitates than says while she doesn't know what
happened between them, she hopes they reconcile from it. Yuma nods, and he and
Ibuki walk a little ways down the hall.

Yuma thanks Ibuki for not saying anything around Sumomo, and Ibuki simply says
that since she's not related to this matter she doesn't need to know. Yuma
says thank you again anyway and bows, and Ibuki says he's right to do that, and
says Sumomo's not really her friend anyway. Yuma is silent, and Ibuki says she
can still barely believe that he's Suzuri's son, and says she feels cheated
since he doesn't have a magic wand, or any other sign of magic power. Yuma says
he thinks she's misunderstanding, and says that while he may be Suzuri's son,
he has no magic to master anymore. Ibuki says that's an unusual thing to say,
and asks if he's sure he's Suzuri's son. Yuma says when he was a little brat he
hurt people using magic and swore it off, never to use it again, and that it's
been about ten years since he's last used magic. Ibuki asks whether or not she
can actually believe him, and Yuma admits that he can't force her to believe
him. Ibuki tells him to be mindful of his words, and Yuma says that yesterday
was the first time that he even heard that Suzuri was his mother, and says that
no matter how hard she tries to force him to, he won't be able to use any
magic. Ibuki says nothing, and Yuma says that he's lived as a Kohinata for a
long time now, and that he's going to stay as one for a long time to come, and
he'll always give that answer to anyone who continues to ask. Ibuki grunts, and
Yuma says he has no intentions of trying to learn magic again, that he only
causes more problems. Ibuki says that while she believes he's cheating himself,
she admits that relearning magic won't be easy anyway, but says she still can't
understand why he would throw away the path of magic. Yuma says he already told
her why a little while ago, and Ibuki interrupts and says that it's alright,
that if possible, she doesn't want to take away someone that Sumomo holds dear,
and says that she'll just continue to focus on grappling the Shikimori Treasure
away from Suzuri, and as long as he doesn't impede her progress towards that
goal, she'll leave him alone. Yuma says he can't do that though, and Ibuki
looks at him, intrigued. Yuma asks if she really needs to obtain the Treasure,
and Ibuki says of course. Yuma asks if she's sure, even after talking to
Suzuri. Ibuki asks what he wants to say, and Yuma says that even though she's
no adult, he can't fight against her anyway. Ibuki says he didn't have to tell
her that, and Yuma says he will stop her though. Ibuki asks if he's going to
get in her way until the end, and Yuma says there�fs something else behind this
whole Treasure business, he picked that much up from Suzuri, and says that if
she continues to pursue the Treasure, Suzuri, Haruhi and everyone else will
stop her. Ibuki laughs, and says they'll see. Yuma says it's quite possible,
and Ibuki asks what would he know, since he can't even levitate a match, and
therefore, he's no threat to her, but says she may have to defang a cobra if
it keeps it's fangs hidden. Yuma asks what she means by that, and Ibuki says
he wouldn't be as useless if it was just a common fight. Yuma asks Ibuki why
she wants this Treasure so badly, and Ibuki says nothing. Yuma asks again, and
Ibuki says she sees no reason to tell him that, than says they should get back
before Sumomo has a fit, and she walks off, leaving Yuma standing there. Yuma
follows Ibuki shortly thereafter up to the roof.

Sumomo asks if they were able to reconcile, looking worried at seeing their
faces, and Yuma can tell she already knows that they haven't, although Yuma is
sure the solution is easy. Sumomo notices his look and asks what's wrong, and
Yuma says it's nothing. Ibuki says they've already talked about it enough for
today, and when Sumomo tries to say more, Ibuki says it's hard enough to
understand the situation, but assures Sumomo that they completely understand
each other, but says she will forgive her if he becomes an eyesore and she has
to beat him into a pulp. (!!) Yuma asks how they can possibly understand each
other like this, and Ibuki says he's already testing her patience. Yuma says
he'll try to stay out of her way, but there are no guarantees, trying to
continue their argument from earlier. Ibuki fires back and says he won't if he
values his life. Yuma says he understands perfectly, and that her current look
doesn't suit her. Ibuki says she was just getting to know him too, and moves
closer to smack him, but Sumomo moves in-between them and tells them to break
it up. Ibuki backs off, and Yuma says he understands. Sumomo says they can now
eat happily, and says she's really hungry, and Yuma notes that Sumomo doesn't
seem to be too concerned, but Ibuki still looks quite hostile, than Sumomo sits
down next to Ibuki and pulls out some bread.


Time: After School


Yuma couldn't concentrate on afternoon classes at all because of his discussion
with Ibuki at lunch, and that while he had Ibuki for a moment, she lost
interest in him and focused again on the Treasure, and notes that he still
doesn't know why Ibuki wants the Treasure. Yuma notes that she didn't want to
tell him at lunch, than looks around, and is surprised to see Haruhi sitting
with a vacant expression, copying her notes for a sixth time. Yuma wonders if
she didn't hear the bell ring, than calls out to her and says class is over.
Haruhi lets out a yell of surprise, and says that hurt his ears. Haruhi
quickly apologizes and says she was surprised by his sudden words. Yuma says
the bell rang a while back, and Haruhi asks if that's so. Yuma than says she's
been acting strange all day, and asks if she's feeling sick. Haruhi quietly
says nothing is wrong with her today, and Yuma says that's exactly his point,
that she's not so docile. Haruhi nods and looks down, and Yuma says if there's
something important she has to say he'll listen, than asks if she wants to go
somewhere with a little more privacy. Haruhi nods, and Yuma says he'll yell for
Anri to join them. Haruhi tries to say something, and when Yuma looks back,
Haruhi asks if she it can be just the two of them, as she wants to talk to him.
Yuma looks a little surprised than says sure, wondering what Haruhi wants to
talk to him about, especially since she wants to keep it hidden from Anri. Yuma
says the roof would be a good place to talk if she doesn't want to worry about
anyone finding out, and Haruhi nods and says that will work, and they leave the
room and head up the stairs to the roof, as Yuma notes that Haruhi seems a bit
insecure, as she keeps glancing back, as if afraid they are being followed.

Yuma says there's no one else here when they get up to the roof, and Haruhi
says it looks like it. They are both silent, and Yuma notes the tension in the
air rising, and notes that Haruhi really is acting odd today, looking cold and
silently at him. Yuma notes that he'll have to break the ice somehow, and asks
Haruhi what she wanted to talk to him about. Haruhi panics and says she doesn't
want to deter him if he has business elsewhere, and Yuma says he doesn't.
Haruhi falls silent again, and Yuma waits before he says he understands, than
says at lunch he met Ibuki. Haruhi becomes alarmed, and Yuma nods. Haruhi
quickly asks if he's alright, and Yuma insists that he's fine. Haruhi slowly
says she's glad, and Yuma wonders why she's so concerned.

After Yuma finishes explaining to Haruhi what he and Ibuki talked about during
lunch, Yuma finishes by saying that Ibuki said she wouldn't target him for
a while. Haruhi says that's good, and Yuma says not really, that while he's
glad things have calmed down, he didn't like the look in Ibuki's eyes when the
conversation drifted back towards the topic of the Treasure. Haruhi says it's
still a good thing that he won't be targeted anymore for a while, and Yuma says
he is useless after all. Haruhi says he's not though, not since he could use
that kind of magic. Yuma looks at Haruhi, finally realizing why Haruhi's been
so wound up, that he never did tell Haruhi that he was a magician when he was
younger, and that she always talked about magic, because she thought of him as
a General Section student, not a fellow magician. Yuma wonders what Haruhi
thinks of him now that she knows he was a magician, and can't even begin to
guess, than says it's been ten years since he's used any magic, and Haruhi has
had plenty of time to improve her art. Yuma notes that he only kept quiet on
the issue because it would have been difficult to explain it, but now it seems
to have caused more trouble because he didn't explain it. Yuma says that she
must have been surprised to find out he was a magician, and Haruhi jumps. Yuma
looks confused, and Haruhi asks if he can tell her everything about it. Yuma
hesitates, but says yes. Haruhi than asks that before he became part of
Sumomo's family, did he ever come to this city a lot. Yuma says he did, than
asks if she did as well. Haruhi nods, than asks if he remembers the park that
Sumomo used to play at. Yuma says he does, but that he feels a little lost with
the current conversation. Haruhi looks troubled, and Yuma says talking about
this seems painful to her, and asks if she's alright. Haruhi slowly says
she's alright, than continues, and asks if he remembers using magic to help a
little girl in that park. (Note: You all knew this was coming, from Haruhi's
storyline, or from watching the Anime, or from recalling the earlier events in
the story. :) Yuma looks surprised, and tries to recall such a memory. Yuma
notes that there were many times he helped people out when he was younger, but
not many where he actually used magic to do so. Yuma says he remembers Sumomo
being bullied a lot before, than says that he helped her a lot, sometimes by
using magic. Haruhi looks disappointed to hear Sumomo mentioned, and Yuma says
he can't remember much else, noting that he soon came to know how dangerous it
is to use magic recklessly, and that he kept hurting people with his magic,
even when he was trying to help others, and notes that was why he determined
never to use magic again. Yuma asks why she wanted to know, and Haruhi nods and
says that ten years ago she met a boy in that park, and that he used magic to
drove off other boys who were bullying her. Yuma finally recalls a faint memory
of a girl thanking him for such an act, thinking for the longest time that it
was Sumomo whom he had helped, but begins to think now that it might have
been... but Yuma notes that there's no way to prove such a thing. Haruhi says
that soon afterward that park was torn down, and she was never able to meet
that boy again, but says she continued to look for him for a long time, and
says she believes that boy was Yuma. Yuma says nothing and waits before
answering, noting that his memory is too vague for him to tell whether that
girl was Haruhi or not. Yuma says he definitely remembers helping a girl in
a situation, and Haruhi looks excited, but Yuma admits that he can't be sure
that girl was Haruhi. Haruhi deflates and nods, than she looks up at Yuma
again, and slowly begins to recite a spell. Yuma says he knows that spell, and
the familiar globe of light appears in Haruhi's hands. Yuma notes that she's
controlling it well, than it shines brighter until it dissipates. Haruhi says
that was the first spell she learned, because it was the first one she heard,
from that boy ten years ago. Yuma says nothing, and Haruhi quietly says she
remembered it for so long, and continues, saying that she convinced herself
that if she stuck with magic herself, she would one day get to meet that boy
again. Haruhi says again that she remembered that magic, and that day, his
magic helped her a lot. Yuma slowly says he remembers it as well, his magic.
Haruhi lets out a loud gasp, and hugs Yuma, surprising him. Yuma stands there
for a little while with a blank face of surprise, and Haruhi says she really
was able to meet him. Yuma calls out to her and brings her back to reality, and
Haruhi quickly moves away, flushed scarlet and apologizes. Yuma can feel his
heart pounding, and notes that any guy would if a girl like Haruhi suddenly
hugged them. Yuma says it really was her he met in the park that day, and 
Haruhi nods and says she became a magician because of his magic. Yuma hesitates
than says this is a hell of a coincidence, and Haruhi says she's been wanting
to say something to him for years, and says thank you. Yuma says that it has
been ten years, than says what the hell, and says it was no problem. Haruhi
begins to ask something else when Yuma's phone rings, interrupting the moment.
Yuma looks and tells Haruhi that it's Anri, and asks what they should do.
Haruhi thinks for a moment than says to answer it, and Yuma asks if she still
wants to talk. Haruhi says her story's over for now, and that she understands
everything for now and feels a lot better, than says it would be bad of them to
keep Anri waiting. Yuma nods and finally picks up the phone, and Anri shouts
from the other end, asking where the hell is he. Yuma says she seems to be
angry, and Haruhi quietly laughs. Anri asks where is he, than says she thought
she just heard Anri, than demands that he answer her. Yuma laughs and tells her
not to shout, that he can understand her, and says they'll head back to the
classroom now. Anri angrily says he better, and Yuma says he is and hangs up.
Haruhi says she's very lively, and Yuma nods and says they better get back
before they upset Anri any more, and Haruhi nods, and they make their way back
to the classroom, with Yuma's heart still pounding from Haruhi's hug. After
they get back, all three of them head out to the forest for the days rounds,
but Yuma can't focus on anything but this feeling.

~~End Tuesday, April 18th.


(fk) Date: Wednesday, April 19th


Time: Morning


Yuma enters the classroom and tells Haruhi and Anri good morning, and Anri says
she was waiting for him, and grabs Yuma's arm and drags him over to Haruhi.
After she brings him over, she says now they can tell her together. Yuma looks
confused, and Anri says don't pretend not to know, she wants to know what was
so important to talk about that they excluded her. Haruhi says she didn't mean
to exclude her on purpose, (Uh, yes you did. <_<) and Anri angrily asks what
they talked about than. Yuma tells Anri to please quiet down, and they just had
a small chat up on the roof. Anri hums and says he's hiding something. Yuma
asks why he should lie, and Anri asks if he remembers how he felt yesterday.
Yuma says he felt the same as always, and Haruhi nods as well. Anri says that
she still doesn't trust them, because they are acting far from normal for them.
Yuma asks how so, and Anri says two people don't head all the way to the roof
for a small chat. Yuma notes that since Anri is suspicious now he won't be able
to meet people up on the roof for a while now, and Yuma begins to have
problems concentrating when he recalls how Haruhi suddenly hugged him. Yuma
tries to says never mind, but Haruhi quickly mutters an apology. Anri says she
still has her doubts, and Haruhi nervously tells her not to have any. Yuma says
there no reason to doubt them at all, and Anri stares back and forth between
Yuma and Haruhi, eyeing them contently. Anri eventually says everything seems
fine after all. Yuma says she could do without being so suspicious all the
time, and Anri leaves, saying she doesn't want to be a nuisance to the new
couple. (!!!) Haruhi blushes deeply, and Yuma asks if she's alright. Haruhi
tells him to speak frankly, and Yuma sighs and asks Haruhi if Anri has heard
that he was a magician. Haruhi says she's avoided that topic, and says that if
Anri found out she might declare him as another one of her rivals. Yuma says
that might not be good.


Time: Lunch


Yuma is debating whether to tell Anri that he's originally a magician. On the
one hand, since Ibuki has already said she wouldn't go after him for a while,
he shouldn't have to worry about Anri trying to cling close to him as
protection, and hopeful no other problems, but on the other hand she could also
go off the deep end. Yuma heads up to the roof to meet Haruhi and Anri.

Anri says it's exciting to be up here, and it's like they are confessing to
her. Yuma says he actually is, noting that while it will be troublesome to tell
her, it's better Anri knows. Haruhi asks Anri if she remembers that she told
her that Ibuki mistook Haruhi for Suzuri's daughter. Anri nods and says that
she told her that Suzuri has another child. Haruhi nods, and Yuma says she
would probably want to know who that child is, and Anri nods. Yuma falls
silent, and Anri tells him to hurry up and tell her. Yuma says it's him, and
Anri looks confused. Yuma says again that he's Suzuri's son it seems, and Anri
looks down, than begins laughing and says they're pulling her leg. Yuma sighs
and says he couldn't believe it at first either. Anri asks how can Suzuri's
child be a member of the General Section than, and Haruhi begins to tell her,
but Yuma lies and says he was in the Magic Section, but dropped out. Anri let's
out a surprised cry, and Yuma notes this is the critical moment, than Anri
screams out why did he not tell her such a thing. Yuma quickly apologizes, and
Anri flips and says he could have been helping them defend the Treasure. Haruhi
quickly tells Anri to stop, and says that he's not a magician anymore. Anri
asks what she means, and Yuma says he cut his ties to magic and doesn't
practice it anymore, and knows very little magic, and has no control over it
anyway. Anri hesitates before asking if he's really Suzuri's son again, and
Yuma says she knows that you can't just wish to become a magician, you have to
have been born into it. Anri slowly nods, and Yuma feels a little discouraged
that both Anri and Ibuki both can't believe that he's Suzuri's son, but notes
that must mean Suzuri is a really great magician than. Yuma says at any rate,
Suzuri gave him up ten years ago to Otoha, and that up until now he hadn't even
met Suzuri, let alone learned any magic. Anri asks if he can't use magic at all
now, and Yuma admits that it may still be possible for him to use magic, but
he'll have absolutely no control, and says he's already decided not to use
magic for his own benefit. Anri says she gets it, but wishes she could see his
magic still. Haruhi nods and says she would like to as well, and Yuma asks
Haruhi to stop. Anri lets out a yell, and Haruhi asks her what's wrong. Anri
says that if Ibuki finds out that Yuma is Suzuri's son than she'll surely go
after him. Yuma quickly explains that he's already talked to Ibuki about that,
and she's promised not to go after him for a while, than remembers that the
roof is where Sumomo and Ibuki usually go to eat lunch, and wonders if they're
eating in their classroom today. Yuma knows she's not a bad person at heart,
but she's obsessed with the Treasure and will stop at nothing to get it.


Time: After School


Yuma asks Haruhi what she's going to do, and Haruhi quickly jumps up, and Yuma
asks what's wrong. Haruhi mutters under her breath, and Anri comes over and
says they've got to go, now! Haruhi nods and says this is sudden. Yuma asks
what's going on again, and Anri says they felt magic, and that it might be
Ibuki again. Anri tells Yuma to go and cover her shift at Oasis, and Yuma tries
to argue, but Haruhi asks to do so this one time, and Yuma defers to her. Anri
says they need to hurry, and Haruhi nods and they both run out of the room,
leaving Yuma alone, and he screams out in frustration.

Yuma calls Otoha at Oasis and says Anri can't make it today due to pressing
business, and he runs out to the forest in chase of Haruhi and Anri. Yuma
takes the ring from his pocket and puts it back on his left middle finger, but
than realizes that he doesn't know where the two girls have gone, and that if
he were still a functional magician, he should be able to sense their magical
reactions. Yuma tries to recall the prohibited section deep in the forest
where he saw them all fighting before, but Yuma doubts he'll ever find it, and
says he still doesn't understand them, and says he'll be worse if his sense of
direction proves to be worse than Shinya's, as he recalls the story that Saya
told them all about it when he took them to the elementary school on the first
day instead of their school, and Yuma remembers her light laughter. Yuma sighs
and notes that they are on opposite sides, with them trying to help Ibuki
obtain the Treasure, and they protecting the Treasure. Yuma hears a screams
from the forest's depths, and begins running, noting that the voice is
familiar, but he can't take the time to think. Yuma wonders why Haruhi isn't
fighting, and that it's too quiet, and Yuma finally runs into Saya. Saya is
surprised to see him, and Yuma says she's injured and moves forward, but Saya
yells out for him not to come closer, and Yuma stops and senses a vile magic,
and Yuma realizes how soft Anri's voice was when saying so. Saya tells him to
leave immediately, and when Yuma tries to argue, Saya says she'll be fine. Yuma
notes that while he's not sure why, he knows he can't just leave Saya here, and
that she seems to have injured her foot, and lost her magic wand, and that if
she moves even a little, that magic will attack her again. Yuma slowly says he
has to do something, and Saya yells for him to please run away. Yuma says how
can he when she's in this position, and when Saya looks confused, Yuma says he
will definitely help her, although his voice cracks when he says it. Yuma knows
that Saya has to be horribly confused as to his motives, but he knows what he
has to do, and while he has no skill at it, he has to try. Saya asks why hasn't
he left yet, and Yuma says he told her he's going to help her. Saya tries to
argue further but let's out a pained gasp because of her injured foot. Yuma
cries out to Saya, and stops thinking and begins to recite a spell. Yuma hopes
he remembered it correctly, and Saya looks up at him in surprise, and Yuma
finishes his spell, and a trail of fire snakes along the ground and destroys
the vine, and Yuma breaths heavily, exhausted. Saya is speechless, and Yuma
manages to squeeze out he did it, he was able to use magic again, although he's
hot and disoriented. Yuma notes that the ring he got from Suzuri helped him
endure the pain, and Yuma is glad she gave it to him. Saya comes over but falls
down on her knees, and Yuma rushes over to her. Yuma asks if she's alright now.
Saya says she is, than asks about just now, and Yuma nods and says he
instinctively used magic. Saya asks why he did it, and Yuma says she should
know, that he wanted to, and he was glad to help. Saya, confused, says she's
his enemy though, and Yuma asks her why she is. Saya says nothing, and Yuma
asks if she thought of him differently than just a classmate. Saya tries to say
something, but Yuma interrupts and says they need to treat her injury, than
asks if she can stand so he can take her to the nurse's office. Saya tries to
say she's alright and starts to stand up, but falls down again immediately and
let's out a cry of pain. Yuma tells her not to strain herself, and that he'll
support her. Saya tries to argue again, but Yuma tells her to endure it, and if
she has to, think of him as Shinya for a little bit. Saya looks surprised, and
Yuma tries an impersonation of Shinya, and Saya says she'll have to lead him
out than since his sense of direction is horrible. Yuma says he'll consent to
that, and Saya laughs and says Shinya also says that. Yuma asks if that's so,
than says he wasn't aware of that. Saya laughs again and says he does look a
bit like Shinya too. Yuma asks if he gets a passing grade, and Saya nods. Yuma
asks if she'll use him as a support for a while than, and Saya nods. Yuma than
bends down and hauls Saya onto his back. As they walk, Saya embarrassingly asks
if she's too heavy, and Yuma says not at all, that she's quite light. Saya says
he's exaggerating, and Saya looks away, and Yuma notes she looks even fairer
embarrassed like this. Yuma feels his heart pounding, and thinks he should
hurry to the nurse's office.

Yuma reaches the nurse's office, ignoring the looks that other students give
him on the way, and looks around for the equipment needed to clean and dress
Saya's wound. Yuma struggles to do so, since he's not used to it, and Yuma
winds up with a ratty bandage, and apologizes and says he did a poor job. Saya
says it seems so, and Yuma apologizes and says that men usually aren't the one
who does this sort of thing. Yuma bets Haruhi would do a much better job, and
Yuma let's out a yell of surprise at himself, shocking Saya, and Yuma quickly
apologizes. Saya asks what is it, and Yuma says he had forgotten about Haruhi
and Anri. Yuma wonders how they are doing, if they found Ibuki and got away
safely, and than recalls the traps. Saya says she thinks the Treasure is still
safe, and when Yuma looks up, Saya says she believes Haruhi was able to defend
it, and looks away and says that the forest will probably not be a safe place
until Ibuki obtains or finally gives up going after the Treasure. Yuma is
surprised, because it sounds like Saya doesn't want Ibuki to obtain the
Treasure, and that it's the first time he's heard her say so, but he feels a
little more relieved now. Yuma says what about that traps than, and Saya
reveals that it was meant for him. Ibuki had her disable all of the traps in
his way so he would run straight into that one. Yuma asks if she helped Haruhi,
and Saya hesitates before saying she will not help them, but she didn't want
Yuma to be caught like that, so she removed all of those kinds of traps she
could. Yuma is dumbstruck, since he thought that Saya was helping Ibuki to
obtain the Treasure, but she doesn't want her to have it. Yuma says it seems
she knows something, and when Saya still says nothing, Yuma says he doesn't
know anything about this event, and puffs up his chest and asks her why does
Ibuki want the Treasure. Saya stays silent, and Yuma begs Saya, and Saya slowly
says that the Shikimori Treasure is proof that she can succeed as head of the
family. Yuma falls silent, and Saya continues, saying that Ibuki failed to
become an heir by her own power, and that the Treasure is her last shot to
become the true heir. Yuma nods, and says if Ibuki can't obtain the Treasure,
no one will recognize her as an heir. Saya says that Ibuki could become heir as
soon as next term, but without the Shikimori Treasure, she can't be recognized
as a true heir. Yuma notes this really complicates matters, than asks if the
Treasure is the only proof that Ibuki can get, and Saya nods. Yuma than asks
why the Treasure is here than in the first place at school, when it should be
with the Shikimori family. Says explains that the current head of the family
gave it to the school, and Yuma is surprised, and asks if they loaned it. Saya
nods and says that Suzuri was put in charge of it, but Ibuki knew where it was.
Yuma slowly begins to understand things, that Ibuki is set to succeed the
family, but she doesn't have everyone�fs support, and that�fs why Ibuki has a
grudge against Suzuri. Saya than says that she believes that even if Ibuki
obtains the Treasure she won't be satisfied, and Yuma says that's why she was
removing the traps, and Saya nods. Yuma falls silent, than let's out a cry, and
Saya yells too, and Yuma says he feels the same as she does, and thanks her,
since he didn't know why the Treasure was so important to Ibuki, and that since
she's already going to succeed the clan, it doesn't make too much sense to go
for the Treasure. Saya nods, and Yuma says he also thinks it would be bad to
stop Ibuki by force, and Yuma, while not fully understanding everything, knows
that Ibuki means the world to Saya, and that because of this, Saya is trying to
stop Ibuki in her own way. Yuma says he wants to help her, and when Saya looks
at him, Yuma asks if there's anything he can do. Saya hesitates than asks if he
could try to persuade Ibuki to stop, and that they have no interest in fighting
each other, and hopes that he can convey to her so. Yuma says he understands,
but whether or not Ibuki will listen, that's up to her, but says he will still
try. Saya says thank you.


Time: Evening


At the entrance hall, Saya asks Yuma what he's going to do now. Yuma says he's
a little worried about Haruhi and Anri, and says he'll check up on them, and
calls Haruhi. Haruhi picks up, and Yuma asks if she's alright. Haruhi says they
managed to hold off Ibuki, but they would have been in a lot of trouble if
Koyuki hadn't shown up. Yuma is surprised to hear this, and Haruhi says she
saved her and Anri. Yuma sighs and says that's good to hear. Haruhi says they
are going to talk to Suzuri than head back to the dorms and says she'll tell
him about it tomorrow. Yuma tells her to stay safe, and Haruhi says bye. After
he hangs up, Saya asks if they are alright, and Yuma nods and says that Koyuki
came to help them. Saya is a little surprised, but looks glad. Yuma asks if
she's alright, and Saya is a little taken aback, than says she's alright thanks
to him treating her injury. Yuma says he's glad, than says he still can't
believe she's against Ibuki. Saya looks down, and Yuma says he's sorry she has
to see such cruel eyes every day. Saya says she hears him, but says that Ibuki
also has a gentle side, and that's worth seeing. Yuma says it's a little hard
to imagine, but he's sure that Ibuki truly is a good person at heart, and he
recalls the other day when it was the four of them hanging out, and that Ibuki
was like a completely different person, and that while she argued, she never
resorted to violence.

At the gates, Saya says she'll see him another time, and Yuma tells her the
same. Saya says she can't thank him enough, but Yuma says it's not necessary.
Saya starts to say something, and when Yuma asks her what's wrong, Saya slowly
says he was like Shinya in being a gentleman. Yuma asks if she really thinks
so, than asks if she's sure she can get home alone. Saya nods, and Yuma tells
her that he understands, but she should take care. Saya says she must be going,
than bows and walks off while slightly dragging her foot. Yuma is still a
little worried for her, than heads for home himself.


Time: Night


Sumomo sighs, and Yuma asks what's wrong. Otoha says she can tell them, and
Sumomo looks at them and says thank you, than says that Ibuki was absent from
school today. Yuma looks up, and Otoha says she remembers that's her friend
from class, and asks if she was sick or something. Sumomo says that the teacher
didn't know either, and Yuma notes that he's sure Ibuki wasn't absent because
of being sick, since he ran into Saya, and Haruhi, Anri and Koyuki fought her
in the forest, than wonders if Ibuki has decided to stop coming to school as
well. Sumomo says she's worried, than asks if she should visit her. Otoha says
it's too late today, and says she should wait until tomorrow so Ibuki can rest.
Sumomo nods, and Yuma notes that Otoha's words of advise have eased Sumomo's
feelings, at least for now. Yuma notes to himself that while he doesn't want to
hurt Sumomo's feelings, he hopes that Sumomo won't run across Ibuki until
everything has settled down again. Sumomo asks what he thinks. Yuma looks up,
and Sumomo nods. Yuma says he thinks she should just wait for Ibuki to come
back to class, and Sumomo looks down and says that's so. Yuma notes that Sumomo
was probably expecting a much different answer, and Sumomo stops eating, as
Yuma notes that he's worried about Ibuki too, but it's for her own good not to
tell her everything that's been going on.

~~End Wednesday, April 19th.


(fl) Date: Thursday, April 20th


Time: Morning


Yuma walks into the classroom, noticing that Saya is still missing, noting that
she still doesn't want to see Haruhi and Anri yet, but bets that she would come
if they knew what he knows now, and stares at her empty seat. Anri tells him
good morning, and Yuma greets her back, and says she looks alright. Anri hums
and says she's fine, but admits that she was worried during yesterday's battle.
Haruhi comes over and says that if it wasn't for Koyuki, Ibuki would have
surely obtained the Treasure. Yuma tells Haruhi good morning and says the fight
must have really been something. Anri says she went all out but unfortunately
has nothing to show for it. Yuma says she's always like that though. Haruhi
apologizes for yesterday, and asks if he did well. Yuma says he's surprised
they did as well as they did, even with the numbers advantage. Anri says that
Koyuki was able to completely suppress Ibuki's powers, and Haruhi says she's
thankful that only Shinya was there with her. Yuma falls silent, knowing that
he wants to tell them about Saya, but Anri is too unstable. Yuma starts to
think if he should stay quiet on the matter until he can speak to Ibuki again.
Anri asks if he's worried about something, and Yuma says it's nothing. Anri
says he should be more positive. Haruhi says she thought she would have surely
come though, and Yuma notes that Haruhi is still wondering why Shinya, but not
Saya, showed up. Yuma thinks to how Ibuki likes to belittle others while she's
fighting them, and that if he can only talk to her like that it will be a
wasted effort.


Time: Lunch


Hachi and Jun come over to Yuma, and Hachi asks what he's doing for lunch. Yuma
says they can go on ahead to Oasis, as he already has his lunch. Jun says he's
eating real early today, and Haruhi says his lunch smells delicious. Yuma asks
when did she get here, and thought that he had already gotten rid of the good
smell. Hachi asks if Yuma's losing his touch, and Yuma tells Hachi he's acting
immature again. Jun says they should eat together at Oasis, and Yuma says he
understands, and asks Haruhi if she wants to join them. Haruhi apologizes and
says she also has a lunch, and Hachi says he won't buy anything than, and just
eat with Haruhi. Jun tells Haruhi to relax, and that he'll drag Hachi to Oasis,
and asks Yuma for help. Yuma agrees, and they both grab Hachi and drag him out
as Haruhi nervously laughs and says she'll see them later.

Out in the hall Hachi cries they aren't very good friends. Jun says that Haruhi
is a friend, and of course they will defend her from Hachi's poisonous bite.
Hachi says he's trying to let his love bear fruit, and Jun says he's sorry he
isn't living up to Hachi's expectations, but it's useless. Hachi yells out that
it's not useless, and as Hachi and Jun move, Yuma catches a fleeting glimpse of
Saya. Yuma asks them if they saw Saya just now, and Jun looks up in surprise
and says he didn't notice. Hachi asks if it's her first day back from her cold.
Yuma looks down, and Jun tells Hachi to leave Saya alone since she just came
back, that he doesn't need to scare her off so soon. Hachi says she is really
cute though, and Yuma hesitates before saying he's too nervous, than says
they'll have to eat by themselves today, and runs off with Jun calling after
him.

Yuma notes that Jun and Hachi don't know the real reason Saya has been absent,
and therefore he can't been seen by them talking to Saya. As he rounds the
stairs, Saya calls out to him from a flight up, and Yuma walks up to her. Yuma
says she seemed hesitant to call out to him, and Saya nods, saying she didn't
know what to do with Jun and Hachi there, but is glad he noticed she was there.
Yuma asks if she means about yesterday, and Saya nods, and says she wants to
keep up the act that she's still out sick. Yuma says he understands, and that
they should go to the roof to talk. Saya nods, and they head upstairs.

There is no one here either thanks to it being lunchtime, but you never know
when someone will come up. Yuma says he thinks they should be safe here, and
Saya nods. Yuma than says that this should buy them a little time. Saya asks if
he can hold on a second, and Yuma asks what she's going to do. Saya quietly
takes out her wand and casts a spell, the light the it makes blinds him for a
second. Yuma looks surprised, than shouts out that she made food! Saya
nervously says he seems really surprised, and says that it's simple teleport
magic. Yuma looks surprised, and Saya nods and says that if you know the size
of the object, where it is at, and the distance from you, you need only make a
few calculations in a spell to teleport anything to you. Yuma says that would
make things very convenient, and says he's impressed. Saya nervously offers him
a lunch box, and Yuma happily says thank you. Saya says they should sit on a
bench than, and Yuma says ok. Yuma asks how Ibuki is, and Saya looks away, and
Yuma notes that this is probably what she wanted to talk about. Saya says she
couldn't reach her, and Yuma says it was no good after all. Saya nods and
apologizes for failing, and Yuma says that it's alright, that there's no need
to apologize, noting that he didn't think that Ibuki would stop that easily,
and feels a little sorry that Saya had to bear that. Saya says she will keep
trying however, and Yuma looks at her. Saya than also says Yuma should try to
talk to Ibuki as well, and if he doesn't succeed, than they both will talk to
her, and Yuma notes that she really is determined to try and stop Ibuki this
way, but he's worried that Ibuki still won't listen. Yuma says he doesn't know
if it will work, but Saya tells him to not think about that and focus on trying
to stop Ibuki, and says that Ibuki will become the successor to the family
eventually. Yuma apologizes for thinking too hard, but says she's got a great
way of saying things. Saya blushes and gasps, and Yuma says she apparently
knows as well, and says they should work together closer. Saya says they should
keep that a secret from everyone for now, and Yuma laughs and says he
understands. Saya apologizes, and lowers her eyes. Yuma notes that Saya really
is still just a girl, but she's acting more grown up than anyone, not trying to
fight like Haruhi and the others, but trying to find her own way to resolve the
matter peacefully. Saya let's out a small cry, and Yuma asks what is it. Saya
says Koyuki's name, and Yuma looks confused, than sees Saya wide-eyed, and when
he turns around, Koyuki is standing there with a smile on her face. Koyuki
says hello to them, and Yuma panics and tries to explain why Saya is here, but
Koyuki quietly says she already knows. Yuma panics and wonders if she was
eavesdropping on their conversation. Koyuki turns to Saya, and Saya nods.
Koyuki says she has selected a long road of hardship, and Saya says she knows,
but is determined to see this through, and says that it will definitely lead to
Ibuki being happy. Koyuki says really, than turns to Yuma. Yuma nods, and
Koyuki asks if he will meet with Ibuki than. Yuma says he will do whatever he
can to try and convince Ibuki to stop going after the Treasure, and Koyuki says
that won't be easy. Yuma says he knows, but he has to try. Koyuki says that he
never let's anyone finish what they were saying. Yuma says that he doesn't
mean to or anything, and Koyuki says they should tell Suzuri. Koyuki asks Yuma
if he knows why Ibuki is so intent on obtaining the Treasure. Yuma tells her
what he knows about the Treasure being entrusted to Suzuri and the school by
Ibuki's family, and that she will soon succeed it as leader, but without the
Treasure her leadership may not be very well supported. Koyuki nods, than says
that's not all. Yuma says what, and Saya quickly asks Koyuki if she knows
something else. Koyuki says that if Ibuki obtains the Treasure, she may try to
do "that", and says that the promise she made to her will have only hardened
her heart over the years after she died. Yuma asks who she means, and Koyuki
says Shikimori...Natsumi. Yuma wonders who that is, than notes the family name,
and Saya says her name as well. Koyuki asks if she knew her, and Koyuki says
that Natsumi was in the same position that Ibuki is now, in that she was about
to become the next leader of the family, and Ibuki loved her very much, always
referring to Natsumi as her older sister, even though they weren't blood
sisters. Yuma says in other words she basically was Ibuki's older sister, and
Koyuki says you could says differently, because Ibuki is originally from a
member of a branch family, while Natsumi was from the main family, but the main
family quickly adopted Ibuki into their line. Yuma says he had no clue, and
Koyuki says that unfortunately Natsumi died while Ibuki was still very young.
Saya sighs and her expression becomes clouded, and Yuma notes that Saya didn't
know Natsumi. Koyuki says that's what she knows, than says that Natsumi fought
for Ibuki to become successor instead of her before she died. Yuma stays silent
and says that Ibuki swore to become successor after Natsumi died, but Koyuki
says that Natsumi would never want Ibuki to act like she is now, and that if
she takes over the Shikimori clan now, she will only lead it to ruin. Yuma
repeats slowly to himself that Ibuki promised this to Natsumi, and Koyuki,
hearing him, nods, and says that in order to uphold Natsumi's name, Ibuki will
stop at nothing to become successor, and says that she will be the first heir
in a long time to not have the Shikimori Treasure. Saya mentions Suzuri's name,
and Koyuki nods and says of course Ibuki was angry that the current head of the
family did such a thing, but says she went along with his decision, but now
she has ignored that command. Saya says nothing, and Koyuki says that it is
because Suzuri intends to forever seal away the Shikimori Treasure. Yuma let's
out a cry of surprise, and Saya nods, and says Ibuki told her such a thing
after they and Shinya moved here. Yuma asks if the Treasure is dangerous or
something. Koyuki says it is if it's misused, than says Saya knew this, and
Saya nods, and says that's how Natsumi died, because her magic and life force
was sucked up by the Treasure. (!!!) Yuma says he didn't know she knew both of
them, and Saya looks down, and her shoulder trembles, and Koyuki quietly moves
over to Saya and puts a hand on her shoulder. Yuma says she doesn't want Ibuki
to suffer the same fate, and Koyuki says she also promised Natsumi something,
to take care of Ibuki. Saya stays silent, than says she will tell Ibuki how
Koyuki feels. Koyuki thanks her, and Saya thanks Koyuki in return, and Yuma
notes that Koyuki is also worried about Ibuki and wants to stop her, and Yuma
wonders if he can't do anything after all, but knows that he can only hope that
Saya can convince Ibuki to stop. Yuma than remembers the ring Suzuri gave him,
and that he was able to use magic to help Saya because of it. Yuma notes that
he can't do anything now. Yuma looks up and turns to Koyuki, and she asks what
is it. Yuma asks if she can bring him to Suzuri again, and Koyuki hesitates
than says he should ask Haruhi to do that, since Haruhi is Suzuri's student.
Yuma says he understands, and that he'll find Haruhi. Koyuki tells him to work
hard, and Yuma nods, noting that Koyuki is smiling, and that she seems to like
his idea, and Yuma hopes that he can get some answers from Suzuri, but notes
that will have to wait until after school. Yuma notes that he'll have to steel
his nerves, as he can't afford to be any less courageous than Saya or Koyuki
are.


Time: Afternoon


After lunch ends, Yuma heads back to class. When he says hello, Hachi
immediately runs up to him, angry. Yuma lets out a cry of surprise, and Hachi
asks where the hell did he go, and what about Saya again. Yuma tells Hachi to
be quiet, than asks if he'll stop talking if he treats both him and Jun to food
later. Jun says Yuma sure became nervous quickly, and Hachi says that it seems
Saya is feeling better after all and came back, and says he will tell them
everything he knows. Yuma mutters this is just perfect, and Hachi goes on about
working on his body to look the best in school. Yuma sighs, and Hachi says he
really will do that, than begins to act out a little scene for his imagination
to enjoy between Saya and himself, and says that they would love each other in
the nurse's office. Yuma says he's delusional, and notes that Hachi picked a
peculiar choice of words in the nurse's office, after what happened yesterday.
Yuma says he was just seeing things earlier and that he didn't see Saya at all.
Hachi says that's a relief, than Jun asks why Yuma was late. Yuma says he ran
into Koyuki and talked to her for a while. Hachi cries and says why do these
things only happen to Yuma. Yuma asks what's the big deal, and thinks that it
is impolite to say such things. Yuma turns to Haruhi and asks if she has a
moment. Haruhi asks what's wrong, and Yuma asks if she can introduce him to
Suzuri again after school. Haruhi says she'll bring him by her office, but she
is very busy. Haruhi than asks if he'll wait while she calls her. Yuma
apologizes for this, and Haruhi calls Suzuri and explains that Yuma wants to
meet with her. After she hangs up Haruhi says that she'll meet with him, and
Yuma tells her thank you. Haruhi asks why he wants to meet with her so suddenly
though, and Yuma says he wants to talk to her about a few things, like the ring
for example. Haruhi says that it would protect him, and Yuma thinks for a
moment, that it did protect him from much harm when he used magic to help Saya,
but notes that Suzuri should know what exactly the ring does, while he does
not. When he thinks of being able to master the ring though...


Time: After School


Anri tells them to make sure to leave their phones on, than she heads off to
Oasis to work. Yuma says they should also be going, and Haruhi nods.

Haruhi takes Yuma to the Magic Section building, and Yuma is in awe. Haruhi
asks why he's staring about so much, and Yuma says this is the first time he's
been here. Haruhi says she forgot about that fact, and Yuma says it feels a lot
different than the General Section building, that it feels more fashionable.
Haruhi says she was surprised as well when she first came here, but she likes
the feel of the place.

Haruhi brings Yuma to the door of Suzuri's office, and knocks, and Suzuri tells
them to come in.

Suzuri welcomes them with a warm smile, and Yuma can't believe such a beautiful
woman is really his mother. Suzuri says she didn't expect him to want to meet
with her so suddenly, and Yuma says he never properly thanked her for her gift.
Suzuri says it's nothing big, since they are mother and son after all, but
Yuma apologizes and says he still can't think that. Suzuri laughs and says
that's alright, than asks if something else is on his mind, and Yuma nods, and
takes the ring out of his pocket. Yuma asks if she can tell him what exactly
the ring is, and Suzuri asks him what he thinks first. Yuma waits a second,
than says he thinks it allows someone to control magic, and Suzuri says that
his magic is coming back than. Yuma nods, and saying that if something came up
to where he had no choice and no time to think or any alternative, and it would
just come to him, but says that without the ring, he's sure that his magic
would have backfired or went out of control. Suzuri nods than says he was
right, that it helps one to control their magic. Yuma asks why she gave him
such a thing, and Suzuri says she thought it would come in handy, than asks if
he had a problem already. Yuma nods, and says he was able to come out of it
alright, but... When Suzuri looks quizzically at him, than asks if why he came
today, if it was to return the ring, or... Yuma says it's the other option,
and asks if she could teach him how to better control the ring. Haruhi looks at
Yuma in surprise, and Yuma says he wants to be able to do something, and since
it seems that his options are limited he wants to do what he can, leastwise he
be too late. Suzuri asks if he's sure of his decision, and says that if he
hesitates again he will only continue to feel the pain and exhaustion that he
felt that before. Yuma stays quiet, and Suzuri asks what his answer is. Yuma
says he isn't quite sure, but he's is sure that he can do it eventually. Yuma
recalls Koyuki and Saya's determination to see their methods through, and that
if he's scared of himself getting hurt, he'll end up going nowhere. Yuma than
says he has his answer, and asks Suzuri to teach him magic. Suzuri says she
understands, and Yuma thanks her. Suzuri says she'll have to prepare things,
and asks if he'll come back tomorrow. Yuma nods and says he will, and thinks
that he's not fully sure whether this was the right answer or not, and he
definitely still has some doubt in his heart, but knows that if he wants to be
able to help he'll have to rid himself of these doubts.


Time: Night


Yuma gathers Sumomo and Otoha and says he wants to talk to them. Otoha says he
seems different today, and Yuma says it's serious, and asks them to listen.
Sumomo nods, and Yuma slowly says he wants to learn magic again. Both of them
look thunderstruck, and Sumomo asks why. Yuma says that it's complicated and
he can't say, and that starting tomorrow he'll be seeing Suzuri. Otoha says her
name again, and Yuma continues and says that it is likely he'll be home late
for a while. Otoha says she doesn't mind, but asks Yuma if he's sure of his
decision, and Yuma notes that Otoha obviously knows why he gave it up in the
first place, therefore she's naturally worried. Yuma says he thought hard about
it, and this was what he concluded, and Otoha nods and says she'll help him any
way she can. Yuma tells her thank you, but Sumomo is silent, saddened. Yuma
tells her to not look at him like that, that he'll still be coming home, just
later than usual. Sumomo recovers and says she'll also help him anyway she can,
and says she would like to see his magic. Yuma apologizes to her, and Sumomo
tells him not to, and says that she'll help him become a great magician. Yuma
says he understands, and notes that Sumomo doesn't really like his decision to
study magic, and she's forcing herself to smile, but Yuma notes that there's
really nothing he can do now, since he already resolved to stop Ibuki, and
can't quit now.

Sometime later as Yuma lays in his room, Sumomo knocks on the door and asks if
she can come in. Yuma nods, and she enters. Yuma, noticing her sad face, asks
what's wrong. Sumomo says she wants to talk to him, if he doesn't mind. Yuma
says not at all and asks her to sit. Sumomo nods and sits down on the edge of
his bed. Yuma asks what she wanted to talk about, and Sumomo says it's about
Ibuki. Yuma falls silent, and Sumomo says she was absent again today. Yuma says
is that so, and Sumomo says she's worried. Yuma says he's worried about her not
being energetic, than says she'll see Ibuki again sooner or later. Sumomo asks
if he really thinks so, and Yuma gasps, noticing Sumomo's knowing look. Sumomo
says he knows something. Yuma tells her to calm down and says Ibuki will be
fine. Sumomo asks if that's so, and says that there's something going on with
Ibuki and Yuma, and she's lost in the dark, and says she wanted to ask him
about it. Yuma stays silent, and Sumomo says that it's just odd, first Ibuki
starts to be absent from school, than Yuma wants to study magic all of a sudden
after ten years, and says she's only becoming more and more worried about both
of them. Yuma looks at her, but Sumomo tells him not to say anything, her voice
cracking, and says she'll try as hard as she can to help him. Yuma calls her
dumb, than says he would never leave her, and hugs Sumomo and pats her head.
Sumomo says nothing, and Yuma asks if she's calmed down a little. Sumomo nods,
and says she's been in pain for a while now. Yuma says he'll stay with her
until she's satisfied than, and Sumomo says this is embarrassing, that she
isn't trying very hard to help. Yuma says it's alright, and Sumomo laughs and
says she's relieved. Yuma calls Sumomo, and she nods, and Yuma says he is
hiding something from her, but he can't tell her what it is, not yet, but he
assures her that he will not leave her, and that he'll tell her everything when
the time is right, and tells her to try not to be so worried. Sumomo hesitates
than says she understands, and that she'll help him as best she can. Yuma says
thank you, and Sumomo says she doesn't feel bad anymore, than slowly gets up,
and says she'll work hard and toughen herself up, so she can welcome Ibuki back
to class with a cheerful smile. Yuma says she really is reliable, and Sumomo
thanks Yuma again than leaves his room. Yuma sighs, now that he has another
reason that he can't quit with his decision, and that he can't betray
Sumomo's trust in him now.

~~End Thursday, April 20th.


(fm) Date: Friday, April 21st


Time: Morning


Otoha says she'll see him later, and asks if he'll see Suzuri today. Yuma nods
and says that if he's not back by dinner for them to go ahead and eat. Otoha
says ok, and Yuma tells Sumomo they should be going, and Sumomo nods.

On the way to school, Yuma asks Sumomo how she's feeling. Sumomo giggles and
says she'll be just fine by tomorrow for sure. Yuma says he hopes she doesn't
expect him to overwork himself, and Sumomo says if he has to, than asks if he's
starting his magic studies today since he woke up early. Yuma nods and says he
went to bed early last night. Sumomo tells him to work hard, and Yuma nods,
noting that Sumomo and Otoha will both be lonely for some time, and knows that
if he let's anything slip out about why he's doing this Sumomo will be mad at
him.

As they get to school, Yuma sees Sumomo off, and Sumomo says bye. When Yuma
gets to class, he sees Jun and Haruhi talking together, or at least, it seems
Jun is listening to Haruhi talk. Jun greets him, and Haruhi follows up. Yuma
tells them good morning, than asks where Hachi is. Jun says he's standing in
front of the school gate, and asks them what they think he's doing. Haruhi says
she doesn't have a clue, and Yuma says that it's early in the morning and he'll
be back soon enough. Jun says something, and Haruhi asks what he means. Hachi
than bursts in and says good morning, than looks confused. Yuma asks why he's
staring at them, and Hachi asks if Saya didn't come. Yuma looks confused, and
Haruhi stays quiet. Jun says she didn't come, than asks why he's looking for
her. Hachi says he thought he saw her earlier, and was hoping that she had
recovered from her cold, and that he would make his move on her. Jun says he's
as delusional as ever, and Hachi says he wasn't seeing things, he really saw
her. Jun says that when he says it like that it has to be false. Hachi cries
that no one believes him, and Yuma asks where he saw her than. Hachi says
behind the school, and when she saw him she disappeared into the school, and he
lost her. Haruhi says it's probably that he just mistook her, and Jun agrees
and says it would be pointless to dwell upon it. Hachi says he's not sure, but
than the bell rings and the door opens, and Hachi whirls around to welcome Saya
back...but it's Anri, always arriving right before the bell. Jun, Yuma and
Haruhi sigh, and Anri asks what's wrong. Yuma says nothing, just that she got
here just in time as usual. Hachi groans, than says maybe she did come, but
left early because she became sick again. Jun says he sure is being persistent,
and Hachi says he's sure she's sick. Jun says he can think that than, and Yuma
drops into deep thought, noting that he's sure Hachi did see Saya, but wonders
why she's not feeling well. Yuma decides to go behind the school during lunch,
and Anri asks if something bad happened. Yuma says it's only just an unlucky
thing and she doesn't have to worry about it.

Saya did not show up for homeroom, or any other morning classes, and the bell
for lunch has just rang, and her seat is still empty.


Time: Lunch


Jun tells Hachi that Saya didn't come after all, and Hachi says he heard wrong
than and groans. Yuma thinks again that Hachi mentioned seeing Saya behind the
school, and that it would probably be best to meet her after yesterday's talk.


Options:

1) Maybe I should wait.

2) I'll just go and see.


Note: Neither path matters as I've said before since there is only one ending,
so feel free to choose here. Option Two is best if you want a preference
though.


Option One: Yuma notes that he shouldn't be too hasty, and that Hachi was
probably just seeing things after all, that Saya wouldn't possibly come back
this early, and notes that she'll look for him after she's made some progress
in trying to stop Ibuki, and that he'll just go eat lunch. Than, he starts to
not feel well, and can't stop thinking about the possibility that Saya is here.
Haruhi jars him out of his thoughts, and says she's going to the faculty office
before lunch, and asks if he wants to join her, and winks so that neither Jun
or Hachi can see, and Yuma notes that apparently she wants to talk to him
alone. Yuma says he'll go, and Hachi says he really is lucky to be Class
Officer along with Haruhi. Jun tells him to quit complaining, and Yuma says
he'll see them later and steps outside with Haruhi, and asks her what's up.
Haruhi asks if he's thinking about Saya, and Yuma nervously tries to come up
with an excuse, since Haruhi has apparently seen through his thoughts. Haruhi
says she's worried too, and that they should look for her. Yuma nods, but notes
that Saya probably won't appear to them if he's with Haruhi, and because of
this, Saya won't want to speak to Haruhi.


Option Two: Yuma notes that Hachi's sighting of Saya is quite probable, but
wonders why she would seem unwell. Yuma stands up, and Jun asks him what's
wrong. Yuma says he thinks he'll go buy a sandwich. Hachi asks why since he has
a lunch, and Yuma tells them they can have his lunch today. Jun cheers and says
Yuma is really wild today, and Yuma asks what he means by that. Haruhi says
she'll join him than, since she seems to have lost her pencil. Yuma looks up in
surprise, and Haruhi asks if he minds. Yuma says not at all, noting her
worried expression, but that Saya probably won't talk to him if Haruhi is with
him, since she doesn't know anything about what he and Saya are trying to do.
Yuma tells them to go ahead and eat and that they will be back shortly. Jun
nods and says he'll see them soon. Out in the hall, Haruhi asks if he's going
to look for Saya. Yuma asks if it was that obvious, and Haruhi says not at
first, but she figured it out. Yuma asks if she thinks Jun or Hachi noticed,
and Haruhi says she thinks Jun did, but Hachi is clueless as always. Yuma
laughs, and Haruhi says she'll go with him to look for Saya, saying that it
would be dangerous to meet her alone.


Both paths meet up here. Yuma says he wants to tell Haruhi something first.
Haruhi asks what is it. Yuma says it's about Saya. Yuma asks if she remembers
when she fought Ibuki it the forest the other day, and says that he followed
them into the forest. Yuma continues and tells Haruhi the events that happened
to him: How he found Saya, helped her and took her to the nurse's office.
Haruhi nods and says she had been suspicious of why Saya wasn't there, but
didn't think it was anything like that, and Yuma nods. Haruhi asks why Saya was
removing the traps that Ibuki set though, and Yuma says Saya did it so they
would stop Ibuki. Haruhi lets out a gasp of surprise, and Yuma says that while
Haruhi may not know this, Saya is convinced that if Ibuki got a hold of the
Treasure it would be very dangerous for her. Haruhi nods and says she knew
about the Treasure being sealed. Yuma says Saya also knows this, and therefore
she won't help Ibuki gain the Treasure anymore. Haruhi asks if the Treasure is
really that dangerous, and Yuma says it can, than says that while he took a
long time to decide, he also wants to stop Ibuki. Haruhi falls silent, and Yuma
says Saya has thrown away her obligations to gain the Treasure in order to
attempt to help Ibuki, in the belief that she will be a great leader without
the Treasure, and Yuma says he agrees with that assessment, and that because of
that, he will do as much as he can to help Saya. Haruhi is still quiet, and
Yuma says he hopes she can believe Saya, but asks if it's hard to accept this.
Haruhi looks up and says she can understand, and says that if he's confident in
Saya than she will as well. Yuma tells her thank you, but Haruhi says she feels
a little uneasy now. Yuma says if she can talk to Saya it may settle her down,
and Haruhi says she doesn't know. Yuma looks confused, and Haruhi says she
doesn't think talking to Saya will help calm her nerves, and Yuma asks what
else is she thinking of. Haruhi says it's nothing, but Yuma says he doesn't get
what she means. Haruhi says never mind and they should find Saya, and she runs
off, and Yuma quickly follows her down the stairs, wondering what Haruhi meant.
Yuma and Haruhi go around the back of the school to look for Saya, but just as
he expected Saya wasn't able to be found.


Time: After School


Yuma wants to let out a fierce yell, since he was waiting for the final bell
forever, but notes that it sounds a little different than usual, and Yuma
wonders if it's because he's all wound up, since he starts learning from Suzuri
today, and that he has to treat it like a real class. Jun asks what he's all
excited for since class is over, and Hachi says he should be more relieved.
Hachi tells him not to yell anymore, since a match hasn't been started. Yuma
asks if he's gay or something, than apologizes that he can't hang around with
them and says he has supplementary lessons. Jun says he thought Yuma was doing
well in his studies, and Yuma lies and says he's been slacking off as of late,
noting that he doesn't want to tell them that he's actually going to learn
magic, at least not yet. Hachi continues and says that Yuma always finishes his
tests on time, and Yuma says it's a long story, but says he can't afford to
make anymore mistakes. Jun says that's good, and that Hachi could learn a thing
or two from him. Hachi says he won't do supplementary lessons, and Yuma notes
that if Hachi saw who will be teaching him that he'd flip-flop in a heartbeat.
Jun says they'll help if he needs them to, and Hachi says not to rely on him.
Yuma says he understands and thanks Jun, than says bye and heads out into the
hallway and meets up with Haruhi and Anri, and apologizes for keeping them
waiting. Haruhi says they should go, and Anri says she's looking forward to
this. Yuma falls silent, wondering why Anri is out here as well, and asks her
as such. Anri says that Otoha gave her the day off from work today, than asks
if he doesn't want her around. Yuma says he didn't mean it like that, and says
he hopes she'll be in high spirits. Anri says she needs no training, and Yuma
says he thinks there will be trouble later. Haruhi says maybe Suzuri can help,
but Yuma notes that there's no guarantee of that!


Time: Afternoon


All three of them arrive at Suzuri's office, and Suzuri is surprised to see
Anri, but tells them to all come in. Anri hums and says she'll help Yuma to
train, and Suzuri says she didn't expect to have an assistant trainer today,
and Anri says Yuma can benefit from an independent magician like herself. Yuma
says he doesn't want to race against Anri for skill or anything like that,
saying that sounds like it will hurt him in the long run. Suzuri says that
nothing like that will happen, and Yuma wonders how painful of a training
regimen she set up for him. Suzuri gives Yuma a ton of books, and Yuma wonders
if they are all on magic. Yuma asks what all this is, and Suzuri says it's the
introduction books, and says his power is at the bare minimum after all. Yuma
nods in agreement, noting that he didn't expect such a large amount of reading
in his training regimen. Anri begins to tiptoe out, and Suzuri asks where does
she think she's going. Anri cracks, and says she doesn't think she'll be needed
since Haruhi is here. Suzuri says she agrees, and that she'll take Anri into
another room for her to study and leave Yuma to Haruhi, and says that if Anri
is around his level she will iron her weaknesses out for her. (HAHA!) Anri
sighs and says she's failed after all, and Suzuri tells Haruhi to look after
Yuma, and she nods and says she will, and Suzuri drags Anri out of the room,
who begs Haruhi for help. Yuma falls silent, and Haruhi says she's been taken
away. Yuma says it seems like it, and Yuma feels for Anri. Haruhi than says
they should get started, and Yuma nods and asks her to keep helping him, and
they open a book and begin to study. Yuma notes that he wants to run off as
soon as he heard about the theory of magic, but now it looks to be quite
interesting, especially with Haruhi teaching him, that she takes her time to
explain everything to him is a simply manner, and Yuma feels as if he's
learning more than he thought he could.

Some time later, Yuma says he thinks he's advanced a good deal, and Haruhi
admits that he has good instincts and that she's surprised by his progress as
well. Yuma says he really didn't want to stop, and Haruhi giggles and
apologizes and says she really is surprised at his rate of progress. Yuma says
he is as well, that he feels he knows more about magic than he ever did about
English and Math since Haruhi was teaching him. Haruhi says he really has the
talent for magic, and she envies him a little. Yuma asks why she, as the
number one talented 2nd-year magician is envious of him, and Haruhi says she's
nothing but an honor student. Yuma says that's not true. Haruhi asks Yuma what
he's going to do after this whole event is over. When Yuma looks at her, Haruhi
asks if he would want to transfer to the Magic Section to continue to study
magic on a full scale. Yuma looks down, and Haruhi says that she thinks he
would catch up real quick with his considerable talent, and Yuma quickly tells
Haruhi to settle down. Haruhi comes out of her little dream and apologizes, and
Yuma hesitates before saying that he's also thinking of what to do in the
future, but he's still thinking hard on it. Haruhi looks back at him, and Yuma
thanks Haruhi for her thoughts on what she wants him to do, and says that when
he does find his answer he will tell her first. Haruhi nods, than apologizes
again. Yuma asks why, and Haruhi says she's not as serious as he thinks, and
says she wants to study magic together, and starts to jumble her words. Yuma
looks dreamily at Haruhi, but than the door from the other room opens, jarring
them both awake with surprised cries. Anri comes in with Suzuri, looking like a
dried up corpse. Yuma wishes that the tension in the air would dissipate, and
Suzuri asks if Yuma is progressing. Haruhi blushes and says he's doing well,
and Suzuri asks Haruhi why she's all red in the face. Haruhi says it's nothing,
and says that she's really surprised by Yuma's knowledge and ability to learn.
Yuma says he's surprised as well, and Anri speaks up and says that the basics
are still just the basics, and says he hasn't seen how thick a real magic book
is. Yuma says he doesn't want to think too hard on that yet.

Afterwards, they head out into the forest so that Yuma can practice a little of
what he's learned, but only today. Haruhi practices her magic while Yuma
listens to Suzuri's lecture, and Yuma does a lot worse now that Haruhi isn't
helping him, and Yuma apologizes for wasting her time that she's spared just
for him. The sky darkens, and Suzuri says she thinks that he's practiced enough
for today.

Back indoors, Suzuri asks Yuma how he thinks he's doing. Yuma says practice is
a lot different than studying, noting that just understanding the basics isn't
enough here, but notes again that no one learns magic in just one day, but he
still can't erase all of his doubts. Suzuri tells him it's alright, and that he
doesn't need to be in a hurry, and puts a hand on his shoulder, and Yuma begins
to feel more relaxed. Suzuri tells him to focus on the magic he can do, and
Yuma says it's more difficult that he first imagined. Suzuri giggles and says
it's alright.


Time: Night


Back at home, Yuma reflects on the sofa, thinking of what magic he can do. Yuma
notes that it's impossible for him to do anything Haruhi or Anri can currently
do, and wonders what exactly he CAN do. Yuma goes over that he doesn't have
magic that can be easily focused, and being able to do so with just the ring
will exhaust him quickly. Otoha comes in and says he looks tired, and Yuma
says he is. Otoha asks how his class with Suzuri was, and Yuma says it was 
mixed, and says Haruhi helped him study with the books for a while today. Otoha
says the real trials are still to come, and Yuma says he knows. Otoha tells him
to think of her when he gets better, and Yuma laughs and says Suzuri would love
to hear that. Otoha tells him to work hard, and Yuma tells her thank you.
Otoha hesitates than asks how he's liking magic this time around, and Yuma says
he thinks he'll be fine. Otoha says she's glad to hear that and heads out of
the room, as Yuma notes that she's still really worried about him since she
knows about his failures with magic before. Yuma tells himself that he can't
afford to fail this time though, and says he can't worry about Otoha worrying
about him.

~~End Friday, April 21st.


(fn) Date: Saturday, April 22nd


Time: Morning


Yuma notes that it's Saturday, but he can't go to Suzuri's room for magic class
until the afternoon, even though classes end at noon. Sumomo says he's serious,
and Yuma says that he'll won't make others wait, and that he'll just see if he
can study magic on Sunday too. Sumomo says he shouldn't exhaust himself, and
Yuma says he has to. Sumomo says that it must be confusing to study magic and
regular courses at the same time, and Yuma says it is, but he's getting the
hang of it as he recalls Haruhi's words about him transferring to the Magic
Section, and thought that decision can be made later, studying magic does make
him happy, but his fear of misusing magic cannot be dispelled easily, and Yuma
notes that at this pace he'll never decide, that he can't want to become a
magician only halfway, and while he knows this, he's having trouble accepting
it. Sumomo calls to him, looking worried, and Yuma apologizes. Sumomo says
she'll single-mindedly help him, and tells him to work hard, and Yuma thanks
her.

Yuma greets Haruhi when he enters the classroom, and she greets him back. Yuma
asks where Anri is, and Haruhi says that Anri said she would go to sleep early
in order to get here early, but it seems she's really just a late riser. Yuma
sighs, but Haruhi says that Anri practices magic so hard throughout the day
after school she exhausts herself, and therefore wakes up late. Yuma thinks
she's just being foolish, but Haruhi says that with him trying to learn magic
now it's sparked a fire in Anri to train even harder. Yuma is surprised to hear
this, and Haruhi nods and says Anri wants to beat him. Yuma moans, than asks
Haruhi when she told Anri about him wanting to learn magic again. Haruhi is
taken off guard, than says she talked with Anri. Yuma says that's why Anri
accepted things so easily yesterday, and Haruhi nods. Yuma shouts out that he
will not lose, than wonders why his blood is boiling, than feels that it's
probably only natural if the other person is Anri. Haruhi quickly apologizes
than says she wants to talk to him. Yuma says that it's alright and probably
not bad, and says he shouldn't get so fired up. As Haruhi predicted, Anri was
very late, but she wouldn't tell anyone the reason when asked, although Yuma
notes that Anri doesn't mind telling Haruhi secrets such as those.


Time: After School


As class ends, Yuma gets ready to head over to the Magic Section, but Yuma
quickly remembers that since it's Saturday he doesn�ft' have to head there yet,
and Yuma wonders if he can take the rest of the day off instead. When he heads
out to the hall, Haruhi asks if they should go than. Yuma asks where Anri is,
and Haruhi explains that she has to work today. Yuma says she's always so
serious, and Haruhi says she's looking forward to using more magic today. Yuma
says really, and Haruhi nods, saying that it's to help him train more. Yuma
says she's really serious as well.

When they head to Suzuri's, Yuma notes that he should have figured more reading
would be in order, and sighs after a while. Suzuri asks if he's tired already,
and Yuma says it is making him drowsy, noting that he really has no desire to
read today, but knows that if he wants to be worth a damn with his magic he has
to study, and quickly, because Ibuki is still around, aiming for the Treasure.
Suzuri reminds him of what she said yesterday to not be in a rush and asks if
he understood her, and Yuma nods. Suzuri says that Ibuki and her entourage
will be the next leaders of her family soon, so he shouldn't aim for them so
quickly, but says even she started out this way, like all magicians. Yuma says
it doesn't seem that way, and Suzuri says he must not be that opposed to magic,
and that since there's such a big difference between their magical abilities,
it should help for him to understand Ibuki a little, and says it's never
pointless. Yuma slowly repeats her words, than says that Koyuki said that Ibuki
is after the Shikimori Treasure for a different reason, that she wants it
because she promised a woman named Shikimori Natsumi, whom she treated as an
older sister. Suzuri says is that so, and Yuma asks why can't she just stop
sealing the Treasure and give it to Ibuki, since she won't do anything once she
has it back. Suzuri slowly says that if Ibuki obtains the Treasure only tragedy
will happen. Yuma looks up, and Suzuri says she's sure that Ibuki would try to
use the Treasure, arrogant in her Shikimori pride in an attempt to show Suzuri
she would be able to master it. Yuma says he understands, and Suzuri thanks him
for understanding why she can't stop sealing the Treasure. Haruhi comes in and
says she wants to talk to Suzuri, than asks what makes the Treasure so
potentially dangerous. Suzuri nods and says they are already in this deep in an
attempt to keep it hidden, and says they have a right to know. Haruhi says
thank you, and Suzuri begins her tale. Suzuri says they know that before it was
moved to the school, the Treasure was with the Shikimori family. Suzuri
continues to say that the Shikimori family actually owns the land that the
school is built on, and kept a great spirit at bay, guarding it from other so
that they would not be killed for many generations, and that is the true role
of the Shikimori clan. Suzuri continues, and says that one of the clan would
always be sacrificed to calm down the spirit every now and than, but the
Treasure would reawaken due to the new souls, and that the Shikimori family
soon came to look for another way, and Haruhi says that the average person
cannot begin to comprehend the Treasure's true power, and Suzuri nods, and says
that she's beared witness to the horrible scene of someone being sacrificed to
the Treasure twice, and she's confident that she wouldn't do any better to
control the Treasure. Haruhi lets out a cry of surprise, and Suzuri says how
can she after so many other failures. Yuma asks why they lent it to her than,
as he recalls what Koyuki said, than also remembers when he first met Suzuri
she said her friend died from "a certain event". Suzuri nods and says the first
time she witnessed the Treasure's horrible power was because of the
recklessness of Kamijo Takashi. Yuma is shocked to hear this name, and Suzuri
nods and says that he was Shinya and Saya's father. Suzuri explains that his
wife died recently before this, he foolishly used the Treasure in an attempt to
revive her, and as a result, he was consumed by it. Suzuri than says the second
time she witnessed it was a few minutes later, when Natsumi tried to suppress
the Treasures' power, but the Treasure absorbed her magical power and life
force and she died as well. Haruhi sadly says that such a thing happened, and
Suzuri says that both Shinya and Saya, while young, witnessed such a horrible
event. Yuma and Haruhi go wide-eyed, and Yuma notes that this must be why Saya
wants to stop Ibuki at all costs, so that Ibuki doesn't end up dying the same
way as Natsumi and her father did.


Time: Evening


After Yuma finishes for the day, he escorts Haruhi back to the dorms and heads
back for the school gates, but someone is waiting for him there: Shinya. Shinya
tells him that Ibuki is asking for him and asks if he can come. Yuma notes
instantly that this must be about Saya, and wonders if Ibuki changed her mind,
or if this is a trap. Yuma hopes that Ibuki isn't going to hurt him but he'll
have to be on guard. Shinya asks what his answer is, and Yuma asks Shinya to
bring him to Ibuki. Shinya says to follow him.

Shortly thereafter, Yuma wonders where Shinya is taking him, as he brings him
to the park, but Shinya doesn't turn around and continues to walk ahead of him.
Yuma calls to Shinya, and he asks what is it. Yuma asks what Saya is doing, and
Shinya falls silent. Yuma pleads with Shinya to tell him, knowing the he has to
ask now, and that he hasn't seen Saya since the other day when they talked on
the roof. Yuma says Hachi saw her by chance yesterday, who also added that Saya
did not look well, and he became unnerved when he heard that. Shinya stops
walking, and Yuma looks up. Shinya says he thought that Saya was with him.
Yuma let's out a yell of surprise, and when Shinya falls silent, Yuma yells at
him to answer him. Shinya says that Saya found Ibuki in her spare time and
incurred her wrath. Yuma asks what did Ibuki do. Shinya looks away, and Yuma
wonders why she would do such a thing, that Saya doesn't deserve this, and
remembers when Saya said she would keep trying to convince Ibuki, and that he
should also try to convince her. Yuma says that Saya told Ibuki to talk with
him, and Shinya says that Saya doesn't realize how much they depend on Ibuki.
Yuma asks Shinya to say where Saya is now, and Shinya says to calm down. Yuma
flips and asks how can he, and why isn't Shinya more concerned. Shinya coldly
says he is concerned about Saya, but he can't go to her right now because
someone needs to be here for Ibuki. Yuma says he admires his loyalty for Ibuki,
but he's disgusted that he would choose Ibuki over his sister. Shinya simply
says to calm down again, and Yuma says he should be more clear with his
answers. Shinya says he's already answered enough questions, and Yuma asks if
he knows what his father did. Shinya says he's surprised that Yuma knows about
his father, and Yuma says he knows a little. Shinya says that Yuma should be
able to understand his father's crime than. Yuma asks if he's atoning for his
father's sins, and Shinya nods and says he will repay that debt even if it
costs him his life. Yuma says he can't understand that, and Shinya asks how he
can't, that it is his father's fault that Natsumi isn't here anymore, the one
that Ibuki loved like an older sister and loved more than anyone else. Yuma is
shocked by Shinya's sudden outburst, and Shinya says that Ibuki only has them
left, but he says it with bitter disgust. Yuma tries to console Shinya, but he
recovers and says he's said too much and apologizes for slowing them down. Yuma
hesitates than says he can understand his feelings for Ibuki, but asks if his
loyalty is really worth helping her to make mistakes. Shinya says he knows what
Ibuki is doing is wrong, and Yuma angrily asks why he's doing this than. Shinya
says he respects Saya's decision, but he believes that this is the only way he
can help Ibuki. Yuma asks about Saya than, and Shinya hesitates before calling
to Yuma again. Yuma asks what is it, and Shinya says that while he can't do
anything about this, he has a request for him. Yuma is quiet, and Shinya says
that he's sure Saya will come to Yuma again, and that he won't be able to
defend her, and asks that since he cannot, if Yuma could protect her for him.
Yuma gapes at Shinya, and Shinya pleads with him and bows. Yuma is still
shocked, still in disbelief that Shinya would ask such a thing of him, and that
his loyalty for Ibuki is apparently more important than his sister. However, he
can't understand it, since Saya is irreplaceable for Shinya, and therefore he
asked Yuma to do it for him, and by his words, Shinya sounds like he's prepared
to cast off his sibling bonds. Yuma slowly says he understands, and that he
will protect Saya. Shinya thanks him, and begins walking again, and they do not
talk the rest of the way, knowing that to do so would betray each other's manly
promise, and Yuma engraves his feelings into his heart.

Shortly afterward they enter the forest, and Yuma notes that that it is only a
little bit away from where the Treasure is being sealed. Shinya suddenly stops,
and calls out to Ibuki that he's brought Yuma. Ibuki teleports into next to
Shinya after he says these words, and she thanks Shinya for his support, than
asks that he stay on the sidelines for this, and Shinya bows and moves away.
Ibuki than turns to Yuma and says she's surprised that he didn't run away, and
Yuma notes that she's acting all high and mighty again, and it irks him. Yuma
says there would be no point in running away, and tries to hold down his anger.
Yuma says that she's aware that Saya and him are trying to persuade her to
stop, and Ibuki laughs and asks why should she listen to the son of Suzuri.
Yuma says he wanted to ask her why she wants the Treasure. Ibuki lowers her
eyes in anger, and Yuma asks if it's really because of the promise she made to
Natsumi, if that's the reason why she is trying to get the Treasure back, to
become the successor that Natsumi always wanted her to be, but says that he
doesn't believe she needs the Treasure to become that great leader. Ibuki
laughs again, and says why should she give up after all she's gone through to
get here, than says that Suzuri should just give her the true location of the
Treasure, otherwise she'll crush him like the bug he is. Yuma says he wants to
be hopeful that the Treasure can be controlled, and says that Suzuri also
wishes that. Ibuki says she should just give her the Treasure and everything
will be over, but says that now she's been irked past the point of no return
and she will break the seal no matter what. Yuma asks if she's heard nothing,
and says that the Treasure cannot be controlled! Ibuki let's out a small laugh,
and says he shouldn't assume that she can't master it. Yuma yells out again,
and says that she'll end up failing just like Takashi Kamijo did that night.
Ibuki raises her voice again and says she will control it, and says she's
different from that foolish man, and that she now knows why Yuma threw away his
magic. Yuma let's out a cry of surprise at this, and Ibuki says that his reason
was so childish too, that his own magic scared him, and that now he has come
crawling back to his mother to help teach him, and says that he's pathetic.
Ibuki than laughs and says she should have told him sooner, asks what he can
do, and tells him to try his best. Yuma hesitates than says he will not use
magic to harm anyone, and Ibuki roars with laughter and says he really is an
odd person. Yuma says she can sneer at him as much as she wants, but says she
should stop if she thinks anything of Natsumi's memory. Ibuki turns cold and
asks if she really is defiling Natsumi's memory. Yuma says she is, and that
Natsumi would surely be disappointed in her right now, and she would regret
leaving the Shikimori clan in her hands. Ibuki shouts out that's too much of an
insult, and Yuma screams back that it's the truth, why can't she understand
that. Ibuki spits out Yuma's name and stares venomously at him, but Yuma
doesn't flinch. Ibuki asks what's with his challenging stare, and Yuma says
her goals are tainted, and asks if she can even recall how she felt when she
made her promise to Natsumi. Ibuki tells him to shut up, and asks how can he
understand anything when he ran away from magic. Yuma stops in surprise at her
outburst, and Ibuki says he'll never understand her pain, and says that if
she wasn't worthy of Natsumi's expectations before, and that to prove her right
she will break through Suzuri's seals and obtain the Treasure and master it.
Yuma tries to calm her down, but Ibuki continues on her tirade, saying again
that he can't possibly understand her suffering, that he's preaching while
looking so high and mighty, that Saya did so as well, and she had to drove her
away, and says Saya must already hate to see her. Yuma tries to say that's not
it, that Saya is seriously worried about her, that Sumomo and Koyuki do too,
even he is, and therefore... but Ibuki screeches that he's annoying, and Yuma
is suddenly hurled onto the ground after noticing that Ibuki had been
suppressing her power, than released it. Ibuki laughs and says he can't even
resist such a weak display, and that he relies too much on that pathetic ring.
Yuma tries to say something else, but is beginning to black out. Ibuki says she
met with him because Saya asked her to, and Yuma manages to raise himself up
with the support of a tree, realizing Ibuki's words, and that she really does
still care for Saya. Ibuki says this was a complete waste of time, and calls to
Shinya and says they are leaving, and Shinya nods. Yuma tries to call out to
Ibuki again, but he falls forward and finally blacks out, noticing that Shinya
didn't even look back at him as his consciousness fades. Yuma wakes up a short
time later, and after recalling all that just happened, he realizes that after
all he's gone through he still wasn't able to do anything, and pounds ground,
cursing in frustration.


Time: Night


Yuma notes that it was impossible to persuade Ibuki after all, even after all
that Saya went through for them, and he sighs. Sumomo says he seems distracted
and asks what's wrong, as she comes in from having just washed the dishes.
Sumomo adds that he barely ate any dinner, that he even left his favorite food,
croquettes, untouched. Yuma apologizes, and Sumomo asks what's with his apology
all of a sudden, and says she hopes that her overreliance on helping him didn't
cause him to lose his taste for his favorite food, and says she'll eat it so
it doesn't lose it's flavor. Sumomo acts all revived and says it's really
great. Yuma says nothing, and Sumomo looks over at him. After he still doesn't
say anything, Sumomo slumps over as well, than turns to him. Yuma asks what is
it, and Sumomo asks if he wants to talk about whatever is eating him, saying
that she might be able to help. Yuma stays quiet, and Sumomo presses him, and
says he's troubled by an acquaintance that wants something more than anything
else in the world, and that she's lost sight of everything else in retrospect,
including him. Sumomo listens, and Yuma continues and says that he tried to
stop her, and he was very enthusiastic to try and do so, but he wasn't able to
succeed, and that his persuasion attempts faltered and it only made her
angrier. Sumomo looks at him, and Yuma says if only he was a little stronger,
than asks if she thinks he would have succeeded if he were stronger. Sumomo
hesitates for a moment than says that strength doesn't always work to open
one's mind. Yuma listens, and Sumomo says it's unnecessary to force other
people to think the way you want them to. Yuma notes that Sumomo says some
really wonderful things sometimes, but he's still sure that it's because he
wasn't fully set in his heart and mind on what he wanted to do. Sumomo says
she'll give him some advise since he's lost his confidence, that it's her
special method of catching Ibuki. Yuma let's out a start of surprise, and asks
what, but quickly shuts up after realizing that Sumomo didn't figure out that
he was talking about Ibuki. Yuma asks how this would work, and Sumomo asks if
he doesn't want to know how to catch Ibuki. Yuma hesitates before saying he
wants to know, and Sumomo asks if he's sure. Yuma nods, and Sumomo says the
secret is to never give up. Yuma repeats her words, and Sumomo says to hold
onto his feelings of love and try again and again, even if he's rejected again
and again, and that if he keeps it up, Ibuki will surely open her mind to him.
Yuma nods, and says he thinks she's right. Sumomo says she guarantees that it
will work, and Yuma says he understands, and that he'll just keep trying than,
and remembers that Saya isn't giving up either, and notes that she passed the
torch to him, and he can't give up after just one failed try. Yuma promises
himself that he'll succeed next time.

~~End Saturday, April 22nd.


(fo) Date: Sunday, April 23rd


Time: Morning


Yuma notes that it's Sunday, and he'll just lounge around until the afternoon,
but he wakes up to his alarm clock, remembering that Suzuri told him yesterday
that she'll give him a special lesson that will start early today, and is
starting to regret accepting today, but says he can't mope around due to
yesterday's events, noting that he may have finally seen how Ibuki is feeling,
but he wasn't able to do anything for her, that he took the opposite road of
not having magic.

When he heads downstairs Sumomo greets him and hands him a lunch box. Yuma asks
why she made him one since it's Sunday, and Sumomo says she can't do much, but
she can still do this for him. Yuma says she's right and that it's a role no
one else can do. Sumomo asks if that's really true, and Yuma says her lunches
are his source of energy. Sumomo giggles and says thank you.

Yuma heads for school after finishing breakfast, and when he arrives, since
it's Sunday no one else is there, and heads for the Magic Section building.

Yuma notes that he's always been with Haruhi so he's been a little
self-conscious about coming by himself, and doesn't even feel like going
inside, but he goes it soon, and notes again that the building really is
fashionable, a lot different than the General Section building, as if this one
has a European feel to it, and wonders how the classrooms are. Yuma than stops
and notes that he's always restrained himself from searching the building, and
stops in front of a door, and wonders if he should take a quick look inside,
but than remembers that he doesn't have a key. Yuma wonders if he's being too
selfish, but than notices that the door is unlocked. Yuma says it's their fault
for leaving it unlocked and opens the door, but than his vision fades, and when
it returns he's staring up at the sky, than falls and lands in the school pond.
When he gets out he looks around, confused that he should have been in the
Magic Section, and wonders why he's in the school pond. Suzuri says she didn't
expect to see him here, and Yuma asks what she's doing out here. Suzuri says it
seems he was a little careless and opened a door. Yuma asks if it was her magic
that did this, and Suzuri replies that if anyone opens a door without saying a
proper phrase they will be teleported out of the building. Yuma says he had no
idea, and Suzuri says he's the one who opened the door when he wasn't supposed
to. Yuma looks down and Suzuri laughs and asks if he's going to get out of the
pond anytime soon. Yuma nods and steps out, and they head back to Suzuri's
office.

Note: Quite possibly the best funny scene comes up here.

Suzuri tells Yuma to give her his wet clothes and she'll wash and dry them for
him. Yuma apologizes for this and says thank you and quickly strips and throws
his clothes in the washing machine in the back of the room. (?) Yuma asks if
she lives here or something, and Suzuri says yes, than asks if he wants to know
how long she's been here. Yuma nods and Suzuri says she's been here for the
past ten years. Yuma falls silent and Suzuri moves closer to him. Yuma asks if
she sees something he doesn't, and Suzuri smiles and says he's growing nicely,
with a developed chest, strong arms and muscles, and that he's becoming a nice
young man. (!) She moves over to his left arm and says she doesn't remember
this scar though, and Yuma back off and asks if she doesn't have any spare
clothes or something. Suzuri apologizes and says she only has her clothes here,
and says he'll have to make due like he is for now, wearing only a towel around
his waist. (!) Yuma notes that she really is great though, and asks if she
can't just use magic to get more clothes. Suzuri sighs and says she wanted to
look at him a little while longer, and says nope. Yuma says that he can't learn
like this though, and Suzuri says it would make for an interesting book. Yuma
shouts out that no it wouldn't, and Suzuri giggles and says he could wear this
bath towel or some magic clothes. Yuma shouts out absolutely not, and than
Haruhi knocks on the door. (!!!) Yuma lets out a cry of surprise, and Suzuri
calls for her to come in. Yuma tries to yell for Haruhi to wait, that he can't
let Haruhi see him with only a towel on. However, Haruhi comes in, and the
countdown hits zero, and Haruhi panics. Yuma tries to explain what's going on,
and Haruhi says surely Suzuri isn't seducing him. Suzuri plays the fool and
says they've been found out, and Yuma shouts absolutely not since they are
mother and son. Haruhi wavers and says the world is coming to an end, and Yuma
shouts out NO and stands up. However...the towel loosens and falls to the floor
as he does so. (HAHAHA!) The timer hits zero again, and Haruhi cracks. Yuma
tries to say something again, but Haruhi starts blabbering than faints. Yuma
tries to revive her, and Suzuri says this was apparently too much for Haruhi
to handle. Yuma continue to try to revive Haruhi, and says he's going to hold
this against Suzuri for a long time. Suzuri says he looks scary, obviously
undisturbed entirely. Yuma notes that waking up early for class was wasted,
since he hasn't got one thing done, and he and Haruhi don't look each other in
the eye for a while.


Time: Lunch


Suzuri says they should eat lunch, and Haruhi nods in agreement. Yuma says his
lunch box got ruined when he fell in the pond earlier, and asks if he can go
buy something, and silently apologizes to Sumomo for wasting her efforts.
Suzuri says they should all go to Oasis, and she asks if Otoha is working
today. Yuma says she's sure to be there, and Haruhi says what about Yuma's
clothing condition, and Suzuri slumps and says she forgot, than says he'll have
to cover up with a jersey than. Yuma says why didn't she say she had one
earlier, and Yuma begins to notice how Suzuri and Otoha are old friends, they
both love to tease people.

After Yuma changes all three of them head to Oasis, which is virtually empty
since there is no school on Sundays. Yuma says she surely has a lot of free
time on her hands, and Otoha appears from the side and greets them, paying
extra attention to Suzuri. Suzuri says she has to help her sales from time to
time, and Otoha says she doesn't come nearly enough. Yuma says she's not acting
like the manager, and Otoha stares at Yuma and asks why he's wearing those
clothes. Yuma explains he fell in the pond earlier, and Otoha laughs and says
he's clumsy. Yuma says she shouldn't say such things about her son, than
explains how he ended up in the pond. Yuma says he'll be careful when he enters
the Magic Section from now on, and Otoha asks if he liked the surprise. Yuma
says of course not, and Otoha says he should wear a bathing suit underneath his
clothes from now on. Suzuri says they are beginning to annoy her, and Yuma says
he'll calm down, and Otoha says she was just having a bit of fun. Yuma notes
that Suzuri is not amused though, and makes a mental note not to piss her off.
Otoha says she's sorry that Haruhi has to see Yuma in a jersey though. Yuma
says he couldn't help it, but Otoha sighs anyway than apologizes to Haruhi for
his appearance. Haruhi nervously says it's alright, and Otoha asks if she
likes him in a jersey. Haruhi nervously nods, and Yuma tells her to quit
stalling and take their orders. Otoha groans and says she's just trying to be
friendly, but she takes out her pad anyhow, and Yuma notes she's too relaxed,
but than wonders if she's always like this around Suzuri. Otoha finishes taking
their orders and says she'll be back on a moment. Haruhi asks Suzuri how long
she and Otoha have been friends, and Suzuri says they've been friends since
their school days. Haruhi says that's fairly long, and Yuma says he they've
surely changed a lot since than. Suzuri says on the contrary, they're both
still the same as they were than, although Otoha was more outrageous than.
Yuma asks if this will lead to an interesting story, and Suzuri asks if he
wants to hear about it. Yuma says of course, but before Suzuri can say anything
Otoha runs over and yells for Suzuri to stop, and tells Yuma he doesn't want to
hear such strange things. Suzuri asks if she's supposed to set what topics they
can talk about, and Otoha cracks and wavers down. Suzuri says first she tried
to steal flowers from the zoo, and Otoha pops up again and makes loud noises to
try and interrupt Suzuri. Haruhi looks amused, and Yuma says he didn't know
she was capable of such a noise. Otoha shouts at him and tells Suzuri she's
being unfair. Yuma says he understands now, and Suzuri asks whose side is he on
here. Yuma asks why does he have to answer such a question, and Suzuri says
because he has to. Otoha gets annoyed and asks Suzuri what she's doing. Yuma
tells her to settle down since they are customers, and Otoha says she'll
replace their cheese with powdered detergent, to which Yuma asks if she would
really poison them. Otoha turns to Haruhi and says surely she's on her side.
Haruhi lets out a yell of surprise, having been yanked into the fray so
suddenly. Otoha nods and asks Haruhi which of them would be a better mother for
Yuma. Yuma asks why the conversation turned to this, and Suzuri says this is
interesting. Yuma shouts at Suzuri now, than mutters under his breath. Otoha
tells him to be quiet, and Yuma cries to himself, wondering why he's being
scolded. Suzuri than turns to Haruhi and asks what she thinks. Haruhi tries to
get off by saying she can't decide, but Suzuri says she can't get away that
easily. Haruhi struggles some more, and Yuma tells Haruhi not to worry about
it, that she shouldn't be troubled since it doesn't concern her. Suzuri says of
course she is, and Otoha chimes in that Haruhi will also have to call one of
them mother when she and Yuma marry. (!!) Haruhi let's out an embarrassed gasp,
and Yuma shouts what the hell are they talking about. Haruhi blushes again, and
Yuma apologizes for their strange behavior. Haruhi says it's alright, and lunch
continues like this for a while, and Yuma can see how Suzuri and Otoha came to
be friends.

After they finish eating they head back to the Magic Section, but Yuma stops
when he sees someone near the entrance, and Haruhi calls out to Saya. Yuma is
surprised to see her after so long, and Saya bows when she sees that they have
noticed her. Haruhi says she's alone, and Yuma fills Haruhi in on what
happened, but she's still a little cautious. Yuma tells her not to worry, as he
notes that Saya sees just as nervous, most likely because she's appearing
before Haruhi and Suzuri as well as Yuma. Yuma says he's going to listen to
Saya, and Haruhi says she'll go too. Yuma calls to Saya, and she greets both of
them. Yuma says he's surprised to see her since he wasn't able to garner her
whereabouts from Shinya the other day. Saya apologizes for worrying him, but
says she has something to tell him today. Yuma asks what is it, and Saya says
that Ibuki was called back by the head of the family last night. Yuma looks up,
hopeful, but Saya says when she received the letter she broke off her ties to
the leadership. Yuma is surprised to hear such a thing, and Haruhi says that
can only mean that Ibuki is going for all or nothing in the next fight, and
Saya nods. Saya tells Yuma she wasn't able to persuade Ibuki, and says she
thinks that the next time will be their last chance, and says they should both
try together. Yuma says he understands, and says Ibuki met with him after she
had left. Saya and Haruhi look at him in surprise, and Yuma related that Ibuki
did so because Saya asked her to. Saya looks away and says is that so, and Yuma
says it is, but he wasn't able to convince Ibuki; In fact, he only made her
angrier, but says he won't give up, and tells Saya she can't either. Saya looks
at Yuma, and he says they will surely persuade Ibuki this next time, and says
he hopes Haruhi will help them as well. Haruhi looks a little surprised to hear
herself thrown in but she nods as well. Saya tells them thank you, and Yuma
asks Saya where she is staying now, if she's returned to the Shikimori main
family's home. Saya says she can't go back there yet, and says she was able to
find a cheap hotel in town to stay in. Yuma says he hopes it's cheap, but Saya
says not to worry, that she has some savings. Yuma says she can stay at his
house if he likes, and both girls look at him with surprise. Yuma tells them
not to take it the wrong way and says he would welcome her in, since it's
partially his fault that Ibuki drove her out. Saya says that he's not
responsible, than Yuma says it's what Shinya asked for. Saya looks at Yuma in
surprise for this, and Yuma recalls Shinya's words to him, that he can't leave
Ibuki alone, and that he asked Yuma to protect Saya in his stead. Saya closes
her eyes and smiles, and Yuma says Shinya bowed to him and he accepted his
request, because he also wants to help Saya, and he won't hold anything back
that he can do for her. Saya thanks Yuma, but says she's alright. Yuma asks if
she really is, and Saya says she feels that way. Haruhi cries out at Saya, and
when Saya looks at her, Haruhi asks where will she go. Saya is silent, and
Haruhi says their goals is the same. Saya calls out to Haruhi, and says while
she knows how she feels she can't help them. Haruhi asks why, and Saya says
because Ibuki isn't a whole person, and says that she can't be on both Yuma's
and Haruhi's side at the same time and apologizes to Haruhi. Yuma notes that
after Ibuki drove her out, Saya must not want to rely on anyone, and that she
must have a reason for it. Yuma says she really is a gentle person, and Saya
turns to him, a little red in the face, and Yuma says she still values her
obligation to Ibuki, at least in this way, but tells her to remember that a lot
of people are worried about her too, and Saya nods and turns to go. Yuma asks
her to wait, and gives her his cell phone number, and says she can always call
if she needs to talk to him. Saya thanks Yuma again, than bows and leaves.
Yuma sighs and quietly hopes she'll stay safe, and Haruhi nods in agreement.
Yuma says that by her story Ibuki won't wait long before making her move, an
says he's decided on his move. Haruhi asks what that is, and Yuma says they
should head back to Suzuri's office and speak to her together. Haruhi slowly
agrees, and Yuma, noticing her worried look, asks Haruhi what's wrong. Haruhi
says it's nothing, but Yuma notes that she seems to be in low-spirits, although
she wasn't a little while ago, and wonders if it's because of something he did.


Time: Afternoon


Some time later Anri arrives, and Yuma asks he's glad she came. Anri asks
what's going on, and Yuma fills her in on what Saya told him and Haruhi. Yuma
than says he has something to ask of Suzuri. Suzuri asks what is it, and Yuma
says he's certain that Ibuki will make her move on the Treasure within the next
few days, but says everything will be over if he has to run to the school in
the middle of the night. Suzuri says that's true, and Yuma asks if he can stay
with her for a while. Anri and Haruhi gape at Yuma, and Yuma says thank you.
Suzuri says she doesn't mind, but asks if it's really alright for him to do so.
Yuma asks what she means, and Suzuri says he'll to persuade Otoha to let him
stay first, and says she can already imagine she sulking when he tells her the
news. Yuma nods and says he'll talk to Otoha immediately, and Suzuri tells him
to go ahead. Anri giggles and says Yuma's idea is a good one, and Haruhi turns
to her. Anri asks if she and Haruhi can also stay, and Haruhi looks at her and
asks why her as well. Anri asks if she doesn't want to, and Suzuri says it's
turning into a magical training camp around here, but says they can if they
give their permission. Anri says she understands and says thank you, and Haruhi
groans. Yuma tells Anri not to forget why they are here, and Anri says of
course she understands, and Yuma says he'll go call Otoha than and steps out
into the hall, but wonders if he can really persuade Otoha to let him stay here
for a while with Suzuri, and prepares himself for a long struggle and calls
Otoha. Yuma explains the situation to her.

After arguing for a while, Yuma manages to persuade Otoha to let him stay for a
while, and goes back to afternoon classes.


Time: Evening


As the sun begins to set Yuma's phone begins to ring, and when he picks it up
he sees that it's Sumomo and asks what's wrong. Sumomo asks if it's true that
he's trapped in Tsunami. (...) Yuma asks how could that happen, and Sumomo
giggles and says Otoha told her that. Yuma makes a mental note not to help
Otoha is she's attacked by wolves, than tells Sumomo he only fell into the
school pond. Sumomo asks him why he went swimming this time of year, and Yuma
says there are many reasons and asks what's up. Sumomo asks if he's staying
there tonight, and Yuma asks if she heard that from Otoha too, and Sumomo nods
and says she brought food and a change of clothes for him. Yuma says that's
good, than realizes what she said and asks if she's already here. Sumomo nods
and says she's in front of the school and asks if he could come out and meet
her for in a minute. Yuma says he understands and says he'll be out there at
once, and tells her not to touch any doors, otherwise she'll end up in a
tsunami. Sumomo sounds confused, and Yuma tells her to answer, and Sumomo nods
and says she'll wait for him and Yuma says he'll be right down. After he hangs
up Suzuri asks who that was, and Yuma explains that his younger sister brought
him a change of clothes and food. Haruhi is surprised to hear Sumomo mentioned,
and Yuma says she's already here and says he's going to go meet her than heads
out. Yuma sees Sumomo dragging a huge bag next to her and calls out to her.
Yuma is surprised and asks if she came alone, and Sumomo nods. Yuma asks how
she's going to get back, and Sumomo says she'll wait until Otoha is done
working for the day and go home with her. Yuma nods, and Sumomo says she hopes
he won't mind if she comes with him. Yuma asks where, and Sumomo says wherever
he's taking lessons, than asks if it's alright, than quickly says she made
enough food for many people to eat, and pulls out a huge lunch box, and Yuma
notes that's what's been weighing down the bag. Yuma knows it would be poor
taste to send Sumomo away like this, and nods and says they'll eat together,
than asks if the bag is too heavy and says he'll carry it. Sumomo thanks him,
and they head back inside. Sumomo is amazed at the decor, and Yuma says he was
the same way when he first came here, and notes Sumomo looking around,
entranced, but the heavy bag makes it hard for him to concentrate on her, and
tells her to be careful and not pack so much next time, leastwise she pull
something. Sumomo whines than says that's a shame, and Yuma notes that he seems
to have hit a bull's-eye. Sumomo says she did bring a camera as well so she
could remember entering here and quickly snaps a picture, saying he should have
though of that. Soon after they reach Suzuri's office and Yuma knocks, and
Suzuri calls for them to enter. Suzuri asks why someone else is here, and Yuma
explains that he told her they would eat together. Haruhi asks if Sumomo is
here, and Yuma asks if they can come in. Suzuri says come right in, and Yuma
says ok, and Sumomo happily says she's coming in. Upon entering though, Sumomo
is thunderstruck as Yuma introduces her to Suzuri. Suzuri says good evening,
and Sumomo is yanked out of her stare and nervously says it's nice to meet her.
Suzuri asks if she doesn't remember her, even though they met many times when
she was younger, and Sumomo nods and apologizes. Suzuri laughs and says it's
alright, and says she hopes Sumomo will remember. Sumomo tugs Yuma's arm and
Yuma leans down, and Sumomo whispers if she's why he wants to stay. Yuma
whispers back for her not to get the wrong idea, but Sumomo groans anyway.


Time: Night


Afterwards all five of them eat the dinner that Sumomo made, and it seems that
her cooking is popular even to Suzuri. Otoha calls Sumomo shortly after dinner,
and that she'll have to leave soon. Outside, Yuma tells Sumomo and Otoha to
take care, and Sumomo tells him to work hard. Otoha tells Suzuri to take care
of Yuma, and Suzuri says she understands, and they leave. Yuma sighs, and Anri
says she and Haruhi will go get their things to stay over, and Suzuri says
she'll see them soon. After they leave, Suzuri says they should head back to
her office and Yuma nods. When they re-enter, Yuma asks where he's going to
sleep. Suzuri tells him to wait a moment, than enters the adjacent room and
comes back with a sleeping bag and says he will use that. Yuma thanks her, than
says he's curious about the other room and asks what's in it. Suzuri says it's
her private room, and therefore, off-limits to him. Yuma sighs again, and says
that if he tries to force his way in something worse than falling into a pond
will happen to him, and Yuma says he won't dream of trying. Suzuri nods, and
after a while Haruhi and Anri return. After talking for a little bit, Suzuri
takes them into her room, and Yuma notes that Suzuri probably did so for
respect of separate sleeping areas, and rolls out his sleeping bag for sleep,
wishing he could see in Suzuri's room, than turns out the light and tells
himself good night.

However, Yuma is awakened in the middle of the night by his phone. When he
doesn't recognize the number, Yuma answers, and Saya says that it's her. Yuma
instantly doesn't feel tired anymore, realizing that Saya may want to talk to
him. Yuma asks if there's anything new, and Saya hesitates before saying no,
than says she heard that he's staying at the school for now. Yuma says he is,
and Saya asks if they can talk for a little bit, since she's at the school as
well. Yuma says really, than asks where she is. Saya says on the roof of the
General Section building, and Yuma asks if that's where she wants to talk and
Saya nods. Yuma says he'll be there soon than, and Saya says thank you. After
he hangs up, Yuma lightly washes his face, than sneaks out of the office,
wondering if Saya wants to talk to him about Ibuki, than realizes probably not
since she wants to talk to him on the roof. Yuma quickly makes his way to the
General Section, and even though the lights are off, Yuma makes his way to the
stairs since he knows the school so well, and hopes that he won't be found by
the security guard.

Yuma makes it to the roof, and sees Saya standing next to the center light post
there. Yuma calls out to her, and Saya is slightly startled than says his name,
and Yuma notes she seems relieved to see him. Yuma apologizes and asks if he
kept her waiting long, and Saya says she should be the one apologizing, calling
him out so late at night, and says she didn't think he would come. Yuma laughs
and says she's too nervous, but Saya blushes and apologizes anyway. Yuma asks
what she wants to talk to him about, and Saya nods and blushes again while
looking away, and Yuma wonders if this is something that isn't easy for Saya to
talk about. Yuma tells her to try not to hold back, and Saya nods and says that
he's staying at the school. Yuma nods and says he's doing so because they don't
know when Ibuki will come again, and says he won't miss the opportunity to
convince her. Saya listens in silence, and Yuma asks her what she's going to
do. Saya nods and says she feels the same way, and Yuma says that's so. An
uneasy silence drifts over them, and Yuma asks if there was something else she
wanted to talk to him about. Saya nervously pulls out a brand new wallet, and
when Saya opens the cover, she says she put this in it, and Yuma recognizes the
photo of them, Sumomo and Ibuki from the arcade last week, and that she put it
smack dab in the center of it. Yuma says nothing, and Saya asks if she made a
mistake. Yuma nods and says your supposed to put photos near the edge so that
people can stamp it with their seals, and says that while it's only one photo
now, it will have many eventually. Saya asks if that's so, and Yuma nods, and
says Haruhi, Anri, Jun, Hachi, Sumomo and even him would stamp it, than
afterwards, Shiny and Ibuki could do so as well. Saya laughs and says that
sounds nice, and Yuma looks at her, confused. Saya thanks him and says she'll
remember to put new photos on the outer edges. Yuma tells her to wait a second,
and Saya turns to look at him in silence, than apologizes. Yuma asks what she's
apologizing for, and Saya says that really she didn't have any business with
him and looks away, blushing. Yuma says nothing, and Saya says that after they
met at lunch today she wanted to meet again and hear his voice, and asks if
that was troublesome for him. Yuma says that was it, and says he's also glad to
be able to talk to her again, and notes that Saya still thinks the world of
Ibuki, but it's not easy trying to do this by herself, and with her weak nature
she's surely overworked herself these past few days, living alone. Saya says
she's doing this for Ibuki, but says she falls back on Yuma too easily. Yuma
says he thinks it should be different, and when Saya turns to him, Yuma says he
believes her kindness is great and important, and that while he can understand
her doing this for Ibuki, he believes she should find another way. Saya asks if
there is another way, and Yuma says she should think of a way for both her and
Ibuki to live happily and not alone, nay, with everyone. Saya repeats his
words, and Yuma nods, than says they're always waiting for them, and moves
closer to Saya, who looks up to him with tears welling up in her eyes.

Options:

1) Kiss her quietly. (Leads to H-Scene!)

2) Pat her head. (Leads to...no H-Scene...)


Note: Completely optional of course, but seriously, who wants to pick Option
Two here? <_< I'll cover it anyway, but you'll probably never feel like
choosing it when Option One leads to H.


Option Two: Yuma says she's worked hard and pats her head in a gentle tone that
he imagines Shinya would do, hoping that she'll listen if he acts like him
again. Yuma says that she's worked hard enough already though, and asks if she
understands, and Saya nods, and falls into his arms, and Yuma continues to
stroke her hair as she hugs him.

Saya says thank you, and Yuma asks her what she's going to do now. Saya nods
and says she'll head back to the hotel tonight, and Yuma hesitates before he
nods as well, and curses himself that he can never see where other people are
wanting to go, but Saya definitely looks happier than he's ever seen her.


Option One: Yuma quietly kisses Saya on the cheek.


True Path, Scene 1, Saya

1) Pull out.

2) Come inside.

~~End H-Scene


Both paths end the day, so no more talk here.

~~End Sunday, April 23rd.


(fp) Date: Monday, April 24th


Time: Morning


Yuma yawns and wakes up, noting that his back hurts a little, notices that he's
still in Suzuri's office and recalls why he's here. Yuma looks at a clock and
notices that it's 8:00, and looks around the room and says he likes it, and
that he won't forget it, and says he could get used to living here. Suzuri
comes in and says she's glad to hear that, but she'd feel sorry for Sumomo.
Yuma let's out a surprised yell since she came in so suddenly, along with
Haruhi and Anri, who look like zombies. Yuma asks what happened to them, and
Anri says they stayed up real late last night. Yuma asks what time they went to
bed, and Haruhi says it was either 4:00 or 5:00 in the morning. Anri says it
was around there, and Yuma asks if they'll be alright for school today. Haruhi
nods and says she'll be fine after a shower, but Anri says it's no good for her
and slumps over. Haruhi moves over to Anri and tells her to perk up, and takes
her to the door and says they'll see Yuma in class. After they leave Suzuri
says she could use a little rest too, and Yuma asks if she didn't sleep either.
Suzuri says of course she slept a little, than says it seems Ibuki didn't show
up yesterday. Yuma thinks back to Saya's story, and that Ibuki will make her
move soon if Saya's information was correct. (Note: The conversation changes
here depending on your last choice, but it's minimal. If you boned Saya, Yuma
remembers her soft skin, and if you patted her head, Yuma goes on about Saya's
problems, and how he was glad he could relieve her of some stress.) Yuma
wonders if Saya made it back to her hotel, and he's worried, and notes that he
should have made Saya come back with him to the office. Yuma calls to Suzuri
and she asks what is it. Yuma asks what she would think if Saya came to stay
for a little while too. Suzuri says this is fairly sudden, and Yuma asks if she
would let Saya stay. Suzuri sighs than says she can stop by anytime. Yuma
thanks her, but Suzuri says her office is turning into a hotel, and asks who
will be responsible for all of them. Yuma says he will be, and Suzuri says she
isn't sure she can handle two or three more people in here.

Yuma arrives at class and heads to his empty seat, noting that neither Jun nor
Hachi are here yet, and Yuma bets that it will be the calm before the storm.
Yuma than decides to catch up and study like Haruhi does and pulls out one of
the magic books Suzuri gave him, noting that he really is early today. The
door opens again and this time Haruhi and Anri arrive. Yuma tells them good
morning and says he was waiting for them. Haruhi asks what's with him, and Yuma
says he was bored. Anri sighs and says she's going to lay down now and says
good night. Haruhi nudges Anri and says she should at least move to her desk,
and Haruhi nudges Anri over to her seat than comes back to hers and sits down
next to Yuma, who asks her if she's alright, since she must be just as tired as
Anri is. Haruhi admits she's a little tired, but says she'll be alright. Yuma
says he hopes she doesn't fall asleep like she did a couple of weeks ago at the
cherry blossom tree viewing, and Haruhi groans and says he remembered that.
Yuma laughs and recalls her sleeping figure that time, and asks what they
talked about last night. Haruhi says it was just a few things, and Yuma says
he's anxious, interested to see Haruhi in her pajamas. Yuma says she can surely
share a little bit of information, and Haruhi giggles and playfully says no.
Yuma tisks and says he would have loved to be in the room with them, and Haruhi
sternly tells him absolutely not, and Yuma nervously nods, and that Haruhi was
scary just than.


Time: Lunch


Since he spent the night in Suzuri's office, Yuma of course doesn't have a
lunch today, but when he gets ready to head to Oasis a familiar voice calls
from the door, and Sumomo asks if he's in. Yuma let's out a surprised yell, and
Jun greets Sumomo and tells her to come in, and Hachi ushers her in. Sumomo
nods and comes in, and Yuma notes everyone is looking at her, and Yuma notes
that he didn't expect something like this, and he'll have to keep up his guard.
Haruhi greets Sumomo and thanks her for yesterday. Sumomo says she was glad to,
and Jun asks Haruhi what they did yesterday. Haruhi nods and says she was able
to eat something Sumomo made. Hachi says that sounds nice, and Yuma asks why
she's here today, and Sumomo says to deliver his lunch of course and presents
it to him. Yuma says she really didn't have to come all the way down just for
that, and Hachi asks why Yuma is being so cold, and asks Sumomo if she would
like to live with him. Sumomo thanks him for the invitation, and Hachi hums to
himself. Jun says he doesn't like the look in Hachi's eyes, and Yuma sighs.
Jun than asks if they went to school separately or something, and Haruhi says
Yuma had to come early to do Class Officer work, saving his ass. Jun hmms to
himself, and Yuma silently apologizes to them, but he wants to keep this as
secret as he can, because they couldn't possibly comprehend what's going on in
the school right now. Hachi offers Sumomo a chair next to him, and Sumomo
thanks him but apologizes and sits down next to Yuma instead. Jun laughs and
says she doesn't want Hachi to be her brother after all, and Hachi cries and
asks why him. Sumomo panics and tells him not to cry, and says for an apology
they can all share the set of side dishes she also packed. Hachi instantly
cheers up and grabs for the food, and Jun yells for him to wait and not take
all of the food. Sumomo asks Yuma what he thinks of his lunch today, and Yuma
says thank you. Sumomo whispers how he's doing today, and Yuma says he'll be
staying over again. Sumomo hesitates before asking if she could possibly stay
with him, and Yuma says no, that he wouldn't want to expose Sumomo to this kind
of danger, and he doesn't know if she could handle the knowledge of what's
going on, and most of all, that he knows where Ibuki has been. Sumomo says she
understands, but asks what he's going to do for dinner tonight. Yuma says he
hadn't thought of that, and Sumomo says she'll make it for him, and when she
comes by with it he can pass her his dirty clothes, and she'll give him a
clean set. Yuma says thank you, and Sumomo says you're welcome, as Yuma notes
that she still wants to help her big brother no matter what, and that suits her
after all.


Time: After School


Anri is revived and says she's headed off to Oasis, and tells Yuma to study
hard. Yuma tells Haruhi it's good Anri seems back to normal, but hopes she
doesn't make too many mistakes, and Haruhi nervously laughs, and than they head
off to Suzuri's office.

However, in the entrance hall they run into Koyuki, who seems to have been
waiting for them. Koyuki asks Yuma if she can borrow him for a little bit, and
Yuma says sure. Koyuki asks if he can follow her to the Divination Club room,
and Haruhi says she'll fill Suzuri in that he'll be delayed, and Yuma
apologizes to Haruhi for this. Haruhi says it's ok and tells him to be good,
and bids farewell to them both, and Koyuki tells Haruhi thank you. Koyuki turns
back to Yuma and says they should go, and Yuma nods.

In the Divination Club room, Yuma accepts the tea Koyuki brews for him, and
Koyuki asks if he's started magic. Yuma nods and says Suzuri is teaching him,
and Koyuki says her office must be getting crowded. Yuma nods than asks if she
heard the news about Ibuki and the letter from the head of the Shikimori clan.
Koyuki nods and says that Ibuki has disappeared, and Yuma nods than says that
since the clan will be searching for her, Ibuki is sure to be making her move
soon. Koyuki asks if that's why he's staying in Suzuri's office, and Yuma nods
and says the training is just a cover story. Koyuki says that's what it was
after all, and Yuma says he wants to stop Ibuki before she goes past the point
of no return and convince her to give up the Treasure, and that he'll keep
trying until she understands. Koyuki quietly stands up and moves to the back of
the room, and Yuma calls to her, and she comes back with a box that he's seen
before. Koyuki opens the box and takes out the flute inside and hands it to
Yuma. Yuma looks confused, and Koyuki asks if he could take it. Yuma asks if
she means the flute, and Koyuki nods. Yuma says he thought this was an
important keepsake, and Koyuki nods and says it's a keepsake of Natsumi
Shikimori. Yuma's eyes raise, and Koyuki says Natsumi entrusted this flute to
her before she died, telling her to pass it on to Ibuki when she was able to
carry out her will, but Koyuki says she wasn't able to pass it on to Ibuki,
than says that Yuma is more suitable to hang on to it than she is now, and asks
if he could pass it on to Ibuki for her. Yuma looks at Koyuki, and Koyuki says
she believes that his hopes and desires will reach Ibuki without fail, just
like they did her. Yuma silently grasps the flute, and feels a certain
strength flow over him, and while nothing is said, he understands that
Natsumi's wishes have been transmitted to him. Yuma says he understands, and
thanks Koyuki for her vote of confidence. Koyuki gives him her best regards,
and sees Yuma out. Yuma leaves with the flute and makes his way back to
Suzuri's office.

Yuma notes that Suzuri's eyes widen when she sees the flute, and Yuma notes
that as Natsumi's friend she surely knows what it is. After his afternoon magic
classes are done for the day Sumomo calls and Yuma heads outside to meet her,
noting that she brought a large amount of food with her again, and that she
must have rushed home after school to make it, than dashed back to school again
to deliver it. Yuma heads inside and eats, and things proceed just as they did
yesterday, and Haruhi and Anri come back to. But the day is about to end soon,
and Ibuki still has not shown up, and Yuma wonders what she could be doing, and
hopes that Shinya is well. Yuma says nothing to the others but continues to
think about Ibuki for a while until bedtime. The women leave for the other
room, and Yuma wonders if Ibuki will come tomorrow, than turns off the lights
and puts his cell phone on vibrate and puts it under his pillow before drifting
off to sleep.

Yuma is awakened in the middle of the night by his phone, and sees that it is
Saya calling again. Yuma picks up and says he thought she was going to call.
Saya asks if that's so, and Yuma asks where she is now. Saya says the park,
near where the road meets the Magic Section. Yuma says he'll be right down,
and Saya tries to say that talking is enough for today, but Yuma says he feels
like taking a stroll in the night air now. Saya nods and says thank you, and
Yuma says he won't be long than hangs up and leaves the office, taking care not
to make much noise.


Time: Midnight


Yuma follows the road to the park, and finds Saya sitting on a bench, watching
the cherry blossom trees. Yuma greets her, and Saya greets him back. Yuma asks
if she was watching the trees, and Saya nods. Yuma says the trees are Koyuki's
favorite. Saya says she's not surprised, and says those trees were Natsumi's
favorite as well. Yuma asks if that's so, than hums and remembers when he first
met Suzuri out here as well, that she said the trees always reminded her of her
friend, and that she spoke to her sometimes, and Yuma is sure now that she
meant Natsumi. Saya says that Natsumi loved to bring Koyuki and Ibuki here when
they were younger, and Yuma is surprised to hear both of them mentioned. Saya
nods and says that Koyuki looked up to Natsumi like an older sister, and that
this play would of course be an important memory for her. Yuma smiles and says
he always seems to find Koyuki here after all, and that when the wind blows she
felt happy, as if Natsumi was talking to her. Saya smiles and says she didn't
know that, and both of them burst into laughter. Suddenly, a gust of wind blows
through the trees, surrounding and surprising both of them, and they
immediately stop laughing. Saya asks Yuma is she thinks that was Natsumi, and
Yuma says he thinks so too. Saya blushes and looks away while calling to Yuma.
Yuma asks what is it, and Saya asks if she can hold his hand. Yuma looks
surprised, and Saya quickly apologizes for such a strange remark. Yuma says
it's no problem and says he was just surprised, and grabs her hand, and Saya
blushes.

Note: The conversation that takes place here differs a little depending on the
previous choice with Saya. If you boned her, you both become embarrassed by
yesterday's event, and if you didn't, she says that Yuma reminds her of Shinya.

Both paths meet up here: Saya let's out a gasp of surprise and tells Yuma to
look, and point towards the roof of the General Section building. When Yuma
looks, the familiar gigantic magic circle is over the building. Saya says that
it has to be Ibuki's magic, and Yuma says they've got to hurry. Saya nods, and
they immediately run towards the building. Yuma notes that he didn't expect
Ibuki to make such a drastic move, and that this magic circle could probably
be twice as devastating as the event that destroyed the Magic Section building.
Yuma and Saya dash up the stairs to the roof and burst through the door, and
Yuma is immediately hit with a strong wind, and calls out to Ibuki. Ibuki
laughs and says he's the first to arrive, and says that when his mother arrives
she will end everything. Saya calls out to her, and Ibuki turns to Saya and
says she thought she told her never to come before her again. Yuma yells at
Ibuki to stop it, and Ibuki tells him to be silent and casts a spell, and
lightning bolts rain down on Yuma. Saya tells him to step back, but Yuma can
only stand there in shock of Ibuki's power. Saya quickly absorbs the bolts, but
stresses herself a little, and Yuma notes the would have been dead had it not
been for Saya. Ibuki scoffs and asks Saya if she thinks she can keep this up.
Saya tells Yuma to run away, and Yuma asks why. Saya says Ibuki is serious now,
and that she won't be able to keep protecting him. Yuma asks if nothing can be
done, and Ibuki says his display of chivalry makes her sick, and says it would
be a good idea to run. Saya looks at her in surprise, and Ibuki says she'll
overlook them if they leave now. Yuma turns to her in surprise, and Ibuki
raises her voice and repeats for them to leave, and Yuma can't understand why
she's saying such a thing so suddenly, but knows he can't leave now, no matter
what. Yuma says he can't leave, and Ibuki threatens him and says she'll finish
him off than. Yuma says she can still stop and continue to eat lunch with
Sumomo and live like a normal girl. Ibuki says to leave before her attitude
changes, but Yuma continues and says she must have been happy to become friends
with Sumomo, than even him, and says she can't mean to just up and throw this
away. Ibuki cracks and says this isn't the time for such nonsense, and Yuma
tells her to try and think about it, that it's still not to late, but Ibuki
finally snaps and screeches that he only had to tuck his tail and run, and
humongous bolts of lighting rain towards Yuma and Saya. Yuma stands frozen,
noticing the huge spike in destructive power, the likes of which he's never
witnessed before, and Saya let's out a squeal, and Yuma believes they are
doomed. However, a barrier of light absorbs the blast, and Yuma turns around to
see that Suzuri has arrived. Ibuki says she finally came, and Anri steps out
from behind and says she's not alone, followed by Haruhi who says that Ibuki
can't possibly hope to take all of them. Yuma calls out to them, and Ibuki
merely laughs and says it won't matter how many they bring against her, and
Yuma notes that Ibuki is still so confident. Yuma knows that Ibuki's power
isn't just for show, but wonders how she can still be so confident with the
vast difference in numbers. Suzuri says she'll surely be hurt, and Ibuki tells
them to try her. Anri smiles and asks Haruhi what she thinks. Haruhi looks
surprised though, and Saya voices her concerns, wondering why Ibuki is only
here by herself, than asks Ibuki where Shinya is. Yuma let's out a gasp,
finally noticing the lack of Shinya's appearance, and starts to say surely, and
Ibuki says they really are slow to just now notice it, and says Shinya is just
finishing up his task. As she says so, Shinya appears behind Ibuki, holding a
magic book in his hands. Haruhi says that was his goal, and Ibuki says it was,
and thanks Suzuri for holding onto it for her, and says she'll be where the
Shikimori Treasure is being sealed. Yuma wonders where she means, and Ibuki and
Shinya disappear and Anri yells for them to wait. Suzuri says this complicates
things, and Yuma says they need to hurry after Ibuki. Haruhi says she thought
the book was the Treasure, but Suzuri says the book only holds the spell that
leads one to the Treasure's location, the Grove of Souls. Yuma repeats the
name, and Suzuri says it's the place where the Shikimori ancestors' souls' go
after they have died, and says they Treasure is being sealed there. Haruhi says
now that Ibuki has the book, and Suzuri finishes for her that she will surely
attempt to undo her seals quickly. Yuma says they still have time than, but
Suzuri says that if the seal is removed she won't be able to seal it again.
Anri says they have no time to waste than, and Haruhi asks where the place is
to use the spell in the book. Suzuri tells them to settle down and says they'll
head back to her office first. Anri asks why, and Suzuri says they need to get
ready, than turns to Yuma. Yuma realizes what she means and nods.

~~End Monday, April 24th.


(fq) Date: Tuesday, April 25th


Time: Midnight


Author's Note: Bet you were wondering why I stopped there eh? I'll explain it
here shortly.

The date has already changed by the time everyone returns to Suzuri's office,
and Yuma quickly retrieves Natsumi's flute that Koyuki entrusted him with, that
he has to give it to Ibuki, and Yuma hopes that this won't be the end. Anri
tells him to hurry up before the seal on the Treasure is removed. Yuma says
he understands and says let's go, noting that he'll just have to keep trying
again and again if Ibuki tries not to listen.

They set out for the forest, and Yuma begins to realize exactly where they are,
that this was where Shinya must have been exploring in the forest a couple of
weeks ago when he first learned of this whole mess. Suzuri asks if this wasn't
the place where Yuma fell into one of Haruhi's traps, and Yuma nods and voices
his thoughts. Saya says this may be a display of Ibuki and Shinya's powers, and
Anri glares at Saya, who meekly apologizes. Yuma tells Anri not to frighten
Saya, and apologizes for her. Saya tries to say something, and Anri groans
again and doesn't stop glaring, and Yuma wonders if their compatibility can
really be this poor, and notes that Anri will need a lot of time to warm up to
Saya. Yuma says they can sort this out later, noting that their attention
should be focused on a more pressing issue.

Soon they arrive to find a tree cut down in the forest, and Saya says that
Shinya is responsible for this. Suzuri says he must be very strong indeed to
cut through the vast magical protections placed on the trees here, and Yuma
asks how so, and Suzuri says the trees are places to seal out those with magic
power. Saya says that's how strong Shinya's Fuujin-Raijin is, and Yuma recalls
when he saw Shinya and Haruhi fighting, and how Haruhi's attacks were easily
deflected by Shinya's sword. Anri says that at any rate those two have to
already be there, and Yuma says they have to hurry. Before long they arrive at
a cave, and Suzuri tells them to hurry in. They walk down a small tunnel, and
Yuma can see something in the center of a room ahead of them. Yuma asks if
that's the magic circle that will take them to the Grove of Souls, and Suzuri
says it is. They arrive at it, and Yuma asks how are they going to get there if
they don't have the book to recite the spell. Suzuri says she remembers it
perfectly, and tells them all to step inside the circle. Everyone does so, and
Suzuri recites the spell. A flash of light blocks all vision, and when it
fades, it looks like they haven't moved at all, as they are still in the
chamber with the magic circle on the floor. Haruhi asks about it, and Suzuri
tells them that the spell worked. Anri says she's going than, and Yuma follows
closely behind, telling her that they don't know what Ibuki could have waiting
for them. They walk up the steps for a while as a cool light pulses from the
far end of the tunnel. Haruhi asks what's outside, and when they reach the end,
Yuma is surprised by the scene, that it's a huge underground cavern.
(Note: Those who have seen the Anime will recognize this place.) There are
beautiful glowing stones all around, but the centerpiece of the cavern draws
everyone's attention to it: an extremely large crystal, with the stars able to
be seen above it. Yuma notes that he can understand why this place is called
the Grove of Souls, and Suzuri says that large crystal is filled with refined
magic of the highest quality, and it seems that Ibuki hasn't unlocked the seal
yet. Haruhi let's out a start and says than, and Anri finishes that the
Shikimori Treasure is being sealed within that crystal. Saya lets out a gasp,
and Yuma asks if she's alright, than turns and sees that Saya is visibly shaken
just by looking at the crystal, and she's turned pale and her lips are
quivering. Yuma calls to her again, and Saya apologizes and says she's
remembering what happened last time. Yuma asks what, and Saya says that her
father brought her here when he said he would bring back her mother. Yuma says
that this happened than, and Saya nods and says both he and Natsumi lost their
lives here, and Yuma imagines what happened that night, that Saya's father
brought her and Shinya here to revive their mother, was consumed by the
Treasure, and when Natsumi arrived to quell it, it consumed her as well, and
that would be a terrible thing to remember, and feels for Saya. Saya says that
she still can't not admire the beauty of the crystal after so long, and she
really wanted to meet her mother than, but says it really was impossible after
all, and quietly staggers and Yuma catches her. Saya looks at him, and Yuma
firmly tells her to steady herself, and that the tragic events that happened
last time will NOT happen again. Saya apologizes for fearing, and Haruhi looks
over at him a little confused, and Anri stares daggers at Saya and asks what's
going on. Yuma says Saya is in pain just being here, but Saya gets back up and
thanks him, but she's alright now, and says they should continue forward.
Haruhi quietly calls to her, and when Saya turns to Haruhi, Haruhi says she's
overdoing it a little, and says she should hang back with Yuma a little. Anri
asks what she's saying, and Saya hangs back with Yuma while they move forward
towards the crystal, than Suzuri yells for them to scatter. When Yuma jumps
back, he sees the magic circle rising up under Suzuri's feet, which traps
within a globe of crimson light. Haruhi says it's barrier magic, and Ibuki
yells out that she's been waiting for Suzuri, and Yuma sees two shadows appear
in front of the bright crystal. Ibuki says magic is her specialty, and Suzuri
says she's pulling magic from the crystal, so of course it will be strong.
Ibuki says now she can do nothing but watch as she removes the seal, and Suzuri
asks if she'll really be satisfied by such a thing. Ibuki laughs and says she
like the look on Suzuri's face, and says she can do nothing but cry. Suzuri
says she believes Ibuki won't be able to keep this barrier up for long without
Shinya's help, and Shinya says nothing. Ibuki says she'll go ahead and undo the
seal now, but Anri tells Ibuki to wait a moment. When Ibuki turns to her, Anri
asks if she forgot about them, that she, Haruhi and Saya are also magicians as
well. Ibuki bursts out laughing and says what can she do, with her pathetic
control. Anri merely says she has a big mouth, and she'll regret saying that
later after they beat her up. Ibuki says to try it, and Anri says she was
hoping Ibuki would say that.

Ibuki begins by casting a spell at Anri, but Saya absorbs it with her defensive
magic. Ibuki laughs and says Saya has decided to help Suzuri than, and Saya
let's out a gasp as Ibuki calls to Shinya. Ibuki tells Shinya to take care of
Saya while she takes on Haruhi and Anri, and Shinya agrees. Yuma yells at
Shinya, while Saya sadly looks at him. Shinya tells her to look at him as an
enemy, otherwise he'll defeat her too easily. Saya asks if they can't resolve
things any other way, and Shinya flinches than says no. Haruhi calls out to
Saya, but Saya says she'll be fine and she should worry about Ibuki. Ibuki
laughs and says Saya is right. Anri says not to act so confident when she's by
herself, and Anri fires of blasts of magic at Ibuki, but Ibuki disappears right
before they reach her, and as the dust builds, Anri yells to Haruhi that it's
her turn, but Haruhi already knows and let's loose streams of fire into the
dust cloud where Ibuki still has to be. Ibuki merely scoffs and effortlessly
shoots a bolt of lightning at Haruhi's magic, and the two magic�fs cancel each
other out. Yuma notes that they seem to have worked out a strategy to attack
together, than realizes not just their combination has improved, they magical
skills have as well. But... Ibuki asks if that's all they've got, as Ibuki is
completely calm, and Yuma wonders how much magic she must be exerting just to
keep Suzuri sealed, than to be able to fight like this, it's almost unreal.
Anri says this won't be easy than, and Ibuki laughs and says this won't even be
a proper fight, and recites another spell and crimson spheres fly towards the
two women, and chase them down and explode in a bright blaze of light. Yuma
notes that Haruhi and Anri had to go all out just to avoid that barrage, and
Anri asks what's with this attack, shaken. Haruhi says this is a powerful
counterattack, and Anri says they've got to avoid it at all costs. Ibuki tells
them to watch for the second wave, and Haruhi and Anri are shocked. Ibuki
completes the spell again, and spheres fly towards them again. Anri takes off
running, and Haruhi yells at her in surprise. Ibuki asks what she's doing, and
Anri says she won't stand for this, and Ibuki panics and focuses everything on
Anri as she realizes that Anri is going after the large crystal in the middle
of the room. The explosions from Ibuki's spell cause Anri to trip and Yuma
wonders what the hell she's doing, as he thought she was after the Treasure,
but something is off, and Anri keeps running towards the crystal and is hit
dead on by one of the spheres and falls to the ground, and Yuma screams out to
her, than notices that she seems to have avoided a direct hit. Ibuki says she
won't be able to run anymore as Anri gets up, while saying she doesn't know
what she was trying to do. Anri merely smiles and says the plan worked, and
Ibuki shouts what, and Yuma looks confused as well. Haruhi than finally
finishes a powerful spell and fires it at Ibuki, who looks back in a panic, and
Yuma believes Ibuki had to have been hit dead on by that. Anri hums and says it
worked, but Haruhi tells Anri not to think it's over yet, and says Ibuki is
fine. Yuma notes now he gets why Anri was running towards the crystal, it was
to buy time for Haruhi to complete such a powerful spell, and it worked
splendidly. But, Ibuki laughs again, and says she didn't expect that. Anri
let's out a surprised gasp, and Ibuki says she surely wouldn't be defeated by
that. Haruhi can't believe it, and Ibuki says she won't allow Haruhi to cast
that again, and begins casting another spell, but notes this one is aimed only
at Anri, and the spheres race towards Anri again, who braces for impact since
she can't move well. Suddenly, Koyuki appears out of nowhere and surprises them
all, and nullifies Ibuki's spell. Koyuki quickly asks Anri if she's alright,
and Anri thanks Koyuki. Ibuki says she's surprised to see her here, than
quickly retracts that statement, since she knows that Koyuki knew the teleport
spell to get here as well. Yuma calls to Koyuki, but Ibuki says this truly is
convenient, saying that she was going to have to settle things with her
eventually. Koyuki asks Ibuki if she truly can't hear Natsumi's voice any
longer, and Ibuki says what. Koyuki says she obviously hasn't noticed that
Natsumi has been calling out to her. Ibuki looks around wildly, but there's no
one around, and Koyuki says Ibuki won't be able to hear her when her mind is
so confused and frightened. Ibuki scoffs and says who can understand such
words, and fires another wave of crimson spheres at Koyuki, but Koyuki finishes
her spell and the spheres disappear into a black hole. Ibuki says she didn't
have this magic before, and Koyuki says her attacks won't work anymore.
Ibuki says really, than says to try this next one, and wells up even more
magic power around her as she casts another spell, and when this one is
completed, faster spheres of crimson light spill from a magic circle and
race towards them all, and explode onto the ground all around them. Haruhi
quickly puts up her barrier magic, but Ibuki's spell quickly destroys it, and
Haruhi takes some damage. Koyuki teleports away from the point of impact, as
Ibuki finally begins to show some sign of tiring, and says Koyuki is a good
challenge. Anri asks if Ibuki won't be able to lose her strength here, and
Haruhi asks Anri if she's alright. Anri says of course, and says she's hurrying
on. Yuma notes that if it was just Haruhi and Anri, Ibuki could easily take
them, but with Koyuki having now entered the fray, Ibuki now seems to be on the
defensive. Koyuki says she feels sorry for Natsumi, that Ibuki can't hear her
anymore. Ibuki shouts out that she will not be confused by such words, and
Koyuki says she's scared to picture Natsumi's death. Ibuki says how dare she,
and fires a bolt at Koyuki, but Haruhi's barrier magic blocks it, and Anri
immediately fires a blast of her own in return. Ibuki dances away from
it, but Yuma knows that she won't be able to keep this up if things continue at
this pace, and Ibuki is slowly cornered. Shinya calls out to her in alarm, and
Saya tells him not to look away. Shinya looks at Saya in surprise, and Saya
tells him to think what could happen if the Treasure's seal is undone. Shinya
says nothing, and Saya says that Ibuki's wishes will not come true from the
Treasure, and pleads with Shinya to understand. Shinya cries out in frustration
and Saya shouts at him. Anri fires another blast at Ibuki, and Shinya cringes,
but Shinya moves in front of it and deflects the blasts. Shinya breaths hard,
than asks Ibuki if she's alright. Ibuki tells Shinya she's fine, and regains a
little of her swagger. However, Shinya asks Ibuki to stop now. However, his
expression doesn't change, and Saya breathlessly calls out to Shinya, along
with Yuma. Ibuki, shocked, asks what is he saying. Shinya builds up power in
his sword, and Ibuki asks what is he doing. Shinya than slashes and destroys
the barrier that is keeping Suzuri contained. Ibuki asks what the hell is he
doing, and Shinya says he'll accept any punishment later, but says that they've
done enough. Ibuki says no, and blasts Shinya away with her magic and he goes
flying. Saya calls out to him in alarm, and Ibuki breaths hard, on the verge of
losing it. Yuma shouts for Ibuki to stand down already, and Ibuki yells out
he's annoying, and fires magic wildly, screeching that everyone's betrayed her.
Haruhi cries in pain from the sheer force of trying to block the magic with
her barriers, as she blocked a blast that was headed for Shinya. Yuma cries out
to her in alarm, and notes that she's at her limit. Yuma tells Ibuki to listen,
and says Shinya didn't betray her. Ibuki says what he's saying, that of course
Shinya has, and Yuma shouts that's a load of crap, that Shinya is worried about
her health. Ibuki let's out a surprised gasp, and Shinya asks for Yuma to stop.
Haruhi says Shinya understands, and that he stayed with her because he didn't
want her to be entirely alone. Saya looks at Haruhi in wonder, and Ibuki still
says nothing. Haruhi pleads with her to stop before she hurts those who think
about her anymore. Ibuki quivers and asks how can they possibly know, and says
she doesn't know anything anymore except that they are all her enemies. Haruhi
asks how can she think such a sad thing, and Ibuki yells for her to shut up, to
stop confusing her, than says no matter how many people stand in her way, she
won't let them get in her way. Suzuri yells for her to stop, but Ibuki says she
won't, that she'll show them the true power of the Treasure, and that no one
can stop her now. Yuma yells out to Ibuki, along with Haruhi. Ibuki begins
casting again. Yuma yells for her to stop, and Ibuki continues. Yuma yells once
more at the top of his lungs, but Ibuki yells that it's too late and that no
one can stop her now, and finishes her spell, and as she finishes, the large
crystal begins to pulsate with light, and Yuma can barely make out that magic
is gathering within it. Ibuki laughs deliriously, and tells Suzuri to look, and
says she was able to master the Treasure which Suzuri was too frightened to do.
Yuma asks if she really has control of it, and Ibuki says what can he know of
such a dangerous thing. Suzuri says nothing, and Ibuki asks why she's grown
silent, than asks if she's thinking that she was wrong not to return the
Treasure to her in the first place. Koyuki shouts out no, and Yuma looks at her
in surprise, than Ibuki let's out a pained gasp, and something happens, and
the magic gathering within the crystal starts flowing into Ibuki, and she can't
take it and begins to cry out in pain. Ibuki tries to get the Treasure under
control, but her attempts are quickly crushed by the Treasure's power, and
Ibuki falls to her knees in pain. Yuma yells out to her, as the Treasure breaks
free of Ibuki's control completely, and the cavern begins to shake, and magic
continues to enter Ibuki. Yuma yells for her to be steady, and Ibuki shouts out
that it's too much. Saya pleads for someone to help her, and Suzuri tells
Haruhi and Anri to quickly go. They nod, and Ibuki let's out another pained
scream and a blast of magic wildly flies towards Yuma. Haruhi cries out to him
in alarm, and Koyuki cries and moves in front of him and takes the hit. Koyuki
asks if he's alright, and Yuma apologizes to Koyuki. Koyuki tells Yuma to stay
behind her, and Anri says they can't get close at all. Haruhi says it's no
good, and Yuma shouts out can they really not do anything. Ibuki continues to
cry out in pain and for help, and Yuma curses and tells Ibuki to hang on. Ibuki
screams out Natsumi's name, and Yuma wonders why can't he do anything, that
he's been training for nothing, that he can't alleviate Ibuki when she is
suffering the most. Suddenly, it hits him, and Yuma yells for Ibuki to hang on,
and says he's coming. Koyuki tells him no, that it would be suicidal to
approach Ibuki now. Yuma says it's not his voice that he's going to try and
reach Ibuki with, but hers, and that he'll have to carry Ibuki to where she can
hear her voice. Koyuki looks at him with surprise, and Saya quietly says his
name. Koyuki says she understands, and tells him to be careful. Yuma says he's
going than, and hopes that he's desires will be heard, as he thought he just
heard the answer, that there's one way to reach Ibuki now, and Yuma takes out
Natsumi's flute. (Note: Thank god no stupid demon crap from the anime.) Yuma
hopes that even if his voice won't be heard, perhaps hers will, and begins to
play, his fingers gliding across the holes naturally, as if he's always played
and knew this melody. The very air seems to calm, and Ibuki ekes out that's the
sound of Natsumi's flute, and Yuma silently says that she loved the sound of 
this flute. Ibuki says she wants to meet Natsumi and asks where she is, and
Yuma silently says she beside her if she can hear the sound of the flute now.
Ibuki cries for Natsumi again, and a flash of light blinds them all. When the
light clears, the magic has disappeared from the crystal and it has regained it
calm light, and Ibuki collapses. Saya calls out to her in alarm and rushes and
holds Ibuki in her arms, crying for her to wake up. Yuma looks to Suzuri,
hoping to see her usual cheerful smile and playful attitude, but she looks
severely shaken. Yuma says it can't be, and Saya sobs no. Koyuki says
it's the same as last time, and Yuma shouts no! Suzuri turns to Yuma, and asks
if he wants to help Ibuki. Yuma says what, and Suzuri says Ibuki is hanging on
by a thread after losing so much magic to the Treasure, but says he can still
help her by giving Ibuki some of his magic. Koyuki says that's what Natsumi
tried to do though, and Suzuri says she knows it's dangerous, but still... Yuma
immediately says to let him do it, and Saya cries out in alarm to him. Anri ask
how can he think of doing this. Yuma says he understands the risk, but he still
wants to save Ibuki, and says he could go back to school happy knowing that by
relearning magic he was able to save someone. Anri tells Haruhi to say
something, and she slowly says for him to come back. Anri looks at Haruhi in
disbelief, and Haruhi says if he doesn't come back she'll never forgive him.
Anri looks at her again, along with Saya, and Suzuri asks Yuma if everything is
fine. Yuma nods, and Suzuri says she'll help focus his magic for him. Yuma says
he understands, and clasps Natsumi's flute tightly to his chest. Koyuki says
everything will be fine if it's him, and Yuma says it surely will if Koyuki
says so, and she giggles. Yuma asks Suzuri to begin, and quietly closes his
eyes. Suzuri recites the spell, and Yuma can feel his power gathering in the
ring on his left middle finger, but he only wants to help Ibuki, and wills for
more of it to gather. Suzuri finishes her spell, and Yuma blacks out. Soon
though, a flash of white light envelops him, and Yuma can feel gentle warmth
all around him, and slowly a woman appears to him out of the light.

Yuma knows her name without even asking it: Shikimori Natsumi, and sees that
she's holding Ibuki in her arms, the girl he wants to save at all costs.
Natsumi calls out to Yuma, knowing his name, and Yuma nods. Natsumi says Suzuri
and Koyuki have told her all about him and gently smiles at him. Yuma recalls
Koyuki saying that one tree she liked, and that Suzuri loved it as well, than
the warmth that came from the flute when he played it, and Yuma nods and asks
if she was the one guiding his playing. Natsumi giggles and says she only
helped a little, and says that his strong feelings for Ibuki stopped the
Treasure's rampage, and she quietly looks down at Ibuki. Yuma says so, and
Natsumi nods. Yuma asks if Ibuki will be alright, noting that her eyes are
still closed and she's not moving, and that must mean Ibuki hasn't survived it
yet. Yuma says she can take him instead, and Natsumi smiles and calls to him.
Yuma looks at her, and she says he doesn't have to worry, that Ibuki will be
just fine. Yuma asks if she really will, and Natsumi nods. Yuma breaths a huge
sigh of relief, and that he's really glad. Natsumi says that she'll be alright
if he will be. Yuma looks up at her, and Natsumi says she wanted Ibuki to
succeed her as the head of the Shikimori family, but because she died young,
such a burden was put on her shoulders and Ibuki has suffered much because of
it. Yuma says nothing, and Natsumi says that when she wakes up she will suffer
even more, and says she won't be able to help her when that comes, and says
Ibuki will have to depend on him. Yuma quietly says Natsumi's name, and she
asks if he will help Ibuki. Yuma says of course, and Natsumi deeply nods, and
tells him to keep Ibuki happy, and quietly hands Ibuki to him, and the flash
of light erupts again, and Yuma swears that he felt Ibuki's hand move as he
comes back to reality. Yuma and Saya call out to her, and Ibuki's eyes begin to
waver. Haruhi calls out to her, along with Koyuki, even Anri does so after a
bit of hesitation. Yuma cries out to her again and Ibuki stirs. Saya let's out
a gasp, and Yuma says she's finally woken up. Ibuki whispers Yuma's name, and
says she dreamed of Natsumi, that she was holding her in her arms. Yuma looks
at Ibuki, and Ibuki asks if it was just a dream. Saya gasps, and Yuma slowly
says it was. Ibuki says she didn't need his help, but she'll accept it just the
same. Yuma says he's glad to hear that, and Ibuki laughs than turns to Saya and
says she's done awful things to her. Saya says she'll endure them for her, and
Ibuki says she'd like her to come back, and Saya says of course. Yuma feels
glad now, that he threw away his magic before because he hurt people, and now
with his power he was able to help Ibuki, and the fact that it can bring such a
smile to her face with even his poor power makes him happy, and Yuma smiles
than collapses as well. Haruhi yells for him to hang on, and Yuma smells a
gentle fragrance before he loses consciousness entirely. As he sleeps, Yuma
wants to wake up and see Ibuki smiling again.

Yuma wakes up in the nurse's office, and Suzuri says he's awake. Yuma asks what
time it is and where he is, and Suzuri says that he's back from the Grove of
Souls. Yuma asks where Ibuki is, and Suzuri motions over to the bed next to him
where Ibuki is sleeping peacefully. Yuma asks if she'll be alright, and Suzuri
nods and says she's just exhausted, than asks if he's alright. Yuma says he'll
be numb for a little while but he's fine. Suzuri says that's wonderful news,
and Yuma asks if it really was that dangerous. Suzuri says it is and that if it
falls the person will die. Yuma asks why she did such a thing to her son than,
and Suzuri says she wouldn't have if he didn't want to, and she was sure he was
going to be alright anyhow, and says his eyes were really fierce at that time.
Yuma asks why he's alright though, and Suzuri says there really is no limit to
his magical strength, and it was amplified by Natsumi's flute, and says he was
able to give Ibuki plenty of strength. Yuma says is that so, and Suzuri says he
would be a top magician if only he cold learn to control his magic. Yuma says
maybe in the future he can, than suddenly shuts his mouth, wondering if he
really wants to continue to study magic, and that this problem won't resolve
itself anytime soon. Suzuri says this chapter is over now, and says it's up to
him whether to continue with magic now, and tells him to let her know his
decision when he makes it. Yuma nods and someone knocks at the door. Yuma asks
who that could be, and Suzuri tells them to come in. Sumomo apologizes for
being late, and Yuma is surprised to see her. Sumomo says she's glad he's up,
and Yuma asks what she's doing here in the middle of the night. Suzuri says
she called Otoha a little while ago, and that she insisted on sending a nurse.
Yuma asks Sumomo if she's supposed to be the nurse, and Sumomo says Suzuri told
her all about Ibuki. Yuma asks if she's angry with him for keeping that
information from her, and Sumomo says now�fs not the time for that, although she
does want to say many things to him, but says she's glad they are alright.
Yuma nervously laughs, and Suzuri says she'll head back to her office than, and
asks Yuma what he wants to do.

FINAL CHOICE:

1) Stay in the nurse's office. (Leads to H-Scene!)

2) Go with Suzuri back to her office. (Leads to...no H-Scene)


Note: Again, the choice here will usually always be Option One, but I'll cover
both again anyhow, with Option Two first this time.

Option Two: Yuma says he'll go with Suzuri back to her office, and Sumomo tells
him not to worry about Ibuki. Yuma asks if she'll be alright here by herself,
and Sumomo says Otoha will be along shortly as well. Yuma asks how many people
are coming, and Sumomo says not many more. Yuma feels relieved again. Yuma says
he feels bad for leaving Sumomo here, but Sumomo tells him to go get some rest.
Suzuri thanks Sumomo, and Sumomo nods. Yuma remembers something important, and
so as to not wake Ibuki, Yuma sets Natsumi's flute down beside her bed. Sumomo
asks what that is, and Yuma says it's for Ibuki from a person important to her,
and tells her to make sure Ibuki gets it when she wakes up. Sumomo nods and
says she understands, and Yuma says they should be going, and Suzuri nods. They
make their way back to her office, and Yuma wonders what Ibuki's face will look
like when she wakes up and sees the flute, but notes that he probably won't ask
Sumomo about it later, that he'll probably know.


Option One: Yuma says he wants to be here when Ibuki wakes up, and tells Suzuri
to go on ahead. Suzuri says she understands, and tells Sumomo they should go to
her office than and wait for Yuma to call. Sumomo asks what about Ibuki though,
and Suzuri says they need to talk a little bit. Sumomo hesitates than says
alright, and Suzuri tells Yuma to call for them later and they leave. Yuma
slowly gets up and puts the blanket on Ibuki again, and says she really is cute
when she sleeps. Ibuki lets out an embarrassed gasp, and Yuma jumps back in
surprise. Ibuki jumps up and tells him not to say unnecessary things. (Note the
change in her voice? Heheh) Yuma says he's glad to see that she's alright, and
Ibuki says of course, she can't stay asleep all the time. Yuma says how long
she's been awake, and Ibuki says she's been up for a while but didn't say
anything, although Suzuri seemed to notice, and grabs her hat from a nearby
chair and puts it back on her head. Yuma asks if it's really ok for her to be
getting up so quickly, and Ibuki says she's fine. Yuma eases up a little, and
Ibuki asks what he wants with her. Yuma looks confused, and Ibuki said he
must have stayed behind to talk to her. Yuma nods, and Ibuki says he should
have said something sooner and tells him to hurry up and say what he wants to
say. Yuma says that there's something he needs to give her, and Ibuki falls
silent as Yuma passes her Natsumi's flute, than says she thought Natsumi had
given it to Koyuki. Yuma says Koyuki gave it to him to pass on to her, and
Ibuki looks down and says she's not worthy or receiving it, that she trampled
over Natsumi's wishes, and therefore she can't have it. Yuma says that's not
true, that she noticed her mistakes and says she'll just not have to make
mistakes this badly from now on. Ibuki stays silent, and Yuma says it's what
Natsumi would want. Ibuki looks up at him, and Yuma nods, and says that he
heard her wishes as well when the sound of the flute embraced Ibuki and drove
away the Treasure. Ibuki slowly says that wasn't a dream than, and says they
both helped her after all, and silently takes the flute. Ibuki says when she
was little she loved this flute, and she would always try to steal it away
from Natsumi, but her fingers were always too small to play it, and her
tantrums always embarrassed Natsumi, but she would always just smile at her and
say that she would be able to play it when she was older, but Natsumi...and
Yuma notices her shoulders shaking. Yuma calls to her, and Ibuki says his name
and says it's not over and starts to crack. Yuma tells her to calm down. Ibuki
looks at him in surprise, and Yuma says she's said enough for now. Ibuki says
his name again, and Yuma says everyone already knows her feelings now. Ibuki
says that still doesn't change what she's done, that she took the wrong road,
but Yuma says she's not going to continue on that road in the future is she,
and says that all roads lead to the same place now. Ibuki says she can't make
up for this though, that she won't be able to live like everyone else. Yuma
says of course she can, and Ibuki shuts up immediately, and Yuma says everyone
makes mistakes, some big, some small, but it's what you do after your mistakes
that determines what you can do. Ibuki says her future, and Yuma nods, and says
that she wants to blame him for some of her failures she can, but asks that she
be aware of her surroundings and everyone within them, and that they will
surely accept her again. Ibuki slowly repeats this, and Yuma says she only has
to make up her this mistake and everyone will accept her again, and than she
can live the life of a normal, happy young girl, and asks if that wouldn't be
so bad. Ibuki asks if he thinks she can really live out a happy life, and says
it doesn't sound easy. Yuma says he believes so, and sooner or later she may
even find love. Ibuki repeats those words and Yuma nods again. Ibuki says not
to joke, that she'd never be good at such things, that no one would pay her any
attention. Yuma says that's not true, and Ibuki asks Yuma if he would take
notice of her than. Yuma is surprised to hear himself mentioned, and Ibuki says
yes. Yuma falls silent, and Ibuki tells him to answer. Yuma says he can, and
Ibuki looks surprised. Yuma says he will if that's what will make her happy,
and says if she needs some proof he will give it to her. Ibuki tells him to
prove it than.

True Path, Scene 2, Ibuki


A. Doggy Style

1) Come inside.

2) Pull out.


B. Missionary

1) Pull out.

2) Come inside.

~~End Tuesday, April 25th.


(fr) Epilogue, Part One: Step to Happy Happy Days


Yuma tells Shinya thanks for waiting, and hands him a can of juice, and Shinya
graciously accepts it. Shinya says that while they aren't good for you,
carbonated drinks do hit the spot sometimes. Yuma says he's not really supposed
to drink it all in one gulp, and Shinya says oh, and says he thought it would
get warm immediately unless he did that. Yuma asks what's with this unpleasant
atmosphere, and Shinya says he doesn't notice anything different. Yuma says
let's have a change, and the music changes to be more upbeat, and Yuma says
that's much better, than turns to Shinya and asks what he wanted. Shinya says
he never did apologize for putting him in that situation, and Yuma asks if he's
still worried about such a thing, and says he doesn't have to worry about it
anymore. Shinya apologizes, but tells Yuma to hit him at least. Yuma says he's
being stupid and that there's no reason to hit him. Shinya asks is that so,
than says for him to take the second button from his uniform, but Yuma refuses
again. Shinya asks if he's embarrassing Yuma, and Yuma says he's embarrassing
himself. and asks if this is all he called him over for. Shinya says no, and
Yuma asks what else is on his mind. Yuma says they are leaving the school.
Yuma says that's good, than realizes what Shinya just said, and asks why.
Shinya hums, and Yuma says to say something other than that, and why are they
leaving so suddenly. Shinya says they never officially registered to transfer
to the school in the first place, and Yuma says this sucks, but asks what they
will do now. Shinya says first they'll head back to the Shikimori family house,
but from there he doesn't know. Yuma asks if that's so, and Shinya falls
silent, than says he's really indebted to Yuma for taking care of Saya for him,
and that he'll never be able to thank him enough. Yuma nervously says it's ok,
but Shinya says Saya is happy, and she doesn't seem to be angry at him anymore.
Yuma wonders if this is their true sibling bond, but he feels a little empty
inside after learning that all three of them are leaving the school, even
though they had come back to class after everything was over, and everyone
flocked around Shinya and Saya in class to reacquaint themselves. Shinya says
that look doesn't suit Yuma, and says if Saya or Ibuki see it they won't leave
in peace. Yuma asks if that's so, and Shinya turns to Yuma again. Yuma asks
what is it, and Shinya says that before they return, Saya and Ibuki want him to
join them for lunch. Yuma wonders if this will be their last memory at school,
and Shinya asks if he'll come. Yuma says of course, and Saya calls out to
Shinya from the end of the path, along with Ibuki. Saya apologizes for keeping
them waiting, and Ibuki says they should have hurried quicker. Yuma says
nothing, and Ibuki asks if he's alright. Yuma says they were just talking about
all of them leaving the school. Ibuki and Saya falls silent, and Yuma asks if
that's true. Ibuki asks Shinya what he told Yuma, and Shinya says he told him
they were leaving the school and returning home. Ibuki asks if that's it, and
Shinya nods. Saya says there's more to this, and Ibuki says they are going to
make the proper procedures to return as soon as they get back home. Yuma can't
think straight he's so glad, than asks why they want to eat lunch with him
than. Ibuki says it is lunch after all, so why not. Saya admits she made too
much food today, Yuma turns to Shinya sharply, and Shinya says he doesn't
understand why Yuma is trying to scold him. Yuma scoffs and says this guy...
than says he can't be angry and he'll eat, and all four of them lay out the
lunch Saya made under the shade of the cherry blossom trees. Ibuki asks how
Saya's lunch is, and Yuma says it's great. Saya says she's embarrassed, but
admits that she asked Sumomo what kind of foods he liked. The warm day
continues, and everyone, including Ibuki are having a fun time, laughing in the
cheerful warm air. Yuma wonders if the seasons really will change soon, and
thinks so as he stares up into the sky.

~~End Epilogue, Part One: Step to Happy Happy Days.


(fs) Epilogue, Part Two: True Ending


Several days pass, and Yuma hears the news from Suzuri that the Magic Section
is done being repaired, and on that day, the Shikimori Treasure was completely
sealed away. The end of one event, and Yuma begins to notice just how noisy
everyone is little by little.

Yuma tells Suzuri congratulations on the Magic Section being rebuilt, and Otoha
says so as well. Suzuri giggles and thanks them, than sighs and it took longer
than she thought. Otoha asks is that right, and Suzuri says that she's glad
Koyuki's mother finally returned from her trip and helped her organize
everything again. Otoha laughs and says she sounds tired. Suzuri says she
wished she could have foreseen all of this business, but she didn't want to
have to bother her cousin until the last minute. (Koyuki's mother.) Otoha says
she's too trusting, and that things were already over by the time she got back.
Suzuri says she's right, and tells Yuma to come over to her. He comes over and
Suzuri thanks Otoha for taking care of him. Otoha says when did she give him
up, and he has a family with her, and tells him to open up and shoves a
croquette in his mouth, causing Yuma to choke. Suzuri says at least he'll be
enrolled with the Magic Section next term, and Yuma says he knows, and Suzuri
gives her best regards to Yuma, and he nods as he recaps that he decided to
continue to study magic, after having sworn it off he wants to do the opposite
now.

Jun says Yuma is a jerk, deserting them like this. Yuma tells Jun to calm down,
Jun asks if he's really not going than, and Yuma says it wouldn't matter what
he said anyway, and Jun slaps him hard, and says he doesn't need him anyway.
Yuma says that hurt, and Hachi says he's jealous. Yuma jumps at Hachi's sudden
addition, and Hachi repeats that he's jealous that Yuma will be beside so many
beautiful women in the Magic Section, and on top of that, his teacher is the
most beautiful of them all. Yuma says that's his mother, and he recaps that he
finally had to break the news to Jun and Hachi, and they wanted to be here for
him.

Anri says he'll finally be a member of the Magic Section now, and giggles and
says she'll drill him into the ground as his senior. Sumomo says that's not,
that Yuma is gentle. Koyuki says that's a bold remark and runs off, and Sumomo
goes huh. Anri asks Haruhi why she's all red in the face, and Haruhi quickly
says that it's nothing. Hachi falls over and says he's going to have a
nosebleed. Jun says Hachi seems to have withered and died, and Yuma says that's
a relief. Sumomo says Ibuki is late, and Yuma says she really is as he recaps
that while they are celebrating the Magic Section being rebuilt, they are also
welcoming Ibuki, Saya and Shinya back to school. The door opens and Otoha
welcomes them in, and Sumomo calls Ibuki over quickly. Ibuki apologizes for
being so late. Yuma asks what kept them, and Ibuki says it was Shinya. Shinya
says he thought he remembered the way back to school, and Saya says his crappy
sense of direction prevails again. Shinya tries to apologize, and Ibuki says
she's not going to listen to him ever again on directions. Sumomo says they can
argue later, and tells them all to stay where they are Saya and Shinya thank
everyone for the warm welcome, and Jun leads everyone in welcoming them back,
and everyone gives a round of applause. Suzuri welcomes Ibuki back, and Ibuki
says she's indebted to her. Sumomo pulls out a seat next to her for Ibuki to
sit down in, and Yuma says it seems everything will be back to normal now.
However...Ibuki tells Sumomo thank you, but she doesn't want to sit there, and
pulls up a chair next to Yuma. Anri asks why she's sitting next to Yuma all of
a sudden, and Ibuki asks Yuma if he minds. Yuma says he doesn't, but asks why
she wants to sit next to him. (Note: changes here whether you stayed in the
nurse's office and banged Ibuki or not) 

If You Stayed: Ibuki blushes and says she just wants to, and that she dreams
about him and the night they shared together. Yuma let's out a cry of surprise,
and Ibuki says she'll stay with him forever. 

If You Left: Ibuki says she needs to tell Yuma her feelings. Yuma repeats her
words, and Ibuki says that he risked his life to save hers, and in order to
repay his kindness she'll devote her body to him.

Saya looks shocked, and Ibuki tells asks Saya if she's going to be her rival in
love, and says they'll compete to see who can win Yuma's heart. Saya cracks and
repeats Ibuki's last words, and Ibuki says it won't do her any good to hide her
feelings or she'll lose. Haruhi tells them to wait a minute, that she...and
Yuma turns to Haruhi is surprise. Haruhi cracks, than says Yuma was her first
crush, and he still is. Yuma shouts out what! and Ibuki says it seems a new
rival has appeared as well. Haruhi says she won't lose, and Anri pops in and
says she'll help Haruhi however she can. Koyuki says everyone's on a roll, and
asks if Anri's come to like Yuma without realizing it. Anri tells Koyuki not to
say such a thing, and Ibuki tells Sumomo it's not good for her to be quiet
either. Sumomo pipes up she'll compete as well, and Yuma shouts out why! Koyuki
pokes Yuma, and Yuma asks what she's doing. Koyuki says she's trying to poke
his love out of him, and continues to do so. Yuma yells for Koyuki to stop, and
Jun comes over and says he's throwing in his candidacy too, and Yuma shouts out
that he's a guy. Otoha says she'll work too, and Yuma shouts she's already
married. Suzuri tries to enter, and Yuma immediately shouts that she's his
mother, than turns to Ibuki and says because of her everything�fs turned out
weird. Ibuki laughs and asks if he doesn't enjoy all of the attention, than
says with this kind of atmosphere he won't be able to stay mad at her. Yuma
says he doesn't want to hear anything else out of her, and Ibuki says that's
not good, that he should enjoy today. 

Yuma's life gets back on track, although it's as lively as ever. In fact, it
might be the beginning of something new, and says he just wants to have a
peaceful school life. However... All nine women (and the one...man) call out
his name and scrounge together on the screen, and says he has to deal with all
of them. Off to the side, Shinya asks Hachi if they should join in. Hachi nods
and says let's go, and they jump up in Yuma's face and say they'll compete for
him to, and Yuma shouts out NO! (Good god Shinya scared me there) Jun winks and
says he loves Yuma and the screens fades into the center, and everyone shouts
out Happiness!

~~End Epilogue, Part Two: True Ending.

~~End True Path! Congratulations! See the Extras area now!


~~End Walkthrough.


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Walkthrough End~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


   =====
IV.Notes
   =====

As I am not entirely fluent in Japanese, my translations, and thus, my
walkthrough, will not be 100% accurate, but it will be accurate enough that the
important parts of the story are made clear.

  =======
V.Credits
  =======

Me, for finally creating a translated walkthrough for the public.
Windmill for producing this fun game.
GameFAQs.com for hosting this walkthrough.

    ===============
VII.Version History
    ===============

Version 0.10, May 6th, 2008
Started FAQ, completed Sunday, February 13th.
Started on Monday, February 14th, Valentine's Day.


Version 0.11, May 7th, 2008
Completed Monday, February 14th, Valentine's Day,
Completed Tuesday, February 15th.
Started on Thursday, April 6th.


Version 0.12, May 10th, 2008
Completed Thursday, April 6th.
Started on Friday, April 7th.


Version 0.13, May 11th, 2008
Completed Friday, April 7th.


Version 0.14, May 12th, 2008.
Started on Saturday, April 8th.


Version 0.15, May 13th, 2008.
Completed Saturday, April 8th.
Started on Sunday, April 9th.


Version 0.16, May 14th, 2008.
Completed Sunday, April 9th.


Version 0.17, May 15th, 2008.
Completed Monday, April 10th. (Before Class Officer Selection)
Started on the days from /\ until Wednesday, April 12th, for Haruhi/Anri.


Version 0.20, May 18th, 2008.
Completed Tuesday, April 11th.
Started on Haruhi's Path.
Completed Wednesday, April 12th. (After Following Haruhi into the Woods)
Split the Walkthrough section under the Table of Contents up a little.

Note: All updates for 0.20 through 0.25 are for Haruhi's Path.

Version 0.21, May 20th, 2008.
Completed Thursday, April 13th.


Version 0.22, May 22nd, 2008.
Completed Friday, April 14th.
Completed Saturday, April 15th.
Completed Sunday, April 16th.
Completed Monday, April 17th.
Started on Tuesday, April 18th.


Version 0.23, May 23rd, 2008.
Completed Tuesday, April 18th.
Completed Wednesday, April 19th.
Completed Thursday, April 20th.
Completed Friday, April 21st.
Added in information for the Main Menu.


Version 0.24, May 24th, 2008.
Completed Saturday, April 22nd.
Completed Haruhi's Bad Ending.
Completed Sunday, April 23rd.
Started on Monday, April 24th.


Version 0.25, May 25th, 2008.
Completed Monday, April 24th.
Completed Tuesday, April 25th.
Completed Wednesday, April 26th.
Completed Sunday, April 30th.
Completed Haruhi's True Ending.
Completed Haruhi's Path!

Note: All updates for 0.30 through 0.38 are for Anri's Path.

Version 0.30, May 26th, 2008.
Submitted FAQ/Walkthrough containing Haruhi's Path.
Started on Anri's Path.
Completed Wednesday, April 12th. (After Heading to Oasis)
Started on Thursday, April 13th.


Version 0.31, May 28th, 2008.
Completed Thursday, April 13th.
Started on Friday, April 14th.


Version 0.32, May 29th, 2008.
Completed Friday, April 14th.
Started on Saturday, April 15th.


Version 0.33, May 30th, 2008.
Completed Saturday, April 15th.
Started on Sunday, April 16th.


Version 0.34, May 31st, 2008.
Completed Sunday, April 16th.
Completed Monday, April 17th.
Completed Tuesday, April 18th.


Version 0.35, June 1st, 2008.
Completed Wednesday, April 19th.
Completed Thursday, April 20th.
Completed Friday, April 21st.


Version 0.36, June 2nd, 2008.
Completed Saturday, April 22nd.
Completed Anri's Bad Ending.


Version 0.37, June 3rd, 2008.
Completed Sunday, April 23rd.
Completed Monday, April 24th.


Version 0.38, June 4th, 2008.
Completed Tuesday, April 25th.
Completed Anri's True Ending.
Completed Anri's Path!
Updated FAQ/Walkthrough containing Anri's Path.
Started on the days from Monday, April 10th until Wednesday, April 12th
for Koyuki/Sumomo.

Note: All updates for 0.40 through 0.49 are for Koyuki's Path.

Version 0.40, June 6th, 2008.
Completed Monday, April 10th. (After Refusing Class Officer)
Completed Tuesday, April 11th.
Started on Koyuki's Path.
Completed Wednesday, April 12th. (Choose the Divination Club)


Version 0.41, June 7th, 2008.
Completed Thursday, April 13th.


Version 0.42, June 8th, 2008.
Completed Friday, April 14th.
Completed Saturday, April 15th.
Completed Sunday, April 16th.


Version 0.43, June 10th, 2008.
Completed Monday, April 17th.
Completed Tuesday, April 18th.


Version 0.44, June 11th, 2008.
Completed Wednesday, April 19th.
Completed Koyuki's Bad Ending.
Completed Thursday, April 20th.


Version 0.45, June 12th, 2008.
Completed Friday, April 21st.
Completed Saturday, April 22nd.


Version 0.46, June 13th, 2008.
Completed Sunday, April 23rd.
Completed Monday, April 24th.
Completed Tuesday, April 25th.


Version 0.47, June 14th, 2008.
Completed Wednesday, April 26th.
Completed Koyuki's True Ending.
Completed Koyuki's Path!

Note: All updates for 0.50 through 0.59 are for Sumomo's Path.


Version 0.50, June 15th, 2008.
Started on Sumomo's Path.
Completed Wednesday, April 12th (After Choosing to go to Oasis)
Completed Thursday, April 13th.
Completed Friday, April 14th.
Completed Saturday, April 15th.


Version 0.51, June 16th, 2008.
Completed Sunday, April 16th.
Completed Monday, April 17th.


Version 0.52, June 17th, 2008.
Completed Tuesday, April 18th.
Completed Wednesday, April 19th.


Version 0.53, June 18th, 2008.
Completed Thursday, April 20th.
Completed Friday, April 21st.


Version 0.54, June 19th, 2008.
Completed Saturday, April 22nd.
Completed Sunday, April 23rd.
Completed Sumomo's Bad Ending.
Completed Monday, April 24th.


Version 0.55, June 20th, 2008.
Completed Tuesday, April 25th.
Completed Wednesday, April 26th.
Completed Thursday, April 27th.


Version 0.56, June 21st, 2008.
Completed Friday, April 28th.
Completed Sunday, April 30th.


Version 0.57, June 22nd, 2008.
Completed Sumomo's True Ending.
Completed Sumomo's Path!

Note: All updates for 0.60 through 0.69 are for the True Path.


Version 0.60, June 22nd, 2008.
Started on True Path.
Completed Monday, April 10th.
Completed Tuesday, April 11th.


Version 0.61, June 23rd, 2008.
Completed Wednesday, April 12th.


Version 0.62, June 24th, 2008.
Completed Thursday, April 13th.
Completed Friday, April 14th.


Version 0.63, June 25th, 2008.
Completed Saturday, April 15th.
Completed Sunday, April 16th.


Version 0.64, June 26th, 2008.
Completed Monday, April 17th.
Completed Tuesday, April 18th.


Version 0.65, June 27th, 2008.
Completed Wednesday, April 19th.


Version 0.66, June 28th, 2008.
Completed Thursday, April 20th.
Completed Friday, April 21st.


Version 0.67, June 29th, 2008.
Completed Saturday, April 22nd.


Version 0.68, June 30th, 2008.
Completed Sunday, April 23rd.
Completed Monday, April 24th.


Version 0.69, July 1st, 2008.
Completed Tuesday, April 25th.
Completed Epilogue, Part One: Step to Happy Happy Days.
Completed Epilogue, Part Two: True Ending.
Completed Walkthrough.


Version 1.00, July 1st, 2008.
Submitted Full Walkthrough.


Version 1.10, September 28th, 2008.
Fixed some grammer in Haruhi, Sumomo and True Paths, fixed errors in Sumomo
Path choices.

    ===================
VII.Contact Information
    ===================

If you have any questions, critiques, praise, etc. for this walkthrough, e-mail
me at [email protected]


     ======================
VIII.Additional Information
     ======================

Feel free to host this FAQ/Walkthrough on your own site, but please give credit
to me. ~~~




Copyright 2008 Aaron McDonald <[email protected]>